Articles — 2362

  • Absorptive Capacity: A Review, Reconceptualization, and Extension

    Shaker A. Zahra, Gerard George · 2002 · Academy of Management Review

    This paper reviews and reconceptualizes absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply external knowledge. The authors distinguish between potential capacity (acquiring and assimilating knowledge) and realized capacity (transforming and exploiting knowledge). They develop a model showing how these two capacities differently affect competitive advantage under varying organizational conditions.

  • Open for innovation: the role of openness in explaining innovation performance among U.K. manufacturing firms

    Keld Laursen, Ammon Salter · 2005 · Strategic Management Journal

    U.K. manufacturing firms that search widely for external ideas and sources show better innovation performance, but only up to a point. Beyond optimal breadth and depth of external search, performance declines. The relationship follows an inverted U-shape, meaning firms benefit from open innovation strategies but face diminishing returns when searching too extensively.

  • Collaboration Networks, Structural Holes, and Innovation: A Longitudinal Study

    Gautam Ahuja · 2000 · Administrative Science Quarterly

    This longitudinal study of chemical industry firms shows that direct and indirect business relationships both boost innovation output. However, structural holes—disconnections between a firm's partners—reduce innovation in interfirm collaboration networks. The research demonstrates that network structure significantly affects innovation performance, and optimal network design depends on what firms aim to achieve.

  • KNOWLEDGE TRANSFER IN INTRAORGANIZATIONAL NETWORKS: EFFECTS OF NETWORK POSITION AND ABSORPTIVE CAPACITY ON BUSINESS UNIT INNOVATION AND PERFORMANCE.

    W.C. Tsai · 2001 · Academy of Management Journal

    Business units within large organizations benefit from knowledge transfer with other units. Units positioned centrally in organizational networks and those with strong absorptive capacity—the ability to recognize and apply external knowledge—innovate more effectively and perform better. Strategic network positioning and internal learning capacity drive innovation outcomes across organizational units.

  • Developing a framework for responsible innovation

    Jack Stilgoe, Richard Owen, Phil Macnaghten · 2013 · Research Policy

    This paper presents a framework for responsible innovation governance in emerging science and technology. The authors identify four key dimensions—anticipation, reflexivity, inclusion, and responsiveness—developed through a UK geoengineering research project. They argue this framework helps democracies manage controversial innovations and has broad applicability beyond the UK research context.

  • Open Innovation: The New Imperative For Creating and Profiting From Technology

    Stefano Mazzocchi · 2004 · Innovation

    This paper introduces open innovation as a strategic approach for technology development and commercialization. Organizations increasingly leverage external knowledge sources alongside internal R&D to create and profit from innovations. The framework challenges traditional closed innovation models and demonstrates how firms can accelerate innovation cycles and improve financial returns by opening their innovation processes to external partners and contributors.

  • Value creation in innovation ecosystems: how the structure of technological interdependence affects firm performance in new technology generations

    Ron Adner, Rahul Kapoor · 2009 · Strategic Management Journal

    Firm performance in innovation ecosystems depends on where external innovators face challenges. The authors analyze semiconductor lithography equipment from 1962 to 2005 across nine technology generations. They find that upstream component challenges benefit technology leaders, while downstream complement challenges harm them. Vertical integration becomes more effective at managing ecosystem interdependence as technologies mature.

  • The Era of Open Innovation

    Henry Chesbrough · 2003 · Hispana

    Innovation has shifted from closed, internally-controlled models to open innovation where companies harness external ideas and share internal knowledge beyond organizational boundaries. The paper argues that widespread knowledge dissemination and rapid market dynamics make centralized R&D obsolete, requiring firms to collaborate externally while leveraging their own innovations outside traditional operations to create and capture value.

  • 'Mode 3' and 'Quadruple Helix': toward a 21st century fractal innovation ecosystem

    Elias G. Carayannis, David F. J. Campbell · 2009 · International Journal of Technology Management

    This paper argues that successful innovation systems in the 21st century must combine multiple knowledge and innovation paradigms simultaneously through co-evolution and co-specialization. The authors introduce the 'Quadruple Helix' model, which extends traditional triple-helix frameworks by adding media and culture as essential components. They contend that adaptive capacity to integrate diverse knowledge modes creates competitive advantage in knowledge economies.

  • Open Source Software and the “Private-Collective” Innovation Model: Issues for Organization Science

    Eric von Hippel, Georg von Krogh · 2003 · Organization Science

    Open source software development represents a hybrid innovation model combining private investment and collective action. Developers solve their own problems while freely sharing innovations without capturing private returns, creating public goods. This private-collective model offers society advantages of both approaches and raises new research questions for organization science. The authors provide guidance on accessing open source project data and conducting empirical studies.

  • Beyond high tech: early adopters of open innovation in other industries

    Henry Chesbrough, Adrienne Kardon Crowther · 2006 · R and D Management

    Open innovation—where companies source ideas from outside their organization and commercialize internal ideas externally—has been studied mainly in high-tech industries. This paper identifies early adopters of open innovation in non-tech sectors, showing that open innovation practices work across traditional and mature industries. The authors document successful adoption practices and clarify that open innovation does not simply mean outsourcing R&D.

  • Absorptive capacity, learning, and performance in international joint ventures

    Peter J. Lane, Jane E. Salk, Marjorie A. Lyles · 2001 · Strategic Management Journal

    This paper examines how international joint ventures learn and perform by breaking absorptive capacity into three components: understanding new knowledge (influenced by trust and relative capacity), assimilating knowledge (shaped by learning structures), and applying knowledge (driven by strategy and training). A longitudinal study of Hungarian joint ventures confirms that understanding and application affect performance, while trust and management support correlate with performance but not learning itself.

  • Regional Innovation Systems, Clusters, and the Knowledge Economy

    P Cooke · 2001 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    This paper defines regional innovation systems and establishes criteria for identifying them in practice. It argues that Europe lags behind the United States in innovation because European governments over-rely on public intervention, indicating market failure. The paper calls for European public innovation support systems to evolve while private sector institutions strengthen their organizational capacity.

  • On the Fintech Revolution: Interpreting the Forces of Innovation, Disruption, and Transformation in Financial Services

    Peter Gomber, Robert J. Kauffman, Chris Parker, Bruce W. Weber · 2018 · Journal of Management Information Systems

    Financial services are undergoing major disruption through fintech innovations in payments, cryptocurrencies, blockchain, lending, and investment management. The paper presents a mapping approach to assess transformation across four areas: operations, technology (payments and cross-border transfers), lending and deposits (including peer-to-peer lending), and investments (including robo-advisory). Traditional financial firms risk losing dominance if they fail to adapt to these efficiency and customer-centered changes.

  • Airbnb: disruptive innovation and the rise of an informal tourism accommodation sector

    Daniel Guttentag · 2013 · Current Issues in Tourism

    Airbnb represents a disruptive innovation that leverages internet technology to enable homeowners to rent residences as tourist accommodation. The platform offers cost savings, household amenities, and authentic local experiences that appeal to mainstream consumers despite lacking traditional hotel attributes. The paper examines regulatory challenges, tax concerns, and Airbnb's potential to transform the accommodation sector with both positive and negative destination impacts.

  • Absorptive capacity: Valuing a reconceptualization

    Gergana Todorova, Boris Durisin · 2007 · Academy of Management Review

    This paper critiques and refines the concept of absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply external knowledge. The authors identify gaps in a previous reconceptualization and propose improvements: redefining how organizations recognize valuable knowledge, clarifying transformation processes, distinguishing potential from realized capacity, emphasizing socialization's role, accounting for power dynamics, and incorporating feedback loops into a dynamic model.

  • Open R&D and open innovation: exploring the phenomenon

    Ellen Enkel, Oliver Gassmann, Henry Chesbrough · 2009 · R and D Management

    Open innovation—where organizations combine internal and external knowledge for R&D—has become strategically important. Research shows three main processes: outside-in (acquiring external knowledge), inside-out (sharing internal knowledge), and coupled approaches. The paper argues that organizations must understand where open innovation creates value and adapt their R&D management methods accordingly, considering strategic, organizational, and business implications.

  • Social Networks, the <i>Tertius Iungens</i> Orientation, and Involvement in Innovation

    David Obstfeld · 2005 · Administrative Science Quarterly

    This study examines how people's social network positions and behaviors influence their involvement in organizational innovation. The research finds that individuals who actively connect disconnected colleagues and facilitate coordination between already-connected people—a "tertius iungens" orientation—are more likely to drive innovation. Dense networks and diverse social knowledge also predict innovation involvement. The findings challenge structural holes theory by showing that connecting people benefits innovation more than exploiting network gaps for personal advantage.

  • Match your innovation strategy to your innovation ecosystem.

    Ron Adner · 2006 · PubMed

    Innovation ecosystems require firms to coordinate with complementary innovators to create customer value, but this coordination introduces three types of risk: initiative risks, interdependence risks, and integration risks. The HDTV failure demonstrates how even superior technology fails without complementary products and infrastructure. Companies that systematically assess ecosystem risks holistically can develop more realistic expectations, better contingency plans, and robust innovation strategies that lead to profitable outcomes.

  • Orchestrating Innovation Networks

    Charles Dhanaraj, Arvind Parkhe · 2006 · Academy of Management Review

    Hub firms actively orchestrate innovation networks by managing knowledge mobility, innovation appropriability, and network stability. Rather than treating network members as passive responders to incentives, this framework recognizes firms as dynamic agents that shape and are shaped by network structures. Orchestration enables value creation and extraction across loosely coupled autonomous firms without hierarchical control.

  • The future of open innovation

    Oliver Gassmann, Ellen Enkel, Henry Chesbrough · 2010 · R and D Management

    Open innovation practices are gaining traction across organizations and research institutions. This overview synthesizes nine key perspectives needed to strengthen open innovation theory and examines recent evidence about how open innovation actually works in practice and organizational settings.

  • Innovation in Innovation: The Triple Helix of University-Industry-Government Relations

    Henry Etzkowitz · 2003 · Social Science Information

    Universities, industry, and government increasingly collaborate in a 'Triple Helix' model that drives innovation. Universities now actively commercialize knowledge and incubate technology firms. Companies invest in research and training as they advance technologically. Government functions as both entrepreneur and venture capitalist alongside its regulatory role. This interactive approach replaces linear innovation models, with institutions adopting each other's practices to create hybrid innovation ecosystems.

  • The keystone advantage: what the new dynamics of business ecosystems mean for strategy, innovation, and sustainability

    2005 · Choice Reviews Online

    Companies operating in complex business networks can achieve long-term success by adopting a keystone strategy—actively maintaining ecosystem health rather than competing narrowly. Drawing from biological ecosystems, the authors argue that firms protecting their entire network's wellbeing simultaneously secure their own survival and competitive advantage.

  • Responsible research and innovation: From science in society to science for society, with society

    Richard Owen, Phil Macnaghten, Jack Stilgoe · 2012 · Science and Public Policy

    This paper defines responsible research and innovation as an emerging EU policy framework emphasizing democratic governance of research purposes, integration of anticipation and deliberation into innovation processes, and collective responsibility for uncertain outcomes. The authors trace the concept's development and identify three core features: steering innovation toward beneficial impacts, institutionalizing reflection and responsiveness, and recognizing innovation's unpredictable consequences as shared responsibility.

  • National Innovation Systems—Analytical Concept and Development Tool

    Bengt‐Åke Lundvall · 2007 · Industry and Innovation

    This paper develops the national innovation systems concept as a framework for understanding how knowledge and learning drive innovation within specific national contexts. The author argues that innovation systems perform better when their core institutions align with their wider economic and social settings. The framework requires understanding both individual actor behavior and systemic conditions, and the author emphasizes that developing countries need stronger institutions supporting learning, more equitable power distribution, and more open innovation systems.

  • Interfirm Collaboration Networks: The Impact of Large-Scale Network Structure on Firm Innovation

    Melissa A. Schilling, Corey Phelps · 2007 · Management Science

    Firms embedded in alliance networks with both dense local clustering and broad reach—short average distances to many other firms—produce more patents than those in less-connected networks. The study tracked 1,106 firms across 11 industry alliance networks longitudinally, showing that network structure directly influences innovation output by balancing local cooperation with access to diverse knowledge sources.

  • University–industry relationships and open innovation: Towards a research agenda

    Markus Perkmann, Kathryn Walsh · 2007 · International Journal of Management Reviews

    Universities and industries increasingly collaborate to drive innovation through networks and partnerships. This paper examines how these relationships work across different industries and scientific fields, distinguishing them from technology transfer or hiring. The authors find collaborative research, research centers, and consulting are common practices, but organizational dynamics remain poorly understood. They propose a research agenda focusing on how universities and firms find and match with each other, and how to effectively manage these collaborations.

  • Open Innovation and Strategy

    Henry Chesbrough, Melissa M. Appleyard · 2007 · California Management Review

    This paper examines open innovation as a strategic approach where organizations leverage external ideas and technologies alongside internal capabilities. The authors argue that open innovation models fundamentally reshape how companies develop and commercialize innovations, moving beyond traditional closed research and development practices to create value through collaborative networks and external partnerships.

  • The Process of Innovation Assimilation by Firms in Different Countries: A Technology Diffusion Perspective on E-Business

    Kevin Zhu, Kenneth L. Kraemer, Sean Xin Xu · 2006 · Management Science

    This study examines how firms across 10 countries assimilate e-business innovations through three stages: initiation, adoption, and routinization. Competition drives early adoption but hinders effective implementation. Large firms gain advantages initially but face structural barriers later. Regulatory environments matter more in developing countries, while technology readiness dominates there and technology integration dominates in developed economies, showing how innovation assimilation shifts with economic context.

  • Integrating Models of Diffusion of Innovations: A Conceptual Framework

    Barbara Wejnert · 2002 · Annual Review of Sociology

    This paper develops a conceptual framework for understanding how innovations spread by organizing diffusion research variables into three components: innovation characteristics (public/private consequences, benefits/costs), adopter characteristics (familiarity, status, networks, personal qualities), and environmental context (geography, culture, politics, global uniformity). The framework emphasizes how these variables interact and gate adoption decisions, affecting the speed at which different actors adopt innovations.

  • PERSPECTIVE—Absorbing the Concept of Absorptive Capacity: How to Realize Its Potential in the Organization Field

    Henk Volberda, Nicolai J. Foss, Marjorie A. Lyles · 2010 · Organization Science

    This paper reviews twenty years of research on absorptive capacity—an organization's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new knowledge. The authors identify major gaps in existing literature: most studies focus on tangible outcomes while neglecting organizational design and individual-level factors. They propose an integrative model showing how individual, organizational, and inter-organizational factors work together across multiple levels to influence innovation and firm performance, and call for research bridging micro and macro antecedents.

  • Network function virtualization: Challenges and opportunities for innovations

    Bo Han, Vijay Gopalakrishnan, Lusheng Ji, Seungjoon Lee · 2015 · IEEE Communications Magazine

    Network function virtualization decouples software from hardware by running network functions on commercial servers instead of specialized equipment. This approach accelerates service deployment and reduces costs, but creates challenges around performance guarantees, dynamic resource management, and efficient placement of virtual network functions. The paper outlines NFV architecture, use cases, and research priorities.

  • SHIFTING INNOVATION TO USERS VIA TOOLKITS

    Ralph Katz · 2002

    Manufacturers traditionally invest heavily in understanding user needs before developing products, but this approach struggles as needs change rapidly and markets fragment. Toolkits for user innovation offer an alternative: manufacturers provide tools that let users develop customized products themselves. Evidence from pioneering fields shows this approach delivers custom products faster and cheaper than traditional development methods.

  • Challenges of open innovation: the paradox of firm investment in open-source software

    Joel West, Scott Gallagher · 2006 · R and D Management

    Firms face three core challenges when pursuing open innovation: exploiting internal innovations, integrating external innovations, and motivating outsiders to contribute. The authors examine how software firms resolve these challenges through four strategies: pooled R&D, spinouts, selling complements, and attracting donated complements. These approaches show how companies can invest in shared intellectual property while maintaining competitive advantage, with lessons applicable across industries.

  • The open book of social innovation

    Robin Murray and Julie Caulier-Grice and Geoff Mulgan · 2010

    This volume catalogs hundreds of methods and tools for social innovation being used globally, creating a knowledge base of diverse initiatives. It showcases entrepreneurs, campaigners, organizations, and movements worldwide addressing pressing social issues through innovative approaches, demonstrating the vitality and diversity of the emerging social innovation economy.

  • From Creativity to Innovation: The Social Network Drivers of the Four Phases of the Idea Journey

    Jill Perry-Smith, Pier Vittorio Mannucci · 2015 · Academy of Management Review

    Social networks influence innovation differently across four distinct phases: idea generation, elaboration, championing, and implementation. Each phase requires different network characteristics—cognitive flexibility, support, influence, and shared vision respectively. Network features beneficial in one phase become detrimental in another. Successful innovators navigate this paradox by reframing their approach and activating different network strengths at appropriate moments, moving ideas from conception to tangible field-changing outcomes.

  • Towards a Theory of Open Innovation: Three Core Process Archetypes

    Oliver Gassmann, Ellen Enkel · 2004 · Alexandria (UniSG) (University of St.Gallen)

    Open innovation involves companies moving beyond internal R&D by integrating external knowledge sources and commercializing ideas outside their boundaries. This study of 124 companies identifies three core processes: outside-in (acquiring external knowledge from suppliers and customers), inside-out (licensing and selling intellectual property externally), and coupled (forming alliances where companies exchange complementary innovations). These patterns show how companies transform rigid boundaries into permeable structures enabling knowledge flow.

  • A Capability‐Based Framework for Open Innovation: Complementing Absorptive Capacity

    Ulrich Lichtenthaler, Eckhard Lichtenthaler · 2009 · Journal of Management Studies

    This paper develops a capability-based framework for open innovation by extending absorptive capacity theory. The authors identify six critical knowledge capacities—inventive, absorptive, transformative, connective, innovative, and desorptive—that firms use to manage knowledge both internally and externally. Knowledge management capacity acts as a dynamic capability that reconfigures these six capacities over time. The framework explains why firms differ in their innovation performance, alliance strategies, and organizational boundaries.

  • Disrupting class: how disruptive innovation will change the way the world learns

    2009 · Choice Reviews Online

    The book applies disruptive innovation theory to education, arguing that personalized, student-centric learning powered by technology can transform how students succeed in school. It contends that computers deployed strategically in classrooms can overcome barriers to educational reform and help countries compete globally by rethinking intelligence, redesigning educational systems, and matching teaching methods to how people actually learn.

  • Absorptive Capacity Configurations in Supply Chains: Gearing for Partner-Enabled Market Knowledge Creation1

    Arvind Malhotra, Gosain, Sawy · 2005 · MIS Quarterly

    Supply chain partners create market knowledge by sharing information through interlinked processes and IT infrastructure. This study identifies five distinct partnership configurations—collectors, connectors, crunchers, coercers, and collaborators—based on their absorptive capacity and capability platforms. The configurations differ in how they acquire, assimilate, and exploit partner knowledge to drive innovation and operational efficiency. Rich information sharing and coordination mechanisms determine success in partner-enabled knowledge creation.

  • Triple Helix, Quadruple Helix and Quintuple Helix and How Do Knowledge, Innovation and the Environment Relate To Each Other?

    Elias G. Carayannis, David F. J. Campbell · 2010 · International Journal of Social Ecology and Sustainable Development

    This paper introduces the Quintuple Helix framework, expanding on earlier Triple and Quadruple Helix models. It integrates universities, industry, government, media/culture, and the natural environment into a unified system for understanding knowledge and innovation. The framework positions eco-innovation and eco-entrepreneurship within sustainable development and social ecology, showing how environmental considerations must shape innovation policy and practice.

  • Open Platform Strategies and Innovation: Granting Access vs. Devolving Control

    Kevin Boudreau · 2010 · Management Science

    This study examines how technology platform owners can foster innovation through two strategies: granting access to independent developers or relinquishing control entirely. Using data from 21 handheld computing systems between 1990 and 2004, the research finds that granting access to hardware developers accelerates new device development up to fivefold, while giving up control produces smaller incremental gains. The findings reveal that these two opening strategies activate different economic mechanisms.

  • Building Dynamic Capabilities: Innovation Driven by Individual-, Firm-, and Network-Level Effects

    Frank T. Rothaermel, Andrew M. Hess · 2007 · Organization Science

    This study examines how innovation emerges from individual, firm, and network-level factors simultaneously. Using 22 years of pharmaceutical and biotechnology data, the authors find that innovation drivers exist across all three levels and can either substitute for each other or reinforce one another. The research challenges the assumption that different analytical levels operate independently, showing instead that they interact to shape innovative output.

  • Absorptive Capacity, Environmental Turbulence, and the Complementarity of Organizational Learning Processes

    Ulrich Lichtenthaler · 2009 · Academy of Management Journal

    This study examines how organizations learn from external knowledge through three complementary processes: exploration, transformation, and exploitation. Using data from 175 industrial firms, the research shows that technological and market knowledge together form the foundation for absorptive capacity. The findings reveal that firms balancing all three learning types achieve better innovation and performance outcomes, particularly when facing rapid technological and market changes.

  • The open innovation research landscape: established perspectives and emerging themes across different levels of analysis

    Marcel Bogers, Ann‐Kristin Zobel, Allan Afuah, Esteve Almirall, Sabine Brunswicker, Linus Dahlander, Lars Frederiksen, Annabelle Gawer, Marc Gruber, Stefan Haefliger, John Hagedoorn, Dennis Hilgers, Keld Laursen, Mats Magnusson, Ann Majchrzak, Ian P. McCarthy, Kathrin M. Moeslein, Satish Nambisan, Frank T. Piller, Agnieszka Radziwon, Cristina Rossi‐Lamastra, Jonathan Sims, Anne L. J. Ter Wal · 2016 · Industry and Innovation

    This paper reviews open innovation research across organizational, inter-organizational, and ecosystem levels of analysis. The authors identify established perspectives and emerging themes, arguing that future research must integrate insights across multiple analytical levels rather than studying open innovation in isolation. They propose new research categories and cross-domain questions to advance the field.

  • Innovation Contests, Open Innovation, and Multiagent Problem Solving

    Christian Terwiesch, Yi Xu · 2008 · Management Science

    Innovation contests let firms post problems to independent solvers and reward the best solution. The paper shows that larger solver populations benefit firms through solution diversity, offsetting reduced individual effort. Performance-contingent awards further improve outcomes compared to fixed prizes. The analysis identifies which product types and cost structures gain most from contests versus internal innovation.

  • A Longitudinal Study of the Influence of Alliance Network Structure and Composition on Firm Exploratory Innovation

    Corey Phelps · 2010 · Academy of Management Journal

    A longitudinal study of 77 telecommunications equipment manufacturers shows that firms with technologically diverse alliance partners generate more exploratory innovation. When a firm's partners are also connected to each other (network closure), this diversity effect strengthens. The research demonstrates that firms can simultaneously benefit from both access to diverse information and tightly connected networks to drive innovation.

  • Ambidexterity in Technology Sourcing: The Moderating Role of Absorptive Capacity

    Frank T. Rothaermel, Maria Tereza Alexandre · 2008 · Organization Science

    Manufacturing firms perform best when balancing internal technology development with external sourcing, following an inverted U-shaped relationship. However, a firm's absorptive capacity—its ability to recognize and integrate external knowledge—moderates this effect. Companies with stronger absorptive capacity gain greater performance benefits from balanced technology sourcing strategies than those with weaker capacity.

  • The Logic of Open Innovation: Managing Intellectual Property

    Henry Chesbrough · 2003 · California Management Review

    Companies must shift from closed, internal innovation models to open innovation approaches that leverage external R&D and knowledge. As commercially valuable knowledge spreads rapidly, firms managing intellectual property through open innovation—which emphasizes external partnerships and internal incentive systems—better maintain their innovation capacity than those relying solely on internal capabilities.

  • Triple Helix Systems: An Analytical Framework for Innovation Policy and Practice in the Knowledge Society

    Marina Ranga, Henry Etzkowitz · 2013 · Industry and Higher Education

    This paper develops the Triple Helix framework—university, industry, and government interactions—into a formal systems model for analyzing innovation. It identifies key components including R&D and non-R&D innovators, hybrid institutions, and individual actors. Five relationship types (technology transfer, collaboration, leadership, substitution, networking) connect these components across knowledge, innovation, and consensus spaces. The framework reveals how knowledge and resources circulate within regional innovation systems and identifies blockages that impede innovation.

  • Open Innovation: Research, Practices, and Policies

    Marcel Bogers, Henry Chesbrough, Carlos Moedas · 2018 · California Management Review

    Open innovation has become central to academic research, business practice, and policy decisions. This article surveys the current state of open innovation across these domains, examining key trends like digital transformation and challenges such as uncertainty. The authors discuss potential solutions including EU funding programs and introduce selected papers from the World Open Innovation Conference that address these issues.

  • Inbound Open Innovation Activities in High-Tech SMEs: The Impact on Innovation Performance

    Vinit Parida, Mats Westerberg, Johan Frishammar · 2012 · Journal of Small Business Management

    This study examines how small and medium-sized high-tech firms benefit from open innovation practices. Using data from 252 SMEs, the researchers found that different inbound open innovation activities drive different types of innovation outcomes. Technology sourcing strengthens radical innovation performance, while technology scouting improves incremental innovation performance. The findings show that SMEs must match their open innovation strategies to their desired innovation goals.

  • Value Creation by Toolkits for User Innovation and Design: The Case of the Watch Market

    Nikolaus Franke, Frank T. Piller · 2004 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Customers using design toolkits to create personalized watches show high design diversity and willingness to pay substantial premiums—averaging 100% more than standard watches. The study of 717 participants demonstrates that even simple toolkits enable meaningful customization, creating real value by letting consumers express individual preferences. Customer designs vary widely yet show coherent patterns, indicating heterogeneous but non-random preferences.

  • The role of technology in the shift towards open innovation: the case of Procter &amp; Gamble

    Mark Dodgson, David Gann, Ammon Salter · 2006 · R and D Management

    This paper examines Procter & Gamble's 'Connect and Develop' open innovation strategy to understand how technology enables collaborative innovation. The authors identify two key technological roles: information and communications technologies that facilitate knowledge exchange across distributed partners, and specialized 'innovation technologies' including data mining, simulation, prototyping, and visualization tools that support product development. The study reveals that technology is fundamental to implementing open innovation, not merely supportive.

  • Social Media, Knowledge Sharing, and Innovation: Toward a Theory of Communication Visibility

    Paul M. Leonardi · 2014 · Information Systems Research

    Enterprise social networking sites increase communication visibility within organizations, allowing employees to see others' messages and network connections. This visibility enhances metaknowledge—understanding who knows what and whom. Workers then learn vicariously from colleagues, recombine ideas more effectively, avoid duplicating efforts, and proactively aggregate information. These changes lead to more innovative products and services in knowledge-economy work.

  • Research and Development, Spillovers, Innovation Systems, and the Genesis of Regional Growth in Europe

    Andrés Rodríguez‐Pose, Riccardo Crescenzi · 2008 · Regional Studies

    This paper combines three approaches to understanding regional innovation in Europe: R&D investment analysis, regional innovation systems, and knowledge spillovers. Using regression analysis across EU-25 regions, the authors show that regional economic growth depends on complex interactions between local and external research combined with local and external socio-economic and institutional conditions. Knowledge spillovers are strongest over short distances, indicating that geographic proximity matters significantly for transmitting economically productive knowledge.

  • Finding Commercially Attractive User Innovations: A Test of Lead‐User Theory<sup>*</sup>

    Nikolaus Franke, Eric von Hippel, Martin Schreier · 2006 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This study tests lead-user theory by analyzing kite-surfing enthusiasts who modified equipment. The researchers found that both key components of lead-user theory—high expected benefits and being ahead of trends—independently predict which user innovations become commercially attractive products. Adding measures of users' local resources further improved identification of valuable innovations. The findings confirm lead-user theory's core principles and provide practical guidance for firms seeking to commercialize user-developed innovations.

  • Digital product innovation within four classes of innovation networks

    Kalle Lyytinen, Youngjin Yoo, Richard J. Boland · 2015 · Information Systems Journal

    Digital technologies reshape how innovation networks create and share knowledge by reducing communication costs, increasing connectivity, and accelerating convergence across diverse participants. The authors identify four types of digitally-enabled innovation networks—project, clan, federated, and anarchic—each requiring different approaches to knowledge sharing and integration. Digital infrastructures support these networks through representational flexibility, semantic coherence, traceability, knowledge brokering, and linguistic calibration.

  • Innovation diffusion in global contexts: determinants of post-adoption digital transformation of European companies

    Kevin Zhu, Shutao Dong, Sean Xin Xu, Kenneth L. Kraemer · 2006 · European Journal of Information Systems

    This study examines why European companies adopt and use digital transformation technologies at different rates. The researchers found that compatibility with existing systems drives adoption most strongly, while security concerns matter more than cost. Technology competence, partner readiness, and competitive pressure accelerate usage. Large firms move slower due to structural inertia. Economic and regulatory differences across European countries create uneven adoption patterns even among developed nations.

  • Brokerage, Boundary Spanning, and Leadership in Open Innovation Communities

    Lee Fleming, David M. Waguespack · 2007 · Organization Science

    Leaders in open innovation communities need strong technical skills first, then must integrate their communities to prevent fragmentation. Two social positions enable this: brokers who connect disparate groups, and boundary spanners who link different technological areas. Boundary spanners advance to leadership more readily than brokers because they avoid the trust deficits brokers face, though physical interaction can help brokers overcome this disadvantage. The study tracked careers in the Internet Engineering Task Force from 1986 to 2002.

  • Knowledge sharing, absorptive capacity, and innovation capability: an empirical study of Taiwan's knowledge-intensive industries

    Shu-Hsien Liao, Wu-Chen Fei, Chih‐Chiang Chen · 2007 · Journal of Information Science

    This study examines how knowledge sharing drives innovation in Taiwan's knowledge-intensive industries. Using data from 170 firms across electronics, financial insurance, and medical sectors, the researchers found that absorptive capacity acts as the critical mechanism linking knowledge sharing to innovation capability. Knowledge sharing directly strengthens absorptive capacity, which then enables firms to innovate more effectively. The relationship holds consistently across different industries.

  • Disruptive Innovation: An Intellectual History and Directions for Future Research

    Clayton M. Christensen, Rory McDonald, Elizabeth J. Altman, Jonathan E. Palmer · 2018 · Journal of Management Studies

    This paper reviews the intellectual history of disruptive innovation theory, showing how the concept has been misunderstood by practitioners and inconsistently engaged by researchers. The authors trace how the theory evolved from a narrow technology-change framework into a broader causal theory of innovation and competitive response. They identify gaps in empirical research and propose three underexplored areas—response strategies, performance trajectories, and innovation metrics—to guide future academic work.

  • Diffusion Of Innovations Theory, Principles, And Practice

    James W. Dearing, Jeffrey G. Cox · 2018 · Health Affairs

    This paper explains diffusion of innovations theory and how it applies to healthcare. The authors identify key parameters of how innovations spread, clarify relationships between diffusion and related processes like implementation and scale-up, and provide principles for designing interventions. They address why beneficial healthcare innovations fail to spread quickly despite their merit.

  • Microfoundations of Internal and External Absorptive Capacity Routines

    Arie Y. Lewin, Silvia Massini, Carine Peeters · 2010 · Organization Science

    Organizations develop absorptive capacity—the ability to learn from and apply new knowledge—through specific internal and external routines. This paper identifies how firms balance creating knowledge internally with acquiring and assimilating external knowledge. The authors argue that successful early adopters of innovations implement complementary configurations of these routines, while most firms remain imitators because they fail to develop the right combination of organizational practices.

  • Regional Innovation Systems: Theory, Empirics and Policy

    Björn Asheim, Helen Lawton Smith, Christine Oughton · 2011 · Regional Studies

    This paper synthesizes theory and evidence on regional innovation systems, examining how regions develop competitive advantage through innovation networks. The authors identify three core questions: the nature of regional systems themselves, the boundaries between industrial clusters and knowledge transfer mechanisms, and the role of labor markets in facilitating learning. The work reveals gaps in current understanding and proposes directions for future research on how regions can address inequality through innovation policy.

  • Diffusion of innovations

    Christian Pescher, Gerard J. Tellis · 2019 · Diffusion fundamentals.

    This review of 200 publications on innovation diffusion over 50 years reveals that research heavily focuses on consumer durables (70%) rather than cultural products or B2B goods. Functional products diffuse downward from wealthy to lower-income groups, driven by price and affordability. Cultural products follow the opposite pattern, spreading upward from lower to upper classes through identity formation and status signaling. The authors develop a theory of reverse diffusion to explain how cultural innovations spread differently than functional ones.

  • Explicating Open Innovation: Clarifying an Emerging Paradigm for Understanding Innovation

    Henry Chesbrough, Marcel Bogers · 2014 · University of Southern Denmark Research Portal (University of Southern Denmark)

    This paper clarifies the open innovation paradigm, defining it as a distributed innovation process involving purposively managed knowledge flows across organizational boundaries using both monetary and non-monetary mechanisms aligned with business models. The authors review academic literature since 2003, address critiques and divergent views on open innovation, and extend the research agenda by identifying new subjects and units of analysis for future investigation.

  • Detailed Review of Rogers' Diffusion of Innovations Theory and Educational Technology-Related Studies Based on Rogers' Theory.

    İ̇smail Şahi̇n · 2006 · ˜The œturkish online journal of educational technology

    Rogers' Diffusion of Innovations theory provides a widely-used framework for understanding how new innovations spread and get adopted across different fields. This review examines Rogers' model and its application in educational technology research over three decades, showing how the theory has shaped studies in political science, public health, communications, history, economics, technology, and education.

  • Disruptive innovation for social change.

    Clayton M. Christensen, Heiner Baumann, Rudy Ruggles, Thomas M. Sadtler · 2006 · PubMed

    Catalytic innovation—simpler, cheaper solutions targeting underserved populations—drives social change more effectively than complex offerings. Unlike traditional disruptive innovation, catalytic innovations prioritize social impact through scaling and replication. They succeed by meeting unmet needs with good-enough alternatives that incumbents initially dismiss. Examples across healthcare, education, and economic development show both nonprofits and for-profits deploying this approach to reach broader populations than conventional organizations.

  • Innovation Diffusion in Heterogeneous Populations: Contagion, Social Influence, and Social Learning

    H. Peyton Young · 2009 · American Economic Review

    This paper develops theoretical models explaining how new ideas and products spread through populations with different characteristics. The author examines three diffusion mechanisms—contagion, social influence, and social learning—and shows each creates a distinct pattern in adoption curves. Using historical data on hybrid corn adoption, the paper demonstrates how to empirically distinguish between these diffusion mechanisms and provides tools for analyzing innovation spread in heterogeneous groups.

  • To recover faster from Covid-19, open up: Managerial implications from an open innovation perspective

    Henry Chesbrough · 2020 · Industrial Marketing Management

    The paper argues that open innovation approaches are essential for economic recovery from Covid-19. It examines how organizations have responded to the pandemic and extracts lessons about managing innovation during recovery. The author contends that opening innovation processes—collaborating across organizational boundaries—enables faster adaptation and problem-solving in crisis situations.

  • Knowledge Networks, Collaboration Networks, and Exploratory Innovation

    Chunlei Wang, Simon Rodan, Mark Fruin, Xiaoyan Xu · 2013 · Academy of Management Journal

    Innovation depends on two distinct networks within firms: collaboration networks between researchers and knowledge networks linking knowledge elements. Using patent data from a microprocessor manufacturer, the study finds that structural holes in collaboration networks boost exploratory innovation, while structural holes in knowledge networks reduce it. Moderate centrality in knowledge networks maximizes exploration, but high centrality in collaboration networks decreases it. The two networks shape where researchers search for new discoveries.

  • Open Innovation in Practice: An Analysis of Strategic Approaches to Technology Transactions

    Ulrich Lichtenthaler · 2008 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    This study surveyed 154 companies to identify how firms actually practice open innovation through technology transactions. The research reveals that companies pursue distinct strategic approaches by balancing two activities: acquiring external technology and commercializing their own technological knowledge. The findings show that open innovation operates as an integrated process rather than separate acquisition or exploitation activities, providing the first large-scale empirical picture of how firms strategically manage technology transactions across their innovation processes.

  • Open Innovation: Past Research, Current Debates, and Future Directions.

    Ulrich Lichtenthaler · 2011 · Academy of Management Perspectives

    This paper reviews open innovation research and debates whether it represents a sustainable business practice or temporary management fashion. The author examines key topics including technology transactions, user innovation, business models, and innovation markets. The paper develops a conceptual framework addressing critical open innovation processes and their management implications across organizational, project, and individual levels.

  • Determinants of User Innovation and Innovation Sharing in a Local Market

    Pamela Morrison, John Roberts, Eric von Hippel · 2000 · Management Science

    This study examines user innovation in library OPAC systems in Australia, finding that 26% of users modify their systems in ways manufacturers consider commercially valuable. The researchers identify characteristics distinguishing innovating users from non-innovators, including technical capability and leading-edge status. Many innovators freely share their modifications with other users. The findings suggest that even in follower markets, users generate significant innovations worthy of commercial attention.

  • Managing Open Innovation

    Henry Chesbrough · 2004 · Research-Technology Management

    Industrial innovation increasingly relies on external knowledge sources and market channels, creating uncertainty in evaluating early-stage projects. Companies typically minimize false positives but neglect false negatives, losing potential value. New metrics can help firms better leverage external innovation sources and capture value from rejected projects through alternative business models.

  • Innovation by User Communities: Learning From Open-Source Software

    Eric von Hippel · 2001 · MIT Sloan management review

    User communities can develop complex products independently of manufacturers, as demonstrated by open-source software like Apache and user-designed windsurfing equipment. The paper examines how these loosely organized groups innovate to meet shared needs, sometimes collaborating with manufacturers and sometimes not. The Internet amplifies their capacity for collaboration and distribution, creating economic value that traditional business models struggle to explain.

  • Open innovation practices in SMEs and large enterprises: evidence from Belgium

    André Spithoven, Wim Vanhaverbeke, Nadine Roijakkers · 2012 · Document Server@UHasselt (UHasselt)

    Open innovation practices produce different results in small and medium-sized enterprises than in large firms. SMEs gain more innovation performance by combining multiple open innovation practices simultaneously, while large firms benefit more from their search strategies. SMEs drive new product revenue through intellectual property protection, whereas large firms rely on broader external search approaches.

  • Absorptive Capacity and Productivity Spillovers from FDI: A Threshold Regression Analysis*

    Sourafel Girma · 2005 · Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics

    Foreign direct investment boosts productivity growth, but only when local firms have sufficient absorptive capacity. Manufacturing sectors show nonlinear effects: productivity gains increase with absorptive capacity up to a threshold, then decline. Below a minimum capacity level, FDI spillovers become negligible or harmful. Technology-sourcing FDI produces no productivity spillovers.

  • Network Innovation using OpenFlow: A Survey

    Adrián Lara, Anisha Kolasani, Byrav Ramamurthy · 2013 · IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials

    This survey examines OpenFlow, the leading Software Defined Networking technology that separates network control from data forwarding. OpenFlow enables researchers to test new networking ideas in production environments through software-based controllers managing switch behavior. The paper reviews OpenFlow capabilities including traffic analysis and dynamic rule updates, describes applications in network management and data center virtualization, discusses existing research infrastructures, and identifies challenges for large-scale deployment.

  • Wakes of Innovation in Project Networks: The Case of Digital 3-D Representations in Architecture, Engineering, and Construction

    Richard J. Boland, Kalle Lyytinen, Youngjin Yoo · 2007 · Organization Science

    When architect Frank Gehry adopted digital 3-D representations in construction projects, it triggered cascading innovations across multiple firms and communities involved in building. The new technology created separate innovation paths within different groups, enabled knowledge-sharing between them, and allowed innovations to spread across the entire project network. This demonstrates how changes in shared digital tools can spark unpredictable waves of innovation in complex, distributed systems.

  • Incremental and Radical Innovation in Coopetition—The Role of Absorptive Capacity and Appropriability

    Paavo Ritala, Pia Hurmelinna‐Laukkanen · 2012 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Firms collaborating with competitors on innovation succeed differently based on two factors: absorptive capacity (ability to acquire external knowledge) and appropriability (ability to protect innovations from imitation). A Finnish cross-industry survey shows both factors boost incremental innovation outcomes. For radical innovation, strong appropriability matters most, though absorptive capacity helps when appropriability is already high. Firms pursuing incremental innovation should balance knowledge sharing with protection; those pursuing radical innovation should prioritize protecting core knowledge.

  • Conversion to Organic Farming: A Typical Example of the Diffusion of an Innovation?

    Susanne Padel · 2001 · Sociologia Ruralis

    This paper reviews twenty years of studies on organic farmers across multiple countries to test whether organic farming adoption fits the diffusion-of-innovation model. Early organic farmers shared characteristics with innovators in other fields: they faced community opposition, social isolation, and operated when the sector was small. The author concludes the diffusion model successfully explains organic farming adoption patterns and the individual conversion decisions farmers make.

  • Innovation ecosystems and the pace of substitution: Re‐examining technology S‐curves

    Ron Adner, Rahul Kapoor · 2015 · Strategic Management Journal

    This paper explains why some new technologies rapidly replace older ones while others take decades to gain traction. The authors develop a framework examining both competing technologies and their surrounding ecosystems. They identify four distinct patterns based on how easily new technology ecosystems can emerge and how much old technology ecosystems can extend. Analysis of ten technology transitions in semiconductor lithography equipment from 1972 to 2009 confirms their predictions about substitution speed.

  • Closed or open innovation? Problem solving and the governance choice

    Teppo Felin, Todd Zenger · 2013 · Research Policy

    Open and closed innovation represent distinct governance structures with different costs and benefits. The authors argue that innovation problems should be matched to appropriate governance forms based on problem type. They identify four open innovation models—markets, partnerships, contests, and user communities—and compare them with two closed forms: authority-based and consensus-based hierarchies. Each governance form uses different communication channels, incentives, and property rights mechanisms.

  • How to Respond to the Fourth Industrial Revolution, or the Second Information Technology Revolution? Dynamic New Combinations between Technology, Market, and Society through Open Innovation

    MinHwa Lee, JinHyo Joseph Yun, Andreas Pyka, DongKyu Won, Fumio Kodama, Giovanni Schiuma, HangSik Park, Jeonghwan Jeon, KyungBae Park, Kwangho Jung, Min-Ren Yan, SamYoul Lee, Xiaofei Zhao · 2018 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Eleven international scholars define the Fourth Industrial Revolution and propose institutional, technological, and firm-level responses to it. The paper establishes a framework for understanding how organizations can adapt through open innovation by combining technology, market dynamics, and societal needs. Rather than providing final answers, it creates a template for ongoing research into industrial transformation.

  • Horizontal innovation networks--by and for users

    Eric von Hippel · 2007 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    User communities can build independent innovation networks without manufacturers, developing and distributing products and solutions among themselves. Open source software demonstrates this model, and similar horizontal networks exist for physical products. The paper identifies three conditions enabling these user-driven networks to operate autonomously and presents evidence that such conditions frequently exist across the economy.

  • Frugal Innovation in Emerging Markets

    Marco Zeschky, Bastian Widenmayer, Oliver Gassmann · 2011 · Research-Technology Management

    Western multinational corporations struggle to develop frugal innovations—affordable, good-enough products for resource-constrained consumers—because their business models target affluent markets. Local R&D subsidiaries in emerging countries prove more effective at creating these innovations. Granting these subsidiaries substantial autonomy, including control over product portfolios, enables Western firms to successfully compete in frugal innovation markets alongside local corporations.

  • Adding innovation diffusion theory to the technology acceptance model: Supporting employees' intentions to use e-learning systems

    Yi Hsuan Lee, Yi Chuan Hsieh, Chia Ning Hsu · 2011

    This study combines innovation diffusion theory with the technology acceptance model to understand why business employees adopt e-learning systems. Testing 552 employees in Taiwan, the research finds that five innovation characteristics—compatibility, complexity, relative advantage, and trialability—significantly influence perceived usefulness and ease of use, which in turn drive adoption intentions. The integrated model helps organizations plan and implement e-learning systems more effectively.

  • Open Innovation: Where We've Been and Where We're Going

    Henry Chesbrough · 2012 · Research-Technology Management

    Open innovation, introduced in 2003, represents a shift in how companies approach industrial innovation by incorporating external ideas and partnerships. The concept has gained widespread adoption across academic research and business practice. This review examines the evolution of open innovation thinking and projects its future direction in organizational innovation strategies.

  • Inhibitors of disruptive innovation capability: a conceptual model

    Marnix Assink · 2006 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Large corporations struggle to develop disruptive innovations due to interconnected internal and external barriers. This paper identifies six key inhibitor clusters: inability to unlearn outdated mental models, entrenched dominant designs, risk-averse culture, poor innovation management, insufficient follow-through competencies, and lack of necessary infrastructure. Understanding these interrelated factors helps companies develop strategies to bridge the gap between innovation intentions and actual disruptive capability.

  • Entrepreneurship in Innovation Ecosystems: Entrepreneurs’ Self–Regulatory Processes and Their Implications for New Venture Success

    Satish Nambisan, Robert A. Baron · 2012 · Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice

    Entrepreneurs operating within innovation ecosystems face competing demands between ecosystem leaders' goals and their own venture objectives. This paper examines how entrepreneurs' self-regulatory processes help them navigate and balance these conflicting priorities to achieve new venture success.

  • Networking as a Means to Strategy Change: The Case of Open Innovation in Mobile Telephony

    Koen Dittrich, Geert Duysters · 2007 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Nokia used different innovation networks to manage technological change in mobile telephony between 1985 and 2002. The company pursued exploitation strategies for early-generation mobile development through stable, long-term partnerships, then shifted to exploration strategies for third-generation technologies using flexible networks with higher partner turnover. This open innovation approach enabled Nokia to become a world leader and adapt to radical market shifts.

  • Applying Diffusion of Innovation Theory to Intervention Development

    James W. Dearing · 2009 · Research on Social Work Practice

    Diffusion of Innovation Theory provides a robust framework for designing social work interventions that spread effectively. The author reviews seven key concepts—intervention attributes, clusters, demonstration projects, societal sectors, contextual conditions, opinion leadership, and adaptation—that accelerate adoption of evidence-based practices. By applying diffusion principles during intervention design rather than after implementation, social work can increase both internal validity and real-world spread of innovations.

  • Social Capital and the Diffusion of Innovations Within Organizations: The Case of Computer Technology in Schools

    Kenneth A. Frank, Yong Zhao, Kathryn M. Borman · 2004 · Sociology of Education

    This study examines how computer technology spreads within schools, finding that social capital—informal access to expertise and responsiveness to peer pressure—drives implementation as much as individual beliefs about the innovation's value. Teachers in schools share common goals and social systems that enable them to help each other and influence adoption decisions. Change agents promoting educational innovations should focus on building and leveraging these local social relationships.

  • Absorptive Capacity and Information Systems Research: Review, Synthesis, and Directions for Future Research1

    Roberts, Galluch, Dinger, Grover · 2012 · MIS Quarterly

    This paper reviews how absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to identify, assimilate, transform, and apply external knowledge—has been used in information systems research. The authors find inconsistent conceptualizations, measurement approaches, and applications across IS studies. They trace the construct's evolution in organizational literature, clarify its relationship to organizational learning, and provide a framework to help IS researchers apply absorptive capacity more effectively when studying information technology's organizational role.

  • How collaborative innovation networks affect new product performance: Product innovation capability, process innovation capability, and absorptive capacity

    Saeed Najafi-Tavani, Zhaleh Najafi-Tavani, Peter Naudé, Pejvak Oghazi, Elham Zeynaloo · 2018 · Industrial Marketing Management

    Collaborative innovation networks improve new product performance through product and process innovation capabilities, but only when firms possess absorptive capacity to acquire external knowledge. Research on Iranian manufacturers found that collaboration with research organizations and competitors strengthens product innovation, while collaboration with research organizations and suppliers strengthens process innovation. Absorptive capacity acts as a critical condition enabling these benefits.

  • Cultural Transmission and the Diffusion of Innovations: Adoption Dynamics Indicate That Biased Cultural Transmission Is the Predominate Force in Behavioral Change

    Joseph Henrich · 2001 · American Anthropologist

    This paper challenges the assumption that people adopt innovations through individual cost-benefit analysis. By analyzing adoption curves, the author demonstrates that biased cultural transmission—learning from others based on social preferences—drives innovation diffusion far more than environmental learning alone. The characteristic S-shaped adoption curves observed in real innovations require cultural transmission as the dominant mechanism, suggesting social influence matters more than rational individual decision-making in how new practices spread.

  • PERSPECTIVE: User toolkits for innovation

    Eric von Hippel · 2001 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    User toolkits for innovation transfer product development responsibility from manufacturers to users, allowing customers to design custom products through iterative trial-and-error within guided constraints. Rather than manufacturers attempting to understand diverse user needs, toolkits enable users to create, simulate, prototype, and refine designs in their own environments. Applications in integrated circuits and custom foods demonstrate these toolkits outperform traditional manufacturer-led development approaches.

  • Widespread contribution of transposable elements to the innovation of gene regulatory networks

    Vasavi Sundaram, Yong Cheng, Zhihai Ma, Daofeng Li, Xiaoyun Xing, Peter Edge, M Snyder, Ting Wang · 2014 · Genome Research

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It is a molecular biology study examining how transposable elements contribute to the evolution of gene regulatory networks in mammals. The authors mapped transcription factor binding sites across human and mouse cell lines and found that transposable elements account for approximately 20% of these binding sites, with significant variation across different transcription factors. They conclude that transposable elements have been a major driver of regulatory innovation during mammalian evolution.

  • Organizational Absorptive Capacity and Responsiveness: An Empirical Investigation of Growth–Oriented SMEs

    Jianwen Liao, Harold Welsch, Michael Stoica · 2003 · Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice

    Growth-oriented small and medium-sized enterprises improve their organizational responsiveness by developing strong capabilities in acquiring external knowledge and sharing information internally. The study shows these relationships strengthen when firms adopt proactive strategies or operate in turbulent environments. Environmental conditions and strategic orientation significantly influence how effectively SMEs convert knowledge into responsive action.

  • Open-Source Software Development and Distributed Innovation

    Bruce Kogut · 2001 · Oxford Review of Economic Policy

    Open-source software development harnesses distributed intelligence across internet communities, achieving efficiency by avoiding restrictive intellectual property regimes and enabling concurrent design and testing. While projects risk fragmenting into competing versions, governance structures within open-source communities prevent this. The model offers developing countries a pathway to participate in cutting-edge innovation without traditional barriers.

  • Prospects for developing absorptive capacity through internal information provision

    Michael Lenox, Andrew A. King · 2004 · Strategic Management Journal

    Managers can develop organizational absorptive capacity by distributing internal knowledge to employees considering new practices. The effectiveness of this information provision depends on what employees already know. Prior experience with related practices strengthens the impact of managerial information, while existing knowledge from other sources or past events weakens it. This clarifies when absorptive capacity creates lasting competitive advantage.

  • Expatriate Knowledge Transfer, Subsidiary Absorptive Capacity, and Subsidiary Performance

    Yi-Ying Chang, Yaping Gong, Mike W. Peng · 2012 · Academy of Management Journal

    Expatriate managers transfer knowledge to foreign subsidiaries through three competencies: ability, motivation, and opportunity-seeking. This knowledge improves subsidiary performance, but only when the subsidiary has strong absorptive capacity to receive and use it. A study of British subsidiaries of Taiwanese firms confirms that absorptive capacity determines whether expatriate knowledge transfer actually boosts performance.

  • User toolkits for innovation

    Eric von Hippel · 2001 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    User toolkits for innovation transfer product development directly to users rather than manufacturers trying to understand their needs. These toolkits let users design custom products through iterative trial-and-error, simulate designs, test them in their own environments, and refine them until satisfied. Applications in integrated circuits and custom foods demonstrate that user-driven toolkit approaches outperform traditional manufacturer-based development methods.

  • Heterogeneity and Specificity of Inter‐Firm Knowledge Flows in Innovation Networks

    Alessia Sammarra, Lucio Biggiero · 2008 · Journal of Management Studies

    This study examines how firms in Rome's aerospace cluster exchange different types of knowledge through innovation networks. Using social network analysis, the researchers found that technological, market, and managerial knowledge flow unevenly among collaborating partners. Most successful collaborations combine all three knowledge types, revealing that innovation requires diverse knowledge recombination. This pattern holds for both large companies and small-to-medium enterprises.

  • Disruptive Innovation In Health Care Delivery: A Framework For Business-Model Innovation

    Jason Hwang, Clayton M. Christensen · 2008 · Health Affairs

    Disruptive innovation has transformed other industries by making products affordable and accessible, but healthcare remains expensive and inaccessible because it lacks matching business-model innovation. This paper presents a framework for categorizing and developing innovative business models in healthcare and explains why disruptive innovation has progressed slowly in the sector.

  • Absorptive capacity and innovative performance: A human capital approach

    Anker Lund Vinding · 2006 · Economics of Innovation and New Technology

    This study examines how human capital affects firms' ability to absorb knowledge and innovate. Using data from 1,544 Danish manufacturing and service firms, the research finds that highly educated employees, strong human resource management practices, and partnerships with suppliers and research institutions boost innovation while reducing imitation. However, in science-based and ICT-intensive sectors, experienced managers actually hinder innovation, suggesting these high-tech fields require continuous skill updates.

  • The influence of supply network structure on firm innovation

    Marcus A. Bellamy, Soumen Ghosh, Manpreet Hora · 2014 · Journal of Operations Management

    This study examines how supply network structure affects firm innovation in the electronics industry. Using social network analysis on 390 firms, the researchers found that firms with greater supply network accessibility and interconnectedness produce more innovation. A firm's ability to absorb knowledge and its partners' innovativeness further strengthen these effects. The findings show that embedded network relationships directly influence how knowledge and information flow through supply networks to drive innovation.

  • Collaborative networked organisations and customer communities: value co-creation and co-innovation in the networking era

    David Romero, Arturo Molina · 2011 · Production Planning & Control

    Collaborative networked organizations and virtual customer communities drive value creation and innovation by pooling complementary skills, knowledge, and technologies across networks. These strategic alliances enhance flexibility and adaptability to market changes and customer needs. The paper reviews value co-creation and co-innovation concepts and proposes a framework for 'experience-centric networks' that connect organizations with customer communities to enable sustainable, user-driven collaborative innovation.

  • Getting Clear About Communities in Open Innovation

    Joel West, Karim R. Lakhani · 2008 · Industry and Innovation

    This paper examines how researchers define and use the concept of 'community' across open source software, user innovation, and open innovation studies. The authors review existing definitions of community—both stated and unstated—and identify gaps in how scholars apply this construct. They argue that clearer, more consistent definitions are needed to make research across these fields comparable and to guide future investigation.

  • Strategic Management of Open Innovation: A Dynamic Capabilities Perspective

    Marcel Bogers, Henry Chesbrough, Sohvi Heaton, David J. Teece · 2019 · California Management Review

    This paper applies dynamic capabilities theory to explain how organizations strategically manage open innovation. The authors argue that understanding open innovation's benefits and limitations requires a strategic management lens. They develop a framework showing how dynamic capabilities help explain both success and failure in open innovation initiatives, drawing on papers presented at the World Open Innovation Conference.

  • On open innovation, platforms, and entrepreneurship

    Satish Nambisan, Donald S. Siegel, Martín Kenney · 2018 · Strategic Entrepreneurship Journal

    Open innovation and digital platforms have fundamentally transformed entrepreneurship across industries. These shifts create new opportunities for entrepreneurs to innovate and capture value, from supplying inputs to established firms to operating as complementors on platforms. The paper identifies key factors that enable or constrain these entrepreneurial opportunities and emphasizes how regulatory policies, digitization, and globalization shape emerging business models.

  • The role of absorptive capacity and innovation strategy in the design of industry 4.0 business Models - A comparison between SMEs and large enterprises

    Julian M. Müller, Oana Buliga, Kai‐Ingo Voigt · 2020 · European Management Journal

    This study examines how German industrial companies redesign their business models in response to Industry 4.0 by analyzing absorptive capacity and innovation strategy. Using data from 221 enterprises, the research shows that companies' ability to acquire, assimilate, transform, and exploit external knowledge enables both exploratory and exploitative innovation strategies, which then drive either efficiency-centered or novelty-centered business model changes. SMEs and large enterprises exhibit distinct patterns in this process.

  • Innovation, Openness, and Platform Control

    Geoffrey Parker, Marshall Van Alstyne · 2017 · Management Science

    This paper develops a mathematical model to determine optimal platform openness and intellectual property duration for business ecosystems. The authors show that closing platforms increases sponsor revenue but limits developer innovation, while longer IP protection increases developer earnings but delays public access to innovations. The model identifies trade-offs between these competing interests and provides guidance for platform strategy, organizational design, and regulatory policy.

  • The new age of innovation: driving cocreated value through global networks

    2008 · Choice Reviews Online

    This business strategy book argues that companies must build organizational capabilities to co-create value with customers through global networks. The authors contend that success requires transforming business processes, technical systems, and supply chains to enable continuous innovation, measure individual behavior through analytics, and treat all stakeholders as unique participants in seamless global operations.

  • OPEN VERSUS CLOSED INNOVATION: A MODEL OF DISCOVERY AND DIVERGENCE.

    Esteve Almirall, Ramon Casadesus‐Masanell · 2010 · Academy of Management Review

    Open innovation enables firms to discover product feature combinations that closed innovation misses. However, when partners have conflicting goals, open innovation limits the firm's control over technological direction. The optimal innovation approach depends on balancing discovery benefits against coordination costs from partner divergence.

  • FDI spillovers in an emerging market: the role of foreign firms' country origin diversity and domestic firms' absorptive capacity

    Yan Zhang, Haiyang Li, Yu Li, Li‐An Zhou · 2010 · Strategic Management Journal

    Foreign direct investment from diverse countries boosts productivity of domestic firms in emerging markets by exposing them to varied technologies and management practices. This spillover effect strengthens when domestic firms have greater absorptive capacity—particularly larger firms and those with intermediate technology gaps to foreign investors. Analysis of Chinese manufacturing firms from 1998–2003 confirms these relationships.

  • When Is Open Innovation Beneficial? The Role of Strategic Orientation

    Colin C.J. Cheng, K.R.E. Huizingh · 2014 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Open innovation activities significantly boost innovation performance across multiple dimensions—new service innovativeness, financial performance, customer outcomes, and product success—in service firms. A company's strategic orientation moderates these effects. Entrepreneurial orientation strengthens open innovation's benefits most powerfully, followed by market orientation, then resource orientation. The findings demonstrate that open innovation works best within organizations that embrace proactive, entrepreneurial strategic approaches.

  • What is frugal innovation? Three defining criteria

    Timo Weyrauch, Cornelius Herstatt · 2016 · Journal of Frugal Innovation

    Frugal innovation lacks a clear definition despite growing interest across emerging and developed markets. This paper identifies three defining criteria: substantial cost reduction, concentration on core functionalities, and optimized performance level. The authors conducted a literature review and interviewed 45 managers and researchers to establish these criteria, enabling organizations to better understand and develop frugal innovations in diverse market contexts.

  • The Disruptive Nature of Information Technology Innovations: The Case of Internet Computing in Systems Development Organizations1, 2

    Lyytinen, Gregory M. Rose · 2003 · MIS Quarterly

    This paper develops a theoretical model of disruptive IT innovations and applies it to Internet computing adoption. The authors studied eight systems development organizations in the United States and Finland, finding that Internet computing fundamentally transformed their development processes and service offerings. The research shows how architectural innovations in computing technology create cascading changes across organizational practices and outcomes.

  • Users' contributions to radical innovation: evidence from four cases in the field of medical equipment technology

    Christopher Lettl, Cornelius Herstatt, Hans Georg Gemuenden · 2006 · R and D Management

    Users in medical equipment technology drive radical innovation by inventing and co-developing new solutions. Innovative users possess diverse competencies, strong motivation, and operate within supportive environments. They act entrepreneurially by building and organizing innovation networks that transform radical concepts into prototypes and marketable products. Manufacturing firms can leverage these user-innovators in early-stage radical innovation projects.

  • Consumer adoption of the Uber mobile application: Insights from diffusion of innovation theory and technology acceptance model

    Somang Min, Kevin Kam Fung So, Miyoung Jeong · 2018 · Journal of Travel & Tourism Marketing

    This study examines why consumers adopt Uber by combining two adoption theories: Diffusion of Innovation and Technology Acceptance Model. The research finds that relative advantage, compatibility, complexity, observability, and social influence significantly affect how useful and easy users perceive the app to be, which then shapes their attitudes and intention to use it. The findings integrate both theoretical frameworks to explain mobile app adoption in the sharing economy.

  • The ecosystem as helix: an exploratory theory‐building study of regional co‐opetitive entrepreneurial ecosystems as Quadruple/Quintuple Helix Innovation Models

    Elias G. Carayannis, Evangelos Grigoroudis, David F. J. Campbell, Dirk Meissner, Dimitra Stamati · 2017 · R and D Management

    This paper develops a theoretical framework for understanding regional innovation ecosystems using the Quadruple/Quintuple Helix model, which integrates government, universities, industry, civil society, and environmental actors. The authors argue that regions function as complex, multi-level systems where organizations pursue both competitive and cooperative goals through entrepreneurial activities. They conceptualize these ecosystems as fractal structures with dynamic assets and propose that innovation systems can be organized by geographical and research-based properties.

  • Value Creation and Value Capture in Open Innovation

    Henry Chesbrough, Christopher Lettl, Thomas Ritter · 2018 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Open innovation research has focused on collaborative invention but neglected how actors create and capture value from these collaborations. This paper argues that understanding value creation and capture is essential for sustaining open innovation and gaining competitive advantage. The authors clarify conceptual confusion around value capture and propose a framework linking open innovation to value creation and capture processes among interdependent actors.

  • WHY 'OPEN INNOVATION' IS OLD WINE IN NEW BOTTLES

    Paul Trott, Dap Hartmann · 2009 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    This paper critiques the open innovation concept, arguing it presents a false choice between open and closed models. The authors examine six core principles of open innovation and demonstrate that the framework misrepresents how firms actually operate. They show that while closed innovation has real limitations, most companies don't actually follow purely closed models, making open innovation's framing misleading rather than genuinely novel.

  • Does social capital matter for supply chain resilience? The role of absorptive capacity and marketing-supply chain management alignment

    İsmail Gölgeci̇, Olli Kuivalainen · 2019 · Industrial Marketing Management

    Social capital from business relationships improves supply chain resilience, but only when firms can absorb and apply external knowledge effectively. The study of 265 Turkish companies shows that strong alignment between marketing and supply chain management strengthens these relationships. Resilient supply chains directly boost organizational performance, making social capital valuable only when paired with absorptive capacity and internal coordination.

  • Green innovation to respond to environmental regulation: How external knowledge adoption and green absorptive capacity matter?

    Jianming Zhang, Gongqian Liang, Taiwen Feng, Chunlin Yuan, Wenbo Jiang · 2019 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Environmental regulations drive green innovation in manufacturing firms, but the mechanism depends on how firms adopt external knowledge. Using survey data from 237 Chinese manufacturers, the study finds that both command-and-control and market-based regulations increase external knowledge adoption, which then drives green product and process innovation. A firm's capacity to absorb and use green knowledge strengthens the effect of market-based regulations specifically.

  • The Role of Networks in Small and Medium-Sized Enterprise Innovation and Firm Performance

    Sarel Gronum, Martie‐Louise Verreynne, Tim Kastelle · 2012 · Journal of Small Business Management

    Strong, diverse business networks boost innovation in small and medium enterprises, according to analysis of 1,435 SMEs over time. However, networks improve firm performance only indirectly—through their effect on innovation. SMEs should prioritize networks specifically for their innovation benefits rather than expecting direct performance gains.

  • Living Labs as Open-Innovation Networks

    Seppo Leminen, Mika Westerlund, Anna‐Greta Nyström · 2012 · Technology Innovation Management Review

    Living labs function as open-innovation networks that help organizations understand user needs and develop business opportunities. These collaborative environments create competitive advantages by enabling companies to co-create solutions with users in real-world settings, emerging as a practical approach for innovation development that goes beyond traditional research methods.

  • Democratizing Innovation: The Evolving Phenomenon of User Innovation

    Eric von Hippel · 2009 · International Journal of Innovation Science

    User-centered innovation, once dismissed as marginal, has become a major force reshaping how products and services develop. End users and user firms now drive significant innovation across many fields, competing with and feeding into traditional manufacturer-led innovation. Advances in computing and digital communication accelerate this shift, making user innovation an increasingly powerful economic and creative phenomenon.

  • Blended : Using Disruptive Innovation to Improve Schools

    Michael B. Horn, Heather Staker · 2017

    This practical guide helps K-12 educators implement blended learning by combining online instruction with traditional classroom time. The authors provide a step-by-step framework for building student-centered learning systems, explain how to maximize online learning benefits while avoiding pitfalls, and offer implementation strategies for leaders, teachers, and stakeholders navigating this educational transition.

  • Expanding Access to Hepatitis C Virus Treatment—Extension for Community Healthcare Outcomes (ECHO) Project: Disruptive Innovation in Specialty Care†

    Sanjeev Arora, Summers Kalishman, Karla Thornton, Denise Dion, Glen H. Murata, Paulina Deming, Brooke Parish, John Seely Brown, Miriam Komaromy, Kathleen Colleran, Arthur D. Bankhurst, Joanna G. Katzman, Michelle Harkins, Luis B. Curet, Ellen Cosgrove, Wesley Pak · 2010 · Hepatology

    The ECHO Model uses telehealth technology and case-based learning to train primary care providers in rural and underserved areas to deliver specialty care for hepatitis C virus. Participating clinicians gained significant knowledge, self-efficacy, and professional satisfaction. The program successfully expanded access to complex medical care in communities lacking specialty services and built sustainable local capacity.

  • Outbound open innovation and its effect on firm performance: examining environmental influences

    Ulrich Lichtenthaler · 2009 · R and D Management

    This study examines how firms benefit from outbound open innovation—transferring technology externally—and identifies environmental conditions that strengthen these benefits. Using data from 136 industrial firms, the research finds that technological turbulence, active technology markets, and competitive intensity all enhance the positive relationship between outbound open innovation and firm performance. Stronger patent protection, however, does not improve outcomes. The findings clarify when companies should pursue outbound open innovation strategies.

  • Diffusion of Engineering Education Innovations: A Survey of Awareness and Adoption Rates in U.S. Engineering Departments

    Maura Borrego, Jeffrey E. Froyd, Tracy Hall · 2010 · Journal of Engineering Education

    Engineering education innovations spread slowly despite decades of improvement efforts. A survey of U.S. engineering department chairs found 82 percent awareness but only 47 percent adoption of seven established innovations. Student-active pedagogies saw the highest adoption. Word-of-mouth and presentations proved more effective than publications for spreading awareness. Department chairs cited limited funding, faculty time constraints, and concerns about learning outcomes as key barriers to adoption.

  • Promising Ti<sub>3</sub>C<sub>2</sub>T<i><sub>x</sub></i> MXene/Ni Chain Hybrid with Excellent Electromagnetic Wave Absorption and Shielding Capacity

    Luyang Liang, Gaojie Han, Yang Li, Biao Zhao, Bing Zhou, Yuezhan Feng, Jianmin Ma, Yaming Wang, Rui Zhang, Chuntai Liu · 2019 · ACS Applied Materials & Interfaces

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It describes the development of a composite material combining MXene and nickel chains for electromagnetic wave absorption and shielding applications. The research focuses on materials science and engineering, demonstrating how combining conductive and magnetic components improves electromagnetic performance. No rural innovation content is present.

  • Living Lab: an open and citizen-centric approach for innovation

    Birgitta Bergvall Kareborn, Anna Ståhlbröst · 2009 · International Journal of Innovation and Regional Development

    Living Labs represent a new approach to managing innovation that combines an innovation milieu with citizen-centered methods. The paper examines Botnia Living Lab and the FormIT approach, demonstrating how involving citizens in designing e-services for municipal governance strengthens innovation processes. Key structural components of Living Labs enhance both the innovation process and its underlying principles.

  • Local Nodes in Global Networks: The Geography of Knowledge Flows in Biotechnology Innovation

    M S Gertler, Yael Levitte · 2005 · Industry and Innovation

    This study examines how biotechnology firms in Canada innovate by analyzing knowledge flows from both local and global sources. The research finds that successful innovation depends on firms' internal technological capabilities and their ability to absorb external knowledge. While global networks matter significantly for innovation, local relationships prove especially critical for raising capital. The findings challenge the assumption that local networks alone drive innovation, showing instead that dynamic regions combine dense local interaction with strong international connections.

  • Exploring open search strategies and perceived innovation performance from the perspective of inter‐organizational knowledge flows

    Yun‐Hwa Chiang, Kuang‐Peng Hung · 2010 · R and D Management

    The paper examines how companies access external knowledge to drive innovation. Using survey data from 184 Taiwanese electronics manufacturers, the authors find that focusing knowledge search on a few external sources strengthens incremental innovation, while searching broadly across many sources strengthens radical innovation. These findings clarify how different knowledge-gathering strategies produce different innovation outcomes.

  • Open innovation and its effects on economic and sustainability innovation performance

    Romana Rauter, Dietfried Globocnik, Elke Perl-Vorbach, Rupert J. Baumgartner · 2018 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    This study examines how different external partners contribute to innovation performance in industrial firms. The researchers found that collaborating with universities, customers, NGOs, and intermediaries all improve both economic and sustainability innovation outcomes. Importantly, pursuing economic and sustainability goals simultaneously is not a conflict—firms can achieve both. The findings clarify which open innovation partnerships most effectively drive performance.

  • Corporate social responsibility and innovation: a resource‐based theory

    Isabel Gallego Álvarez, José Manuel Prado‐Lorenzo, Isabel Sánchez · 2011 · Management Decision

    This paper examines how corporate social responsibility (CSR) and innovation relate to each other using resource-based theory. Analyzing companies with R&D investments from 2003-2007, the authors find a negative bidirectional relationship: CSR practices reduce innovation efforts, and innovation reduces CSR practices. The effect varies by industry sector. Results show CSR investments take three years to demonstrate value and that companies rarely implement innovations linked to sustainability, revealing incompatibility between R&D spending and sustainable corporate behavior.

  • The open innovation paradox: knowledge sharing and protection in R&amp;D collaborations

    Marcel Bogers · 2011 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Firms collaborating on R&D face a paradox: they must share knowledge to innovate together while protecting proprietary information. This study identifies how knowledge characteristics, collaboration structure, and relational factors create tension between openness and protection. The research finds that firms manage this paradox through strategies like layered collaboration schemes with inner and outer members, open knowledge exchange protocols, and licensing arrangements.

  • Surmountable Chasms: Networks and Social Innovation for Resilient Systems

    Michele‐Lee Moore, Frances Westley · 2011 · Ecology and Society

    Networks facilitate social innovation by enabling cross-scale interactions that help communities escape rigid social structures and address complex problems. The paper argues that successful networks require institutional entrepreneurs with specific skills: pattern generation, relationship building, brokering knowledge and resources, and network recharging. These capabilities allow networks to increase resilience and improve human capacity to respond to systemic challenges.

  • Opening up for competitive advantage – How Deutsche Telekom creates an open innovation ecosystem

    René Rohrbeck, Katharina Hölzle, Hans Georg Gemünden · 2009 · R and D Management

    Deutsche Telekom, Germany's national telecom operator, adopted open innovation practices to compete against declining revenues and market pressure. Through 15 interviews, researchers identified 11 open innovation instruments the company deployed. The study shows Deutsche Telekom successfully increased its innovation capacity by opening its development process to external creativity and knowledge sources, demonstrating how incumbent telecom firms can adapt to competitive threats.

  • MOBILE BANKING ADOPTION: APPLICATION OF DIFFUSION OF INNOVATION THEORY

    Ibrahim M. Al‐Jabri, M. Sadiq Sohail · 2012 · SSRN Electronic Journal

    This study examines factors influencing mobile banking adoption among Saudi Arabian bank customers using Diffusion of Innovation theory. Analysis of 330 mobile banking users reveals that relative advantage, compatibility, and observability positively drive adoption, while perceived risk negages it. Trialability and complexity show no significant effect, contrary to prior research. The findings provide practical guidance for Saudi banks designing mobile services.

  • The role of venture capital firms in Silicon Valley's complex innovation network

    Michel Ferrary, Mark Granovetter · 2009 · Economy and Society

    Venture capital firms play five critical roles in Silicon Valley's innovation network: financing startups, selecting promising companies, facilitating collective learning, embedding firms within the ecosystem, and signaling quality to other investors. These functions create a robust system of interconnected economic agents—universities, large companies, laboratories, and startups—that explains Silicon Valley's sustained innovative success over seventy years and why other regions have failed to replicate it.

  • The Relation among Organizational Culture, Knowledge Management, and Innovation Capability: Its Implication for Open Innovation

    Long Nguyen Hai Lam, Phuong V. Nguyen, Nga T.T. Le, Khoa T. Tran · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This study examined how organizational culture and knowledge management affect innovation capability in high-tech firms operating under open innovation models. Surveying 182 high-tech company representatives, the researchers found that knowledge management strongly correlates with innovation capability, and that organizational culture significantly influences knowledge management practices. Firms fostering open innovation cultures emphasizing trust, collaboration, and learning—supported by participative leadership—achieve more effective knowledge management and stronger innovation capabilities.

  • Integrating Technology Acceptance Model With Innovation Diffusion Theory: An Empirical Investigation on Students’ Intention to Use E-Learning Systems

    Waleed Mugahed Al-Rahmi, Noraffandy Yahaya, Ahmed Aldraiweesh, Mahdi M. Alamri, Nada Ali Aljarboa, Uthman Alturki, Abdulmajeed A. Aljeraiwi · 2019 · IEEE Access

    This study examined what influences Malaysian students' willingness to use e-learning systems by combining technology acceptance and innovation diffusion theories. Surveying 1,286 students, researchers found that six innovation characteristics—relative advantage, observability, trialability, compatibility, complexity, and perceived enjoyment—significantly shaped how students viewed the ease of use and usefulness of e-learning platforms. The integrated model provides universities and colleges with evidence-based guidance for implementing e-learning systems effectively.

  • Technology Alliance Portfolios and Financial Performance: Value‐Enhancing and Cost‐Increasing Effects of Open Innovation<sup>*</sup>

    Dries Faems, Matthias de Visser, Petra Andries, Bart Van Looy · 2010 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Belgian manufacturing firms using diverse technology alliances boost product innovation and financial performance indirectly, but face direct costs that initially outweigh gains. The study confirms that open innovation through external partnerships strengthens internal innovation efforts, yet managers must account for the substantial coordination and management expenses of maintaining multiple technology alliances alongside their long-term financial benefits.

  • How constraints and knowledge impact open innovation

    Helena Garriga, Georg von Krogh, Sebastian Spaeth · 2013 · Strategic Management Journal

    This study examines how resource constraints and external knowledge availability shape firms' innovation strategies and performance. Using survey data from Swiss companies, the researchers find that resource constraints reduce innovative performance but push firms toward broader, shallower searches for external knowledge. Abundant external knowledge boosts performance and creates a U-shaped relationship with search breadth and depth, meaning firms either search narrowly and deeply or broadly and shallowly.

  • Socially and Environmentally Responsible Value Chain Innovations: New Operations Management Research Opportunities

    Hau L. Lee, Christopher S. Tang · 2017 · Management Science

    This paper identifies new research opportunities in operations management focused on socially and environmentally responsible value chains. The authors argue that OM research should expand beyond traditional economic objectives to address environmental and social responsibility across emerging and developing economies, engaging diverse stakeholders including producers, consumers, governments, and nonprofits. The paper proposes this broader approach will advance both economic development and social well-being globally.

  • Explaining Diffusion Patterns for Complex Health Care Innovations

    Jean‐Louis Denis, Yann Hébert, Ann Langley, Daniel Lozeau, Louise‐Hélène Trottier · 2002 · Health Care Management Review

    Healthcare innovations spread unevenly regardless of scientific evidence quality. This study examines four cases to show that adoption depends on how benefits and risks align with the interests, values, and power structures of the healthcare system adopting them, not on the strength of scientific support alone.

  • Absorptive capacity, knowledge management and innovation in entrepreneurial small firms

    Colin S. Gray · 2006 · International Journal of Entrepreneurial Behaviour & Research

    Small firms with 15 or more employees, younger founders, and higher education levels absorb and implement new knowledge most effectively. Absorptive capacity—the ability to acquire, assimilate, and use knowledge—depends significantly on firm size, founder age, and educational background. Policy should target graduate-founded SMEs and develop innovation management programs for these firms to build knowledge-based economies.

  • The role of digital technologies in open innovation processes: an exploratory multiple case study analysis

    Andrea Urbinati, Davide Chiaroni, Vittorio Chiesa, Federico Frattini · 2018 · R and D Management

    Digital technologies enable firms to manage open innovation by facilitating knowledge sharing across organizational boundaries. This study examines nine companies across different industries to identify the managerial actions required to implement digital technologies in open innovation processes. The research reveals how digital tools help firms capture, transfer, and manage knowledge flows more effectively, addressing coordination challenges that arise when innovation becomes more collaborative and resource-intensive.

  • Open-market innovation.

    Darrell K. Rigby, Chris Zook · 2002 · PubMed

    Companies increasingly adopt open-market innovation, using licensing, joint ventures, and strategic alliances to access external ideas rather than relying solely on internal R&D. This approach lets firms acquire diverse expertise, retain creative talent, and measure innovation value. However, poor deal structuring can backfire, as seen when Xerox and TRW failed to capitalize on their own innovations.

  • Disruptiveness of innovations: measurement and an assessment of reliability and validity

    Vijay Govindarajan, Praveen K. Kopalle · 2005 · Strategic Management Journal

    This paper develops and validates a measurement scale for assessing how disruptive innovations are. The authors surveyed senior executives at 199 business units across 38 Fortune 500 companies and used statistical analysis to confirm their scale is reliable and valid. They show that disruptiveness is distinct from other innovation characteristics like radicalness, providing researchers with a tool to study why established companies struggle to develop truly disruptive innovations.

  • Global production networks and the changing geography of innovation systems. Implications for developing countries

    Dieter Ernst · 2002 · Economics of Innovation and New Technology

    Globalization reshapes where innovation happens, creating opportunities for developing countries to access international knowledge through global production networks. The paper argues that developing nations can strengthen weak innovation systems by combining diverse knowledge sources and participating in global networks. This participation enables reverse knowledge outsourcing and industrial upgrading, but requires supportive public policies and institutions to capture these benefits effectively.

  • Economic Growth, Increasing Productivity of SMEs, and Open Innovation

    Batara Surya, Firman Menne, Hernita Sabhan, Seri Suriani, Herminawaty Abubakar, Muhammad Idris · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Economic growth driven by technological innovation significantly boosts small and medium enterprise productivity and welfare. Government policies, capital support, and human resource development together explain 97.6% of SME development outcomes. The study recommends that governments adopt innovation-based economic growth strategies to increase productivity of community enterprises.

  • The spread of innovations in social networks

    Andrea Montanari, Amin Saberi · 2010 · Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences

    This paper examines how network structure affects the speed at which innovations spread when people make strategic choices between competing alternatives. Using coordination game models, the authors find that innovations spread much more slowly on highly connected networks with long-range links than on low-dimensional networks based on geographic proximity. Their results contradict predictions from epidemic models commonly used to study innovation diffusion.

  • Managing User Involvement in Service Innovation

    Peter Magnusson, Jonas Matthing, Per Kristensson · 2003 · Journal of Service Research

    Users generate more original service ideas with higher perceived value than professional developers, but their ideas are less producible. User involvement implementation matters significantly—users working with design expert feedback produced better results than those working alone. The study reveals trade-offs between innovation originality and technical feasibility when involving users in service development.

  • Open innovation: current status and research opportunities

    Joel West, Marcel Bogers · 2016 · Innovation

    Open innovation has grown rapidly as a research field since 2003. This paper identifies key gaps in existing research, including the need for more work on outbound innovation, services, network collaboration forms like ecosystems and platforms, and adoption by small and nonprofit organizations. It calls for better measurement of open innovation's performance effects and understanding of why initiatives fail, plus stronger connections to established theories like absorptive capacity and dynamic capabilities.

  • An evolutionary integrated view of Regional Systems of Innovation: Concepts, measures and historical perspectives

    Simona Iammarino · 2005 · European Planning Studies

    Regional innovation systems have been studied with a national bias that overlooks sub-national dynamics and historical evolution. This paper integrates top-down and bottom-up perspectives to develop a more complete framework for understanding regional innovation systems, emphasizing how history and regional culture shape development opportunities. Italy's case demonstrates that historical regional contexts are essential for assessing future regional innovation potential.

  • Innovation as the core competency of a service organisation: the role of technology, knowledge and networks

    Jay Kandampully · 2002 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Service organizations compete through innovation driven by technology, knowledge, and networks. The paper argues that a firm's true resource is the amorphous knowledge created through customer and partner relationships, which enables innovation as a core competency. Innovation only delivers value when firms align their capabilities to meet customer needs in the marketplace.

  • Navigating the Back Loop: Fostering Social Innovation and Transformation in Ecosystem Management

    Reinette Biggs, Frances Westley, Stephen R. Carpenter · 2010 · Ecology and Society

    This paper examines how social innovation drives transformation in ecosystem management. The authors argue that fostering innovation during periods of ecosystem change—particularly in the 'back loop' of adaptive cycles—enables communities to develop new management approaches and adapt to shifting environmental conditions. The work emphasizes social innovation as essential for navigating complex ecosystem challenges.

  • Factors influencing autonomous vehicle adoption: an application of the technology acceptance model and innovation diffusion theory

    Kum Fai Yuen, Lanhui Cai, Guanqiu Qi, Xueqin Wang · 2020 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This study examined what factors influence people's willingness to adopt autonomous vehicles using technology acceptance and innovation diffusion theories. Survey data from 274 respondents showed that perceived usefulness and ease of use drive adoption intentions. The research also found that innovation characteristics—including relative advantage, compatibility, image, demonstrability, visibility, and trialability—shape how useful and easy people perceive AVs to be, offering insights for promoting autonomous vehicle adoption.

  • Absorptive capacity and relationship learning mechanisms as complementary drivers of green innovation performance

    Gema Albort-Morant, Antonio L. Leal‐Rodríguez, Valentina De Marchi · 2018 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    A study of 112 Spanish automotive component manufacturers finds that absorptive capacity and relationship learning both significantly boost green innovation performance. Relationship learning moderates the effect of absorptive capacity on green innovation outcomes. Managers should invest in building absorptive capacity and cultivating learning relationships with stakeholders to drive green innovation in manufacturing.

  • INNOVATION TYPE AND DIFFUSION: AN EMPIRICAL ANALYSIS OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT

    Richard M. Walker · 2006 · Public Administration

    This study tests how five different types of innovations spread through English local government. Using data from 120 authorities, the research finds that different factors drive adoption of different innovation types. The results show that innovation adoption is complex and context-dependent, meaning policymakers cannot use one-size-fits-all approaches to encourage local government innovation.

  • Open service innovation and the firm's search for external knowledge

    Andrea Mina, Elif Bascavusoglu-Moreau, Alan Hughes · 2013 · Research Policy

    This paper examines how service firms and manufacturing companies adopting service-inclusive models engage in open innovation—collaborating across organizational boundaries to access external knowledge. Using UK firm data, the authors find that business services firms are more active open innovators than manufacturers, rely more on informal knowledge-exchange practices, and prioritize scientific and technical knowledge. Open innovation engagement increases with firm size and R&D spending.

  • Unravelling the process from Closed to Open Innovation: evidence from mature, asset‐intensive industries

    Davide Chiaroni, Vittorio Chiesa, Federico Frattini · 2010 · R and D Management

    This paper examines how mature, asset-intensive firms transition from closed to open innovation models. Through longitudinal case studies of four Italian companies, the authors identify four organizational dimensions that change during this shift: inter-organizational networks, organizational structures, evaluation processes, and knowledge management systems. The findings provide a framework for understanding and managing the organizational transformation required to adopt open innovation practices.

  • Innovation and robustness in complex regulatory gene networks

    Stefano Ciliberti, Olivier Martin, Andreas Wagner · 2007 · Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences

    This paper examines how evolutionary innovation occurs in gene regulatory networks controlling embryonic development. The researchers show that networks producing the same gene expression patterns form connected networks in genotype space, allowing evolution to explore diverse genetic changes while maintaining viable phenotypes. Robustness to mutations, rather than hindering innovation, actually enables long-term evolutionary innovation by keeping organisms close to functional states.

  • Motivating and supporting collaboration in open innovation

    Maria Antikainen, Marko Mäkipää, Mikko Ahonen · 2010 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Open innovation communities succeed when contributors are motivated by intangible rewards like learning, community cooperation, and entertainment rather than money. The study of three innovation intermediaries across France, the Netherlands, and Finland found that users value easy-to-use collaboration tools and visible engagement from community maintainers. Companies should invest in accessible platforms and active leadership to support effective collaboration.

  • Orchestration Processes in Network-Centric Innovation: Evidence From the Field.

    Satish Nambisan, Mohanbir Sawhney · 2011 · Academy of Management Perspectives

    Companies increasingly pursue innovation through external networks rather than internal resources alone. This study examines how hub firms orchestrate network-centric innovation by combining product development and network theory with field research. The findings show that orchestration processes blend innovation design with network design, revealing how firms coordinate external partnerships to drive innovation.

  • Incubation of incubators: innovation as a triple helix of university-industry-government networks

    Henry Etzkowitz · 2002 · Science and Public Policy

    University business incubators have evolved from isolated entities into networked innovation hubs where universities, industry, and government collaborate. These incubators transform research into new products and firms by combining R&D resources across sectors. Government funding and regulatory changes enable this triple-helix model, shifting innovation from linear knowledge transfer to interactive, collaborative development.

  • Open innovation in SMEs: Exploring inter-organizational relationships in an ecosystem

    Agnieszka Radziwon, Marcel Bogers · 2018 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    Small and medium-sized enterprises struggle to manage open innovation because they lack resources to coordinate with external partners, despite needing them. This case study of a regional business ecosystem reveals that SMEs face challenges when their business models misalign with ecosystem partners' models. The research shows that innovation type and how organizations understand innovation shape whether open innovation succeeds, and that managing it requires attention across three levels: individual SMEs, inter-organizational relationships, and the broader ecosystem.

  • Innovating Pedagogy 2015: Open University Innovation Report 4

    Mike Sharples, Anne Adams, Nonye Alozie, Rebecca Ferguson, Elizabeth FitzGerald, Mark Gaved, Patrick McAndrew, Barbara Means, Julie Remold, Bart Rienties, Jeremy Roschelle, Kimberly Vogt, Denise Whitelock, Louise Yarnall · 2015 · Open Research Online (The Open University)

    This report identifies ten emerging pedagogical innovations with potential to transform post-secondary education. Researchers at the Open University and SRI International reviewed educational theories and practices, then selected innovations already in use but not yet widely adopted. The report sketches these ten pedagogies in order of likely implementation timescale, aiming to guide teachers and policymakers toward productive educational change.

  • Determinants and archetype users of open innovation

    Marcus Matthias Keupp, Oliver Gassmann · 2009 · R and D Management

    This paper explains why firms adopt open innovation at different levels by examining internal barriers to innovation rather than external factors. Using exploration-exploitation theory, the authors test how innovation impediments affect the breadth and depth of open innovation activities. Their analysis identifies four distinct firm archetypes with different open innovation patterns and identifies which internal weaknesses drive firms toward external R&D collaboration.

  • Innovation, entrepreneurial, knowledge, and business ecosystems: Old wine in new bottles?

    Laurent Scaringella, Agnieszka Radziwon · 2017 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This theoretical paper reviews 104 sources to examine four types of ecosystems—business, innovation, entrepreneurial, and knowledge—and connects them to established territorial approaches. The authors identify common invariants across these diverging streams and propose a unified research framework that integrates ecosystem and territorial perspectives under complex evolutionary systems theory, providing foundations for future empirical research.

  • Dynamic Capability Building in Service Value Networks for Achieving Service Innovation

    Renu Agarwal, Willem Selen · 2009 · Decision Sciences

    Service organizations innovate by collaborating through value networks rather than working alone. This study of a telecommunications company shows that dynamic capabilities—including customer engagement, collaborative agility, entrepreneurial alertness, and innovative capacity—emerge through stakeholder collaboration and education. These capabilities drive service innovation outcomes and require continuous development as business conditions change. Managers must actively cultivate these collaborative skills to deliver new service offerings.

  • Interlocking Interactions, the Diffusion of Innovations in Health Care

    Louise Fitzgerald, Ewan Ferlı́e, Martin Wood, Chris Hawkins · 2002 · Human Relations

    This study examines how healthcare innovations spread through organizations in the UK, focusing on later adoption stages. The research reveals that diffusion is not a simple decision but a complex, interactive process where context and actors interlock to shape outcomes. Scientific knowledge itself is socially mediated and contested, with active adopters playing crucial roles in determining whether innovations take hold.

  • On the path towards open innovation: assessing the role of knowledge management capability and environmental dynamism in SMEs

    Isabel Martinez-Conesa, Pedro Soto‐Acosta, Elias G. Carayannis · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This study examines how small and medium-sized enterprises develop open innovation capabilities. The research finds that IT-supported operations and human resource practices strengthen knowledge management capability, which in turn drives open innovation. Environmental dynamism also directly influences open innovation adoption. Interdepartmental connectedness alone does not significantly affect knowledge management capability.

  • R&amp;D and Absorptive Capacity: Theory and Empirical Evidence*

    Rachel Griffith, Stephen J. Redding, John Van Reenen · 2003 · Scandinavian Journal of Economics

    This paper develops a unified framework connecting endogenous growth theory with empirical R&D research. It shows that R&D drives both innovation and absorptive capacity—the ability to adopt others' discoveries. The model explains long-run productivity differences between countries and reveals that previous studies underestimated R&D's social returns by ignoring absorptive capacity effects.

  • Knowledge‐based dynamic capabilities and innovation in networked environments

    Suli Zheng, Wei Zhang, Jian Du · 2011 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This study examines how knowledge-based dynamic capabilities drive innovation in networked manufacturing environments. Using survey data from 218 Chinese firms, the researchers found that knowledge combination capability mediates the relationship between dynamic capabilities and innovation performance. Network embeddedness influences dynamic capabilities through relational connections and network diversity, which enhance knowledge acquisition and joint problem-solving abilities.

  • Where Do Good Innovation Ideas Come From? Exploring the Influence of Network Connectivity on Innovation Idea Quality

    Jennie Björk, Mats Magnusson · 2009 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Network connectivity influences innovation idea quality differently depending on whether ideas come from individuals or groups. Individual innovators generate higher-quality ideas with more network connections, but highly connected groups actually produce lower-quality ideas. The study finds that some minimum level of connectivity is necessary for quality ideas, but excessive connectivity in group settings reduces performance. These findings suggest companies should facilitate individual interaction while carefully managing group dynamics during ideation.

  • Foreign Direct Investment, Absorptive Capacity and Regional Innovation Capabilities: Evidence from China

    Xiaolan Fu · 2008 · Oxford Development Studies

    Foreign direct investment significantly boosts regional innovation capacity in China, but the effect depends critically on local absorptive capacity and complementary assets. FDI intensity improves innovation efficiency, and these gains drive economic growth in coastal regions. Inland regions show weaker results, indicating that FDI quality and local institutional strength determine whether foreign investment translates into knowledge-based development.

  • Open mHealth Architecture: An Engine for Health Care Innovation

    Deborah Estrin, Ida Sim · 2010 · Science

    Standardized interfaces and shared components in mobile health technology are essential for advancing healthcare delivery and research. The paper argues that an open architecture approach enables innovation by allowing different systems and devices to work together effectively, unlocking the full potential of mobile-enabled healthcare.

  • Open innovation: Are inbound and outbound knowledge flows really complementary?

    Bruno Cassiman, Giovanni Valentini · 2015 · Strategic Management Journal

    This paper tests whether firms benefit from simultaneously engaging in inbound and outbound knowledge flows, as open innovation theory suggests. Using data from Belgian manufacturing firms, the authors find that while companies buying and selling knowledge do increase new product sales, their R&D costs rise disproportionately. The results show no complementarity between knowledge inflows and outflows, suggesting that the organizational costs of managing open innovation are higher than theory predicts.

  • Responses to disruptive strategic innovation

    Constantinos D. Charitou, Costas Markides · 2003 · MIT Sloan management review

    Established companies face disruptive strategic innovations that challenge their existing business models. The paper identifies five response strategies: focus on the core business, ignore non-threatening innovations, counter the disruption, operate both models simultaneously, or scale the new approach. A company's choice depends on its motivation (growth rate, threat level, strategic relevance) and ability (skills, resources, time, conflict magnitude). Success requires recognizing that new competitive approaches aren't automatically superior.

  • Too much of a good thing? Absorptive capacity, firm performance, and the moderating role of entrepreneurial orientation

    William J. Wales, Vinit Parida, Pankaj C. Patel · 2012 · Strategic Management Journal

    Absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to acquire and exploit new knowledge—shows an inverted-U relationship with financial performance in small and medium technology enterprises. Beyond moderate levels, absorptive capacity actually harms performance. Entrepreneurial orientation moderates this relationship, enabling firms to gain more from knowledge absorption at lower levels and sustain returns at higher levels before diminishing returns occur.

  • Non-invasive prenatal testing for aneuploidy and beyond: challenges of responsible innovation in prenatal screening

    on behalf of the European Society of Human Genetics (ESHG) and the American Society of Human Genetics (ASHG), Wybo Dondorp, Guido de Wert, Yvonne Bombard, Diana W. Bianchi, Carsten Bergmann, Pascal Borry, Lyn S. Chitty, Florence Fellmann, Francesca Forzano, Alison Hall, Lidewij Henneman, Heidi Howard, Anneke Lucassen, Kelly E. Ormond, Borut Peterlin, Dragica Radojković, Wolf Rogowski, Maria Soller, Aad Tibben, Lisbeth Tranebjærg, Carla van El, Martina C. Cornel · 2015 · European Journal of Human Genetics

    This position document from European and American genetics societies provides recommendations for responsible innovation in prenatal screening using non-invasive prenatal testing (NIPT). The authors argue that while NIPT improves accuracy and safety for detecting common chromosomal abnormalities, expanding screening scope requires rigorous validation and ethical evaluation. They call for governments to regulate prenatal screening as public health programs, ensuring quality counseling, professional education, and equitable access rather than allowing commercial expansion without oversight.

  • Dynamic capabilities for ecosystem orchestration A capability-based framework for smart city innovation initiatives

    Lina Linde, David Sjödin, Vinit Parida, Joakim Wincent · 2021 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    Firms leading smart city innovation ecosystems need three core dynamic capabilities to succeed: configuring partnerships, deploying value propositions, and governing ecosystem alignment. The study identifies specific micro-routines underlying sensing, seizing, and reconfiguring activities that enable ecosystem leaders to orchestrate innovation in digitalized, sustainability-focused environments. These capabilities help firms gain competitive advantage by effectively managing emerging ecosystem partnerships.

  • Innovative clusters: drivers of national innovation systems

    Pim den Hertog, Edward M. Bergman, David Charles, Svend Otto Remøe · 2001 · Figshare

    Industrial clusters function as localized innovation systems that drive national economic growth by creating, diffusing, and using knowledge. The paper argues that both market-based and informal knowledge flows concentrate within these clusters. Policymakers and researchers demonstrate how national and local innovation policies can leverage and strengthen cluster dynamics across different countries.

  • Ethics and Privacy in AI and Big Data: Implementing Responsible Research and Innovation

    Bernd Carsten Stahl, David Wright · 2018 · IEEE Security & Privacy

    This paper argues that responsible research and innovation (RRI) provides a framework for addressing ethical and privacy concerns in AI and big data technologies. The authors contend that stakeholder engagement, including civil society participation, is essential to ensure these technologies deliver social benefits while remaining acceptable and sustainable. They illustrate RRI implementation through the Human Brain Project.

  • Green Approach To Prepare Graphene-Based Composites with High Microwave Absorption Capacity

    Xin Bai, Yinghao Zhai, Yong Zhang · 2011 · The Journal of Physical Chemistry C

    This paper describes a method for creating graphene-polymer composites with strong microwave absorption properties. Researchers mixed chemically reduced graphene with polyethylene oxide using an aqueous process, producing materials with high electrical conductivity and large surface areas. The resulting composites effectively converted microwave energy into heat through electrical pathways and interface interactions, achieving absorption performance suitable for industrial applications.

  • The Future of Open Innovation

    Henry Chesbrough · 2017 · Research-Technology Management

    Open innovation—where organizations collaborate externally on research and development—has grown significantly in both practice and academic study. This overview synthesizes recent evidence about open innovation approaches and identifies theoretical perspectives needed to strengthen the field. The paper builds on prior work to assess what we know about how openness in innovation actually works.

  • ‘Spatializing’ knowledge communities: towards a conceptualization of transnational innovation networks

    Neil M. Coe, Timothy G. Bunnell · 2003 · Global Networks

    This paper argues that innovation systems research should shift focus from discrete geographic scales to network relationships operating across scales. The authors propose that innovation networks extend beyond firms to include knowledge communities and the movement of knowledgeable individuals. They develop a conceptual framework identifying three domains of transnational innovation networks: corporate-institutional, social network, and hegemonic-discursive, showing how these domains interact across different localities.

  • Absorptive Capacity and the Growth and Investment Effects of Regional Transfers: A Regression Discontinuity Design with Heterogeneous Treatment Effects

    Sascha O. Becker, Peter Egger, Maximilian von Ehrlich · 2013 · American Economic Journal Economic Policy

    EU regional transfer programs only benefit regions with sufficient human capital and strong institutions. The study finds that just 30 percent of recipient regions convert transfers into faster income growth, and 21 percent into increased investment. A region's absorptive capacity—its ability to effectively use funds—matters far more than the average program effect, with treatment outcomes varying dramatically across regions.

  • When Is a Disruptive Innovation Disruptive?<sup>*</sup>

    Glen M. Schmidt, Cheryl Druehl · 2008 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This paper distinguishes between market-disrupting innovations and disruptive innovations as defined by Christensen, using diffusion patterns to explain why incumbents sometimes underestimate threats. The authors identify low-end encroachment (fringe-market, detached-market, and immediate scenarios) where innovations spread upward from low-end markets, and high-end encroachment where impact is immediate. They provide a three-step framework to assess diffusion patterns and help firms evaluate innovation threats or opportunities.

  • Agility in responding to disruptive digital innovation: Case study of an <scp>SME</scp>

    Calvin M. L. Chan, Say Yen Teoh, Adrian Yeow, Gary Pan · 2018 · Information Systems Journal

    Small and medium-sized enterprises achieve agility in responding to disruptive digital innovation through three key processes: reducing organizational rigidity via boundary openness, building innovative capabilities through organizational adaptability, and balancing the competing demands of exploration and exploitation despite resource constraints. The study develops a framework showing how SMEs specifically navigate these challenges differently than larger firms.

  • DIFFERENTIATED KNOWLEDGE BASES AND VARIETIES OF REGIONAL INNOVATION SYSTEMS

    Björn Asheim · 2007 · Innovation The European Journal of Social Science Research

    This paper develops a theoretical framework for understanding regional development through regional innovation systems, moving beyond the simple codified-versus-tacit knowledge distinction. It introduces a differentiated knowledge base approach that applies across economic sectors and presents different types of regional innovation systems within various capitalist contexts. The author examines whether regional innovation systems can actually exist as functional entities.

  • INTERMEDIARIES, USERS AND SOCIAL LEARNING IN TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATION

    James Stewart, Sampsa Hyysalo · 2008 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    Intermediaries play a critical role in technological innovation by connecting users with developers and facilitating the adoption of new technologies. The paper examines how intermediaries configure, facilitate, and broker technologies across supply and demand sides in emerging markets. The authors demonstrate that intermediaries bridge the gap between user-driven and developer-driven innovation, and that identifying and supporting user-side intermediaries is essential for innovation success.

  • LOOKING AT NATIONAL SYSTEMS OF INNOVATION FROM THE SOUTH

    Rodrigo Arocena, Judith Sutz · 2000 · Industry and Innovation

    The paper applies national innovation systems theory to El Salvador's agro-food industry, a low-technology sector in a middle-low income country. The authors argue that El Salvador's emerging sectoral innovation system can effectively contribute to sustainable development goals, but only with sustained public support and proper use of available policy instruments.

  • Social innovation, an answer to contemporary societal challenges? Locating the concept in theory and practice

    Robert Grimm, Chris Fox, Susan Baines, Kevin Albertson · 2013 · Innovation The European Journal of Social Science Research

    Social innovation is promoted as a solution to societal challenges through inclusive practices and grassroots initiatives, but the concept has been stretched across so many different academic and policy contexts that it risks losing coherence. The authors argue that for social innovation to become a useful policy tool, researchers and policymakers need clearer theoretical frameworks and empirical evidence about what political and economic changes are necessary to support it effectively.

  • Implementing Open Innovation in the Public Sector: The Case of Challenge.gov

    Ines Mergel, Kevin C. Desouza · 2013 · Public Administration Review

    The Obama administration launched Challenge.gov to bring open innovation practices from the private sector into federal government. The platform crowdsources solutions to complex public problems by tapping external problem solvers and collective intelligence. The paper examines how the General Services Administration implemented this crowdsourcing approach, documenting the change management process and lessons learned for designing open innovation in government agencies.

  • Unpacking Absorptive Capacity: A Study of Knowledge Utilization from Alliance Portfolios

    Gurneeta Vasudeva, Jaideep Anand · 2011 · Academy of Management Journal

    This study examines how firms use knowledge from their alliance networks during technological change. The researchers distinguish between two types of absorptive capacity: latitudinal (using diverse knowledge) and longitudinal (using distant knowledge). They find that moderate diversity in alliance portfolios optimizes knowledge use, but simultaneously increasing demands on both types of capacity reduces effectiveness. The paper identifies two portfolio strategies—telescopic and panoptic searches—that balance these trade-offs.

  • Absorptive capacity: Enhancing the assimilation of time‐based manufacturing practices

    Qiang Tu, Mark A. Vonderembse, T. S. Ragu‐Nathan, Thomas W. Sharkey · 2005 · Journal of Operations Management

    Organizations implementing advanced manufacturing technologies need strong absorptive capacity—an internal environment that emphasizes knowledge sharing and continuous learning. This study measures absorptive capacity and tests its impact on adopting time-based manufacturing practices. Results from 303 manufacturers show that higher absorptive capacity directly strengthens adoption of innovative practices, which in turn increases customer value.

  • Lessons for Responsible Innovation in the Business Context: A Systematic Literature Review of Responsible, Social and Sustainable Innovation Practices

    Rob Lubberink, Vincent Blok, Johan van Ophem, Onno Omta · 2017 · Sustainability

    This systematic review of 72 empirical studies identifies innovation practices and processes that businesses can use to implement responsible innovation. The authors synthesize findings on social, sustainable, and responsible innovation to create a framework addressing six key dimensions: anticipation, reflexivity, inclusion, deliberation, responsiveness, and knowledge management. The review advances both theory and practical application of responsible innovation in business contexts.

  • Social Innovation: Integrating Micro, Meso, and Macro Level Insights From Institutional Theory

    Jakomijn van Wijk, Charlene Zietsma, Silvia Dorado, Frank G. A. de Bakker, Ignasi Martí · 2018 · Business & Society

    Social innovations require renegotiating or building institutions to address complex social problems involving multiple systems and actors. This paper presents a three-cycle model showing how social innovation operates across micro, meso, and macro levels through agentic, relational, and situated dynamics. The framework integrates institutional theory perspectives to guide understanding of how innovative solutions develop and get implemented across interconnected social systems.

  • Social Networks: Effects of Social Capital on Firm Innovation

    F. Xavier Molina‐Morales, M. Teresa Martínez‐Fernández · 2010 · Journal of Small Business Management

    Social capital within industrial districts drives firm innovation. The study compared 220 manufacturing firms in Valencia, Spain, finding that firms embedded in districts with strong social interactions, trust, shared vision, and active local institutions innovate more in both processes and products than non-district firms. District membership and social capital directly correlate with innovation outcomes.

  • Learning from openness: The dynamics of breadth in external innovation linkages

    James H. Love, Stephen Roper, Priit Vahter · 2013 · Strategic Management Journal

    Manufacturing plants that maintain external innovation partnerships over time become more effective at converting those partnerships into innovation outputs. Irish firms with prior experience collaborating with external knowledge sources generate greater innovation returns from their current openness activities. This learning effect means experienced firms extract more value from the same breadth of external linkages compared to less experienced firms.

  • Environmental Innovations, Local Networks and Internationalization

    Giulio Cainelli, Massimiliano Mazzanti, Sandro Montresor · 2012 · Industry and Innovation

    This study examines what drives environmental innovations in firms across the Emilia-Romagna region of Italy. Cooperation with local suppliers and universities, combined with workforce training and digital technology adoption, most strongly encourages firms to adopt environmental innovations. Agglomeration economies show mixed effects—they boost environmental innovation in established industrial clusters but can hinder it elsewhere. Local networks and agglomeration together strongly promote environmental innovation adoption by multinational firms, demonstrating the importance of linking local and global business relationships.

  • The Culture for Open Innovation Dynamics

    JinHyo Joseph Yun, Xiaofei Zhao, Kwangho Jung, Tan Yiğitcanlar · 2020 · Sustainability

    This paper develops a concept model explaining how organizational culture drives open innovation dynamics. The authors identify three entrepreneurship dimensions—novice entrepreneurship, employee intrapreneurship, and organizational entrepreneurship—whose balance determines the type of culture that emerges. The model shows culture can control open innovation complexity and motivate innovation activity. The framework was validated through analysis of 23 related studies.

  • Corporate Governance for Responsible Innovation: Approaches to Corporate Governance and Their Implications for Sustainable Development

    Andreas Georg Scherer, Christian Voegtlin · 2018 · Academy of Management Perspectives

    This paper argues that addressing global challenges like poverty, climate change, and pandemics requires responsible innovation supported by new corporate governance models. The authors examine how participative and reflexive governance approaches can enable businesses to generate innovations that create social and environmental benefits while avoiding harm. They demonstrate governance challenges through examples including the COVID-19 pandemic response.

  • Managing Socio-Ethical Challenges in the Development of Smart Farming: From a Fragmented to a Comprehensive Approach for Responsible Research and Innovation

    Callum Eastwood, Laurens Klerkx, Margaret Ayre, B. Dela Rue · 2017 · Journal of Agricultural and Environmental Ethics

    Smart farming development in New Zealand has prioritized productivity and efficiency while neglecting socio-ethical challenges and excluding citizens and consumers from decision-making. The authors apply responsible research and innovation (RRI) principles to smart dairying and find that current R&D lacks adequate consideration of broader social impacts. They recommend government leadership to embed RRI principles in project design and call for sector-specific approaches to build RRI capacity across smart farming innovation systems.

  • National Innovation System

    Benoı̂t Godin · 2009 · Science Technology & Human Values

    This paper traces the intellectual origins of the National Innovation System framework, showing that the OECD's work in the 1960s fundamentally shaped the systems approach to innovation that later researchers like Freeman, Nelson, and Lundvall developed. The author argues the OECD's emphasis on interconnected sectors—government, university, and industry—and their relationships as drivers of innovation performance directly influenced the framework that became central to innovation studies.

  • Green Knowledge Sharing, Stakeholder Pressure, Absorptive Capacity, and Green Innovation: Evidence from Chinese Manufacturing Firms

    Moxi Song, Morgan X. Yang, Kevin J. Zeng, Wenting Feng · 2020 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Chinese manufacturing firms can improve green innovation by sharing environmental knowledge within supply chains, but only if they develop strong absorptive capacity—the ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new information. Stakeholder pressure amplifies this effect. The study of 247 firms shows that absorptive capacity fully mediates the relationship between knowledge sharing and green innovation outcomes.

  • Combinations of bonding, bridging, and linking social capital for farm innovation: How farmers configure different support networks

    Gabriela Cofré-Bravo, Laurens Klerkx, Alejandra Engler · 2019 · Journal of Rural Studies

    Farmers adopt new agricultural technologies and practices through different support networks combining bonding, bridging, and linking social capital. This Chilean study identifies five distinct network configurations farmers use to explore new knowledge while implementing innovations. Rather than a single optimal approach, farmers customize their networks based on personal motivations, innovation goals, and available resources. All configuration types successfully achieve farm innovation, suggesting support strategies must adapt to individual farmer circumstances.

  • The Core and Cosmopolitans: A Relational View of Innovation in User Communities

    Linus Dahlander, Lars Frederiksen · 2011 · Organization Science

    User communities drive innovation through two key positions: core members who deeply engage within the community, and cosmopolitans who bridge multiple external communities. This study analyzed online community interactions, surveys, and interviews to show that innovation emerges not just from individual traits but from relational structures. Communities enable distinctive behaviors that traditional organizations cannot, amplifying innovation through strategic positioning within and across networks.

  • Micro- and Macro-Dynamics of Open Innovation with a Quadruple-Helix Model

    JinHyo Joseph Yun, Zheng Liu · 2019 · Sustainability

    Open innovation drives sustainability in the fourth industrial revolution through a quadruple-helix model involving industry, government, universities, and society. Industry builds innovation ecosystems on open platforms, government shifts from regulation to facilitation, universities engage in technology transfer and knowledge co-creation, and society participates in shared economy models. The paper proposes a framework addressing social, environmental, economic, cultural, policy, and knowledge sustainability across manufacturing and service sectors.

  • Does BLE technology contribute towards improving marketing strategies, customers’ satisfaction and loyalty? The role of open innovation

    Haitham M. Alzoubi, Muhammad Turki Alshurideh, Barween Al Kurdi, Iman Akour, Ramsha Azi · 2022 · International Journal of Data and Network Science

    This study examines how Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) beacon technology affects marketing strategies and customer loyalty in retail settings. Researchers surveyed 138 customers across 159 stores in Dubai's Global Village and found that adopting BLE technology through open innovation significantly improves customer satisfaction and loyalty. Proximity marketing emerged as the most effective strategy for converting potential customers into loyal brand advocates.

  • Value creation and capture mechanisms in innovation ecosystems: a comparative case study

    Paavo Ritala, Vassilis Agouridas, Dimitris Assimakopoulos, Otto Gies · 2013 · International Journal of Technology Management

    This comparative case study examines how innovation ecosystems create and capture value. The authors analyze mechanisms across different contexts to understand the processes by which organizations within ecosystems generate economic returns and distribute benefits among participants. The research identifies key patterns in value creation and appropriation strategies that vary across ecosystem types.

  • The Effect of Absorptive Capacity on Innovativeness: Context and Information Systems Capability as Catalysts

    Gabriel Cepeda‐Carrión, Juan‐Gabriel Cegarra‐Navarro, Daniel Jiménez Jiménez · 2010 · British Journal of Management

    Absorptive capacity—a company's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new knowledge—significantly drives innovativeness in firms. A study of 286 large Spanish companies found that a company's willingness to unlearn outdated practices strengthens both potential and realized absorptive capacity. Information systems capabilities provide a practical tool for managers to enhance absorptive capacity and boost innovation performance.

  • Interstate Professional Associations and the Diffusion of Policy Innovations

    Steven J. Balla · 2001 · American Politics Research

    Interstate professional associations accelerate policy innovation adoption across states. The author examines how state insurance commissioners participating in the National Association of Insurance Commissioners' committee on health insurance were significantly more likely to adopt the HMO Model Act. The study demonstrates that professional associations, particularly through their committee structures, create institutional pathways that facilitate state officials' adoption of policy innovations.

  • Cluster Absorptive Capacity

    Elisa Giuliani · 2005 · European Urban and Regional Studies

    Industrial clusters grow when firms can absorb external knowledge and share it within the cluster. This paper argues that cluster success depends on absorptive capacity—the ability of member firms to learn from outside sources and distribute that knowledge internally. The diversity of firms' knowledge bases shapes how well clusters connect to external information and strengthen their internal learning systems.

  • Bilateral Collaboration and the Emergence of Innovation Networks

    Robin Cowan, Nicolas Jonard, Jean‐Benoît Zimmermann · 2007 · Management Science

    This paper models how innovation networks form through bilateral partnerships between firms. Firms choose collaborators based on knowledge production rather than network strategy. The success of collaborations depends on cognitive fit, prior relationships, and information from shared contacts. The study shows that network structure varies with how knowledge decomposes into tasks and how firms learn about partners—dense networks emerge when innovation breaks into separate subtasks, while cliquish networks form when indirect information matters most.

  • Knowledge-driven preferences in informal inbound open innovation modes. An explorative view on small to medium enterprises

    Veronica Scuotto, Manlio Del Giudice, Stefano Bresciani, Dirk Meissner · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Small and medium enterprises in the United Kingdom prefer informal open innovation partnerships when they adopt a knowledge-driven approach. The study examined 175 SMEs and found that knowledge-driven strategy is the strongest factor determining whether firms choose informal over formal collaboration modes for acquiring external knowledge. Absorptive capacity and cognitive dimensions also influence these preferences.

  • 3D Fe<sub>3</sub>O<sub>4</sub> nanocrystals decorating carbon nanotubes to tune electromagnetic properties and enhance microwave absorption capacity

    Yihua Chen, Zihan Huang, Mingming Lu, Wen‐Qiang Cao, Jie Yuan, Deqing Zhang, Mao‐Sheng Cao · 2015 · Journal of Materials Chemistry A

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It describes a materials science study on nanostructured composites for microwave absorption applications, focusing on the electromagnetic properties of iron oxide nanocrystals decorated on carbon nanotubes.

  • Managing Distributed Innovation: Strategic Utilization of Open and User Innovation

    Marcel Bogers, Joel West · 2012 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Innovation increasingly happens across multiple organizations and stakeholders rather than within single firms. This paper compares vertically integrated innovation against open innovation, user innovation, crowdsourcing, and co-creation models. It examines how these distributed approaches differ in their sources, motivations, and value capture mechanisms, then provides a framework for strategically managing innovation across organizational boundaries.

  • An Examination of the Relationship Between Absorptive Capacity and Organizational Learning, and a Proposed Integration

    Peter Y. T. Sun, Marc H. Anderson · 2008 · International Journal of Management Reviews

    This paper clarifies the relationship between absorptive capacity and organizational learning, two concepts long studied together but never precisely defined in relation to each other. The authors argue that absorptive capacity—an organization's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply external knowledge—represents a specific type of organizational learning focused on external knowledge acquisition. They propose integrating these concepts using established frameworks from organizational learning and absorptive capacity literature.

  • Exploring the field of open innovation

    Maria Elmquist, Tobias Fredberg, Susanne Ollila · 2009 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    This paper reviews the emerging open innovation research field through systematic analysis of academic publications and expert interviews. The authors identify key research themes and reveal that the field is expanding toward broader definitions, developing critical perspectives, and focusing on theory and management implications. They propose using innovation process location and collaboration extent as dimensions for deeper understanding of how open innovation develops.

  • Disentangling Diffusion: The Effects of Social Learning and Economic Competition on State Policy Innovation and Expansion

    Frederick J. Boehmke, Richard Witmer · 2004 · Political Research Quarterly

    This paper examines how states adopt and expand Indian gaming policies, distinguishing between two diffusion mechanisms: social learning and economic competition. The authors find that social learning drives initial policy adoption while economic competition influences both adoption and subsequent policy expansion. They develop new statistical methods to track policy extent over time rather than just first adoption timing, demonstrating that different diffusion processes operate differently across policy areas.

  • THE CREATION AND DIFFUSION OF INNOVATION IN DEVELOPING COUNTRIES: A SYSTEMATIC LITERATURE REVIEW

    Giacomo Zanello, Xiaolan Fu, Pierre Mohnen, Marc J. Ventresca · 2015 · Journal of Economic Surveys

    This systematic literature review examines how innovation is created and adopted in developing countries' private sectors. The authors identify barriers to innovation and trace how new ideas and technologies spread within and across developing economies. They find that innovation capacity depends on interactions between geographical, socio-economic, political, and legal systems. Institutional contexts in developing countries significantly shape how innovations diffuse.

  • Using users: When does external knowledge enhance corporate product innovation?

    Aaron Chatterji, Kira R. Fabrizio · 2013 · Strategic Management Journal

    User knowledge significantly enhances corporate product innovation, particularly in new technology areas and radical innovations. The study examined medical device companies collaborating with innovative physicians and found that these user collaborations generate stronger innovation outcomes than relying solely on external knowledge from other firms or universities.

  • Responsible Innovation Toward Sustainable Development in Small and Medium‐Sized Enterprises: a Resource Perspective

    Minna Halme, Maria Korpela · 2013 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Small and medium-sized enterprises can develop responsible innovations for sustainable development even with limited resources. Research on 13 Nordic SMEs shows that equity capital is necessary, but the specific resource combinations needed vary by innovation type. Business model innovations require minimal resources—mainly equity and social capital—while environmental technology innovations demand more abundant resources, particularly industry knowledge and R&D cooperation.

  • Citizen Participation, Open Innovation, and Crowdsourcing

    Ethan Seltzer, Dillon Mahmoudi · 2012 · Journal of Planning Literature

    Open innovation and crowdsourcing offer planning practitioners new approaches to problem-solving by engaging external participants and diverse groups. Unlike traditional citizen participation, crowdsourcing uses internet-based challenges to generate solutions from large audiences. The paper examines how these techniques differ and presents case studies demonstrating crowdsourcing's potential to produce more robust outcomes than internal organizational efforts.

  • How do young firms manage product portfolio complexity? The role of absorptive capacity and ambidexterity

    Stephanie A. Fernhaber, Pankaj C. Patel · 2012 · Strategic Management Journal

    Young high-technology firms benefit from complex product portfolios through increased sales and competitiveness, but face rising costs that create diminishing returns. The study of 215 young firms shows that absorptive capacity and ambidexterity—the ability to balance exploration and exploitation—strengthen performance gains from portfolio complexity while reducing its costs.

  • DIFFERENT MODES OF OPEN INNOVATION: A THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK AND AN EMPIRICAL STUDY

    Valentina Lazzarotti, Raffaella Manzini · 2009 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    This paper develops a framework categorizing four modes of open innovation based on two dimensions: partner variety and innovation funnel openness. Testing the framework on Italian companies, the authors show that firms successfully adopt different collaboration strategies ranging from completely closed to fully open innovation. The research demonstrates that total openness is not always optimal; companies achieve success through varied degrees and types of external collaboration matched to their specific strategies and capabilities.

  • Disrupting Class How Disruptive Innovation Will Change the Way the World Learns

    Choton Basu · 2009 · Journal of Information Privacy and Security

    This paper applies disruptive innovation theory to education, arguing that technological change will fundamentally transform how people learn globally. The author examines how disruptive innovations reshape educational systems and delivery methods, suggesting that new technologies will create alternative learning pathways that challenge traditional classroom-based education models.

  • Determinants of the Efficiency of Regional Innovation Systems

    Michael Fritsch, Viktor Slavtchev · 2008 · Regional Studies

    Regional innovation systems perform better when private and public research institutions interact intensively and share knowledge spillovers. Regions with smaller average establishment sizes generate more efficient innovation than those dominated by large firms. The study measures efficiency using knowledge production functions and patent data to compare how well regions convert research inputs into innovative outputs.

  • The social underpinnings of absorptive capacity: The moderating effects of structural holes on innovation generation based on external knowledge

    Marco Tortoriello · 2013 · Strategic Management Journal

    Individual scientists and engineers who bridge structural holes in their organization's internal knowledge network generate more innovations from external knowledge sources. Using data from 276 R&D professionals at a multinational tech company, the study shows that an employee's position in the internal social network determines how effectively they convert external knowledge into innovations. Those connecting otherwise disconnected groups innovate more from outside information.

  • Dismantling Knowledge Boundaries at NASA: The Critical Role of Professional Identity in Open Innovation

    Hila Lifshitz‐Assaf · 2017 · Administrative Science Quarterly

    A study of NASA's adoption of open innovation reveals that R&D professionals traditionally protect knowledge within disciplinary boundaries. When NASA opened innovation to outside contributors, it achieved scientific breakthroughs with limited resources, but professionals who resisted identity change rejected external solutions. Only those who refocused their professional identity truly dismantled boundaries and integrated outside knowledge. Professional identity transformation proved essential for open innovation to succeed.

  • Innovation with open data: Essential elements of open data ecosystems

    Anneke Zuiderwijk, Marijn Janssen, Chris Davis · 2014 · Information Polity

    Open data ecosystems are expected to drive innovation and citizen participation, yet little research defines what actually constitutes them. This paper identifies and analyzes the essential elements required for functional open data ecosystems, providing a framework for understanding how open data infrastructure supports innovation across sectors.

  • The effect of social networking sites and absorptive capacity on SMES’ innovation performance

    Veronica Scuotto, Manlio Del Giudice, Elias G. Carayannis · 2016 · The Journal of Technology Transfer

    Social networking sites significantly enhance SME innovation performance by facilitating knowledge acquisition and absorption from external actors. The study analyzed 215 small and medium enterprises across knowledge-intensive and labor-intensive sectors globally, using statistical modeling to measure relationships between social media use, absorptive capacity, and innovation outcomes. Results show that enterprises leveraging social platforms to interact with customers, institutions, and competitors effectively absorb external knowledge and generate stronger innovation performance.

  • The roles of absorptive capacity and cultural balance for exploratory and exploitative innovation in SMEs

    Everist Limaj, Edward Bernroider · 2017 · Journal of Business Research

    This study examines how absorptive capacity and organizational culture influence innovation in small and medium-sized enterprises. Using survey data from 138 SMEs, the researchers found that realized absorptive capacity fully mediates the effect of potential absorptive capacity on both exploratory and exploitative innovation. Balanced organizational culture strengthens how realized absorptive capacity drives innovation, though it doesn't affect the potential-to-realized capacity conversion. The findings highlight that cultural equilibrium matters for SMEs pursuing simultaneous exploratory and exploitative innovation.

  • Absorptive Capacity and Firm Performance in SMEs: The Mediating Influence of Strategic Alliances

    Tessa Christina Flatten, Greta Greve, Malte Brettel · 2011 · European Management Review

    Strategic alliances mediate the relationship between absorptive capacity and firm performance in SMEs. Absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to identify, assimilate, and exploit external knowledge—drives innovation and performance gains primarily through partnerships with other firms. However, this mediation effect weakens for younger SMEs, suggesting that company age and size shape how knowledge absorption translates into business results.

  • Limits to the diffusion of innovation

    Jason MacVaugh, Francesco Schiavone · 2010 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Innovation diffusion depends on technological, social, and learning conditions operating within individual, community, or market contexts. The paper integrates theories from marketing, innovation, and sociology to explain why users resist or slowly adopt new technologies. Understanding these conditions helps companies reduce adoption risks and develop better strategies for radical innovations.

  • Managerial challenges in open innovation: a study of innovation intermediation in the chemical industry

    Jan Henrik Sieg, Martin W. Wallin, Georg von Krogh · 2010 · R and D Management

    This study examines managerial challenges faced by chemical companies using innovation intermediaries to solve R&D problems. Researchers identified three recurring obstacles across seven companies: getting internal scientists to engage with intermediaries, choosing appropriate problems to outsource, and framing problems clearly enough to generate novel solutions. The authors explain these challenges stem from differences in how scientists work internally versus externally, and propose practical remedies.

  • Transformative innovation and translocal diffusion

    Derk Loorbach, Julia M. Wittmayer, Flor Avelino, Timo von Wirth, Niki Frantzeskaki · 2020 · Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions

    Transformative innovations emerge from locally rooted sustainability initiatives that challenge unsustainable systems by developing alternatives. These innovations grow through replication, partnership, and embedding, spreading across regions via translocal networks that share ideas and practices. The paper synthesizes European research to show how connecting local initiatives across contexts creates potential for sustainability transitions, though governance support remains necessary.

  • Open Innovation and the Stage-Gate Process: A Revised Model for New Product Development

    Johan Grönlund, David Sjödin, Johan Frishammar · 2010 · California Management Review

    This paper presents an open Stage-Gate model that integrates open innovation principles into new product development processes. The model enables firms to systematically import and export knowledge and technology while evaluating core capabilities at each development stage. Applied to an upstream oil and gas company, the approach helps organizations capture value from both internal innovation and external technology partnerships.

  • From Cost to Frugal and Reverse Innovation: Mapping the Field and Implications for Global Competitiveness

    Marco Zeschky, Stephan Winterhalter, Oliver Gassmann · 2015 · Alexandria (UniSG) (University of St.Gallen)

    This paper distinguishes between four types of innovation targeting resource-constrained customers in emerging markets: cost, good-enough, frugal, and reverse innovation. The authors clarify conceptual differences between these approaches and explain how each requires different strategic and operational implications. The framework helps managers systematically analyze their resource-constrained innovation strategies and develop appropriate processes.

  • Innovation communities: the role of networks of promotors in Open Innovation

    Klaus Fichter · 2009 · R and D Management

    This paper defines innovation communities as networks of promotors—transformational leaders who collaborate across organizational boundaries. Through three case studies, the research shows that these informal networks of promotors are essential to open innovation success. The paper connects promotor theory to open innovation research and demonstrates that close cooperation among these champions, regardless of functional or organizational divisions, drives innovation creation and dissemination.

  • Green Process Innovation and Financial Performance in Emerging Economies: Moderating Effects of Absorptive Capacity and Green Subsidies

    Xuemei Xie, Jiage Huo, Guoyou Qi, Kevin Zhu · 2015 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    Green process innovation improves financial performance in manufacturing industries, particularly in emerging economies. Using ten years of Chinese industrial data, the study finds that both clean and end-of-pipe technologies boost profitability. Absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to learn and apply knowledge—strengthens this benefit, while government subsidies surprisingly weaken it. Industries gain more from leveraging internal capabilities than relying on external government support.

  • The commercialization of user innovations: the development of the rodeo kayak industry

    Christoph Hienerth · 2006 · R and D Management

    User innovators in the rodeo kayak community commercialized their own designs by adopting low-cost manufacturing and launching products before established manufacturers entered the market. This transformation from hobbyist innovation to commercial production changed innovators' motivations, community structure, product types, information sharing practices, communication methods, and competitive dynamics among users.

  • Business, Innovation, and Knowledge Ecosystems: How They Differ and How to Survive and Thrive within Them

    Katri Valkokari · 2015 · Technology Innovation Management Review

    This paper examines how business, innovation, and knowledge ecosystems function and differ from one another. It applies ecological ecosystem concepts to understand how organizations and knowledge systems interact, survive, and develop within complex environments. The work helps explain the structural and operational differences between these three types of ecosystems and provides insights for thriving within them.

  • Open innovation in the public sector of leading countries

    Sang M. Lee, Taewon Hwang, Donghyun Choi · 2012 · Management Decision

    The study examines how leading governments adopt open innovation practices. The USA, Australia, and Singapore developed national open innovation policies that created positive climates for innovation projects, particularly online platforms. While outside-in approaches dominate, governments increasingly explore inside-out strategies to leverage public data. Most governments remain in early adoption stages and need strategic plans to integrate open innovation into workplace practices.

  • The Innovation Effect of User Design: Exploring Consumers’ Innovation Perceptions of Firms Selling Products Designed by Users

    Martin Schreier, Christoph Fuchs, Darren W. Dahl · 2012 · Journal of Marketing

    Firms that involve users in designing products enhance consumer perceptions of innovation compared to traditional professional design. Four studies show this user-design approach increases purchase intentions, willingness to pay, and recommendation likelihood. The effect strengthens when more diverse consumers participate, face fewer constraints, and actually use their designs. Consumer familiarity with user innovation and task complexity moderate these outcomes.

  • Using diffusion of innovation theory to understand the factors impacting patient acceptance and use of consumer e-health innovations: a case study in a primary care clinic

    Xiaojun Zhang, Ping Yu, Jun Yan, Ir Ton A M Spil · 2015 · BMC Health Services Research

    A primary care clinic in Australia implemented an e-appointment scheduling service and tracked patient adoption over 29 months. Only 4% of patients adopted the service by the end of the study period. Low adoption resulted from poor communication, lack of perceived value, incompatibility with patient preferences for phone-based appointments, and barriers including low internet literacy and limited home computer access—factors linked to the population's low socioeconomic status.

  • A generative co-design framework for healthcare innovation: development and application of an end-user engagement framework

    Marissa Bird, Michael McGillion, Ebony Chambers, Jürgen Dix, Cindy Fajardo, M. Gilmour, Kelsea Levesque, Audrey Lim, S. Mierdel, Carley Ouellette, A. N. Polanski, Shannon V. Reaume, Carly Whitmore, Nancy Carter · 2021 · Research Involvement and Engagement

    This paper presents a three-phase co-design framework for healthcare innovation that actively involves healthcare workers and patients in designing health systems and services. The authors developed and tested the framework on a virtual healthcare project for children with chronic conditions, demonstrating that end-users can contribute practical knowledge and creative insights to shape improvements. The framework guides innovators through pre-design, co-design, and post-design phases to ensure new healthcare solutions meet real user needs.

  • Theories of power and social change. Power contestations and their implications for research on social change and innovation

    Flor Avelino · 2021 · Journal of Political Power

    This paper develops a meta-theoretical framework for understanding power in social change and innovation processes. It identifies seven key contested dimensions of power—including power over versus power to, centralized versus diffused, and empowerment versus disempowerment—and shows how different theoretical approaches to power translate into specific empirical research questions for studying innovation.

  • Enabling open innovation in small- and medium-sized enterprises: how to find alternative applications for your technologies

    Mattia Bianchi, Sergio Campodall’Orto, Federico Frattini, Paolo Vercesi · 2010 · R and D Management

    Small and medium-sized enterprises struggle to identify opportunities to license their technologies outside their core business due to limited resources and specialized focus. This paper presents a practical methodology combining TRIZ tools with weighting and portfolio management techniques to help SMEs find alternative applications for their existing technologies. The authors developed and tested the approach with an Italian packaging company.

  • Open and closed innovation &amp;ndash; different innovation cultures for different strategies

    Philipp Herzog, Jens Leker · 2010 · International Journal of Technology Management

    This study examines how innovation culture differs between open and closed innovation approaches within a multinational specialty chemicals company. Surveying 109 employees across three business units, the researchers found measurable cultural differences in not-invented-here syndrome, risk-taking attitudes, and management support for innovation. The findings show that successful open innovation requires distinct cultural characteristics from closed innovation models.

  • GENI - global environment for network innovations

    Chip Elliott · 2008

    GENI is the National Science Foundation's infrastructure initiative to advance network science and engineering research for future global communications. The project entered its first development phase with early prototyping underway, involving academic and industrial teams building software, hardware, and trial facilities to support innovative network research.

  • Data-Driven Innovation through Open Government Data

    Thorhildur Jetzek, Michel Avital, Niels Bjørn‐Andersen · 2014 · Journal of theoretical and applied electronic commerce research

    Open government data creates economic and social value through innovation, but the mechanisms driving this transformation remain poorly understood. This paper uses critical realist analysis to examine how data becomes value, focusing on Opower's case. The company transformed government energy data into behavioral interventions that significantly reduced energy consumption, demonstrating how open data can drive practical innovation with measurable real-world impact.

  • Leveraging complexity for ecosystemic innovation

    Martha G. Russell, Nataliya Smorodinskaya · 2018 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This paper analyzes innovation ecosystems through complexity science, treating them as open non-linear networks where multiple actors collaborate and adapt to uncertainty. The authors distinguish innovation ecosystems from other business networks by their internal interaction complexity, review four research streams studying them, and apply complex adaptive systems theory to understand how innovation clusters function. They argue that ecosystem-based thinking better supports innovation-led economic growth than traditional industrial-era approaches.

  • Metagoverning Collaborative Innovation in Governance Networks

    Eva Sørensen, Jacob Torfing · 2016 · The American Review of Public Administration

    Western governments increasingly use governance networks to drive public sector innovation through collaboration between public and private actors. This shift from competitive entrepreneurship to collaborative approaches requires new metagovernance strategies. The authors argue that managing networks for innovation demands different leadership approaches than traditional public management, and illustrate this through a Danish elderly care case study showing how collaborative innovation networks can improve efficiency, effectiveness, and democratic legitimacy.

  • Responsible Innovation: Managing the Responsible Emergence of Science and Innovation in Society

    Robert William Caverly · 2013 · Journal of Research Administration

    This book review examines a collection of essays on responsible innovation that develops frameworks for managing science and technology emergence in society. The authors define responsible innovation as a pluralistic process balancing diverse viewpoints while anticipating future impacts, operating within market-driven systems, and representing collective commitment to stewardship. The collection combines philosophical perspectives with practical approaches, addressing ethical issues in emerging fields like nanotechnology and geo-engineering through global perspectives including European normative standards for sustainability and social desirability.

  • Collingridge and the dilemma of control: Towards responsible and accountable innovation

    Audley Genus, Andy Stirling · 2017 · Research Policy

    This paper examines David Collingridge's theories on controlling technology and his 'dilemma of control' concept, arguing that responsible innovation literature frequently cites but rarely deeply engages with his work. The authors reveal how Collingridge's substantive, methodological, and philosophical insights illuminate governance challenges in innovation, particularly regarding anticipatory decision-making, public participation, and institutional structures that shape technology's relationship with society.

  • THE IMPACT OF ABSORPTIVE CAPACITY ON SMEs' COLLABORATION

    Alessandro Muscio · 2007 · Economics of Innovation and New Technology

    Absorptive capacity—built through R&D investment and skilled workforce—significantly influences small and medium-sized enterprises' ability to collaborate with other firms, universities, and technology centers. A survey of 276 manufacturing SMEs in Lombardy, Italy, shows that absorptive capacity directly determines whether SMEs can successfully establish external partnerships and access knowledge from outside organizations.

  • The Role of Organizational Absorptive Capacity in Strategic Use of Business Intelligence to Support Integrated Management Control Systems

    Mohamed Z. Elbashir, Philip A. Collier, Steve G. Sutton · 2010 · The Accounting Review

    This study examines how organizations absorb and use business intelligence systems within management control frameworks. The research finds that organizational absorptive capacity—the ability to gather, absorb, and leverage new information—is critical for successful BI implementation. While top management supports deployment, operational managers' absorptive capacity drives actual system use through bottom-up adoption rather than top-down mandates.

  • Collaboration capability a focal concept in knowledge creation and collaborative innovation in networks

    Kirsimarja Blomqvist, Juha Levy · 2006 · International Journal of Management Concepts and Philosophy

    Sustainable innovation in knowledge-based competition requires collaboration capability—the ability to build and manage network relationships through trust, communication, and commitment. The authors review research on network collaboration and argue that collaboration capability is a prerequisite for diverse actors to share complementary knowledge and create innovations together. This concept integrates key elements from related research and explains how knowledge creation and innovation emerge through social interaction in networks.

  • Open source and journalism: toward new frameworks for imagining news innovation

    Seth C. Lewis, Nikki Usher · 2013 · Media Culture & Society

    Journalists and technologists collaborate globally through open-source software projects to innovate news production. The authors examine open-source culture's core values—transparency, tinkering, iteration, and participation—and evaluate how these principles align with or challenge traditional journalism practices. They argue open-source frameworks offer new ways to understand and advance innovation in newswork.

  • Understanding the Advantages of Open Innovation Practices in Corporate Venturing in Terms of Real Options

    Wim Vanhaverbeke, Vareska van de Vrande, Henry Chesbrough · 2008 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Open innovation in corporate venturing offers financial and strategic advantages over closed innovation approaches. Companies gain early exposure to emerging technologies, can delay major financial commitments, exit unprofitable ventures quickly to limit losses, and extend promising ventures longer. However, firms must actively develop new skills and organizational routines to fully realize these real options benefits.

  • Triple Helix twins: innovation and sustainability

    Henry Etzkowitz, Chunyan Zhou · 2006 · Science and Public Policy

    The paper proposes adding a Sustainability Triple Helix model alongside the existing Innovation Triple Helix to address environmental and social dimensions. Rather than introducing a fourth helix that could weaken the model's creative dynamics, the authors suggest a complementary framework where universities, public institutions, and government collaborate on sustainability issues, while universities, industry, and government continue driving innovation.

  • Does Emotional Intelligence Contribute to Quality of Strategic Decisions? The Mediating Role of Open Innovation

    Haitham M. Alzoubi, Ramsha Aziz · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Emotional intelligence in top managers directly improves the quality of strategic decisions they make. Open innovation mediates this relationship, enhancing decision-making through intelligent information systems. A survey of 213 UAE bank managers found strong positive links between managers' emotional intelligence and decision quality, with open innovation practices amplifying this effect.

  • Innovations in climate policy: the politics of invention, diffusion, and evaluation

    Andrew Jordan, Dave Huitema · 2014 · Environmental Politics

    This paper argues that climate policy innovation at national and sub-national levels deserves greater scholarly attention. The authors propose a comprehensive framework for understanding policy innovation across three stages: invention of new policy elements, diffusion into wider use, and evaluation of effects. They identify analytical and methodological challenges in integrating these perspectives and present a framework applied throughout the volume to examine climate mitigation and adaptation policies.

  • A new perspective on Twitter hashtag use: Diffusion of innovation theory

    Hsia‐Ching Chang · 2010 · Proceedings of the American Society for Information Science and Technology

    Twitter hashtags function as user-created tagging conventions that organize information around events and contexts. This paper applies diffusion of innovation theory to explain how hashtags are adopted and spread across the platform. The theory reveals insights for designing interfaces that support hashtag use and helps evaluate hashtag lifecycles to inform management decisions.

  • Why organizations adopt information system process innovations: a longitudinal study using Diffusion of Innovation theory

    Erja Mustonen‐Ollila, Kalle Lyytinen · 2003 · Information Systems Journal

    This longitudinal study examines why organizations adopt information system process innovations across four decades and three organizational environments. Using Diffusion of Innovation theory, the researchers identify key adoption factors: user need recognition, technological infrastructure availability, past experience, trials, autonomous work, ease of use, learning by doing, and standards. However, many adoptions followed no clear pattern, suggesting additional unexplained influences on organizational innovation decisions.

  • Open Innovation In Practice

    Robert Kirschbaum · 2005 · Research-Technology Management

    DSM, a multinational life sciences company, combines internal and external knowledge to accelerate innovation across R&D and marketing. The company established a dedicated business development group to speed commercialization and adopted different management approaches for each innovation stage—from scientific rigor in early development to entrepreneurial risk-taking during commercialization to conservative management once products mature. DSM treats innovation as a cultural value rather than a formal process.

  • The Role of Policy Attributes in the Diffusion of Innovations

    Todd Makse, Craig Volden · 2011 · The Journal of Politics

    Policy characteristics significantly influence how quickly innovations spread across U.S. states. Analyzing 27 criminal justice policies adopted between 1973 and 2002, the authors found that attributes like relative advantage, complexity, and compatibility with existing practices determine adoption likelihood. These same attributes also shape whether policies spread through geographic proximity or through learning from other states' experiences.

  • Enhancing effects of manufacturing flexibility through operational absorptive capacity and operational ambidexterity

    Pankaj C. Patel, Siri Terjesen, Dan Li · 2011 · Journal of Operations Management

    Manufacturing flexibility improves firm performance in uncertain environments, but this effect depends on organizational capabilities. The study of 852 manufacturing firms shows that absorptive capacity—the ability to recognize and apply new knowledge—and ambidexterity—balancing exploitation of existing capabilities with exploration of new ones—both strengthen how flexibility translates uncertainty into better performance.

  • Managing innovation networks: Exploratory evidence from ICT, biotechnology and nanotechnology networks

    Giselle Rampersad, Pascale Quester, Indrit Troshani · 2009 · Industrial Marketing Management

    This study examines how innovation networks function across ICT, biotechnology, and nanotechnology sectors in Australia. The researchers surveyed 219 participants from businesses, government, research organizations, and universities to test how network factors drive innovation outcomes. They found that effective management of inter-organizational relationships significantly influences new product development success, offering practical strategies for managers coordinating innovation across multiple organizations.

  • Forty Years of Diffusion of Innovations: Utility and Value in Public Health

    Muhiuddin Haider, Gary L. Kreps · 2004 · Journal of Health Communication

    Rogers' Diffusion of Innovations model explains how new ideas spread through social systems via communication channels over time. Applied across thousands of studies spanning six decades, the model accounts for varying adoption rates and behavioral change. It has proven valuable for understanding how innovations—from agricultural technologies to public health interventions like HIV/AIDS prevention—take hold in populations.

  • Aerospace Integrated Networks Innovation for Empowering 6G: A Survey and Future Challenges

    Di Zhou, Min Sheng, Jiandong Li, Zhu Han · 2023 · IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials

    This survey examines aerospace integrated networks combining satellites, high-altitude platforms, and unmanned aerial vehicles to deliver 6G connectivity. The authors analyze system architecture, networking design, and enabling technologies needed to manage these heterogeneous networks. They address network dynamics modeling, performance analysis, and optimization strategies to support diverse service demands across multi-tier aerial and terrestrial systems.

  • User Toolkits for Innovation: Consumers Support Each Other

    Lars Bo Jeppesen · 2005 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    User toolkits empower consumers to develop their own product features, reducing firms' information costs. However, this shifts support burdens to companies. Analysis of 78 computer games shows increased consumer involvement requires more firm support. The solution: establish consumer-to-consumer support networks. When consumers help each other solve problems, firms reduce support costs while improving toolkit knowledge diffusion and outcomes.

  • Will disruptive innovations cure health care?

    C M Christensen, Richard M.J. Bohmer, John W. Kenagy · 2001 · PubMed

    Disruptive innovations are transforming healthcare by enabling simpler, cheaper alternatives delivered in decentralized settings by nurse practitioners and general practitioners instead of expensive specialists. Examples include low-cost eyeglasses and angioplasty replacing open-heart surgery. Established institutions resist these changes through cost-cutting and consolidation, but history shows incumbent institutions get replaced by those with business models suited to new technologies. Regulators and providers should enable rather than block disruptive innovations to achieve higher quality, lower-cost, more convenient care.

  • USER-CENTRIC INNOVATIONS IN NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT — SYSTEMATIC IDENTIFICATION OF LEAD USERS HARNESSING INTERACTIVE AND COLLABORATIVE ONLINE-TOOLS

    Volker Bilgram, Alexander Brem, Kai‐Ingo Voigt · 2008 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    Companies reduce innovation failure by involving external customers, especially lead users, in product development. This paper identifies key characteristics for systematically finding lead users online through Web 2.0 tools and communities. The research reveals that effective lead users demonstrate market trend awareness, high expected benefits, expertise, extreme needs, opinion leadership, and active online engagement.

  • Measuring the Quality of Regional Innovation Systems: A Knowledge Production Function Approach

    Michael Fritsch · 2002 · International Regional Science Review

    This paper measures the quality of regional innovation systems across eleven European regions using a knowledge production function approach. The author finds significant differences in R&D productivity between regions, with firms in well-functioning innovation systems showing higher innovation propensity. Results support a center-periphery pattern, demonstrating that agglomeration economies substantially benefit R&D activities.

  • Introduction of shared electronic records: multi-site case study using diffusion of innovation theory

    Trisha Greenhalgh, K. Stramer, Tanja Bratan, E Byrne, Yara Mohammad, J. Russell · 2008 · BMJ

    This study examined how four English healthcare sites implemented a shared electronic patient record system. The implementation succeeded or failed based on eight interconnected factors: the technology's technical maturity and perceived benefits, staff concerns about workload and privacy, influence from opinion leaders, organizational experience with IT projects, readiness for change, implementation quality, system integration, and political context. The research shows that electronic health records require acceptance from both patients and staff and must fit into existing organizational workflows.

  • A Fad or a Phenomenon?: The Adoption of Open Innovation Practices in Large Firms

    Henry Chesbrough, Sabine Brunswicker · 2015 · Fraunhofer-Publica (Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft)

    This paper examines whether open innovation practices represent a lasting shift in how large firms operate or merely a temporary trend. The authors analyze adoption patterns across major companies to determine if open innovation has become a fundamental business phenomenon or remains a passing fad in corporate strategy.

  • The impact of outside‐in open innovation on innovation performance

    Matthias Inauen, Andrea Schenker‐Wicki · 2011 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Companies that adopt open innovation strategies—collaborating with customers, suppliers, and universities—significantly improve their innovation performance. However, collaboration with cross-sector companies negatively affects results. This empirical study of 141 R&D managers in Germany, Switzerland, and Austria demonstrates that openness in outside-in innovation processes directly drives both direct and indirect innovation outputs.

  • Absorptive Capacity in the Software Industry: Identifying Dimensions That Affect Knowledge and Knowledge Creation Activities

    Sharon F. Matusik, Michael B. Heeley · 2005 · Journal of Management

    Absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to use external knowledge effectively—comprises three dimensions: relationships with the external environment, internal structure and knowledge base of value creation groups, and individual absorptive abilities. The authors demonstrate that each dimension independently contributes to increased knowledge and knowledge creation activities in software firms.

  • Where and how to search? Search paths in open innovation

    Henry Lopez‐Vega, Fredrik Tell, Wim Vanhaverbeke · 2015 · Research Policy

    This paper identifies four distinct search paths firms use to find external knowledge for innovation: situated, analogical, sophisticated, and scientific paths. These paths combine two dimensions—whether firms search locally or distantly, and whether they rely on experience or cognitive reasoning. The study of 18 open innovation projects reveals how problem framing and boundary spanning mechanisms operate within each path to solve technology problems, providing a structured framework for understanding how firms conduct external knowledge searches.

  • Orchestrating innovation networks: The case of innovation brokers in the agri-food sector

    Maarten Batterink, E.F.M. Wubben, Laurens Klerkx, S.W.F. Omta · 2010 · Entrepreneurship and Regional Development

    Innovation brokers play a critical role in connecting small and medium-sized enterprises with research institutes in agri-food innovation networks. This study of four cases across the Netherlands, Germany, and France identifies three key orchestration functions that successful brokers perform: initiating innovations, composing networks, and managing innovation processes. These brokers add particular value when working with diverse organizations.

  • Artificial intelligence in health care: laying the Foundation for Responsible, sustainable, and inclusive innovation in low- and middle-income countries

    Hassane Alami, Lysanne Rivard, Pascale Lehoux, Steven J. Hoffman, Stéphanie B.M. Cadeddu, Mathilde Savoldelli, M. Samri, Mohamed Ali Ag Ahmed, Richard Fleet, Jean‐Paul Fortin · 2020 · Globalization and Health

    AI technology offers potential to reduce health inequalities in low- and middle-income countries, but most applications are developed in wealthy nations without local evaluation. The authors propose five building blocks to guide responsible, sustainable, and inclusive AI healthcare development and implementation in resource-limited settings, addressing both benefits and risks.

  • COMPLEX ADAPTIVE SYSTEMS AND THE DIFFUSION OF INNOVATIONS

    Everett M. Rogers, Una E. Medina, Mario A. Rivera, Cody J. Wiley · 2005

    This paper combines diffusion of innovations theory with complex adaptive systems theory to create a hybrid model for predicting and guiding behavior change in populations. Using the STOP AIDS campaign in San Francisco as an example, the authors show how heterogeneous social networks and weak ties between diverse groups can catalyze innovation adoption. The integrated framework offers practical tools for public sector innovators seeking to understand and influence how innovations spread through social systems.

  • Open innovation in SMEs: a systematic literature review

    Mokter Hossain, Ilkka Kauranen · 2016 · Journal of strategy and management

    Open innovation adoption improves innovation performance in small and medium-sized enterprises. This systematic review synthesizes scattered literature on the topic, finding that quantitative studies dominate the field. European researchers, along with scholars from Korea and China, have driven research development, while North American contributions remain limited. The review identifies research gaps and proposes directions for future investigation.

  • Absorptive Capacity: A Process Perspective

    Mark Easterby‐Smith, Manuel Graça, Elena P. Antonacopoulou, Jason Ferdinand · 2008 · Management Learning

    Absorptive capacity—an organization's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply external knowledge—remains poorly understood despite decades of research. This paper argues that quantitative studies have failed to reveal how absorptive capacity actually works. Using case studies across three sectors, the authors demonstrate that a process-based approach must account for power dynamics and organizational boundaries to explain how knowledge truly gets absorbed and used.

  • How Industry 4.0 technologies and open innovation can improve green innovation performance?

    Muhammad Faraz Mubarak, Suman Tiwari Suresh Tiwari, Monika Petraitė, Mobashar Mubarik, Raja Zuraidah Raja Mohd Rasi · 2021 · Management of Environmental Quality An International Journal

    Industry 4.0 technologies boost green innovation performance in Malaysian manufacturing firms by enabling open innovation practices, which in turn strengthens green innovation behavior. The study surveyed 217 firms and found that adopting Industry 4.0 and collaborative innovation approaches creates conditions for sustainable innovations. Policymakers should incentivize firms to adopt these technologies to achieve competitive advantage while meeting environmental goals.

  • Open Collaboration for Innovation: Principles and Performance

    Sheen S. Levine, Michael J. Prietula · 2013 · Organization Science

    Open collaboration—where participants create goods, reuse each other's work, coordinate loosely, and allow anyone to contribute—drives innovation across software, medicine, science, and everyday ventures. Using computational modeling, the authors show that open collaboration performs well even under difficult conditions: when cooperators are outnumbered, free riders exist, diversity is low, or resources are scarce. The model reveals that cooperativeness, participant diversity, and resource rivalry shape performance. Open collaboration represents a viable organizational form likely to expand beyond its current domains.

  • Open Innovation – The Dutch Treat: Challenges in Thinking in Business Models

    Han van der Meer · 2007 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Dutch innovative companies have successfully adopted open innovation principles for culture and importing external knowledge, but struggle with exporting mechanisms and flexible business models. The study reveals that while Dutch firms embrace collaborative innovation practices, they face significant challenges in adapting their business models to support truly open innovation approaches.

  • Frugal Innovation: Core Competencies to Address Global Sustainability

    Radha Ramaswami Basu, Preeta M. Banerjee, Elizabeth G. Sweeny · 2013 · Journal of Management for Global Sustainability

    Frugal innovation represents a core competency for addressing global sustainability challenges. The paper examines how resource-constrained approaches to innovation can deliver effective solutions to pressing environmental and social problems worldwide, positioning frugal methods as essential capabilities for organizations committed to sustainable development.

  • Network Capital, Social Capital and Knowledge Flow: How the Nature of Inter-organizational Networks Impacts on Innovation

    Robert Huggins, Andrew Johnston, Piers Thompson · 2012 · Industry and Innovation

    Inter-organizational networks drive innovation through network capital and strategic knowledge alliances. The study examined firms across three regions and found that innovation performance correlates strongly with how firms invest in dynamically configured networks. Firms with higher network capital—built through deliberate, strategic partnerships—innovate more effectively. The findings suggest policymakers should actively support and orchestrate networks with clear strategic purpose when developing clusters and innovation systems.

  • Who captures value in a global innovation network?

    Greg Linden, Kenneth L. Kraemer, Jason Dedrick · 2009 · Communications of the ACM

    This paper examines how value is distributed across the global supply chain for Apple's iPod. The authors analyze which companies—designers, manufacturers, and retailers—capture profits from the product's innovation and sales. Their findings reveal that Apple captures the largest share of value despite outsourcing most production, while component suppliers and manufacturers earn significantly less, demonstrating how innovation networks concentrate economic returns.

  • The Diffusion of Innovations

    Jade Coston, Fifth Edition, Everett M. Rogers · 2006

    This paper examines why Natural Environments (NE) approaches in early intervention (EI) services have spread slowly despite being mandated in law since 1991. The authors identify barriers including lack of public awareness, clinical and vendor system incentives against adoption, and insufficient family knowledge. They argue that successful diffusion requires engaging families as key stakeholders through clear communication about NE programs and valuing family involvement in intervention.

  • Innovation Networks and Regional Development—Evidence from the European Regional Innovation Survey (ERIS): Theoretical Concepts, Methodological Approach, Empirical Basis and Introduction to the Theme Issue

    Rolf Sternberg · 2000 · European Planning Studies

    This paper introduces the European Regional Innovation Survey, a large-scale empirical study examining how cooperation networks between firms and research institutions affect regional economic performance. Researchers surveyed over 8,600 firms across 11 European regions between 1995 and 1999 to measure and quantify innovation linkages. The study tests theoretical concepts like regional innovation systems and network theory against real data, filling a gap in comparative empirical research on innovation networks across different region types.

  • Exploring the boundaries of open innovation: Evidence from social media mining

    José Ramón Saura, Daniel Palacios‐Marqués, Domingo Ribeiro Soriano · 2022 · Technovation

    This study analyzes Twitter conversations about open innovation using machine learning and topic modeling to identify public sentiment and key themes. The analysis of nearly 600,000 tweets reveals eight major topics, with negative sentiment concentrated in culture and business model discussions, positive sentiment in community and creative projects, and neutral sentiment in entrepreneurship and technology. The researchers identify 20 limitations of open innovation based on this social media evidence.

  • Universities and innovation ecosystems: a dynamic capabilities perspective

    Sohvi Heaton, Donald S. Siegel, David J. Teece · 2019 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    Universities drive innovation ecosystems by developing talent, advancing technology, and partnering with industry and government. The paper applies dynamic capabilities theory to explain how universities can flexibly manage these ecosystem roles. Three case studies show universities successfully launching new industries, fostering entrepreneurship, and revitalizing local economies through strategic partner engagement.

  • Where are the politics in responsible innovation? European governance, technology assessments, and beyond

    Michiel Van Oudheusden · 2014 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    Responsible innovation frameworks aim to make science and technology development more socially responsive by incorporating public input. However, this paper finds that both European Union policy and Flemish technology assessment approaches to responsible innovation largely ignore political dimensions—specifically how power is constituted, contested, and allocated through deliberation. The author argues these frameworks must explicitly address political questions to be genuinely responsive to societal needs.

  • The Effects of Mainstream and Emerging Customer Orientations on Radical and Disruptive Innovations

    Vijay Govindarajan, Praveen K. Kopalle, Erwin Danneels · 2011 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Customer orientation affects innovation differently depending on the type. Mainstream customer focus drives radical innovations using new technology but hinders disruptive innovations targeting emerging markets. Emerging customer orientation boosts disruptive innovation but doesn't affect radical innovation. Technology scanning supports radical innovation, while willingness to cannibalize supports disruptive innovation. Firms can pursue both mainstream and emerging customer orientations simultaneously.

  • Diffusion of innovation theory for clinical change

    Rob Sanson‐Fisher · 2004 · The Medical Journal of Australia

    Rogers' diffusion of innovation theory explains how evidence-based clinical practices spread among healthcare providers. The theory identifies key factors affecting adoption: the innovation's characteristics, promotion by influential peers, complexity, compatibility with existing values, and the ability to test changes before full implementation. Understanding these factors helps explain why some practices change while others persist, and guides efforts to implement best-evidence medicine.

  • Will It Spread or Not? The Effects of Social Influences and Network Topology on Innovation Diffusion

    Sebastiano A. Delre, Wander Jager, Tammo H.A. Bijmolt, Marco A. Janssen · 2010 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This paper uses agent-based modeling to test how social influence and network structure affect whether new products succeed or fail. The research finds that markets with strong social influence create uncertainty and make it harder for innovations to reach critical mass. Highly connected people (VIPs) matter mainly for spreading information widely, not for persuasive power. Network constraints on hub connections significantly hamper diffusion.

  • Absorptive Capacity in High-Technology Markets: The Competitive Advantage of the Haves

    Om Narasimhan, Surendra Rajiv, Shantanu Dutta · 2006 · Marketing Science

    Firms in high-technology markets must constantly renew their technological knowledge to stay competitive. This paper identifies absorptive capacity—the ability to acquire and use external technological know-how—as a critical dynamic capability. The authors find that marketing, R&D, and operations capabilities significantly strengthen absorptive capacity, which in turn boosts profitability. The faster the pace of technological change, the greater the profit advantage from strong absorptive capacity.

  • Factors Affecting Customer Satisfaction and Loyalty in Online Food Delivery Service during the COVID-19 Pandemic: Its Relation with Open Innovation

    Yogi Tri Prasetyo, Hans Tanto, Martinus Mariyanto, Christopher Hanjaya, Michael Nayat Young, Satria Fadil Persada, Bobby Ardiansyah Miraja, Anak Agung Ngurah Perwira Redi · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    During the COVID-19 pandemic in Indonesia, online food delivery services saw surging demand. This study surveyed 253 customers to identify what drives satisfaction and loyalty. Hedonic motivation—the enjoyment of using the service—had the strongest impact, followed by price, information quality, and promotions. Surprisingly, ease of use and navigation design did not significantly affect satisfaction, challenging conventional assumptions about digital service design.

  • Co-creation and user innovation: The role of online 3D printing platforms

    Thierry Rayna, Ludmila Striukova, John Darlington · 2015 · Journal of Engineering and Technology Management

    Online 3D printing platforms enable new forms of user involvement in production and co-creation. The authors develop a framework for understanding prosumption and categorize co-creation activities, then analyze 22 platforms to show how different service models support different types of co-creation. The findings reveal how these platforms reshape user innovation by changing who participates in design and manufacturing.

  • Teacher motivation to implement an educational innovation: factors differentiating users and non-users of cooperative learning

    Philip C. Abrami, Catherine Poulsen, Bette Chambers · 2004 · Educational Psychology

    This study identifies why teachers adopt or reject cooperative learning in classrooms. Using expectancy theory, researchers surveyed 933 teachers and found that teachers' belief in their ability to successfully implement the innovation matters most. The study shows that professional development programs should focus on building teacher confidence and providing ongoing support tailored to individual classroom contexts.

  • The Open Innovation in Science research field: a collaborative conceptualisation approach

    Susanne Beck, Carsten Bergenholtz, Marcel Bogers, Tiare-Maria Brasseur, Marie Louise Conradsen, Diletta Di Marco, Andreas Distel, Leonhard Dobusch, Daniel Dörler, Agnes Effert, Benedikt Fecher, Despoina Filiou, Lars Frederiksen, Thomas Gillier, Christoph Grimpe, Marc Gruber, Carolin Haeussler, Florian Heigl, Karin Hoisl, Katie Hyslop, Olga Kokshagina, Marcel LaFlamme, Cornelia Lawson, Hila Lifshitz‐Assaf, W. Lukas, Markus Nordberg, Maria-Theresa Norn, Marion Poetz, Marisa Ponti, Gernot Pruschak, Laia Pujol Priego, Agnieszka Radziwon, Janet Rafner, Gergana Petrova Romanova, Alexander Ruser, Henry Sauermann, Sonali Shah, Jacob Sherson, Julia Suess–Reyes, Christopher L. Tucci, Philipp Tuertscher, Jane Bjørn Vedel, Theresa Velden, Roberto Verganti, Jonathan Wareham, Andrea Wiggins, Sunny Mosangzi Xu · 2020 · Industry and Innovation

    This paper develops a unified framework for understanding open and collaborative practices in scientific research. Forty-seven scholars from multiple disciplines collaborated to integrate fragmented knowledge about open innovation and open science, identifying factors at individual, team, organizational, field, and societal levels that shape these practices. The framework connects research antecedents, contingencies, and consequences across the entire process of generating, disseminating, and translating scientific insights into innovation.

  • Integrating innovation diffusion theory with technology acceptance model: supporting students’ attitude towards using a massive open online courses (MOOCs) systems

    Waleed Mugahed Al-Rahmi, Noraffandy Yahaya, Mahdi M. Alamri, Ibrahim Youssef Alyoussef, Ali Mugahed Al-Rahmi, Yusri Kamin · 2019 · Interactive Learning Environments

    This study examines what influences students to use massive open online courses (MOOCs) by combining two technology adoption theories. Surveying 1,148 Malaysian students, researchers found that six innovation features—relative advantage, complexity, trialability, observability, compatibility, and perceived enjoyment—significantly affect how students perceive the ease of use and usefulness of MOOC systems. The integrated model provides universities and colleges with evidence-based guidance for implementing MOOCs to improve student learning outcomes.

  • Core Knowledge Employee Creativity and Firm Performance: The Moderating Role of Riskiness Orientation, Firm Size, and Realized Absorptive Capacity

    Yaping Gong, Jing Zhou, Song Chang · 2013 · Personnel Psychology

    This study examines how employee creativity affects firm performance in high-technology companies, finding that the relationship depends on three factors: firms with high risk tolerance see creativity hurt performance, while firms with strong absorptive capacity see it improve performance, and small firms benefit more from creativity than large firms do.

  • Identification of competencies for professionals in open innovation teams

    E. du Chatenier, J.A.A.M. Verstegen, H.J.A. Biemans, Martin Mulder, Onno Omta · 2010 · R and D Management

    This study identifies key competencies that professionals need to succeed in open innovation teams through interviews and focus groups. The research reveals that brokering solutions, social competence, knowledge generation, trust-building, and managing low reciprocal commitment are critical skills. Companies should actively develop these competencies in employees participating in collaborative innovation efforts.

  • Complex Thinking in the Framework of Education 4.0 and Open Innovation—A Systematic Literature Review

    María Soledad Ramírez-Montoya, Isolda Margarita Castillo-Martínez, Jorge Sanabria-Z, Jhonattan Miranda · 2022 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This systematic review of 35 studies examines how complex thinking—including critical, systemic, scientific, and innovative thinking—develops in Education 4.0 environments. The research finds that critical thinking receives the most attention, qualitative methods dominate studies, and teaching methods are the primary Education 4.0 component. Key challenges include project feasibility, research gaps, and skill development needed for reasoning in complex systems.

  • Big data for open innovation in SMEs and large corporations: Trends, opportunities, and challenges

    Pasquale Del Vecchio, Alberto Di Minin, Antonio Messeni Petruzzelli, Umberto Panniello, Salvatore Pirri · 2017 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Big Data enables open innovation by providing organizations access to external information sources for creating new solutions and business opportunities. This paper reviews how small-to-medium enterprises and large corporations use Big Data in open innovation strategies, identifying key trends, opportunities, and challenges each type of organization faces when implementing these approaches.

  • Open Innovation 4.0 as an Enhancer of Sustainable Innovation Ecosystems

    Joana Costa, Jo�ão Matias · 2020 · Sustainability

    Open innovation frameworks strengthen sustainable innovation ecosystems by connecting universities, industry, government, and communities through knowledge flows and collaborative networks. The study demonstrates that public policy supporting open innovation environments—including legal frameworks, innovation procurement, and shared R&D risk—drives regional digitalization, startup emergence, and digital transition. Universities play a central role in promoting smart, responsible innovation cycles that benefit entire ecosystems.

  • Making the Most of Where You Are: Geography, Networks, and Innovation in Organizations

    Russell J. Funk · 2013 · Academy of Management Journal

    Geographic proximity to industry peers boosts innovation performance, but this effect depends on a firm's internal network structure. Companies far from competitors benefit from inefficient, diverse internal networks that generate knowledge internally. Companies near competitors perform better with cohesive networks that efficiently process information. The study analyzed nanotechnology firms in the US from 1990 to 2004.

  • Open innovation in the automotive industry

    Serhan Ili, Albert Albers, Sebastian Miller · 2010 · R and D Management

    Automotive manufacturers traditionally relied on internal R&D to drive innovation, but rising costs and competitive pressure force them to seek external sources. This study demonstrates that open innovation—collaborating with external partners—delivers better R&D productivity than closed, internally-focused approaches for automotive companies.

  • Innovating Pedagogy 2020: Open University Innovation Report 8

    Agnes Kukulska‐Hulme, Elaine Beirne, Gráìnne Conole, Eamon Costello, Tim Coughlan, Rebecca Ferguson, Elizabeth FitzGerald, Mark Gaved, Christothea Herodotou, W. Holmes, Conchúr Mac Lochlainn, Mairéad Nic Giolla Mhichíl, Bart Rienties, Julia Sargent, Eileen Scanlon, Mike Sharples, Denise Whitelock · 2020 · Arrow@dit (Dublin Institute of Technology)

    This report identifies ten pedagogical innovations with potential to transform educational practice. Researchers from the Open University in the UK and University of Cape Town in South Africa reviewed published studies and expert input to select innovations in teaching, learning, and assessment designed for interactive learning environments. The report aims to guide teachers and policymakers in adopting productive educational innovations.

  • Flexibility-Oriented HRM Systems, Absorptive Capacity, and Market Responsiveness and Firm Innovativeness

    Song Chang, Yaping Gong, Sean A. Way, Liangding Jia · 2012 · Journal of Management

    Flexibility-oriented human resource management systems boost firm innovation and market responsiveness by enhancing absorptive capacity. The study examined high-technology firms and found that HRM systems designed for resource and coordination flexibility increase both the firm's potential to learn and its ability to apply that learning. This improved learning capacity directly strengthens market responsiveness and innovation performance.

  • Getting Customers' Ideas to Work for You: Learning from Dell how to Succeed with Online User Innovation Communities

    Paul Michael Di Gangi, Molly Wasko, Robert E. Hooker · 2010 · Journal of the Association for Information Systems

    Dell's IdeaStorm online community demonstrates how firms can harness user innovation through Web 2.0 platforms. The study identifies four critical challenges: understanding submitted ideas, selecting the best ones, balancing community transparency with competitive secrecy, and maintaining long-term engagement. Analysis of IdeaStorm's first 18 months yields seven practical recommendations for companies seeking to integrate user-generated innovation into their product development processes.

  • Implementing innovation in construction: contexts, relative boundedness and actor‐network theory

    Chris Harty · 2008 · Construction Management and Economics

    This paper examines why construction projects struggle to implement new technologies and innovations. The author argues that construction work lacks a central coordinating force to drive change and resolve conflicts, making innovation adoption difficult. Using actor-network theory, the study analyzes how both people and technologies interact during implementation, showing that existing practices, technological design choices, and actor mobilization all shape whether innovations succeed or fail.

  • Health Innovation Networks to Help Developing Countries Address Neglected Diseases

    Carlos Morel, Tara Acharya, Denis Broun, Ajit Dangi, Christopher Elias, Nirmal Kumar Ganguly, C. A. Gardner, Rajesh Gupta, Jane Haycock, A. D. Heher, Peter J. Hotez, Hannah Kettler, Gerald T. Keusch, A. Krattiger, Fernando Kreutz, Sanjaya Lall, Keun Lee, R. T. Mahoney, Adolfo Martı́nez-Palomo, R. A. Mashelkar, Stephen A. Matlin, Mandi Mzimba, Joachim Oehler, Robert G. Ridley, Pramilla Senanayake, Peter Singer, Mikyung Yun · 2005 · Science

    Developing countries increasingly possess the capacity to undertake health innovation and address neglected diseases affecting their populations. While wealthy nations have created funding mechanisms and organizational structures to develop and distribute health products, these efforts alone cannot achieve sustainability or adequately address disease burden. The paper argues that enabling health innovation networks within developing countries themselves offers a complementary and essential strategy to improve health equity and tackle neglected tropical diseases.

  • Benefiting from Open Innovation: A Multidimensional Model of Absorptive Capacity*

    Ann‐Kristin Zobel · 2016 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Firms benefit from external innovation sources through absorptive capacity—their ability to recognize, assimilate, and exploit outside knowledge. This study shows that recognition capacity helps firms identify external technologies, assimilation capacity determines whether they can integrate that knowledge, and exploitation capacity directly boosts competitive advantage in product innovation. Together, these three capacities explain why some firms succeed at open innovation while others struggle.

  • User Roles and Contributions in Innovation-Contest Communities

    Johann Füller, Katja Hutter, Julia Hautz, Kurt Matzler · 2014 · Journal of Management Information Systems

    This study identifies six distinct user types in online innovation-contest communities by analyzing behavioral patterns, communication styles, and contribution quality. The researchers found that participants vary significantly in how they engage with contests and interact with others. Understanding these user roles helps organizations design better contest platforms and reward structures to encourage participation and improve innovation outcomes.

  • How open is innovation? A retrospective and ideas forward

    Linus Dahlander, David Gann, Martin W. Wallin · 2021 · Research Policy

    This paper updates a foundational 2010 framework on open innovation by examining how technological, organizational, and societal changes over the past decade reshape innovation practices. The authors confirm their original four types of openness—sourcing, acquiring, selling, and revealing—remain relevant but identify emerging questions about tradeoffs between openness modes, data governance, new organizational designs, legal instruments, and multilevel factors affecting how open innovation operates.

  • Managing the Challenges of Becoming an Open Innovation Company: Experiences from Living Labs

    Mika Westerlund, Seppo Leminen · 2011 · Technology Innovation Management Review

    Companies increasingly integrate users directly into innovation processes through living labs, recognizing that user feedback and experiences drive valuable ideas and competitive advantage. This paper examines how organizations manage the transition to open innovation models where users actively participate in developing and testing new technologies across industries.

  • The Evolution of Technologies in Time and Space: From National and Regional to Spatial Innovation Systems

    Päivi Oinas, Edward J. Malecki · 2002 · International Regional Science Review

    This paper proposes spatial innovation systems (SISs) as a framework that extends beyond national and regional innovation systems. SISs track how specific technologies evolve across locations over time, showing how technological development depends on path-dependent histories and how specialized regions collaborate across national borders. The approach emphasizes external relationships between actors as crucial connectors that link different innovation systems together.

  • Towards a collaboration framework for circular economy: The role of dynamic capabilities and open innovation

    Julia Köhler, Sönnich Dahl Sönnichsen, Philip Beske‐Jansen · 2022 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    This paper develops a framework for cross-sectoral collaboration in circular economy transitions by combining relational view, open innovation, and dynamic capabilities theories. Studying the Circle-House-Project in Danish construction, the authors find that successful circular economy scaling depends on knowledge-sharing routines and ecocentric dynamic capabilities built through collaborative networks. The framework shows how diverse sectors working together can advance circular production practices.

  • The smart city: A nexus for open innovation?

    Krassimira Paskaleva · 2011 · Intelligent Buildings International

    European smart city initiatives increasingly adopt open innovation approaches that connect technology, people, urban spaces, and other cities to design services and policies. The analysis of EU programmes and international projects shows this integrated method is effective and sustainable, but success requires consistent frameworks, principles, and strategic alignment across initiatives.

  • Connecting the Parts with the Whole: Toward an Information Ecology Theory of Digital Innovation Ecosystems

    Ping Wang · 2021 · MIS Quarterly

    Digital innovation ecosystems bring together diverse autonomous actors across organizational boundaries to create innovations of significant social and economic value. This paper develops an information ecology theory explaining how digital technologies integrate the efforts of independent parties into coherent wholes. The theory identifies key functions digital technologies serve in providing information to support interactions and tasks across ecosystems of varying scales, offering insights into managing part-whole relations and multilevel interactions.

  • Hand in Glove: Open Innovation and the Dynamic Capabilities Framework

    David J. Teece · 2020 · Strategic Management Review

    Open innovation represents a critical strategic function that companies must integrate into broader management frameworks. This paper connects open innovation to dynamic capabilities theory, showing how firms build and leverage capabilities to manage external knowledge and partnerships. A case study of China's Haier demonstrates how treating open innovation as a dynamic capability strengthens enterprise strategy and competitive advantage.

  • The capacity to innovate: a meta-analysis of absorptive capacity

    Tengjian Zou, Gökhan Ertug, Gerard George · 2018 · Innovation

    This meta-analysis of 241 studies confirms that absorptive capacity strongly predicts innovation and knowledge transfer, with effects on financial performance fully mediated through these outcomes. The research reveals that absorptive capacity benefits small firms but harms larger ones, and negatively affects mature firms while showing no significant impact on young firms. These findings challenge traditional assumptions about organizational innovation patterns and firm size and age dynamics.

  • Co-creation and open innovation: Systematic literature review

    María Soledad, Francisco José García‐Peñalvo · 2017 · Comunicar

    This systematic literature review of 168 open-access articles from 2014–2017 examines the relationship between open science, co-creation of knowledge, and open innovation. The research identifies that the United States and Brazil lead in publishing on this topic, primarily in business and academic sectors. The study concludes that collaborative practices and context are essential for driving innovation and open science, while highlighting challenges around opening research and innovation processes.

  • Network-Independent Partner Selection and the Evolution of Innovation Networks

    Joel A. C. Baum, Robin Cowan, Nicolas Jonard · 2010 · Management Science

    This paper argues that firms select innovation partners based on complementary knowledge stocks rather than social capital or network position. The authors build a model where companies form alliances to learn and innovate, requiring compatible knowledge bases. Despite ignoring social network effects entirely, the model reproduces the firm behavior, network structures, and performance patterns documented in empirical alliance research.

  • The politics of networked innovation

    Jacky Swan, Harry Scarbrough · 2005 · Human Relations

    This paper examines how power dynamics shape networked innovation processes. Through three case studies of technology development, the authors show that innovation success depends not just on network structure but on understanding how power over resources, meaning, and processes affects knowledge integration. Network coordination, not just formation, proves critical for productive innovation outcomes.

  • Community energy storage: A responsible innovation towards a sustainable energy system?

    Binod Prasad Koirala, Ellen van Oost, Henny van der Windt · 2018 · Applied Energy

    Community energy storage systems can help transition to sustainable energy by storing power locally and meeting citizen needs. However, integrating these systems into centralized energy infrastructure requires coordinating multiple actors and technologies. The authors argue that responsible research and innovation frameworks should guide the design and implementation of community energy storage to ensure the transition is sustainable, reliable, inclusive, and affordable.

  • Looking through a responsible innovation lens at uneven engagements with digital farming

    Kelly Bronson · 2019 · NJAS - Wageningen Journal of Life Sciences

    Digital farming platforms in North America are built on narrow values that favor large-scale commodity crop farmers over organic and smaller operations. Designers and engineers select agricultural data that prioritizes agronomic metrics while excluding data relevant to diverse farming practices. The paper argues that responsible innovation in agricultural technology requires engaging a wider range of food system actors and incorporating diverse values into data infrastructure decisions from the outset.

  • The Determinants of Green Radical and Incremental Innovation Performance: Green Shared Vision, Green Absorptive Capacity, and Green Organizational Ambidexterity

    Yu-Shan Chen, Ching-Hsun Chang, Yu-Hsien Lin · 2014 · Sustainability

    This study introduces green organizational ambidexterity—balancing exploration and exploitation learning—as a framework for driving green innovation. The research shows that green shared vision and absorptive capacity drive both radical and incremental green innovation performance through exploration and exploitation learning pathways. Firms must strengthen these capabilities to improve their environmental innovation outcomes.

  • Sustainable Tourism in the Open Innovation Realm: A Bibliometric Analysis

    Valentina Della Corte, Giovanna Del Gaudio, Fabiana Sepe, Fabiana Sciarelli · 2019 · Sustainability

    This bibliometric analysis examines how sustainable tourism and open innovation intersect in academic research. The authors map the field's conceptual structure, identify leading trends, key journals, influential papers and authors, and track geographic contributions. The findings reveal the current state of sustainable tourism research in the digital era and highlight emerging themes to guide future scholarship and practice.

  • Dynamics from open innovation to evolutionary change

    JinHyo Joseph Yun, Dongkyu Won, KyungBae Park · 2016 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    The authors develop conceptual and simulation models to analyze how open innovation drives evolutionary change in industries. Using the smartphone sector as a case study, they integrate open innovation theory with complex adaptive systems thinking to forecast dynamic effects and help organizations select future strategies.

  • Learning how to restructure: absorptive capacity and improvisational views of restructuring actions and performance

    Donald D. Bergh, Elizabeth Lim · 2008 · Strategic Management Journal

    This paper examines how organizational learning shapes corporate restructuring decisions and outcomes. Companies with repeated experience in sell-offs adopt similar strategies and achieve better financial results, reflecting absorptive capacity. Conversely, recent spin-off experience drives subsequent spin-offs and performance gains, reflecting organizational improvisation. The study shows that different types of restructuring experience produce different strategic choices and financial outcomes.

  • Ethics of healthcare robotics: Towards responsible research and innovation

    Bernd Carsten Stahl, Mark Coeckelbergh · 2016 · Robotics and Autonomous Systems

    This paper argues that addressing ethical issues in healthcare robotics requires more than traditional ethics analysis. The authors propose embedded ethical reflection directly within innovation practices and development contexts. They identify internal and external forms of dialogue between ethicists and technologists, discuss limitations of these approaches, and recommend policy support at national and supranational levels to integrate responsible innovation into healthcare robotics research.

  • The evolution of intellectual property strategy in innovation ecosystems: Uncovering complementary and substitute appropriability regimes

    Marcus Holgersson, Ove Granstrand, Marcel Bogers · 2017 · Long Range Planning

    This paper examines how intellectual property strategy evolves within innovation ecosystems by analyzing four generations of mobile telecommunications systems from 1980 to 2015. The authors show that firms strategically manage IP through complementary and substitute appropriability regimes, balancing openness and protection across different technologies and actors. The findings demonstrate that competitive advantage depends on understanding the broader ecosystem context, not just individual IP strategies or assets.

  • The User Innovation Paradigm: Impacts on Markets and Welfare

    Alfonso Gambardella, Christina Raasch, Eric von Hippel · 2016 · Management Science

    Individual users and consumers drive significant innovation alongside traditional producer-led research. This paper models markets where both users and firms innovate, showing that firms often delay adopting user-innovation strategies too long despite social welfare gains. When firms support and harvest user innovations, markets achieve better outcomes through complementary investments. Policy intervention may be needed to align private incentives with social welfare in mixed user-producer innovation economies.

  • Examining the Complementary Effect of Political Networking Capability With Absorptive Capacity on the Innovative Performance of Emerging-Market Firms

    Masaaki Kotabe, Crystal X. Jiang, Janet Y. Murray · 2014 · Journal of Management

    In emerging-market firms, political networking capability with government officials complements absorptive capacity to boost innovation. A survey of 108 Chinese executives shows this combination helps firms overcome resource constraints and organizational disadvantages. The effect is stronger for radical innovation than incremental innovation, and intensifies when firms face intense competition.

  • RETHINKING THE ROLE OF INTERMEDIARIES AS AN ARCHITECT OF COLLECTIVE EXPLORATION AND CREATION OF KNOWLEDGE IN OPEN INNOVATION

    Marine Agogué, Anna Yström, Pascal Le Masson · 2013 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    Intermediaries in open innovation do more than broker connections or facilitate networks. This paper studies two traffic safety innovation cases where intermediaries actively shaped collaborative knowledge creation by designing exploration processes and providing leadership. Rather than passive facilitators, these intermediaries acted as architects, structuring joint problem-solving when no single organization could tackle challenges alone.

  • Opinion Leaders' Role in Innovation Diffusion: A Simulation Study

    Peter Sander van Eck, Wander Jager, Peter S. H. Leeflang · 2011 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Opinion leaders accelerate product adoption by combining central network positions with superior product knowledge and greater innovativeness. Using agent-based modeling, the study shows opinion leaders increase adoption speed, information flow velocity, and maximum adoption rates. Targeting opinion leaders remains an effective marketing strategy for driving innovation diffusion.

  • Market Formation in Technological Innovation Systems—Diffusion of Photovoltaic Applications in Germany

    Ulrich Dewald, Bernhard Truffer · 2011 · Industry and Innovation

    This paper develops a framework for analyzing how technological innovation systems create and mature end-user markets, using photovoltaic applications in Germany as a case study. The authors argue that existing innovation systems research neglects market formation structures, which become critical as technologies mature. They propose a conceptual approach to examine market-related substructures and demonstrate how different photovoltaic market segments developed in Germany.

  • Responsible Urban Innovation with Local Government Artificial Intelligence (AI): A Conceptual Framework and Research Agenda

    Tan Yiğitcanlar, Juan M. Corchado, Rashid Mehmood, Rita Yi Man Li, Karen Mossberger, Kevin C. Desouza · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This paper examines how local governments can responsibly adopt artificial intelligence systems to address urban challenges. The authors develop a conceptual framework for responsible urban innovation with AI, arguing that technology deployment must balance costs, benefits, risks, and impacts to avoid creating new problems. They review existing literature and applications, then propose a research agenda to help policymakers understand how to implement local government AI systems responsibly.

  • Cattle health monitoring system using wireless sensor network: a survey from innovation perspective

    Bhisham Sharma, Deepika Koundal · 2018 · IET Wireless Sensor Systems

    Wireless sensor networks enable farmers to monitor dairy cattle health automatically across farm locations, reducing disease losses and improving milk production. These low-cost systems collect health data in real-time, store it in databases, and help farmers make better management decisions with less manual labor. The technology addresses declining farmer interest in dairy by reducing animal mortality and breeding costs through early disease detection.

  • Mandate Versus Championship: Vertical government intervention and diffusion of innovation in public services in authoritarian China

    Xufeng Zhu · 2013 · Public Management Review

    In authoritarian China, vertical government intervention drives public service innovation through two distinct mechanisms. Administrative mandates create rapid, uniform policy diffusion across regions, while competition in performance-based personnel systems encourages local governments to diverge and customize policies. The study challenges conventional theories about how geography, competition, and hierarchical control shape innovation spread.

  • Investigating the role of social capital in innovation: sparse versus dense network

    Salma Alguezaui, Raffaele Filieri · 2010 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Social capital facilitates knowledge search and sharing, driving innovation performance. The paper reviews how two network structures—sparse and dense—affect innovation differently. Sparse networks enable access to diverse external knowledge, while dense networks strengthen internal knowledge sharing. Both configurations offer benefits and drawbacks depending on whether firms pursue radical or incremental innovation. The authors recommend tailoring social capital strategies to match organizational innovation goals.

  • Finding, Forming, and Performing: Creating Networks for Discontinuous Innovation

    Julian Birkinshaw, John Bessant, Rick Delbridge · 2007 · California Management Review

    Firms facing rapid technological and market shifts must develop capacity for discontinuous innovation—implementing radically new technologies, products, or business models that depart dramatically from industry norms. This paper examines how companies create new networks with customers, suppliers, and partners to build this capacity, using examples like Lego and GSK adapting to competition from digital and biotechnology firms.

  • Storm Clouds and Silver Linings: Responding to Disruptive Innovations Through Cognitive Resilience

    Jim Dewald, Frances Bowen · 2009 · Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice

    Small incumbent firms respond differently to disruptive business model innovations depending on how managers cognitively frame the threat and opportunity. The study finds that managers' prior risk experience shapes how they perceive opportunities, while perceived urgency influences how they assess threats. Analysis of 126 real estate brokers facing discount broker competition confirms this framework, showing that cognitive resilience—balancing threat and opportunity perception—determines whether small firms adopt, resist, or adapt to disruption.

  • What influences the diffusion of grassroots innovations for sustainability? Investigating community currency niches

    Gill Seyfang, Noel Longhurst · 2015 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Community currencies like Local Exchange Trading Schemes and time banks represent grassroots innovations for sustainability. This study of 12 community currency niches across multiple countries tests whether strategic niche management theory predicts their diffusion success. The researchers find that niche-level activity does correlate with diffusion, but identify additional factors that existing theory misses. They develop an adapted model specifically for grassroots innovations and offer recommendations for practitioners and policymakers supporting these civil society initiatives.

  • How useful is the theory of disruptive innovation

    Andrew A. King, Baljir Baatartogtokh · 2015 · CERN Document Server (European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    This paper critically examines Clayton Christensen's theory of disruptive innovation, which has influenced business strategy and social problem-solving. The authors argue that while disruption theory offers useful warnings, it cannot replace rigorous analysis of competition and competitive advantage. Managers should not rely on simple theories or quick analogies when making strategic decisions about innovation and organizational change.

  • Information technology innovations: general diffusion patterns and its relationships to innovation characteristics

    James T. C. Teng, Varun Grover, Wolfgang Güttler · 2002 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    This study examines how characteristics of information technology innovations predict their adoption patterns across large American firms. Analyzing 20 IT innovations in 313 companies, the researchers found that internal influence (imitation among firms) dominates diffusion, while external influence (marketing) remains minimal. Five distinct technology clusters emerged based on adoption speed and saturation levels, suggesting that innovation characteristics can help predict how quickly IT solutions spread through organizations.

  • 3D printed Mg-NiTi interpenetrating-phase composites with high strength, damping capacity, and energy absorption efficiency

    Mingyang Zhang, Qin Yu, Zengqian Liu, Jian Zhang, Guoqi Tan, Da Jiao, Wenjun Zhu, Shujun Li, Zhefeng Zhang, Rui Yang, Robert O. Ritchie · 2020 · Science Advances

    Researchers developed a magnesium-nickel-titanium composite using 3D printing and melt infiltration that overcomes the typical trade-off between strength and damping in metals. The material combines high strength across temperature ranges, excellent damage tolerance, strong damping capacity, and efficient energy absorption. Heat treatment can recover both shape and strength after deformation, opening new possibilities for structural and biomedical applications.

  • Mapping, analyzing and designing innovation ecosystems: The Ecosystem Pie Model

    Madis Talmar, Bob Walrave, Ksenia Podoynitsyna, Jan Holmström, A.G.L. Romme · 2018 · Long Range Planning

    This paper develops the Ecosystem Pie Model, a visual strategy tool that helps managers map, analyze, and design innovation ecosystems. The tool captures how different actors interact to create and capture value together. The authors ground the model in scholarly literature and provide application guidelines, demonstrating how firms can use it to make strategic decisions about ecosystem participation and structure.

  • Innovation network

    Daron Acemoğlu, Ufuk Akcigit, William R. Kerr · 2016 · Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences

    Technological progress builds cumulatively as innovations in one field enable advances in related fields. Using 1.8 million US patents and citation patterns from 1975–1994, the authors map how innovation networks function. They show that the strength of existing connections between technology fields predicts future innovation after 1995. Technology classes with more upstream innovations to build upon subsequently innovate more.

  • Adoption of<i>Moringa oleifera</i>to Combat Under-Nutrition Viewed Through the Lens of the “Diffusion of Innovations” Theory

    Melanie D. Thurber, Jed W. Fahey · 2009 · Ecology of Food and Nutrition

    Moringa oleifera, a nutrient-rich tree grown in tropical regions, is rapidly spreading as a treatment for under-nutrition despite lacking rigorous clinical evidence. The paper applies diffusion of innovations theory to explain why adoption continues to grow among healthcare practitioners and community leaders. The analysis reveals the need for scientific validation of moringa's nutritional benefits to support informed decision-making.

  • An Individual‐Based Model of Innovation Diffusion Mixing Social Value and Individual Benefit

    Guillaume Deffuant, Sylvie Huet, Frédéric Amblard · 2005 · American Journal of Sociology

    This paper presents a computational model showing how innovations spread through populations when people balance social value against personal benefit. Innovations perceived as socially valuable but offering low personal gain succeed more often than those with high personal benefit but low social value. Minority groups with extreme views can significantly influence adoption by shifting how others perceive an innovation's social worth.

  • The past, present and future of open innovation

    Barbara Bigliardi, Giovanna Ferraro, Serena Filippelli, Francesco Galati · 2020 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    This literature review analyzes 1,772 open innovation papers published between 2003 and 2018 to identify major research themes and their evolution. The authors identify nine key thematic areas: context-dependency, collaborative frameworks, organizational dimensions, performance outcomes, external search strategies, SME applications, pharmaceutical industry focus, intellectual property considerations, and technology. The review provides recommendations for future research directions across these established areas.

  • Innovation as an interactive process: From user-producer interaction to national systems of innovation

    Bengt‐Åke Lundvall · 2010 · VBN Forskningsportal (Aalborg Universitet)

    Innovation emerges from interaction between producers and users responding to technological opportunities and market needs. The paper develops a framework of national innovation systems that emphasizes interactive learning processes across firms, institutions, and policies. This approach moves beyond neoclassical economics to explain how economic structure and institutional arrangements shape innovation outcomes.

  • Role Models for Radical Innovations in Times of Open Innovation

    Hans Georg Gemünden, Søren Salomo, Katharina Hölzle · 2007 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    This study examines how different innovator roles affect success in highly innovative ventures, analyzing 146 new product development projects. The research finds that innovator roles significantly influence innovation outcomes, but their impact varies depending on the type and degree of innovativeness. External linking roles become more critical as technological innovativeness increases, while surprisingly, support from senior organizational members negatively affects success in highly innovative projects.

  • Disrupting College: How Disruptive Innovation Can Deliver Quality and Affordability to Postsecondary Education.

    Clayton M. Christensen, Michael B. Horn, Louis Caldera, Louis Soares · 2011

    Online learning is disrupting higher education by enabling affordable, quality postsecondary options. The authors document rapid growth in online course enrollment from 10 percent of students in 2003 to nearly 30 percent by 2009, projecting 50 percent by 2014. This technology shift explains the rise of for-profit institutions while traditional colleges struggle financially.

  • Eco-innovation: Definition, Measurement and Open Research Issues

    René Kemp · 2010 · Economia Politica

    This paper examines eco-innovation as a concept distinct from environmental technology, establishing a typology and measurement framework. It discusses push-pull mechanisms driving different eco-innovation types and analyzes patterns showing a shift toward cleaner products alongside continued end-of-pipe solutions. The work reveals national differences in eco-innovation adoption and emphasizes system-level innovation. The author concludes that statistical measurement remains inadequate and recommends improvements to data collection.

  • Marketing-Mix Variables and the Diffusion of Successive Generations of a Technological Innovation

    Peter J. Danaher, Bruce G. S. Hardie, William P. Putsis · 2001 · Journal of Marketing Research

    This paper develops a model showing how marketing-mix variables, particularly pricing, affect the adoption of successive generations of technological innovations. Using cellular telephone data from a European country, the authors find that price elasticity patterns differ significantly when considering multiple generations together versus single generations alone. Pricing decisions for one generation substantially influence adoption rates of the next generation, revealing interaction effects that single-generation models miss.

  • Dynamics of digital entrepreneurship and the innovation ecosystem

    Tatiana Beliaeva, Marcos Ferasso, Sascha Kraus, Elói Júnior Damke · 2019 · International Journal of Entrepreneurial Behaviour & Research

    This study examines how digital entrepreneurship develops within innovation ecosystems by analyzing an IT company in Brazil. The research reveals that as companies progress through different levels of digitalization, the supporting ecosystem actors and relationships they rely on change significantly. Strategic partners play a crucial role in helping small and medium enterprises transform their business models and create value through digital innovation.

  • The Adoption of Open Innovation in Large Firms

    Sabine Brunswicker, Henry Chesbrough · 2018 · Research-Technology Management

    Large firms widely adopt open innovation practices, with 80 percent of surveyed companies engaging in the approach. Firms predominantly practice outside-in innovation, acquiring external knowledge while protecting their own intellectual property through outbound restrictions. At the project level, companies selectively manage knowledge flows and formalize processes as they progress from problem definition to execution, facing organizational challenges in this transition.

  • Openness of technology adoption, top management support and service innovation: a social innovation perspective

    Hsuan-Yu Hsu, Feng-Hsu Liu, Hung‐Tai Tsou, Lu‐Jui Chen · 2018 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    This study examines how technology adoption openness and top management support drive service innovation in IT firms. Using survey data from 176 Taiwanese IT companies, the researchers found that openness to technology adoption directly enhances service innovation. Importantly, top management support strengthens this relationship. The findings suggest firms should invest in open technologies and ensure leadership actively supports service innovation initiatives to address social challenges.

  • Analyzing the determinants of firm's absorptive capacity: beyond R&amp;D

    Jaider Vega‐Jurado, Antonio Gutiérrez‐Gracia, I. Fernández-de-Lucio · 2008 · R and D Management

    This paper develops a new model explaining how firms absorb external knowledge. The authors argue that absorptive capacity depends on more than just R&D spending. Instead, organizational knowledge, formalization, and social integration mechanisms all shape a firm's ability to absorb knowledge. The type of knowledge being absorbed matters—these factors can help or hinder depending on whether the knowledge fits the firm's existing capabilities. The paper provides empirical evidence supporting this expanded framework.

  • Effects of Technology Absorptive Capacity and Technology Proactivity on Organizational Learning, Innovation and Performance: An Empirical Examination

    Victor Jesús García Morales, Antonia Ruíz Moreno, Francisco Javier Lloréns Montes · 2007 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This study examines how Spanish technology firms absorb and proactively adopt technology to drive organizational learning and innovation. Using data from 246 firms, the researchers found that absorptive capacity and technology proactivity both strengthen organizational learning, which then boosts innovation and overall performance. The results show technology adoption directly influences how firms learn and innovate, with important implications for technology-driven businesses.

  • Disruptive innovations for designing and diffusing evidence-based interventions.

    Mary Jane Rotheram‐Borus, Dallas Swendeman, Bruce F. Chorpita · 2012 · American Psychologist

    Evidence-based interventions remain underadopted in the United States despite rapid growth. The authors argue that applying disruptive innovation principles—simplifying interventions, reducing costs, and improving accessibility—can accelerate EBI diffusion. They propose four research approaches: synthesizing common elements across interventions, experimenting with new delivery formats including technology and paraprofessionals, adopting market strategies for promotion, and implementing continuous quality improvement based on monitoring data.

  • From user-generated data to data-driven innovation: A research agenda to understand user privacy in digital markets

    José Ramón Saura, Domingo Ribeiro Soriano, Daniel Palacios‐Marqués · 2021 · International Journal of Information Management

    This paper examines how user privacy concerns affect data-driven innovation in digital markets. Through systematic literature review, interviews, and topic modeling, the authors identify 14 key topics related to user-generated data and data-driven innovation strategies. They propose 14 research questions and 7 propositions to guide future study of privacy issues in digital markets, emphasizing privacy's critical role in sustainable data-driven business models.

  • SDVN: enabling rapid network innovation for heterogeneous vehicular communication

    Zongjian He, Jiannong Cao, Xuefeng Liu · 2016 · IEEE Network

    This paper proposes an SDN-based architecture for vehicular communication networks that abstracts heterogeneous wireless devices and infrastructure into a unified, programmable system. The approach enables flexible protocol deployment and centralized resource allocation for bandwidth and spectrum, addressing current limitations in vehicular network deployment. The authors demonstrate the architecture's effectiveness through simulation-based validation.

  • Innovating innovation policy: the emergence of ‘Responsible Research and Innovation’

    Stevienna de Saille · 2015 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    The paper traces how the European Union developed 'Responsible Research and Innovation' (RRI) as a policy framework, starting from a 2011 European Commission workshop. Through analysis of EU documents, the author shows how RRI became embedded in Horizon 2020 to direct technological innovation toward social benefits. The paper identifies tensions between RRI and other EU policies that may undermine its effectiveness.

  • Regional Innovation Systems in Canada: A Comparative Study

    David Doloreux · 2004 · Regional Studies

    This study examines how small and medium enterprises in two Canadian regions—Ottawa and Beauce—engage in innovation activities and interact with other organizations. Despite their different industrial structures and institutional environments, firms in both regions show similar innovation patterns and draw on regional, national, and global knowledge sources. Geography matters less than expected; firms do not rely primarily on regional support for innovation.

  • An Empirical Study on Entrepreneurial Orientation, Absorptive Capacity, and SMEs’ Innovation Performance: A Sustainable Perspective

    Yuming Zhai, Wan-Qin Sun, Sang‐Bing Tsai, Zhen Wang, Yu Zhao, Quan Chen · 2018 · Sustainability

    This study surveyed 324 small and medium-sized enterprises in China's Yangtze River Delta region to examine how entrepreneurial orientation drives innovation performance. The research found that entrepreneurial orientation directly boosts innovation, and this effect strengthens when firms have higher absorptive capacity. In highly dynamic external environments, absorptive capacity becomes an even more powerful moderator of this relationship.

  • The temporal effects of relative and firm‐level absorptive capacity on interorganizational learning

    Henri Schildt, Thomas Keil, Markku Maula · 2012 · Strategic Management Journal

    This study examines how absorptive capacity affects knowledge sharing between allied firms over time. Using patent data, the researchers found that technological similarity has modest early benefits but stronger effects later, while high diversity accelerates initial learning but diminishes over time. R&D intensity surprisingly hinders early learning but helps later stages. The findings suggest early alliances are limited by absorption capacity, while later success depends on the ability to exploit knowledge.

  • A Tool to Analyze, Ideate and Develop Circular Innovation Ecosystems

    Jan Konietzko, Nancy Bocken, Erik Jan Hultink · 2020 · Sustainability

    This paper presents the Circularity Deck, a card-based tool designed to help organizations analyze and develop circular economy innovations across their ecosystems. The tool organizes circular economy principles by strategy type (narrowing, slowing, closing, regenerating material flows) and innovation scope (product, business model, ecosystem level). Tested with 136 participants across 62 organizations in 12 workshops, the Circularity Deck enables groups of loosely coupled organizations to collectively redesign their interactions and resource flows.

  • The paradox of openness revisited: Collaborative innovation and patenting by UK innovators

    Ashish Arora, Suma Athreye, Can Huang · 2016 · Research Policy

    UK firms face a paradox: they simultaneously patent and engage in open innovation collaboration. This study shows both decisions are interconnected and depend on market position. Leading firms increase patenting more when collaborating openly because they risk greater knowledge spillovers to competitors. Followers show weaker patenting responses to collaboration. The relationship between openness and patenting is therefore contingent on whether firms lead or follow their rivals.

  • How does technological diversity in supplier network drive buyer innovation? Relational process and contingencies

    Gerald Yong Gao, En Xie, Kevin Zheng Zhou · 2014 · Journal of Operations Management

    Technological diversity in supplier networks drives buyer firm innovation through novel information sharing. A survey of 202 Chinese manufacturing firms shows that stronger buyer-supplier relationships amplify this effect, while dense supplier networks reduce it. Competitive intensity strengthens the relationship, but technological turbulence weakens it. Firms can leverage diverse supplier networks to improve new product creativity.

  • An unfinished journey? Reflections on a decade of responsible research and innovation

    Richard Owen, René von Schomberg, Phil Macnaghten · 2021 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper reviews ten years of Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) as a policy framework developed by the European Commission. The authors trace RRI's evolution from its initial conception through the Seventh Framework Programme to Horizon 2020, examining how it became organized around five key pillars: gender equality, open access, science communication, ethics, and public engagement. They assess RRI's impact on discussions about science, innovation, and society, and consider its future role within the EC's Open Science agenda and Horizon Europe programme.

  • Ethics of smart farming: Current questions and directions for responsible innovation towards the future

    Simone van der Burg, M.J. Bogaardt, J. Wolfert · 2019 · NJAS - Wageningen Journal of Life Sciences

    Smart farming technologies like sensors, drones, and robots raise three major ethical challenges: data ownership and access, power distribution, and impacts on human life and society. The paper finds that current discussions lack resolution because stakeholders hold conflicting views about digital farming's purpose. The authors recommend future research prioritize clarifying societal and commercial goals, then use those goals to determine data sharing practices, build stakeholder trust, and establish guidelines for responsible farm digitalization.

  • Understanding the human side of openness: the fit between open innovation modes and CEO characteristics

    Joon Mo Ahn, Tim Minshall, Letizia Mortara · 2017 · R and D Management

    CEO characteristics significantly influence open innovation adoption in small and medium-sized enterprises. Using Korean SME data, the study finds that CEO attitudes, entrepreneurial orientation, patience, and education facilitate open innovation adoption. However, different CEO traits affect different innovation modes differently—for example, patience and entrepreneurial orientation impact adoption differently depending on uncertainty levels. The research suggests CEOs should recruit complementary management teams to offset their own characteristic gaps.

  • Managing business and innovation networks—From strategic nets to business fields and ecosystems

    Kristian Möller, Aino Halinen · 2017 · Industrial Marketing Management

    This paper reviews network management research from 2000 to 2016 and proposes a unified theory explaining how environmental, network, and actor-level factors shape management activities. The authors consolidate fragmented knowledge across business fields, ecosystems, and platform networks, identifying activity configuration patterns that guide effective network management. The framework advances understanding of how organizations coordinate complex business networks.

  • Managing Drivers of Innovation in Construction Networks

    Bart Bossink · 2004 · Journal of Construction Engineering and Management

    The paper identifies four categories of innovation drivers in construction networks: environmental pressure, technological capability, knowledge exchange, and boundary spanning. Operating across organizational levels in the Dutch construction industry, these drivers enable managers in authorities, clients, architecture, consulting, and contracting firms to stimulate innovation. Managing these drivers helps organizations improve market position, project quality, and industry-wide cooperation.

  • Knowledge transfer in university quadruple helix ecosystems: an absorptive capacity perspective

    Kristel Miller, Rodney McAdam, Sandra Moffett, Allen Alexander, Pushyarag Puthusserry · 2016 · R and D Management

    Universities transfer knowledge to regional innovation ecosystems through interactions with multiple stakeholders. This study identifies five key factors—human elements, organizational structures, knowledge types, power dynamics, and network characteristics—that determine how effectively stakeholders engage in knowledge transfer and apply it. The findings show that policymakers and practitioners need targeted interventions to strengthen knowledge exchange within regional innovation networks.

  • How Frugal Innovation Promotes Social Sustainability

    Rakhshanda Khan · 2016 · Sustainability

    Frugal innovation—developing solutions with minimal resources—directly supports social sustainability by addressing key social themes. The paper builds a framework connecting both concepts and demonstrates how frugal innovation approaches help achieve the UN's Sustainable Development Goals. This positions frugal innovation as a practical pathway to realizing social sustainability in practice.

  • Chez Panisse: Building an Open Innovation Ecosystem

    Henry Chesbrough, Sohyeong Kim, Alice M. Agogino · 2014 · California Management Review

    Chez Panisse built a thriving business by adopting open innovation practices that connected suppliers, alumni chefs, staff, and food writers into a collaborative ecosystem. The restaurant's success came from sharing knowledge, fostering individual growth, and establishing trust among participants. This case demonstrates how a small firm can scale through strategic ecosystem building rather than isolated operations.

  • Building Regional Innovation Systems: Is Endogenous Industrial Development Possible in the Global Economy?

    Arne Isaksen · 2001

    Economic globalization concentrates power in transnational corporations that coordinate production networks across regions through direct investment and subcontracting. This shift threatens regional autonomy as firms become integrated into global commodity chains controlled by corporate headquarters, raising questions about whether regions can still pursue independent industrial development strategies in an increasingly interconnected world economy.

  • Light‐Touch Integration of Chinese Cross‐Border M&amp;A: The Influences of Culture and Absorptive Capacity

    Yipeng Liu, Michael Woywode · 2013 · Thunderbird International Business Review

    Chinese multinational corporations pursuing cross-border mergers and acquisitions in Germany adopt a 'light-touch integration' approach that balances preservation of acquired firms' autonomy with selective integration. This strategy accounts for cultural differences and leverages learning opportunities, enabling mutual benefits for acquiring firms, targets, and partner organizations while managing the complexities of post-acquisition integration.

  • Nonstate Actors and the Diffusion of Innovations: The Case of Suicide Terrorism

    Michael C. Horowitz · 2010 · International Organization

    This paper examines how terrorist groups adopt suicide tactics as an innovation, showing that organizational capabilities and external linkages between groups significantly influence adoption patterns. The study finds that occupation, previously considered a key predictor, does not reliably explain which groups adopt suicide terrorism. By treating suicide tactics as a military innovation diffusion problem, the paper connects terrorism studies to broader innovation theory.

  • How open innovation can help you cope in lean times

    Henry Chesbrough, A.R. Garman · 2012 · IEEE Engineering Management Review

    During economic downturns, companies can maintain innovation despite cutting R&D budgets by adopting open innovation strategies. The authors identify five strategic moves that externalize certain assets and projects, allowing outside firms to invest in and develop them or enabling spin-offs that retain partial equity. This inside-out approach preserves growth opportunities while reducing costs, though it requires holistic implementation and senior executive leadership to overcome organizational and cultural barriers.

  • Measuring the Efficiency of China's Regional Innovation Systems: Application of Network Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA)

    Kaihua Chen, Jiancheng Guan · 2010 · Regional Studies

    This study evaluates the efficiency of China's regional innovation systems by analyzing technological development and commercialization as connected processes. Only one-fifth of China's regional innovation systems operate at best-practice efficiency across the full innovation cycle. Most regions show significant gaps between their technological development and commercialization capabilities, with commercialization capacity proving more critical to overall innovation performance.

  • An absorptive capacity model for green innovation and performance in the construction industry

    Pernilla Gluch, Mathias Gustafsson, Liane Thuvander · 2009 · Construction Management and Economics

    Swedish construction companies can improve their capacity to adopt green innovations and boost business performance by focusing on three key processes: acquiring new environmental knowledge, assimilating it into operations, and transforming it into practice. The study applies absorptive capacity theory to construction and develops a revised framework called green ACAP that identifies specific mechanisms driving environmental innovation and performance improvements.

  • Digital transformation of healthcare sector. What is impeding adoption and continued usage of technology-driven innovations by end-users?

    Shilpa Iyanna, Puneet Kaur, Peter Ractham, Shalini Talwar, A.K.M. Najmul Islam · 2022 · Journal of Business Research

    Healthcare providers in the United Kingdom resist adopting and using digital health innovations due to multiple barriers. The study identifies task-related, patient-care, and system barriers from providers; threat perception and infrastructure issues from organizations; usability and resource problems from patients; and self-efficacy, tradition, and image concerns from end-users generally. The authors propose a framework grounded in innovation resistance theory to explain this resistance and offer practical recommendations to accelerate digital health adoption.

  • Mission impossible? Entrepreneurial universities and peripheral regional innovation systems

    Ross Brown · 2016 · Industry and Innovation

    Universities are expected to drive regional innovation and entrepreneurship as part of their third mission, but this paper finds their actual economic spillovers are overstated, particularly in peripheral regions. The disconnect between universities and local entrepreneurial ecosystems explains their weak performance. Policy entrepreneurs reinforce universities' dominant role through institutional capture and policy lock-in, despite marginal economic contribution. The paper challenges this policy emphasis and outlines implications for public policy reform.

  • Entrepreneurial orientation‐as‐experimentation and firm performance: The enabling role of absorptive capacity

    Pankaj C. Patel, Marko Kohtamäki, Vinit Parida, Joakim Wincent · 2014 · Strategic Management Journal

    Entrepreneurial orientation increases variability in innovation outcomes, which can either boost or harm firm performance. The paper shows that absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to acquire and use new knowledge—plays a critical role. Potential absorptive capacity amplifies the innovation variability from entrepreneurial orientation, while realized absorptive capacity helps firms convert that variability into actual performance gains.

  • Responsible research and innovation: The role of privacy in an emerging framework

    Bernd Carsten Stahl · 2013 · Science and Public Policy

    This paper defines responsible research and innovation (RRI) as a meta-responsibility framework that coordinates researchers, industry, policymakers, and civil society to ensure desirable research outcomes. It examines privacy's critical role within RRI, discusses current framework dimensions and weaknesses, and proposes directions for integrating privacy and data protection into RRI governance.

  • Investigating the structure of regional innovation system research through keyword co-occurrence and social network analysis

    Pei Chun Lee, Hsin‐Ning Su · 2010 · Innovation

    This paper analyzes 432 research papers on regional innovation systems from 36 countries using social network analysis and bibliometrics. The authors map keyword co-occurrence and author networks to visualize how RIS research has evolved and identify publication trends. The analysis reveals knowledge development patterns across countries, institutions, and researchers, providing insights into how the RIS framework has developed as a foundation for innovation policy.

  • Comparing knowledge bases: on the geography and organization of knowledge sourcing in the regional innovation system of Scania, Sweden

    Roman Martin, Jerker Moodysson · 2011 · European Urban and Regional Studies

    This study examines how firms in three different industry clusters in southern Sweden source and exchange knowledge. The researchers found that industries relying on symbolic or synthetic knowledge bases benefit significantly from geographical proximity because their knowledge is context-dependent and locally interpreted. In contrast, analytical industries drawing on codified scientific knowledge are less dependent on proximity, suggesting that clustering in these sectors serves purposes beyond knowledge sourcing.

  • Linking transformational leadership and frugal innovation: the mediating role of tacit and explicit knowledge sharing

    Hui Lei, Linnan Gui, Phong Ba Le · 2021 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Transformational leadership drives frugal innovation in Vietnamese firms through knowledge sharing mechanisms. The study of 339 employees across 120 companies shows that transformational leaders boost frugal functionality and cost reduction by facilitating both tacit and explicit knowledge sharing. These knowledge-sharing processes mediate the relationship between leadership style and innovation outcomes, offering developing-country firms a practical pathway to enhance innovation capability.

  • Innovation networks in economics: from the incentive‐based to the knowledge‐based approaches

    Andreas Pyka · 2002 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Innovation networks are persistent organizational structures in industrial innovation, but traditional economics viewed them only as temporary hybrids between markets and firms, focusing narrowly on R&D cost reduction. Evolutionary economics shifts focus to knowledge, learning, and synergistic partnerships. The paper develops an evolutionary theory of innovation networks that accounts for uncertainty, heterogeneity, and historical time as essential to understanding why networks self-organize and persist.

  • Grand Societal Challenges and Responsible Innovation

    Christian Voegtlin, Andreas Georg Scherer, Günter K. Stahl, Olga Hawn · 2021 · Journal of Management Studies

    Grand societal challenges require innovation from businesses, governments, and nonprofits working together. The paper argues that responsible innovation—a framework evaluating innovations for harmful consequences and societal benefits—offers a better approach than traditional corporate social responsibility. The authors call for research linking responsible innovation governance to addressing complex, multi-level societal problems.

  • How start-ups successfully organize and manage open innovation with large companies

    Muhammad Usman, Wim Vanhaverbeke · 2016 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Start-ups successfully manage open innovation partnerships with large companies through practices that differ significantly from those of established firms. Managers with prior large-company experience prove crucial for navigating these collaborations. Both inbound and outbound open innovation help start-ups overcome their newness and small size, though each approach presents distinct advantages and challenges that require careful orchestration.

  • Social Media: A Tool for Open Innovation

    Matthew Mount, Marian García Martínez · 2014 · California Management Review

    Companies increasingly use social media for open innovation but lack clear strategies for implementation. This study examines how firms organize and deploy social media across the full innovation cycle—from generating ideas through research and development to bringing products to market. The authors identify specific organizational and technological changes managers need to adopt to capture innovation benefits from social media engagement.

  • Consensus + innovations distributed inference over networks: cooperation and sensing in networked systems

    Soummya Kar, José M. F. Moura · 2013 · IEEE Signal Processing Magazine

    This paper presents distributed inference algorithms that combine consensus mechanisms with real-time sensing innovations across networked agents without central coordination. Agents communicate locally over sparse networks while simultaneously sensing new observations, rather than iterating to consensus between measurements. The authors develop asymptotically optimal approaches that match centralized inference performance by balancing collaboration potential against local innovation potential through mixed-scale stochastic approximation.

  • Digital Government, Open Architecture, and Innovation: Why Public Sector IT Will Never Be the Same Again

    Jerry Fishenden, Mark Thompson · 2012 · Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory

    Open digital platforms and standards will transform public sector technology by reducing vendor lock-in and enabling cheaper, more innovative government services. The shift from proprietary systems to open architectures allows governments to separate core business logic from applications, creating a competitive marketplace where niche innovations and standard services coexist. This reorganization around citizen needs rather than departmental structures will fundamentally change how governments procure and deploy technology.

  • Innovation in the Mining Industry: Technological Trends and a Case Study of the Challenges of Disruptive Innovation

    Felipe Sánchez, Philipp Hartlieb · 2020 · Mining Metallurgy & Exploration

    Innovation drives efficiency and cost reduction in mining while addressing environmental and social concerns. The paper reviews how mining companies pursue innovation through various mechanisms and actors, examines digital transformation trends, and analyzes a case study showing the technical and economic challenges of implementing disruptive innovations in mining operations.

  • Perspectives on Disruptive Innovations

    Arun Kumaraswamy, Raghu Garud, Shahzad Ansari · 2018 · Journal of Management Studies

    This paper examines disruptive innovation from multiple theoretical perspectives—evolutionary, relational, temporal, and framing—to understand how innovations render existing business models obsolete and reshape value networks. Rather than predicting disruption, the authors propose a performative approach that helps researchers and practitioners manage in environments of continual change.

  • Exploring innovation ecosystems across science, technology, and business: A case of 3D printing in China

    Guannan Xu, Yuchen Wu, Tim Minshall, Yuan Zhou · 2017 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This paper examines China's 3D printing innovation ecosystem by analyzing how science, technology, and business layers interact. The researchers developed a framework assessing innovation capacity across integrated value chains and interactive networks. They found that China's 3D printing sector performs strongly in science and technology, with potential development pathways emerging from basic research and technological innovation rather than technology duplication and cost-cutting strategies.

  • Citizensourcing : Applying the Concept of Open Innovation to the Public Sector

    Dennis Hilgers, Ihl, Jan Christoph · 2010 · RWTH Publications (RWTH Aachen)

    Open innovation principles from the private sector can transform public administration by engaging citizens as external collaborators. Using internet technology, governments can integrate citizen knowledge into service development and policy decisions, creating public value and strengthening democratic participation beyond traditional e-government approaches.

  • Exporting, R&amp;D, and absorptive capacity in UK establishments

    Richard Harris, Qian Cher Li · 2008 · Oxford Economic Papers

    This study examines what drives UK establishments to export and how much they export. Using innovation survey data, the researchers find that firm size matters significantly. R&D activities and absorptive capacity—the ability to understand and use scientific knowledge, collaborate internationally, and organize effectively—help firms enter export markets. However, once firms export, only absorptive capacity linked to scientific knowledge boosts their export performance; R&D spending alone does not.

  • Technological Capabilities, Open Innovation, and Eco-Innovation: Dynamic Capabilities to Increase Corporate Performance of SMEs

    Luis Enrique Valdez-Juárez, Mauricio Castillo‐Vergara · 2020 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Small and medium enterprises in Mexico improve corporate performance through technological capabilities that enable open innovation and eco-innovation practices. The study of 684 SMEs shows technological capability does not directly boost performance, but works through open innovation or eco-innovation. Both open and eco-innovation independently strengthen corporate performance, demonstrating that encouraging these practices in SMEs yields measurable business benefits.

  • Impact of knowledge sharing and absorptive capacity on project performance: the moderating role of social processes

    İmran Ali, Ata Ul Musawir, Murad Ali · 2018 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Knowledge governance and sharing improve project performance in software companies by strengthening teams' ability to absorb and apply new knowledge. Social processes amplify these effects. The study of 133 Pakistani IT firms shows that organizations investing in knowledge governance systems and encouraging knowledge sharing across projects achieve better outcomes.

  • Open innovation in the public sector: drivers and barriers for the adoption of Challenge.gov

    Ines Mergel · 2017 · Public Management Review

    Federal agencies use Challenge.gov to crowdsource citizen ideas for solving public sector problems. Analysis of contest data and interviews with thirty-six managers across fourteen departments reveals that organizational barriers limit adoption of this open innovation approach. However, when innovation mandates align with an agency's core mission, organizations successfully change their procedures and how they acquire innovations.

  • How do we conquer the growth limits of capitalism? Schumpeterian Dynamics of Open Innovation

    JinHyo Joseph Yun · 2015 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This paper proposes a dynamic model of an open innovation economy system to address capitalism's growth limits. The model integrates open innovation, closed innovation, and social innovation economies in a circular dynamic process. The author validates the framework through lifecycle simulations and comparative analysis with Schumpeter's economic theory and socialist democracy, establishing theoretical and practical characteristics of how these three economy types interact to sustain economic growth.

  • The diffusion of environmental sustainability innovations in North American hotels and ski resorts

    Karl R. Smerecnik, Peter A. Andersen · 2010 · Journal of Sustainable Tourism

    This study surveyed North American hotels and ski resorts to identify which environmental sustainability innovations they adopt and what drives adoption rates. Using diffusion of innovations theory, researchers found that perceived simplicity of innovations and strong opinion leadership among resort managers most strongly predicted adoption. Relative advantage and general innovativeness also mattered. The research recommends that sustainability advocates emphasize ease of implementation to accelerate adoption across the hospitality sector.

  • Stakeholder Governance for Responsible Innovation: A Theory of Value Creation, Appropriation, and Distribution

    Sophie Bacq, Ruth V. Aguilera · 2021 · Journal of Management Studies

    Organizations pursuing responsible innovation to address societal challenges lack clear governance mechanisms for distributing created value among stakeholders. This paper proposes a three-stage model of value allocation based on stakeholder governance: deciding what value to create and for whom, protecting against unintended value appropriation, and distributing value among intended stakeholders. Four novel governance mechanisms enable participative processes that align value distribution with responsible innovation intent.

  • LIVING LAB: user‐driven innovation for sustainability

    Christa Liedtke, Maria J. Welfens, Holger Rohn, Julia Nordmann · 2012 · International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education

    This paper presents the conceptual design of LIVING LAB, a research infrastructure that tests sustainable home technologies with real users in actual households. The approach combines laboratory analysis with real-world household systems to develop and evaluate sustainable domestic innovations while prioritizing user needs and environmental performance. The infrastructure enables long-term, user-centered research on sustainable technologies in their actual contexts of use.

  • Multi-niche analysis of dynamics and policies in Dutch renewable energy innovation journeys (1970–2006): hype-cycles, closed networks and technology-focused learning

    G.P.J. Verbong, Frank W. Geels, Rob Raven · 2008 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This study examines forty years of renewable energy innovation policy in the Netherlands across wind, biomass, fuel cells, and photovoltaics. The research identifies recurring problems: innovation efforts rely too heavily on technology-focused R&D rather than broader learning, social networks remain narrow and supply-side oriented, and expectations follow hype-disappointment cycles that undermine sustained development. These structural weaknesses explain why all four technologies experienced costly failures and setbacks despite policy support.

  • A Strategy for the Analysis of Idea Innovation Networks and Institutions

    Jerald Hage, J. Rogers Hollingsworth · 2000 · Organization Studies

    This paper argues that radical innovations in science-based industries emerge from idea innovation networks spanning six research arenas: basic research, applied research, product development, production, quality control, and commercialization. The authors find that innovation success depends on diversity of knowledge and frequent communication within arenas, plus intense cross-arena communication to transfer tacit knowledge. Institutional environments shape arena size and connectivity, with patterns suggesting either national innovation systems or globalization effects.

  • Inter-firm networks and innovation: a survey of literature

    Müge Özman · 2008 · Economics of Innovation and New Technology

    This survey reviews literature on how inter-firm networks affect innovation and technological change. The author organizes studies by causality direction—examining both how networks influence firm outcomes and how networks form. The analysis identifies three interconnected themes: network origins, firm performance effects, and network structure. The survey synthesizes theoretical and empirical findings to guide future research on inter-firm networks.

  • Actualizing Innovation Effort: The Impact of Market Knowledge Diffusion in a Dynamic System of Competition

    Detelina Marinova · 2004 · Journal of Marketing

    Market knowledge diffusion drives innovation effort through three mechanisms: knowledge level, knowledge change, and shared understanding of customers and competitors. However, satisfaction with past performance reduces innovation effort. The study finds that innovation effort alone doesn't improve firm performance; instead, shared market knowledge enables smaller firms to convert innovation into better returns than larger competitors can achieve.

  • Understanding innovators' experiences of barriers and facilitators in implementation and diffusion of healthcare service innovations: a qualitative study

    Julie Barnett, Konstantina Vasileiou, Fayika Djemil, Laurence Brooks, Terry Young · 2011 · BMC Health Services Research

    Healthcare innovators in the UK identified four key factors affecting whether service innovations succeed and spread: evidence of effectiveness, partnerships between organizations, people-based resources like champions, and contextual conditions. Innovators emphasized that successful implementation requires combining strong evidence, interpersonal networks, organizational support, and favorable external conditions. Champions and innovators themselves drive diffusion across different healthcare settings.

  • Green core competencies to prompt green absorptive capacity and bolster green innovation: the moderating role of organization’s green culture

    Xiaoyu Qu, Adnan Khan, Salman Yahya, Abaid Ullah Zafar, Mohsin Shahzad · 2021 · Journal of Environmental Planning and Management

    Chinese tourism businesses that develop green core competencies—skills and resources focused on environmental sustainability—improve their green innovation performance. Green absorptive capacity, the ability to recognize and apply environmental knowledge, mediates this relationship. Organizational culture that values sustainability partially strengthens the link between absorptive capacity and innovation. Hotels and restaurants in northeast China show these effects hold in practice.

  • Managing knowledge assets for open innovation: a systematic literature review

    Angelo Natalicchio, Lorenzo Ardito, Tommaso Savino, Vito Albino · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This systematic literature review examines how knowledge management practices support open innovation activities. The authors analyzed 34 articles and organized findings around three open innovation processes: inbound, outbound, and coupled. The review identifies which knowledge management practices best support each type of open innovation activity and highlights understudied areas for future research.

  • Frugal innovation: aligning theory, practice, and public policy

    Pavan Soni, Rishikesha T. Krishnan · 2014 · Journal of Indian Business Research

    Frugal innovation comprises three distinct components: mindset, process, and outcome, each driven by different conditions. Three types of innovators practice frugal innovation—grassroots, domestic enterprises, and multinational subsidiaries—each with unique incentives. Resource scarcity, weak institutions, and uncertainty tolerance encourage frugal mindsets, while poor property rights and lead markets shape frugal processes and outcomes.

  • Open innovation in small and medium-sized enterprises: An overview

    Pooran Wynarczyk, Panagiotis Piperopoulos, Maura McAdam · 2013 · International Small Business Journal Researching Entrepreneurship

    Open innovation—combining external and internal ideas to advance technology—has become central to firm strategy since 2000. However, research focuses heavily on large multinational corporations. This special issue addresses the gap by examining how small and medium-sized enterprises adopt open innovation practices, exploring collaboration with external knowledge sources and pathways to commercialization in smaller firms.

  • Physics faculty and educational researchers: Divergent expectations as barriers to the diffusion of innovations

    Charles Henderson, Melissa Dancy · 2007 · American Journal of Physics

    Physics education researchers and faculty have divergent expectations that hinder innovation adoption. While faculty do implement some research-based changes, they underutilize educational research and report dissatisfaction with researcher interactions. Researchers typically disseminate finished curricula expecting adoption as-is, but faculty want researchers to collaborate with them to adapt innovations to their specific teaching contexts. This mismatch between dissemination models and faculty needs limits the impact of physics education research on actual teaching practices.

  • Impact of knowledge absorptive capacity on corporate sustainability with mediating role of CSR: analysis from the Asian context

    Mohsin Shahzad, Ying Qu, Saif Ur Rehman, Abaid Ullah Zafar, Xiangan Ding, Jawad Abbas · 2019 · Journal of Environmental Planning and Management

    This study examines how employees' ability to absorb and apply knowledge affects manufacturing companies' corporate social responsibility practices and sustainability performance in the Asia Pacific region. Analyzing data from 587 multinational corporations, the research finds that knowledge absorptive capacity directly improves sustainability outcomes and indirectly influences them through corporate social responsibility practices. Knowledge absorptive capacity proves more important than CSR alone for achieving sustainability goals.

  • An innovation diffusion perspective of e-consumers’ initial adoption of self-collection service via automated parcel station

    Xueqin Wang, Kum Fai Yuen, Yiik Diew Wong, Chee‐Chong Teo · 2018 · The International Journal of Logistics Management

    Automated parcel stations represent a logistics innovation addressing delivery inefficiencies. This study examines why consumers adopt self-collection services via these stations. Using innovation diffusion and attitude theory, researchers surveyed 170 Singapore e-consumers and found that favorable attitudes and perceived relative advantage directly drive adoption intention, while compatibility, trialability, and complexity influence adoption indirectly through attitude formation.

  • Responsible innovation across borders: tensions, paradoxes and possibilities

    Phil Macnaghten, Richard Owen, Jack Stilgoe, Brian Wynne, AFONSO RANGEL GARCEZ DE AZEVEDO, A. de Campos, Jason Chilvers, Ricardo Dagnino, Gabriela Marques Di Giulio, Emma Frow, Brian Garvey, Christopher Groves, Samantha Hartley, M. Knobel, Elizabete Mayumy Kobayashi, Markku Lehtonen, Javier Lezaun, Leonardo Freire de Mello, Marko Monteiro, Janaína Oliveira Pamplona da Costa, Camila Carnerio Dias Rigolin, Bruno Rondani, Margarita Staykova, Renzo Taddei, Chris Till, David Tyfield, Sara Wilford, Léa Velho · 2014 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    Researchers from Brazil and the UK convened to examine responsible innovation and governance of controversial technologies across cultural contexts. The workshop revealed significant tensions and paradoxes in how responsible innovation is understood and applied differently across regions, highlighting both challenges and opportunities for cross-cultural innovation governance frameworks.

  • Intellectual capital and business performance: the role of dimensions of absorptive capacity

    Syed Saad Ahmed, Jia Guozhu, Muhammad Shujaat Mubarik, Muhammad Mumtaz Khan, Essa Khan · 2019 · Journal of Intellectual Capital

    This study examines how intellectual capital affects business performance, testing whether absorptive capacity mediates this relationship. Using survey data from 192 managers, the researchers found that realized absorptive capacity—the ability to transform and exploit knowledge—positively mediates the link between intellectual capital and performance. Human and organizational capital strongly predict performance, while social capital has weak effects. Potential absorptive capacity showed no mediating role.

  • BIM adoption within Australian Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs): an innovation diffusion model

    M. Reza Hosseini, Saeed Banihashemi, Nicholas Chileshe, Mehran Oraee, Chika Udaeja, Raufdeen Rameezdeen, Tammy McCuen · 2016 · Construction Economics and Building

    This study examines Building Information Modeling (BIM) adoption among Australian small and medium-sized enterprises in construction. Using innovation diffusion theory and surveying 135 SMEs, researchers found that 42% use basic BIM levels, while only 5% use advanced levels. The primary barrier to adoption is not lack of knowledge but uncertainty about return on investment. The study validates a theoretical framework for understanding BIM adoption decisions in Australian construction SMEs.

  • Information Technology Use as a Learning Mechanism: The Impact of IT Use on Knowledge Transfer Effectiveness, Absorptive Capacity, and Franchisee Performance1

    Kishen Iyengar, Jeffrey Sweeney, Ramiro Montealegre · 2015 · MIS Quarterly

    This study examines how franchisees use information technology to learn and improve performance. The researchers found that IT use enhances knowledge transfer from franchisors and builds franchisees' capacity to absorb and apply that knowledge. This improved learning capacity then drives better financial performance. The findings were tested across 783 real-estate franchisees and held consistent across different analytical approaches.

  • Intellectual capital, absorptive capacity and product innovation

    Raquel Machado Engelman, Edi Madalena Fracasso, Serje Schmidt, Aurora Carneiro Zen · 2017 · Management Decision

    Intellectual capital drives product innovation through absorptive capacity in firms. A study of 500 Brazilian companies found that structural and human capital most strongly influence how firms acquire, assimilate, and exploit knowledge. Transformation of knowledge benefits equally from structural and human capital. Absorptive capacity dimensions each affect product innovation differently. These findings help managers develop intangible resources and design innovation strategies.

  • Of Mice and Academics: Examining the Effect of Openness on Innovation

    Fiona Murray, Philippe Aghion, Mathias Dewatripont, Julian Kolev, Scott Stern · 2016 · American Economic Journal Economic Policy

    Reduced access costs to research materials boost innovation by encouraging new researchers to enter fields and explore diverse research directions. Using NIH agreements that lowered costs for accessing genetically engineered mice in the late 1990s, the authors find that openness increased both researcher entry and research diversity without reducing the creation of new research tools. Strong intellectual property restrictions impose hidden costs by limiting exploration and reducing research output diversity.

  • Broadening the scope of open innovation: past research, current state and future directions

    Vareska van de Vrande, Wim Vanhaverbeke, Oliver Gassmann · 2010 · International Journal of Technology Management

    This paper reviews how open innovation research has evolved since 2003, showing that the field has expanded across multiple levels of analysis from individual organizations to national systems. The authors identify gaps in the literature and call for open innovation research to integrate with other management disciplines like marketing and human resources, and to connect with established management theories.

  • Crafting Sustainable Development Solutions: Frugal Innovations of Grassroots Entrepreneurs

    Mario Pansera, Soumodip Sarkar · 2016 · Sustainability

    Grassroots entrepreneurs in India create frugal, sustainable innovations using locally available materials and minimal resources. These bottom-of-pyramid solutions address unmet needs while reducing environmental impact and ownership costs. The study argues these grassroots innovations directly advance UN Sustainable Development Goals by improving productivity, sustainability, and poverty reduction in underserved communities.

  • New ventures based on open innovation an empirical analysis of start-up firms in embedded Linux

    Marc Gruber, Joachim Henkel · 2006 · International Journal of Technology Management

    This paper examines how start-up firms in embedded Linux create new ventures using open innovation approaches. The authors propose two conceptual models—the Product Lifecycle Management Model and the Mirrored Spaces Model—to understand how companies manage products across their lifecycle and navigate the technical and organizational challenges that arise when leveraging open-source development practices.

  • Measuring Institutions’ Adoption of Artificial Intelligence Applications in Online Learning Environments: Integrating the Innovation Diffusion Theory with Technology Adoption Rate

    Mohammed Amin Almaiah, Raghad Alfaisal, Said A. Salloum, Fahima Hajjej, Rima Shishakly, Abdalwali Lutfi, Mahmaod Alrawad, Ahmed Al Mulhem, Tayseer Alkhdour, Rana Saeed Al-Maroof · 2022 · Electronics

    This study examines how governmental institutions in the Gulf region adopt artificial intelligence applications in online learning environments. Using innovation diffusion theory, researchers found that adoption properties like trialability, observability, and compatibility positively influence ease of doing business and technology export. The findings suggest government authorities should prioritize implementation factors based on their significance to improve service delivery and user accessibility.

  • Towards a deliberative framework for responsible innovation in artificial intelligence

    Alexander Buhmann, Christian Fieseler · 2021 · Technology in Society

    The paper proposes a deliberative framework for responsible AI innovation that addresses opacity challenges through discourse principles. It examines how organizations developing AI, civil society actors, and investigative media can collaborate to enable informed public engagement and better governance of AI innovation, ensuring human autonomy, fairness, and justice are protected.

  • The Role of Open Innovation and Value Co-creation in the Challenging Transition from Industry 4.0 to Society 5.0: Toward a Theoretical Framework

    Barbara Aquilani, Michela Piccarozzi, Tindara Abbate, Anna Paola Codini · 2020 · Sustainability

    This paper develops a theoretical framework connecting Industry 4.0 technologies—advanced manufacturing, augmented reality, cloud computing, and big data—to Society 5.0, a vision prioritizing social and global well-being. The authors argue that open innovation and value co-creation are critical mechanisms enabling this transition. The framework helps managers design strategies to capitalize on opportunities and address challenges as firms navigate from technology-focused industrial advancement toward society-wide benefits.

  • Introducing responsible innovation in health: a policy-oriented framework

    Hudson Silva, Pascale Lehoux, Fiona A. Miller, Jean‐Louis Denis · 2018 · Health Research Policy and Systems

    This paper develops a framework for responsible innovation in health that aligns new health technologies with societal values through early stakeholder engagement. The framework identifies nine dimensions organized across five value domains: population health, health system, economic, organizational, and environmental. The authors provide policymakers with a tool to assess whether health innovations address system-level challenges like sustainability and equity.

  • How does FDI inflow affect productivity of domestic firms? The role of horizontal and vertical spillovers, absorptive capacity and competition

    Marcin Kolasa · 2007 · Journal of International Trade & Economic Development

    Foreign direct investment in Poland generates productivity gains for domestic firms through horizontal spillovers (same industry) and vertical spillovers (upstream and downstream industries). Domestic firms' ability to absorb knowledge matters significantly: R&D-intensive firms benefit most from vertical spillovers, while firms investing in intangibles gain more from horizontal spillovers. Competition strengthens backward spillovers, while market power increases forward spillovers. Effects vary by sector, with services showing strong horizontal spillovers and manufacturing driving other results.

  • Absorptive Capacity: Antecedents, Models and Outcomes

    Frans van den Bosch, Raymond van Wijk, Henk Volberda · 2003 · ERIM Report Series Research in Management

    This paper reviews the concept of absorptive capacity—an organization's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply external knowledge. The authors synthesize theoretical and empirical contributions to clarify the construct's definition, antecedents, and consequences across different levels of analysis. They assess how the concept has been refined and extended in literature, analyze conceptual models, and identify key research gaps. The paper calls for future work that better integrates multiple levels of analysis and draws on diverse disciplines.

  • Coping with Open Innovation: Responding to the Challenges of External Engagement in R&amp;D

    Ammon Salter, Paola Criscuolo, Anne L. J. Ter Wal · 2014 · California Management Review

    R&D professionals face significant challenges when engaging in open innovation, including managing external relationships and coordinating across organizational boundaries. This paper identifies four specific challenges that individuals encounter in daily open innovation work and describes coping strategies they use. The authors recommend organizational practices that help staff effectively manage external engagement and collaboration.

  • A vision of Responsible Innovation

    René von Schomberg · 2013 · PhilPapers (PhilPapers Foundation)

    The paper presents a framework for responsible innovation and proposes how governments and institutions should implement it through public policy. Von Schomberg defines what responsible innovation means and offers concrete strategies for putting this vision into practice across sectors and organizations.

  • Internationalization and innovation in a network relationship context

    Sylvie Chetty, Loren M. Stangl · 2010 · European Journal of Marketing

    Network relationships shape how small software firms in New Zealand internationalize and innovate. Firms with limited networks pursue incremental changes, while those with diverse networks undertake radical internationalization and innovation. The study identifies four distinct firm groups based on network type and internationalization strategy, showing that network relationships both influence and sustain firm development.

  • Blueprint for introducing innovation into wireless mobile networks

    Kok-Kiong Yap, Rob Sherwood, Masayoshi Kobayashi, Te-Yuan Huang, Michael Chan, Nikhil Handigol, Nick McKeown, Guru Parulkar · 2010

    The paper examines how wireless mobile networks are shifting from closed, proprietary systems toward more open ecosystems. This transformation enables handsets to function as mobile computers running user-developed applications on open operating systems. The shift increases competition and innovation, ultimately benefiting users through greater choice and access to new ideas.

  • Universities as key knowledge infrastructures in regional innovation systems

    David Charles · 2006 · Innovation The European Journal of Social Science Research

    Universities drive regional innovation through multiple mechanisms: transferring commodified knowledge, developing human capital, and building social capital. The paper examines how national higher education systems and regional innovation programs shape university engagement differently across Europe. It argues that policymakers must integrate and coordinate regional-scale policies to maximize universities' role as knowledge infrastructure.

  • Knowledge transfer for frugal innovation: where do entrepreneurial universities stand?

    Bruno Brandão Fischer, Maribel Guerrero, José Guimón, Paola Rücker Schaeffer · 2020 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Entrepreneurial universities drive frugal innovation in emerging economies through strategic knowledge transfer and university-industry partnerships. The study of Brazil's University of Campinas reveals that universities foster frugal innovations by leveraging internal capabilities, connecting innovations to markets, and embedding themselves within broader innovation ecosystems and institutional frameworks. Universities can advance sustainable development and meet societal challenges by adopting inclusive, frugal innovation practices.

  • Innovation processes in online newsrooms as actor-networks and communities of practice

    Amy Schmitz Weiss, David Domingo · 2010 · New Media & Society

    This paper examines how innovation happens in online newsrooms using two theoretical frameworks: actor-network theory and community of practice. Through four newsroom case studies, the authors show how these theories explain which actors influence innovation decisions, how journalists negotiate and learn together, and what factors help or hinder the adoption of new practices in newsrooms.

  • Innovation performance: The effect of knowledge-based dynamic capabilities in cross-country innovation ecosystems

    Jeandri Robertson, Albert Caruana, Caitlin Ferreira · 2021 · International Business Review

    Knowledge-based dynamic capabilities drive innovation performance across different economies. The study identifies four key capabilities: knowledge creation, knowledge diffusion, knowledge absorption, and knowledge impact. Knowledge creation is the strongest driver of innovation performance in developed and developing economies, while knowledge absorption matters most in transition economies. The research proposes a framework showing how these capabilities create competitive advantage within innovation ecosystems.

  • Environmental Innovation, Open Innovation Dynamics and Competitive Advantage of Medium and Large-Sized Firms

    Michalis Skordoulis, Stamatiοs Ntanos, Grigorios L. Kyriakopoulos, Garyfallos Arabatzis, Spyros Galatsidas, Miltiadis Chalikias · 2020 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Greek medium and large firms implement environmental innovation at moderate levels, with ISO 14001 certification and toxic substance reduction as most common practices. Environmental process and product innovation both positively impact competitive advantage. The study surveyed 225 firms and found increasing adoption of environmental management systems, while open innovation dynamics contribute to environmental innovation outcomes.

  • Absorptive capacity for need knowledge: Antecedents and effects for employee innovativeness

    Tim Schweisfurth, Christina Raasch · 2018 · Research Policy

    This study examines how employees absorb two distinct types of knowledge—understanding customer needs and understanding technological solutions—and how this absorption affects their innovativeness. Using 864 employees from a home appliance company, the researchers found that absorptive capacity for needs and solutions are separate capabilities, both boosting innovation. Interestingly, prior solution knowledge helps employees understand customer needs, but prior need knowledge actually hinders their ability to absorb solution knowledge.

  • Responsible Development and Application of Surgical Innovations: A Position Statement of the Society of University Surgeons

    Walter L. Biffl, David A. Spain, Angelique M. Reitsma, Rebecca M. Minter, Jeffrey S. Upperman, Mark A. Wilson, Reid B. Adams, Edward B. Goldman, Peter Angelos, Thomas Krümmel, Lazar J. Greenfield · 2008 · Journal of the American College of Surgeons

    This position statement from the Society of University Surgeons addresses the responsible development and application of surgical innovations. The authors establish principles and guidelines for how surgical innovations should be developed, tested, and implemented in clinical practice to ensure patient safety and ethical standards while advancing surgical care.

  • The Geographies of Social Networks and Innovation in Tourism

    Flemming Sørensen · 2007 · Tourism Geographies

    Tourism firms depend on innovation to survive, yet little research examines how they innovate. This study combines network theory with geography to understand how tourism firms access information through local and non-local social networks. Research in Malaga, Spain reveals that local networks are loose and dense while non-local networks are strong and sparse. This mixed geography of connections provides firms with diverse information that sustains innovation.

  • Benefits of involving users in service innovation

    Peter Magnusson · 2003 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Users generate more creative and useful service innovations than professional developers, according to an empirical study comparing service ideas for mobile telephony. While professional suggestions were easier to implement, ordinary users contributed novel ideas with greater creative value. The research demonstrates that consumers can serve as effective co-inventors in service innovation, though organizational factors affect their contribution potential.

  • Global Diffusion of Technological Innovations: A Coupled-Hazard Approach

    Marnik G. Dekimpe, Philip M. Parker, Miklós Sárváry · 2000 · Journal of Marketing Research

    This paper develops a coupled-hazard methodology to analyze how technological innovations spread globally across countries. The approach distinguishes between when a country first introduces a technology and when it achieves full adoption. Applied to digital telecommunications switches across 160+ countries, the method captures discontinuous diffusion patterns and reveals the separate dynamics of implementation and confirmation stages in technology adoption.

  • Innovation capacity: working towards a mechanism for improving innovation within an inter‐organizational network

    Elson Szeto · 2000 · The TQM Journal

    Firms improve innovation capacity by combining innovation resources and accumulated knowledge within inter-organizational networks. This paper examines how one firm enhanced its innovation capacity through collaboration with a network partner on R&D projects. The study shows that resource supply and knowledge accumulation interact dynamically within networks, creating continuous improvement cycles that strengthen organizational competitiveness and enable firms to meet customer needs and create new markets.

  • The limits to open innovation and its impact on innovation performance

    B. David Audretsch, Maksim Belitski · 2022 · Technovation

    This study examines how open innovation affects UK firm performance across sectors and regions. Using data from nearly 20,000 firm observations, the researchers find that limits to open knowledge collaboration vary significantly by industry and geography. Creative sectors face the greatest barriers to collaborating on knowledge both domestically and internationally. The findings reveal that transaction costs and knowledge protection concerns constrain open innovation differently depending on sector type and location.

  • Valuing Value in Innovation Ecosystems: How Cross-Sector Actors Overcome Tensions in Collaborative Sustainable Business Model Development

    Inge Oskam, Bart Bossink, Ard‐Pieter de Man · 2020 · Business & Society

    Cross-sector innovation ecosystems pursuing sustainability goals face three key tensions: balancing value creation against value capture, collective versus individual benefits, and gains versus losses for different actors. This study of four collaborative projects identifies two patterns—collective orchestration and continuous search—that ecosystems use to navigate these tensions and develop sustainable business models that satisfy all partners.

  • Open innovation, information, and entrepreneurship within platform ecosystems

    Jon Eckhardt, Michael P. Ciuchta, Mason A. Carpenter · 2018 · Strategic Entrepreneurship Journal

    Companies use platform ecosystems as open innovation strategies to encourage developers to create complementary products. This study examines what information within these ecosystems drives entrepreneurs to commercialize free products. The research finds that product-specific information correlates with commercialization decisions, while market information does not. Platform designers can strategically manage information to encourage commercial activity among complementors.

  • Strategic agency and institutional change: investigating the role of universities in regional innovation systems (RISs)

    Paul Benneworth, Rómulo Pinheiro, James Karlsen · 2016 · Regional Studies

    Universities shape regional innovation systems through strategic leadership and institutional entrepreneurship. The paper argues that understanding how regional innovation develops requires examining not just organizational actors but their internal dynamics and competing interests. Place-based leadership—how actors intentionally drive regional change—remains undertheorized without accounting for these organizational complexities.

  • Networks as a means of supporting the adoption of organizational innovations in SMEs: the case of Environmental Management Systems (EMSs) based on ISO 14001

    Fawzi Halila · 2006 · Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental Management

    Small and medium enterprises struggle to adopt environmental practices, but networks can facilitate this shift. This study examines how SMEs use collaborative networks to implement Environmental Management Systems based on ISO 14001 standards. The research develops a practical model showing how networked SMEs can collectively adopt organizational environmental innovations, moving from reactive to proactive environmental behavior.

  • The influence of responsible leadership on environmental innovation and environmental performance: The moderating role of managerial discretion

    Zhongju Liao, Manting Zhang · 2020 · Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental Management

    Responsible leadership drives environmental innovation in manufacturing firms. The study found that relationship building, relational governance, and sharing orientation boost incremental environmental innovation, while relational governance and sharing orientation increase radical environmental innovation. Both innovation types improve environmental performance. Managerial discretion strengthens these relationships, particularly between sharing orientation and both innovation types, and between relational governance and radical innovation.

  • Business analytics-enabled decision-making effectiveness through knowledge absorptive capacity in health care

    Yichuan Wang, Terry Anthony Byrd · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This study examines how business analytics capabilities in hospitals improve decision-making effectiveness by enhancing knowledge absorptive capacity. Using survey data from 152 Taiwanese hospitals, the researchers found that effective use of data analysis and interpretation tools indirectly strengthens decision-making through better knowledge absorption. The findings show that absorptive capacity mediates the relationship between analytics capabilities and decision outcomes, offering insights into how healthcare organizations can leverage data tools more effectively.

  • Anticipating Disruptive Innovation

    Jay Paap, Ralph Katz · 2004 · Research-Technology Management

    Organizations must balance efficient current operations with future innovation, managing both disruptive and sustaining innovations simultaneously. The paper identifies three distinct patterns of substitution that show how customer needs and technological capabilities interact to drive innovation. Understanding these dynamics helps companies anticipate and navigate disruptive change.

  • The Impacts of Emerging Technologies on Accountants’ Role and Skills: Connecting to Open Innovation—A Systematic Literature Review

    Nanja Kroon, Maria do Céu Gaspar Alves, Isabel Martins · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This systematic literature review examines how emerging technologies reshape accountants' roles and required skills. The authors analyzed 157 articles to identify which technologies receive research attention and their specific impacts on accounting professionals. The findings clarify what skills modern accountants need and what roles they should perform. The results inform professional bodies, regulators, and educational institutions in updating standards and curriculum to match employer expectations.

  • Smart specialisation, innovation policy and regional innovation systems: what about new path development in less innovative regions?

    Björn Asheim · 2018 · Innovation The European Journal of Social Science Research

    Smart specialisation strategies work best when grounded in regional innovation systems that support learning and competitiveness. The paper argues that less innovative regions should pursue transformative new path development through unrelated knowledge combinations and radical path creation, not just incremental diversification. These high-risk strategies can generate structural transformation opportunities and should be included in policy design, even though they carry greater uncertainty than safer alternatives.

  • Responsible innovation as an endorsement of public values: the need for interdisciplinary research

    Behnam Taebi, Aad Correljé, Eefje Cuppen, Virginia Dignum, Udo Pesch · 2014 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    Responsible innovation requires systematically including public values in technological development. The authors argue that understanding this process demands interdisciplinary research combining ethics, institutional theory, and science-technology-society studies to examine how institutions and stakeholders shape innovation. They propose using public debate as a method to identify emerging public values and address questions about whose opinions matter and how competing values should be balanced.

  • Energy transitions from the cradle to the grave: A meta-theoretical framework integrating responsible innovation, social practices, and energy justice

    Benjamin K. Sovacool, David J. Hess, Roberto Cantoni · 2021 · Energy Research & Social Science

    This paper integrates three theoretical approaches—responsible innovation, social practice theory, and energy justice—to analyze energy transitions comprehensively from design through use to end-of-life impacts. The authors apply this framework to four case studies: French nuclear power, Greek wind energy, Papua New Guinean solar energy, and Estonian oil shale. The integrated approach reveals how energy transitions create injustices and inequalities across their full lifecycle.

  • Exploring open innovation practice in firm‐nonprofit engagements: a corporate social responsibility perspective

    Sara Holmes, Palie Smart · 2009 · R and D Management

    This study examines how corporations and nonprofits collaborate to drive innovation through open innovation practices. Eight UK partnerships show two distinct approaches: exploratory engagement that generates emergent innovation, and focused resource exploitation that follows planned processes. Boundary-spanning roles differ based on organizational linkage strength—formal management roles in loosely connected dyads versus informal facilitation roles in highly connected ones. Open innovation driven by social issues, rather than purely economic motives, broadens corporate search activities and generates innovations while building social legitimacy.

  • Propagation of innovations in networked groups.

    Winter Mason, Andy Jones, Robert L. Goldstone · 2008 · Journal of Experimental Psychology General

    This paper examines how network structure affects groups' ability to discover and share solutions. Researchers created laboratory groups where participants made guesses and shared scores with network neighbors. Results show groups converge on similar solutions even when alternatives exist. The optimal network structure depends on the problem: clustered networks excel at broad exploration, while highly connected networks work better for focused problems.

  • Frontier Technology and Absorptive Capacity: Evidence from OECD Manufacturing Industries*

    Richard Kneller, Philip Stevens · 2006 · Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics

    This paper examines why productivity differs across OECD countries by analyzing how well manufacturing industries absorb frontier technology. Using data from 12 OECD countries between 1973 and 1991, the authors find that countries with higher human capital absorb new technology more effectively and achieve better productivity. R&D investment shows weaker evidence of improving technology absorption.

  • Technology gaps, absorptive capacity and the impact of inward investments on productivity of European firms *

    Davide Castellani, Antonello Zanfei · 2003 · Economics of Innovation and New Technology

    Using firm-level data from France, Italy, and Spain (1993-1997), this paper examines how foreign direct investment affects domestic firm productivity. The researchers find that positive effects depend on technology gaps and absorptive capacity. In most sectors, larger technology gaps between foreign and domestic firms enable stronger productivity gains. However, in science-based industries, domestic firms benefit more when they have higher absorptive capacity and smaller technology gaps from foreign competitors.

  • Analysis of the relationship between open innovation, knowledge management capability and dual innovation

    Yongbo Sun, Jingyan Liu, Yixin Ding · 2019 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Open innovation and knowledge management capability both positively influence dual innovation (exploration and exploitation). Inward-oriented open innovation more strongly drives exploitation innovation, while outward-oriented open innovation more strongly drives exploration innovation. Knowledge management capability partially mediates the relationship between open innovation and dual innovation outcomes.

  • Technology Transfer across Organizational Boundaries: Absorptive Capacity and Desorptive Capacity

    Ulrich Lichtenthaler, Eckhard Lichtenthaler · 2010 · California Management Review

    This paper introduces the concept of desorptive capacity—a firm's ability to identify and transfer technology outward to other organizations. While research typically focuses on absorptive capacity (the recipient's ability to receive technology), the authors argue that understanding the technology source's capabilities is equally critical for successful technology transfer through alliances and licensing. Market knowledge and desorptive capacity explain why firms struggle with outbound technology transfer strategies.

  • The many faces of absorptive capacity: spillovers of copper interconnect technology for semiconductor chips

    Kwanghui Lim · 2009 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    This case study of copper interconnect technology in semiconductors identifies three forms of absorptive capacity: disciplinary, domain-specific, and encoded. Firms build disciplinary capacity by engaging with scientific communities while protecting proprietary knowledge. Domain-specific capacity develops through influencing university research and hiring talent. As technology matures, encoded capacity becomes critical, requiring firms to integrate supplier knowledge. Absorptive capacity is multifaceted and shaped by technology type and maturity.

  • Hybrid Orchestration in Multi-stakeholder Innovation Networks: Practices of mobilizing multiple, diverse stakeholders across organizational boundaries

    Charlotte Reypens, Annouk Lievens, Vera Blažević · 2019 · Organization Studies

    This study examines how orchestrators manage multi-stakeholder innovation networks by identifying three core practices: connecting, facilitating, and governing. The research finds that successful orchestrators switch between dominating and consensus-based approaches depending on emerging network challenges. These hybrid orchestration strategies help orchestrators navigate the complexity of coordinating diverse stakeholders across organizational boundaries and achieve distinct innovation outcomes over time.

  • Information technology for supporting the development and maintenance of open innovation capabilities

    Emmanuel D. Adamides, Nikos Karacapilidis · 2018 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    This paper examines how information technology supports open innovation by developing two types of organizational capabilities: strategic capabilities that enable companies to adopt open innovation strategies effectively, and operational capabilities that improve daily implementation. The authors connect specific ICT tools to required functions across the entire open innovation process, emphasizing collaboration, data analysis, and technology integration within organizational workflows.

  • The innovative performance of firms in heterogeneous environments: The interplay between external knowledge and internal absorptive capacities

    Riccardo Crescenzi, Luisa Gagliardi · 2018 · Research Policy

    Firms in knowledge-rich environments innovate more effectively when they develop both potential and realized absorptive capacities—the ability to recognize and integrate external knowledge. Using English firm data combined with patent records, the study shows that organizational ambidexterity enables companies to leverage clustering of knowledgeable workers and external knowledge sources to boost innovation performance.

  • Responsible innovation, the art and craft of anticipation

    Alfred Nordmann · 2014 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper examines anticipation as a core principle of responsible innovation and anticipatory governance. The author argues that anticipation need not predict an entirely transformed future world. Instead, anticipation can meaningfully operate within our current understanding of how the world works, even when emerging technologies may eventually change that world fundamentally. This distinction matters for how we actually practice responsible innovation.

  • When Does Search Openness Really Matter? A Contingency Study of Health‐Care Innovation Projects

    Torsten Oliver Salge, Tomás Farchi, Michael Barrett, Sue Dopson · 2013 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Open innovation strategies for healthcare product development show an inverted U-shaped relationship with success—too little or too much external knowledge sourcing hurts outcomes. The effectiveness of open search depends on project type, leader experience, and organizational support. Exploratory projects benefit most from openness, while experienced leaders and creative work environments maximize returns from external knowledge.

  • THE ROLE OF ABSORPTIVE CAPACITY IN FACILITATING "OPEN INNOVATION" OUTCOMES: A STUDY OF AUSTRALIAN SMEs IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR

    Fang Huang, John Rice · 2009 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    Australian manufacturing SMEs that pursue open innovation strategies achieve better innovation outcomes when they possess strong absorptive capacity—the ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply external knowledge. The study shows that simply accessing external knowledge through open innovation is insufficient; firms must develop internal capabilities to effectively transform and use that knowledge.

  • Advanced Introduction to Regional Innovation Systems

    Teemu Makkonen · 2019 · Norsk Geografisk Tidsskrift - Norwegian Journal of Geography

    This advanced introduction examines regional innovation systems as a framework for understanding how innovation develops and spreads across geographic areas. The work synthesizes key concepts and theories that explain how regions build competitive advantage through interconnected networks of firms, institutions, and knowledge flows.

  • How innovation drivers, networking and leadership shape public sector innovation capacity

    Jenny M. Lewis, Lykke Margot Ricard, Erik‐Hans Klijn · 2017 · International Review of Administrative Sciences

    Leadership quality has a stronger impact on public sector innovation capacity than innovation drivers or external networking, according to a survey of senior administrators in Barcelona, Copenhagen, and Rotterdam. The study found that transformational and network governance leadership styles most effectively boost innovation in Barcelona and Copenhagen, while entrepreneurial leadership proved most effective in Rotterdam. Organizational structures, processes, and external contacts matter less than strong leadership for building innovation capacity.

  • Market failure in the diffusion of consumer-developed innovations: Patterns in Finland

    Jeroen P.J. de Jong, Eric von Hippel, Fred Gault, Jari Kuusisto, Christina Raasch · 2015 · EUR Research Repository (Erasmus University Rotterdam)

    Consumer-developed innovations in Finland often fail to spread beyond their creators because developers lack incentives to support diffusion when others benefit. The study confirms that market failure prevents socially optimal spread of user innovations. Developers don't invest in sharing products that could help others, even when those innovations have clear value to broader populations.

  • Innovation Types and Network Relationships

    Jukka Partanen, Sylvie Chetty, Arto Rajala · 2011 · Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice

    Small innovative firms commercialize different types of innovations through distinct network relationships. The study identifies four innovation types and shows that radical systemic and autonomous innovations require strong collaborative ties with customers, while incremental innovations succeed through different downstream networks. A portfolio of relationships with suppliers, distributors, customers, and research institutes helps small firms access critical resources.

  • The Effects of Market Network Heterogeneity on Innovation Diffusion: An Agent‐Based Modeling Approach

    Jonathan D. Bohlmann, Roger J. Calantone, Meng Zhao · 2010 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This paper uses agent-based modeling to examine how network structure affects innovation diffusion. The researchers find that how consumers connect to each other and communicate within market segments significantly influences how quickly innovations spread. Identifying key communicator nodes in networks allows organizations to better target their innovation strategies to different market segments and accelerate adoption.

  • Is regional innovation system development possible in peripheral regions? Some evidence from the case of La Pocatière, Canada

    David Doloreux, Stève Dionne · 2008 · Entrepreneurship and Regional Development

    This paper examines whether peripheral regions can develop functional innovation systems by studying La Pocatière, Canada. The authors identify the key actors and structural elements of the region's innovation system, then analyze the factors and dynamics that drive innovation activity and enable the system to transform and grow. They draw on historical documents, statistical data, and interviews with leaders from private and public organizations.

  • Exploring the Role of Islamic Fintech in Combating the Aftershocks of COVID-19: The Open Social Innovation of the Islamic Financial System

    Mustafa Raza Rabbani, Abu Bashar, Nishad Nawaz, Sitara Karim, Mahmood Ali, Habeeb Ur Rahiman, Md Shabbir Alam · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Islamic financial technology can help economies recover from COVID-19 by combining ethical Islamic finance principles with fintech innovation. The study argues that Islamic finance's emphasis on corporate social responsibility and financial stability makes it well-suited to address pandemic-related economic disruption. Open innovation approaches in Islamic fintech enable faster, more reliable solutions than conventional finance, offering governments and policymakers a sustainable tool for economic recovery.

  • Business-to-business open innovation: COVID-19 lessons for small and medium-sized enterprises from emerging markets

    Stefan Marković, Nikolina Koporčić, Maja Arslanagić-Kalajdžić, Selma Kadić‐Maglajlić, Mehdi Bagherzadeh, Nazrul Islam · 2021 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    SMEs in emerging markets adopted open innovation strategies during COVID-19, forming new collaborations with customers and competitors despite resource constraints. Research in Bosnia and Herzegovina shows these firms shifted from traditional competitive practices toward collaborative partnerships to develop innovations during crisis. The paper provides recommendations for managers on managing openness in emerging market SMEs.

  • The Passway of Women Entrepreneurship: Starting from Social Capital with Open Innovation, through to Knowledge Sharing and Innovative Performance

    Made Setini, Ni Nyoman Kerti Yasa, I Wayan Supartha, I Gusti Ayu Ketut Giantari, Ismi Rajiani · 2020 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Social capital positively influences business performance for women entrepreneurs in Bali, Indonesia, enabling them to share information and create innovations. However, women entrepreneurs face significant barriers including limited access to capital and credit, weak technological and managerial skills, poor market access, bureaucratic obstacles, and cultural norms that position men as superior. These constraints severely limit women's entrepreneurial opportunities despite their ability to leverage social networks.

  • Managing open innovation

    M. Muzamil Naqshbandi, Ibrahim Tabche, Neetu Choudhary · 2018 · Management Decision

    Empowering leadership styles boost both inbound and outbound open innovation in firms. The study surveyed managers in northern India and found that empowering leaders help employees seek, integrate, and share new ideas. Employee involvement climate mediates the relationship between empowering leadership and inbound innovation, meaning leaders create environments where employees participate in decisions that enhance innovation performance.

  • Entrepreneurship and open innovation in an emerging economy

    Ian Chaston, Gregory J. Scott · 2012 · Management Decision

    This study surveyed Peruvian company managers to examine how entrepreneurial orientation and open innovation affect firm performance. The research found that higher sales growth did not require strong entrepreneurial orientation. However, firms engaged in open innovation reported significantly higher sales growth and used double loop learning more effectively. The findings suggest emerging economy firms can sustain growth through open innovation practices rather than relying primarily on entrepreneurial behavior.

  • Diffusion of innovations

    Brian Oldenburg, Karen Glanz · 2008

    This fourth edition of a foundational health behavior textbook provides comprehensive analysis of health behavior theories relevant to health education and practice. The work synthesizes theory, research, and practical applications to guide health professionals in understanding and influencing health behaviors across populations.

  • Sustainability, Social Media Driven Open Innovation, and New Product Development Performance*

    Shuili Du, Göksel Yalcinkaya, Ludwig Bstieler · 2016 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Firms with strong sustainability orientation achieve better new product development performance, partly through increased customer focus. Social media-driven open innovation amplifies these benefits in two ways: activities gathering market insights directly strengthen customer focus, while those acquiring technical expertise enhance how customer focus translates into product performance. Companies should strategically integrate sustainability into product development and carefully manage social media innovation activities.

  • Externalities of openness in innovation

    Stephen Roper, Priit Vahter, James H. Love · 2013 · Research Policy

    Open innovation practices generate positive externalities that benefit firms beyond their direct participants, improving knowledge diffusion and innovation performance across industries. Using Irish manufacturing data from 1994–2008, the authors find that these externalities significantly boost firms' innovation outputs through increased knowledge spread and competition, not through adoption of open practices alone. The gap between private and social returns to openness suggests firms adopt it suboptimally, justifying public policies that encourage open innovation.

  • The antecedents and innovation effects of domestic and offshore R&amp;D outsourcing: The contingent impact of cognitive distance and absorptive capacity

    Olivier F. Bertrand, Michael J. Mol · 2012 · Strategic Management Journal

    Firms with stronger internal R&D capabilities can effectively manage offshore outsourcing despite greater cognitive distance between partners. Offshore R&D outsourcing produces better innovation results than domestic outsourcing, particularly for product innovation. Absorptive capacity—built through internal R&D investment—enables companies to successfully integrate knowledge from distant offshore partners.

  • On the Identity of Technological Objects and User Innovations in Function

    Philip Faulkner, Jochen Runde · 2009 · Academy of Management Review

    This paper develops a theory explaining how technological objects gain identity through both their physical form and intended function. The authors use this framework to categorize different types of technological change and highlight user-driven innovations that modify how objects are used, an area previous research largely overlooked.

  • Knowledge Networks in an Uncompetitive Region: SME Innovation and Growth

    Robert Huggins, Andrew Johnston · 2009 · Growth and Change

    SMEs in Yorkshire and Humberside rely heavily on knowledge networks outside their region, but the most innovative firms balance both local and external connections. While networking activity sometimes correlates negatively with growth—suggesting struggling firms seek public support—the research shows regional innovation systems approaches work better than cluster policies. Policymakers should help SMEs build and maintain diverse knowledge networks spanning both regional and global scales.

  • Triple helix circulation: the heart of innovation and development

    James Dzisah, Henry Etzkowitz · 2008 · International Journal of Technology Management and Sustainable Development

    The triple helix model—involving universities, industry, and government—drives innovation and development through the movement of people and knowledge across these sectors. Universities now function as key socio-economic actors beyond their traditional role as knowledge providers. The paper argues that removing barriers to circulation and strengthening cooperation among these development actors is essential for achieving sustainable, knowledge-based development in resource-constrained societies.

  • Frugal innovation: Conception, development, diffusion, and outcome

    Mokter Hossain · 2020 · Journal of Cleaner Production

    Frugal innovation enables resource-constrained entrepreneurs in low-income countries to develop and commercialize products for underserved markets. This study examines how grassroots innovators conceptualize, develop, and diffuse frugal innovations, identifying the motivations, processes, and challenges from inception to commercial success. The research reveals that frugal innovations create new markets, drive sustainability, and require dual-business models to serve low-income customers effectively in emerging economies.

  • Value Cocreation and Wealth Spillover in Open Innovation Alliances1

    Han, Oh, Im ., Chang, Pinsonneault · 2012 · MIS Quarterly

    Open innovation alliances where competitors collaborate on technology development create significant economic value. Firms entering these alliances experience positive stock returns, with even greater gains when market leaders join late. Surprisingly, rival firms outside the alliance also benefit financially, with non-participating incumbents gaining the most. Innovation type and alliance openness affect returns, while partner diversity does not.

  • Simulation of Enthalpy and Capacity of CO<sub>2</sub> Absorption by Aqueous Amine Systems

    Nichola McCann, Marcel Maeder, Moetaz I. Attalla · 2008 · Industrial & Engineering Chemistry Research

    This paper develops a model to predict how well amine-based solvents absorb CO2 and the energy required for absorption and release. The model works for both well-studied solvents and new experimental systems. Testing shows that by adjusting amine properties and carbamate formation, researchers can improve CO2 capture capacity and reduce the energy needed compared to standard monoethanolamine systems.

  • Grassroots Innovation for Urban Sustainability: Comparing the Diffusion Pathways of Three Ecovillage Projects

    Robert Boyer · 2015 · Environment and Planning A Economy and Space

    Three ecovillage projects successfully spread sustainable practices through education and outreach activities. One project achieved broader impact by partnering with municipal planners to create a new zoning category, enabling mainstream developers to adopt ecovillage concepts. The research shows that grassroots innovation projects bridge niche and mainstream sectors most effectively when they operate simultaneously in two distinct action domains.

  • Online Communities and Open Innovation

    Linus Dahlander, Lars Frederiksen, Francesco Rullani · 2008 · Industry and Innovation

    Online communities enable users and customers to participate in innovation at low cost through internet-based collaboration. These communities operate independently of corporate control, yet companies increasingly seek to harness their creative output through open innovation strategies. The paper examines how technological and symbolic value is created when online communities interact with firms across software, services, and manufacturing sectors, challenging traditional business models.

  • Responsible research and innovation in the digital age

    Marina Jirotka, Barbara Grimpe, Bernd Carsten Stahl, Grace Eden, Mark Hartswood · 2017 · Communications of the ACM

    Responsible research and innovation demands that scientists prioritize creating solutions that benefit society, not merely advancing knowledge for its own sake. The paper argues that RRI frameworks must shift focus from pursuing excellence in isolation to ensuring research outcomes serve real-world needs and address global challenges.

  • Being a Catalyst of Innovation: The Role of Knowledge Diversity and Network Closure

    Marco Tortoriello, Bill McEvily, David Krackhardt · 2014 · Organization Science

    This study identifies innovation catalysts—people who support and promote colleagues' innovativeness—within organizational research teams. The researchers found that individuals with access to diverse knowledge through closed networks become effective catalysts. Analyzing 276 R&D researchers at a multinational tech company, they show catalysts significantly boost their colleagues' patent applications, revealing an important but overlooked role in the innovation process beyond inventors themselves.

  • Impact of organizational inertia on business model innovation, open innovation and corporate performance

    Ehsan Moradi, Seyed Mohammadbagher Jafari, Zahra Mohammadi Doorbash, Ashraf Mirzaei · 2021 · Asia Pacific Management Review

    Organizational inertia—resistance to change—undermines business model innovation and open innovation in IT firms, reducing corporate performance. The study surveyed 160 information technology companies in Tehran and found that reducing organizational inertia enables firms to adopt innovative business models and embrace open innovation practices, both of which directly improve performance outcomes.

  • A comprehensive concept of social innovation and its implications for the local context – on the growing importance of social innovation ecosystems and infrastructures

    Dmitri Domanski, Jürgen Howaldt, Christoph Kaletka · 2019 · European Planning Studies

    This paper develops a comprehensive theoretical framework for understanding social innovation and its role in addressing twenty-first-century challenges. The authors ground social innovation in social theory, examine its relationship to social change, and introduce social innovation ecosystems as a model for understanding local-level initiatives. Drawing on global mapping data from the SI-DRIVE research project, they demonstrate the diversity of social innovation efforts across multiple sectors and contexts.

  • Digital Health Innovation Ecosystems: From Systematic Literature Review to Conceptual Framework

    Gloria Iyawa, Marlien Herselman, Adéle Botha · 2016 · Procedia Computer Science

    This systematic literature review identifies key components of digital health innovation ecosystems by synthesizing research on digital health, innovation, and digital ecosystems. The authors develop a conceptual framework and comprehensive definition for digital health innovation ecosystems, drawing from academic databases and practitioner case reports. The framework aims to establish common understanding among healthcare professionals, practitioners, and academics working in digital health innovation.

  • Triple Helix or Quadruple Helix: Which Model of Innovation to Choose for Empirical Studies?

    Yuzhuo Cai, Annina Lattu · 2021 · Minerva

    This paper compares the Triple Helix and Quadruple Helix models of innovation to clarify which researchers should use in empirical studies. The authors review how these models appear in existing literature and find three different views on how they relate to each other, ranging from treating them as separate to fully integrated. They identify strengths and weaknesses of each model and conclude the models are largely complementary, offering potential for combined use in analyzing modern innovation processes.

  • Sustainable open innovation to address a grand challenge

    Marcel Bogers, Henry Chesbrough, Robert Strand · 2020 · British Food Journal

    Carlsberg developed the Green Fiber Bottle through open innovation partnerships to address sustainability challenges in food and beverage manufacturing. The case demonstrates that grand challenges require leveraging external collaboration, pursuing sustainability beyond profit motives, adopting new business models, achieving early wins for scaling, and maintaining long-term vision. The Nordic context proved important to success.

  • Which factors hinder the adoption of open innovation in SMEs?

    Barbara Bigliardi, Francesco Galati · 2016 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This study identifies four main barriers preventing small and medium-sized enterprises from adopting open innovation: knowledge gaps, collaboration challenges, organizational constraints, and financial/strategic limitations. Using survey data from 157 Italian SMEs, the researchers found that different firm types perceive these barriers differently depending on their industry's innovativeness level. Some barriers directly impede open innovation adoption while others do not.

  • Promoting innovation and excellence to face the rapid diffusion of Novel Psychoactive Substances in the EU: the outcomes of the ReDNet project

    Ornella Corazza, Sulaf Assi, Pierluigi Simonato, John Corkery, Francesco Saverio Bersani, Zsolt Demetrovics, Jacqueline L. Stair, Suzanne Fergus, Cinzia Pezzolesi, Manuela Pasinetti, Paolo Deluca, Colin Drummond, Zoe Davey, Ursula Blaszko, Jacek Moskalewicz, Barbara Mervó, Lucia Di Furia, Maggi Farre, Liv Flesland, Agnieszka Pisarska, Harry L. Shapiro, Holger Siemann, Arvid Skutle, Elias Sferrazza, Marta Torrens, F. Sambola, Peer van der Kreeft, Norbert Scherbaum, Fabrizio Schifano · 2013 · Human Psychopharmacology Clinical and Experimental

    The ReDNet project monitored online drug markets across eight European countries to identify novel psychoactive substances and combat their rapid spread. Researchers tracked over 650 NPS products through websites and forums, then developed prevention messages delivered via websites, SMS, social media, and smartphone apps. The project demonstrated that web-monitoring combined with technology-based interventions effectively reaches young people and informs policymakers about emerging drug threats.

  • Regional Innovation Systems: How to Assess Performance

    Jon Mikel Zabala‐Iturriagagoitia, Peter Voigt, Antonio Gutiérrez‐Gracia, Fernando Jiménez‐Sáez · 2007 · Regional Studies

    This paper uses Data Envelopment Analysis to evaluate regional innovation system performance across European regions using 2002-2003 data. High-technology regions rank differently under DEA than traditional scorecards, revealing that advanced regions need stronger system coordination to maintain efficiency. The authors propose combining quantitative and qualitative analysis to improve policy decisions for regional innovation systems.

  • Networking and knowledge creation: Social capital and collaborative innovation in responding to the COVID-19 crisis

    Khaled Saleh Al-Omoush, Samuel Ribeiro‐Navarrete, Carlos Lassala Navarré, Marinko Škare · 2022 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    Social capital drives collaborative innovation and collective intelligence in manufacturing firms during crises. A study of 289 managers at Jordan's top 50 manufacturers found that strong social networks significantly boost collaborative innovation, collective problem-solving, and organizational sustainability during COVID-19. Collective intelligence itself further strengthens both innovation and sustainability, demonstrating how dynamic capabilities help organizations survive and recover from unprecedented disruptions.

  • Network Dynamics of Innovation Processes

    Iacopo Iacopini, Staša Milojević, Vito Latora · 2018 · Physical Review Letters

    This paper presents a mathematical model explaining how innovations emerge through random walks on networks of interconnected ideas. The model shows that innovations occur when cognitive processes first reach new concepts, with network connections strengthening through repeated use. The framework successfully predicts both the rate at which new discoveries appear and how they correlate with each other across scientific disciplines.

  • Universities’ contributions to social innovation: reflections in theory &amp; practice

    Paul Benneworth, Jorge Cunha · 2015 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Universities contribute to knowledge-based urban development through social innovation by gaining tacit knowledge, material resources, and symbolic legitimacy. The paper argues that universities must modify internal processes to enable diverse actors to benefit from participation. Policy-makers should avoid creating disincentives through teaching and research activities that prevent universities from making substantive contributions to urban development.

  • Absorptive Capacity in Buyer–supplier Relationships: Empirical Evidence of Its Mediating Role

    María Jesús Sáenz, Elena Revilla, Desirée Knoppen · 2013 · Journal of Supply Chain Management

    Absorptive capacity—the ability to identify, assimilate, and exploit external knowledge—mediates the relationship between organizational compatibility and performance outcomes in buyer-supplier relationships. Analysis of 153 and 199 companies supplying major retailers and distributors shows that compatibility alone does not ensure innovation and efficiency gains. Absorptive capacity drives these improvements, particularly for innovation under high demand uncertainty. Managers must prioritize partners' learning capabilities, not just compatibility.

  • Connecting local entrepreneurial ecosystems to global innovation networks: open innovation, double networks and knowledge integration

    Edward J. Malecki · 2011 · International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Innovation Management

    Large and small firms increasingly tap dispersed knowledge from universities, research institutes, and SMEs through open innovation and global networks. This paper argues that regional innovative ecosystems play a crucial role in attracting R&D activity and enabling knowledge integration. Success requires firms to simultaneously integrate knowledge locally and globally, internally and externally, within double network structures that connect entrepreneurial ecosystems to worldwide innovation networks.

  • R&amp;D/Returns Causality: Absorptive Capacity or Organizational IQ

    Anne Marie Knott · 2008 · Management Science

    This paper challenges the absorptive capacity theory by arguing that firms' ability to benefit from R&D spending reflects innate organizational capability rather than investment behavior. The author finds that when accounting for differences in firm quality, the interaction between a firm's own R&D and rivals' R&D becomes insignificant. Higher-performing firms invest more in R&D, but R&D spending itself does not improve a firm's capacity to learn from competitors' innovations.

  • The evolution of the digital service ecosystem and digital business model innovation in retail: The emergence of meta-ecosystems and the value of physical interactions

    Maximilian Palmié, Lucas Miehé, Pejvak Oghazi, Vinit Parida, Joakim Wincent · 2022 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    Traditional retailers transitioning to digital business models collaborate with specialized digital service providers, creating hybrid "meta-ecosystems" that combine retail and digital services. Rather than eliminating physical interactions, successful digital retailers use face-to-face relationships with service providers, suppliers, and customers as a key competitive differentiator. The study identifies two stages: initial digital implementation through partnerships, then differentiation through maintaining personal connections.

  • Knowledge transfer in open innovation

    Giustina Secundo, Antonio Toma, Giovanni Schiuma, Giuseppina Passıante · 2018 · Business Process Management Journal

    This paper develops a framework for understanding how knowledge flows among diverse actors in healthcare ecosystems to support open innovation. The framework identifies four key components: player categories, knowledge flows across exploration and exploitation stages, player motivations, and positions in the innovation process. The research highlights that patients, doctors, and nurses—not just R&D professionals—play critical roles in knowledge transfer and innovation development within healthcare networks.

  • Green absorptive capacity: A mediation‐moderation model of knowledge for innovation

    Larissa Marchiori Pacheco, Marlon Fernandes Rodrigues Alves, Lara Bartocci Liboni · 2018 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    This study examines how environmental and organizational factors drive green innovation in Brazil's electric power industry. The research finds that organizational factors mediate the relationship between environmental pressures and green innovation performance. Green absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply environmental knowledge—strengthens this entire process. The findings demonstrate that firms better equipped to absorb green knowledge achieve superior innovation outcomes.

  • Enhancing Green Absorptive Capacity, Green Dynamic Capacities and Green Service Innovation to Improve Firm Performance: An Analysis of Structural Equation Modeling (SEM)

    Yu‐Shan Chen, Yu-Hsien Lin, Ching‐Ying Lin, Chih‐Wei Chang · 2015 · Sustainability

    This study examines how green absorptive capacity and green dynamic capacities drive green service innovation and improve firm performance. The research finds that green absorptive capacity directly boosts dynamic capacities, service innovation, and performance. Green dynamic capacities similarly enhance both innovation and performance. The analysis reveals that dynamic capacities and service innovation mediate the relationship between absorptive capacity and firm performance outcomes.

  • Breakthrough innovation: the roles of dynamic innovation capabilities and open innovation activities

    Colin C.J. Cheng, Ja‐Shen Chen · 2013 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    Dynamic innovation capabilities show an inverted U-shaped relationship with breakthrough innovation—too much or too little hurts performance. Open innovation activities strengthen this relationship by helping firms coordinate their capabilities effectively. The study surveyed 218 Taiwanese firms with recent breakthrough innovation experience, finding that managers must balance their dynamic capabilities and engage in open innovation to succeed.

  • Interactive Effects of Network Capability, ICT Capability, and Financial Slack on Technology-Based Small Firm Innovation Performance

    Vinit Parida, Daniel Örtqvist · 2015 · Journal of Small Business Management

    Network capability, ICT capability, and financial slack together influence innovation performance in technology-based small firms. The study shows that these three factors interact to affect how well small firms innovate. Firms that combine strong external relationships, strategic use of technology, and available financial resources achieve better innovation outcomes than those lacking these elements.

  • Managing Potential and Realized Absorptive Capacity: How do Organizational Antecedents Matter?

    Justin J.P. Jansen, Frans A. J. Van Den Bosch, Henk Volberda · 2005 · Academy of Management Journal

    This study examines how organizational structures affect a company's ability to absorb and use new knowledge. The researchers found that coordination mechanisms like cross-functional teams and job rotation build potential absorptive capacity, while socialization mechanisms like employee connectedness and mentoring increase realized absorptive capacity. The findings explain why organizations struggle to balance these two components and differ in extracting value from acquired knowledge.

  • Smart Production Workers in Terms of Creativity and Innovation: The Implication for Open Innovation

    Bożena Gajdzik, Radosław Wolniak · 2022 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This paper develops a framework of skills and competencies needed by employees in companies transitioning to Industry 4.0, focusing on creativity and innovation. The authors analyzed job recruitment offers from Polish steel companies implementing smart manufacturing and educational programs from Polish technical universities in metallurgy. They found that the paper establishes an occupational profile for Industry 4.0 workers and examines how much Polish metallurgical companies and universities emphasize creativity and innovation in hiring and training.

  • Universal Chiplet Interconnect Express (UCIe): An Open Industry Standard for Innovations With Chiplets at Package Level

    Debendra Das Sharma, Gerald Pasdast, Zhiguo Qian, Kemal Aygün · 2022 · IEEE Transactions on Components Packaging and Manufacturing Technology

    UCIe is an open industry standard that enables chiplets from different suppliers to work together in any package configuration. The paper describes the architectural, circuit, channel, and packaging design choices that went into the UCIe 1.0 specification and presents implementation results from their channel and circuit studies.

  • User Involvement throughout the Innovation Process in High‐Tech Industries

    Petra Bosch‐Sijtsema, Jan Bosch · 2014 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    High-tech firms increasingly collect user feedback throughout entire innovation cycles rather than in isolated phases. This study of eight high-tech companies reveals how firms use technology and social media to gather and apply user input across all stages of product development. The authors develop a framework identifying different types of user involvement and methods for integrating customer feedback systematically into innovation processes.

  • OPEN INNOVATION PRACTICES AND THEIR EFFECT ON INNOVATION PERFORMANCE

    Bernd Ebersberger, Carter Walter Bloch, Sverre J. Herstad, Els Van de Velde · 2012 · International Journal of Innovation and Technology Management

    Open innovation practices significantly boost innovation performance across European firms. Broad-based approaches combining multiple open innovation strategies deliver stronger results than individual practices alone. Internal research investments remain essential alongside external collaboration, showing that open innovation complements rather than replaces in-house knowledge development.

  • Diffusion of Innovations and Network Segmentation: The Part Played by People in Promoting Health

    Thomas W. Valente, Raquel Fosados · 2006 · Sexually Transmitted Diseases

    This paper demonstrates how diffusion of innovations theory integrates mass media, interpersonal communication, and social network analysis to improve health promotion. The authors review studies on STD/HIV prevention and find that interventions using interpersonal communication successfully increase safer sex behaviors. They conclude that social network analysis enables more effective and tailored health promotion program design.

  • A Quadruple and Quintuple Helix Approach to Regional Innovation Systems in the Transformation to a Forestry-Based Bioeconomy

    Ida Grundel, Margareta Dahlström · 2016 · Journal of the Knowledge Economy

    This study examines how a Swedish forestry region can transform its innovation system by including more actors—particularly civil society—to develop a sustainable bioeconomy. Researchers interviewed stakeholders and found that a quintuple helix model, which adds environmental and civil society perspectives to traditional innovation systems, could drive broader societal change in consumer behavior, production, technology, and values. However, civil society involvement remains largely aspirational in current regional policy.

  • From innovation to commercialization through networks and agglomerations: analysis of sources of innovation, innovation capabilities and performance of Dutch SMEs

    Patricia van Hemert, Peter Nijkamp, Enno Masurel · 2012 · The Annals of Regional Science

    Dutch SMEs succeed in innovation when they balance exploration and exploitation networks. This study of 243 Dutch firms shows that exploring technology opportunities through partnerships with universities and research institutions significantly improves innovation success. The findings suggest policymakers should support external collaboration networks, not just internal R&D, to help SMEs commercialize innovations effectively.

  • The Local Innovation System as a Source of 'Variety': Openness and Adaptability in New York City's Garment District

    Norma M. Rantisi · 2002 · Regional Studies

    New York City's Garment District sustains innovation in women's wear by drawing on design ideas from emerging clusters like the Lower East Side. The District's institutional infrastructure enables designers to access and exploit this variety of innovations. This diversity, combined with economic coherence, allows the District to adapt successfully to changing competitive pressures.

  • Digital entrepreneurship: The role of entrepreneurial orientation and digitalization for disruptive innovation

    Sascha Kraus, Katharina Vonmetz, Ludovico Bullini Orlandi, Alessandro Zardini, Cecilia Rossignoli · 2023 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    Entrepreneurial orientation significantly boosts firms' ability to develop disruptive innovation. However, digitalization strategy works differently depending on a firm's entrepreneurial orientation: it hinders disruptive innovation in highly entrepreneurial firms but supports it in less entrepreneurial ones. Firms should calibrate their digitalization investments based on their entrepreneurial orientation level to maximize disruptive innovation.

  • How and why Organisations Use Social Media: Five Use Types and their Relation to Absorptive Capacity

    Daniel Schlagwein, Monica Hu · 2016 · Journal of Information Technology

    Organizations adopt social media for five distinct purposes: broadcast, dialogue, collaboration, knowledge management, and sociability. The study finds that dialogue-based social media use strengthens organizational absorptive capacity and performance, while sociability-focused use does not. This challenges unsupported industry claims about social media's universal benefits.

  • Rational Learning and Bounded Learning in the Diffusion of Policy Innovations

    Covadonga Meseguer · 2006 · Rationality and Society

    Countries adopt policy innovations by learning from neighbors and successful examples, not through purely rational analysis. The paper shows that bounded learning and rational learning produce identical results when information gathering carries real costs. This reconciles two competing theories and explains how policy innovations spread across developing nations, particularly regarding trade liberalization decisions.

  • Looking for Regional Systems of Innovation: Evidence from the Italian Innovation Survey

    Rinaldo Evangelista, Simona Iammarino, Valeria Mastrostefano, Alberto Silvani · 2002 · Regional Studies

    This study examines regional innovation patterns across Italy using the Community Innovation Survey. The authors find that Italy's regions display diverse innovation characteristics beyond the typical north-south divide, shaped by firm strategies, technological performance, and systemic interactions. However, only a few regions possess genuine innovation systems; most lack sufficient connections and knowledge flows between actors to constitute functioning systems of innovation.

  • Artificial intelligence for supply chain management: Disruptive innovation or innovative disruption?

    Christian Hendriksen · 2023 · Journal of Supply Chain Management

    This paper examines how artificial intelligence integration transforms supply chain management. The author proposes the AI Integration framework, which considers the depth of AI adoption across supply chains and AI's role in decision-making, alongside human interpretation of AI systems. Different integration approaches produce different types of disruption. The paper argues that supply chain management needs cross-disciplinary collaboration and sociotechnical perspectives to prepare for AI-driven transformation.

  • Tackling Societal Challenges with Open Innovation

    Anita M. McGahan, Marcel Bogers, Henry Chesbrough, Marcus Holgersson · 2020 · California Management Review

    Open innovation—combining external knowledge and market pathways with internal processes—has traditionally served business goals. This paper argues that open innovation can address societal challenges, though doing so creates trade-offs and tensions. The authors introduce articles from the World Open Innovation Conference examining how organizations deploy open innovation to tackle broader social problems beyond profit.

  • Ego-Network Stability and Innovation in Alliances

    Pankaj Kumar, Akbar Zaheer · 2018 · Academy of Management Journal

    This study examines how stable alliance networks affect firm innovation in biopharmaceutical companies. The researchers find that stable ego-networks actually reduce innovation outcomes. However, firms can mitigate this negative effect by spanning structural holes across their alliance partners. Geographic concentration of inventive activities in a single country worsens the innovation penalty from network stability.

  • In Search of Precision in Absorptive Capacity Research: A Synthesis of the Literature and Consolidation of Findings

    Yue Song, Devi R. Gnyawalị, Manish K. Srivastava, Elham Asgari · 2018 · Journal of Management

    This paper clarifies what absorptive capacity means and how it affects firm performance. The authors identify three core dimensions: absorptive effort (knowledge investments), absorptive knowledge base (existing knowledge stock), and absorptive process (internal knowledge practices). Meta-analysis shows absorptive capacity significantly improves firm outcomes, with knowledge acquisition and innovation generation as key mechanisms. Effects vary depending on external knowledge conditions.

  • The Googlization of Health Research: From Disruptive Innovation to Disruptive Ethics

    Tamar Sharon · 2016 · Personalized Medicine

    Large technology companies like Google and Apple are entering health research through consumer mobile devices that collect health data. While portrayed as beneficial disruption, this shift creates serious ethical problems: research quality concerns, privacy violations, and power imbalances where tech companies control data and infrastructure. The author argues that these power asymmetries deserve urgent critical attention because they shape which health research gets conducted.

  • VALUES-BASED NETWORK AND BUSINESS MODEL INNOVATION

    Henning Breuer, Florian Lüdeke‐Freund · 2016 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    Innovation management must harness networks and shared values to solve societal problems. This paper argues that values-based network and business model innovation can address complex challenges like unsustainable energy systems. The authors present a theoretical framework and facilitation methods, tested through a workshop on regional energy networks in Germany, demonstrating that values-based networks and business models create starting points for systemic sustainability innovations.

  • Quality criteria and indicators for responsible research and innovation: learning from transdisciplinarity

    Fern Wickson, Anna L. Carew · 2014 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper develops quality criteria and performance indicators for responsible research and innovation (RRI) to make the concept more concrete and actionable. Drawing on transdisciplinary research experience and stakeholder deliberation around nanoremediation, the authors create an evaluative rubric with specific criteria and indicators. While developed for nanoparticle environmental remediation, they argue this framework can guide how other fields develop their own RRI evaluation approaches.

  • Knowledge absorptive capacity and innovation performance in KIBS

    Chun‐Yao Tseng, Da Chang Pai, Chi‐Hsia Hung · 2011 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Knowledge input, spillover, and absorptive capacity all boost innovation performance in Taiwan's IC design industry. The study shows that absorptive capacity—defined as the interaction between knowledge input and spillover—directly strengthens how firms innovate. The research distinguishes four types of knowledge spillover and absorptive capacity sources, providing empirical evidence that firms leveraging multiple knowledge sources achieve better innovation outcomes.

  • An innovation diffusion model of TQM implementation

    Sanjay L. Ahire, T. Ravichandran · 2001 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    This paper models Total Quality Management (TQM) as an organizational innovation that spreads through four stages: adoption by top management, adaptation of employee capabilities and attitudes, acceptance demonstrated through teamwork and supplier relationships, and routinization of quality practices. Testing the framework on 407 automobile parts supplier plants, the authors found that successful TQM implementation requires preparing employees and suppliers technically and behaviorally, and integrating all sociotechnical elements throughout the organization.

  • Open Government Data as an Innovation Process: Lessons from a Living Lab Experiment

    Erna Ruijer, Albert Meijer · 2019 · Public Performance & Management Review

    A living lab experiment in the Netherlands tested open government data as an innovation process over two years. While interventions successfully increased data use and government awareness, scaling remained blocked by organizational barriers. The research finds that realizing open data's potential requires strong management commitment and systemic changes to rules, technology, and practices—not just making data available.

  • The Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) Maturity Model: Linking Theory and Practice

    Bernd Carsten Stahl, Michael Obach, Emad Yaghmaei, Veikko Ikonen, Kate Chatfield, Alexander Brem · 2017 · Sustainability

    This paper develops a maturity model for Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) that helps companies integrate ethical and sustainable practices into their R&D processes. The authors tested the model across three industrial settings and found it practical and effective for corporate innovation management. The model bridges RRI theory with real-world business implementation, offering companies a structured framework to ensure their research is acceptable, sustainable, and socially desirable.

  • Power in Firm Networks: What it Means for Regional Innovation Systems

    Susan Christopherson, Jennifer Clark · 2007 · Regional Studies

    Transnational corporations dominate regional firm networks and use their power to monopolize critical innovation resources like university research and skilled labor, undermining small and medium-sized firms' capacity to innovate. The paper argues that network functioning is inherently conflictual, with powerful firms advancing their competitive advantage while creating uneven resource distribution across regions, with significant consequences for regional policy.

  • Innovation, diffusion and adoption of total quality management (TQM)

    Benjamin Osayawe Ehigie, Elizabeth B. McAndrew · 2005 · Management Decision

    This paper examines whether Total Quality Management (TQM) remains a viable management philosophy or has become a passing fad. Through literature review, the authors trace TQM's innovation, diffusion, and adoption across organizations globally. They find that despite declining media coverage, TQM continues gaining academic attention and organizational adoption worldwide. The authors argue TQM remains relevant but warn against treating it as a generic technique—organizations must adapt it to their specific cultural contexts, leadership styles, and employee needs to prevent it from becoming a fad.

  • INNOVATION NETWORKS-A SIMULATION APPROACH

    Nigel Gilbert, Andreas Pyka, Petra Ahrweiler · 2001 · Journal of Artificial Societies and Social Simulation

    This paper presents a multi-agent simulation model of innovation networks where firms, research labs, and policy actors generate new ideas and products. Agents improve their innovations either independently or by partnering with others to combine knowledge. The simulation successfully reproduces real-world innovation network characteristics observed in telecommunications and biotechnology sectors, offering insights for policy decisions.

  • A call for action: The impact of business model innovation on business ecosystems, society and planet

    Yuliya Snihur, Nancy Bocken · 2022 · Long Range Planning

    Business model innovation significantly affects companies, their ecosystems, and the environment. This paper distinguishes between standard business model innovation, sustainable variants, and ecosystem-level approaches. The authors argue that research must examine how these innovations create or destroy value and evolve over time, particularly as sustainability pressures intensify.

  • IP Models to Orchestrate Innovation Ecosystems: IMEC, a Public Research Institute in Nano-Electronics

    Bart Leten, Wim Vanhaverbeke, Nadine Roijakkers, André Clerix, Johan Van Helleputte · 2013 · California Management Review

    Public research institutes can orchestrate innovation ecosystems through intellectual property governance models. IMEC, a nano-electronics research institute, demonstrates how IP policies determine how ecosystem partners capture value from collaborative research. The institute's multi-party model involving public and private firms shows that IP governance directly influences ecosystem success and partner participation.

  • Perspectives on Supply Network–Enabled Innovations

    Ram Narasimhan, Sriram Narayanan · 2013 · Journal of Supply Chain Management

    Organizations increasingly rely on their supply networks to drive innovation success. This paper presents two frameworks showing how firms can integrate their internal knowledge with supply network expertise to improve innovation performance. The frameworks draw on absorptive capacity and ambidexterity theories to explain how companies align internal research efforts with external supply network knowledge.

  • Linking Digital Capacity to Innovation Performance: the Mediating Role of Absorptive Capacity

    Ioanna Kastelli, Petros Dimas, Dimitrios Stamopoulos, Άγγελος Τσακανίκας · 2022 · Journal of the Knowledge Economy

    Digital technologies boost firm innovation, but their effectiveness depends on absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to acquire and use external knowledge. A survey of 1,014 Greek manufacturing firms shows digital capacity directly improves innovation performance, but this effect strengthens significantly when firms possess strong absorptive capacity. The findings suggest digital investment alone is insufficient; firms must also invest in R&D, training, and knowledge networks to maximize innovation gains.

  • How Does Innovation Emerge in a Service Ecosystem?

    Jennifer D. Chandler, Ilias Danatzis, Carolin Wernicke, Melissa Archpru Akaka, David Reynolds · 2018 · Journal of Service Research

    This study examines how innovation emerges within service ecosystems using four years of case study data on an Internet-of-Things technology solution. The research identifies institutional reconciliation as a previously overlooked phase in innovation development, showing that ideas are refined through four types of institutional pressures and shaped by plasticity in four distinct ways. The findings establish innovation as a systemic process and recommend that managers cultivate organizational norms, rules, and beliefs to support innovation emergence.

  • Absorptive capacity, knowledge sharing, and innovative behaviour of R&amp;D employees

    Minhyung Kang, Mi-Jung Lee · 2016 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This study examines how absorptive capacity and knowledge sharing drive innovative behavior among R&D employees. Using survey data from 138 employees at a multinational electronics company, the researchers found that both potential and realized absorptive capacity directly influence innovation. Knowledge sharing indirectly affects innovation through realized absorptive capacity. The findings show that organizations should simultaneously develop employee absorptive capacity and encourage knowledge sharing, external exposure, and internal communication to foster innovation.

  • BENEFITING FROM SUPPLIER OPERATIONAL INNOVATIVENESS: THE INFLUENCE OF SUPPLIER EVALUATIONS AND ABSORPTIVE CAPACITY

    Arash Azadegan · 2011 · Journal of Supply Chain Management

    Manufacturers benefit from suppliers' operational innovations, but capturing this value requires two strategies: evaluating supplier performance and developing absorptive capacity to learn from suppliers. A survey of 136 manufacturers and 272 suppliers shows both approaches significantly enhance the benefits of supplier innovation, particularly when suppliers handle knowledge-intensive tasks. Supplier evaluation and learning capacity work together to unlock innovation value.

  • To Construct Regional Advantage from Innovation Systems First Build Policy Platforms

    Philip Cooke · 2007 · European Planning Studies

    Regional economic development requires building endogenous advantage by integrating economic strengths, knowledge assets, governance, and creativity. The paper argues that policy platforms mixing diverse instruments can promote related variety among industries, enabling innovations to diffuse across technology platforms where absorptive capacity is high. This approach addresses regional imbalances more effectively than relying on regional learning alone.

  • The diffusion of financial technology-enabled innovation in GCC-listed banks and its relationship with profitability and market value

    Abdalmuttaleb Al-Sartawi · 2024 · Journal of financial reporting & accounting

    This study examines how financial technology adoption affects profitability and market value in banks across Gulf Cooperation Council countries. Using a 73-item diffusion index, researchers found that higher FinTech implementation correlates with better market performance. UAE banks led adoption at 79.7%, followed by Bahrain at 76.7%. The findings support policies encouraging technology integration in banking operations.

  • Transformative innovation policy to meet the challenge of climate change: sociotechnical networks aligned with consumption and end-use as new transition arenas for a low-carbon society or green economy

    Fred Steward · 2012 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    The paper argues that climate policy must shift from incremental innovation to transformative change through sociotechnical transitions. Rather than focusing on technology supply or macroeconomic approaches, innovation policy should target consumption and end-use patterns organized around fundamental societal functions. The author shows that current policy mixes new demand-driven systemic initiatives with outdated supply-side approaches, and proposes that energy system visualization reveals consumption categories offering better frameworks for designing sociotechnical experiments toward a low-carbon society.

  • Atomic-Level Pd−Pt Alloying and Largely Enhanced Hydrogen-Storage Capacity in Bimetallic Nanoparticles Reconstructed from Core/Shell Structure by a Process of Hydrogen Absorption/Desorption

    Hirokazu Kobayashi, Miho Yamauchi, Hiroshi Kitagawa, Yoshiki Kubota, Kenichi Kato, Masaki Takata · 2010 · Journal of the American Chemical Society

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It describes a materials science study on creating palladium-platinum alloy nanoparticles with improved hydrogen storage capacity through hydrogen absorption and desorption cycles. The research uses X-ray diffraction and spectroscopy to confirm structural changes and demonstrates that hydrogen storage capacity can be tuned by adjusting the metal composition.

  • Responsible Innovation: A Pilot Study with the U.K. Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council

    Richard Owen, Nicola Goldberg · 2010 · Risk Analysis

    The UK Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council piloted a risk register requirement for research funding applicants, asking them to identify potential impacts and risks of proposed innovations in nanoscience. Most applicants identified only immediate occupational health risks, while few anticipated broader environmental or societal impacts. Proposals that succeeded in addressing wider impacts included multidisciplinary teams, life cycle assessments, and public engagement, enabling continuous reflexivity and real-time adjustment of research direction.

  • The intertwining of knowledge sharing and creation in the digital platform based ecosystem. A conceptual study on the lens of the open innovation approach

    Alexey Bereznoy, Dirk Meissner, Veronica Scuotto · 2021 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This paper develops a theoretical framework showing how knowledge sharing and creation intertwine within digital platform ecosystems under open innovation principles. The authors propose that digital platforms function as dynamic spaces where knowledge sharing and creation continuously interact, introducing the concept of "ba-sho" as a foundational element. The framework applies across micro, meso, and macro organizational levels.

  • Towards Sustainable Digital Innovation of SMEs from the Developing Countries in the Context of the Digital Economy and Frugal Environment

    Zahid Yousaf, Magdalena Rãdulescu, Crenguta Ileana Sinisi, Luminiţa Şerbănescu, Loredana Maria Pãunescu · 2021 · Sustainability

    Digital orientation, Internet of Things, and digital platforms directly drive sustainable digital innovation in small and medium enterprises. Digital platforms mediate the relationship between digital orientation and sustainable innovation, and between IoT and sustainable innovation. SMEs in developing countries can adopt frugal business models to reduce resource use and waste while competing in the digital economy.

  • Online social networks as an enabler of innovation in organizations

    Daniel Palacios‐Marqués, José M. Merigó, Pedro Soto‐Acosta · 2015 · Management Decision

    Spanish hospitality firms using online social networks show significantly higher innovation capacity, which directly improves business performance. The study surveyed 193 four- and five-star hotels and found that social media platforms enhance knowledge management and business intelligence, enabling firms to develop innovation competences that drive competitive advantage in the tourism industry.

  • Innovation Alignment and Project Network Dynamics: An Integrative Model for Change

    John E. Taylor, Raymond E. Levitt · 2007 · Project Management Journal

    This paper examines how project networks affect innovation adoption using data from 3D CAD technology diffusion across 82 firms in three countries. The authors develop a two-stage model showing that innovation success depends first on alignment with existing work allocation, then on network factors including relational stability, shared interests, boundary permeability, and change agents. The model resolves conflicting theories about whether networks promote or hinder innovation.

  • Open innovation in the face of the COVID‐19 grand challenge: insights from the Pan‐European hackathon ‘EUvsVirus’

    Alberto Bertello, Marcel Bogers, Paola De Bernardi · 2021 · R and D Management

    The EUvsVirus hackathon mobilized thousands of participants across Europe to develop COVID-19 solutions through open innovation. The 3-day online event combined broad problem scope, participatory design, digital access, and community building to tap distributed knowledge beyond traditional organizations. The hackathon successfully engaged atypical innovators—retired experts, students, and the public—demonstrating that grand challenges require openness at societal level, not just across organizational boundaries.

  • Organisational institutionalisation of responsible innovation

    Richard Owen, Mario Pansera, Phil Macnaghten, Sally Randles · 2020 · Research Policy

    This paper examines how responsible innovation became institutionalized at the UK's Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council and its funded universities between 2010 and 2020. The authors find that while the EPSRC successfully embedded responsible innovation practices before publishing its 2013 policy, universities struggled to adopt it due to competing institutional priorities and different research cultures. The process remains incomplete and contested.

  • Traditional ecological knowledge in innovation governance: a framework for responsible and just innovation

    David Ludwig, Phil Macnaghten · 2019 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    Traditional ecological knowledge (TEK) is often eroded by Western innovation focused on economic growth and technological modernization. This paper argues that innovation governance must shift away from growth-oriented definitions toward frameworks emphasizing societal goals. The authors contend that responsible innovation approaches alone cannot address TEK integration without confronting underlying decolonization and social justice issues that shape how traditional communities experience and control change.

  • Intelligent Autonomous Vehicles in digital supply chains: A framework for integrating innovations towards sustainable value networks

    Dimitrios Bechtsis, Naoum Tsolakis, Dimitrios Vlachos, Jagjit Singh Srai · 2018 · Journal of Cleaner Production

    This paper develops a software framework for integrating intelligent autonomous vehicles into sustainable supply chains. The researchers review existing simulation tools, create an integrated framework to monitor supply chain sustainability performance with autonomous vehicles, translate it into a working software application through a five-stage process, and demonstrate the tool using a warehouse model. The framework enables flexible, decentralized supply chain reconfiguration and helps operations managers assess autonomous vehicle performance while tracking sustainability metrics.

  • Political Mobility and Dynamic Diffusion of Innovation: The Spread of Municipal Pro-Business Administrative Reform in China

    Xufeng Zhu, Youlang Zhang · 2015 · Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory

    Local officials' career ambitions drive innovation adoption in Chinese cities more than economic logic or geographic proximity. When central government mandated administrative reform, officials adopted pro-business licensing reforms to advance their political careers. Before this mandate, cities copied neighboring regions' reforms based on economic conditions. The study reveals how political mobility of officials fundamentally shapes how innovations spread across decentralized authoritarian systems.

  • Regional Innovation Systems in Hungary: The Failing Synergy at the National Level

    Balázs Lengyel, Loet Leydesdorff · 2010 · Regional Studies

    This paper measures synergies in Hungary's regional innovation systems using entropy statistics across firm categories, sub-regions, industrial sectors, and firm sizes. The analysis reveals three distinct regimes: Budapest functions as a knowledge-based innovation hub, northwestern regions show foreign company influence on knowledge organization, and southeastern regions depend on government spending patterns. The results demonstrate failing national-level synergy despite these regional dynamics.

  • How leadership matters in organizational innovation: a perspective of openness

    Jia Xiao, Jin Chen, Liang Mei, Qian Wu · 2017 · Management Decision

    Transformational leadership enhances organizational innovation while transactional leadership reduces it. The study reveals that leadership styles work through two mechanisms: openness breadth (absorbing diverse external knowledge) and openness depth (integrating that knowledge deeply). Both mechanisms mediate how different leadership approaches affect innovation performance in organizations.

  • Stakeholder engagement for responsible innovation in the private sector: critical issues and management practices

    Vincent Blok, L. Hoffmans, E.F.M. Wubben · 2015 · Journal on Chain and Network Science

    Dutch food companies pursuing responsible innovation fall short of genuine stakeholder engagement despite policy emphasis on it. Interviews with innovative food firms and non-economic stakeholders reveal a significant gap between the ideal of mutual responsiveness promoted in responsible innovation literature and actual practices. The study identifies critical barriers to stakeholder engagement specific to private-sector innovation and proposes management practices to address these obstacles.

  • Patient Perceptions of a Personal Health Record: A Test of the Diffusion of Innovation Model

    Srinivas Emani, Cyrus K. Yamin, Ellen Peters, Andrew S. Karson, Stuart R. Lipsitz, Jonathan S. Wald, Deborah Williams, David W. Bates · 2012 · Journal of Medical Internet Research

    This study applies diffusion of innovation theory to understand how patients perceive personal health records (PHRs). Surveying 760 patients, researchers found that PHR users valued ease of use and relative advantage more than non-users. Computer literacy and personal innovativeness in technology distinguished users from non-adopters. The diffusion of innovation model successfully predicted which factors drive PHR adoption and perceived value for doctor communication.

  • Biotechnology Clusters as Regional, Sectoral Innovation Systems

    Philip Cooke · 2002 · International Regional Science Review

    Biotechnology firms cluster near universities and knowledge sources, forming regional innovation systems that depend on complex interactions between scientists, entrepreneurs, investors, and lawyers. The paper analyzes how these regional sectoral innovation systems function by examining cases in Germany, Cambridge Massachusetts, and Cambridge UK, showing that proximity to research institutions, clinical trial facilities, and specialized services enables the transfer of scientific knowledge into commercial biotechnology products.

  • Is it too complex? The curious case of supply network complexity and focal firm innovation

    Amalesh Sharma, Surya Pathak, Sourav Bikash Borah, Anirban Adhikary · 2019 · Journal of Operations Management

    Supply network complexity affects how well firms innovate. Using data from 201 firms across six industries, the authors find that horizontal and vertical complexity boost innovation but with diminishing returns, while spreading suppliers across many locations harms innovation. A firm's strategic focus and power over suppliers shapes these relationships. The findings guide managers on sourcing decisions.

  • Networking capability in supplier relationships and its impact on product innovation and firm performance

    Maciej Mitręga, Sebastian Forkmann, Ghasem Zaefarian, Stephan C. Henneberg · 2017 · International Journal of Operations & Production Management

    Networking capability—the ability to initiate, develop, and end supplier relationships—drives product innovation and firm performance in automotive parts manufacturing. Firms employ two distinct approaches: some focus on deepening existing relationships, while others balance relationship development with actively seeking new partners and exiting poor relationships. Organizational readiness to engage in networking amplifies these effects.

  • Organizing for Inbound Open Innovation: How External Consultants and a Dedicated <scp>R</scp>&amp;<scp>D</scp> Unit Influence Product Innovation Performance

    Mattia Bianchi, Annalisa Croce, Claudio Dell’Era, C. Anthony Di Benedetto, Federico Frattini · 2015 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Spanish manufacturing firms using external consultants in R&D activities gain stronger innovation performance from outsourced R&D, while dedicated internal R&D units reduce sensitivity to outsourcing levels. External consultants lower the optimal amount of outside knowledge needed, whereas formal R&D units require higher levels of external acquisition to achieve peak performance. Organizational structure shapes how effectively firms convert external technological knowledge into innovation.

  • Whose Innovation Performance Benefits More from External Networks: Entrepreneurial or Conservative Firms?

    William E. Baker, Amir Grinstein, Nükhet Harmancioǧlu · 2015 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    External networks boost innovation performance more for conservative, risk-averse firms than for entrepreneurial ones. Using data from 1,978 U.S. firms, the research shows that firms with weak entrepreneurial orientation gain greater innovation benefits from learning through external networks than firms with strong entrepreneurial orientation. This effect is stronger in small and medium-sized enterprises than in large firms.

  • The Disruption Machine: What the gospel of innovation gets wrong

    Jill Lepore · 2014 · ˜The œNew Yorker

    Lepore critiques the widespread adoption of disruption theory in business and innovation discourse, arguing that the concept has become oversold and misapplied. She examines how disruption rhetoric dominates consulting, education, and venture capital, often promoting panic and exaggerated claims about technological and market change without grounding these ideas in rigorous evidence or historical context.

  • Innovation intermediaries: a process view on open innovation coordination

    Bernhard Katzy, Ebru Turgut, Thomas Holzmann, Klaus Sailer · 2013 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Innovation intermediaries play a crucial role in coordinating collaborative innovation projects across organizational networks. The study identifies three strategic capabilities that distinguish intermediaries from traditional project managers and online marketplaces: matchmaking and innovation process design, collaborative project management, and project valuation with portfolio management. These intermediaries facilitate co-creation and economic exchange in nested innovation processes.

  • Cloud computing networking: challenges and opportunities for innovations

    Siamak Azodolmolky, Philipp Wieder, Ramin Yahyapour · 2013 · IEEE Communications Magazine

    Cloud computing providers face networking challenges in managing infrastructure-as-a-service facilities, particularly around resource provisioning, tenant visibility, and multi-facility federation. The paper examines existing technological approaches to these problems and proposes software-defined networking as an innovative solution for more efficient cloud infrastructure management.

  • Diffusion of innovations in social networks

    Daron Acemoğlu, Asuman Ozdaglar, Ercan Yildiz · 2011

    This paper examines how innovations spread through social networks using the linear threshold model, where individuals adopt innovations only after exposure from multiple neighbors. The authors find that innovations spread further in networks with lower clustering, contradicting existing literature. They provide analytical evidence and simulations supporting this claim, and extend the model to account for path dependence, showing how small shocks can significantly alter diffusion outcomes.

  • A business strategy, operational efficiency, ownership structure, and manufacturing performance: The moderating role of market uncertainty and competition intensity and its implication on open innovation

    Sofik Handoyo, Harry Suharman, Erlane K Ghani, Slamet Soedarsono · 2023 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This study examines how business strategy, operational efficiency, and ownership structure affect manufacturing performance in Indonesian firms, with market uncertainty and competition intensity as moderating factors. Proactive strategies outperform defensive ones. Foreign-owned firms gain competitive advantages under intense competition. Operational efficiency increases when competition intensifies, directly improving manufacturing performance.

  • How Central Is Too Central? Organizing Interorganizational Collaboration Networks for Breakthrough Innovation

    John Qi Dong, Killian J. McCarthy, Wilfred Schoenmakers · 2017 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    In the U.S. pharmaceutical industry between 1985 and 2001, firms achieved breakthrough innovation by collaborating with central alliance partners, but only up to a point. Beyond optimal centrality, innovation performance declined. Firms with more private partners relative to public partners experienced less performance loss from excessive central partner collaboration. The findings show that strategic partner selection in alliance networks directly shapes breakthrough innovation outcomes.

  • Open innovation: a new classification and its impact on firm performance in innovative SMEs

    Joon Mo Ahn, Tim Minshall, Letizia Mortara · 2015 · Journal of Innovation Management

    Open innovation practices boost performance in Korean small and medium-sized enterprises. The study of 306 innovative SMEs found that broad engagement with external partners, particularly through joint R&D, user involvement, and open sourcing, improves firm performance. SMEs gain most from collaborating with non-competing partners like customers, consultants, and public research institutes. The research proposes a new classification framework for studying how SMEs adopt and implement open innovation.

  • Ethnicity, friendship network and social practices as the motor of dialect change: Linguistic innovation in London

    Jenny Cheshire, Sue Fox, Paul Kerswill, Eivind Torgersen · 2008 · Sociolinguistica - International Yearbook of European Sociolinguistics / Internationales Jahrbuch für europäische Soziolinguistik

    This paper examines how linguistic innovation spreads through London's communities, showing that ethnicity, friendship networks, and social practices drive dialect change. The authors analyze how these social factors shape language variation and innovation among different groups, revealing the mechanisms through which new linguistic features emerge and propagate through social networks.

  • The linkage between open innovation, absorptive capacity and managerial ties: A cross-country perspective

    M. Muzamil Naqshbandi, Sajjad M. Jasimuddin · 2022 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    Managerial ties and absorptive capacity drive open innovation across France, Malaysia, and the UAE. The study of 530 companies shows that managers' external relationships directly enable inbound open innovation in all three countries, while outbound innovation depends on managerial ties in France and the UAE. Absorptive capacity mediates these relationships in France and the UAE, meaning companies must develop internal knowledge-absorption capabilities to convert external connections into innovation.

  • Social capital and innovation performance of digital firms: Serial mediation effect of cross-border knowledge search and absorptive capacity

    Chaolin Lyu, Peng Can, Hong Yang, Hui Li, Xiaoyan Gu · 2022 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    Social capital significantly boosts innovation performance in Chinese digital firms, even during COVID-19. Cross-border knowledge search mediates this relationship for structural and relational capital but not cognitive capital. Absorptive capacity further strengthens the effect when combined with knowledge search. Digital firms should build social capital to enable cross-border knowledge acquisition and develop capacity to leverage diverse external knowledge for innovation.

  • Perceptions toward Artificial Intelligence among Academic Library Employees and Alignment with the Diffusion of Innovations’ Adopter Categories

    Brady Lund, Isaiah Michael Omame, Solomon Tijani, Daniel Agbaji · 2020 · College & Research Libraries

    This study surveyed academic librarians about their perceptions of artificial intelligence and how they adopt new technologies. Researchers matched librarians' adoption patterns to Rogers' Diffusion of Innovations model categories—innovators, early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards. The findings show how librarians' self-identified adoption categories relate to their knowledge and attitudes toward AI in library settings, offering insights for managing technology adoption among library staff.

  • Organizational learning ambidexterity and openness, as determinants of SMEs' innovation performance

    Hongyun Tian, Courage Simon Kofi Dogbe, Wisdom Wise Kwabla Pomegbe, Sampson Ato Sarsah, Charles Oduro Acheampong Otoo · 2020 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Small and medium enterprises in Ghana achieve stronger innovation performance by combining both exploitative and exploratory learning strategies simultaneously—a practice called organizational learning ambidexterity—rather than relying on either approach alone. Openness to external knowledge further strengthens this effect. SME managers should adopt both learning strategies together to gain competitive advantage.

  • Collaboration beyond the supply network for green innovation: insight from 11 cases

    Lisa Melander, Ala Pazirandeh · 2019 · Supply Chain Management An International Journal

    Firms collaborate on green innovation across industry boundaries through horizontal partnerships and extended networks including suppliers and customers. Digital technologies, connectivity, and big data enable knowledge sharing and drive environmental improvements in energy efficiency, materials, emissions reduction, and recycling. Successful green innovation requires developing business models and finding collaboration partners that facilitate transformation toward connected products and services.

  • The Diffusion and Adoption of Public Sector Innovations: A Meta-Synthesis of the Literature

    Hanna de Vries, Lars Tummers, Victor Bekkers · 2018 · Perspectives on Public Management and Governance

    This meta-synthesis examines how public sector innovations spread and get adopted across three research areas: public management, public policy, and e-government. The authors find these fields operate independently with different models and rarely define key terms clearly. They identify that macro-institutional factors dominate public management and policy research, while e-government scholars focus more on individual-level factors. The paper proposes an integrated framework of adoption drivers and recommends future research combine multiple organizational levels, distinguish between innovation generation and adoption, and incorporate collaborative innovation approaches.

  • “Open innovation” and “triple helix” models of innovation: can synergy in innovation systems be measured?

    Loet Leydesdorff, Inga Ivanova · 2016 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This paper compares open innovation and triple helix models as frameworks for generating innovation value. While open innovation centers on firms, the triple helix distributes leadership across firms, universities, and regional governments. The authors argue that measuring redundancy—the variety of perspectives from different coordination mechanisms—indicates an innovation system's capacity to generate new options and self-organize. Higher redundancy reduces uncertainty and increases system synergy and innovativeness.

  • Tourists' perceptions of environmentally responsible innovations at tourism businesses

    Kathleen L. Andereck · 2009 · Journal of Sustainable Tourism

    Tourists with strong nature-oriented motivations view environmentally responsible practices at tourism businesses as significantly more important and valuable than tourists without such motivations. A survey of visitors to Arizona tourism centers found that nature-oriented tourists consistently rated green innovations more favorably, suggesting that visitor attitudes toward environmental practices depend heavily on their underlying travel motivations and connection to nature.

  • The generative and developmental roles of universities in regional innovation systems

    Chrys Gunasekara · 2006 · Science and Public Policy

    Universities play multiple roles in developing regional innovation systems beyond technology transfer. This paper proposes an analytical framework to understand how universities contribute to regional innovation and why their roles vary across different regions. The framework moves beyond narrow institutional analysis to capture universities' broader developmental contributions to regional systems.

  • Diffusion of Innovations and HIV/AIDS

    Jane T. Bertrand · 2004 · Journal of Health Communication

    This paper applies Diffusion of Innovations theory to HIV/AIDS prevention, analyzing why behavior change interventions succeed or fail across Western and developing countries. The author examines how communication channels, opinion leaders, and innovation attributes—relative advantage, compatibility, complexity, trialability, and observability—shape adoption of preventive measures. The paper identifies barriers limiting DOI's use in developing-world HIV prevention programs and argues the framework offers valuable insights for improving intervention design.

  • The Penetration of Green Innovation on Firm Performance: Effects of Absorptive Capacity and Managerial Environmental Concern

    Min Xue, Francis Boadu, Yu Xie · 2019 · Sustainability

    Green innovation significantly improves firm performance across operational, financial, and environmental dimensions in Chinese companies. A firm's ability to absorb new knowledge and managers' environmental commitment both strengthen this positive relationship. The study demonstrates that combining green innovation with organizational capacity and leadership values creates integrated benefits for business performance.

  • The roles of universities in fostering knowledge-intensive clusters in Chinese regional innovation systems

    Yuzhuo Cai, Cong Liu · 2014 · Science and Public Policy

    Chinese universities play distinct roles in regional innovation systems compared to Western models. This study examines Shanghai's Tongji Creative Cluster, a knowledge-intensive services hub, and finds that successful innovation development combines bottom-up grassroots initiatives with top-down government coordination. This hybrid approach proves more effective than purely state-directed models for overcoming challenges in China's regional innovation systems.

  • Responsible Aquaculture in 2050: Valuing Local Conditions and Human Innovations Will Be Key to Success

    James S. Diana, Hillary Egna, Thierry Chopin, Mark S. Peterson, Ling Cao, Robert S. Pomeroy, M.C.J. Verdegem, William T. Slack, Melba G. Bondad‐Reantaso, Felipe C. Cabello · 2013 · BioScience

    Aquaculture must expand sustainably by 2050 by improving management practices, emphasizing local decision-making and human capacity development, implementing risk management to prevent disease and contamination, and creating market systems that identify and promote sustainable products. The paper argues that respecting local conditions and human innovation will be essential to avoid the intensification mistakes made in agriculture.

  • Open innovation modes and the role of internal R&amp;D

    Alexander Schroll, Andreas Mild · 2011 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    European companies adopt open innovation strategies at varying levels, with 30% highly open and 39% semi-open to external collaboration. Inbound open innovation—acquiring external knowledge—is more prevalent than outbound approaches. The study reveals that companies can reduce internal R&D spending through inbound open innovation, while the choice between vertically integrated, inbound, outbound, or mixed innovation strategies directly correlates with R&D investment intensity.

  • Learning and innovation in inter‐organizational network collaboration

    Mika Westerlund, Risto Rajala · 2010 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    This study examines how small and medium-sized firms' learning approaches affect their collaboration in business networks. The research finds that exploratory learning—seeking new knowledge—drives firms to collaborate with partners on product innovation. Exploitative learning—refining existing processes—encourages internal improvement but discourages external networking. The findings show that product innovation requires learning with network partners, while process improvements happen within individual firms.

  • Managing Open Innovation in Biotechnology

    Terry Fetterhoff, Dirk Voelkel · 2006 · Research-Technology Management

    Innovation requires matching customer needs with enabling technologies. The paper defines innovation as commercializing technology that gives customers new capability, identifying two key requirements: understanding unmet customer needs and knowing available technologies. Roche Diagnostics demonstrates how companies can source external technologies by systematically evaluating them through these innovation drivers.

  • Competing Through Innovation in Network Markets: Strategies for Challengers

    Willow A. Sheremata · 2004 · Academy of Management Review

    Challenger firms can compete against dominant companies in network markets through strategic innovation. The paper develops a typology showing that radical and incompatible innovations often generate higher profits than incremental or compatible alternatives. Radical-incompatible innovation proves both more profitable and less risky than incremental-compatible approaches, suggesting that greater risk can be prudent depending on market conditions.

  • Cryptocurrency Market Analysis from the Open Innovation Perspective

    Alexey Mikhaylov · 2020 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This paper analyzes the cryptocurrency market through an open innovation lens, proposing a pool complexity approach to identify promising digital currencies. The analysis examines social activity, trading parameters, and technical indicators across cryptocurrencies. The study identifies EOS as the most effective cryptocurrency due to its low complexity and commission levels, making it suitable for third-party applications.

  • Living Labs and user engagement for innovation and sustainability

    Lorenzo Compagnucci, Francesca Spigarelli, José Coelho, Carlos Duarte · 2020 · Journal of Cleaner Production

    Living Labs engage stakeholders and users in co-creating sustainable innovations through a Quadruple Helix Model approach. Research across multiple case studies shows that Living Labs successfully involve firms, businesses, and communities in developing solutions that benefit the economy, society, and environment. The study identifies best practices and policy recommendations for establishing Living Labs that advance local sustainable development and the UN Sustainable Development Goals.

  • Open innovation actions and innovation performance

    Marco Greco, Michele Grimaldi, Livio Cricelli · 2015 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    This systematic review of European empirical studies reveals that open innovation practices significantly boost innovation performance. Coupled open innovation activities—combining internal and external knowledge—consistently improve both product and process innovation. However, outbound open innovation receives little research attention. The paper identifies measurement inconsistencies in how scholars assess innovation performance and provides managers with strategic guidance for leveraging open innovation to enhance organizational outcomes.

  • How Early Implementations Influence Later Adoptions of Innovation: Social Positioning and Skill Reproduction in the Diffusion of Robotic Surgery

    Amelia Compagni, Valentina Mele, Davide Ravasi · 2014 · Academy of Management Journal

    This study tracks robotic surgery adoption across Italian hospitals from 1999 to 2010. Early adopters at peripheral hospitals used persuasion and skill-sharing to position themselves as exemplary users, which then drove other hospitals to adopt the technology through social pressure rather than proven technical or economic benefits. Early implementation experiences shaped the entire diffusion pattern.

  • The Diffusion of Innovation

    Earl L. Taylor · 2013 · Research World

    This paper examines how innovations spread through populations by focusing on influentials—key individuals who drive adoption. Taylor argues that understanding and targeting these influential actors is critical to accelerating the diffusion of new ideas and practices across communities.

  • Do Frugal and Reverse Innovation Foster Sustainability? Introduction of a Conceptual Framework

    Alexander Brem, Björn Sven Ivens · 2013 · Journal of Technology Management for Growing Economies

    This paper examines how frugal and reverse innovation relate to sustainability performance. The authors establish connections between these innovation approaches and sustainability across three dimensions: resource sustainability in value creation, process sustainability, and outcome sustainability. They argue that improvements in these sustainability dimensions drive better market performance for companies.

  • DEVELOPING CROSS‐BORDER REGIONAL INNOVATION SYSTEMS: KEY FACTORS AND CHALLENGES

    Michaela Trippl · 2009 · Tijdschrift voor Economische en Sociale Geografie

    Cross-border regions face distinct challenges in developing integrated innovation systems compared to regions within single nations. Geographical proximity and local institutions matter for knowledge creation, but cross-border areas show vastly different capacities to build unified innovation spaces. The paper identifies critical conditions necessary for transfrontier innovation systems to emerge, revealing that the regional innovation systems framework applies differently across borders.

  • Challenges to open innovation in traditional SMEs: an analysis of pre-competitive projects in university-industry-government collaboration

    Alberto Bertello, Alberto Ferraris, Paola De Bernardi, Bernardo Bertoldi · 2021 · International Entrepreneurship and Management Journal

    Small and medium-sized enterprises in traditional, low-tech sectors struggle to participate effectively in university-industry-government collaborations focused on pre-competitive research and development. This study tracked three such projects across four phases—initiation, execution, closing, and monitoring—and identified specific firm-level and project-level obstacles that prevent these collaborations from meeting their innovation goals.

  • Between local innovation and global impact: cities, networks, and the governance of climate change

    David J. Gordon · 2013 · Canadian Foreign Policy Journal

    Cities and city networks like the C40 Climate Leadership Group drive climate innovation outside formal international agreements, which have failed to reduce emissions. These non-state actors challenge traditional governance norms and generate coordinated responses through networks. The paper examines C40's history and network dynamics, then recommends Canada update federal climate policy to support city-network initiatives, fill policy gaps, and connect climate action to urban priorities.

  • Exploring How Peer Communities Enable Lead User Innovations to Become Standard Equipment in the Industry: Community Pull Effects

    Christoph Hienerth, Christopher Lettl · 2011 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Lead users in medical and sporting equipment industries develop innovations that become industry standards through active peer community engagement. Community members provide critical feedback, contribute to product development, test prototypes, and drive diffusion. Two key mechanisms emerge: communities demand and facilitate prototype development, and they bridge the gap between early adopters and mainstream markets. Peer communities function as essential social networks that actively shape entrepreneurial innovation processes.

  • Who Are the Knowledge Brokers in Regional Systems of Innovation? A Multi-Actor Network Analysis

    Martina Kauffeld-Monz, Michael Fritsch · 2010 · Regional Studies

    Universities and public research organizations serve as central knowledge brokers in German regional innovation networks, occupying more influential positions than private firms. This gatekeeper function proves especially critical in lagging regions lacking large companies. Private firms without inter-regional research partnerships absorb most of the transferred knowledge, demonstrating how public institutions bridge local and global innovation linkages.

  • Introducing the dilemma of societal alignment for inclusive and responsible research and innovation

    Bárbara Ribeiro, Lars Bengtsson, Paul Benneworth, Susanne Bührer, Elena Castro‐Martínez, Meiken Hansen, Katharina Jarmai, Ralf Lindner, Julia Olmos‐Peñuela, Cordula Ott, Philip Shapira · 2018 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper identifies a critical governance challenge in research and innovation: the 'dilemma of societal alignment.' The authors argue that while inclusive and responsible innovation requires alignment between research goals and societal values, this alignment remains scattered and overlooked in science and technology policy. They build on Collingridge's technology control dilemma to propose a framework for addressing how governance can better integrate social considerations into innovation development and uptake.

  • How information systems help create OM capabilities: Consequents and antecedents of operational absorptive capacity

    Pankaj Setia, Pankaj C. Patel · 2013 · Journal of Operations Management

    Organizations use information systems to build knowledge management capabilities in operations departments. This study examines how technical IS design (integrated systems) and strategic alignment between business and IT enhance operational absorptive capacity—the ability to create and use operational knowledge. Analysis of 153 manufacturing firms shows that integrated IS capability strengthens both potential and realized absorptive capacity, with business-IT alignment amplifying these effects.

  • Open innovation and public administration: transformational typologies and business model impacts

    Joseph Feller, Patrick Finnegan, Olof Nilsson · 2010 · European Journal of Information Systems

    Swedish municipalities collaborating through open innovation networks transform public service delivery and organizational structures by co-creating services with external partners and each other. The study identifies four typologies of governmental transformation enabled by open innovation, demonstrating how these practices fundamentally reshape how public authorities create and deliver value to citizens, moving beyond incremental e-Government improvements to radical organizational change.

  • Profiles of <sup>14</sup>C fixation through spinach leaves in relation to light absorption and photosynthetic capacity

    John R. Evans, Thomas C. Vogelmann · 2003 · Plant Cell & Environment

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It presents a laboratory study of photosynthetic processes in spinach leaves, measuring carbon dioxide fixation rates at different leaf depths under various light conditions. The researchers developed a model combining light absorption and photosynthetic capacity measurements to predict CO2 fixation profiles, finding strong agreement between observed and predicted results.

  • The Innovation Delusion: How Our Obsession with the New Has Disrupted the Work That Matters Most

    Trevor Owens · 2021 · The American Archivist

    This paper critiques the widespread adoption of 'innovation-speak'—a Silicon Valley ideology that prioritizes disruptive change over maintenance and care. The authors argue that this rhetoric has infected cultural institutions like archives and libraries, creating a false hierarchy that devalues essential maintenance work. They demonstrate how this ideology damages organizations by neglecting the unglamorous but critical labor that keeps systems functioning, and call for institutions to adopt a 'maintenance mindset' instead.

  • Disruptive Innovation: Conceptual Foundations, Empirical Evidence, and Research Opportunities in the Digital Age

    Christian Hopp, David Antons, Jermain Kaminski, Torsten Oliver Salge · 2018 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This paper examines disruptive innovation as a concept, reviewing its theoretical foundations and empirical evidence in the digital age. The authors analyze how disruptive innovations emerge and transform markets, identifying research gaps and opportunities for future study. They provide a comprehensive framework for understanding when and how innovations fundamentally reshape industries and competitive landscapes.

  • From Open Data to Open Innovation Strategies: Creating E-Services Using Open Government Data

    Calvin M. L. Chan · 2013

    This case study examines Singapore's open government data initiative and demonstrates how open innovation strategies can encourage businesses and citizens to create e-services using publicly available datasets. The research identifies key considerations for transforming a government data portal into an open innovation platform and for motivating participation in data reuse. The findings contribute to understanding how open data initiatives can drive collaborative innovation and service development.

  • Open Innovation in Practice: Goal Complementarity and Closed <scp>NPD</scp> Networks to Explain Differences in Innovation Performance for <scp>SMEs</scp> in the Medical Devices Sector

    A.J.J. Pullen, Petronella C. de Weerd-Nederhof, Arend J. Groen, O.A.M. Fisscher · 2012 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Small and medium-sized enterprises in the medical devices sector improve innovation performance through strategic collaboration networks. The study identifies an ideal network profile characterized by goal complementarity, resource complementarity, trust, and strong network positioning. High-performing SMEs adopt closed, focused, business-like networking approaches rather than broad open innovation. Goal complementarity emerges as the most distinctive factor differentiating successful from less successful companies.

  • Short- and Long-Term Performance Feedback and Absorptive Capacity

    Chanan Ben-Oz, Henrich R. Greve · 2012 · Journal of Management

    Organizations learn differently from performance feedback depending on their time horizons. This study of 129 Israeli high-tech startups shows that short-term performance gaps drive immediate absorptive capacity improvements, while long-term performance gaps drive strategic capability building. Performance relative to aspiration levels influences both short-term tactical actions and long-term strategic decisions, contradicting the view that organizations focus only on immediate goals.

  • Putting academic ideas into practice: technological progress and the absorptive capacity of construction organizations

    David Gann · 2001 · Construction Management and Economics

    Construction firms in the UK vary widely in their ability to absorb academic research. Large firms with qualified staff, specialist focus, and university partnerships directly implement research findings. Most firms learn through publications and professional networks instead. Professional institutions help share knowledge but sometimes block innovation by enforcing outdated practices. Government-sponsored collaboration between researchers and practitioners accelerates adoption. Construction organizations need stronger feedback loops, continuous learning, and training to improve their capacity to use new ideas.

  • Openness and firm innovation performance: the moderating effect of ambidextrous knowledge search strategy

    Chun‐Hsien Wang, Tachia Chin, Jie-Heng Lin · 2020 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    External knowledge openness improves firm innovation performance, but only up to a point—the relationship follows an inverted-U curve. A balanced knowledge search strategy that pursues both depth and breadth of external knowledge strengthens this relationship. High-technology firms that strategically combine deep and broad external knowledge searches gain the most innovation benefits from opening their boundaries.

  • Quadruple helix as a network of relationships: creating value within a Swedish regional innovation system

    Nina Hasche, Linda Höglund, Gabriel Linton · 2019 · Journal of Small Business & Entrepreneurship

    This study examines a Swedish regional innovation initiative through the quadruple helix framework, which includes industry, government, academia, and users/civil society. The research reveals that the fourth helix is not a separate actor but a complex arena where the other three helices take on different roles to create value for society, such as new jobs or improved elderly care services. Users within this framework vary by context and can include businesses, organizations, and citizens.

  • The effects of geographic and network ties on exploitative and exploratory product innovation

    Muammer Ozer, Wen Zhang · 2014 · Strategic Management Journal

    Industrial clusters boost firms' exploitative innovation but reduce exploratory innovation. Network ties with suppliers and buyers within clusters strengthen the positive effect on exploitative innovation. Buyer ties specifically help mitigate the negative cluster effect on exploratory innovation, while supplier ties do not.

  • Business model innovation from an open systems perspective: structural challenges and managerial solutions

    Henrik Berglund, Christian Sandström · 2013 · International Journal of Product Development

    Business model innovation requires firms to navigate interdependencies across organizational boundaries rather than focus solely on internal capabilities. The authors argue that because business models are systemic and span firm boundaries, companies lack complete control over their networks. They propose that managers should develop shared knowledge, build trust-based appropriability regimes, maintain network stability, and align diverse stakeholder interests to overcome these structural constraints.

  • Diffusion of Innovations Under Supply Constraints

    Sunil Kumar, Jayashankar M. Swaminathan · 2003 · Operations Research

    This paper develops a model for firms selling innovative products under production capacity constraints. The authors modify the Bass diffusion model to account for unmet demand affecting future sales. They show that immediately selling maximum output is suboptimal, and instead recommend a "build-up" strategy where firms delay sales to accumulate inventory, ensuring no lost sales once market entry begins. The analysis provides optimal timing and inventory levels for product rollout.

  • Innovation in Europe: A Tale of Networks, Knowledge and Trade in Five Cities

    James Simmie, James Sennett, Peter Wood, Doug Hart · 2002 · Regional Studies

    This paper analyzes innovation patterns across five European cities—Amsterdam, London, Milan, Paris, and Stuttgart—using firm surveys. Regional cities like Stuttgart and Milan show innovation more tightly linked to regional and national economies, while world cities like Paris and London engage more internationally. The research demonstrates that international trading systems between firms, crucial for knowledge acquisition and innovation inputs, are key features of innovation geography, challenging overgeneralized network theories.

  • Effects of sources of knowledge on frugal innovation: moderating role of environmental turbulence

    Mir Dost, Munwar Hussain Pahi, Hussain Bakhsh Magsi, Waheed Ali Umrani · 2019 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Internal and external knowledge sources both significantly drive frugal innovation in small and medium enterprises. Technological turbulence strengthens the impact of both knowledge sources on frugal innovation. Market turbulence amplifies the effect of external knowledge but surprisingly weakens the effect of internal knowledge. Managers must strategically choose which knowledge sources to prioritize depending on market conditions.

  • How family firms execute open innovation strategies: the Loccioni case

    Elena Casprini, Alfredo De Massis, Alberto Di Minin, Federico Frattini, Andrea Piccaluga · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This case study of Loccioni, an Italian family firm, reveals how family businesses execute open innovation strategies by managing knowledge flows. The firm developed two distinctive capabilities—imprinting and fraternization—that overcome barriers to acquiring and transferring external knowledge. These capabilities leverage the family firm's unique social capital and goals, demonstrating that family business characteristics can actually enable rather than hinder open innovation success.

  • Open innovation in SMEs

    Pooran Wynarczyk · 2013 · Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development

    Open innovation practices significantly boost UK SMEs' international competitiveness and export performance. The study of 64 UK firms shows that success depends on combining internal factors—R&D capacity and management competencies—with external factors including open innovation collaboration and government R&D grants. SMEs that collaborate with universities and other firms through open innovation achieve stronger competitive advantage than closed-innovation firms.

  • A structural equation modeling approach for the acceptance of driverless automated shuttles based on constructs from the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology and the Diffusion of Innovation Theory

    Sina Nordhoff, Victor Malmsten, Bart van Arem, Peng Liu, Riender Happee · 2021 · Transportation Research Part F Traffic Psychology and Behaviour

    This study examined public acceptance of automated shuttles through surveys of 340 people who experienced a driverless shuttle in Berlin. Compatibility with existing travel habits emerged as the strongest predictor of willingness to use automated shuttles, surpassing expected performance benefits. Trust and willingness to share rides also increased acceptance. Participants found the shuttles easy to use but expressed safety concerns without onboard supervision, preferring remote control room monitoring instead.

  • Board Networks and Corporate Innovation

    Chinghung Chang, Qingqing Wu · 2020 · Management Science

    Well-connected corporate boards drive stronger innovation performance and output quality. The effect intensifies when firms need more external advice or face agency problems. Companies seeking external financing gain particular advantage from board connections to bankers. The researchers establish causality through director deaths, retirements, and regulatory changes affecting board composition, and show that connection types and director characteristics explain variation in outcomes.

  • Technological innovation to achieve sustainable development—Renewable energy technologies diffusion in developing countries

    Samira Tabrizian · 2019 · Sustainable Development

    Renewable energy technologies spread slowly in developing countries due to economic barriers and market failures. This paper examines diffusion obstacles through innovation systems theory, showing how socioeconomic factors affect renewable energy adoption. Governments can strengthen infant renewable markets by understanding these barriers and building robust innovation ecosystems that address poverty and inequality while creating competitive advantages.

  • Effects of Socially Responsible Supplier Development and Sustainability‐Oriented Innovation on Sustainable Development: Empirical Evidence from SMEs

    Guo‐Ciang Wu · 2017 · Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental Management

    Socially responsible supplier development practices by large buying firms significantly strengthen sustainability-oriented innovations in their small and medium enterprise suppliers. These innovations then improve the suppliers' overall sustainability performance across economic, environmental, and social dimensions. The study demonstrates that supplier development fully mediates the relationship between responsible purchasing practices and improved sustainability outcomes.

  • Rare Earths: Market Disruption, Innovation, and Global Supply Chains

    Roderick G. Eggert, Cyrus Wadia, Corby Anderson, Diana Bauer, Fletcher Fields, Lawrence D. Meinert, Patrick R. Taylor · 2016 · Annual Review of Environment and Resources

    A 2010-2011 rare earth price spike triggered innovation across geoscience, process engineering, and materials science. Researchers improved understanding of mineral deposits, made production and recycling more efficient, and developed substitutes requiring fewer rare earths. Though global supply chains remain largely unchanged, this innovation wave will reshape rare earth markets and supply chains in unpredictable ways.

  • How open innovation affects the drivers of competitive advantage

    Richard Reed, Susan F. Storrud‐Barnes, Len Jessup · 2012 · Management Decision

    Open innovation fundamentally reshapes how firms compete. While competitive advantage models remain valid, open innovation eliminates economic rents from property rights and reduces those from scale and capital requirements. However, rents from experience, differentiation, distribution, switching costs, networks, and reputation survive. Firms relying on innovation barriers, proprietary designs, or exclusive skills face long-term competitive losses under open innovation models.

  • Facilitating SME Innovation Capability through Business Networking

    Suvi Konsti‐Laakso, Timo Pihkala, Sascha Kraus · 2012 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Small and medium-sized businesses drive innovation through collaborative networks that enable learning and value creation. This case study of a developing innovation network shows how SMEs generate ideas and create new ventures when working together with other local actors. Facilitated network development significantly enhances SMEs' capacity to innovate and create value.

  • Responsible innovation: bringing together technology assessment, applied ethics, and STS research

    Armin Grünwald · 2011 · Repository KITopen (Karlsruhe Institute of Technology)

    Responsible innovation integrates technology assessment, applied ethics, and science-technology-society studies to embed ethical reflection into research and development processes. The framework brings together established practices in assessing technology impacts, involving stakeholders, and evaluating outcomes with explicit ethical responsibility. Research institutions and funding agencies increasingly adopt this integrative approach to shape how innovation develops, creating opportunities for broader actor participation and reflection in R&D governance.

  • Information technology innovation diffusion: an information requirements paradigm

    Nigel P. Melville, Ronald Ramírez · 2007 · Information Systems Journal

    This paper explains why some manufacturing industries adopt internet-based innovations faster than others. The authors argue that information processing requirements—driven by process complexity, operational speed, and supply chain complexity—determine IT adoption rates. Analysis of US wood products and beverage manufacturing shows industries with higher information processing needs adopt IT innovations more extensively, with downstream supply chain structure playing a key role in adoption decisions.

  • Managing innovation networks in the knowledge-driven economy

    Hans‐Jörg Bullinger, Karin Auernhammer, A. Gomeringer · 2004 · International Journal of Production Research

    Innovation in the knowledge-driven economy requires networks rather than individual organizations because modern innovations demand diverse, complex competencies no one company can develop alone. The paper identifies success factors for managing innovation networks and proposes innovation roadmapping as a methodology to help networks identify ideas, align efforts, and deliver complete solutions across complementary competencies.

  • The spatiotemporal evolution of global innovation networks and the changing position of China: a social network analysis based on cooperative patents

    Feng Hu, Liping Qiu, Shaobin Wei, Haiyan Zhou, Isaac Akpemah Bathuure, Hao Hu · 2023 · R and D Management

    Global innovation networks expanded significantly from 1999 to 2020, becoming more accessible and showing scale-free characteristics. Developed countries in Europe and the United States remain central nodes, though polarization weakened. Four distinct subgroups emerged. Economic and technological factors drive network formation more strongly than demographic factors. China's position strengthened substantially, increasingly serving as a transit hub connecting innovation partners.

  • Administrative environmental innovations, supply network structure, and environmental disclosure

    Marcus A. Bellamy, Suvrat Dhanorkar, Ravi Subramanian · 2020 · Journal of Operations Management

    Administrative environmental innovations help firms track and manage environmental impacts, leading to greater environmental disclosure. The relationship strengthens when firms implement both internal and external innovations together. A firm's position within its supply network—measured by accessibility, control, and interconnectedness—moderates this relationship, affecting how network learning and status influence environmental reporting.

  • Universities and open innovation: the determinants of network centrality

    Robert Huggins, Daniel Prokop, Piers Thompson · 2019 · The Journal of Technology Transfer

    Universities with central positions in university-industry networks show higher involvement in spin-off generation and externally funded research. Patenting activity correlates negatively with network centrality. Geographic location has minimal impact on a university's network position. The study reveals that specific institutional characteristics either enable or constrain universities' open innovation engagement.

  • Internet of Things for Green Building Management: Disruptive Innovations Through Low-Cost Sensor Technology and Artificial Intelligence

    Wayes Tushar, Nipun Wijerathne, Wen-Tai Li, Chau Yuen, H. Vincent Poor, Tapan Kumar Saha, Kristin L. Wood · 2018 · IEEE Signal Processing Magazine

    Buildings consume 60% of global electricity, but traditional management systems are expensive and impractical for small and medium-sized buildings. This paper demonstrates how Internet of Things sensors combined with artificial intelligence can monitor building energy use affordably. Low-cost IoT devices track occupancy and human activity patterns, enabling building managers to identify energy-saving opportunities and reduce consumption without expensive infrastructure.

  • Measurement framework for assessing disruptive innovations

    Jianfeng Guo, Jiaofeng Pan, Jianxin Guo, Фу Гу, Jari Kuusisto · 2018 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This paper develops a multidimensional framework for measuring whether product innovations will be disruptive. The framework evaluates technological features, marketplace dynamics, and external environment across ten indicators. Testing on WeChat, modularized mobile phones, and virtual/augmented reality, the authors surveyed engineering experts and found the framework reliably predicted which innovations succeeded or failed, helping companies make better decisions about product launches and resource allocation.

  • An integrated perspective of TOE framework and innovation diffusion in broadband mobile applications adoption by enterprises

    Chui-Yu Chiu, Shi Chen, Chun-Liang Chen · 2017 · Econstor (Econstor)

    This study identifies critical factors influencing enterprise adoption of broadband mobile applications using the Technology-Organization-Environment framework combined with Diffusion of Innovation Theory. Analysis reveals that technological, organizational, and environmental contexts significantly affect adoption decisions. The research identifies eleven critical factors across these three dimensions plus two control variables, providing guidance for enterprises seeking competitive advantage through mobile broadband technology.

  • Social Capital and Learning Advantages: A Problem of Absorptive Capacity

    Mathew Hughes, Robert E. Morgan, R. Duane Ireland, Paul Hughes · 2014 · Strategic Entrepreneurship Journal

    Social capital and network relationships don't directly improve firm performance. Instead, absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new knowledge—mediates and moderates how learning through networks translates into business results. The study challenges the assumption that new firms automatically gain performance advantages from their social connections.

  • OPEN INNOVATION MATURITY FRAMEWORK

    Ellen Enkel, John Bell, HANNAH HOGENKAMP · 2011 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    Researchers developed a maturity framework for open innovation by working with 15 companies. The framework measures and benchmarks how well organizations conduct open innovation across multiple dimensions. It identifies areas where companies excel and where they need improvement to advance their open innovation capabilities.

  • Rewarding in open innovation communities &amp;ndash; how to motivate members

    Maria Antikainen, Heli Väätäjä · 2010 · International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Innovation Management

    Online open innovation communities need both monetary and non-monetary rewards to attract and retain members. This study surveyed participants and interviewed maintainers of three open innovation intermediaries, finding that members value monetary rewards and recognition for idea quality. Analysis of twelve communities showed that successful intermediaries combine multiple reward types to motivate sustained participation.

  • Bureaucratic Job Mobility and The Diffusion of Innovations

    Manuel P. Teodoro · 2008 · American Journal of Political Science

    Bureaucratic job mobility drives policy innovation adoption across U.S. local governments. Agency leaders hired from outside organizations are significantly more likely to introduce professionally fashionable innovations than those promoted internally. The study of municipal police and water utility managers shows that government innovation depends on both demand for new policies and the supply of mobile administrators who bring professional priorities into their agencies.

  • Transformation Networks in Innovation Alliances – The Development of Volvo C70

    Sigvald Harryson, Rafal Dudkowski, Alexander W. Stern · 2008 · Journal of Management Studies

    This paper examines how Volvo developed the C70 car through learning alliances spanning multiple organizational levels. The researchers identify 'transformation networks' that enable knowledge transfer and integration across exploration and exploitation phases of innovation. These networks operate differently at various organizational levels and prove essential for converting research into commercial products.

  • Innovation in the public sector: Towards an open and collaborative approach

    Victor Bekkers, Lars Tummers · 2018 · International Review of Administrative Sciences

    Public sector innovation has shifted from an internal organizational process to an open, collaborative effort involving multiple stakeholders across organizations. The paper argues that scholars must now study how to engage stakeholders in innovation and integrate insights from network governance, leadership, and design thinking to produce socially relevant research.

  • Network, knowledge and relationship impacts on innovation in tourism destinations

    F. Zach, Tracy Hill · 2017 · Tourism Management

    Tourism destinations innovate more when firms collaborate with trusted partners who share knowledge, and when they occupy central positions in local business networks. The study shows that relationship qualities like trust and shared knowledge drive innovation partnerships, while network position identifies the most successful innovators. Destination managers should encourage knowledge-sharing collaborations and position broker firms to bring in new ideas.

  • Exploring the Relationships between Strategy, Innovation, and Management Control Systems: The Roles of Social Networking, Organic Innovative Culture, and Formal Controls

    Robert H. Chenhall, J. Kallunki, Hanna Silvola · 2011 · Journal of Management Accounting Research

    Product differentiation strategy drives innovation in enterprises through three management control mechanisms: social networking, organic innovative culture, and formal controls. A survey of Russian enterprises confirms that differentiation strategies increase innovation activity. Organic culture and formal controls directly boost innovation, while social networking indirectly supports innovation by strengthening innovative culture. These control systems act as the pathway linking strategic choices to innovation outcomes.

  • The evolution of Norway's national innovation system

    Jan Fagerberg, David C. Mowery, Bart Verspagen · 2009 · Science and Public Policy

    This paper examines how Norway's science, technology, and innovation policies evolved alongside its industrial structure over time. It develops a historical approach to studying innovation policy development and focuses on resource-based industries rather than high-tech sectors. The analysis reveals how institutions and politics shaped Norway's national innovation system, offering insights often missing from snapshot studies of innovation systems.

  • Social cognitive theory in technological innovations

    Vanessa Ratten, Hamish Ratten · 2007 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Australian youth show limited intention to adopt wireless banking technology, according to a social cognitive theory framework. The research reveals that WAP banking technology remains immature and not yet ready for widespread youth adoption. Young people serve as early technology adopters whose behavior patterns indicate future market potential for digital banking innovations.

  • A Two-Staged SEM-Artificial Neural Network Approach to Analyze the Impact of FinTech Adoption on the Sustainability Performance of Banking Firms: The Mediating Effect of Green Finance and Innovation

    Chen Yan, Abu Bakkar Siddik, Yong Li, Qianli Dong, Guang-Wen Zheng, Md Nafizur Rahman · 2022 · Systems

    Banks in Bangladesh that adopt financial technology improve their sustainability performance through two mechanisms: increased green finance and green innovation. The study analyzed 351 banking employees and found that FinTech adoption directly strengthens both green finance and innovation, which then drive sustainability outcomes. Green finance and innovation fully mediate the relationship between technology adoption and sustainability performance.

  • A systematic literature review of open innovation in the public sector: comparing barriers and governance strategies of digital and non-digital open innovation

    Rui Mu, Huanming Wang · 2020 · Public Management Review

    This systematic review examines how barriers and governance strategies differ between digital and non-digital open innovation in the public sector. Relational barriers dominate non-digital initiatives, while capacity and technical barriers challenge digital ones. Political commitment and intermediaries work universally, but coercive strategies only suit inter-governmental contexts. Offline participation requires persuasive, relationship-focused governance; online participation demands technical capacity building.

  • Translocal empowerment in transformative social innovation networks

    Flor Avelino, Adina Dumitru, Carla Cipolla, Iris Kunze, Julia M. Wittmayer · 2019 · European Planning Studies

    This paper examines how people gain power and capacity to achieve goals through both local and transnational social innovation networks. The authors analyze five global networks—FEBEA, DESIS, Global Ecovillage Network, Impact Hub, and Slow Food—to understand empowerment mechanisms. They find that translocal connections, linking local initiatives with global networks, enable actors to mobilize resources and drive social change through intrinsic motivation and self-determination.

  • Constructing Regional Advantage: Towards State-of-the-Art Regional Innovation System Policies in Europe?

    Björn Asheim, Jerker Moodysson, Franz Tödtling · 2011 · European Planning Studies

    This paper examines how regional innovation system policies work across Europe, analyzing the challenges of applying national-level cluster concepts to regional contexts. The authors use ideal types as a conceptual framework to understand how regional advantage develops, showing that while individual elements of these ideal types exist in reality, the complete configurations themselves do not naturally occur.

  • Extending the technology acceptance model to mobile telecommunication innovation: The existence of network externalities

    Chih‐Chien Wang, Sing Kai Lo, Wenchang Fang · 2008 · Journal of Consumer Behaviour

    This study extends the Technology Acceptance Model to mobile telecommunications by examining how network externalities influence consumer adoption of Multimedia Messaging Services. The research confirms that perceived usefulness and ease of use drive acceptance, and adds that the number of existing users significantly affects adoption decisions. The findings show the Technology Acceptance Model effectively predicts consumer behavior for mobile innovations when network effects are present.

  • Disruptive information system innovation: the case of internet computing

    Kalle Lyytinen, Gregory M. Rose · 2003 · Information Systems Journal

    This paper develops a theory of disruptive information system innovation, defined as novel organizational applications of digital technologies that create radical breaks from expected trajectories. The authors argue that internet computing exemplifies disruptive IS innovation because it fundamentally transformed application portfolios, development practices, and IS services across organizations. They demonstrate that disruptive innovations are both pervasive—spanning all aspects of IS innovation—and radical, departing significantly from existing alternatives and requiring new cognitive models of computing.

  • Measuring perceptions of innovation adoption: the diffusion of a federal drug prevention policy

    Melinda M. Pankratz · 2002 · Health Education Research

    Researchers developed and tested a 17-item scale measuring how school coordinators perceive a federal drug prevention policy across 12 states. The scale identified three key factors influencing adoption: relative advantage and compatibility with existing practices, complexity, and observability. Schools viewing the policy as advantageous and compatible were more likely to adopt it. The scale reliably measures these perceptions and can be adapted to assess adoption of other health education programs.

  • The Impact of the Regulatory Sandbox on the Fintech Industry, with a Discussion on the Relation between Regulatory Sandboxes and Open Innovation

    Jayoung James Goo, Joo-yeun Heo · 2020 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Regulatory sandboxes—controlled environments allowing fintech companies to test innovations with regulatory flexibility—significantly boost venture capital investment in fintech ecosystems. Analysis of nine countries that adopted sandboxes first shows these frameworks reduce regulatory uncertainty and attract venture funding. The study provides empirical evidence that sandboxes effectively stimulate fintech industry growth and ecosystem development.

  • Potential and Realized Absorptive Capacity as Complementary Drivers of Green Product and Process Innovation Performance

    Gema Albort-Morant, Jörg Henseler, Gabriel Cepeda‐Carrión, Antonio L. Leal‐Rodríguez · 2018 · Sustainability

    Companies absorb external environmental knowledge through two mechanisms—potential capacity (acquiring and assimilating knowledge) and realized capacity (transforming and exploiting it)—to develop green innovations. A study of 112 Spanish automotive component manufacturers found that both dimensions of absorptive capacity directly drive performance in green product and process innovation, showing how firms convert external knowledge into environmental improvements.

  • “Open” disclosure of innovations, incentives and follow-on reuse: Theory on processes of cumulative innovation and a field experiment in computational biology

    Kevin Boudreau, Karim R. Lakhani · 2014 · Research Policy

    The paper examines how timing of knowledge disclosure—whether innovators share intermediate progress or only final results—affects subsequent innovation. Using theory and experiments in computational biology, the authors show that intermediate disclosure efficiently guides development toward existing solutions but reduces experimentation and technological diversity. Final disclosure encourages broader exploration. The findings reveal a fundamental tradeoff between steering innovation efficiently and enabling diverse technological search paths.

  • The Role of Public and Private Protection in Disruptive Innovation: The Automotive Industry and the Emergence of Low‐Emission Vehicles

    Jonatan Pinkse, René Bohnsack, Ans Kolk · 2013 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Car manufacturers pursuing low-emission vehicles face challenges making disruptive technology attractive to mainstream customers. This study examines how public protection levers—regulation, tax incentives, and public-private partnerships—and private levers—resource allocation, niche occupation, and collaboration—shape manufacturer strategies. Analysis of Daimler, General Motors, and Toyota across European, Japanese, and U.S. markets reveals two distinct trajectories: public protection initially drove commercialization but stalled due to systemic barriers, while private protection strategies subsequently gained momentum.

  • How Innovation Management Techniques Support An Open Innovation Strategy

    Juán Ignacio Igartua, José Albors Garrigós, José-Luis Hervás-Oliver · 2010 · Research-Technology Management

    This paper examines how innovation management techniques help small and medium-sized firms implement open innovation strategies. Using a Spanish elevator manufacturer as a case study, the authors show that structured innovation management tools enable collaborative networks and technology transfer. The findings help managers understand how to build sustained competitive advantage through organized approaches to collaborative innovation.

  • Evolutionary Plasticity and Innovations in Complex Metabolic Reaction Networks

    João F. Matias Rodrigues, Andreas Wagner · 2009 · PLoS Computational Biology

    This paper studies how metabolic networks in bacteria evolve and adapt. The researchers found that these networks are robust to gene mutations and can rapidly acquire new metabolic abilities through gene loss and horizontal gene transfer. Networks with identical metabolic functions differ substantially in their reactions, yet can be connected through single mutations. This robustness enables evolutionary innovation by allowing organisms to explore new metabolic capabilities while maintaining survival.

  • Topology and evolution of technology innovation networks

    Sergi Valverde, Ricard V. Solé, Mark A. Bedau, Norman H. Packard · 2007 · Physical Review E

    Patent citation networks from the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office reveal how technological innovations connect and evolve over time. The network exhibits scaling patterns consistent with preferential attachment and aging effects, similar to scientific citation networks. This suggests a universal mechanism governs how innovations build on prior ideas and designs.

  • Investigating factors of students' behavioral intentions to adopt chatbot technologies in higher education: Perspective from expanded diffusion theory of innovation

    Musa Adekunle Ayanwale, Mdutshekelwa Ndlovu · 2024 · Computers in Human Behavior Reports

    This study examines what drives undergraduate students to adopt chatbots for learning. Using diffusion of innovation theory, researchers surveyed 842 students and found that perceived benefits, compatibility with student needs, and opportunities to try chatbots all increase adoption intention. Trust in the technology also matters. Surprisingly, ease of use did not directly influence adoption, suggesting other factors shape students' decisions to use AI tools in education.

  • New developments in innovation and entrepreneurial ecosystems

    Maryann P. Feldman, Donald S. Siegel, Mike Wright · 2019 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    This special section examines innovation and entrepreneurial ecosystems through multi-level analysis of agents, institutions, and regions. The authors synthesize research across the section, identifying key questions, theories, and methods used to study how ecosystems shape innovation and entrepreneurship. They propose a research agenda addressing context, process, and impact of these ecosystems.

  • Frugal innovation for supply chain sustainability in SMEs: multi-method research design

    K. T. Shibin, Rameshwar Dubey, Angappa Gunasekaran, Zongwei Luo, Θάνος Παπαδόπουλος, David Roubaud · 2018 · Production Planning & Control

    This study links frugal innovation with supply chain sustainability in small and medium enterprises, particularly in emerging markets facing institutional barriers and resource constraints. The researchers developed a conceptual framework showing how frugal innovation enables sustainable supply chains and validated it through survey data. The findings demonstrate that frugal innovation capabilities help organizations achieve supply chain sustainability despite limited resources.

  • Open innovation web-based platforms: The impact of different forms of motivation on collaboration

    Cinzia Battistella, Fabio Nonino · 2012 · Innovation

    Open innovation web-based platforms enable collaboration between individuals and companies. This study analyzes 116 platforms to understand what motivates people to participate. The research finds that motivations vary depending on the innovation stage and type of participant. Platforms should design their reward systems differently for different phases of innovation and shift from workplace-focused to social-focused approaches to encourage participation.

  • Creating shared value through open innovation approaches: Opportunities and challenges for corporate sustainability

    Mark Anthony Camilleri, Ciro Troise, Serena Strazzullo, Stefano Bresciani · 2023 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Open innovation—where businesses collaborate with external partners—can advance corporate sustainability across economic, social, and environmental goals. External stakeholders help companies develop sustainable innovations, enter new markets, and create revenue streams while addressing social deficits. However, open innovation exposes organizations to risks including information leakage and difficulty controlling partner conduct, making trust and governance challenging.

  • Harvesting reflective knowledge exchange for inbound open innovation in complex collaborative networks: an empirical verification in Europe

    Armando Papa, Roberto Chierici, Luca Vincenzo Ballestra, Dirk Meissner, Mehmet Orhan · 2020 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Open innovation collaboration modes significantly boost innovation performance by stimulating reflective knowledge exchange among firms in complex networks. Analysis of European Union firms from 2014–2019 shows that external knowledge sourcing, knowledge transfer, and big data analytics strengthen patent applications. Reflective knowledge exchange emerges as a critical mechanism enabling firms to maximize returns from innovation within inter-organizational networks.

  • Social Business Model Innovation: A Quadruple/Quintuple Helix-Based Social Innovation Ecosystem

    Elias G. Carayannis, Evangelos Grigoroudis, Dimitra Stamati, Theodora Valvi · 2019 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    This paper proposes an ecosystem framework for social business model innovation using quadruple and quintuple helix models. The framework integrates civil society, political structures, environment, and sustainability to enable social innovation that improves human well-being. Case studies demonstrate that open innovation and clearly defined social missions drive successful social business models through collaborative knowledge creation and exploitation.

  • Under the Wide Umbrella of Open Innovation

    Michael A. Stanko, Gregory J. Fisher, Marcel Bogers · 2017 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This paper examines open innovation as a broad framework encompassing how organizations collaborate with external partners to develop new products and services. The authors analyze how companies leverage external knowledge sources, partnerships, and ecosystems to accelerate innovation processes. They demonstrate that open innovation practices span diverse industries and organizational contexts, creating value through systematic engagement with external stakeholders and resources.

  • Open collaborative innovation and digital platforms

    Salvatore Esposito De Falco, Antonio Renzi, Beatrice Orlando, Nicola Cucari · 2017 · Production Planning & Control

    Digital platforms enable open collaborative innovation by reducing transaction costs and improving coordination between partners. The study uses contract theory to show how platform governance affects firm operations and ambidexterity. A case analysis of TIM OPEN demonstrates that combining digital platforms with collaborative innovation strategies drives operational synergies and enhances creative processes through selective and free information sharing.

  • Frugal and reverse innovation - Literature overview and case study insights from a German MNC in India and China

    Nivedita Agarwal, Alexander Brem · 2012

    Western multinational corporations operating in India and China develop affordable products with essential features through frugal and reverse innovation, then introduce these solutions to developed markets. A German MNC case study shows that success in emerging markets requires complete localization, identifying core customer values, and balancing both innovation types in the product portfolio.

  • Digital Innovations in MSMEs during Economic Disruptions: Experiences and Challenges of Young Entrepreneurs

    Lavinia Javier Cueto, April Faith Deleon Frisnedi, Reynaldo Baculio Collera, Kenneth Ian Talosig Batac, Casper Boongaling Agaton · 2022 · Administrative Sciences

    Filipino young entrepreneurs shifted their micro, small, and medium enterprises to digital platforms during COVID-19 economic disruption. The study identifies intrinsic motivations like personal growth and extrinsic drivers including mobility restrictions and market conditions. Key barriers include inadequate digital skills, internet infrastructure gaps, market challenges on digital platforms, and pandemic restrictions. Findings support developing government policies and support programs for digital entrepreneurship in developing economies.

  • The Effect of COVID-19 on the Hospitality Industry: The Implication for Open Innovation

    Kanwal Iqbal Khan, Amna Niazi, Adeel Nasir, Mujahid Hussain, Maryam Iqbal Khan · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    COVID-19 devastated the hospitality industry, creating severe job insecurity among employees and damaging their mental health. A survey of 372 hospitality workers found that perceived job insecurity mediates the relationship between economic crisis fears and mental health problems, with COVID-19 fear strengthening this effect. The research recommends managers address psychological factors affecting employees and invest in digital infrastructure and smart technologies to build industry resilience.

  • Anticipatory life-cycle assessment for responsible research and innovation

    Ben A. Wender, Rider W. Foley, Troy A. Hottle, Jathan Sadowski, Valentina Prado, Daniel A. Eisenberg, Lise Laurin, Thomas P. Seager · 2014 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    Life-cycle assessment (LCA) can guide innovation toward beneficial outcomes, but current approaches rely on mature industries and lack stakeholder engagement. This paper proposes anticipatory LCA—a forward-looking method that explores uncertain future scenarios for emerging technologies without claiming prediction. By identifying key uncertainties and engaging decision-makers, anticipatory LCA can help researchers prioritize environmental considerations and promote responsible innovation.

  • Managing research and innovation networks: Evidence from a government sponsored cross-industry program

    Per Levén, Jonny Holmström, Lars Mathiassen · 2013 · Research Policy

    This paper examines how a Swedish government program called ProcessIT Innovations managed cross-industry collaboration between traditional process industries and emerging IT firms. The researchers identified specific challenges in configuring the network, orchestrating partnerships, and facilitating innovation projects. They developed a model for managing research and innovation networks that bring together different industries and connect firms with research institutions.

  • Knowledge creation capability, absorptive capacity, and product innovativeness

    Zhongfeng Su, David Ahlström, Jia Li, Dejun Cheng · 2013 · R and D Management

    Knowledge creation capability and absorptive capacity both independently boost product innovativeness in firms. Together, they create a synergistic effect that strengthens innovation outcomes. In highly turbulent technological environments, knowledge creation capability becomes even more critical, while absorptive capacity's impact weakens. The study surveyed 212 Chinese firms to reach these conclusions.

  • The new age of innovation. Driving co-created value through global networks

    Frits Meijering · 2009 · Journal of Social Intervention Theory and Practice

    This paper discusses how innovation is created through collaborative networks that span globally. The author argues that modern innovation increasingly depends on co-creating value across organizational and geographic boundaries rather than developing solutions in isolation. The work emphasizes the role of interconnected networks in driving innovation forward.

  • Relationships between knowledge acquisition, absorptive capacity and innovation capability: an empirical study on Taiwan’s financial and manufacturing industries

    Shu-Hsien Liao, Chi‐Chuan Wu, Da-Chian Hu, Kuang-an Tsui · 2009 · Journal of Information Science

    This study examines how knowledge acquisition drives innovation in Taiwan's financial and manufacturing sectors. Using structural equation modeling on 362 companies, the research finds that absorptive capacity mediates the relationship between knowledge acquisition and innovation capability. Knowledge acquisition directly strengthens absorptive capacity, and industry type moderates how knowledge acquisition translates into innovation. The findings reveal distinct patterns across financial and manufacturing firms.

  • SELECTIVE REVEALING IN OPEN INNOVATION PROCESSES: THE CASE OF EMBEDDED LINUX.

    Joachim Henkel · 2006 · Academy of Management Proceedings

    Firms developing embedded Linux software selectively reveal their innovations to public projects while protecting proprietary intellectual property. This voluntary contribution strategy generates informal development support benefits. The study finds revealing practices vary significantly across firms based on their characteristics, demonstrating how companies balance open innovation participation with competitive advantage protection.

  • On the Decay Behavior of the CO<sub>2</sub>Absorption Capacity of CaO-Based Sorbents

    Jinsheng Wang, Edward J. Anthony · 2004 · Industrial & Engineering Chemistry Research

    This paper examines how calcium oxide-based sorbents lose their ability to capture CO2 over repeated absorption and desorption cycles. The authors propose a new mathematical equation that better describes this decay behavior using a single parameter. They identify sintering as the mechanism causing capacity loss and provide a method to compare different sorbents' performance using this decay parameter.

  • The Role of Green Innovation between Green Market Orientation and Business Performance: Its Implication for Open Innovation

    Bambang Tjahjadi, Noorlailie Soewarno, Hariyati Hariyati, Lina Nasihatun Nafidah, Nanik Kustiningsih, Viviani Nadyaningrum · 2020 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Green market orientation directly improves business performance in Indonesian manufacturing small and medium enterprises, and this effect is strengthened when companies adopt green innovation practices. The study of 175 MSME owners in East Java shows that balancing economic, environmental, and social concerns through green strategies enhances business outcomes, supporting sustainability theory in the Indonesian context.

  • External knowledge sharing and radical innovation: the downsides of uncontrolled openness

    Paavo Ritala, Kenneth Husted, Heidi Olander, Snejina Michailova · 2018 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Uncontrolled sharing of business-critical knowledge with external partners damages firms' radical innovation performance through accidental knowledge leakage. A study of 150 Finnish technology firms found that excessive openness in knowledge sharing significantly reduces radical innovation outcomes, though incremental innovation remains unaffected. Firms pursuing radical innovation must carefully manage what knowledge employees share externally and with whom.

  • User Service Innovation on Mobile Phone Platforms: Investigating Impacts of Lead Userness, Toolkit Support, and Design Autonomy1

    Hua Ye, Atreyi Kankanhalli · 2018 · MIS Quarterly

    This study examines how user characteristics, platform design features, and autonomy levels affect service innovation on mobile phone platforms like iOS and Android. Lead users with strong expertise, combined with toolkits that ease effort and enable exploration, plus decision-making and work-method autonomy, drive higher innovation output. The interactions between these factors matter more than individual effects alone.

  • Implications of Frugal Innovations on Sustainable Development: Evaluating Water and Energy Innovations

    Jarkko Levänen, Mokter Hossain, Tatu Lyytinen, Anne Hyvärinen, Sini Numminen, Minna Halme · 2015 · Sustainability

    This paper evaluates four frugal innovations in water and energy sectors against sustainability criteria covering ecological, social, and economic dimensions. The innovations outperformed existing low-income solutions in energy production and water purification capacity. However, social sustainability varied significantly: energy solutions emphasized capacity building and inclusion, while water solutions relied on traditional corporate responsibility. The authors identify three major challenges: integrating material efficiency into systems, promoting inclusive employment, and supporting local industrialization. They conclude that frugality and sustainability, though related, should not be treated as equivalent concepts.

  • Open Innovation and Firm Performance: The Mediating Role of Social Capital

    Matthias Rass, Martin Dumbach, Frank Danzinger, Angelika C. Bullinger, Kathrin M. Moeslein · 2013 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Open innovation practices improve firm performance through two pathways: direct effects and indirect effects mediated by social capital. The study shows that when firms implement open innovation instruments, they build stronger social networks and relationships. These enhanced social connections then drive better firm performance. Social capital acts as a crucial mechanism linking innovation practices to business outcomes.

  • Factors that influence the development and diffusion of technical innovations in the construction industry

    John Gambatese, Matthew R. Hallowell · 2011 · Construction Management and Economics

    The paper examines why some technical innovations spread quickly through construction while others languish. Researchers surveyed 233 innovations from construction industry sources and identified statistically significant factors that motivate initial investment, enable or block diffusion, and affect project outcomes. Successful innovations required an average of 38 months, 4,700 worker-hours, and $836,000 to develop, implement, and diffuse.

  • Managing Open Innovation: Exploring Challenges at the Interfaces of an Open Innovation Arena

    Susanne Ollila, Maria Elmquist · 2011 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Open innovation arenas—organizations that facilitate collaboration while competing as key players themselves—face distinct management challenges. A Swedish traffic safety research unit with 22 partners experienced three types of challenges: managing relationships with partner organizations, coordinating collaboration between partners, and maintaining the arena's own operations. These challenges differ from those faced by firms simply collaborating with external actors.

  • Knowledge arbitrage in global pharma: a synthetic view of absorptive capacity and open innovation

    Benjamin Hughes, Jonathan Wareham · 2010 · R and D Management

    This case study of a global pharmaceutical company reveals how open innovation operates in practice. The company focuses on building OI capabilities, sharing external information, and leveraging knowledge arbitrage across networks. Notably absent are value capture models and technology evaluation criteria common in OI literature. The researchers propose that absorptive capacity works bidirectionally with open innovation, enabling firms to both acquire and contribute knowledge effectively.

  • Diffusion of innovations: Smartphones and wireless anatomy learning resources

    Robert B. Trelease · 2008 · Anatomical Sciences Education

    Smartphones and media players enable new approaches to anatomy education. The author tested iPhones and iPod Touch devices with flashcards, PDFs, 3D imaging, podcasts, and clinical videos. These touch-screen devices offer practical wireless access to multimedia learning resources that students can use anywhere. As students widely adopt such personal technology, educators can develop portable, multiplatform educational content.

  • Digital transformation of industrial firms: an innovation diffusion perspective

    Annika Steiber, Sverker Alänge, Swapan Ghosh, Dulce Gonçalves · 2020 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    This paper applies innovation diffusion theory to explain digital transformation in large industrial firms. By studying General Electric and Siemens, the authors identify common drivers and inhibitors of successful digital transformation. The innovation diffusion framework effectively identifies factors that help or hinder firms' transformation processes, offering researchers and managers better tools to analyze and plan digital transformation strategies.

  • Open innovation for sustainability through creating shared value-role of knowledge management system, openness and organizational structure

    Sushil S. Chaurasia, Natashaa Kaul, Babita S. Yadav, Dhirendra Shukla · 2020 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Open innovation for sustainability requires three critical conditions working together: knowledge management systems, organizational openness, and appropriate organizational structure. Manufacturing micro, small, and medium enterprises must configure these elements at different levels to create shared value with partners and stakeholders. Organizations succeed by expanding beyond internal resources to collaborate actively with manufacturers, retailers, and other stakeholders on sustainability problem-solving.

  • Frugal innovation in a crisis: the digital fabrication maker response to COVID‐19

    Lucia Corsini, Valeria Dammicco, James Moultrie · 2020 · R and D Management

    During COVID-19, maker communities used digital fabrication tools to produce critical items like masks and ventilators, demonstrating frugal innovation—doing more with less for more people. Case studies from Italy and India show makers employed similar resource-constrained approaches despite different economic contexts. The research expands frugal innovation theory beyond emerging markets, establishing digital fabrication as a key enabler for distributed innovation networks responding to crises.

  • Who Are Your Neighbors? The Role of Ideology and Decline of Geographic Proximity in the Diffusion of Policy Innovations

    Daniel J. Mallinson · 2019 · Policy Studies Journal

    This study examines how U.S. states adopt policy innovations between 1960 and 2014, analyzing 556 policies to understand what drives adoption decisions. The research finds that ideological similarity between states remains a stable predictor of policy adoption, while geographic proximity to neighboring states has become less influential over time. Political polarization strengthens the role of ideology in shaping which states copy each other's policies.

  • Involving Consumers: The Role of Digital Technologies in Promoting ‘Prosumption’ and User Innovation

    Thierry Rayna, Ludmila Striukova · 2016 · Journal of the Knowledge Economy

    Digital technologies enable consumers to shift from passive buyers to active producers—a phenomenon called prosumption. The paper develops a framework showing how different digital tools (mobile networks, 3D printing) enable different types of consumer involvement in design, manufacturing, and distribution. Examples include user innovation, DIY production, the makers movement, and sharing economy platforms. The authors argue understanding prosumption's nature is critical for anticipating market disruptions.

  • An Advantage of Newness: Vicarious Learning Despite Limited Absorptive Capacity

    Hart E. Posen, John S. Chen · 2013 · Organization Science

    New firms entering markets typically lack the knowledge and capabilities of established competitors, but they can overcome this disadvantage through vicarious learning from incumbents. This study shows that new entrants actually learn more effectively from external knowledge during their own experiential learning processes than established firms do. Using data from U.S. commercial banking, the researchers find that entrants gain twice as much vicarious learning relative to their experiential learning compared to incumbents, suggesting newness creates a learning advantage rather than just a liability.

  • Diffusion of Innovation Theory: A Bridge for the Research‐Practice Gap in Counseling

    Christine E. Murray · 2009 · Journal of Counseling & Development

    This paper applies diffusion of innovation theory to explain why counseling research findings fail to reach practitioners. The author outlines the research-practice gap in counseling and uses diffusion theory's core principles to propose research practices and questions that could help new evidence spread more effectively through the profession.

  • Innovation, Networking and Proximity: Lessons from Small High Technology Firms in the UK

    Henny Romijn, Mike Albu · 2002 · Regional Studies

    Small high-tech electronics and software firms in South East England innovate more effectively when they network with suppliers and service providers who offer complementary capabilities. Geographical proximity matters for these relationships. The regional science base successfully nurtured new ventures, but science parks did not. Policy efforts to build regional networks among similar firms and close customers showed no innovation benefit.

  • FinTech in the Small Food Business and Its Relation with Open Innovation

    Mukhamad Najib, Wita Juwita Ermawati, Farah Fahma, Endri Endri, Dwi Suhartanto · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Small food businesses struggle to access traditional bank financing. This study examines what drives small food business owners to adopt financial technology (FinTech) for credit access. Using a modified UTAUT 2 model with 184 Indonesian respondents, researchers found that knowledge, safety perceptions, performance expectations, social influence, facilitation conditions, and price values all influence FinTech adoption. The research shows that adopting FinTech improves business sustainability for small food enterprises.

  • Knowledge sharing in international markets for product and process innovation: moderating role of firm's absorptive capacity

    Sheshadri Chatterjee, Ranjan Chaudhuri, Demetris Vrontis · 2021 · International Marketing Review

    Knowledge sharing between subsidiaries of multinational firms drives product and process innovation. A firm's absorptive capacity—its ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new knowledge—strengthens this relationship. The study validates a model showing that knowledge-sharing activities enhance dynamic capabilities like sensing, seizing, and transforming, ultimately improving competitiveness in international markets.

  • Influence of Technological Assets on Organizational Performance through Absorptive Capacity, Organizational Innovation and Internal Labour Flexibility

    Encarnación García Sánchez, Victor Jesús García Morales, Rodrigo Martín‐Rojas · 2018 · Sustainability

    Technological assets drive organizational performance in European technology companies through two mechanisms: absorptive capacity and internal labor flexibility. The study finds that technological skills and competencies strengthen both potential and realized absorptive capacity, which then enhance labor flexibility and organizational innovation. Internal labor flexibility further boosts performance by enabling innovation. These relationships prove especially valuable in dynamic, turbulent technological environments.

  • Diffusion of digital innovation in construction: a case study of a UK engineering firm

    Amna Shibeika, Chris Harty · 2015 · Construction Management and Economics

    A UK engineering firm adopted building information modelling (BIM) technology over four years in response to government mandates for large public projects. The study reveals that digital innovation diffused through three phases: centralizing technology management, standardizing digital practices, and globalizing digital resources. Diffusion occurred along multiple, overlapping paths within the firm's complex organization, following a non-linear process shaped by changing organizational context and uncertainty.

  • Linking properties of knowledge with innovation performance: the moderate role of absorptive capacity

    Changfeng Wang, Han Yan · 2011 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This study examines how knowledge characteristics affect innovation performance in Chinese small and medium-sized enterprises, finding that most knowledge properties boost innovation. The research shows that absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new knowledge—strengthens the relationship between knowledge properties and innovation outcomes. Companies with higher absorptive capacity gain more innovation benefit from their knowledge assets.

  • User involvement in radical innovation: are consumers conservative?

    Eva Heiskanen, Kaarina Hyvönen, Mari Niva, Mika Pantzar, Päivi Timonen, Johanna Varjonen · 2007 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Consumers reject radical innovations for reasons beyond mere ignorance. This study of food product concepts shows that resistance stems from concerns about instrumentalism, loss of autonomy, organizational complexity, and systemic effects. Companies should take consumer objections seriously during early-stage development rather than treating concept testing as a simple pass/fail screen, using it instead to understand how innovations affect daily life and society.

  • Innovation in food firms: contribution of regional networks within the international business context

    Xavier Gellynck, Bert Vermeire, Jacques Viaene · 2007 · Entrepreneurship and Regional Development

    Food firms in Belgium that participate in regional networks develop stronger innovation capabilities, especially when operating internationally. The study shows that regional networking and global market orientation reinforce each other rather than conflict. Firms gain competitive advantage by accessing external knowledge across multiple geographic scales. Regional network support emerges as an effective policy tool for enhancing firm innovation.

  • The diffusion of human‐resource information‐technology innovations in US and non‐US firms

    Gary W. Florkowski, Miguel R. Olivas‐Luján · 2006 · Personnel Review

    This study examines how eight human-resource information technologies spread across US, Canadian, UK, and Irish firms. The researchers found that internal influences—particularly contacts among potential adopters within their social networks—drove adoption decisions more than external factors. Results held consistent across different countries, user types, and technology types. The findings suggest firms need better-coordinated technology strategies to align purchasing with actual HR automation goals.

  • Digital green value co-creation behavior, digital green network embedding and digital green innovation performance: moderating effects of digital green network fragmentation

    Shi Yin, Yudan Zhao · 2024 · Humanities and Social Sciences Communications

    Digital green value co-creation behavior and digital green network embedding significantly improve digital green innovation performance in business ecosystems. Network embedding mediates this relationship, while network fragmentation strengthens it. The study surveyed 326 organizations and found that companies engaging in collaborative green innovation through digital networks achieve better environmental and innovation outcomes, with fragmented networks actually enhancing performance by encouraging diverse partnerships.

  • The nexus between dynamic capabilities and competitive firm performance: the mediating role of open innovation

    Asta Pundzienė, Shahrokh Nikou, Harry Bouwman · 2021 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    This study examines how firms' dynamic capabilities drive competitive performance through open innovation. Using structural equation modeling on 465 firms across innovative and non-innovative industries, the researchers found that dynamic capabilities significantly boost open innovation performance, which in turn improves competitive performance. Open innovation partially mediates the relationship between dynamic capabilities and firm competitiveness, suggesting that investing in innovation capacity, customer engagement, and innovation management strengthens competitive outcomes.

  • Antecedents and effects of individual absorptive capacity: a micro-foundational perspective on open innovation

    Sandor Jan Albert Löwik, Jeroen Kraaijenbrink, Arend J. Groen · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Individual employees vary in their ability to recognize and use external knowledge—called absorptive capacity—based on three factors: their prior knowledge diversity, external network diversity, and cognitive style. A bisociative thinking style (connecting unrelated ideas) matters most. This individual absorptive capacity directly affects how well employees innovate and mediates between their personal characteristics and innovation performance, making it crucial for organizations pursuing open innovation.

  • (Re-)designing higher education curricula in times of systemic dysfunction: a responsible research and innovation perspective

    V.C. Tassone, Catherine O’Mahony, Emma McKenna, H.J. Eppink, A.E.J. Wals · 2017 · Higher Education

    Higher education must embed Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) into curricula to prepare students for sustainability challenges. This paper proposes design principles and a competence framework for redesigning curricula and teaching practices. It argues that universities should reject neoliberal, market-driven approaches in favor of more ethical, responsible education that equips students to become responsible innovators addressing complex global problems.

  • Rogers Theory on Diffusion of Innovation-The Most Appropriate Theoretical Model in the Study of Factors Influencing the Integration of Sustainability in Tourism Businesses

    Mirjam Dibra · 2015 · Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences

    The paper examines theoretical frameworks for understanding why tourism businesses adopt sustainable practices. After reviewing multiple models used across industries, the author concludes that Rogers's diffusion of innovation theory best explains the factors influencing tourism businesses to integrate sustainability into their operations. This framework helps identify barriers and motivations for adopting sustainable tourism practices.

  • Social Networks for Innovation and New Product Development

    Roger Leenders, Wilfred Dolfsma · 2015 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This article introduces social network analysis and examines how social networks drive innovation and new product development across four levels: within firms, across firm boundaries, between firms, and external to firms. The authors review existing research and position eight special issue papers within this multilevel framework, demonstrating how network structures and connections influence innovation outcomes.

  • Inter‐firm market orientation as antecedent of knowledge transfer, innovation and value creation in networks

    Jesús Cambra‐Fierro, Juan Florín, Lourdes Pérez, Jeryl Whitelock · 2011 · Management Decision

    Inter-firm market orientation—how companies in partnerships focus on understanding each other's markets—drives knowledge transfer, innovation, and value creation in strategic networks. The research shows that when firms adopt this collaborative market perspective, they improve performance through better knowledge sharing, increased innovation, and expanded market access.

  • The Innovator's guide to growth: putting disruptive innovation to work

    2009 · Choice Reviews Online

    This guide presents frameworks for applying disruptive innovation theory to drive organizational growth. It covers identifying customer needs and non-consumers, developing solutions that fit market patterns, managing innovation teams and projects, organizing for innovation at the leadership level, and measuring innovation success. The work addresses common pitfalls that trap companies attempting innovation.

  • Modeling innovation, manufacturing, diffusion and adoption/rejection processes

    Arch G. Woodside, Wim G. Biemans · 2005 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    The paper argues that new product development success depends on understanding complex feedback loops and interconnected processes rather than identifying individual success factors. Using system dynamics modeling and comparative case studies, the authors show that multiple different pathways lead to success or failure in innovation, manufacturing, diffusion, and adoption. Executives must think systemically about hidden weak linkages with large downstream impacts rather than relying on checklists of isolated factors.

  • Networks of Innovation: Science, Technology and Development in the Triple Helix Era

    Henry Etzkowitz · 2002 · International Journal of Technology Management and Sustainable Development

    Universities, industry, and government must collaborate through triple helix networks to drive knowledge-based development. Universities expand their missions beyond research to include economic and social development, shifting from individual to organizational focus. This networked approach fills technology and social capital gaps. Examples from the European Union, Canada, and Brazil demonstrate how triple helix models support firm formation and innovation incubation.

  • Determinants of Firm’s open innovation performance and the role of R &amp; D department: an empirical evidence from Malaysian SME’s

    Waseem Ul Hameed, Muhammad Farhan Basheer, Jawad Iqbal, Ayesha Anwar, Hafiz Khalil Ahmad · 2018 · Journal of global entrepreneurship research

    Malaysian SMEs struggle with open innovation adoption and performance. This study identifies external knowledge, internal innovation, and R&D departments as key determinants of open innovation success in these firms. The R&D department acts as a mediator between innovation inputs and performance outcomes. The findings provide SMEs with actionable insights to strengthen their open innovation systems and boost overall business performance.

  • Dietary chlorogenic acid improves growth performance of weaned pigs through maintaining antioxidant capacity and intestinal digestion and absorption function

    Jiali Chen, Yan Li, Bing Yu, Daiwen Chen, Xiangbing Mao, Ping Zheng, Junqiu Luo, Jun He · 2018 · Journal of Animal Science

    Chlorogenic acid (CGA) supplementation in pig feed improves growth performance and reduces diarrhea in weaned pigs. At 1,000 mg/kg, CGA increased feed efficiency, daily weight gain, and nutrient digestibility while boosting antioxidant enzymes and intestinal absorption capacity. The supplement enhanced expression of genes responsible for nutrient transport in the intestines, suggesting CGA strengthens digestive function and overall animal health.

  • Innovation Ecosystems vs. Innovation Systems in Terms of Collaboration and Co-creation of Value

    Nataliya Smorodinskaya, Martha G. Russell, Daniel D. Katukov, Kaisa Still · 2017 · Proceedings of the ... Annual Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences/Proceedings of the Annual Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences

    This paper distinguishes innovation ecosystems from traditional innovation systems, emphasizing how collaborative networks create value together. The authors survey ecosystem research to identify key features and show how regional clusters, global value chains, and platforms operate as innovation ecosystems. They provide policy recommendations for governments seeking to foster innovation-conducive environments through ecosystem approaches.

  • Low Buffer Capacity and Alternating Motility along the Human Gastrointestinal Tract: Implications for <i>in Vivo</i> Dissolution and Absorption of Ionizable Drugs

    Bart Hens, Yasuhiro Tsume, Marival Bermejo, Paulo Paixão, Mark J. Koenigsknecht, Jason Baker, William L. Hasler, Robert Lionberger, Jianghong Fan, Joseph Dickens, Kerby Shedden, Bo Wen, Jeffrey Wysocki, Raimar Löebenberg, Allen Lee, Ann Frances, G.E. Amidon, Alex Yu, Gail Benninghoff, Niloufar Salehi, Arjang Talattof, Duxin Sun, Gordon L. Amidon · 2017 · Molecular Pharmaceutics

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It is a pharmaceutical sciences study examining pH, buffer capacity, and motility in the human gastrointestinal tract to improve drug dissolution and absorption predictions. The authors measured these properties in healthy subjects after ibuprofen administration under fasted and fed conditions, finding extremely low buffer capacity throughout the upper GI tract with important implications for oral drug delivery formulation.

  • Driving innovation through big open linked data (BOLD): Exploring antecedents using interpretive structural modelling

    Yogesh K. Dwivedi, Marijn Janssen, Emma Slade, Nripendra P. Rana, Vishanth Weerakkody, Jeremy Millard, Jan Hidders, Dhoya Snijders · 2016 · Information Systems Frontiers

    This paper identifies and maps nineteen factors that drive innovation through big open linked data (BOLD). Using expert input and structural modeling, the research reveals that technical infrastructure, data quality, and external pressure form the foundation for BOLD-enabled innovation. Most factors show high interdependence, indicating the process is volatile and complex. The work provides a framework for organizations seeking to encourage and manage innovation through open data.

  • From Regional Systems of Innovation to Regions as Innovation Policy Spaces

    Elvira Uyarra, Kieron Flanagan · 2010 · Environment and Planning C Government and Policy

    Regional innovation systems have become widely used in policy-making, but this approach overstates some regional roles while underemphasizing others. The authors argue that treating regions primarily as innovation systems obscures their actual function as spaces where innovation policy gets made and implemented. They illustrate these problems using England's North West region.

  • Visualization of Communication Patterns in Collaborative Innovation Networks - Analysis of Some W3C Working Groups

    Peter A. Gloor, Rob Laubacher, Scott Dynes, Yan Zhao · 2003

    This paper analyzes communication patterns in collaborative innovation networks by examining email archives from W3C working groups. The researchers developed visualization tools to map how information flows through these global internet-based teams over time. They found that different groups displayed distinct communication structures and identified both formal and informal leadership patterns that shaped how innovation networks organized themselves.

  • Coopetition in business Ecosystems: The key role of absorptive capacity and supply chain agility

    Marta Riquelme-Medina, Mark Stevenson, Vanesa Barrales‐Molina, Francisco Javier Lloréns Montes · 2022 · Journal of Business Research

    Firms in tech-city business ecosystems benefit from coopetition—simultaneous cooperation and competition—but not directly. Instead, coopetition enhances absorptive capacity, which improves supply chain agility and ultimately firm performance. The study surveyed 214 firms and found these indirect effects matter more than direct relationships, establishing a validated measurement scale for coopetition.

  • How to convert green entrepreneurial orientation into green innovation: The role of knowledge creation process and green absorptive capacity

    Chao Wang, Xiue Zhang, Xinyu Teng · 2022 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Green entrepreneurial orientation drives green innovation through knowledge creation processes. The study surveyed 173 managers and found that companies with strong green entrepreneurial orientation generate more knowledge exchange and integration. Green absorptive capacity strengthens this relationship. Both knowledge exchange and integration mediate the path from entrepreneurial orientation to green product and process innovation, offering enterprises a practical framework for implementing green innovation.

  • Differential moderating effects of strategic and operational reconfiguration on the relationship between open innovation practices and innovation performance

    Oghogho Destina Ovuakporie, Kishore Gopalakrishna Pillai, Chengang Wang, Yingqi Wei · 2020 · Research Policy

    This study examines how open innovation practices affect innovation performance in service firms. Using UK survey data, the researchers find that strategic reconfiguration capability enhances the impact of coupled open innovation on radical innovation, while operational reconfiguration capability strengthens its effect on incremental innovation. The results show that firms need different internal capabilities depending on the type of innovation they pursue.

  • Managerial networking and business model innovation: empirical study of new ventures in an emerging economy

    Muhammad Anwar, Syed Zulfiqar Ali Shah · 2018 · Journal of Small Business & Entrepreneurship

    This study of 311 young SMEs in Pakistan demonstrates that managerial networking significantly drives business model innovation in new ventures. Financial, business, and political networking all positively contribute to developing effective business models. The research shows that building external relationships with financial institutions and government officials helps young firms overcome resource constraints and survive in competitive markets.

  • The adoption of 4D BIM in the UK construction industry: an innovation diffusion approach

    Barry Gledson, David Greenwood · 2017 · Engineering Construction & Architectural Management

    The UK construction industry faces project delays, prompting government targets to reduce timeframes by 50 percent through 4D Building Information Modelling (BIM). This study surveyed 97 construction planning practitioners to measure 4D BIM adoption using Rogers' Innovation Diffusion theory. Results show increasing adoption rates with a characteristic time lag between awareness and first use. The research identifies system compatibility and safe trialling as critical factors for facilitating adoption across the UK construction industry.

  • Crowd Equity Investors: An Underutilized Asset for Open Innovation in Startups

    Francesca Di Pietro, Andrea Prencipe, Ann Majchrzak · 2017 · California Management Review

    Startups that actively engage with investor networks from equity crowdfunding campaigns perform better than those that don't. A study of 60 European startups found that successful founders leverage crowd investors for product, strategy, and market knowledge. Startups using these crowd networks show significantly higher success rates two years later, demonstrating that equity crowdfunding investors represent an underutilized resource for open innovation.

  • Exploring the impact of empowering leadership on knowledge sharing, absorptive capacity and team performance in IT service

    Jungwoo Lee, Hyejung Lee, Jun-Gi Park · 2014 · Information Technology and People

    Empowering leadership by team leaders significantly improves IT project team performance through two mechanisms: increased knowledge sharing among team members and enhanced team absorptive capacity. Analysis of 315 individuals across 85 IT projects demonstrates that empowering leadership proves more effective than charismatic or directive approaches for boosting team performance, with knowledge sharing directly improving project outcomes while also strengthening the relationship between absorptive capacity and performance.

  • Enabling Open Innovation in Small and Medium Enterprises: A Dynamic Capabilities Approach

    Michele Grimaldi, Ivana Quinto, Pierluigi Rippa · 2013 · Knowledge and Process Management

    Small and medium manufacturing enterprises with strong dynamic capabilities—particularly in sensing market opportunities, seizing them, and reconfiguring resources—are more likely to adopt open innovation practices. The study identifies which internal capabilities enable SMEs to successfully implement collaborative innovation approaches, linking organizational competencies directly to open innovation adoption.

  • Creating Employee Networks That Deliver Open Innovation

    Eoin Whelan, Salvatore Parise, Jasper de Valk, Rick Aalbers · 2011 · University of Groningen research database (University of Groningen / Centre for Information Technology)

    A small group of employees—designated as 'idea scouts' and 'idea connectors'—drive disproportionate success in open innovation initiatives. These individuals are critical to generating valuable outcomes, and companies that deliberately connect and leverage these key people achieve better innovation results.

  • With a Little Help from Our Colleagues: A Longitudinal Study of Social Networks for Innovation

    Bob Kijkuit, Jan van den Ende · 2010 · Organization Studies

    This longitudinal study tracks social networks within new product development teams across two research laboratories. The research challenges the conventional wisdom that sparse networks with weak ties drive innovation. Instead, the authors find that strong ties, network density, and cross-unit relationships significantly improve idea adoption chances during early development phases. They recommend organizations actively promote communication between colleagues across different units to enhance innovation outcomes.

  • Frugal innovation and sustainable business models

    Mokter Hossain · 2021 · Technology in Society

    Frugal innovations emerging from grassroots communities in developing countries create sustainable business models that serve underserved customers. The study examines how individuals with limited education and resources develop affordable products through creative thinking, analyzing value proposition, creation, and capture across three cases. These innovations transform poor customers into viable consumer groups and contribute to sustainable development.

  • The intervention of organizational sustainability in the effect of organizational culture on open innovation performance: A case of thai and chinese SMEs

    Wutthiya Aekthanate Srisathan, Chavis Ketkaew, Phaninee Naruetharadhol · 2020 · Cogent Business & Management

    This study examines 300 SMEs in Thailand and China to understand how organizational culture drives open innovation performance. The research finds that organizational sustainability acts as a critical mediator between culture and innovation outcomes. Companies with strong cultural foundations in leadership, teamwork, and climate that invest in sustainability practices across marketing, operations, and customer orientation achieve better open innovation results.

  • Advancing regional innovation systems: What does evolutionary economic geography bring to the policy table?

    Lars Coenen, Björn Asheim, Markus M. Bugge, Sverre J. Herstad · 2016 · Environment and Planning C Politics and Space

    Evolutionary economic geography offers valuable insights for regional innovation policy by explaining how firms' knowledge bases and co-location drive long-term regional development. The authors argue this approach strengthens regional innovation system frameworks, particularly for designing policies that support new economic paths and regional resilience. However, they caution that evolutionary frameworks risk downplaying institutions and agency without explicit attention to social factors.

  • Phase Transfer‐Catalyzed Fast CO<sub>2</sub> Absorption by MgO‐Based Absorbents with High Cycling Capacity

    Keling Zhang, Xiaohong Shari Li, Weizhen Li, Aashish Rohatgi, Yuhua Duan, Prabhakar Singh, Liyu Li, David L. King · 2014 · Advanced Materials Interfaces

    Researchers developed a new CO2 absorption method using magnesium oxide and molten salts. The molten salts dissolve the oxide and create triple-phase boundaries where CO2 reacts more efficiently than in traditional gas-solid reactions. This approach works with other basic metal oxides and molten salts, offering a new design strategy for absorbent systems.

  • Frontier Technology, Absorptive Capacity and Distance*

    Richard Kneller · 2005 · Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics

    This study examines how foreign technology affects productivity in OECD manufacturing industries, finding that a country's ability to absorb and use new technology matters more than physical distance. Distance had stronger effects early in the study period and in high-tech industries with localized trade. Absorptive capacity emerged as the dominant factor explaining productivity differences across countries.

  • Optimizing the Financial Performance of SMEs Based on Sharia Economy: Perspective of Economic Business Sustainability and Open Innovation

    Firman Menne, Batara Surya, Muhammad Yusuf, Seri Suriani, Muhlis Ruslan, Iskandar Iskandar · 2022 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This study examines how Islamic fintech and business practices improve financial performance and sustainability of small and medium enterprises in Makassar, Indonesia. Researchers surveyed 350 SME operators across 15 districts and found that human resource capacity and business diversification account for 42% of financial performance improvements. Islamic fintech, combined with workforce development, diversification, and productivity measures, explains 66% of business sustainability outcomes. The findings support adopting Islamic finance models to strengthen SME operations.

  • Responsible innovation ecosystems: Ethical implications of the application of the ecosystem concept to artificial intelligence

    Bernd Carsten Stahl · 2021 · International Journal of Information Management

    This paper argues that innovation ecosystem frameworks lack ethical guidance and proposes integrating responsible research and innovation principles to create responsible innovation systems. Using artificial intelligence as a case study, the author demonstrates how ethical and social concerns can be embedded into innovation ecosystems to ensure technology development aligns with human values and rights.

  • Inbound open innovation and firm performance

    Federico Moretti, Daniele Biancardi · 2018 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    This study examines how inbound open innovation affects firm performance across European companies from 2008–2013. The researchers find that both internal development and external acquisition of intangible assets positively impact firm turnover. However, only internal development significantly improves financial performance and employment. The effects vary by firm size: internal development boosts economic performance for larger firms and employment for smaller firms, but shows no financial impact across all sizes.

  • Open innovation and intellectual property rights

    Alexander Brem, Petra A. Nylund, Emma L. Hitchen · 2017 · Management Decision

    Small and medium-sized enterprises benefit differently from open innovation and intellectual property protection than larger firms. Using Spanish innovation survey data from 2008-2013, the study finds that SMEs gain more from industrial designs than patents when collaborating openly. The effectiveness of different IP tools—patents, trademarks, copyrights, and designs—varies by company size, suggesting SMEs need tailored IP strategies to maximize innovation efficiency.

  • Managerial ties and open innovation: examining the role of absorptive capacity

    M. Muzamil Naqshbandi · 2016 · Management Decision

    Managerial relationships with external partners facilitate both inbound and outbound open innovation in firms. The study of 259 managers in the United Arab Emirates shows that a firm's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new information from external sources mediates this relationship. Managers should actively build ties with peers in other firms, universities, and government to improve innovation outcomes.

  • A Tale of Open Data Innovations in Five Smart Cities

    Adegboyega Ojo, Edward Curry, Fatemeh Ahmadi Zeleti · 2015

    This study examines 18 open data initiatives across five smart cities—Barcelona, Chicago, Manchester, Amsterdam, and Helsinki—to understand how open data shapes urban innovation. The research reveals how open data initiatives adapt to different city contexts and what innovations they enable across various urban domains, governance structures, and datasets within each city's open data ecosystem.

  • The Identification and Characterization of Open Innovation Profiles in Italian Small and Medium‐sized Enterprises

    Chiara Verbano, Maria Crema, Karen Venturini · 2013 · Journal of Small Business Management

    Italian small and medium-sized manufacturers adopt three distinct open innovation approaches: selective low open, unselective open upstream, and mid-partners integrated open. The study surveyed 105 firms and found that these profiles differ significantly in their collaboration breadth, motivations, barriers, and performance outcomes. Companies vary in how openly they source external innovation across different phases of their innovation processes.

  • Using Open Innovation to Identify the Best Ideas

    Andrew King, Karim R. Lakhani · 2013 · MIT Sloan management review

    Open innovation—sourcing ideas and selection from outside organizations—offers companies access to diverse knowledge and higher-quality solutions. The authors identify three strategic choices: opening idea generation, idea selection, or both. Success requires understanding what to open and managing new challenges like contracting with external contributors, shifting cost and risk to idea generators, and aligning outsider incentives with company goals.

  • Open Innovation and Stakeholder Engagement

    Robert W. Gould · 2012 · Journal of technology management & innovation

    Open innovation creates tension between gaining external knowledge and protecting intellectual property. This paper proposes a process-based model integrating stakeholder engagement with open innovation. By involving stakeholders directly, organizations can better understand and manage the risks of sharing knowledge while generating broader value beyond acquiring specific external expertise.

  • Spatial and Social Networks in Organizational Innovation

    Jean Wineman, Felichism Kabo, Gerald F. Davis · 2008 · Environment and Behavior

    This paper examines how physical workspace layout influences social networks and organizational innovation. The authors argue that spatial design—through boundaries, accessibility, and visibility—shapes how people circulate, interact, and become aware of each other, which in turn affects the social networks that drive innovation. The paper reviews relevant theories and presents preliminary findings on how spatial arrangement supports or hinders innovation in organizations.

  • ABSORPTIVE CAPACITY AND INNOVATION IN THE KNOWLEDGE INTENSIVE BUSINESS SERVICE SECTOR

    Andreas Koch, Harald Strotmann · 2008 · Economics of Innovation and New Technology

    Knowledge-intensive business service firms innovate through absorptive capacity—their ability to access and use external knowledge. The study finds that networking and cooperation drive both incremental and radical innovation. Universities and research institutions matter most for radical innovation regardless of formality, while client and supplier knowledge only drives innovation through formal partnerships. Manufacturing clients particularly stimulate innovation in KIBS firms.

  • Social Innovation in Smart Tourism Ecosystems: How Technology and Institutions Shape Sustainable Value Co-Creation

    Francesco Polese, Antonio Botti, Mara Grimaldi, Antonella Monda, Massimiliano Vesci · 2018 · Sustainability

    This paper develops an integrated model of smart service ecosystems that combines service-dominant logic and service science to explain how actors, resources, technology, and institutions work together to create value in tourism. Through interviews with tourism stakeholders, the authors identify key dimensions for managing value co-creation and sustainability, showing how smart service ecosystems enable the transition from innovation to social innovation in experience-based sectors.

  • Unravelling appropriability mechanisms and openness depth effects on firm performance across stages in the innovation process

    Ioana Stefan, Lars Bengtsson · 2017 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This study examines how intellectual property protection mechanisms and collaborative openness affect innovation performance across different stages of the innovation process. Using data from 340 European manufacturing firms, the research finds that semi-formal protections like contracts boost efficiency in early stages, while formal patents actually hinder it due to imitation risks. Informal mechanisms support novelty throughout. University partnerships consistently drive novelty, while supplier and competitor collaborations show stage-dependent effects on performance.

  • The Impact of Living Lab Methodology on Open Innovation Contributions and Outcomes

    Dimitri Schuurman, Lieven De Marez, Pieter Ballon · 2016 · Technology Innovation Management Review

    Living lab methodology enhances open innovation by creating structured environments where external stakeholders contribute to innovation processes. The paper argues that organizations must balance open and closed innovation approaches rather than pursuing purely open models. Living labs provide practical frameworks for managing this balance and improving innovation outcomes through collaborative participation.

  • Beyond absorptive capacity in open innovation process: the relationships between openness, capacities and firm performance

    Joon Mo Ahn, Yonghan Ju, Tae Hee Moon, Tim Minshall, David Probert, So Young Sohn, Letizia Mortara · 2016 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This study examines how open innovation affects firm performance in Korean companies. The researchers found that openness and innovation capacities directly influence performance, with desorptive capacity (sharing knowledge outward) playing a critical role. Knowledge management capacity strongly supports this outbound process. The findings reveal that successful open innovation depends on specific organizational capacities and demonstrate how firms across different industries adopt open innovation strategies.

  • Innovating not-for-profit social ventures: Exploring the microfoundations of internal and external absorptive capacity routines

    Dominic Chalmers, Eva Balan-Vnuk · 2012 · International Small Business Journal Researching Entrepreneurship

    Not-for-profit organizations pursuing social innovation develop distinctive capabilities by combining internal and external absorptive capacity routines. Analysis of 14 case studies from Australia and the UK shows these organizations mediate social innovation by configuring routines that blend user knowledge with technological knowledge flows. The study reveals how social ventures build and sustain the organizational capabilities needed to innovate effectively.

  • The Scientific Trajectory of the French School of Proximity: Interaction- and Institution-based Approaches to Regional Innovation Systems

    Christophe Carrincazeaux, Yannick Lung, Jérôme Vicente · 2008 · European Planning Studies

    French regional scientists developed the concept of proximity in the early 1990s to study industrial and spatial dynamics. They organized collectively through the research group 'Proximity Dynamics,' which expanded the concept's theoretical scope and institutional reach. This paper traces how the group's structured approach enabled investigation of regional innovation systems through interaction- and institution-based frameworks.

  • Innovation networks and capability building in the Australian high‐technology SMEs

    Kavoos Mohannak · 2007 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Australian high-technology SMEs in biotechnology and ICT sectors build innovation capabilities by participating in knowledge networks. The study examined firms in Sydney and Melbourne, finding that small businesses use network linkages to overcome resource constraints, learn, adapt to technological change, and innovate. Network analysis reveals critical success factors that can help policymakers and managers improve innovation processes and competitive capabilities.

  • Integrating Information &amp; Communication Technologies (ICT) into classroom instruction: teaching tips for hospitality educators from a diffusion of innovation approach

    Edmund Goh, Μαριάννα Σιγάλα · 2020 · Journal of Teaching in Travel & Tourism

    This paper examines barriers preventing university academics from adopting ICT in teaching and identifies practical solutions to overcome resistance. Using Diffusion of Innovation theory, the authors analyze why educators hesitate to integrate new technologies into classroom instruction and provide teaching tips to guide academics in adopting ICT-enhanced pedagogical practices.

  • Does international entrepreneurial orientation foster innovation performance? The mediating role of social media and open innovation

    Joan Freixanet, Jéssica Braojos, Alex Rialp, Josep Rialp Criado · 2020 · The International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Innovation

    International entrepreneurial orientation drives innovation performance in small and medium-sized enterprises through two mechanisms: open innovation and social media usage. The study of 128 SMEs shows that social media usage enables open innovation, which in turn translates entrepreneurial orientation into better innovation outcomes. Companies pursuing international expansion with entrepreneurial mindsets achieve stronger innovation results when they embrace open innovation practices and leverage social media.

  • Responsible innovation in business: a critical reflection on deliberative engagement as a central governance mechanism

    Teunis Brand, Vincent Blok · 2019 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper examines whether deliberative engagement with stakeholders can effectively govern responsible innovation in business settings. The authors identify tensions between the responsible innovation framework's ideals and competitive market realities. They conclude that responsible innovation in business requires either fundamental market changes, modified engagement approaches, or a pragmatic balance between these options.

  • Towards Responsible and Sustainable Supply Chains – Innovation, Multi-stakeholder Approach and Governance

    Agata Gurzawska · 2019 · Philosophy of Management

    Supply chains create significant societal and environmental burdens. This paper argues that companies must implement responsibility and sustainability across supply chains through three mechanisms: research and innovation support, multi-stakeholder collaboration involving industry and government, and shared responsibility across organizations rather than individual companies. The author uses Sedex, a collaborative platform, as a case study demonstrating how technological, political, and ethical solutions with sound governance models can balance economic, environmental, and social sustainability.

  • Process Innovation: Open Innovation and the Moderating Role of the Motivation to Achieve Legitimacy

    Christos Tsinopoulos, Carlos M.P. Sousa, Ji Yan · 2017 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Organizations that engage in open innovation are more likely to introduce new processes. The motivation to achieve legitimacy moderates this relationship differently depending on how firms engage externally. Cooperation with external parties combined with legitimacy motivation increases process innovation likelihood, while using external information combined with legitimacy motivation decreases it. The study uses European innovation survey data to test these relationships.

  • Open innovation in multinational companies' subsidiaries: the role of internal and external knowledge

    Alberto Ferraris, Gabriele Santoro, Stefano Bresciani · 2017 · European J of International Management

    Multinational company subsidiaries innovate more effectively when they combine external knowledge from outside sources with internal knowledge from other parts of the parent company. This study surveyed 163 subsidiaries and found that openness to both external and internal knowledge sources independently boosts innovation performance. When subsidiaries simultaneously embrace both types of knowledge, the effect multiplies, creating stronger innovation outcomes than either approach alone.

  • Frugal innovation-past, present, and future

    Nivedita Agarwal, Alexander Brem · 2017 · IEEE Engineering Management Review

    Frugal innovation has evolved from targeting low-income customers in emerging markets to a global approach addressing environmental and demographic challenges. The concept now emphasizes resourceful, sustainable solutions with strong value propositions rather than simply cheap products. Advanced economies increasingly adopt frugal principles driven by resource constraints and changing consumption patterns, positioning frugal innovation as a worldwide phenomenon with significant socio-economic impact.

  • Exploring the impact of open innovation on firm performances

    Mauro Caputo, Emilia Lamberti, Antonello Cammarano, Francesca Michelino · 2016 · Management Decision

    This study examines how open innovation practices affect firm performance in bio-pharmaceutical companies. Analyzing 110 major R&D spenders from 2008-2012, the researchers found that increased openness reduces R&D productivity and patent revenue ratios, but boosts sales growth. Operating profit shows an inverted U-relationship with inbound innovation and a U-shape with outbound innovation. The findings reveal that openness produces mixed financial and innovation outcomes, requiring managers to carefully balance collaborative innovation strategies.

  • Limits to responsible innovation

    Evelien de Hoop, Auke Pols, Henny Romijn · 2016 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    Responsible Innovation (RI) is widely promoted but has significant blind spots. A case study of biofuel innovation in South India reveals major barriers to implementing RI principles: material constraints, power imbalances, unclear responsibilities, strategic behavior, and conflicting interests. These factors can make responsible innovation impossible, suggesting RI frameworks must either address these obstacles or accept that some innovations cannot proceed responsibly.

  • The inconvenient truth of the relationship between open innovation activities and innovation performance

    Colin C.J. Cheng, Eric Shiu · 2015 · Management Decision

    Open innovation activities affect firm performance differently depending on type and combination. Inbound activities boost radical innovation but reduce incremental innovation, while outbound activities show opposite effects. Knowledge learning and organizational capabilities mediate these relationships. Combining inbound and outbound activities can actually harm performance. Managers must strategically choose which open innovation approach fits their innovation goals.

  • Regional innovation systems: development opportunities from the ‘green turn’

    Philip Cooke · 2010 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Regional innovation systems effectively drive cross-industry knowledge flows and innovation by leveraging Triple Helix interactions. The paper demonstrates this through renewable energy adoption, showing that regions with innovative development agencies benefit from horizontal knowledge spillovers across clusters. These regions create low-cost opportunities for cross-fertilization that can become international knowledge hubs.

  • A CONTINGENT PERSPECTIVE OF OPEN INNOVATION IN NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS

    Hanna Bahemia, Brian Squire · 2010 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    This paper develops a framework for managing open innovation in new product development projects. Rather than treating openness as a single strategic choice, the authors identify three dimensions managers must calibrate: breadth (range of external partners), depth (relationship intensity), and ambidexterity (balance between new and established relationships). The appropriate calibration depends on whether the innovation is radical or incremental, the product's complexity, and the strength of intellectual property protection.

  • Fiat: Open Innovation in a Downturn (1993–2003)

    Alberto Di Minin, Federico Frattini, Andrea Piccaluga · 2010 · California Management Review

    Fiat's research center adopted open innovation practices during the 1990s automotive industry downturn, enabling the company to maintain technological development despite severe budget constraints. By restructuring its organization, roles, planning systems, and culture to embrace external partnerships and knowledge sources, Fiat preserved innovation capability and positioned itself for recovery. Senior leadership commitment proved essential to implementing open innovation successfully during economic crisis.

  • Finding collaborative innovation networks through correlating performance with social network structure

    Peter A. Gloor, Maria Paasivaara, Detlef Schoder, Paul Willems · 2007 · International Journal of Production Research

    This paper examines how social network structure relates to team performance in virtual collaborative settings. Researchers studied student teams from two universities working remotely on communication analysis tasks and compared their findings with data from online gamers. They found that for knowledge worker teams, balanced contribution among members predicts performance better than the number of communication links alone. The study provides recommendations for effective virtual team communication.

  • Developing Absorptive Capacity in Mature Organizations

    Oswald Jones · 2006 · Management Learning

    This paper examines how mature organizations absorb new knowledge and skills by studying a Welsh manufacturing firm that lost its major defense contract. The owner hired a middle manager with mass production experience who acted as a change agent, improving communications and workplace efficiency. The research extends existing absorptive capacity theory by identifying key roles—gatekeepers, boundary spanners, and change agents—that facilitate knowledge transfer during organizational change.

  • Co-operation in Regional Innovation Systems

    Michael Fritsch · 2001 · Regional Studies

    This paper examines cooperative relationships among manufacturing firms across three German regions using statistical modeling. The analysis reveals how spatial proximity influences cooperation patterns and identifies differences in cooperative behavior between regions and between smaller and larger firms.

  • Digital transformation as a catalyst for sustainability and open innovation

    Gaļina Robertsone, Inga Lapiņa · 2023 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Digital transformation enables and fosters both open innovation and sustainability, according to this conceptual framework study. The authors reviewed literature to map how these three concepts interconnect and evolve. They found digital transformation acts as a catalyst for sustainability and open innovation, though it can negatively impact environmental sustainability in some cases.

  • Higher Education in Innovation Ecosystems

    Yuzhuo Cai, Jinyuan Ma, Qiongqiong Chen · 2020 · Sustainability

    Universities drive innovation and sustainability through their participation in innovation ecosystems. This editorial synthesizes 16 articles to establish a framework showing how higher education institutions function within these ecosystems. The authors define innovation ecosystems and identify three distinct roles universities play in fostering innovation and sustainable development across various contexts.

  • Why Do Incumbents Respond Heterogeneously to Disruptive Innovations? The Interplay of Domain Identity and Role Identity

    Nadine Kammerlander, Andreas König, Melanie Richards · 2018 · Journal of Management Studies

    German publishing houses responded differently to digital disruption based on two identity factors: domain identity (what business they're in) and role identity (their market position). When digitalization threatened one identity while strengthening the other, companies experienced internal conflict and slower, less innovative responses. Companies with aligned identities adapted faster and more creatively.

  • The openness of open innovation in ecosystems – Integrating innovation and management literature on knowledge linkages

    Christina Öberg, Allen Alexander · 2018 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    This paper examines how knowledge transfers work in open innovation ecosystems by reviewing existing literature. The authors connect open innovation research with management theory to categorize linkages between organizations based on their openness levels and knowledge management approaches. They find that openness operates across multiple dimensions, each producing different knowledge management outcomes. The work helps firms understand which collaboration mechanisms suit their needs.

  • Fostering radical innovations with open innovation

    Matthias Inauen, Andrea Schenker‐Wicki · 2012 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Companies using inside-out open innovation—sharing and commercializing internal technologies externally—create more radical innovations and launch more new products than those using closed innovation approaches. Closed innovation strategies instead produce more incremental product improvements. This empirical study of 141 R&D managers in Germany, Switzerland, and Austria from 2004–2008 demonstrates that open innovation strategies drive fundamentally different innovation outcomes.

  • Enriching Absorptive Capacity through Social Interaction

    Jasper J. Hotho, Florian Becker‐Ritterspach, Ayse Saka‐Helmhout · 2011 · British Journal of Management

    Social interaction is essential for subsidiaries to absorb and apply new knowledge transferred from headquarters in multinational enterprises. The study shows that employees need to participate together in adapting knowledge to local contexts and developing practical applications. Organizational conditions at the subsidiary level either enable or restrict these interaction patterns, directly affecting the subsidiary's capacity to use new knowledge effectively.

  • Innovation diffusion: a stakeholder and social network view

    Indrit Troshani, Bill Doolin · 2007 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    This paper examines why XBRL adoption has struggled in Australia using stakeholder and social network theory. Interviews with stakeholders revealed that while they have legitimate reasons to adopt XBRL, most lack power or urgency to drive its diffusion. The authors recommend instrumental measures like knowledge building, subsidies, and mobilization strategies to strengthen stakeholder influence and accelerate adoption of network innovations.

  • Urban Regeneration and Sustainable Communities: The Role of Networks, Innovation, and Creativity in Building Successful Partnerships

    Mark Deakin, Sam Allwinkle · 2007 · Journal of Urban Technology

    This paper critiques market-led urban regeneration partnerships and proposes plan-led alternatives grounded in place-based community knowledge. The authors argue that networks, innovation, and creative partnerships—built on social capital and consensus—enable sustainable urban communities by fostering ecological integrity, equity, democratic renewal, and socially inclusive decision-making in villages and neighborhoods.

  • Reverse innovation: a global growth strategy that could pre‐empt disruption at home

    Vijay Govindarajan, Chris Trimble · 2012 · Strategy and Leadership

    Western companies typically innovate in wealthy markets then adapt products for emerging economies. Reverse innovation flips this approach: companies develop low-cost solutions for emerging markets that later find profitable applications in wealthy countries. GE's portable ultrasound machine exemplifies this—created for China, it generated a $250 million global business with new uses in the USA and other advanced economies.

  • ANTECEDENTS OF ORGANIZATIONAL INNOVATION: THE DIFFUSION OF NEW PUBLIC MANAGEMENT INTO DANISH LOCAL GOVERNMENT

    Morten Balle Hansen · 2010 · Public Administration

    This study examines why Danish local governments adopted New Public Management innovations. Leadership attitudes toward change, management's rejection of traditional bureaucracy, and the electorate's ability to set clear goals all influenced adoption. Organizational size emerged as the strongest predictor. The research distinguishes between marketization-focused and generic managerial innovations, finding different factors drove adoption of each type.

  • Reversing “drift”: Innovation and diffusion in the London diphthong system

    Paul Kerswill, Eivind Torgersen, Susan Patricia Fox · 2008 · Language Variation and Change

    This paper examines phonetic changes in London English diphthongs to test Sapir's theory of linguistic 'drift'—the idea that language changes naturally and unconsciously. The researchers found that London reversed a diphthong shift that continued uninterrupted in New Zealand English, disproving drift theory. They argue that social factors and dialect contact, not natural processes, drive language change, particularly in diverse urban centers.

  • How network competence and network location influence innovation performance

    Yen Ting Helena Chiu · 2008 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    Firms in innovation clusters perform better when they develop strong network competence and occupy central positions within their networks. The study analyzed cluster companies and found that while overall innovation performance was below expectations, those with higher network competence and centrality significantly outperformed peers. Success in clusters requires companies to actively enhance their ability to manage network relationships and secure more central positions within their networks.

  • Managing diversity in a system of multi-level governance: the open method of co-ordination in innovation policy

    Robert Kaiser, Heiko Prange · 2004 · Journal of European Public Policy

    Open method of coordination has made limited progress in innovation policy because multi-level governance structures and diverse national innovation systems create barriers to vertical coordination and horizontal learning across countries. The authors argue that effective application requires acknowledging national and regional differences, involving actors at all territorial levels, and developing qualitative benchmarks that account for system diversity rather than imposing uniform standards.

  • The critical factors for technology absorptive capacity

    Chinho Lin, Bertram Tan, Shofang Chang · 2002 · Industrial Management & Data Systems

    This study identifies critical factors that determine how well firms absorb and apply external technology. Research shows that technology diffusion channels, interaction mechanisms, and R&D resources significantly influence absorptive capacity, which in turn affects technology transfer performance. Organizational culture shapes these mechanisms and resources. The findings apply particularly to firms implementing technology transfer in developing countries.

  • Financial Inclusion, Technological Innovations, and Environmental Quality: Analyzing the Role of Green Openness

    Mahmood Ahmad, Zahoor Ahmed, Yang Bai, Guitao Qiao, József Popp, Judit Oláh · 2022 · Frontiers in Environmental Science

    Financial inclusion in BRICS countries increases CO2 emissions and environmental degradation, but technological innovation and green openness reduce emissions. Economic growth and energy consumption also drive environmental harm. The study finds that financial inclusion, technological innovation, and green openness influence each other and collectively affect emissions. BRICS nations should combine financial inclusion with environmental policies while promoting green technology and openness to meet climate goals.

  • Re‐storying the Business, Innovation and Entrepreneurial Ecosystem Concepts: The Model‐Narrative Review Method

    Henri Hakala, Gregory O’Shea, Steffen Farny, Seppo Luoto · 2019 · International Journal of Management Reviews

    This paper introduces a model-narrative review method to systematically analyze how business, innovation, and entrepreneurial ecosystem concepts are constructed and communicated in academic literature. The authors examine seminal works through thematic, enstoried, and rhetorical reading to reveal dominant narratives, hidden assumptions, and underlying meanings. The method exposes how researchers construct plots, characters, and moral lessons around ecosystems, enhancing conceptual clarity and enabling critical comparison across related concepts.

  • External knowledge sourcing from innovation cooperation and the role of absorptive capacity: empirical evidence from Norway and Sweden

    Tommy Høyvarde Clausen · 2013 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Firms cannot freely access external knowledge for innovation. Using data from Norway and Sweden, this study shows that companies with strong absorptive capacity—measured by internal R&D spending, employee training, and educated workforces—successfully engage in innovation cooperation with external partners. Firms lacking these internal investments struggle to adopt open innovation approaches, revealing that sourcing external knowledge requires substantial upfront costs.

  • Extending open innovation throughout the value chain by small and medium-sized manufacturers

    Nelli Theyel · 2012 · International Small Business Journal Researching Entrepreneurship

    Small and medium-sized US manufacturers widely adopt open innovation practices with customers and suppliers across their value chains. The study of 293 companies shows that open innovation practices significantly influence both product and process innovation outcomes. Effectiveness depends on carefully selecting which practices and partners to engage, extending beyond the traditional focus on research and development.

  • User–producer interaction as a driver of innovation: costs and advantages in an open innovation model

    Keld Laursen · 2011 · Science and Public Policy

    Customer knowledge drives innovation, but excessive reliance on it can limit firms to incremental improvements because customers tend toward conservative solutions. The paper demonstrates an inverse U-shaped relationship between customer knowledge intensity and innovation performance. Firms that balance customer input with broad external search across multiple innovation sources achieve better results, gaining customer insights while pursuing genuinely novel opportunities.

  • The impact of regional absorptive capacity on spatial knowledge spillovers: the Cohen and Levinthal model revisited

    Andrea Caragliu, Peter Nijkamp · 2011 · Applied Economics

    Regional absorptive capacity—the cognitive skills and knowledge infrastructure available in a region—determines how effectively regions adopt and benefit from new knowledge. Using European regional data from 1999-2006, the authors find that regions with lower absorptive capacity experience greater knowledge spillovers to neighboring areas, losing the ability to decode and exploit both locally produced and external knowledge efficiently.

  • ADVANCING A TYPOLOGY OF OPEN INNOVATION

    Peter T. Gianiodis, Scott C. Ellis, Enrico Secchi · 2010 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    This paper develops a typology of open innovation strategies by reviewing existing research and identifying four distinct approaches: innovation seekers, innovation providers, intermediaries, and open innovators. Each strategy combines different sources of innovation, firm characteristics, and inter-organizational exchange mechanisms to produce different outcomes. The typology provides a conceptual framework for understanding how organizations pursue open innovation and suggests directions for future research.

  • Networks of innovation and modularity: a dynamic perspective

    Henry Chesbrough, Andrea Prencipe · 2008 · International Journal of Technology Management

    This paper argues that innovation networks must evolve alongside technology development. Early-stage technologies require connections to research institutions to explore uncertain solutions. As technologies mature and become modularized, firms shift toward supplier and customer networks. During the transition, firms must engage startups experimenting with new configurations and third-party firms whose investments determine industry standards. Network relationships are ultimately governed by modular product interfaces.

  • Regional Innovation Systems in the Lisbon strategy

    Pieter Bruijn, Arnoud Lagendijk · 2005 · European Planning Studies

    Regional innovation systems matter for economic development, but they are not one-dimensional. The authors analyze how European policy frames regional innovation within the Lisbon strategy and find that national contexts ultimately drive economic development more than regional innovative capabilities alone.

  • The rise of a triple helix culture: Innovation in Brazilian economic and social development

    Henry Etzkowitz, José Manoel Carvalho de Mello · 2004 · International Journal of Technology Management and Sustainable Development

    Brazil is shifting from top-down government-controlled innovation to a collaborative triple helix model involving universities, industry, and government. Local and regional initiatives drive national policy while national frameworks support regional development. This interactive, non-linear approach is reshaping Brazil's sectoral and national innovation systems.

  • Central Banks Digital Currency: Detection of Optimal Countries for the Implementation of a CBDC and the Implication for Payment Industry Open Innovation

    Sergio Luis Náñez Alonso, Javier Jorge-Vázquez, Ricardo Francisco Reier Forradellas · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This paper identifies which countries are best positioned to implement Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs) by analyzing correlations with pioneer nations like the Bahamas, China, and Uruguay. Using statistical methods, the authors find that Lithuania, Estonia, and Finland in Europe; Brazil and Uruguay in South America; Malaysia in Asia; and South Africa in Africa show the strongest alignment with successful CBDC implementation conditions.

  • Measuring open innovation practices through topic modelling: Revisiting their impact on firm financial performance

    Qinli Lu, Henry Chesbrough · 2021 · Technovation

    This study uses topic modelling and natural language processing to analyze companies' open innovation practices and their effect on financial performance. The researchers find that overall openness improves firm performance, but specific practices show mixed results with some displaying inverted U-shaped relationships. The impact of open innovation varies by sector and by how well internal R&D complements individual practices. The findings show open innovation's effects are nuanced with no universal best practices.

  • User idea implementation in open innovation communities: Evidence from a new product development crowdsourcing community

    Qian Liu, Qianzhou Du, Yili Hong, Weiguo Fan, Shuang Wu · 2020 · Information Systems Journal

    This study examines what determines whether user-generated ideas get implemented in crowdsourcing communities for product development. Using data from Xiaomi's MIUI community with over 43,000 ideas, the researchers found that users' past success follows an inverted U-shape with implementation likelihood, longer idea descriptions increase chances of adoption, supporting evidence shows an inverted U-shape relationship, and negative feedback paradoxically increases implementation odds while positive feedback decreases them.

  • Which pathway to good ideas? <scp>A</scp> n attention‐based view of innovation in social networks

    Luke Rhee, Paul M. Leonardi · 2017 · Strategic Management Journal

    People embedded in constrained networks generate good ideas through interrogation—deeply focusing attention on information from a single contact to develop domain-specific insights. Those in less constrained networks produce ideas through recombination, dividing attention across multiple contacts. In constrained networks, interrogation proves more reliable than recombination for generating good ideas.

  • Tourism Specialization, Absorptive Capacity, and Economic Growth

    Glauco De Vita, Khine Kyaw · 2016 · Journal of Travel Research

    Tourism specialization boosts economic growth, but only when countries have sufficient financial system development to absorb tourism revenues effectively. The study of 129 countries from 1995–2011 shows that excessive tourism dependence eventually harms growth, even in developed economies. Financial capacity and economic development level determine whether tourism specialization benefits or damages long-term growth.

  • Open for Entrepreneurship: How Open Innovation Can Foster New Venture Creation

    Nazanin Eftekhari, Marcel Bogers · 2015 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Open innovation practices significantly improve startup survival rates. The study examined successful and failed ventures to identify key factors: ecosystem collaboration, user involvement, and open organizational environments all directly enhance new venture survival. An entrepreneur's open mindset moderates these effects. The findings offer practical guidance for entrepreneurs, investors, and policymakers seeking to support successful new ventures.

  • The construct of absorptive capacity in knowledge management and intellectual capital research: content and text analyses

    Stefania Mariano, Christian Walter · 2015 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This paper reviews 186 articles from knowledge management and intellectual capital journals between 1990 and 2013 to examine how absorptive capacity—the ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new knowledge—was studied in these fields. The analysis finds that absorptive capacity remained underdeveloped in knowledge management and intellectual capital research, with knowledge transfer and innovation emerging as the primary research areas investigating this concept.

  • Exploring The Diffusion Of Innovation Among High And Low Innovative Localities

    Richard M. Walker, Claudia N. Avellaneda, Frances Berry · 2011 · Public Management Review

    This study tests Berry and Berry's framework for policy innovation diffusion across English local governments over four years. The researchers find that learning, competition, public pressure, and mandates do drive total innovation adoption. However, high-innovating and low-innovating localities operate differently, and the framework poorly explains management innovation specifically. The findings suggest existing diffusion theory works for overall innovation but needs refinement for specific innovation types.

  • How do Latecomer Firms Capture Value From Disruptive Technologies? A Secondary Business-Model Innovation Perspective

    Xiaobo Wu, Rufei Ma, Yongjiang Shi · 2010 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    Latecomer firms in emerging economies successfully adopt disruptive technologies from advanced countries through secondary business-model innovation. They create cheaper, simpler products suited to local customers' needs and budgets, leveraging partnerships and local knowledge to build unique value networks. This approach lets them compete against multinational incumbents by targeting mass markets and nonconsumers previously underserved.

  • The Difficulties involved in Developing Business Models open to Innovation Communities: the Case of a Crowdsourcing Platform

    Valérie Chanal, Marie-Laurence Caron-Fasan · 2010 · M n gement

    Firms using crowdsourcing platforms to capture external innovation face significant strategic challenges. This study of CrowdSpirit, a collaborative product design platform, reveals that companies must develop multi-level incentive systems for diverse contributors, manage knowledge and intellectual property transfers across multiple stakeholders, and treat business model design as continuous learning rather than fixed strategy.

  • The Influence of E-Payment and E-Commerce Services on Supply Chain Performance: Implications of Open Innovation and Solutions for the Digitalization of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) in Indonesia

    Alfonz Lawrenz Kilay, Bachtiar H. Simamora, Danang Pinardi Putra · 2022 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    E-payment and e-commerce services significantly improve supply chain performance for Indonesian micro, small, and medium enterprises. The study of 164 MSMEs identifies ten key barriers to digitalization and proposes open innovation solutions to overcome them. The findings support government efforts to accelerate MSME digitization through digital financial and commercial tools.

  • Configuring ecosystem strategies for digitally enabled process innovation: A framework for equipment suppliers in the process industries

    Anmar Kamalaldin, David Sjödin, Dušana Hullová, Vinit Parida · 2021 · Technovation

    Equipment suppliers in process industries can adopt digitalization to drive innovation, but must navigate complex ecosystems involving multiple actors. This study identifies four ecosystem strategies—orchestrator, dominator, complementor, and protector—that suppliers should match to specific customer contexts. The research provides a decision framework helping suppliers choose appropriate roles (leader or follower) and competitive approaches based on their industrial customers' needs.

  • The Three Stages of Disruptive Innovation: Idea Generation, Incubation, and Scaling

    Charles T. O’Reilly, Andrew J. M. Binns · 2019 · California Management Review

    Large established firms can successfully develop disruptive innovations by mastering three distinct disciplines: generating new business ideas through ideation, validating those ideas in the market through incubation, and growing successful ventures through scaling. Amazon and IBM demonstrate effective approaches across all three stages.

  • Road Map For Diffusion Of Innovation In Health Care

    E. Andrew Balas, Wendy W. Chapman · 2018 · Health Affairs

    Healthcare providers either adopt innovations too slowly or too quickly without proper testing, causing harm. This paper examines clinical failures from premature adoption and proposes an integrated roadmap for safely diffusing medical innovations. The framework emphasizes translating knowledge into practice, assessing changes systematically, standardizing intervention descriptions, and using technology to manage knowledge sharing across institutions.

  • The role of employee autonomy for open innovation performance

    Ana Burcharth, Mette Præst Knudsen, Helle Alsted Søndergaard · 2017 · Business Process Management Journal

    Employee autonomy is essential for firms to realize financial benefits from open innovation. The study of 307 companies shows that giving employees time, freedom, and independence fully mediates the relationship between openness and innovation sales. Both inbound and outbound open innovation practices require high flexibility and experimentation, which managers must enable through discretionary job design to achieve new product introduction and revenue growth.

  • Policy Diffusion and the Pro-innovation Bias

    Andrew Karch, Sean Nicholson‐Crotty, Neal D. Woods, Ann O’M. Bowman · 2016 · Political Research Quarterly

    This paper examines policy diffusion across U.S. states using interstate compacts as a case study. The authors find that existing diffusion research focuses only on widely adopted policies, creating a bias that distorts findings. By analyzing all interstate compacts with variable adoption rates, they show this bias leads researchers to overestimate geographic and policy factors while underestimating professional networks and learning from prior adoptions.

  • IT and relationship learning in networks as drivers of green innovation and customer capital: evidence from the automobile sector

    Antonio Genaro Leal Millán, José L. Roldán, Antonio L. Leal‐Rodríguez, Jaime Ortega Gutiérrez · 2016 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    In Spanish automotive component manufacturers, relationship learning between firms and customers drives both green innovation and customer capital growth. Information technology alone doesn't create competitive advantage; it requires complementary strategies like relationship learning and green innovation performance. The study of 140 companies shows relationship learning is essential for leveraging customer knowledge and achieving sustainable competitive advantage.

  • Understanding the influence of absorptive capacity and ambidexterity on the process of business model change – the case of on‐premise and cloud‐computing software

    Johann Kranz, André Hanelt, Lutz M. Kolbe · 2016 · Information Systems Journal

    This study examines how six incumbent enterprise software firms adapted their business models when cloud-based Software as a Service disrupted the traditional on-premise software market. The research identifies absorptive capacity and organizational ambidexterity as key factors enabling firms to change business models in response to disruptive innovation. The findings reveal technological and organizational factors that determine the pace and path of business model adaptation in the software industry.

  • Near-Ultraviolet Absorption Cross Sections of Nitrophenols and Their Potential Influence on Tropospheric Oxidation Capacity

    Jun Chen, John Wenger, Dean S. Venables · 2011 · The Journal of Physical Chemistry A

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It reports laboratory measurements of how nitrophenol compounds absorb ultraviolet light and their effects on atmospheric chemistry. The authors measured absorption spectra using spectroscopy techniques and found that nitrophenols reduce photolysis rates of ozone and nitrogen dioxide in the troposphere. The work is fundamental atmospheric chemistry research with no rural innovation component.

  • Regional innovation systems and the foundation of knowledge intensive business services. A comparative study in Bremen, Munich, and Stuttgart, Germany

    Andreas Koch, Thomas Stahlecker · 2006 · European Planning Studies

    Knowledge-intensive business services drive innovation and economic growth. This study examines how new KIBS firms in three German cities—Bremen, Munich, and Stuttgart—rely on regional resources and networks during their early development. The research shows that proximity between local actors in regional innovation systems significantly influences KIBS firm formation and success.

  • Why Firm-established User Communities Work for Innovation: The Personal Attributes of Innovative Users in the Case of Computer-controlled Music

    Lars Bo Jeppesen, Lars Frederiksen · 2004 · CBS Research Portal (Copenhagen Business School)

    Firms establish user communities to capture innovations developed by users. This study of 442 computer-controlled music users identifies two key attributes of innovative users: they tend to be hobbyists willing to share innovations freely, and they respond to firm recognition as motivation to participate. These characteristics explain why firm-established user communities succeed—hobbyists contribute willingly while seeking acknowledgment, allowing firms to access innovations for product development and user sharing.

  • Emerging needs of social innovators and social innovation ecosystems

    David B. Audretsch, Georg Maximilian Eichler, Erich J. Schwarz · 2021 · International Entrepreneurship and Management Journal

    Social innovators tackle major societal challenges but receive little research attention compared to profit-oriented entrepreneurs. This study interviewed 28 social innovators to identify their distinct needs and developed a social innovation ecosystem model based on Isenberg's entrepreneurial ecosystem framework. The findings reveal both similarities and differences between social and entrepreneurial ecosystems, showing that social innovators require tailored support structures beyond traditional business models.

  • Networking to accelerate the pace of SME innovations

    Firouze Pourmand Hilmersson, Mikael Hilmersson · 2020 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    Early innovation by small and medium enterprises builds capabilities that accelerate their future innovation pace. Firms that innovate quickly initially maintain faster innovation rates. Companies that start innovating late can catch up by actively networking to access external resources and capabilities. The study of 203 SMEs shows that networking behavior moderates the relationship between time to first innovation and subsequent innovation speed.

  • Open innovation practices and related internal dynamics: case studies of Italian ICT SMEs

    Gabriele Santoro, Alberto Ferraris, Daniel John Winteler · 2019 · EuroMed Journal of Business

    Italian ICT small and medium-sized enterprises face distinct challenges and enabling factors when adopting open innovation practices. The study identifies specific internal dynamics for each practice type through interviews with eight companies. Results show that understanding these practice-specific obstacles and facilitators helps SMEs sustain open innovation and improve competitiveness.

  • Knowledge collaboration between organizations and online communities: the role of open innovation intermediaries

    Krithika Randhawa, Emmanuel Josserand, Jochen Schweitzer, Danielle Logue · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Open innovation intermediaries facilitate knowledge collaboration between organizations and online communities through three boundary management mechanisms: syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic. These mechanisms enable knowledge transfer, translation, and transformation respectively. The pragmatic mechanism—building organizational commitment to community engagement—proves most critical. Intermediaries must implement all three mechanisms and move beyond digital platforms to achieve effective knowledge collaboration in community-based innovation.

  • The adoption of open innovation within the telecommunication industry

    Barbara Bigliardi, Alberto Ivo Dormio, Francesco Galati · 2012 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Italian telecommunications companies adopt open innovation through teamwork and task forces, taking varying proactive roles in collaborative processes. These firms acquire external knowledge primarily from universities, research centers, and supply chain partners. The study reveals distinct management approaches to open innovation within the ICT industry, providing insights into how telecom companies structure external collaboration and knowledge sourcing.

  • Network board continuity and effectiveness of open innovation in Swedish strategic small‐firm networks

    Joakim Wincent, Sergey Anokhin, Håkan Boter · 2008 · R and D Management

    Swedish small-firm networks use boards to manage joint research and development activities. This study of 53 networks over five years finds that board continuity affects members' innovative performance in a U-shaped relationship: both very high and very low rates of board member renewal harm innovation, while moderate renewal works best. This effect strengthens in larger networks.

  • Fintech Frontiers in Quantum Computing, Fractals, and Blockchain Distributed Ledger: Paradigm Shifts and Open Innovation

    Narcisa Roxana Moşteanu, Alessio Faccia · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This paper examines how emerging technologies—quantum computing, fractals, and blockchain—could reshape the financial industry. The authors conduct a SWOT analysis to assess the potential impact of these technologies on fintech. They conclude that rapid technological advancement drives economic shifts, but warn that high development costs may concentrate market power among a few large corporations, limiting broader competition.

  • Implementation of green innovations – The impact of stakeholders and their network relations

    Alexander Fliaster, Michael Kolloch · 2017 · R and D Management

    Stakeholder relationships significantly influence whether green innovations succeed or fail. This case study of an offshore wind farm in Germany shows that networks among stakeholders—including companies, government bodies, and communities—can either support or hinder green innovation implementation. The researchers argue that understanding these stakeholder interactions is essential for successfully deploying environmentally sustainable technologies.

  • Responsible innovation: motivations for a new journal

    David H. Guston, Erik Fisher, Armin Grünwald, Richard Owen, Tsjalling Swierstra, Simone van der Burg · 2014 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper introduces the concept of responsible innovation as a framework for understanding technology's role in shaping society. The authors argue that technology is not a neutral tool but an active force that reshapes the world, requiring deliberate governance and stakeholder engagement to ensure innovation serves broader social values and addresses potential harms.

  • Open Innovation in SMEs: From Closed Boundaries to Networked Paradigm

    Hakikur Rahman, Isabel Ramos · 2010 · Issues in Informing Science and Information Technology

    This paper examines how small and medium-sized enterprises transition from closed innovation models to open, networked approaches. The authors argue that SMEs benefit from breaking traditional boundaries and engaging in collaborative innovation networks. The shift enables smaller firms to access external knowledge, resources, and partnerships that enhance their competitive capacity and innovation outcomes.

  • Crowdsourcing, open innovation and collective intelligence in the scientific method : a research agenda and operational framework

    Thierry Bücheler, Jan Henrik Sieg, Rudolf Marcel Füchslin, R. Scott Pfeifer · 2010 · Open MIND

    This paper develops a research framework for understanding how crowdsourcing, open innovation, and collective intelligence reshape scientific research methods. The authors propose an operational framework that integrates these approaches into scientific practice, establishing a research agenda for studying how distributed participation and collaborative knowledge-building improve scientific discovery and problem-solving.

  • The Challenges of Collaborative Knowledge Creation in Open Innovation Teams

    E. du Chatenier, J.A.A.M. Verstegen, H.J.A. Biemans, Martin Mulder, Onno Omta · 2009 · Human Resource Development Review

    Open innovation teams bring together people from different organizations to develop new products and services. While organizational diversity can boost collaborative knowledge creation, it also creates obstacles. This paper reviews literature on how individuals interact and create knowledge together in these teams, identifying key challenges that arise from their different backgrounds and organizational contexts.

  • TOWARD A DYNAMIC PERSPECTIVE ON OPEN INNOVATION: A LONGITUDINAL ASSESSMENT OF THE ADOPTION OF INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL INNOVATION STRATEGIES IN THE NETHERLANDS

    Tom Poot, Dries Faems, Wim Vanhaverbeke · 2009 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    This longitudinal study tracks Dutch companies across 1996, 2004, and 2004 to document how firms shifted from closed to open innovation strategies. The research reveals this transition occurred in sudden shifts rather than gradually, with timing varying by industry. Internal and external innovation approaches complement each other rather than compete, providing the first large-scale evidence of a fundamental change in how companies innovate.

  • Knowledge Portfolios and The Organization of Innovation Networks

    Robin Cowan, Nicolas Jonard · 2009 · Academy of Management Review

    Firms form strategic alliances based on knowledge compatibility rather than social capital alone. A model demonstrates that requiring sufficient shared knowledge between partners naturally produces network features like small-world structures and unequal connection patterns, explaining alliance network organization without invoking social capital theory.

  • THE DYNAMICS OF USER INNOVATION: DRIVERS AND IMPEDIMENTS OF INNOVATION ACTIVITIES

    Christina Raasch, Cornelius Herstatt, Phillip Lock · 2008 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    User innovation in sports equipment evolves dynamically over time rather than following a single trajectory. Studying sailboat design innovations over decades, the authors find that user innovation activity levels fluctuate based on contextual factors. When conditions are favorable, user-driven innovation can persist sustainably for extended periods, challenging linear models of how users contribute to product development.

  • Networks, weak signals and technological innovations among SMEs in the land-based transportation equipment sector

    Pierre‐André Julien, Éric Andriambeloson, Charles Ramangalahy · 2004 · Entrepreneurship and Regional Development

    Small and medium-sized enterprises in land-based transportation equipment use both strong-tie networks (geographically close, familiar contacts) and weak-tie networks (distant, unfamiliar contacts) to drive innovation. A survey of 147 SMEs confirms that weak-tie networks provide crucial pre-competitive information for major technological innovations, while an organization's absorptive capacity determines how effectively firms leverage these distant connections.

  • Absorptive Capacity and the Effects of Foreign Direct Investment and Equity Foreign Portfolio Investment on Economic Growth

    J. Benson Durham · 2004 · SSRN Electronic Journal

    This study analyzes 80 countries from 1979 to 1998 and finds that foreign direct investment and equity foreign portfolio investment do not automatically boost economic growth. Instead, their positive effects depend on a country's absorptive capacity—particularly its financial and institutional development. Stronger institutions enable countries to effectively use foreign investment for growth.

  • Open innovation in SMEs: A process view towards business model innovation

    Ekaterina Albats, Daria Podmetina, Wim Vanhaverbeke · 2021 · Journal of Small Business Management

    Small and medium-sized enterprises transform their business models through open innovation by collaborating with external partners. This study examines European SMEs undergoing business model transformation, identifying key triggers including market turbulence, competition, and production scaling. The research reveals how SMEs navigate challenges in adopting open business models to overcome their size disadvantages and remain competitive.

  • The influence of open innovation on firm performance

    Barbara Bigliardi, Giovanna Ferraro, Serena Filippelli, Francesco Galati · 2020 · International Journal of Engineering Business Management

    Open innovation—acquiring external technology, exploiting technology externally, and coupled innovation—drives firm growth and competitiveness. This literature review examines how open innovation practices influence business performance and identifies key research themes, offering directions for future investigation into the relationship between open innovation strategies and firm outcomes.

  • Citizen participation in public administration: investigating open government for social innovation

    Lisa Schmidthuber, Frank T. Piller, Marcel Bogers, Dennis Hilgers · 2019 · R and D Management

    Local governments increasingly adopt open innovation platforms to engage citizens in generating social innovations. This study examines what motivates citizens to participate in a government ideation platform. The researchers find that intrinsic motivation drives content creation and consumption, while external pressures discourage active contributions. However, external regulation does encourage citizens to evaluate others' ideas, showing that different motivations drive different participation behaviors.

  • The role of contracts and intellectual property rights in open innovation

    John Hagedoorn, Ann‐Kristin Zobel · 2015 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Firms engaged in open innovation strongly prefer formal contracts to govern their collaborative relationships with other firms. Despite open innovation's collaborative nature, companies still view intellectual property rights as critical for protecting their innovations. The study finds that firms' openness, legal orientation, competitive market conditions, and internal R&D strength all influence how much firms prioritize intellectual property protection in open innovation partnerships.

  • The Role of Ego Network Structure in Facilitating Ego Network Innovations

    Steven Carnovale, Sengun Yeniyurt · 2015 · Journal of Supply Chain Management

    This paper examines how the structure of a firm's supply chain network affects innovation output. Using patent data from manufacturing joint ventures, the researchers find that network characteristics like betweenness, density, brokerage, and tie weakness significantly influence innovation. The study shows that firms innovate more effectively when they strategically leverage their network connections, not just through individual capability or knowledge.

  • Knowledge management practices and absorptive capacity in small and medium‐sized enterprises: is there really a linkage?

    Luís Manuel Godoy Valentim, João V. Lisboa, Mário Franco · 2015 · R and D Management

    Portuguese SMEs engage in knowledge management practices that build absorptive capacity, enabling them to adapt strategically and innovate. The study surveyed 260 SMEs and found they prioritize tacit knowledge through employee learning, collaboration with business partners, and knowledge transfer. These practices help SMEs overcome resource constraints, improve efficiency, and launch new products and services despite vulnerability to globalization and technological change.

  • Kindred spirits or intergovernmental competition? The innovation and diffusion of energy policies in the American states (1990–2008)

    Daniel C. Matisoff, Jason Edwards · 2014 · Environmental Politics

    States adopt energy and climate policies primarily through learning within peer groups sharing similar political cultures, rather than through geographic proximity. Using event history analysis of U.S. state policies from 1990–2008, the authors find that political ideology and culture drive policy adoption far more than environmental conditions or economic resources. Geographic diffusion models that ignore political culture produce biased results.

  • Supply chain innovation diffusion: going beyond adoption

    Benjamin T. Hazen, Robert E. Overstreet, Casey G. Cegielski · 2012 · The International Journal of Logistics Management

    This paper develops a unified framework for understanding how supply chain innovations move beyond initial adoption to become fully embedded in organizations. The authors identify 17 activities across three post-adoption stages—acceptance, routinization, and assimilation—and map relationships between them. The framework guides both researchers and supply chain managers in implementing innovations completely rather than simply adopting them.

  • Embedding environmental innovation in local production systems: SME strategies, networking and industrial relations: evidence on innovation drivers in industrial districts

    Massimiliano Mazzanti, Roberto Zoboli · 2009 · International Review of Applied Economics

    Environmental innovation in Italian manufacturing firms depends more on strategic choices than firm size. The study finds that R&D investment, industrial relations focused on innovation, and networking activities drive environmental performance improvements. Policy pressure and environmental auditing also encourage adoption. Networking effectively replaces the innovation advantages that larger firms typically enjoy, making local collaboration critical for small and medium enterprises.

  • Integrated Roadmaps for Open Innovation

    Ulrich Lichtenthaler · 2008 · Research-Technology Management

    Firms increasingly acquire and commercialize technologies from external sources through open innovation practices. Many struggle to manage external technology exploitation effectively. The paper argues that firms need strategic technology-planning processes, specifically integrated roadmaps that extend beyond traditional product-technology roadmapping to encompass open innovation activities including outlicensing. Technology managers must evaluate returns from technologies holistically, not just product sales.

  • The Spatial Organization of Innovation: Open Innovation, External Knowledge Relations and Urban Structure

    Peter Teirlinck, André Spithoven · 2008 · Regional Studies

    Firms increasingly use external knowledge to complement internal research and development, shaping how they organize innovation. This paper demonstrates that innovation organization and external knowledge use depend on physical, socio-economic, and cultural environments. The analysis confirms that innovation is spatially organized. Surprisingly, innovative firms in less urbanized areas show greater openness to external knowledge relations than those in urban centers.

  • Social Innovation and New Industrial Contexts: Can Designers “Industrialize” Socially Responsible Solutions?

    Nicola Morelli · 2007 · Design Issues

    Designers have long faced calls to address social and environmental problems, but mainstream industrial production has largely ignored these responsibilities. The paper argues that design has been trapped between market-driven approaches and isolated socially responsible initiatives, with little exploration of middle ground. Recent sustainability studies and environmental targets like Kyoto demonstrate the urgent need for designers to integrate social responsibility into industrial production rather than treating it as separate from economic logic.

  • An Empirical Study of the Relationship of IT Intensity and Organizational Absorptive Capacity on CRM Performance

    Ja‐Shen Chen, Russell K.H. Ching · 2004 · Journal of Global Information Management

    This study examines how IT investment and organizational absorptive capacity affect CRM performance in Taiwanese financial service companies. The research finds that CRM practices mediate the relationship between IT intensity and absorptive capacity on one hand, and CRM performance on the other. Organizations competing globally should invest in both IT infrastructure and absorptive capacity to build marketing intelligence and innovate products meeting customer needs.

  • What's Wrong with the Diffusion of Innovation Theory: The Case of a Complex and Networked Technology

    Kalle Lyytinen, Jan Damsgaard · 2001 · VBN Forskningsportal (Aalborg Universitet)

    This paper critiques diffusion of innovation theory for failing to account for complex, networked technologies like EDI systems. The authors argue that DOI theory overlooks how complex IT solutions are socially constructed, learning-intensive, and adopted for varied reasons within unstable markets. They call for richer theoretical frameworks that recognize institutional contexts, process histories, key actors, and multiple analytical perspectives across different scales and locations.

  • Making a Reality of Evidence-Based Practice: Some Lessons from the Diffusion of Innovations

    Sandra Nutley, Huw Davies · 2000 · Public Money & Management

    Evidence-based practice in the public sector requires more than simply sharing research findings. The authors examine diffusion of innovations literature to identify strategies that encourage organizations to actually adopt and use evidence. They outline lessons for how public sector organizations can learn and implement research-informed practices effectively.

  • R&amp;D Cooperation in Innovation Systems—Some Lessons from the European Regional Innovation Survey (ERIS)

    Knut Koschatzky, Rolf Sternberg · 2000 · European Planning Studies

    This paper analyzes data from nearly 86,000 surveys across 11 European regions to understand what drives regional innovation. The research finds that national innovation systems influence regional firms as strongly as regional systems do. Innovative partnerships vary in geographic scope depending on firm size, industry technology intensity, R&D spending, and partner type. High-tech industries rely more on local knowledge networks. Regional policy should build firm networks and connect them to national and international knowledge sources.

  • Identifying and describing constituents of innovation ecosystems

    Pegah Yaghmaie, Wim Vanhaverbeke · 2019 · EuroMed Journal of Business

    This paper systematically reviews 30 publications on innovation ecosystems to clarify how scholars define and study them. The authors identify different approaches across industries and organizational levels, examining how value is created and captured, the role of orchestrators, and success factors. They find European and American scholars emphasize different aspects, and note that most research focuses on European contexts. The review provides practitioners with management guidance for establishing and managing innovation ecosystems.

  • Co-Creation for Social Innovation in the Ecosystem Context: The Role of Higher Educational Institutions

    Richa Kumari, Ki-Seok Kwon, Byeong-Hee Lee, Kiseok Choi · 2019 · Sustainability

    Higher educational institutions can drive social innovation by adopting co-creation approaches that emphasize collaborative learning, systemic thinking, and engagement with communities. The study identifies key activities—mutual learning, knowledge sharing across disciplines, technology-enabled collaboration, and relational transformation—that enable HEIs to move beyond traditional teaching and research roles to address socio-economic problems through open platforms for collective action.

  • Company Strategies for Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI): A Conceptual Model

    Ibo van de Poel, Lotte Asveld, Steven M. Flipse, Pim Klaassen, Victor Scholten, Emad Yaghmaei · 2017 · Sustainability

    Companies rarely integrate responsible research and innovation (RRI) into their business strategies despite growing academic and policy interest. This paper presents a conceptual model showing how companies can embed RRI into corporate social responsibility and business strategy. It provides a framework linking RRI strategy to organizational context and practical activities, plus a process for developing company-specific performance indicators to measure RRI outcomes.

  • Institutional Complexity as a Driver for Innovation in Service Ecosystems

    Jaakko Siltaloppi, Kaisa Koskela-Huotari, Stephen L. Vargo · 2016 · Service Science

    Institutional complexity—when actors face conflicting institutional arrangements—drives innovation in service ecosystems. The paper argues that this complexity activates problem-solving and provides multiple cultural and material toolkits that actors use to jointly reconstruct value creation practices and change institutional arrangements. This reconciles institutional stability with actor-driven creation of novel solutions.

  • Making Smart Regions Smarter: Smart Specialization and the Role of Universities in Regional Innovation Ecosystems

    Markku Markkula, Hank Kune · 2015 · Technology Innovation Management Review

    Universities play a critical role in developing smart regions through smart specialization strategies. The paper examines how digital technologies enhance regional innovation ecosystems and addresses the gap between the popular rhetoric of 'smart regions' and the actual challenges of building genuine smartness in communities and governance.

  • Interorganizational network and innovation: a bibliometric study and proposed research agenda

    Giovanni Battista Dagnino, Gabriella Levanti, Anna Minà, Pasquale Massimo Picone · 2015 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    This bibliometric study analyzes 67 management research papers on interorganizational networks and innovation published between 1996 and 2012. The authors identify six main research themes: networks supporting firm innovation in specific contexts, network dimensions and knowledge processes, resource and knowledge sharing, firm-network characteristics and innovation effects, empirical research in dynamic industries, and industry-specific network characteristics. The analysis maps the intellectual structure of the field and identifies gaps in current knowledge.

  • The Effect of Selective Openness on Value Creation in User Innovation Communities

    Kerstin Balka, Christina Raasch, Cornelius Herstatt · 2013 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This study examines how selective openness in product design affects value creation in user innovation communities. Analyzing 309 members across 20 online communities in consumer electronics and IT hardware, the researchers found that openness increases community members' involvement and contributions. However, different forms of openness—transparency, accessibility, and replicability—have varying impacts. Users value openness in areas where they have capabilities and incentives to contribute, suggesting firms can balance external value creation with internal value capture more effectively than previously thought.

  • A study of contingency relationships between supplier involvement, absorptive capacity and agile product innovation

    Saeed Najafi-Tavani, Hossein Sharifi, Hossam Ismail · 2013 · International Journal of Operations & Production Management

    This paper examines how supplier involvement affects product innovation performance, with absorptive capacity acting as a moderating factor. The research uses agility as a key performance dimension, showing that a firm's ability to absorb external knowledge influences the strength of the relationship between supplier partnerships and successful product innovation outcomes.

  • How Do Low-Income Urban African Americans and Latinos Feel about Telemedicine? A Diffusion of Innovation Analysis

    Sheba George, Alison Brown, Richard S. Baker · 2012 · International Journal of Telemedicine and Applications

    Low-income African American and Latino urban residents view telemedicine as improving access to specialists and reducing wait times. However, African Americans express greater concerns about privacy and the lack of in-person contact, likely due to historical medical mistrust, while Latino immigrants show more openness. Successful telemedicine adoption requires tailored strategies that address these distinct community perspectives.

  • A Firm‐Level Analysis on the Relative Difference between Technology‐Driven and Market‐Driven Disruptive Business Model Innovations

    Solomon Russom Habtay · 2012 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    This study compares how technology-driven and market-driven innovations disrupt markets by analyzing four firms over 5–15 years. Technology-driven innovations follow predicted disruption patterns, while market-driven innovations hit a bottleneck where initial strategic choices and costs limit further disruption potential. The findings show that market-driven innovations face constraints that technology-driven ones do not.

  • IS Integration and Business Performance: The Mediation Effect of Organizational Absorptive Capacity in SMEs

    Chiara Francalanci, Vincenzo Morabito · 2008 · Journal of Information Technology

    This study examines how organizational absorptive capacity—the ability to learn and integrate new knowledge—mediates the relationship between IT system integration and business performance in small and medium enterprises. Using data from 466 Italian export-focused SMEs, the researchers found that absorptive capacity significantly mediates this relationship, meaning IT investments improve performance primarily when companies develop stronger learning and integration capabilities.

  • Network structure and innovation: The leveraging of a dual network as a distinctive relational capability

    Antonio Capaldo · 2007 · Strategic Management Journal

    This study examines how network structure affects innovation in alliance networks. Using 30+ years of data from three furniture manufacturers and their design firm partnerships, the research shows that firms combining a core of strong ties with a large periphery of weak ties—a 'dual network'—develop superior innovative capabilities. This dual network architecture creates a distinctive competitive advantage by enabling knowledge integration and dynamic innovation.

  • Fostering product innovation in industry networks: the mediating role of knowledge integration

    Bou‐Wen Lin, Chung‐Jen Chen · 2006 · The International Journal of Human Resource Management

    Firms innovating together in networks outperform isolated competitors. The study identifies knowledge integration—combining expertise across organizational boundaries—as the key driver of successful new product development. Resource complementarity, market orientation, and information sharing all strengthen knowledge integration, which then directly improves innovation outcomes.

  • Swarm Creativity: Competitive Advantage Through Collaborative Innovation Networks

    Peter Cebon · 2006 · Innovation

    Collaborative innovation networks create competitive advantage through what the author calls 'swarm creativity'—the collective problem-solving power of interconnected innovators working together. Rather than isolated R&D efforts, organizations that build and leverage these networks generate superior innovation outcomes by combining diverse expertise and perspectives across organizational boundaries.

  • Internet, innovation, and open source: Actors in the network

    Ilkka Tuomi · 2001 · First Monday

    This paper examines how Linux developed through open source collaboration, analyzing the socio-technical dynamics that enabled its growth. The author combines community learning theory with actor-network theory to explain how open source development works, showing how the Linux development community evolved into an interconnected ecology of community-centered practices.

  • Frugal innovation as a source of sustainable entrepreneurship to tackle social and environmental challenges

    Muhammad Shehryar Shahid, Mokter Hossain, Subhan Shahid, Tehreem Anwar · 2023 · Journal of Cleaner Production

    Frugal innovation drives sustainable entrepreneurship in developing countries by enabling businesses to achieve social and environmental goals simultaneously. The study found that frugal innovation-based ventures deliver female empowerment, improved healthcare access, better living standards, and sustainable production methods while creating new markets and inclusive growth. This approach shifts focus from barriers to enablers of sustainable entrepreneurship.

  • The Interactive Effect of Uncertainty Avoidance Cultural Values and Leadership Styles on Open Service Innovation: A Look at Malaysian Healthcare Sector

    Farooq Ahmed Jam, Sharan Kaur Garib Singh, Boon‐Kwee Ng, Nosheen Aziz · 2018 · International Journal of Business and Administrative Studies

    This study examined how leadership styles and cultural attitudes toward uncertainty affect open service innovation in Malaysian hospitals. Researchers surveyed 422 medical professionals and found that paternalistic, authentic, and democratic leadership all positively encourage open service innovation. Malaysia's low uncertainty avoidance culture supports greater adoption of open service innovation. The study also validated a four-dimensional model of open service innovation specific to Eastern contexts.

  • The effectiveness of involving users in digital innovation: Measuring the impact of living labs

    Pieter Ballon, Miriam Van Hoed, Dimitri Schuurman · 2018 · Telematics and Informatics

    Living labs engage users directly in digital innovation development. This study measures their economic impact on participants and finds significant positive effects. The authors develop practical evaluation methods suitable for living labs' flexible, evolving nature and provide methodological recommendations for future impact assessments of similar innovation tools.

  • Networks and Innovation: Accounting for Structural and Institutional Sources of Recombination in Brokerage Triads

    Sarath Balachandran, Exequiel Hernández · 2018 · Organization Science

    This paper examines how firms combine knowledge across structural and institutional boundaries to drive innovation. Using biotechnology R&D alliances, the authors show that different network configurations produce different innovation outcomes: domestic partnerships increase innovation volume, foreign partnerships boost radical innovation, and mixed partnerships balance both. The findings reveal that institutional boundaries matter as much as network structure in shaping how firms recombine knowledge.

  • Are regional systems greening the economy? Local spillovers, green innovations and firms’ economic performances

    Davide Antonioli, Simone Borghesi, Massimiliano Mazzanti · 2016 · Economics of Innovation and New Technology

    Environmental innovations spread through local geographic spillovers within manufacturing districts in Italy's Emilia-Romagna region. When many firms in the same municipality adopt green innovations, nearby firms follow suit. Companies that adopt environmental innovations experience improved productivity and economic performance, suggesting that greening the economy and achieving business gains are compatible goals.

  • Examining Absorptive Capacity in Supply Chains: Linking Responsive Strategy and Firm Performance

    David D. Dobrzykowski, Rudolf Leuschner, Paul Hong, James Jungbae Roh · 2015 · Journal of Supply Chain Management

    This study examines how manufacturing firms use absorptive capacity—their ability to process information from customers and suppliers—to improve performance. Analysis of 711 firms shows that absorptive capacity fully mediates the link between responsive strategy and firm performance, making it essential for delivering innovative products. Firms blending efficient and responsive strategies struggle to develop absorptive capacity, following a U-shaped relationship pattern.

  • The role of cultural barriers in the relationship between open‐mindedness and organizational innovation

    R. Hernández Mogollón, Gabriel Cepeda‐Carrión, Juan‐Gabriel Cegarra‐Navarro, Antonio Genaro Leal Millán · 2010 · Journal of Organizational Change Management

    This study examines 133 small and medium-sized enterprises to understand how cultural barriers affect the relationship between open-mindedness and organizational innovation. The research finds that firms must overcome cultural barriers—particularly outdated knowledge—before open-mindedness can translate into actual innovation. Organizations that fail to address these barriers cannot effectively adopt new configurations or incorporate new knowledge into products and services.

  • The effects of open innovation activity on performance of SMEs: the case of Korea

    Hyuk Joon Kim, Yongtae Park · 2010 · International Journal of Technology Management

    Open innovation strategies work differently for small and medium-sized enterprises than for large companies. This study analyzed Korean SMEs and found that external innovation activities do not uniformly boost innovation output. Some open innovation practices benefit SMEs, while others do not, suggesting that SMEs need selective approaches to external collaboration rather than adopting all open innovation tactics.

  • Enhancing sustainable development: Innovation ecosystem coopetition, environmental resource orchestration, and disruptive green innovation

    Xiaohua Xin, Xiaoming Miao, Rixiao Cui · 2022 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Manufacturing firms in China that balance cooperation and competition within innovation ecosystems develop stronger environmental resource management capabilities, which drives disruptive green innovation. Big data analytics amplifies the cooperation-to-resource-orchestration pathway but not the competition pathway. Both ecosystem cooperation and competition independently boost environmental resource orchestration, which then enables breakthrough green innovations.

  • Open supply chain innovation: an extended view on supply chain collaboration

    Sam Solaimani, Jack A.A. van der Veen · 2021 · Supply Chain Management An International Journal

    This paper develops a framework for fostering innovation in supply chains through collaboration between firms and their partners. The authors identify three key capabilities—purpose (balancing exploration and exploitation of knowledge), span (horizontal and vertical partnerships), and orientation (incremental and radical innovation)—that enable supply chains to innovate more effectively. The framework integrates open innovation and supply chain collaboration concepts to show how firms can leverage external relationships to drive continuous innovation.

  • Changing the game to compete: Innovations in the fashion retail industry from the disruptive business model

    Byoungho Jin, Daeun Chloe Shin · 2020 · Business Horizons

    This paper examines how disruptive business models are transforming the fashion retail industry. Three key innovations—born-digital brands, AI-enabled demand forecasting and design, and collaborative consumption—successfully address unmet customer needs like affordable quality and sustainability. These models also solve operational challenges in demand uncertainty and inventory management that plague traditional push-based supply chains, offering retailers more responsive and efficient alternatives.

  • Values in responsible research and innovation: from entities to practices

    Marianne Boenink, Olya Kudina · 2020 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper critiques how Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) frameworks understand values. The authors argue that mainstream RRI approaches treat values as fixed entities available for direct reflection, missing the interpretive work required to identify them. They propose instead viewing values as dynamic outcomes of ongoing valuing processes, lived and interactive. This practice-based approach better captures the complexity of how values actually function in research and innovation contexts.

  • Innovation Ecosystems as Structures for Value Co-Creation

    Sanna Ketonen‐Oksi, Katri Valkokari · 2019 · Technology Innovation Management Review

    Innovation ecosystems enable value creation through collaborative networks rather than isolated firm activities. The paper argues that both service providers and customers participate in large external networks to generate value together. This shift moves away from viewing innovation as something companies do alone toward recognizing it as a dynamic, interconnected process involving multiple stakeholders working in concert.

  • Unpacking the social innovation ecosystem: an empirically grounded typology of empowering network constellations

    Bonno Pel, Julia M. Wittmayer, Jens Dorland, Michael Søgaard Jørgensen · 2019 · Innovation The European Journal of Social Science Research

    Social innovation networks require three key elements to empower initiatives addressing societal challenges: local embedding, transnational connectivity, and discursive resonance. This study analyzed 20 transnational social innovation networks across countries and developed a typology identifying five ecosystem types, ranging from locally focused co-creation hubs to globally connected political movements. The findings show that effective social innovation ecosystems vary significantly in structure and scope.

  • The hermeneutic side of responsible research and innovation

    Armin Grünwald · 2014 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper argues that hermeneutic analysis—uncovering contested meanings—must be central to responsible research and innovation (RRI) debates, particularly for emerging technologies. The author contends that understanding how different groups interpret technological futures and visions should be a primary focus rather than a secondary concern. The paper proposes a framework for hermeneutic orientation to analyze these meanings systematically.

  • Reinventing R&amp;D in an Open Innovation Ecosystem

    Helmut Traitler, Heribert J. Watzke, I. Sam Saguy · 2011 · Journal of Food Science

    The paper argues that modern innovation requires partnerships across universities, startups, and suppliers rather than isolated R&D efforts. It presents a 'Sharing-is-Winning' model for open innovation that aligns entire value chains around consumer needs. The authors provide ten recommendations for implementing this collaborative approach, including leadership changes, strategy shifts, and cultural transformation to accelerate sustainable co-development and improve innovation success rates.

  • Absorptive capacity and localized spillovers: focal firms as technological gatekeepers in industrial districts

    Federico Munari, Maurizio Sobrero, Alessandro Malipiero · 2011 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    In Italy's automatic packaging machinery cluster, large focal firms act as technological gatekeepers, absorbing external knowledge and redistributing it locally. The study of 720 patents shows district firms prefer local knowledge, focal firms access external sources more than others, and non-focal firms disproportionately build on focal firms' innovations. Geography and firm size shape how knowledge flows through industrial districts.

  • AI for managing open innovation: Opportunities, challenges, and a research agenda

    Thijs Broekhuizen, Henri C. Dekker, Pedro de Faria, Sebastian Firk, Dinh Khoi Nguyen, Wolfgang Sofka · 2023 · Journal of Business Research

    This paper presents a framework for using artificial intelligence to improve open innovation collaboration between organizations. The authors create a 3x3 matrix connecting three open innovation stages (initiation, development, realization) with three AI management functions (mapping, coordinating, controlling). The framework shows how AI applications can augment or automate human tasks to address open innovation challenges and help organizations manage knowledge exchanges more effectively.

  • Constructs of Project Programme Management Supporting Open Innovation at the Strategic Level of the Organisation

    Mateusz Trzeciak, Tomasz P. Kopec, Aleksy Кwilinski · 2022 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This study identifies four key constructs of programme management that support open innovation at the organizational strategic level: cooperation with the environment, knowledge and technology transfer, organizational maturity, and implementation capacity. Through quantitative analysis of 578 programme management experts internationally, the authors demonstrate that structured programme management approaches enable organizations to achieve strategic innovation outcomes and reshape organizational structures accordingly.

  • Knowledge co-creation in Open Innovation Digital Platforms: processes, tools and services

    Tindara Abbate, Anna Paola Codini, Barbara Aquilani · 2019 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    Open Innovation Digital Platforms facilitate knowledge co-creation by acting as intermediaries that connect firms and support collaborative innovation processes. The study of Regione Lombardia's platform shows how these platforms evolved from simple partner-matching tools into engagement platforms offering dedicated processes, tools, and services that help firms explore, acquire, integrate, and develop valuable knowledge through open innovation approaches.

  • Managing knowledge in open innovation processes: an intellectual property perspective

    Peter M. Bican, Carsten C. Guderian, Anne K. Ringbeck · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Firms collaborating with external partners in open innovation face challenges managing knowledge through intellectual property rights. This study identifies success drivers for knowledge management across five groups and develops an Open Innovation Life Cycle covering three stages and levels. Analysis of pharmaceutical industry cases shows that intellectual property rights have an ambivalent relationship with open innovation, and firms must carefully manage knowledge during preparation and termination phases to prevent unintended knowledge loss.

  • A multi-platform collaboration innovation ecosystem: the case of China

    Yu-Shan Su, Zong-Xi Zheng, Jin Chen · 2017 · Management Decision

    This paper analyzes Insigma Group's multi-platform innovation ecosystem in China using a triple-layer core-periphery framework. The ecosystem integrates four platforms—ideation, entrepreneurship, financing, and innovation—that collaborate toward shared goals. The study reveals how these platforms interact and function together, and examines government policy's role in shaping enterprise-level innovation ecosystems. The framework offers a tool for analyzing heterogeneity within similar ecosystems.

  • Appropriation strategies and open innovation in SMEs

    Mark Freel, Paul Robson · 2016 · International Small Business Journal Researching Entrepreneurship

    UK small and medium-sized enterprises use appropriation mechanisms—both formal and informal—as a threshold to shift from closed to open innovation strategies. The study finds that emphasizing appropriation helps firms decide whether to engage in open innovation, but neither formal nor informal approaches significantly increase the depth of open innovation activities. Only informal IP protection correlates with greater inbound open innovation.

  • Open to a Select Few? Matching Partners and Knowledge Content for Open Innovation Performance

    Lars Bengtsson, Nicolette Lakemond, Valentina Lazzarotti, Raffaella Manzini, Luisa Pellegrini, Fredrik Tell · 2014 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Firms collaborating with external partners on innovation achieve better performance when they work deeply with carefully selected partners rather than spreading efforts across many partners. The type of knowledge exchanged—whether exploratory or exploitative—matters significantly. Successful firms match specific knowledge types to particular partner categories, balancing the benefits of external ideas against the costs of managing diverse collaborations.

  • Beating competitors to international markets: The value of geographically balanced networks for innovation

    Pankaj C. Patel, Stephanie A. Fernhaber, Patricia McDougall‐Covin, Robert van der Have · 2013 · Strategic Management Journal

    Technology-based ventures that balance local and foreign network connections develop innovations faster for international markets than those relying on either type alone. The advantage of geographic network balance grows stronger when innovations are more complex or when industries move faster. This finding challenges the debate over whether local or foreign partners matter more for innovation.

  • Networks for Innovation – But What Networks and What Innovation?

    Jens Hemphälä, Mats Magnusson · 2012 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    This paper tests two competing theories about how network structures affect innovation. Using data from a service industry, the authors find that network characteristics significantly predict innovation outcomes, but their effects differ dramatically depending on whether innovation is incremental (implementing employee ideas) or radical (developing new services). The paper argues researchers must use precise, fine-grained measures of both networks and innovation types rather than treating them as generic concepts.

  • TURNING OPEN INNOVATION INTO PRACTICE: OPEN INNOVATION RESEARCH THROUGH THE LENS OF MANAGERS

    Eleni Giannopoulou, Anna Yström, Susanne Ollila · 2011 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    This literature review identifies four key managerial challenges in implementing open innovation: organizing for openness, co-creating value, leading diverse teams, and managing intellectual property. The authors synthesize research from 2003 to 2009 to provide practical guidance for innovation managers navigating open innovation adoption, while highlighting gaps in existing research that need further investigation.

  • Web 2.0 revisited: user-generated content as a social innovation

    Bastian Pelka, Christoph Kaletka · 2011 · International Journal of Innovation and Sustainable Development

    This paper argues that Web 2.0's core innovation is user-generated content functioning as a new social routine, not a technological breakthrough. Easy-to-use software and widespread internet access enable this social practice, with technology acting as a catalyst rather than the innovation itself. The authors reject narrow definitions of Web 2.0 and emphasize the social dimension of how people communicate and share content online.

  • Open innovation proclivity, entrepreneurial orientation, and perceived firm performance

    Kuang -Peng Hung, Yun-Hwa Chiang · 2010 · International Journal of Technology Management

    Taiwanese electronics manufacturers that embrace open innovation—using external ideas and selling intellectual property to outsiders—report better firm performance. Companies with stronger entrepreneurial orientation show even stronger performance gains from open innovation practices. The study surveyed 122 manufacturers and found that openness to external innovation sources directly improves perceived business outcomes.

  • Managing Peer-to-Peer Conflicts in Disruptive Information Technology Innovations: The Case of Software Reuse1

    Karma Sherif, Zmud, Browne · 2006 · MIS Quarterly

    Software reuse represents a disruptive innovation in development organizations that triggers peer-to-peer conflicts. The paper develops a model explaining these conflicts and shows that managerial interventions—including coordination mechanisms and organizational learning practices—reduce conflict and improve program success. A study of four organizations confirmed that companies implementing these interventions achieved better outcomes with software reuse adoption.

  • Innovation, networking and the new industrial clusters: the characteristics of networks and local innovation capabilities in the Turkish industrial clusters

    Ayda Eraydın, Bilge Armatli-Köroğlu · 2005 · Entrepreneurship and Regional Development

    Innovation and networking drive competitive capacity in industrial clusters during globalization. This study examined three Turkish industrial clusters through firm interviews, finding that local and national networking correlates positively with innovativeness. Firms embedded in global networks produce more innovations than those relying primarily on local linkages, demonstrating the importance of both local connections and international engagement.

  • National Innovation System - Scientific Concept or Political Rhetoric

    Aaro Tupasela · 2003 · Science & Technology Studies

    This paper examines whether the national innovation system is a genuine scientific concept or primarily political rhetoric. The author analyzes how the term functions in academic and policy discourse, questioning whether it provides meaningful analytical value or serves mainly as a rhetorical device for justifying innovation policy decisions.

  • How Artificial Intelligence Drives Sustainable Frugal Innovation: A Multitheoretical Perspective

    Kannan Govindan · 2022 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    This paper examines how artificial intelligence can drive sustainable frugal innovation—doing more with fewer resources while considering environmental and social impacts. Using grey DEMATEL analysis and a Danish case study, the authors identify critical success factors for integrating AI with frugal innovation. Understanding AI concepts and investment levels emerge as most influential. The findings help industries adopt AI-enabled frugal practices to maintain competitiveness during disruptions while advancing sustainability.

  • Higher Education Response in the Time of Coronavirus: Perceptions of Teachers and Students, and Open Innovation

    Santiago Tejedor, Laura Cervi, Ana Pérez-Escoda, Fernanda Tusa, Alberto Parola · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    During COVID-19 lockdowns, universities in Spain, Italy, and Ecuador shifted to virtual learning. Surveys of 573 teachers and students in journalism and communication programs revealed that while both groups acknowledged the necessity of remote education, they preferred in-person instruction. Virtual teaching did not increase teacher-student interaction; tutorials became shorter and less frequent. Students wanted diverse learning resources including podcasts and alternative assessments, but universities relied heavily on text-based materials and traditional exams.

  • Digital innovation management for entrepreneurial ecosystems: services and functionalities as drivers of innovation management software adoption

    Herbert Endres, Stefan Huesig, Robin Pesch · 2021 · Review of Managerial Science

    Innovation Management Software adoption among German firms is driven primarily by idea management functionalities and vendor services for updates and upgrades. Surprisingly, bundling consulting services with software reduces adoption likelihood. The study surveyed 199 innovation managers and found that IMS adoption improves new product development efficiency, helping strengthen entrepreneurial ecosystems through digitalized innovation processes.

  • How Does Outside-In Open Innovation Influence Innovation Performance? Analyzing the Mediating Roles of Knowledge Sharing and Innovation Strategy

    Mehdi Bagherzadeh, Stefan Marković, Jim Cheng, Wim Vanhaverbeke · 2019 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    Outside-in open innovation improves organizational innovation performance, but the effect depends on two critical mediating factors: knowledge sharing and innovation strategy. Analysis of 112 firms across industries shows that external knowledge only translates into better innovation performance when organizations actively share that knowledge internally and align it with a deliberate innovation strategy.

  • The effect of digital leadership and innovation management for incumbent telecommunication company in the digital disruptive era

    Leonardus Wahyu Wasono, Asnan Furinto · 2018 · International Journal of Engineering & Technology

    Digital leadership and innovation management both drive sustainable competitive advantage for incumbent telecom companies facing digital disruption. In a study of 100 Indonesian telecom employees, digital leadership proved more influential than innovation management alone in enabling digital transformation. The research shows that strengthening these capabilities helps incumbents compete effectively in rapidly changing digital markets.

  • Towards innovation in Living Labs networks

    Seppo Leminen, Mika Westerlund · 2012 · International Journal of Product Development

    Living Labs are open, user-centered environments that enable networked innovation through collaboration between organizations, users, and other participants. This study examines a regional Living Labs initiative to identify key participants, their roles, motivations, and outcomes. The research finds that Living Labs successfully facilitate open innovation by integrating users as co-producers in product development, which uncovers hidden user needs and generates unexpected results.

  • The Emergence of China and India as New Competitors in MNCs' Innovation Networks

    Gert Bruche · 2009 · Competition & Change

    Multinational corporations increasingly locate research and development operations in China and India, moving beyond traditional innovation hubs in North America, Western Europe, and Japan. However, this shift remains limited in scope, with China attracting market-seeking investment and India attracting resource-seeking investment. Knowledge control stays concentrated in developed countries despite local learning and upgrading. While concerns about Western innovation decline are overstated, these trends signal a potential long-term redistribution of global innovation capacity and economic power.

  • Developing and Validating Field Measurement Scales for Absorptive Capacity and Experienced Community of Practice

    David Cadiz, John E. Sawyer, Terri L. Griffith · 2009 · Educational and Psychological Measurement

    Researchers developed and validated survey measurement scales for absorptive capacity (the ability to transform new knowledge into usable knowledge) and experienced community of practice (engagement with a practice community). Testing with nearly 600 engineers across two Fortune 100 technology companies, they confirmed the scales are internally consistent, relate meaningfully to organizational variables, and provide distinct explanatory power for studying knowledge transfer in organizations.

  • Bridging Scales in Innovation Policies: How to Link Regional, National and International Innovation Systems

    Martina Fromhold‐Eisebith · 2007 · European Planning Studies

    This paper examines how innovation systems operating at different geographic scales—international, national, and regional—can be effectively linked and coordinated through policy. The author identifies which innovation system functions work best at each scale and proposes a policy framework that integrates support across all three levels to strengthen technology-based economic development.

  • Sharing User Experiences in the Product Innovation Process: Participatory Design Needs Participatory Communication

    Froukje Sleeswijk Visser, Remko van der Lugt, Pieter Jan Stappers · 2007 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    This paper develops a participatory communication model for sharing user experiences with design teams during product innovation. The model emphasizes three qualities: enhancing empathy, providing inspiration, and supporting engagement. Two empirical studies show that when designers actively participate in communicating user insights rather than passively receiving them, they develop deeper understanding, greater acceptance, and more intensive use of those insights in the creative process.

  • Digital innovation ecosystems in agri-food: design principles and organizational framework

    J. Wolfert, C.N. Verdouw, Lan van Wassenaer, Wilfred Dolfsma, Laurens Klerkx · 2022 · Agricultural Systems

    Digital innovation in agri-food requires complex ecosystem approaches involving multiple stakeholders. This paper analyzes 73 million euros of European public-private projects from 2011-2021 to develop a framework for designing viable digital innovation ecosystems. The framework identifies six key concepts and 21 design principles, emphasizing multi-actor collaboration, shared technical infrastructure, value stream identification, and strategic partner engagement. Success requires substantial investment and time; isolated actor analysis fails.

  • Digitalization needs a cultural change – examples of applying Agility and Open Innovation to drive the digital transformation

    Carsten Burchardt, Bettina Maisch · 2019 · Procedia CIRP

    Companies pursuing digital transformation need cultural change, not just new tools and processes. This paper examines two approaches—Agility and Open Innovation—that foster the customer-centric, fast-moving culture required for successful digitalization. The authors draw on real-world applications to show how opening development processes to external stakeholders and adopting agile methods accelerate digital transformation and market responsiveness.

  • Managerial Social Networks and Ambidexterity of SMEs: The Moderating Role of a Proactive Commitment to Innovation

    Ciarán Heavey, Zeki Şimşek, Brian C. Fox · 2015 · Human Resource Management

    Top managers' extensive social networks inside and outside their firms help small and medium-sized technology companies achieve ambidexterity—the ability to pursue both existing and new business directions simultaneously. However, networks only drive innovation when managers actively commit to pursuing innovative opportunities. The study of SME leaders confirms that network breadth matters, but only when paired with genuine proactive commitment to innovation.

  • The interaction between external and internal knowledge sources: an open innovation view

    Nieves Lidia Díaz Díaz, Petra De Saá Pérez · 2014 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Firms combining external and internal knowledge sources innovate more effectively than those relying solely on either approach. The study finds an inverted U-shaped relationship: firms with excessive internal knowledge experience organizational inertia and reduced innovation. External knowledge sources initially substitute for internal capacity but eventually complement it, improving product innovation. Firms must strategically match their external knowledge acquisition to their existing internal knowledge base to maximize innovation outcomes.

  • Exploring How Lead Users Develop Radical Innovation: Opportunity Recognition and Exploitation in the Field of Medical Equipment Technology

    Christopher Lettl, Christoph Hienerth, Hans Georg Gemuenden · 2008 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    Lead users in medical equipment—primarily surgeons—develop radical innovations independently when manufacturers won't invest in them. These users create functional prototypes, build networks of collaborators, and test feasibility before convincing established manufacturers to commercialize their ideas. Lead users effectively perform the coordination and knowledge-gathering work that manufacturers typically handle, bridging gaps in the innovation pipeline and enabling radical breakthroughs.

  • User-led Innovation Processes: The Development of Professional Car Sharing by Environmentally Concerned Citizens

    Bernhard Truffer · 2003 · Innovation The European Journal of Social Science Research

    User-led innovation drives early technology development and diffusion. Citizen groups shape technological characteristics, costs, and use forms, creating 'technological niches' where essential learning occurs. This case study traces organized car sharing in Switzerland from neighborhood experiments in the late 1980s to a professional service serving 50,000 customers. The research shows how users' initial contributions became difficult for professional actors to replicate, and examines how user roles shifted during market expansion toward sustainable transport.

  • Intention to Receive the COVID-19 Vaccination in China: Application of the Diffusion of Innovations Theory and the Moderating Role of Openness to Experience

    Phoenix K. H. Mo, Sitong Luo, Suhua Wang, Junfeng Zhao, Guohua Zhang, Lijuan Li, Liping Li, Luyao Xie, Joseph T. F. Lau · 2021 · Vaccines

    Among 6,922 Chinese university students, perceived vaccine efficacy, social media use for vaccine information, openness to experience, and descriptive norms all positively predicted intention to receive COVID-19 vaccination. Free vaccination intention reached 78.9% while self-paid vaccination reached 60.2%. Openness to experience moderated the relationship between efficacy/norms and vaccination intention, with stronger associations among those less open to experience.

  • Process innovation in small- and medium-sized enterprises: The critical roles of external knowledge sourcing and absorptive capacity

    Omid Aliasghar, Arash Sadeghi, Elizabeth L. Rose · 2020 · Journal of Small Business Management

    External knowledge sourcing and absorptive capacity drive process innovation in small and medium-sized enterprises. A study of 124 automotive SMEs in challenging institutional environments found that broad external knowledge search—but not deep search—correlates with process innovation development. Process innovation subsequently improves firm performance.

  • Open Innovation and Social Big Data for Sustainability: Evidence from the Tourism Industry

    Pasquale Del Vecchio, Gioconda Mele, Valentina Ndou, Giustina Secundo · 2018 · Sustainability

    Social media data from tourists generates valuable insights for sustainable tourism innovation. A case study of an Apulia destination shows how social Big Data enables open innovation processes, allowing tourism stakeholders to involve visitors and create knowledge assets that support sustainable travel experiences.

  • Perspective: Leveraging Open Innovation through Paradox

    Ghita Dragsdahl Lauritzen, Maria Karafyllia · 2018 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Open innovation collaborations between firms and external contributors often fail due to conflicting demands: firms seek controlled participation and selective idea adoption, while contributors want open participation and unrestricted knowledge sharing. This paper reframes these tensions as productive paradoxes rather than problems, proposing that firms can leverage open innovation by combining differentiation and integration practices to balance control and openness simultaneously.

  • Responsible Research and Innovation in Industry—Challenges, Insights and Perspectives

    André Martinuzzi, Vincent Blok, Alexander Brem, Bernd Carsten Stahl, Norma Schönherr · 2018 · Sustainability

    This editorial examines Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) as a framework for balancing industry's competitive pressures with social and environmental accountability. The collection of papers explores why companies adopt RRI practices, how they implement them, stakeholder involvement in innovation processes, and obstacles to wider adoption. The findings show RRI applies across different firm sizes and sectors, offering practical guidance for managers, policymakers, and researchers integrating responsibility into innovation strategies.

  • Equilibrium Innovation Ecosystems: The Dark Side of Collaborating with Complementors

    Andrea Mantovani, Francisco Ruiz‐Aliseda · 2015 · Management Science

    Firms selling complementary products increasingly collaborate to improve system quality, but this cooperation creates a prisoner's dilemma in saturated markets. While collaboration reduces investment costs and generates more total value, firms capture no greater share of that value relative to competitors, reducing overall profitability. The paper examines how open versus closed interfaces affect firm strategy and platform emergence in competitive environments.

  • Linking strategy with open innovation and performance in SMEs

    Maria Crema, Chiara Verbano, Karen Venturini · 2014 · Measuring Business Excellence

    This study examines how business strategy influences open innovation practices and performance in small and medium enterprises. Using survey data from 107 Italian manufacturing firms, the researchers found that companies pursuing innovation strategies invest heavily in technical skills, diversification-focused firms rely on managerial open innovation practices, and efficiency-focused firms adopt open innovation with less emphasis on core competencies. The results demonstrate clear linkages between strategic choices, openness levels, and firm performance.

  • Open Data as a Foundation for Innovation: The Enabling Effect of Free Public Sector Information for Entrepreneurs

    Erik Lakomaa, Jan Kallberg · 2013 · IEEE Access

    Swedish IT entrepreneurs report that open public sector data is critical for their business success. Forty-three percent consider it essential for their plans, and 82% say access would strengthen their operations. Companies value open data not just for direct commercialization but as a foundation for testing and supporting diverse business models. The findings suggest open data's innovation-enabling role extends far beyond government transparency and e-government applications, indicating its societal value has been significantly underestimated.

  • Diffusion of Safety Innovations in the Construction Industry

    Behzad Esmaeili, Matthew R. Hallowell · 2011 · Journal of Construction Engineering and Management

    Construction firms have widely adopted traditional safety innovations like worksite inspections and safety training, but adoption rates plateau for newer strategies like substance abuse programs and site safety manager positions. Internal organizational factors drive adoption more than external influences. The industry has saturated with conventional injury prevention approaches and needs novel safety innovations to continue improving performance.

  • The effects of network embeddedness on service innovation performance

    Jung-Tang Hsueh, Neng‐Pai Lin, Hou-Chao Li · 2010 · Service Industries Journal

    Network embeddedness significantly drives service innovation performance. The study analyzed questionnaire data from service industry firms and found that connections to business partners, suppliers, and customers—but not research institutes—directly improve innovation outcomes. Enterprises achieve better service innovation by strengthening ties with their business networks.

  • Diffusion of surgical innovation among patients with kidney cancer

    David C. Miller, Christopher S. Saigal, Mousumi Banerjee, Jan M. Hanley, Mark S. Litwin · 2008 · Cancer

    Surgical innovation adoption for kidney cancer depends primarily on surgeon practice styles rather than patient characteristics. Among 5,483 Medicare patients who underwent kidney cancer surgery between 1997 and 2002, surgeon factors accounted for 18% of variation in partial nephrectomy use and 37% of variation in laparoscopic surgery use—substantially more than patient or tumor factors. Removing barriers to surgeon adoption of these techniques could improve care quality.

  • Spatial mobility of knowledge transfer and absorptive capacity: analysis and measurement of the impact within the geoeconomic space

    Mario Coccia · 2007 · The Journal of Technology Transfer

    Knowledge and technology transfer effectiveness declines as distance from research sources increases, following a damped pattern. Small businesses in industrial districts successfully acquire external scientific knowledge through interactions with public research institutions and collective learning mechanisms, rather than conducting their own research. Industrial proximity and collaborative networks enable knowledge absorption without requiring in-house research capacity.

  • NETWORK STRUCTURE AND INNOVATION AMBIGUITY EFFECTS ON DIFFUSION IN DYNAMIC ORGANIZATIONAL FIELDS.

    Deborah E. Gibbons · 2004 · Academy of Management Journal

    Computational modeling shows how network structures affect innovation diffusion differently depending on whether innovations have clear or ambiguous benefits. Regional constraints slow diffusion of ambiguous innovations but help spread clearly beneficial ones. Partnering patterns and interregional connections significantly influence which innovations spread through organizational fields.

  • Alliances, Networks and Competitive Strategy: Rethinking Clusters of Innovation

    Paul Tracey, Gordon L. Clark · 2003 · Growth and Change

    This paper examines how networks of firms drive innovation and competitiveness through alliances and knowledge sharing. The authors argue that successful innovation requires flexible network structures that adapt over time, and that geography plays a crucial role in how these networks form and operate. They contend that effective innovation networks are increasingly international rather than locally confined.

  • A THEMATIC ANALYSIS AND CRITICAL ASSESSMENT OF ABSORPTIVE CAPACITY RESEARCH.

    Peter J. Lane, Balaji R. Koka, Seemantini Pathak · 2002 · Academy of Management Proceedings

    This paper reviews 189 absorptive capacity studies across major journals and conferences, identifying seven research themes: definitions, knowledge characteristics, knowledge transfer, organizational learning, innovation, corporate scope, and alliances. The authors find three critical problems: researchers no longer question the construct's original assumptions, the term has become a catch-all phrase for any knowledge acquisition, and few studies examine the actual organizational processes underlying absorptive capacity dimensions.

  • Focusing the ecosystem lens on innovation studies

    Carliss Y. Baldwin, Marcel Bogers, Rahul Kapoor, Joel West · 2024 · Research Policy

    This paper reviews how innovation research has shifted toward understanding innovation as embedded in ecosystems of interconnected actors—firms, organizations, and individuals—that create value together through modular interfaces. The authors synthesize nine articles examining how ecosystem actors coordinate, create joint value, and capture returns, while proposing future research directions that combine ecosystem perspectives with other innovation frameworks and develop new methodologies for studying ecosystem dynamics.

  • Investigation of open educational resources adoption in higher education using Rogers’ diffusion of innovation theory

    Leila Jamel, Lassaad K. Smirani, Jihane A. Boulahia, Myriam Hadjouni · 2022 · Heliyon

    Faculty adoption of open educational resources in higher education depends on perceived relative advantage, observability, and complexity, according to Rogers' diffusion of innovation theory. Survey data from 422 faculty members reveals that trialability correlates positively with complexity and compatibility, while relative advantage improves complexity but reduces perceived compatibility. The study concludes that institutional leaders must implement initiatives addressing trialability, complexity, and compatibility barriers to increase OER adoption rates.

  • Regional innovation systems in an era of grand societal challenges: reorientation versus transformation

    Arne Isaksen, Michaela Trippl, Heike Mayer · 2022 · European Planning Studies

    Regional innovation systems must adapt to address major societal challenges through either reorientation or transformation strategies. Reorientation leverages existing regional assets and institutions to tackle challenge-related problems. Transformation goes further, requiring new actors, institutional changes, and disrupted network linkages to create entirely new regional innovation elements. The choice between strategies depends on regional conditions and specific challenges.

  • Dynamic ARDL Simulations Effects of Fiscal Decentralization, Green Technological Innovation, Trade Openness, and Institutional Quality on Environmental Sustainability: Evidence from South Africa

    Maxwell Chukwudi Udeagha, Nicholas Ngepah · 2022 · Sustainability

    This study examines how fiscal decentralization, green technological innovation, trade openness, and institutional quality affect carbon emissions in South Africa from 1960 to 2020. Fiscal decentralization, green innovation, and institutional quality reduce emissions in both short and long term. Trade openness worsens environmental quality long-term. Population and energy consumption increase emissions. The findings support an environmental Kuznets curve and suggest that clear government responsibility allocation across governance tiers is essential for achieving low-carbon objectives.

  • Adopting open innovation for SMEs and industrial revolution 4.0

    Muhammad Anshari, Mohammad Nabil Almunawar · 2021 · Journal of Science and Technology Policy Management

    Indonesia's small and medium enterprises can adopt open innovation strategies to succeed in Industry 4.0, but face significant barriers. Digital ecosystem readiness and knowledge management are critical enablers. The main obstacle is insufficient digital equipment, which widens gaps between large and small businesses and between urban and rural areas. Government should protect fair competition while the private sector drives most Industry 4.0 initiatives.

  • Triple Helix Twins: A Framework for Achieving Innovation and UN Sustainable Development Goals

    Chunyan Zhou, Henry Etzkowitz · 2021 · Sustainability

    This paper proposes a 'Triple Helix Twins' framework combining two models: one linking university-industry-government for innovation, and another linking university-public-government for sustainable development. The framework addresses environmental protection, resource management, and social equality by enabling cross-border collaborations. The authors suggest solar photovoltaics development as an example of how this integrated approach can help achieve UN Sustainable Development Goals.

  • Favourable social innovation ecosystem(s)? – An explorative approach

    Judith Terstriep, Dieter Rehfeld, Maria Kleverbeck · 2020 · European Planning Studies

    Social innovation ecosystems differ fundamentally from business-focused innovation systems. This research identifies three key requirements for effective social innovation ecosystems: integrated governance involving civil society and multiple sectors, intermediary institutions like hubs and labs that accelerate activities, and strategies combining different innovation modes. The study finds no single best model exists due to the diversity and local nature of social innovation work across Europe.

  • Unveiling the Microfoundations of Absorptive Capacity: A Study of Coleman’s Bathtub Model

    Andreas Distel · 2017 · Journal of Management

    This study examines how firms develop absorptive capacity—the ability to recognize and use new knowledge. Using data from 342 employees across 106 medical technology companies, the research shows that formal and informal integration mechanisms strengthen absorptive capacity. The effect works through individual-level processes: employees' perspective-taking and creative behavior drive organizational capability. Key employees play a critical role in explaining why some firms absorb knowledge better than others.

  • Moral “Lock-In” in Responsible Innovation: The Ethical and Social Aspects of Killing Day-Old Chicks and Its Alternatives

    M.R.N. Bruijnis, Vincent Blok, E.N. Stassen, Bart Gremmen · 2015 · Journal of Agricultural and Environmental Ethics

    This paper examines the ethical problems with killing day-old male chicks in poultry production and evaluates two alternative approaches. The authors develop a framework showing how the industry faces a moral lock-in that perpetuates the practice despite ethical concerns. Both alternatives address some objections but introduce new dilemmas. The framework enables structured stakeholder engagement and reflection on responsible innovation dimensions.

  • Accessing resources for service innovation – the critical role of network relationships

    Helena Rusanen, Aino Halinen, Elina Jaakkola · 2014 · Journal of service management

    Companies access resources for service innovation through different types of network relationships. The study identifies four resource access strategies: absorption, acquisition, sharing, and co-creation. Easily transferable resources come through weak relationships and low-intensity collaboration, while difficult-to-transfer resources like tacit knowledge require strong relationships and intensive collaboration. Managers should recognize that key innovation resources are accessible through diverse actors and relationships.

  • Enhancing innovation in livestock value chains through networks: Lessons from fodder innovation case studies in developing countries

    Seife Ayele, Alan J. Duncan, A. Larbi, Truong Tan Khanh · 2012 · Science and Public Policy

    Fodder scarcity limits smallholder livestock farmers in developing countries. This paper examines how fodder technologies spread through farmer networks in Ethiopia, Syria, and Vietnam. Fodder innovation succeeds when integrated with other innovations and market activities, and when farmers organize collectively to access markets. The authors argue that combining innovation systems and value chain approaches strengthens smallholder productivity and market outcomes.

  • Social Capital of Young Technology Firms and Their IPO Values: The Complementary Role of Relevant Absorptive Capacity

    Guiyang Xiong, Sundar G. Bharadwaj · 2011 · Journal of Marketing

    Young technology firms with strong business-to-business relationships achieve higher IPO valuations when they possess absorptive capacity—the ability to leverage external resources. The study of 177 IPOs shows that social capital from supplier, customer, and investor networks only translates to financial value if firms can actually use those connections. Marketing and R&D relationships without absorptive capacity actually harm firm value.

  • Diffusion of Innovation: Embedding Simulation into Nursing Curricula

    Angela Starkweather, Suzan Kardong‐Edgren · 2008 · International Journal of Nursing Education Scholarship

    Nursing programs face resistance when adopting simulation-based teaching despite documented learning benefits. This paper describes how one large, multi-site nursing program successfully embedded simulation into its undergraduate curriculum by using Diffusion of Innovation theory to guide faculty adoption. The authors identify techniques that overcame barriers and achieved widespread integration, offering practical strategies for other nursing programs seeking to implement similar innovations.

  • Knowledge creation: absorptive capacity, organizational mechanisms, and knowledge storage/retrieval capabilities

    Shih‐Wei Chou · 2005 · Journal of Information Science

    This study develops a framework showing how individual absorptive capacity, organizational mechanisms, and IT capabilities for storing and retrieving knowledge affect knowledge creation in firms. Using survey data from 271 respondents across manufacturing, trade, transportation, service, and academic organizations, the research identifies how absorptive capacity and organizational structures influence knowledge creation, with organizational memory playing a moderating role.

  • Joining forces to create value: The emergence of an innovation ecosystem

    Gouthanan Pushpananthan, Maria Elmquist · 2022 · Technovation

    During rapid technological change, firms form alliances to access new resources and capabilities. This study traces how Volvo Car Group's autonomous driving development evolved from internal constraints into a collaborative innovation ecosystem. Resource limitations drove the company to seek partnerships, which transformed their technology platform from closed to modular. This modularity enabled multiple actors to co-create value around shared standards and interfaces, establishing an innovation ecosystem.

  • Innovation Ecosystem framework directed to Sustainable Development Goal #17 partnerships implementation

    Larissa Oliveira Duarte, Diane Aparecida Reis, André Leme Fleury, Rosana Aparecida Vasques, Homero Fonseca Filho, Mikko Koria, Júlia Baruque-Ramos · 2021 · Sustainable Development

    This paper examines how innovation ecosystems can support the implementation of UN Sustainable Development Goal #17, which calls for strengthened global partnerships. The authors analyze UN documents and literature to identify four core drivers—geographical governance, collaboration, knowledge transmission, and value co-creation—that enable multi-stakeholder networks to address sustainability challenges. The framework positions SDGs as the unifying purpose that engages diverse stakeholder groups in co-creating solutions.

  • The structure of an innovation ecosystem: foundations for future research

    Tomás Dias Sant’Ana, Paulo Henrique de Souza Bermejo, Marina Figueiredo Moreira, Wagner Vilas Boas de Souza · 2020 · Management Decision

    This systematic review examines how innovation ecosystems are structured by analyzing 26 years of peer-reviewed research. The authors identify three main structural classifications: ecosystem life cycles (birth through self-renewal), hierarchical levels (macroscopic to microscopic), and layered architectures including core-periphery and triple-layer models. The review reveals that ecosystem structure research remains concentrated among few authors and proposes the triple-layer core-periphery framework and 6C framework as benchmarks for future studies.

  • How does open innovation lead competitive advantage? A dynamic capability view perspective

    Ki-Baek Lee, Jaeheung Yoo · 2019 · PLoS ONE

    Open innovation creates competitive advantage through product innovation, but only when organizations develop the right capabilities. The study identifies three critical capabilities: transforming capability acts as a foundation that enables sensing and seizing capabilities, which together drive product innovation and competitive advantage. Organizations pursuing open innovation must deliberately build these interconnected capabilities to succeed.

  • The influence of platform service innovation on value co-creation activities and the network effect

    Wenhui Fu, Qiang Wang, Xiande Zhao · 2017 · Journal of service management

    Platform service innovation evolves through three stages—emergence, expansion, and maturity—each with different strategies for creating value and network effects. During emergence, platforms build infrastructure and directly stimulate network effects through innovation. During expansion, they build relationships and shift to indirect stimulation through value co-creation. At maturity, platforms create ecosystems and continue indirect stimulation. Platform managers must align their innovation focus with their developmental stage to succeed.

  • The UK Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council's commitment to a framework for responsible innovation

    Richard Owen · 2014 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    The UK Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council adopted a formal responsible innovation framework in 2013 after four years of development. The paper traces how this framework evolved, identifies the key influences that shaped it, and discusses implementation challenges as the council moves from defining responsible innovation to putting it into practice.

  • Look who's talking: responsible innovation, the paradox of dialogue and the voice of the other in communication and negotiation processes

    Vincent Blok · 2014 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper develops a theoretical framework for stakeholder dialogue in responsible innovation processes. Rather than assuming communication succeeds through openness and harmony, the authors argue dialogue must accommodate fundamentally different interests and values. They identify four key characteristics: dialogical responsiveness enhances self-criticism, involves transformation of participant identities, exists only through actual enactment, and responds to major societal challenges. The work redefines responsiveness as central to responsible innovation.

  • Triple Helix Clusters: Boundary Permeability at University—Industry—Government Interfaces as a Regional Innovation Strategy

    Henry Etzkowitz · 2012 · Environment and Planning C Government and Policy

    Successful regional innovation requires permeable boundaries between universities, industry, and government. The paper examines MIT-Boston, Stanford-Silicon Valley, Research Triangle-North Carolina, and Newcastle-Northeast UK to show that entrepreneurial universities drive innovation regions. While no single best-practice model exists, boundary permeability and other common innovation characteristics can be strengthened through targeted policy initiatives.

  • <i>Jugaad</i>as systemic risk and disruptive innovation in India

    Thomas Birtchnell · 2011 · Contemporary South Asia

    Jugaad, the Indian practice of improvising solutions with limited resources, is celebrated as disruptive innovation and a development tool. This paper argues the opposite: jugaad reflects systemic poverty, poor infrastructure, and unsafe practices that perpetuate India's underlying risks. Rather than an exportable asset, jugaad masks deeper structural problems and should not be separated from the conditions that necessitate it.

  • Kinetic Study of the Quenching Reaction of Singlet Oxygen by Carotenoids and Food Extracts in Solution. Development of a Singlet Oxygen Absorption Capacity (SOAC) Assay Method

    Aya Ouchi, Koichi Aizawa, Yuko Iwasaki, Takahiro Inakuma, Junji Terao, Shin‐ichi Nagaoka, Kazuo Mukai · 2010 · Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry

    This paper develops a laboratory method to measure how well carotenoids and other antioxidants neutralize singlet oxygen, a harmful reactive molecule. Researchers tested eight carotenoids and vitamin E, then applied the same technique to tomato and carrot extracts. They created a new assay called SOAC (Singlet Oxygen Absorption Capacity) that quantifies antioxidant strength in food compounds.

  • User innovation and everyday practices: micro‐innovation in sports industry development

    Sampsa Hyysalo · 2009 · R and D Management

    User innovations in sports like rodeo and freestyle kayaking drive industry development more significantly than previously recognized. The paper examines how users adapt equipment and practices, change activity settings, and engage in various forms of involvement. These micro-innovations reshape user demographics and preferred gear, ultimately influencing industry evolution more than lead-users and user-manufacturers alone.

  • Networks, Knowledge and Power: Decision Making, Politics and the Process of Innovation

    Donald Hislop, Sue Newell, Harry Scarbrough, Jacky Swan · 2000 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This paper examines how organizations adopt Enterprise Resource Planning systems, revealing that innovation adoption is fundamentally political. Networks and knowledge prove inseparable because tacit knowledge requires relationship-building to access and use. The research shows that formal authority doesn't automatically translate to power, and that networks and knowledge function as both practical tools for accessing information and political instruments that actors deploy to advance their interests.

  • Growth performance, metabolic and endocrine traits, and absorptive capacity in neonatal calves fed either colostrum or milk replacer at two levels.

    S Kühne, H.M. Hammon, R.M. Bruckmaier, Chloé Morel, Y. Zbinden, J.W. Blum · 2000 · Journal of Animal Science

    Newborn calves fed colostrum gained weight and showed better intestinal absorption and metabolic markers than calves fed milk replacer, regardless of feeding amount. Higher colostrum feeding density improved protein and fat metabolism. Milk replacer feeding density had minimal effects on metabolism or intestinal function. The bioactive compounds in colostrum, not just nutrient density, drive neonatal calf development.

  • The dawn of an open exploration era: Emergent principles and practices of open science and innovation of university research teams in a digital world

    Rubén Vicente-Saez, Robin Gustafsson, Lieve van den Brande · 2020 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    Universities are adopting open science practices—including open data sharing, open access publishing, and participatory design—that reshape how research teams conduct innovation. These practices accelerate knowledge creation, speed solutions to major societal challenges, and develop entrepreneurial researchers. The study identifies emergent principles and mechanisms of open science and innovation at universities, proposing governance models to increase societal value in the digital era.

  • The Role of Innovation Ecosystems and Social Capital in Startup Survival

    César Bandera, Ellen Thomas · 2018 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    Startups that actively collaborate with universities, industries, and government organizations significantly survive longer than those that don't, according to analysis of the Kauffman Firm Survey. However, the amount of social capital available in innovation ecosystems doesn't predict whether startups actually use it or live longer. The effect varies between high-tech and other startups. Active engagement with ecosystem partners matters more than ecosystem density alone.

  • Does patenting help or hinder open innovation? Evidence from new entrants in the solar industry

    Ann‐Kristin Zobel, Benjamin Balsmeier, Henry Chesbrough · 2016 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    New companies entering the solar industry that build patent portfolios increase their open innovation partnerships overall. However, the effect varies by relationship type. Patents strongly boost partnerships in high-tech collaborations but weaken the effect in lower-tech relationships, actually reducing partnerships in the least technology-intensive ones.

  • Network structure and regional innovation: A study of university–industry ties

    Robert Huggins, Daniel Prokop · 2016 · Urban Studies

    University-industry knowledge networks shape regional innovation outcomes. Analysis of UK regions reveals that the most innovative and economically developed areas contain actors occupying central, influential positions within these networks. Network structure and the resulting stocks of structural network capital directly influence patterns of regional innovation and economic development.

  • Rapid innovation diffusion in social networks

    Gabriel Kreindler, H. Peyton Young · 2014 · Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences

    This paper establishes that innovations spread rapidly through social networks when the payoff advantage is sufficiently large and agents make noisy decisions. The researchers derive bounds showing diffusion speed depends primarily on payoff gains and decision noise rather than network structure. They demonstrate that with realistic parameters—such as 5% error rates and 150% payoff gains—innovations establish themselves across any network within 80 revision periods on average.

  • Factors influencing pharmacists’ adoption of prescribing: qualitative application of the diffusion of innovations theory

    Mark Makowsky, Lisa M. Guirguis, Christine Hughes, Cheryl A Sadowski, Nesé Yuksel · 2013 · Implementation Science

    When Alberta granted pharmacists prescribing privileges in 2007, adoption varied widely among practitioners. Pharmacists adopted prescribing based on four factors: the innovation's characteristics, individual adopter traits, system readiness, and physician relationships. Those in patient-focused settings and with higher self-efficacy adopted prescribing more readily. Physician relationships significantly influenced whether pharmacists pursued independent prescribing privileges.

  • Eco-innovation, Responsible Leadership and Organizational Change for Corporate Sustainability

    Dorel Paraschiv, Estera Laura Nemoianu, Claudia Adriana Langă, Tünde Szabó · 2012 · Econstor (Econstor)

    Organizations pursuing sustainability must integrate environmental and social goals into their operations through eco-innovation and responsible leadership. The paper links corporate sustainability, eco-innovation, responsible leadership, and organizational change as interconnected drivers of corporate sustainability. Research on Romanian organizations shows that visionary management plays a critical role in adopting and implementing sustainability practices, particularly ecological components of sustainable development.

  • National innovation systems: the emergence of a new approach

    Jan Fagerberg, Koson Sapprasert · 2011 · Science and Public Policy

    This paper traces the emergence of national innovation systems as a research concept in the late 1980s. The authors identify the three most influential contributions to this literature and analyze citation patterns in scholarly journals to understand how the concept developed within innovation studies. They characterize national innovation systems research relative to other research areas.

  • The power of social innovation: how civic entrepreneurs ignite community networks for good

    2011 · Choice Reviews Online

    Civic entrepreneurs drive social innovation by building community networks and catalyzing change through collaborative approaches. The book examines how market makers and service providers use open-source methods, citizen engagement, and risk-taking to create sustainable systems change. It demonstrates that measuring public value, mobilizing community assets, and leveraging social networks produce measurable results in education, family services, and local governance.

  • Exploring the Multiple Roles of Lund University in Strengthening Scania's Regional Innovation System: Towards Institutional Learning?

    Paul Benneworth, Lars Coenen, Jerker Moodysson, Björn Asheim · 2009 · European Planning Studies

    Lund University strengthens Scania's regional innovation system through multiple engagement mechanisms that facilitate technological learning across sectors. The university acts as a knowledge conduit, importing global science and technology into the region while building structural innovation capacity. The study examines three sectoral engagement efforts and demonstrates how universities can actively contribute to regional innovative capacity beyond passive knowledge transfer.

  • Absorptive Capacity in a Non-Market Environment

    Gill Harvey, Chris Skelcher, Eileen Spencer, Pauline Jas, Kieran Walshe · 2009 · Public Management Review

    This paper applies absorptive capacity theory to explain performance in public sector organizations. The authors argue that absorptive capacity—an organization's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply external knowledge—offers a valuable framework for understanding why some public organizations succeed while others fail. They review conceptual and methodological implications of this approach and propose testable propositions for future empirical research on public sector performance.

  • Diffusion of Web-Based Product Innovation

    Emanuela Prandelli, Gianmario Verona, Deborah Carolina Raccagni · 2006 · California Management Review

    Companies increasingly involve customers in innovation through web-based tools, which reduce costs and help anticipate market changes. This study analyzed over 200 brand and corporate websites to identify which web-based collaborative tools firms actually use and discovered significant variations based on industry and company characteristics.

  • Building regional innovation networks: The definition of an age business core process in a regional innovation system

    Satu Pekkarinen, Vesa Harmaakorpi · 2006 · Regional Studies

    Regional innovation networks drive competitive advantage. This study presents the Regional Development Platform Method and core process thinking as tools for developing regional innovation systems. Using Finland's Lahti region and its age business sector as a case study, the authors demonstrate that successful core processes depend fundamentally on collective learning and knowledge creation among multiple actors in the innovation network.

  • Shock Absorption Capacities of Mouthguards in Different Types and Thicknesses

    P. Bemelmanns · 2001 · International Journal of Sports Medicine

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It examines shock absorption performance of different sports mouthguard designs using laboratory testing. The study found that custom-fitted mouthguards with specific layering configurations absorbed about 33% of impact force, while boil-and-bite designs and silicone-layered mouthguards performed significantly worse. Mouthguard thickness and material composition affected protective capacity.

  • Deep Learning Meets Deep Democracy: Deliberative Governance and Responsible Innovation in Artificial Intelligence

    Alexander Buhmann, Christian Fieseler · 2022 · Business Ethics Quarterly

    The paper argues that responsible AI innovation requires public deliberation involving industry, government, and civil society actors. It identifies opacity and knowledge gaps between experts and citizens as barriers to informed democratic debate about AI. The authors propose a deliberative governance framework that enables AI industry actors to engage effectively with experts and the public across different venues, building trust and enabling democratic oversight of AI systems.

  • How entrepreneurship ecosystem influences the development of frugal innovation and informal entrepreneurship

    Paul Agu Igwe, Kenny Odunukan, Mahfuzur Rahman, David Gamariel Rugara, Chinedu Ochinanwata · 2020 · Thunderbird International Business Review

    This study examines how entrepreneurial ecosystems shape frugal innovation and informal business development in Nigeria. Through interviews with 20 business owners and focus groups with association leaders, the researchers identified key determinants: formal and informal rules, market access, and family networks. These elements enable knowledge sharing, networking, and resource distribution among informal entrepreneurs operating under institutional constraints.

  • Organizational change and the dynamics of innovation: Formal R&amp;D structure and intrafirm inventor networks

    Nicholas Argyres, Luis A. Rios, Brian S. Silverman · 2020 · Strategic Management Journal

    Centralizing R&D budget authority in diversified firms increases connections between internal inventors, leading to broader innovation that spans more technologies. Decentralization does not reverse this effect. The paper shows that formal organizational structure influences innovation outcomes through changes in inventor collaboration networks, though organizational inertia creates time lags in these effects.

  • Knowledge management and open innovation in agri-food crowdfunding

    Valentina Cillo, Riccardo Rialti, Bernardo Bertoldi, Francesco Ciampi · 2019 · British Food Journal

    Knowledge management capabilities drive successful open innovation in agri-food businesses using crowdfunding. IT-based knowledge exploitation enables open innovation strategies, while knowledge exploration capabilities mediate the relationship between IT capabilities and innovation outcomes. The study surveyed 80 agri-food crowdfunding businesses and found these knowledge management practices critical for innovation success.

  • The function of ability, benevolence, and integrity-based trust in innovation networks

    Helge Svare, Anne Haugen Gausdal, Guido Möllering · 2019 · Industry and Innovation

    This study examines how trust operates in Norwegian innovation networks, analyzing three trust dimensions: perceived ability, benevolence, and integrity. Using mixed methods across five networks, the researchers found that benevolence-based trust proves most critical for fostering open communication and knowledge sharing at both organizational and network levels. Trust functions differently depending on whether it operates between individual organizations or across the entire network, with benevolence-based trust driving successful collaboration and innovation outcomes.

  • Open innovation and firm performance: Evidence from the Chinese mechanical manufacturing industry

    Si Zhang, Delin Yang, Shumin Qiu, Xiang Bao, Jizhen Li · 2018 · Journal of Engineering and Technology Management

    Open innovation's effect on firm profitability follows an inverted U-shape curve in Chinese mechanical manufacturing. Employee education amplifies open innovation's benefits in technology-oriented firms but not production-oriented ones. Higher ratios of technical to production staff improve financial performance from open innovation in tech-oriented firms, while the opposite occurs in production-oriented firms.

  • Technology convergence, open innovation, and dynamic economy

    Hang Sik Park · 2017 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Open innovation and technology convergence—particularly through emerging technologies like IoT, big data, and artificial intelligence—can drive economic growth and sustainable development. When these concepts operate within networks, they generate increasing returns and create new market demand, addressing global economic stagnation and supporting the transition to a dynamic fourth industrial revolution economy.

  • Orchestrating Innovation Ecosystems: A Qualitative Analysis of Ecosystem Positioning Strategies

    Katri Valkokari, Marko Seppänen, Maria Mäntylä, Simo Jylhä-Ollila · 2017 · Technology Innovation Management Review

    This paper analyzes how organizations position themselves within innovation ecosystems through inter-organizational relationships and networks. The authors examine ecosystem positioning strategies and value co-creation through boundary-spanning activities, revealing how collaborative innovation practices vary across different organizational contexts and ecosystem structures.

  • The mediating role of absorptive capacity on the relationship between entrepreneurial orientation and technological innovation capabilities

    Abdulqadir Rahomee Ahmed Aljanabi · 2017 · International Journal of Entrepreneurial Behaviour & Research

    This study examines how absorptive capacity mediates the relationship between entrepreneurial orientation and technological innovation capabilities in small and medium enterprises. Using survey data from 432 SMEs in Kurdistan, Iraq, the research finds that both entrepreneurial orientation and absorptive capacity significantly influence innovation capabilities. Absorptive capacity acts as a mechanism through which entrepreneurial orientation strengthens technological innovation, enabling firms to leverage external knowledge for innovation.

  • Match and manage: the use of knowledge matching and project management to integrate knowledge in collaborative inbound open innovation

    Nicolette Lakemond, Lars Bengtsson, Keld Laursen, Fredrik Tell · 2016 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    Firms using inbound open innovation need more than just absorptive capacity to succeed. This study shows that how companies actively manage incoming knowledge—through project management and knowledge matching procedures—directly affects their innovation performance. The choice of governance approach matters as much as the firm's existing knowledge foundation.

  • How open innovation processes vary between urban and remote environments: slow innovators, market-sourced information and frequency of interaction

    Richard Shearmur, David Doloreux · 2016 · Entrepreneurship and Regional Development

    The paper challenges the assumption that innovation happens mainly in cities. It shows that remote areas do produce first-to-market innovations, but through different mechanisms. Slow innovators in isolated locations rely on non-market information and infrequent contact with others, while fast innovators cluster near cities using market-sourced information and frequent interactions. This difference explains why innovation occurs in both settings.

  • Determinants of absorptive capacity: the value of technology and market orientation for external knowledge acquisition

    Ulrich Lichtenthaler · 2016 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    Firms acquire external technological knowledge through alliances and licensing, but success depends on internal capabilities. This paper argues that technology orientation and market orientation directly determine absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to explore, retain, and exploit external knowledge. The framework links these orientations to three absorptive capacity stages under varying environmental conditions, showing that internal technological and market knowledge are critical for effective external knowledge acquisition.

  • Diffusion of Innovations and the Theory of Planned Behavior in Information Systems Research: A Metaanalysis

    Fred K. Weigel, Benjamin T. Hazen, Casey G. Cegielski, Dianne J. Hall · 2014 · Communications of the Association for Information Systems

    This meta-analysis examines how well Diffusion of Innovations and Theory of Planned Behavior predict technology adoption in information systems research. Analyzing 58 empirical studies, the authors found that attitude toward behavior, relative advantage, and compatibility are the strongest predictors of adoption, while complexity negatively affects it. These relationships hold consistently across different studies, validating core assumptions in IS innovation research.

  • Market-Based Instruments for Ecosystem Services: Institutional Innovation or Renovation?

    Valérie Boisvert, Philippe Méral, Géraldine Froger · 2013 · Society & Natural Resources

    Market-based instruments for ecosystem services have proliferated globally, but their actual institutional design varies widely from their theoretical promise. This paper examines payments for environmental services and biodiversity offsets—both labeled as market-based instruments—and finds significant gaps between the pro-market rhetoric surrounding these policies and their actual implementation. The instruments are less genuinely innovative than claimed and take diverse institutional forms depending on local context.

  • EXPLORING THE SHADOWS: IT GOVERNANCE APPROACHES TO USER- DRIVEN INNOVATION

    Andreas Györy, Anne Cleven, Falk Uebernickel, Walter Brenner · 2012 · European Conference on Information Systems

    This paper appears to be a mismatch—the title addresses IT governance and user-driven innovation, but the abstract describes mass spectrometry methods for analyzing oligonucleotides. No rural innovation content is discernible from either the title or abstract provided.

  • Open innovation and new issues in R&amp;D organization and personnel management

    Giorgio Petroni, Karen Venturini, Chiara Verbano · 2011 · The International Journal of Human Resource Management

    Open innovation practices reshape how companies organize R&D and manage researchers. Italian multinational firms in pharmaceuticals, food, chemicals, and aerospace increasingly collaborate with universities and external research centers, adopt matrix and network structures, and hire knowledge integrators rather than traditional scientists. Personnel management and training models shift away from Anglo-American approaches toward Japanese and German practices emphasizing collaborative expertise.

  • Curiosity on Cutting-Edge Technology via Theory of Planned Behavior and Diffusion of Innovation Theory

    Fulya Açikgöz, Abdulaziz Elwalda, Mauro José de Oliveira · 2023 · International Journal of Information Management Data Insights

    This study examines what drives consumer adoption of smartwatches by combining two behavioral theories. Researchers surveyed 291 smartwatch users and found that both psychological factors (like perceived control and curiosity) and technical factors (compatibility and complexity) shape whether people intend to use the technology. Compatibility emerged as the strongest predictor of adoption intent, while curiosity and complexity showed the highest performance impact.

  • Circular economy practices and environmental performance: Analysing the role of big data analytics capability and responsible research and innovation

    Saumyaranjan Sahoo, Arvind Upadhyay, Anil Kumar · 2023 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    This study examines how big data analytics capability and responsible research and innovation drive circular economy practices in manufacturing, ultimately improving environmental performance. Using survey data from 326 manufacturers, the research finds that responsible research and innovation has the strongest influence on environmental outcomes. Circular economy practices partially mediate the effects of both big data analytics and responsible innovation on environmental performance, though resource commitment does not significantly moderate these relationships.

  • Environmental collaboration, responsible innovation, and firm performance: The moderating role of stakeholder pressure

    Samuel Adomako, Mai Dong Tran · 2022 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Environmental collaboration drives responsible innovation in firms, which improves performance. This effect strengthens when stakeholder pressure increases. The study of 225 firms demonstrates that responsible innovation mediates the relationship between environmental collaboration and firm performance, advancing understanding of how companies can leverage environmental strategies to achieve business success.

  • Investigating open innovation strategies and firm performance: the moderating role of technological capability and market information management capability

    Suqin Liao, Lihua Fu, Zhiying Liu · 2020 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    This study examines how technological capability and market information management capability influence the relationship between open innovation strategies and firm performance. Using survey data from 238 Chinese high-tech enterprises, the researchers found that technological capability strengthens inbound open innovation's impact on performance. For outbound open innovation, high technological capability combined with high market information management capability produces superior results. The findings reveal specific capability combinations that maximize the performance benefits of different open innovation approaches.

  • Sustainability Condition of Open Innovation: Dynamic Growth of Alibaba from SME to Large Enterprise

    JinHyo Joseph Yun, Xiaofei Zhao, KyungBae Park, Lei Shi · 2020 · Sustainability

    Alibaba rapidly became a global e-commerce leader by adopting open innovation business models while managing the complexity and transaction costs these models create. The company succeeded through developing an open-innovation-friendly culture rooted in consumer confidence and relationship-building (Guanxi), combined with an expanding feedback loop platform that continuously strengthened its business model. This cultural foundation allowed Alibaba to control complexity costs inherent in open innovation.

  • Open data outcomes: U.S. cities between product and process innovation

    Ines Mergel, Alexander Kleibrink, Jens Sörvik · 2018 · Government Information Quarterly

    U.S. cities have created open data portals to increase government transparency, but this generates broader innovation outcomes than typically recognized. Research with 15 city managers reveals that open data drives two types of innovation: external product innovation (apps, websites, services) and internal process innovation (procedural changes, cultural shifts). The study recommends structural, procedural, and cultural changes to maximize open data initiative success.

  • Triple Helix and the evolution of ecosystems of innovation: the case of Silicon Valley

    Josep Miquel Piqué, Jasmina Berbegal‐Mirabent, Henry Etzkowitz · 2018 · Triple Helix Journal

    Silicon Valley's innovation ecosystem has transformed over the past decade. The study tracks how the Triple Helix agents—universities, industry, and government—have shifted their roles and interactions. Key changes include the emergence of accelerator programs, corporations engaging startups earlier, geographic expansion into San Francisco, universities investing in capital funds, and the rise of micro-multinationals responding to talent competition.

  • Reconciling the Dilemma of Knowledge Sharing: A Network Pluralism Framework of Firms’ R&amp;D Alliance Network and Innovation Performance

    Jiamin Zhang, Han Jiang, Rui Wu, Jizhen Li · 2018 · Journal of Management

    Firms face a dilemma: R&D alliances provide access to external knowledge but risk knowledge leakage. This study shows that industrial networks strengthen the relationship between alliance networks and innovation performance in an inverted U-shape, while political connections weaken it. A firm's technological capability amplifies these network effects.

  • How does organisational absorptive capacity matter in the assimilation of enterprise information systems?

    Nilesh Saraf, Huigang Liang, Yajiong Xue, Qing Hu · 2012 · Information Systems Journal

    Organizations adopt enterprise resource planning systems through both internal learning capabilities and external institutional pressures. This study shows that absorptive capacity—an organization's ability to learn and apply new knowledge—moderates how institutional pressures influence ERP adoption. Potential absorptive capacity strengthens responses to competitive mimicry, while realized absorptive capacity strengthens responses to professional norms. Both dimensions directly improve system assimilation.

  • National Intervention and the Diffusion of Policy Innovations

    Andrew Karch · 2006 · American Politics Research

    National legislation influences whether states adopt policy innovations in human services, even without mandates or financial incentives. Using event history analysis of three policy innovations—individual development accounts, family caps, and medical savings accounts—the study finds that national intervention affects state adoption by either reducing obstacles to innovation or providing resources to overcome them. National action that addresses neither factor has no significant effect on state decisions.

  • The process of user-innovation: a case study in a consumer goods setting

    Robert Tietz, Pamela Morrison, Christian Lüthje, Cornelius Herstatt · 2005 · International Journal of Product Development

    Users developing new products in kitesurfing follow a structured two-stage process: idea generation and idea realisation. Unlike manufacturers' formal development phases, users employ intuition-driven approaches but still follow identifiable sequences. Manufacturers can improve innovation by closely observing how users actually invent and develop products.

  • Disrupting the Technology Innovation Efficiency of Manufacturing Enterprises Through Digital Technology Promotion: An Evidence of 5G Technology Construction in China

    Zhangsheng Jiang, Chenghao Xu · 2023 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    China's 5G Technology Pilot Construction policy in 2018 significantly improved manufacturing enterprises' technology innovation efficiency. The positive effect was strongest in cities with higher digital financial capabilities and among enterprises with lower initial technology capabilities. The findings suggest that promoting 5G infrastructure can enhance innovation performance across manufacturing sectors.

  • Digital Influencers, Food and Tourism—A New Model of Open Innovation for Businesses in the Ho.Re.Ca. Sector

    Marzia Ingrassia, Claudio Bellia, Chiara Giurdanella, Pietro Columba, Stefania Chironi · 2022 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This paper examines how digital influencer marketing functions as open innovation for food and tourism businesses. Researchers analyzed Instagram posts by major influencer Chiara Ferragni promoting Italian food and tourist destinations during the COVID-19 economic crisis. Using netnographic analysis and the AGIL model, they measured how local food enhanced destination appeal across different contexts. The study proposes a new open innovation model for advertising and promoting food and catering businesses through influencer-driven social media campaigns.

  • Entrepreneurial orientation and supply chain resilience of manufacturing SMEs in Yemen: the mediating effects of absorptive capacity and innovation

    Mohammed A. Al‐Hakimi, Moad Hamod Saleh, Dileep B. Borade · 2021 · Heliyon

    Manufacturing SMEs in Yemen improve their supply chain resilience through entrepreneurial orientation, but only indirectly. The relationship works through two mechanisms: absorptive capacity and innovation. Entrepreneurial orientation alone is insufficient; firms must actively develop their ability to absorb external knowledge and innovate to strengthen supply chain resilience.

  • The circular economy, environmental performance and environmental management systems: the role of absorptive capacity

    Luca Marrucci, Tiberio Daddi, Fabio Iraldo · 2021 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Organizations struggle to implement circular economy practices, but developing absorptive capacity—the ability to acquire, assimilate, transform, and exploit knowledge—significantly improves their success. Analysis of over 800 European certified organizations shows that absorptive capacity directly enables circular economy implementation and environmental management systems adoption, which together enhance organizational performance. Environmental pressure from peers does not drive commitment to circularity.

  • The Role of Natural and Human Resources on Economic Growth and Regional Development: With Discussion of Open Innovation Dynamics

    Haeruddin Saleh, Batara Surya, Despry Nur Annisa Ahmad, Darmawati Manda · 2020 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Natural resources alone do not drive economic growth in Bulukumba Regency, Indonesia. The study finds that combining natural resource optimization with human resource development significantly boosts regional economic growth, accounting for 47.2% of variation. Community culture and regulation also matter. The authors recommend strengthening human capacity through technology adoption and cultural change to accelerate economic development.

  • Managing Open Innovation: A Project-Level Perspective

    Mehdi Bagherzadeh, Stefan Marković, Marcel Bogers · 2019 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    This study examines how innovation project characteristics—specifically complexity and uncertainty—influence successful open innovation management. Using survey data from 201 American innovation projects, the authors identify five key management factors: openness level, external partner selection, mechanism choice, collaboration formalization, and internal practices. The research demonstrates that project-level attributes matter more than firm-level characteristics alone for managing open innovation effectively.

  • Building University-Industry Co-Innovation Networks in Transnational Innovation Ecosystems: Towards a Transdisciplinary Approach of Integrating Social Sciences and Artificial Intelligence

    Yuzhuo Cai, Borja Ramis Ferrer, José L. Martínez Lastra · 2019 · Sustainability

    This paper addresses weak connections between transnational industry and university cooperation in innovation ecosystems. The authors propose matching industrial firms across countries through shared university partnerships, combining social science theory with machine learning techniques. Using EU-China science and technology cooperation as a case study, they demonstrate how integrating innovation studies and social network analysis with artificial intelligence can strengthen synergies between industry and university actors in transnational innovation networks.

  • Creating and capturing value in a regional innovation ecosystem: a study of how manufacturing SMEs develop collaborative solutions

    Agnieszka Radziwon, Marcel Bogers, Arne Bilberg · 2017 · International Journal of Technology Management

    Danish manufacturing SMEs collaborating on an automation project reveal how small firms create and capture value within regional innovation ecosystems. Common goals and financial support enable value creation, but companies must balance their own operations with ecosystem commitments. Success depends on managing knowledge flows across organizations and aligning business models with ecosystem structures. The study shows that value capture occurs at the inter-organizational level, not just individually.

  • From computer ethics to responsible research and innovation in ICT

    Bernd Carsten Stahl, Grace Eden, Marina Jirotka, Mark Coeckelbergh · 2014 · Information & Management

    Computer ethics has shaped information systems research, but responsible research and innovation (RRI) offers a broader framework for governing ICT development. RRI addresses limitations in traditional computer ethics by expanding governance approaches beyond individual ethical concerns to encompass systemic oversight of technology and innovation. Adopting RRI strengthens IS research relevance and builds on existing ethical foundations.

  • Open Innovation Implementation to Sustain Indonesian SMEs

    Jahja Hamdani, Christina Wirawan · 2012 · Procedia Economics and Finance

    Indonesian small and medium enterprises face challenges in marketing, technology, capital access, and human resources despite their economic importance. Open innovation offers a solution by leveraging SMEs' existing agility and adaptability. The authors apply an innovation value chain framework to demonstrate how open innovation methodology can help Indonesian SMEs compete with larger firms and sustain economic growth.

  • Success factors for innovation management in networks of small and medium enterprises

    Alexandra Rese, Daniel Baier · 2011 · R and D Management

    Small and medium enterprises increasingly innovate through networks to manage expensive, risky product development. This study identifies success factors for managing distributed innovation across multiple partners. Using survey data from 271 networks, the research confirms that traditional factors like product advantage and marketing proficiency matter, but also finds that network-specific factors—particularly network cohesion and organization—are equally critical for new product success.

  • Using innovation diffusion theory to guide collaboration technology evaluation: work in progress

    Diane H. Sonnenwald, Kelly L. Maglaughlin, Mary C. Whitton · 2002

    Researchers developed a survey instrument based on innovation diffusion theory to evaluate collaboration technology adoption. The survey measures five key attributes—relative advantage, compatibility, complexity, trialability, and observability—that influence whether groups adopt new systems. The team tested whether face-to-face versus distributed use affects adoption attitudes and refined the survey's reliability and validity for early-stage technology evaluation.

  • Sustainable Business Performance: Examining the Role of Green HRM Practices, Green Innovation and Responsible Leadership through the Lens of Pro-Environmental Behavior

    Rangpeng Liu, Zhuo Yue, Ali Ijaz, Abdalwali Lutfi, Jie Mao · 2023 · Sustainability

    Green human resource management practices, responsible leadership, and green innovation all positively influence sustainable business performance in Pakistan's banking sector. Pro-environmental behavior partially mediates the relationship between responsible leadership and sustainable performance. The study surveyed 396 banking professionals and used structural equation modeling to demonstrate that these green management strategies effectively drive business sustainability in developing country contexts.

  • Insights on entrepreneurial bricolage and frugal innovation for sustainable performance

    Qaisar Iqbal, Noor Hazlina Ahmad, Hasliza Abdul Halim · 2020 · Business Strategy & Development

    Sustainable leadership drives sustainable performance in emerging markets through frugal innovation and entrepreneurial bricolage. The paper proposes that leaders who practice sustainable leadership influence organizational performance by enabling frugal innovation—doing more with less—particularly when combined with entrepreneurial bricolage. The framework addresses poverty alleviation, sustainable education, and community development as pathways to economic growth and environmental protection.

  • Entrepreneurial co‐creation: societal impact through open innovation

    Muthu De Silva, Mike Wright · 2019 · R and D Management

    This paper examines how for-profit and not-for-profit entrepreneurs collaborate through open innovation initiatives like accelerators and living labs to create both business and social value. The authors find that different entrepreneur types pursuing shared opportunities generate competing social and business values. They identify four propositions showing how entrepreneurs' profit orientation and resource contributions determine what kinds of social value emerge from co-creation efforts.

  • How Firms Develop Capabilities for Crowdsourcing to Increase Open Innovation Performance: The Interplay between Organizational Roles and Knowledge Processes

    Patrick Pollok, Dirk Lüttgens, Frank T. Piller · 2018 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Firms using crowdsourcing for innovation perform differently based on their internal capabilities. This study identifies how informal roles, formal roles, and knowledge processes work together to build crowdsourcing capability. The research finds that both types of organizational roles operate through knowledge articulation and codification to strengthen a firm's ability to benefit from crowdsourced solutions to technical problems.

  • Effects of absorptive capacity, trust and information systems on product innovation

    Min Zhang, Xiande Zhao, Marjorie A. Lyles · 2018 · International Journal of Operations & Production Management

    Trust and information systems drive product innovation in manufacturing firms, but their effects work primarily through absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new knowledge. Trust and information systems also strengthen absorptive capacity itself. The study of 276 Chinese manufacturers shows that absorptive capacity amplifies innovation when trust and information systems are strong, revealing how organizational systems and knowledge management interact to boost new product development.

  • How Individuals Engage in the Absorption of New External Knowledge: A Process Model of Absorptive Capacity

    David Sjödin, Johan Frishammar, Sara Thorgren · 2018 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This paper presents a process model showing how individuals absorb external knowledge through three stages: recognizing value by assessing motivation and feasibility, corroborating value through legitimacy and shared understanding, and championing integration by securing resources. The model reveals that individual engagement determines whether knowledge gets exploited, terminated, or stalls. The findings highlight individuals' critical role in converting potential absorptive capacity into realized organizational learning.

  • Does Information Technology Improve Open Innovation Performance? An Examination of Manufacturers in Spain

    Jaime Gómez, Idana Salazar Terreros, Pilar Vargas Montoya · 2017 · Information Systems Research

    Spanish manufacturing firms using open innovation models achieve better patent and product innovation outcomes when they invest in information technology. The study finds an inverted U-shaped relationship between external R&D spending and innovation performance. IT investments reduce the costs of identifying, assimilating, and utilizing external knowledge, making open innovation a viable strategic alternative to traditional in-house R&D.

  • Born‐Global SMEs, Performance, and Dynamic Absorptive Capacity: Evidence from Spanish Firms

    M. Ángeles Rodríguez‐Serrano, Enrique Martín‐Armario · 2017 · Journal of Small Business Management

    Spanish small businesses that internationalize from startup outperform competitors through dynamic absorptive capacity—their ability to acquire, assimilate, and apply market knowledge effectively. An entrepreneurial, market-oriented culture strengthens this capability. The study of 102 Spanish born-global SMEs confirms that success depends on firms' capacity to rapidly learn and adapt knowledge to market demands.

  • Innovation embedded in entrepreneurs’ networks and national educational systems

    Thomas Schøtt, M. Sedaghat · 2014 · Small Business Economics

    Entrepreneurs' innovation depends on where they network. Public sphere networking—especially professional and international connections—boosts innovation, while private sphere networking reduces it. However, a country's quality educational system for entrepreneurship moderates these effects, adding innovation benefits to both types of networking. Analysis of 56,611 entrepreneurs across 61 countries confirms these patterns.

  • Network Closure or Structural Hole? The Conditioning Effects of Network–Level Social Capital on Innovation Performance

    Justin Tan, Hongjuan Zhang, Liang Wang · 2014 · Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice

    This study examines how network-level social capital affects firm innovation performance. Using simulation data, the researchers found that network density moderates the impact of firm-level social capital measures on innovation. In sparse networks, both direct connections and bridging positions enhance innovation. In dense networks, direct connections become less valuable and bridging positions actually harm innovation performance.

  • Punctuated Equilibrium Theory and the Diffusion of Innovations

    Graeme Boushey · 2012 · Policy Studies Journal

    Punctuated equilibrium theory explains how public policy innovations spread across U.S. states through three distinct mechanisms: gradual emulation, rapid imitation between states, and immediate responses to shared external shocks. Using the Bass diffusion model on 81 policy innovations, the research measures how external and internal influences drive adoption patterns and shows that policy image and federal involvement shape diffusion timing and speed.

  • What determines performance of cross‐border M&amp;As by Chinese companies? An absorptive capacity perspective

    Ping Deng · 2010 · Thunderbird International Business Review

    Chinese companies increasingly use cross-border mergers and acquisitions to gain knowledge and strategic assets. This paper examines whether Chinese firms can effectively acquire and integrate these assets by analyzing their absorptive capacity—their ability to identify, assimilate, integrate, and apply external knowledge. Through case studies of Lenovo and TCL acquisitions, the authors show that acquisition performance depends heavily on the acquiring firm's absorptive capacity across multiple dimensions.

  • Gatekeepers of Knowledge versus Platforms of Knowledge: From Potential to Realized Absorptive Capacity

    Nathalie Lazaric, Christian Longhi, Catherine Thomas · 2008 · Regional Studies

    Knowledge gatekeepers in the Sophia Antipolis technology cluster can create potential absorptive capacity, but realizing that capacity requires deliberate knowledge transfer efforts. The authors propose a 'knowledge platform' concept—a codified knowledge project that generates positive externalities by creating new opportunities for combining and absorbing knowledge within the cluster.

  • ENTREPRENEURSHIP, PROXIMITY AND REGIONAL INNOVATION SYSTEMS

    Rolf Sternberg · 2007 · Tijdschrift voor Economische en Sociale Geografie

    Regional innovation systems rely heavily on intraregional networks, but this focus creates lock-in risks. The paper argues that extraregional relationships matter equally, with entrepreneurial migrants serving as crucial connectors. Geographical proximity alone is less important than cognitive and institutional proximity for fostering innovation across international boundaries.

  • Collaborative entrepreneurship:how communities of networked firms use continuous innovation to create economic wealth

    Michael Smets · 2006 · Aston Publications Explorer (Aston University)

    This book review examines how communities of networked firms drive economic growth through collaborative entrepreneurship and continuous innovation. The work explores how interconnected businesses working together create wealth by fostering ongoing innovation practices. The review synthesizes insights from Miles, Miles, and Snow's framework on collaborative business networks and their role in generating economic value.

  • The Effect of Employer Networks on Workplace Innovation and Training

    Christopher L. Erickson, Sanford M. Jacoby · 2003 · Industrial and Labor Relations Review

    Establishments whose managers participate in industry associations, civic organizations, and multi-unit firm networks adopt high-performance work practices and employee training programs more frequently and intensively than isolated firms. Managers embedded in multiple networks show the strongest commitment to work reorganization and training. Social ties between organizations drive organizational learning and innovation diffusion.

  • Green innovation output in the supply chain network with environmental information disclosure: An empirical analysis of Chinese listed firms

    Liukai Wang, Min Li, Weiqing Wang, Yu Gong, Yu Xiong · 2022 · International Journal of Production Economics

    Supply chain network structure influences green innovation in Chinese firms. Network power and cohesion both boost green innovation output, but their combined effect reduces it due to information overload. Environmental information disclosure strengthens the positive relationship between network structure and green innovation. The study analyzed 1,048 Chinese listed firms from 2012 to 2019.

  • Universities as orchestrators of the development of regional innovation ecosystems in emerging economies

    Elisa Thomas, Kadígia Faccin, Björn Asheim · 2020 · Growth and Change

    Universities in Porto Alegre, Brazil orchestrate regional innovation ecosystems by coordinating multiple stakeholders beyond traditional teaching and research roles. Three competing universities jointly foster knowledge mobility, manage innovation appropriability, and stabilize networks to support entrepreneurship. Unlike firm-based networks, university-led ecosystems distribute benefits across the broader region, not just participating organizations. Universities drive collective action by assuming leadership positions and delegating power to other actors.

  • The Impact of Higher Education on Entrepreneurship and the Innovation Ecosystem: A Case Study in Mexico

    May Portuguez Castro, Carlos Ross Scheede, Marcela Georgina Gómez Zermeño · 2019 · Sustainability

    A Master's program in technology commercialization at the University of Texas trained Mexican students in business creation methodologies. Survey data from 109 graduates shows the program successfully generated technology-based startups and built entrepreneurial skills. The research demonstrates that higher education can strengthen innovation ecosystems by connecting students, businesses, and technology transfer, offering a model other Latin American countries could adopt.

  • Financialized Corporations in a National Innovation System: The U.S. Pharmaceutical Industry

    Öner Tulum, William Lazonick · 2018 · International Journal of Political Economy

    U.S. pharmaceutical companies face a productivity crisis despite favorable institutional conditions for drug development. The paper argues that financialization—prioritizing shareholder returns through stock buybacks and dividends over R&D investment—explains this paradox. Driven by stock-based executive compensation, major U.S. firms extract value for shareholders at innovation's expense, while less-financialized European competitors successfully exploit the U.S. innovation system. The authors contend that corporate governance prioritizing innovation could unlock greater pharmaceutical productivity.

  • Smart specialization in regional innovation systems: a quadruple helix perspective

    Linda Höglund, Gabriel Linton · 2017 · R and D Management

    Robotdalen, a Swedish robotics initiative, demonstrates how smart specialization strategies work within regional innovation systems. The study tracked the program over ten years, examining interactions between industry, universities, government, and civil society. Three strategic practices emerged that evolved over time. The research shows how the fourth helix—civil society and users—integrates into traditional triple helix models, revealing the complexity of multi-stakeholder innovation governance.

  • Too much and too fast? Public investment scaling-up and absorptive capacity

    Andrea Presbitero · 2016 · Journal of Development Economics

    Rapid scaling-up of public investment in low-income countries reduces project success rates when absorptive capacity—skills, institutions, and management capability—is limited. Analysis of World Bank projects across 80 countries from 1970 to 2007 shows projects implemented during investment scaling periods perform worse, though the effect is modest, particularly in poor and capital-scarce nations.

  • The Role of Early Adopters in the Diffusion of New Products: Differences between Platform and Nonplatform Innovations

    Federico Frattini, Mattia Bianchi, Alfredo De Massis, Uroš Sikimić · 2013 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Early adopters play different roles in spreading platform versus nonplatform innovations. For platform innovations, early adopters drive diffusion by sharing their opinions and experiences with others. For nonplatform innovations, early adopters drive diffusion through imitation—later buyers adopt simply because competitors have adopted. Firms should target different early adopter segments based on innovation type to maximize diffusion success.

  • Open innovation for SMEs in developing countries – An intermediated communication network model for collaboration beyond obstacles

    Petar Vrgović, Predrag Vidicki, Brian Glassman, Abram Walton · 2012 · Innovation

    SMEs in developing countries face significant barriers to innovation that their counterparts in developed nations do not. This paper proposes that government agencies can establish innovation hubs to connect SMEs with independent inventors and collaborators, enabling open innovation practices. The authors present a joint innovation model and test it against cases from developing countries to demonstrate how intermediated communication networks overcome obstacles to SME innovation.

  • Eco-Innovation, Sustainability and Business Model Innovation by Open Innovation Dynamics

    Magdalena Pichlak, Adam R. Szromek · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Polish eco-innovative companies tend to develop radical rather than incremental environmental innovations, particularly in biodiversity protection. Larger firms with over 50 employees show greater capacity for both types of eco-innovation than smaller competitors. Open innovation strategies significantly boost eco-innovation generation, especially radical changes. Forward supply chain collaboration and direct market knowledge absorption drive these developments, offering a framework for post-pandemic business model innovation.

  • Frugal-based innovation model for sustainable development: technological and market turbulence

    Qaisar Iqbal, Noor Hazlina Ahmad, Zeyun Li · 2021 · Leadership & Organization Development Journal

    This study examines how sustainable leadership drives frugal innovation in small and medium enterprises across emerging markets. Using data from 500 SMEs in China and India, the researchers found that market and technological turbulence strengthen the relationship between sustainable leadership and frugal innovation. Frugal innovation mediates the connection between sustainable leadership and business performance in these contexts.

  • Nonprofit Service Continuity and Responses in the Pandemic: Disruptions, Ambiguity, Innovation, and Challenges

    Yu Shi, Hee Soun Jang, Laura Keyes, Lisa A. Dicke · 2020 · Public Administration Review

    Nonprofit organizations providing homeless support services rapidly adapted their operations during the COVID-19 pandemic, driven by government mandates and urgent human needs. Using interviews and website analysis, researchers identified how these organizations innovated to maintain service continuity despite disruptions and ambiguity. The study reveals that nonprofits demonstrated agility and developed practical adaptations that offer lessons for managing service delivery during crises.

  • Unpacking Open Innovation: Absorptive Capacity, Exploratory and Exploitative Openness, and the Growth of Entrepreneurial Biopharmaceutical Firms

    Tianjiao Xia, Stephen Roper · 2016 · Journal of Small Business Management

    Absorptive capacity and external relationships drive growth in small biopharmaceutical firms. A study of 349 firms across the US, UK, France, and Germany shows that a firm's ability to recognize and use external knowledge matters significantly for expansion. Exploratory partnerships depend on sustained R&D investment, while exploitative partnerships require stronger internal knowledge absorption capabilities.

  • User-driven Innovation in Tourism—A Review of Methodologies

    Anne‐Mette Hjalager, Sara Nordin · 2011 · Journal of Quality Assurance in Hospitality & Tourism

    This literature review identifies sixteen distinct methodologies for user-driven innovation in tourism, ranging from active user involvement to passive information collection. The authors examine how companies engage customers in innovation processes and the quality of dialogue between them. They find that tourism research lacks comprehensive follow-up on whether user-driven innovation actually improves quality outcomes, and they outline priority areas for future investigation.

  • Linking Resilience Theory and Diffusion of Innovations Theory to Understand the Potential for Perennials in the U.S. Corn Belt

    Ryan C. Atwell, Lisa A. Schulte, Lynne M. Westphal · 2009 · Ecology and Society

    This paper combines resilience theory with diffusion of innovations theory to analyze how perennial crops could be adopted in the U.S. Corn Belt. The authors examine the conditions and barriers that affect whether farmers will shift from annual commodity crops to perennial alternatives, using theoretical frameworks to understand both the ecological benefits of such transitions and the social factors driving agricultural innovation adoption.

  • High Capacity Hydrogen Absorption in Transition Metal-Ethylene Complexes Observed via Nanogravimetry

    Adam B. Phillips, B. S. Shivaram · 2008 · Physical Review Letters

    Researchers used nanogravimetry to measure hydrogen absorption in transition metal-ethylene complexes created through laser ablation. Titanium-ethylene complexes absorbed 12 weight percent hydrogen at room temperature with rapid kinetics. Deuterium substitution doubled the uptake, and mass spectroscopy identified a species at 78 amu as the likely hydrogen-absorbing compound.

  • Diffusion of complex health innovations--implementation of primary health care reforms in Bosnia and Herzegovina

    Rifat Atun, Yiannis Kyratsis, G. Jelic, D. Rados-Malicbegovic, Ipek Gurol‐Urganci · 2006 · Health Policy and Planning

    Bosnia and Herzegovina successfully scaled family-medicine-centered primary health care reforms to cover over 25% of the country despite post-war devastation and resource constraints. The reforms succeeded because they aligned with stakeholder expectations, created perceived benefits for physicians, nurses, and policymakers, and involved multifaceted interventions across the health system. The post-conflict context enabled transformational change, and consensus-building among diverse adopters reduced resistance to implementation.

  • A service ecosystem perspective on the diffusion of sustainability-oriented user innovations

    Jakob Trischler, Mikael Johnson, Per Kristensson · 2020 · Journal of Business Research

    This paper argues that service ecosystem theory better explains how sustainability-focused user innovations spread through markets and communities. The authors identify three key insights: diffusion involves multiple levels and actors working together, user innovators must be integrated as active ecosystem participants, and innovation spreads through ongoing co-creation rather than one-way adoption. The findings suggest policymakers should build innovation infrastructure that recognizes and supports users as drivers of sustainable change.

  • Interfirm Exchange and Innovation in Platform Ecosystems: Evidence from Apple’s Worldwide Developers Conference

    Jens Foerderer · 2020 · Management Science

    Apple's Worldwide Developers Conference creates opportunities for app developers to exchange knowledge and collaborate. The study finds that developers attending the conference released more major app updates with positive consumer feedback. Larger and more established firms benefited most, likely because they had greater resources and experience to leverage these exchanges. Learning and collaboration accounted for part of these innovation gains.

  • Investigating the impact of networking capability on firm innovation performance: using the resource-action-performance framework

    Nima Garousi Mokhtarzadeh, Hannan Amoozad Mahdiraji, Ismail Jafarpanah, Vahid Jafari‐Sadeghi, Silvio Cardinali · 2020 · Journal of Intellectual Capital

    Networking capability drives firm innovation performance through a self-reinforcing cycle involving inter-organizational knowledge mechanisms and co-learning. The study examined Iranian automotive companies and found that these three elements work together cumulatively to boost innovation outcomes. Firms that effectively apply knowledge-sharing mechanisms within networks achieve stronger innovation performance than those focusing on isolated capabilities.

  • Exploring supplier–supplier innovations within the Toyota supply network: A supply network perspective

    Antony Potter, Miriam Wilhelm · 2020 · Journal of Operations Management

    This study examines how supplier firms within Toyota's supply network develop joint innovations through co-patenting. The research finds that a supplier's ability to innovate with other network members depends on the number and direction of its connections. Firms with more direct ties generate more co-innovations, but being embedded in tight clusters or having high closeness centrality actually reduces innovation output. Operating multiple manufacturing plants in Japan strengthens the innovation effect.

  • Determinants of Retailers’ Cross-channel Integration: An Innovation Diffusion Perspective on Omni-channel Retailing

    Lanlan Cao, Rangan Gupta · 2018 · Journal of Interactive Marketing

    Retailers in the U.S. adopt cross-channel integration based on their information-technology capabilities and private-label offerings, according to an innovation diffusion framework. Moderate product diversity supports integration better than high or low diversity. Financial resources matter more when industry concentration is high. The study identifies technology, organizational, and environmental factors driving omni-channel retail adoption.

  • An alter-centric perspective on employee innovation: The importance of alters’ creative self-efficacy and network structure.

    Travis Grosser, Vijaya Venkataramani, Giuseppe Labianca · 2017 · Journal of Applied Psychology

    Employee innovation depends on the creative self-efficacy and innovation behavior of their social network contacts. A study of 144 U.S. product development workers found that employees with network contacts who have high creative self-efficacy and strong innovation behavior generate and implement more novel ideas themselves. This effect strengthens when those contacts have less densely connected networks. Employees with initially low creative self-efficacy also gain confidence when connected to high-efficacy contacts.

  • Optimal dietary alpha-linolenic acid/linoleic acid ratio improved digestive and absorptive capacities and target of rapamycin gene expression of juvenile grass carp (<i>Ctenopharyngodon idellus</i>)

    Yun‐Yun Zeng, Wei‐Dan Jiang, Yuxin Liu, Pei Wu, Juan Zhao, Junjie Jiang, Sheng‐Yao Kuang, Ling Tang, Wei Tang, Yindan Zhang, Xiao‐Qiu Zhou, Lin Feng · 2015 · Aquaculture Nutrition

    This study tested different ratios of alpha-linolenic acid to linoleic acid in feed for juvenile grass carp over 60 days. An optimal ratio of 1.03 to 1.08 improved weight gain, feed efficiency, and digestive enzyme activity in the liver and intestines. The same ratio enhanced gene expression related to nutrient absorption and protein synthesis, demonstrating that balanced fatty acid ratios significantly boost fish growth and digestive function.

  • Open innovation in universities

    Antonio Padilla Meléndez, Aurora Garrido‐Moreno · 2012 · International Journal of Entrepreneurial Behaviour & Research

    Spanish universities show that social networks are the strongest driver of researcher engagement in knowledge transfer activities. Personal background, institutional support, and professional factors also matter significantly, though recognition does not. The study surveyed 382 senior researchers leading research groups and found that strengthening connections between researchers, businesses, administrators, and technology transfer offices increases participation in open innovation knowledge exchanges.

  • Exploring users motivation in innovation communities

    Anna Ståhlbröst, Birgitta Bergvall Kareborn · 2011 · International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Innovation Management

    Users participate in online innovation communities for different reasons depending on the community type and technology they adopt. The study finds that learning is a key motivational factor driving participation in innovation intermediary communities. Understanding user characteristics and motivations helps organizations effectively engage virtual communities in their innovation processes.

  • DEA PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT OF THE NATIONAL INNOVATION SYSTEM IN ASIA AND EUROPE

    TA-WEI PAN, Shiu‐Wan Hung, Wen‐Min Lu · 2010 · Asia Pacific Journal of Operational Research

    This study measures the efficiency of national innovation systems across 33 Asian and European countries using data envelopment analysis. Korea and Taiwan rank highest in Asia, while Romania leads Europe. Asian countries generally outperform European countries in innovation production. Technical inefficiencies stem primarily from pure technical factors rather than scale issues. The analysis identifies key inputs and outputs driving each country's innovation system performance.

  • Attributes required for profiting from open innovation in networks

    Ellen Enkel · 2010 · International Journal of Technology Management

    Individual and organizational attributes determine success in open innovation networks. A study of EURADOS, a European research network on radiation dosimetry with 200 members across 31 countries, found that members profit unequally from participation. Openness and the ability to contribute are equally important attributes for gaining value from the network in terms of increased innovativeness, reduced costs, and improved task fulfillment.

  • Information–Communication Technologies Open up Innovation

    Yukika Awazu, Peter Baloh, Kevin C. Desouza, Christoph Wecht, Jeffrey Kim, Sanjeev Jha · 2009 · Research-Technology Management

    Information and communication technologies enable open innovation by connecting organizations with external sources like customers, suppliers, and vendors to generate, develop, test, and commercialize ideas. ICTs support the entire innovation process from initial ideation through commercialization, moving beyond internal use to facilitate distributed innovation across organizational boundaries.

  • Towards technological rules for designing innovation networks: a dynamic capabilities view

    Palie Smart, John Bessant, Abhishek Gupta · 2007 · International Journal of Operations & Production Management

    Inter-organizational innovation networks allow firms to access complementary resources beyond their boundaries. This paper develops design-oriented knowledge for configuring these networks effectively. The research addresses how firms can build dynamic capabilities to leverage external resources for competitive advantage as innovation increasingly shifts away from individual companies.

  • The Role and Meaning of the Digital Transformation As a Disruptive Innovation on Small and Medium Manufacturing Enterprises

    Vasja Roblek, Maja Meško, Franci Pušavec, Borut Likar · 2021 · Frontiers in Psychology

    Digital transformation acts as disruptive innovation in manufacturing SMEs, reshaping product development, production methods, and organizational structures. A Delphi study of 49 experts across eleven EU countries identified three key drivers: technological changes, innovative business models, and organizational culture. Success requires clear understanding of disruptive innovation, internal and external enablers, and mitigation strategies for obstacles. SMEs that fail to adopt disruptive innovations will not survive within 5-10 years.

  • Activity-Based Costing (ABC) and Its Implication for Open Innovation

    Patrícia Rodrigues Quesado, Rui Silva · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This bibliometric analysis examines 1,419 international publications on activity-based costing (ABC) systems from Web of Science and Scopus databases. The study identifies growing publication trends, collaborative networks between authors and institutions, and research themes across countries. ABC systems help organizations allocate indirect costs more accurately than traditional methods, enabling better resource management and cost control in modern economic contexts.

  • Asymmetry of the technological cycle of disruptive innovations

    Mario Coccia · 2020 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This paper develops a model to measure how disruptive technologies grow relative to established technologies in competitive markets. Using the US music recording industry as a case study, the research finds that disruptive technologies grow disproportionately fast, follow an asymmetric cycle with longer growth phases than decline phases, and undergo multiple technological advances that enable market dominance. The findings expand disruptive innovation theory and offer management guidance.

  • Disruptive Innovation in Dentistry: What It Is and What Could Be Next

    Tim Joda, Andy Wai Kan Yeung, Kuo Feng Hung, Nicola U. Zitzmann, Michael M. Bornstein · 2020 · Journal of Dental Research

    Artificial intelligence drives disruptive innovation in dentistry by enabling personalized treatment through analysis of patient eHealth data, genomic information, and clinical records. AI integration with teledentistry, virtual reality, and intraoral scanning transforms clinical workflows and service delivery. The paper emphasizes that while these technologies promise improved outcomes and cost-effectiveness, their adoption requires rigorous scientific validation, careful ethical consideration of diagnostic accuracy, and responsible handling of sensitive patient data.

  • Disruptive innovation from a process view: A systematic literature review

    Neele Petzold, Lina Landinez, Thomas Baaken · 2019 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    This systematic literature review examines how disruptive innovation unfolds over time rather than treating it as a fixed outcome. The authors identify three key dynamics: timing of market entry, synchronization of events and actions, and adaptability of strategic responses. They argue disruptive innovation emerges through complex, non-linear processes shaped by these interconnected factors, offering managers better tools to recognize and guide disruption as it develops.

  • Antitrust and Innovation: Welcoming and Protecting Disruption

    Giulio Federico, Fiona Scott Morton, Carl Shapiro · 2019 · Innovation Policy and the Economy

    Antitrust policy should protect competition because rivalry drives firms to innovate. Horizontal mergers between competitors reduce innovation incentives by eliminating parallel R&D efforts, though merger synergies may offset this harm. Dominant firms may use exclusionary conduct to suppress disruptive competitors, which reduces both the threat of disruption and incumbent incentives to innovate. The authors develop a taxonomy of merger cases and exclusionary strategies using US and EU examples.

  • Employee-level open innovation in emerging markets: linking internal, external, and managerial resources

    Yuosre F. Badir, Björn Frank, Marcel Bogers · 2019 · Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science

    This study examines how individual employees in Vietnamese telecommunications companies use internal and external knowledge sources to drive innovation. The research finds that employees who access both internal organizational knowledge and external sources produce more innovative work, and that managers' characteristics influence this relationship. The findings emphasize that open innovation operates at the employee level in emerging markets, not just at the firm level, and requires distributed organizational engagement.

  • The Role of Stakeholders in the Context of Responsible Innovation: A Meta-Synthesis

    Luciana Maines da Silva, Cláudia Cristina Bitencourt, Kadígia Faccin, Tatiana Iakovleva · 2019 · Sustainability

    This meta-synthesis of seven empirical studies examines how stakeholders participate in responsible research and innovation (RRI) projects. The authors find that stakeholders typically join late in the innovation process, during market launch, limiting their influence on design. Academic researchers and multi-institutional project leaders orchestrate participation. The paper argues that innovation management practices—particularly early user involvement—should be integrated into RRI governance to enable more responsible outcomes and meaningful stakeholder influence.

  • Web 3.0: The Decentralized Web Blockchain networks and Protocol Innovation

    Faten Adel Alabdulwahhab · 2018

    This paper examines Web 3.0 as a decentralized alternative to current Web 2.0 platforms. Rather than focusing on applications and user interfaces, the author argues that Web 3.0 should prioritize developing underlying protocols and technologies that address fundamental problems created by centralized social media platforms. The paper outlines challenges in Web 2.0 and describes emerging technologies supporting decentralization.

  • Social media: open innovation in SMEs finds new support

    Emma L. Hitchen, Petra A. Nylund, Xavier Ferràs, Sergi Mussons · 2017 · Journal of Business Strategy

    Small and medium-sized enterprises use social media to conduct open innovation with limited resources. The study of a startup called Aurea Productiva reveals how Web 2.0 tools create opportunities and challenges for collaborative innovation. SMEs can leverage social media by developing strategies that emphasize resource sharing, clearly communicating their vision, and building frameworks that enable external collaboration.

  • A triple helix model of medical innovation: <em>Supply</em>, <em>demand</em>, and <em>technological capabilities</em> in terms of Medical Subject Headings

    Alexander M. Petersen, Daniele Rotolo, Loet Leydesdorff · 2016 · UvA-DARE (University of Amsterdam)

    This paper develops a triple helix model to understand medical innovation by analyzing interactions between disease demand, drug supply, and technological capabilities. Using medical research publications from MEDLINE/PubMed, the authors identify periods when these three dimensions align synergistically. They find that the strongest innovation driver is the connection between disease needs and available technologies, followed by supply-demand and supply-technology links. The model helps reduce uncertainty in medical innovation governance.

  • Evidence and Experience of Open Sustainability Innovation Practices in the Food Sector

    Gabriella Arcese, Serena Flammini, Maria Claudia Lucchetti, Olimpia Martucci · 2015 · Sustainability

    Open sustainability innovation practices in the food sector reduce costs, accelerate time to market, and improve environmental performance while addressing food security. Analysis of ten case studies demonstrates how food companies strategically adopt these collaborative approaches to compete effectively while meeting sustainability goals.

  • OPEN FOR BUSINESS: UNIVERSITIES, ENTREPRENEURIAL ACADEMICS AND OPEN INNOVATION

    Allen Alexander, Kristel Miller, Sean Fielding · 2015 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    Universities are adopting open innovation models to engage academics with industry and society, but research shows these new collaboration activities fail to motivate entrepreneurial academics to participate. The study reveals a gap between policy intentions for open innovation and what actually drives academics to engage in knowledge transfer, suggesting universities may struggle to become truly open institutions without better understanding what motivates their researchers.

  • Openness and Innovation Performance: Are Small Firms Different?

    Priit Vahter, James H. Love, Stephen Roper · 2014 · Industry and Innovation

    Small manufacturing plants benefit more from diverse innovation partnerships than larger plants do. Using Irish manufacturing data, the study finds that small plants gain significantly from broadening their innovation linkages, though they face diminishing returns at lower diversity levels than larger firms. Small plants also benefit more from supply chain partnerships. The research suggests small firms must choose partners carefully when expanding their innovation networks.

  • Barriers to Open Innovation: Case China

    Irina Savitskaya, Pekka Salmi, Marko Torkkeli · 2010 · Journal of technology management & innovation

    This paper examines why Chinese firms hesitate to adopt open innovation practices. The researchers identify three main barriers: internal company factors, institutional weaknesses (particularly intellectual property protection), and cultural differences. They find that economic systems and IPR protection significantly influence whether firms engage in open innovation, that knowledge-buying and knowledge-selling face different appropriability challenges, and that national cultural traits shape which open innovation elements companies actually adopt.

  • Extending the Environment–Strategy–Performance Framework: The Roles of Multinational Corporation Network Strength, Market Responsiveness, and Product Innovation

    Ruby P. Lee · 2010 · Journal of International Marketing

    This study examines how multinational corporations operating in China use their internal networks to manage market and technological turbulence while pursuing market responsiveness and product innovation strategies. Analysis of 140 foreign firms reveals that different environmental pressures affect these strategic approaches unequally, and that while network strength, market responsiveness, and product innovation each independently boost performance, their combined effects produce mixed results.

  • Conditioning Factors for Fertility Decline in Bengal: History, Language Identity, and Openness to Innovations

    Alaka Malwade Basu, Sajeda Amin · 2000 · Population and Development Review

    Colonial education and modernization created early elite adoption of new ideas in Bengal. Strong Bengali language identity paradoxically reinforced diffusion of modern concepts across Bangladesh and West Bengal, facilitating mass mobilization for social change. Language identity and cultural commonality, shaped by historical processes, made these regions more receptive to fertility decline and social innovation than other South Asian areas.

  • Research on the evolution of China's photovoltaic technology innovation network from the perspective of patents

    Feng Hu, Saiya Mou, Shaobin Wei, Liping Qiu, Hao Hu, Haiyan Zhou · 2024 · Energy Strategy Reviews

    China holds the world's largest number of photovoltaic technology patents, but lacks core technologies limiting further innovation. This study analyzes 20 years of PV patent data using social network analysis to map China's innovation structure. Leading enterprises have formed stable collaborations, with innovation concentrated in eastern coastal provinces. Cross-regional collaboration has grown significantly, centered on three major hubs: the Yangtze River Delta, Pearl River Delta, and Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei region.

  • Species in the wild: a typology of innovation ecosystems

    Patrycja Klimas, Wojciech Czakon · 2021 · Review of Managerial Science

    This paper develops a comprehensive typology of innovation ecosystems by analyzing systematic literature reviews and identifying 50 distinct varieties. The authors extract 14 typology criteria from existing research and consolidate them into five organizing dimensions: life cycle stage, structural characteristics, innovation focus, scope of activities, and performance outcomes. This framework enables systematic classification and comparison of different innovation ecosystem types.

  • Knowledge infrastructure capability, absorptive capacity and inbound open innovation: evidence from SMEs in France

    Sajjad M. Jasimuddin, M. Muzamil Naqshbandi · 2019 · Production Planning & Control

    French SMEs with stronger knowledge infrastructure capabilities—spanning technology, structure, and culture—absorb external knowledge more effectively and implement open innovation more successfully. Absorptive capacity partially mediates this relationship. The study validates a measurement instrument for knowledge infrastructure capability and demonstrates its direct positive impact on both absorptive capacity and inbound open innovation performance in small and medium enterprises.

  • Motivation Gaps and Implementation Traps: The Paradoxical and Time‐Varying Effects of Family Ownership on Firm Absorptive Capacity

    Josip Kotlar, Alfredo De Massis, Federico Frattini, Nadine Kammerlander · 2019 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Family ownership affects how firms absorb and use external knowledge in contradictory ways. The authors identify two gaps—motivation and implementation—that explain why family ownership can either strengthen or weaken a firm's capacity to acquire and exploit new knowledge. The effects depend on specific conditions and change over time, particularly during ownership succession periods.

  • International migration and innovation diffusion: an eclectic survey

    Francesco Lissoni · 2017 · Regional Studies

    Highly skilled migrants drive innovation diffusion across countries through multiple pathways. This survey examines how migration enables knowledge transfer from origin to host countries and vice versa, as well as among destination countries. The paper emphasizes that social ties among migrants and the distinction between accessing general information versus exchanging specialized knowledge are critical factors in understanding how migration spreads innovation globally.

  • Patenting motives, technology strategies, and open innovation

    Marcus Holgersson, Ove Granstrand · 2017 · Management Decision

    Swedish firms with higher levels of open innovation place greater importance on patenting, particularly for protecting product technologies and freedom to operate, and for bargaining purposes. The study surveyed large firms and SMEs, finding that open innovation strengthens most patenting motives compared to closed innovation strategies, except for attracting customers.

  • Implementation of Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) Practices in Industry: Providing the Right Incentives

    Agata Gurzawska, Markus Mäkinen, Philip Brey · 2017 · Sustainability

    This paper examines how to encourage industrial companies to adopt Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI)—research that is ethically sound and socially beneficial. The authors propose a framework of incentives organized by type: external versus internal, instrumental versus non-instrumental, and direct versus indirect. They identify specific incentives including corporate reputation, consumer demand, certification, employee engagement, and governance structures. The paper argues that RRI adoption benefits both business competitiveness and society, and outlines conditions necessary for successful implementation in industrial settings.

  • The social network side of individual innovation

    Markus Baer, Karoline Evans, Greg R. Oldham, Alyssa Boasso · 2015 · Organizational Psychology Review

    This meta-analysis examines how social network properties affect individual innovation. Brokerage—having connections across different groups—most strongly predicts innovation, followed by network size and diversity. Closure and strong ties show weaker effects. The study reveals that network size and strength influence innovation indirectly through brokerage and diversity, and that strong ties create tradeoffs with both positive and negative innovation effects.

  • The role of public open innovation intermediaries in local government and the public sector

    Tuba Bakıcı, Esteve Almirall, Jonathan Wareham · 2013 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Public open innovation intermediaries act as bridges between city governments and networks of organizations, helping cities collaborate across large cognitive distances and execute innovation projects. A study of eight cases across Finland, Germany, the Netherlands, and Spain shows these intermediaries orchestrate collaboration and boost urban innovativeness. The findings provide policy guidance for cities seeking to improve their innovation processes and competitiveness.

  • Shock Absorption Capacity of Restorative Materials for Dental Implant Prostheses: An In Vitro Study

    María Menini, Enrico Conserva, Tiziano Tealdo, Marco Giorgio Bevilacqua, Francesco Pera, Alessio Signori, Paolo Pera · 2013 · The International Journal of Prosthodontics

    This laboratory study measured how different dental crown materials absorb shock from chewing forces. Researchers tested nine materials—zirconia, glass-ceramics, gold alloy, composite resins, and acrylic resins—using a robotic chewing machine. Acrylic and composite resin crowns absorbed the most force, transmitting the least stress to implant bone, while zirconia transmitted the highest forces. Material choice significantly affects how much force reaches the bone around dental implants.

  • Stock Market Reaction to COVID-19: Evidence in Customer Goods Sector with the Implication for Open Innovation

    Zaky Machmuddah, St. Dwiarso Utomo, Entot Suhartono, Shujahat Ali, Wajahat Ali Ghulam · 2020 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This paper analyzes stock market reactions in the consumer goods sector before and after COVID-19 emerged. Using daily stock price and trading volume data from 90 days before and after the pandemic's onset, researchers found significant differences in market behavior. The findings support the efficient market hypothesis and suggest investors should prioritize consumer goods companies producing essential products like food, beverages, and pharmaceuticals during economic crises.

  • Interdependence, Perception, and Investment Choices: An Experimental Approach to Decision Making in Innovation Ecosystems

    Ron Adner, Daniel Feiler · 2019 · Organization Science

    Decision makers systematically overestimate success in interdependent innovation projects. When success probabilities are presented separately for each partner rather than as a combined probability, people become more optimistic, especially with more partners involved. This leads to inflated project valuations, adding unnecessary partners, and overinvestment in individual components. The pattern holds across different risk contexts and participant groups from students to executives.

  • Sharing leadership for diffusion of innovation in professionalized settings

    Graeme Currie, Dimitrios Spyridonidis · 2018 · Human Relations

    Healthcare organizations struggle to spread innovations beyond isolated pockets. This study reveals how shared leadership drives innovation diffusion in hospitals. Managers initially champion and fund innovations, but doctors later take the lead in persuading peers, while nurses adapt innovations to local settings. Financial performance, whether nurses adopt hybrid roles, and organizational hierarchy all shape whether shared leadership succeeds in spreading innovations across the organization.

  • Open innovation in the food and beverage industry

    Cristina Bayona Sáez, Claudio Cruz‐Cázares, Teresa García Marco, Mercedes Sánchez García · 2017 · Management Decision

    Open innovation practices boost firm performance in food and beverage companies, but differently than in other sectors. The study of 10,771 European firms from 2004-2011 shows that food and beverage companies achieve optimal innovation results using fewer external knowledge sources than firms in other industries, despite following the same inverted U-shaped relationship between open innovation intensity and performance.

  • Motivation and sorting of human capital in open innovation

    Sharon Belenzon, Mark Schankerman · 2014 · Strategic Management Journal

    This paper examines how open innovation projects attract and retain contributors with different motivations. Using open source software data, the authors show that developers sort themselves based on project characteristics, particularly licensing choices. Intrinsic motivation, reputation building, and career signaling drive contributions more than reciprocity. Project managers can strategically design business models to attract the right talent and improve performance.

  • Association between Innovative Entrepreneurial Orientation, Absorptive Capacity, and Farm Business Performance

    Xavier Gellynck, Jorge Cervera Cárdenas, Zuzanna Pieniak, Wim Verbeke · 2014 · Agribusiness

    This study examines how innovative entrepreneurial orientation and absorptive capacity drive farm business performance among banana farmers in Ecuador. Using structural equation modeling on 199 farmers, the researchers found that trust and entrepreneurial orientation strengthen absorptive capacity, which in turn boosts innovation. However, innovation outcomes did not directly improve farm business performance, suggesting other factors mediate this relationship.

  • Absorptive capacity: a proposed operationalization

    Jean-Pierre Noblet, Eric Pierre Simon, Robert Parent · 2011 · Knowledge Management Research & Practice

    This paper develops a practical framework for measuring absorptive capacity—a company's ability to acquire, assimilate, transform, and exploit new knowledge. The authors examine ten innovative companies to test their operationalization approach, connecting absorptive capacity to dynamic capabilities and business strategy. The research provides concrete methods for assessing how firms actually absorb and use external knowledge.

  • ADMINISTRATIVE PROFESSIONALS AND THE DIFFUSION OF INNOVATIONS: THE CASE OF CITIZEN SERVICE CENTRES

    Yosef Bhatti, Asmus Leth Olsen, Lene Holm Pedersen · 2010 · Public Administration

    Administrative professionals significantly drive the adoption of citizen service centres—integrated one-stop shops—across Danish municipalities. The study finds that municipalities with higher concentrations of administrative professionals are more likely to adopt this organizational innovation. Adoption also increases with municipal wealth, regional availability of similar centres, and local service demands.

  • Entrepreneurial opportunities with toolkits for user innovation and design

    Nikolaus Franke, Martin Schreier · 2002 · The International Journal on Media Management

    User innovation toolkits shift product design from manufacturers to customers, enabling companies to develop products that precisely match customer needs while avoiding costly market research. The paper identifies two entrepreneurial strategies: high-end toolkits for radical innovation and low-end toolkits for mature markets. Startups are best positioned to exploit these opportunities, either as manufacturers or as intermediaries between users and established producers.

  • Open Innovation in Times of Crisis: An Overview of the Healthcare Sector in Response to the COVID-19 Pandemic

    Zheng Liu, Yongjiang Shi, Bo Ram Yang · 2022 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    During the COVID-19 pandemic, healthcare organizations rapidly developed innovations in personal protective equipment, medical devices, testing, treatment, and vaccines through open innovation and cross-organizational collaboration. This paper reviews open innovation strategies during the crisis using a business ecosystem framework, identifies key emerging themes in UK and global healthcare sectors, and offers policy recommendations for crisis recovery.

  • The role of open innovation in fostering SMEs’ business model innovation during the COVID-19 pandemic

    Fauzia Jabeen, Jaroslav Belás, Gabriele Santoro, Gazi Mahabubul Alam · 2022 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Open innovation practices enabled small and medium enterprises to transform their business models during the COVID-19 pandemic. The study examined six SMEs across traditional sectors and found that external pressure from the crisis drove business model innovation, with open innovation management playing a central role in this transformation. Digital transformation often accompanied these changes.

  • The Influence of Local Economic Conditions on Start-Ups and Local Open Innovation System

    Izabela Jonek-Kowalska, Radosław Wolniak · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Local economic conditions significantly influence startup creation in urban areas. Research across 287 Polish cities reveals that human capital and financial resources are the dominant factors enabling new ventures. Business incubators and technology parks have smaller but meaningful effects on startup formation. Direct municipal support and involvement in entrepreneurship development produces positive outcomes, suggesting cities should prioritize resource allocation to foster startup ecosystems.

  • The importance of vocational education institutions in manufacturing regions: adding content to a broad definition of regional innovation systems

    Henrik Brynthe Lund, Asbjørn Karlsen · 2019 · Industry and Innovation

    Vocational education institutions play a critical role in regional innovation systems by developing skilled workers who implement new manufacturing technologies. This study of two Norwegian manufacturing regions shows how vocational schools and industry collaborate to create tailored education programs that enhance manufacturer competitiveness. The research demonstrates that skilled workers and engineering technicians are essential for adopting emerging technologies, and that vocational institutions co-evolve with industries as technology demands shift.

  • Containing the Not-Invented-Here Syndrome in external knowledge absorption and open innovation: The role of indirect countermeasures

    Julian Hannen, David Antons, Frank T. Piller, Torsten Oliver Salge, Tim Coltman, Timothy M. Devinney · 2019 · Research Policy

    The Not-Invented-Here Syndrome causes organizations to reject external knowledge, harming innovation. This paper identifies two types of countermeasures: direct approaches that change negative attitudes toward external knowledge, and indirect approaches that reduce the behavioral impact of those attitudes without changing them. Research across 32 interviews and 565 R&D projects shows perspective-taking effectively reduces NIHS effects and improves external knowledge absorption and project success.

  • A workforce survey of Australian osteopathy: analysis of a nationally-representative sample of osteopaths from the Osteopathy Research and Innovation Network (ORION) project

    Jon Adams, David Sibbritt, Amie Steel, Wenbo Peng · 2018 · BMC Health Services Research

    A survey of nearly 1,000 Australian osteopaths reveals the profession's workforce composition and practice patterns. Most practitioners are female, university-educated, and work in urban multi-practitioner clinics treating musculoskeletal disorders. The osteopathy workforce delivers approximately 3 million hours of care annually to 3.9 million patients, primarily through referral networks with other healthcare providers.

  • Developing National Systems of Innovation: University-Industry Interactions in the Global South

    Eduardo da Motta e Albuquerque, Wilson Suzigan, Glenda Kruss, Keun Lee, VGR Chandran · 2016 · Southeast Asian Economies

    This paper examines how universities and industries interact to build innovation systems in developing countries, particularly in Southeast Asia and the Global South. The authors analyze university-industry partnerships as critical mechanisms for strengthening national innovation capacity and economic development in regions with emerging economies.

  • Explaining high and low performers in complex intervention trials: a new model based on diffusion of innovations theory

    Heather McMullen, Chris Griffiths, Werner Leber, Trisha Greenhalgh · 2015 · Trials

    This study examined why some general practices in London successfully implemented a rapid HIV testing intervention while others struggled. Using ethnographic observation and interviews, researchers found that high-performing practices had strong leadership, good management relations, staff training culture, and available resources. Staff in these practices believed the test benefited patients and felt comfortable using it. Low-performing practices lacked these characteristics and experienced resource constraints. The diffusion of innovations theory effectively explained performance variation across organizations.

  • Applying Theory of Diffusion of Innovations to Evaluate Technology Acceptance and Sustainability

    Dace Aizstrauta, Egīls Ginters, Miquel-Angel Piera Eroles · 2015 · Procedia Computer Science

    The paper presents IASAM2, an improved model for evaluating technology acceptance and sustainability by applying Rogers' Theory of Diffusion of Innovations. The model combines socio-economic and socio-technical factors to assess how technologies are adopted and sustained. This approach simplifies earlier evaluation methods while addressing the critical challenge of predicting technology acceptance across different contexts.

  • Network Structures in Regional Innovation Systems

    Jérôme Jürgen Stuck, Tom Broekel, Javier Revilla Diez · 2015 · European Planning Studies

    This paper bridges regional innovation systems theory with social network analysis to clarify how knowledge networks actually function in regions. The authors connect network-theoretical concepts to established RIS typologies, demonstrating that applying precise network analysis methods reveals interaction patterns obscured by the RIS literature's metaphorical use of 'network'. The work shows how both fields strengthen each other through cross-disciplinary insights.

  • Knowledge withholding: psychological hindrance to the innovation diffusion within an organisation

    Seung‐Wan Kang · 2014 · Knowledge Management Research & Practice

    Knowledge withholding—both intentional hiding and unintentional hoarding—disrupts innovation diffusion within organizations. The paper distinguishes knowledge withholding from knowledge sharing using Herzberg's two-factor theory and identifies four territorial behaviors that drive knowledge withholding. Research has overlooked this barrier while focusing on knowledge sharing, leaving a gap in understanding what prevents innovation spread across organizational members.

  • Designing High-Capacity, Lithium-Ion Cathodes Using X-ray Absorption Spectroscopy

    Jason R. Croy, Mahalingam Balasubramanian, Donghan Kim, Sun‐Ho Kang, Michael M. Thackeray · 2011 · Chemistry of Materials

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It describes laboratory research on lithium-ion battery cathode materials using X-ray spectroscopy techniques. The authors demonstrate how surface treatments with lithium-nickel-phosphate solutions improve battery performance by modifying the chemical structure of composite cathode materials, offering a method for synthesizing improved electrodes for lithium-ion batteries.

  • Managing learning in informal innovation networks: overcoming the Daphne‐dilemma

    JE Joan van Aken, Mathieu P. Weggeman · 2000 · R and D Management

    Informal innovation networks—collaborative arrangements between organizations developing new products or processes—offer unique advantages for early-stage innovation work. However, they face a fundamental tension: insufficient management wastes their potential and reduces productivity, while excessive management destroys the informality that enables their creative and exploratory strength. The authors examine this 'Daphne-dilemma' through network theory and knowledge management perspectives.

  • Supply chain innovation research: A bibliometric network analysis and literature review

    Iryna Malacina, Roman Teplov · 2022 · International Journal of Production Economics

    This bibliometric analysis of 230 supply chain innovation articles identifies 12 research clusters spanning 1997–2021, including green supply chain innovation, knowledge management, and supply chain integration. The authors develop a matrix linking operational and management practices to innovation outcomes, revealing that modern supply chain innovation emphasizes eco-innovation, digitalization, and collaboration. The framework helps practitioners design supply chain innovation strategies and measure performance impacts.

  • Antecedents of absorptive capacity in the development of circular economy business models of small and medium enterprises

    Luca Marrucci, Fabio Iannone, Tiberio Daddi, Fabio Iraldo · 2021 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Small and medium enterprises struggle to adopt circular economy business models. This study examined six Italian horticultural SMEs to identify what enables them to absorb and implement circular economy practices. The research found that acquisition, assimilation, transformation, and exploitation capabilities drive successful circular economy adoption. Three specific antecedents support each capability dimension.

  • The Impact of Enterprise Resource Planning on Business Performance: With the Discussion on Its Relationship with Open Innovation

    Sara AlMuhayfith, Hani Shaiti · 2020 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Enterprise resource planning systems improve financial and non-financial performance in Saudi small and medium enterprises. The study surveyed 120 Saudi SMEs and found that management support, user satisfaction, and training significantly drive effective ERP adoption. These systems enhance overall business performance, helping SMEs compete in increasingly crowded markets.

  • Implications of Open Innovation for Organizational Boundaries and the Governance of Contractual Relations

    Ann‐Kristin Zobel, John Hagedoorn · 2018 · Academy of Management Perspectives

    This paper examines how firms balance openness with control in collaborative innovation. It argues that value creation requires managing multiple organizational boundaries—competence, power, identity, and efficiency—while value capture depends on relational contract design rather than formal appropriation alone. The authors propose that firms use dynamic capabilities to strategically configure boundaries and contractual mechanisms to enable knowledge exchange while preventing unintended leakage.

  • Promoting cooperation in innovation ecosystems: evidence from European traditional manufacturing SMEs

    Dragana Radičić, Geoff Pugh, David Douglas · 2018 · Small Business Economics

    Public innovation support programmes in European traditional manufacturing SMEs do not encourage cooperation with competitors, but marginally increase cooperation with customers and suppliers, and strongly boost cooperation with knowledge providers. The research shows that policy works within existing innovation ecosystems rather than creating new ones. Support programmes help SMEs extend their networks by connecting them with both private and public sector knowledge providers.

  • Evolution of strategic interactions from the triple to quad helix innovation models for sustainable development in the era of globalization

    Josphert N. Kimatu · 2016 · Journal of Innovation and Entrepreneurship

    The paper argues that sustainable economic development requires strategic interaction between government, universities, and industry—the triple helix model. As globalization and the service sector expanded, civil society emerged as a necessary fourth actor, creating the quad helix model. The author contends that developing and middle-income countries must adopt global best practices in science park creation within this quad helix framework to strengthen technological innovation and build competitive economic capacity.

  • Sources of Variation in the Efficiency of Adopting Management Innovation: The Role of Absorptive Capacity Routines, Managerial Attention and Organizational Legitimacy

    Carine Peeters, Silvia Massini, Arie Y. Lewin · 2014 · Organization Studies

    This paper examines how firms efficiently adopt management innovations through two case studies of offshore business service sourcing. The research shows that absorptive capacity routines—the processes firms use to learn and implement new practices—vary in their effectiveness depending on their sequence, adequacy, and interdependencies. Managerial attention and organizational legitimacy emerge as critical factors determining adoption speed and success. Top-level change agents prove more effective than local problem-solving at directing attention and building support for both the innovation and the routines needed to implement it.

  • Water Holding Capacity and Absorption Properties of Wood Chars

    Jun Zhang, Changfu You · 2013 · Energy & Fuels

    Wood chars produced from poplar and pine at different temperatures show strong positive correlations between water holding capacity and total pore volume. Surface area alone does not predict water holding capacity, but pore size distribution matters significantly. Large pores facilitate water movement to smaller pores, while mesopore volume critically affects water absorption rates. These findings support using biomass char as a soil amendment.

  • Science, business, and innovation: understanding networks in technology‐based incubators

    Creso M. Sá, Hana Lee · 2012 · R and D Management

    This study examines how networks form within a Canadian technology-based incubator. The research reveals that incubators generate multiple distinct types of networks rather than a single uniform phenomenon. The authors identify specific factors that enable or constrain network formation among high-tech firms and other organizations. The findings emphasize that inter-organizational interactions in incubators are more complex and varied than previously understood.

  • Fast and expensive: the diffusion of a disappointing innovation

    Henrich R. Greve · 2011 · Strategic Management Journal

    Firms often imitate innovations adopted by competitors, but this study shows that when an innovation underperforms expectations, observing other firms actually use or abandon it deters further adoption. The research demonstrates that negative information from early adopters halts diffusion of disappointing innovations, even though firms initially imitate the adoption decision itself.

  • Realized and Potential Absorptive Capacity: Understanding Their Antecedents and Performance in the Sourcing Context

    Poh‐Lin Yeoh · 2008 · The Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice

    This paper develops a conceptual model explaining how companies successfully absorb knowledge from sourcing relationships. It distinguishes between potential absorptive capacity at the interorganizational level and realized absorptive capacity at the intraorganizational level. The model identifies knowledge, relational, and institutional contexts as drivers of potential capacity, while social embeddedness and interfunctional coupling within organizations enable knowledge integration and realization.

  • Effect of acetylation and succinylation on solubility profile, water absorption capacity, oil absorption capacity and emulsifying properties of mucuna bean (<i>Mucuna pruriens</i>) protein concentrate

    Olayide S. Lawal, Kayode O. Adebowale · 2004 · Food / Nahrung

    Researchers modified mucuna bean protein concentrate through acetylation and succinylation to improve its functional properties. Modified proteins showed better solubility, water absorption, and emulsifying capacity compared to unmodified protein, with succinylated versions performing best. These chemical modifications make mucuna protein more suitable for food applications across varying pH and salt conditions.

  • Economic Development and National System of Innovation Approach

    Björn Johnson, Charles Edquist, Bengt‐Åke Lundvall · 2003 · Lund University Publications (Lund University)

    This paper examines how national systems of innovation drive economic development. The authors analyze the institutional frameworks, policies, and networks that enable countries to generate and adopt innovations. They argue that understanding innovation systems is essential for developing effective economic strategies, particularly for nations seeking to improve competitiveness and prosperity through technological advancement and knowledge creation.

  • Exploring University Students’ Adoption of ChatGPT Using the Diffusion of Innovation Theory and Sentiment Analysis With Gender Dimension

    Raghu Raman, Santanu Mandal, Payel Das, Tavleen Kaur, J. P. Sanjanasri, Prema Nedungadi · 2024 · Human Behavior and Emerging Technologies

    This study examines how university students adopt ChatGPT using diffusion of innovation theory and sentiment analysis. Five innovation attributes—relative advantage, compatibility, ease of use, observability, and trialability—significantly influence student adoption. Gen Z students view ChatGPT as innovative and user-friendly for independent learning. Gender differences emerge: male students prioritize compatibility and observability, while female students emphasize ease of use and trialability. The findings highlight the need for demographic-sensitive design in AI technologies for educational contexts.

  • Investigating the Research Trends on Strategic Ambidexterity, Agility, and Open Innovation in SMEs: Perceptions from Bibliometric Analysis

    Konstantina Ragazou, Ioannis Passas, Alexandros Garefalakis, Irini Dimou · 2022 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This bibliometric analysis of 606 articles from 2008–2021 examines how small and medium enterprises can combine strategic ambidexterity, agility, and open innovation to survive crises like COVID-19. The authors propose a business model integrating these three elements, showing that open innovation helps SMEs develop ambidexterity and agility for competitive advantage. British scholars dominate citations on this topic.

  • The Response of Islamic Financial Service to the COVID-19 Pandemic: The Open Social Innovation of the Financial System

    Mustafa Raza Rabbani, Mahmood Ali, Habeeb Ur Rahiman, Mohd Atif, Zehra Zulfikar, Yusra Naseem · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Islamic financial services can help economies recover from COVID-19's economic damage. The paper identifies four pandemic stages and proposes ten innovative Islamic financial services for each stage, analyzing how these services address economic disruption, unemployment, and business collapse at different points in the crisis.

  • Extended Reality in Higher Education, a Responsible Innovation Approach for Generation Y and Generation Z

    Valentin Kuleto, Milena Ilić, Monica Stănescu, Marko Ranković, Nevenka Popović Šević, Dan Păun, Silvia Teodorescu · 2021 · Sustainability

    This study examines how extended reality (XR) technologies can enhance higher education for younger generations. Researchers surveyed 103 students in Serbia and Romania about their knowledge of and attitudes toward XR in universities. Results show XR improves teaching by letting students control their learning strategies and increases interactivity. Generation Z students view XR more positively, focusing on opportunities rather than challenges.

  • Multiplex Network Ties and the Spatial Diffusion of Radical Innovations: Martin Luther’s Leadership in the Early Reformation

    Sascha O. Becker, Yuan Hsiao, Steven Pfaff, Jared Rubin · 2020 · American Sociological Review

    Martin Luther's personal networks drove the Reformation's spread across Europe. The study reconstructs Luther's influence network using his correspondence, visits, and student enrollments to show that cities with direct personal ties to Luther—through multiple relationship types—adopted Protestantism at higher rates. Combined with existing trade routes, these multiplex personal connections enabled the Reformation to expand from a regional movement into a continent-wide institutional transformation.

  • Open Innovation Engineering—Preliminary Study on New Entrance of Technology to Market

    JinHyo Joseph Yun, Daecheol Kim, Min-Ren Yan · 2020 · Electronics

    This paper develops a conceptual model of open innovation engineering to address how technology reaches markets in the fourth industrial revolution. The authors identify open innovation channels that function as knowledge funnels to overcome capitalism's growth limits. They validate the model through literature review and apply it to papers from a 2019 special issue, establishing a foundation for further research on innovation channels and market entry mechanisms.

  • Innovation as the key to gain performance from absorptive capacity and human capital

    Mahir Pradana, Ana Pérez‐Luño, María Fuentes Blasco · 2020 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This study examines how Spanish wine companies achieve strong organizational performance through innovation, absorptive capacity, and human capital. The research of 138 firms shows that absorptive capacity and human capital enable businesses to fully realize the benefits of innovation. The findings demonstrate that these three resources—absorptive capacity, human capital, and innovation—drive performance and competitive advantage.

  • Knowledge sharing and absorptive capacity: interdependency and complementarity

    Andrea Raymundo Balle, Mírian Oliveira, Carla Curado · 2020 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This study resolves contradictions about how knowledge sharing and absorptive capacity relate to each other. The authors show that absorptive capacity has two dimensions—potential and realized—and that knowledge sharing bridges between them. Knowledge donation emerges as an output of absorptive capacity rather than just an input. The findings apply to team and firm-level management, emphasizing knowledge collection's central role in leveraging organizational learning.

  • Goal Multiplicity and Innovation: How Social and Economic Goals Affect Open Innovation and Innovation Performance

    Ute Stephan, Petra Andries, Alain Daou · 2019 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Commercial firms pursuing both social and economic goals source external knowledge more effectively and achieve better innovation performance than those focused on economics alone. Analysis of 1,257 Belgian firms shows social and economic goals are independent, not conflicting. Firms benefit most when both goal types are strongly emphasized together. Social goals uniquely drive external collaboration, while economic goals alone limit open innovation adoption.

  • Management Innovation and Policy Diffusion through Leadership Transfer Networks: An Agent Network Diffusion Model

    Hongtao Yi, Frances Berry, Wenna Chen · 2018 · Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory

    Leadership transfer networks—the career paths of public managers—drive policy innovation diffusion across regions. Using data on Chinese provincial energy governance, the study shows that when managers move between locations with similar institutional environments, they carry performance innovations with them. This network-based mechanism explains how management practices spread geographically, independent of traditional learning or competition factors.

  • The role of knowledge absorptive capacity on the relationship between cognitive social capital and entrepreneurial orientation

    Pedro Manuel García Villaverde, Job Rodrigo‐Alarcón, María José Ruiz‐Ortega, Gloria Parra‐Requena · 2018 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This study examines how cognitive social capital influences entrepreneurial orientation in Spanish agri-food firms, finding a U-shaped relationship where very low and very high cognitive closeness both boost entrepreneurial behavior. Knowledge absorptive capacity strengthens this effect. Managers should cultivate cognitively close networks with shared goals and build their firm's capacity to absorb and apply new knowledge to enhance innovation and risk-taking.

  • Impact of knowledge sharing, learning adaptability and organizational commitment on absorptive capacity in pharmaceutical firms based in Pakistan

    Muhammad Rafique, Shafqat Hameed, Mujtaba Hassan Agha · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Pakistani pharmaceutical firms depend on absorbing external knowledge from foreign technology sources. This study shows that employee behaviors—specifically knowledge sharing, learning adaptability, and organizational commitment—significantly strengthen a firm's absorptive capacity. Knowledge acquisition functions as routine work, while adaptability and commitment matter most during strategic planning. Human capital, not just technology infrastructure, drives a firm's ability to absorb and compete with new knowledge.

  • Growing Innovation Ecosystems: University-Industry Knowledge Transfer and Regional Economic Development in Canada

    Allison Bramwell, Nicola Hepburn, David A. Wolfe · 2012 · TSpace (University of Toronto)

    This paper examines how university-industry knowledge transfer drives regional economic development in Canada. The authors analyze the mechanisms through which universities contribute to innovation ecosystems and regional growth, focusing on the role of knowledge exchange partnerships between academic institutions and industry in fostering innovation capacity and economic competitiveness across Canadian regions.

  • New shapes and new stakes: a portrait of open innovation as a promising phenomenon

    Julien Pénin, Caroline Hussler, Thierry Burger‐Helmchen · 2011 · Journal of Innovation Economics & Management

    This paper examines open innovation as a concept in innovation management and economics. The authors clarify what makes open innovation distinct from related earlier concepts, identify different forms open innovation takes in practice, and analyze the benefits and costs of various open innovation approaches. The work synthesizes existing research and identifies future research directions for understanding this innovation model.

  • Assessing the roles that absorptive capacity and economic distance play in the foreign direct investment-productivity growth nexus

    Philip Bodman, Thanh Lê · 2011 · Applied Economics

    Foreign direct investment boosts productivity in host countries through two main channels: technology transfer and education investment. The study finds that geographical distance between investing and host countries reduces the effectiveness of both trade and FDI in transferring technology and knowledge. Countries with stronger absorptive capacity—built through education—benefit more from FDI. Technology flows work in both directions between investing and host nations.

  • Good Practices in Open Innovation

    Gene Slowinski, Matthew W. Sagal · 2010 · Research-Technology Management

    Open innovation has become standard practice in firms establishing dedicated groups and budgets. This paper identifies twelve good practices that drive high-quality open innovation efforts. The authors argue these practices are essential inputs to an effective organizational open innovation system and provide guidance for managers to implement and continuously improve their open innovation processes.

  • Absorptive Capacity and Source‐Recipient Complementarity in Designing New Products: An Empirically Derived Framework<sup>*</sup>

    Céline Abecassis, Sihem Ben Mahmoud‐Jouini · 2008 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This paper examines how firms absorb external design knowledge from sources outside their organization and use it in new product development. Analyzing cases in clothing and construction industries, the authors identify three distinct absorption processes and show that complementarity between the recipient firm's existing knowledge and the source's design knowledge critically determines NPD success. Design knowledge combined with prior marketing or technological knowledge drives better product innovation outcomes.

  • Innovation diffusion at the implementation stage of a construction project: a case study of information communication technology

    Vachara Peansupap, Derek H.T. Walker · 2006 · Construction Management and Economics

    Construction companies often fail to realize benefits from information communication technology despite its potential. This study examined three construction contractors to understand how ICT implementation succeeds or fails. The research identifies critical factors for successful adoption: management support, technical support, workplace environment, and user characteristics. These insights provide a framework for improving ICT adoption across different implementation stages in construction.

  • Wither Core Competency for the Large Corporation in an Open Innovation World

    Jens Frøslev Christensen, Solbjerg Vej · 2006

    Large corporations have shifted from focusing on internal core competencies to acting as system integrators and market coordinators in open innovation networks. Companies now outsource manufacturing and component innovation while broadening their technology base, vertically disintegrating their operations. This transformation reflects a move from closed, internal innovation models to distributed value chains where large firms orchestrate external partners rather than controlling all capabilities internally.

  • The Changing Structure of American Cities: A Study of the Diffusion of Innovation

    H. George Frederickson, Gary A. Johnson, Curtis Wood · 2004 · Public Administration Review

    American cities have restructured over 50 years following innovation diffusion patterns. Mayor-council cities adopted council-manager features to improve efficiency, while council-manager cities adopted mayor-council features to increase responsiveness. The result is a convergence toward hybrid governance models that blur traditional distinctions between the two forms.

  • Expanding Capabilities in a Mature Manufacturing Firm: Absorptive Capacity and the TCS

    Oswald Jones, Martin Craven · 2001 · International Small Business Journal Researching Entrepreneurship

    A small UK manufacturing firm with 70 employees participated in a Teaching Company Scheme over two years, which improved its absorptive capacity—the ability to assimilate new knowledge and skills. The company introduced new organizational routines to codify tacit knowledge, resulting in a 25% increase in turnover. The study shows that structured knowledge-transfer programs help mature small firms expand their managerial capabilities.

  • Network cooperation and economic performance of SMEs: Direct and mediating impacts of innovation and internationalisation

    Rashmeet Singh, Deepak Chandrashekar, Bala Subrahmanya Mungila Hillemane, Arun Sukumar, Vahid Jafari‐Sadeghi · 2022 · Journal of Business Research

    Network cooperation drives SME economic performance through two pathways: innovation and internationalization. Studying 117 Indian exporting firms, the research shows that customer and R&D organization networks boost performance primarily via innovation, while government agencies, customers, and R&D organizations influence performance through internationalization. Both innovation and internationalization act as critical mediators between network relationships and firm economic outcomes.

  • Examining the Impact of Adoption of Emerging Technology and Supply Chain Resilience on Firm Performance: Moderating Role of Absorptive Capacity and Leadership Support

    Sheshadri Chatterjee, Ranjan Chaudhuri, Demetris Vrontis · 2022 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    Firms with stronger intellectual capability, agility, and integration adopt emerging technologies more readily, which improves supply chain resilience and performance. Absorptive capacity strengthens the link between intellectual capital and technology adoption, while leadership support amplifies the positive effect of technology adoption on firm performance. The study validates this model across multiple firms.

  • Reconciling Models of Diffusion and Innovation: A Theory of the Productivity Distribution and Technology Frontier

    Jess Benhabib, Jesse Perla, Christopher Tonetti · 2021 · Econometrica

    This paper develops a theory explaining how firms' choices to innovate, adopt new technology, or continue with existing methods shape the overall productivity distribution and drive economic growth. Innovation stretches the productivity gap between best and worst firms, while technology adoption compresses it. The balance between these forces determines growth rates. Adoption conditions influence innovation incentives through technology licensing and the value of waiting to adopt, ultimately affecting long-run growth.

  • Variety of national innovation systems (NIS) and alternative pathways to growth beyond the middle-income stage: Balanced, imbalanced, catching-up, and trapped NIS

    Keun Lee, Jong-Ho Lee, Juneyoung Lee · 2021 · World Development

    This study analyzes national innovation systems across 32–35 economies using patent data to identify pathways for growth beyond middle-income status. The research identifies five distinct innovation system clusters and confirms two successful catching-up pathways: balanced systems (Ireland, Spain, Hong Kong, Singapore) and imbalanced systems (Korea, Taiwan, China). Other economies remain trapped in middle-income status due to opposite characteristics in technology cycle time, originality, localization, and diversification.

  • Re-designing the business organization using disruptive innovations based on blockchain-IoT integrated architecture for improving agility in future Industry 4.0

    Santosh B. Rane, Yahya Abdul Majid Narvel · 2021 · Benchmarking An International Journal

    This paper proposes integrating blockchain and Internet of Things technologies to redesign business operations for greater agility in Industry 4.0. The authors demonstrate their approach using a sensorized industrial pump that monitors operations in real time and enables predictive asset management. They argue that combining blockchain's decentralization, security, and autonomous coordination features with IoT capabilities helps manufacturing, oil and gas, engineering, construction, and utility companies operate more agilely.

  • Technology, Value Co-Creation and Innovation in Service Ecosystems: Toward Sustainable Co-Innovation

    Sergio Barile, Mara Grimaldi, Francesca Loia, Carlo Alessandro Sirianni · 2020 · Sustainability

    This paper develops a framework for managing value co-creation and sustainable innovation in service ecosystems through technology-mediated resource and knowledge integration. The framework identifies four key drivers—co-design, co-development, co-delivery, and co-learning—operating across micro, meso, and macro levels. A case study of an Italian wood packaging company demonstrates how managers can leverage these mechanisms to enable continuous sustainable innovation and knowledge renewal.

  • Complementors as connectors: managing open innovation around digital product platforms

    Susan Hilbolling, Hans Berends, Fleur Deken, Philipp Tuertscher · 2019 · R and D Management

    This paper examines how firms coordinate open innovation through digital platform ecosystems. Using Philips Hue smart lighting as a case study, the authors identify three increasingly complex ways independent companies connect complementary products to a focal platform. Managing these connections requires a hybrid approach combining open interfaces for many partners with intensive collaboration for select partners. The research reveals that managing interconnections across multiple digital platforms creates significant coordination challenges.

  • Responsible innovation by social entrepreneurs: an exploratory study of values integration in innovations

    Rob Lubberink, Vincent Blok, Johan van Ophem, Onno Omta · 2019 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    Social entrepreneurs integrate ethical values into their innovations by creating direct socio-ethical value for beneficiaries, coordinating stakeholder action, and evaluating impact. This study of 42 social enterprises reveals they develop bottom-up solutions that scale through institutional support, enabling systems-level change. The research provides a practical model for implementing and scaling responsible innovation in business contexts.

  • Expanding the field of Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) – from responsible research to responsible innovation

    Stig‐Erik Jakobsen, Arnt Fløysand, John Overton · 2019 · European Planning Studies

    Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) has become prominent in policy but remains narrow and top-down. This special issue broadens RRI by examining how researchers, firms, and other actors actually practice responsible innovation across sectors and regions. The authors expand RRI beyond research processes to include how knowledge becomes innovation in society, and encompass non-research-driven innovation. Ten case studies reveal heterogeneous responsibility practices, leading to recommendations for a multidimensional, multi-scale RRI framework.

  • How do Scientists Contribute to the Performance of Innovative Start‐ups? An Imprinting Perspective on Open Innovation

    Davide Hahn, Tommaso Minola, Kimberly Eddleston · 2018 · Journal of Management Studies

    Scientists boost innovative startup performance by promoting open innovation through broad and deep external search, but only when multiple scientist founders work together to transfer their lab-based career experiences. This advantage strengthens further when startups adopt strategic planning and commercial goals. However, scientist founders can become a liability if startups neglect strategic planning or prioritize non-commercial objectives.

  • Technological development for sustainability: The role of network management in the innovation policy mix

    Patrik Söderholm, Hans Hellsmark, Johan Frishammar, Julia Hansson, Johanna Mossberg, Annica Sandström · 2018 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This paper analyzes how policy can strengthen collaborative networks driving sustainable technology development. Using advanced biorefinery technology in Sweden as a case study, the authors develop a framework showing how network management strategies should evolve across different phases of technological development. They demonstrate that ignoring network management in innovation policy leads to inefficient collaboration, fragmented competing networks, and knowledge gaps.

  • Innovation network, technological learning and innovation performance of high-tech cluster enterprises

    Xiongfeng Pan, Ma Lin Song, Jing Zhang, Guangyou Zhou · 2018 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    High-tech cluster enterprises in China improve their innovation performance through strong innovation networks and technological learning. Network position and relationship strength directly boost technology acquisition, digestion, and exploitation. These technological learning stages build sequentially, with each stage enhancing the next, ultimately driving innovation performance. Enterprises should strengthen both their innovation networks and technological learning capabilities.

  • An absorption capacity investigation of new absorbent based on polyurethane foams and rice straw for oil spill cleanup

    Anh Tuan Hoang, Van Vang Le, Abdel Rahman Al-Tawaha, Duong Nam Nguyen, Abdel Razzaq Al‐Tawaha, Muhamad Mat Noor, Van Viet Pham · 2018 · Petroleum Science and Technology

    Researchers developed a new absorbent material by combining polyurethane foam with rice straw, an agricultural residue from Vietnam, to clean up oil spills. The material achieved oil absorption capacity of 12.012 grams of oil per gram of absorbent after 120 minutes, performing 3–4 times better than pure polyurethane or cellulose-based alternatives. The optimal composition used 25% rice straw by mass with 0.5 mm particle size.

  • Absorptive capacity and small family firm performance: exploring the mediation processes

    Sanjay Chaudhary, Safal Batra · 2018 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Small family firms in India improve performance by developing absorptive capacity—the ability to acquire and apply new knowledge. The study shows this works indirectly: absorptive capacity enables firms to adopt entrepreneurial, market, and technology orientations, which then drive better performance. Strategic orientation acts as the mechanism linking knowledge investment to business results.

  • Absorptive capacity and mass customization capability

    Min Zhang, Xiande Zhao, Marjorie A. Lyles, Hangfei Guo · 2015 · International Journal of Operations & Production Management

    Manufacturing firms in China improve their mass customization capabilities by absorbing knowledge from customers and suppliers. The study identifies four absorptive capacity processes—acquiring knowledge from customers and suppliers, assimilating it, and applying it—that work together to enhance customization. Knowledge from external sources drives improvements both directly and indirectly through internal knowledge management practices.

  • The innovation ecosystem as booster for the innovative entrepreneurship in the smart specialisation strategy

    Aldo Romano, Giuseppina Passıante, Pasquale Del Vecchio, Giustina Secundo · 2014 · International Journal of Knowledge-Based Development

    Innovation ecosystems drive regional growth by creating environments where knowledge flows among multiple stakeholders, fostering innovative entrepreneurship. The paper argues that these dynamic, multi-actor systems support knowledge creation, diffusion, and absorption, enabling regions to achieve intelligent growth and competitive positioning. The authors recommend that policymakers and researchers prioritize innovation ecosystems as central to knowledge-based regional development strategies.

  • The Effects of Diversity and Network Ties on Innovations

    Alina Lungeanu, Noshir Contractor · 2014 · American Behavioral Scientist

    This study analyzes how diversity affects innovation in scientific collaboration. Using data from 1,354 researchers who created the Oncofertility field through 469 publications, the authors find that innovation benefits from both homophily and diversity. Shared country residence and prior collaborations reduce uncertainty, while cognitive diversity enables the knowledge recombination necessary for breakthrough innovation.

  • Realising potential: The impact of business incubation on the absorptive capacity of new technology-based firms

    Dean Patton · 2013 · International Small Business Journal Researching Entrepreneurship

    University technology business incubators strengthen new technology firms' ability to absorb and apply new knowledge. The study finds that collaborative dialogue between founders, mentors, advisers, and incubator directors creates an iterative process that converts potential absorptive capacity into realized capacity. This interaction directly improves how firms develop viable business models and integrate external knowledge.

  • The empathic care robot: A prototype of responsible research and innovation

    Bernd Carsten Stahl, Neil McBride, Kutoma Wakunuma, Catherine Flick · 2013 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This paper presents a prototype care robot with emotional capabilities to explore ethical issues in emerging technologies. The authors use this fictional scenario to demonstrate how responsible research and innovation practices can anticipate and address ethical problems before technologies are deployed. They argue that integrating ethical considerations into technology development from the start helps ensure innovations are socially acceptable and desirable.

  • Distributed Innovation in Classes of Networks

    Youngjin Yoo, Kalle Lyytinen, Richard J. Boland · 2008

    Digital technologies reshape innovation by reducing communication costs and enabling convergence, creating distributed innovation networks. The authors propose a framework identifying four network types: singular innovation, open source innovation, internal markets of innovation, and doubly distributed innovation networks. These emerge from increasing distribution of control among actors and growing heterogeneity in knowledge resources mobilized during innovation processes.

  • Do knowledge sharing and big data analytics capabilities matter for green absorptive capacity and green entrepreneurship orientation? Implications for green innovation

    Lahcene Makhloufi · 2023 · Industrial Management & Data Systems

    Big data analytics capabilities directly strengthen firms' ability to absorb green knowledge and adopt green entrepreneurship practices. Knowledge sharing amplifies these effects. Together, these factors drive green innovation in manufacturing. The study demonstrates that aligning data analytics with green business strategies creates a foundation for sustainable competitive advantage.

  • The interactive effect of innovation capability and potential absorptive capacity on innovation performance

    Américo Hurtado‐Palomino, Bernardo De la Gala‐Velásquez, Jeferson Ccorisapra-Quintana · 2022 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    This study examined how innovation capability and absorptive capacity work together to improve firm performance. Researchers surveyed 238 firms in Peru's cultural tourism destinations and found that the combination of these two factors significantly boosts innovation performance. The findings help companies in tourism-dependent regions develop strategies to enhance competitiveness and sustainability.

  • Stimulating frugal innovation via information technology resources, knowledge sources and market turbulence: a mediation-moderation approach

    Muhammad Usman Shehzad, Jianhua Zhang, Phong Ba Le, Khalid Jamil, Ziao Cao · 2022 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    IT resources directly boost frugal innovation in small and medium enterprises, and this effect is partly mediated by knowledge sources. Market turbulence strengthens how knowledge sources drive innovation in functionality and ecosystem design, but weakens their impact on cost reduction. The study surveyed 355 Pakistani SME employees and identifies IT investment and knowledge management as levers for developing-country firms to build frugal innovation capabilities.

  • How frugal innovation shape global sustainable supply chains during the pandemic crisis: lessons from the COVID-19

    Rameshwar Dubey, David Bryde, Cyril Foropon, Manisha Tiwari, Angappa Gunasekaran · 2021 · Supply Chain Management An International Journal

    During the COVID-19 pandemic, frugal innovation emerged informally across global supply chains to address critical shortages of medical equipment and supplies. This study identifies key drivers of frugal-oriented sustainable supply chains in emerging countries, finding that government support, policies, and regulations—mediated by leadership and moderated by national culture—drive adoption of new technologies, volunteering, and ethical practices, which in turn strengthen supply chain talent and frugal engineering capabilities.

  • The evolution of cooperation in the face of conflict: Evidence from the innovation ecosystem for mobile telecom standards development

    Stephen L. Jones, Aija Leiponen, Gurneeta Vasudeva · 2020 · Strategic Management Journal

    This study examines how firms cooperate within innovation ecosystems despite patent litigation conflicts. Using data from mobile telecom standards development, the authors find that firms increase cooperation with litigation opponents while simultaneously strengthening ties with other partners to influence standards direction. Technological complementarities and network position determine whether firms pursue direct cooperation with adversaries or alternative partnerships.

  • Multilingual English users’ linguistic innovation

    Li Wei · 2020 · World Englishes

    This paper examines whether non-native English speakers can innovate linguistically in English. Using social media data from multilingual users in the Sinophone world, the author demonstrates that creative language mixing combining English with other languages and semiotic resources constitutes genuine linguistic innovation rather than error. A translanguaging perspective reveals these expressions as socio-politically meaningful innovations and challenges traditional notions of discrete named languages.

  • Information technology and firm performance: mediation role of absorptive capacity and corporate entrepreneurship in manufacturing SMEs

    Nabeel Rehman, Sadaf Razaq, Ammara Farooq, Nayab Mufti Zohaib, Mohammad Nazri · 2020 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This study examines how information technology capabilities improve performance in manufacturing SMEs in Pakistan. The research finds that absorptive capacity and corporate entrepreneurship partially explain this relationship. IT technical skills that flow through absorptive capacity and then corporate entrepreneurship most strongly predict firm performance, revealing the mechanisms through which technology investments translate into business success.

  • High CO2 absorption capacity of metal-based ionic liquids: A molecular dynamics study

    Biwen Li, Chenlu Wang, Yaqin Zhang, Yanlei Wang · 2020 · Green Energy & Environment

    Metal-based ionic liquids enhance CO2 absorption through molecular dynamics simulations. The study shows these liquids create hydrogen bond networks that increase CO2 absorption capacity while promoting diffusion. Metal-chloride bond length and anion volume determine absorption performance. Findings enable rational design of ionic liquids for carbon capture and chemical engineering applications.

  • Effect of probiotics on the occurrence of nutrition absorption capacities in healthy children: a randomized double-blinded placebo-controlled pilot study.

    A Ballini, A Gnoni, D De Vito, G Dipalma, S Cantore, C Gargiulo Isacco, R Saini, L Santacroce, S Topi, A Scarano, S Scacco, F Inchingolo · 2019 · PubMed

    This study tested whether probiotics improve nutrient absorption in healthy children aged 14-18. Researchers randomly assigned 40 participants to receive probiotics or placebo for 10 weeks, measuring blood levels of vitamins D and A, calcium, zinc, and iron at baseline, 5 weeks, and 10 weeks. Probiotics significantly increased absorption biomarkers compared to placebo after 10 weeks of use.

  • Industrial Symbiosis, Networking and Innovation: The Potential Role of Innovation Poles

    Raffaella Taddeo, Alberto Simboli, Giuseppe Ioppolo, Anna Morgante · 2017 · Sustainability

    Industrial symbiosis—where companies exchange waste and byproducts—succeeds better when supported by innovation poles, which are government-backed regional networks that promote innovation across industries. The authors argue that innovation poles can accelerate industrial symbiosis by facilitating knowledge sharing and networking among organizations, addressing a gap in existing research that has focused mainly on technical and economic factors rather than innovation and collaboration.

  • Do Individual Employees' Learning Goal Orientation and Civic Virtue Matter? A Micro‐Foundations Perspective on Firm Absorptive Capacity

    Fiona Kun Yao, Song Chang · 2017 · Strategic Management Journal

    Individual employee characteristics drive firm absorptive capacity—the ability to identify, assimilate, and exploit external knowledge. Employees with learning goal orientation strengthen both potential and realized absorptive capacity. Civic virtue, employees' discretionary involvement in company issues, acts as a social integration mechanism that bridges the gap between potential and realized absorptive capacity in high-technology firms.

  • The team absorptive capacity triad: a configurational study of individual, enabling, and motivating factors

    Sandor Jan Albert Löwik, Jeroen Kraaijenbrink, Arend J. Groen · 2016 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Knowledge-intensive teams develop absorptive capacity through three complementary factors: individual team members' knowledge absorption abilities, organizational systems enabling knowledge integration, and motivational structures encouraging knowledge sharing. The study of 48 teams across four Dutch firms shows that weakness in any single factor reduces overall team performance, and these factors function as complements rather than substitutes.

  • How controversial innovation succeeds in the periphery? A network perspective of BASF Argentina

    Johannes Glückler · 2014 · Journal of Economic Geography

    BASF's Argentine subsidiary, despite being geographically and organizationally peripheral, successfully developed and implemented controversial innovations. Through interviews and network analysis of employee knowledge sharing, the study identifies contextual and network conditions that enable peripheral subsidiaries of multinational corporations to create and enforce innovations, challenging assumptions that innovation concentrates at corporate headquarters.

  • Consumers' Creative Talent: Which Characteristics Qualify Consumers for Open Innovation Projects? An Exploration of Asymmetrical Effects

    Johann Füller, Kurt Matzler, Katja Hutter, Julia Hautz · 2012 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    This study examines which consumer characteristics enable effective participation in open innovation projects. The researchers tested how different creativity components affect consumers' ability to generate ideas, develop concepts, and build prototypes, plus their interest in co-creation. They found that creativity components have asymmetrical effects: some characteristics only matter above certain thresholds, while others show diminishing returns beyond specific levels.

  • Open innovation management: challenges and prospects

    Abdul-Hadi G. Abulrub, Jun-Bae Lee · 2012 · Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences

    South Korean companies practice open innovation differently than Western firms studied in existing literature. A survey of 85 South Korean companies found significant variations in open innovation activities based on industry type, company size, market type, and R&D intensity. The research identifies gaps between South Korean open innovation practices and established theoretical trends, revealing that context-specific factors shape how companies adopt open innovation strategies.

  • Identification of Lead User Characteristics Driving the Quality of Service Innovation Ideas

    Monika C. Schuhmacher, Sabine Kuester · 2012 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    This study identifies which lead user characteristics produce higher-quality service innovation ideas. Analyzing 120 ideas from an online services innovation contest for soccer clubs, the researchers found that dissatisfied customers and highly experienced users generate the best ideas. Companies should recruit dissatisfied users from complaint databases and experienced users into closed-membership idea contests to improve innovation outcomes.

  • Knowledge management in regional innovation networks: The case of Lahti, Finland

    Vesa Harmaakorpi, Helinä Melkas · 2005 · European Planning Studies

    This paper designs a knowledge management system for regional innovation networks, incorporating explicit, tacit, and self-transcending knowledge alongside knowledge vision and futures studies methods. Using Finland's Lahti regional innovation system as a case study, the authors demonstrate that effective regional innovation networks require both loose network development and systematic, deliberate approaches to managing knowledge-related activities.

  • Forecasting the market diffusion of disruptive and discontinuous innovation

    Jonathan D. Linton · 2002 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    This paper develops a forecasting model for disruptive and discontinuous innovations that accounts for multiple markets and learning curve effects. The model integrates diffusion forecasting theory with disruptive innovation literature and provides practical guidelines for application. The work addresses the growing need to predict market adoption of disruptive innovations as technological convergence accelerates.

  • Digital Servitization and Business Model Innovation in SMEs: A Model to Escape From Market Disruption

    Sofia Lamperti, Angelo Cavallo, Claudio Sassanelli · 2023 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    Small and medium manufacturing enterprises face market disruption from rapid digital technology adoption. This study develops a digital servitization model that enables SMEs to redesign their business models by delivering smart, connected products and services. The model helps SMEs overcome disruption and compete effectively despite their limited resources, offering practical guidance for manufacturing firms transitioning to service-based operations.

  • Modeling nonlinear systems using the tensor network B‐spline and the multi‐innovation identification theory

    Yanjiao Wang, Shihua Tang, Muqing Deng · 2022 · International Journal of Robust and Nonlinear Control

    This paper develops a tensor network B-spline method to model nonlinear autoregressive exogenous systems with high dimensions. The approach uses multi-innovation identification theory and hierarchical principles to create a recursive algorithm that handles Gaussian noise. The method outperforms traditional polynomial and neural network approaches by reducing computational burden while maintaining strong fitting capacity for highly nonlinear systems.

  • Innovation of Startups, the Key to Unlocking Post-Crisis Sustainable Growth in Romanian Entrepreneurial Ecosystem

    Oana Uță Bărbulescu, Alina Simona Tecău, Daniel Munteanu, Cristinel Constantin · 2021 · Sustainability

    Romanian startups face significant vulnerability during crises like COVID-19. The paper surveyed 168 students about entrepreneurial opportunities and found that startups must innovate through ICT-based businesses and social entrepreneurship to achieve sustainable growth. Building strong relationships with employees, industry peers, public sector, academia, and citizens, combined with green business practices, enables startups to recover and develop a resilient entrepreneurial ecosystem.

  • Innovation and development of ideological and political education in colleges and universities in the network era

    Huiwen Gao · 2021 · International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education

    This paper examines how colleges and universities can innovate ideological and political education in the internet era. The internet's openness creates challenges for moral and political education, but also opportunities. The paper proposes innovative strategies for delivering ideological and political education that help students develop correct values, moral character, and life outlook despite negative internet influences.

  • Determinants of frugal innovation for firms in emerging markets: the roles of leadership, knowledge sharing and collaborative culture

    Phong Ba Le · 2021 · International Journal of Emerging Markets

    Transformational leadership and knowledge sharing drive frugal innovation in emerging market firms. The study of 381 participants across 116 manufacturing and service firms found that transformational leadership directly boosts frugal innovation and indirectly strengthens it through knowledge sharing. Collaborative culture amplifies how knowledge sharing translates into frugal innovation capability. Leaders practicing transformational styles and fostering organizational collaboration significantly enhance firms' ability to innovate frugally.

  • Crowdsourcing without profit: the role of the seeker in open social innovation

    Krithika Randhawa, Ralf Wilden, Joel West · 2019 · R and D Management

    Government agencies use crowdsourcing to solve social problems by engaging citizens, a practice called citizensourcing. This study of 18 local government agencies reveals that government crowdsourcing differs fundamentally from corporate crowdsourcing because both seekers and solvers are motivated by non-monetary goals. The researchers show how government organizational choices, team capabilities, and engagement strategies directly shape crowdsourcing project outcomes and success.

  • RETRACTED ARTICLE: Startups and the innovation ecosystem in Industry 4.0

    Clarissa Figueredo Rocha, Diórgenes Falcão Mamédio, Carlos Olavo Quandt · 2019 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Startups incubated at a Brazilian innovation center drive digital manufacturing through open innovation partnerships with companies, universities, and government agencies. These collaborations operate informally and remain at early maturity stages, yet the complex ecosystem of knowledge sources functions as a strategic asset. The study reveals how startup partnerships advance Industry 4.0 adoption while exposing significant implementation challenges in Brazil.

  • What Health System Challenges Should Responsible Innovation in Health Address? Insights From an International Scoping Review

    Pascale Lehoux, Federico Roncarolo, Hudson Silva, Antoine Boivin, Jean‐Louis Denis, Réjean Hébert · 2018 · International Journal of Health Policy and Management

    This scoping review of 254 studies across 99 countries identifies major health system challenges that responsible innovation should address. Service delivery, human resources, and governance emerge as the most frequent challenges globally. The analysis reveals that innovations often increase human resource demands, worsen service delivery when requiring highly skilled users, and create different pressures depending on country development levels. Rural areas particularly need flexible IT solutions. The authors argue that innovation development must address broader system vulnerabilities, not just immediate clinical needs.

  • Modifying UTAUT and innovation diffusion theory to reveal online shopping behavior

    Hsin Hsin Chang, Chen Fu, Hsiou Ting Jain · 2015 · Information Development

    This study combines technology acceptance and innovation diffusion theories to understand online shopping behavior for smartphones. The research finds that website performance and ease of use increase familiarity with the site, while virtual communities and product trials boost product familiarity. Perceived risk reduces purchase intention. Website and product familiarity mediate the relationship between these factors and buying decisions. Managers should build online communities and provide detailed product trial information to increase consumer familiarity and purchase intent.

  • Open innovation strategies in the food and drink industry: determinants and impact on innovation performance

    Marian García Martínez, Valentina Lazzarotti, Raffaella Manzini, Mercedes Sánchez García · 2014 · International Journal of Technology Management

    Food and drink companies adopt three distinct open innovation strategies, from limited collaboration with traditional partners to broad engagement with diverse external sources. Technology pressures drive companies toward greater openness. The research shows that more open collaboration approaches significantly improve innovation performance, but only when companies establish dedicated structures to manage and leverage external knowledge effectively.

  • Open innovation in digital journalism: Examining the impact of Open APIs at four news organizations

    Tanja Aitamurto, Seth C. Lewis · 2012 · New Media & Society

    Four major news organizations—The New York Times, The Guardian, USA Today, and NPR—adopted Open APIs to embrace open innovation principles. This shift accelerated research and development through collaboration with web developers, created new revenue streams by expanding their product offerings, and built innovation networks that acted as external R&D teams. The organizations continuously balanced openness with control to manage their intellectual property while benefiting from external innovation.

  • The Adoption of ISO 9000 Standards within the Egyptian Context: A Diffusion of Innovation Approach

    Gharib Hashem, Jennifer Tann · 2007 · Total Quality Management & Business Excellence

    This study examines why Egyptian manufacturing companies adopt ISO 9000 quality standards. The researchers surveyed 239 firms and found that three factors drive adoption: how companies perceive the standards' advantages and complexity, external pressures like competition and regulatory demands, and internal organizational features such as management support and company size. All three factor groups significantly influence whether firms implement these standards.

  • Knowledge Diffusion, Trade, and Innovation across Countries and Sectors

    Jie Cai, Nan Li, Ana María Santacreu · 2021 · American Economic Journal Macroeconomics

    This paper develops a framework showing how trade, innovation, and knowledge diffusion interact across countries and sectors. Using an economic model calibrated to real-world data, the authors find that reducing trade costs shifts research and development investment between sectors and changes comparative advantage. Knowledge diffusion varies across sectors and amplifies these specialization effects, creating significant welfare gains.

  • Idea Convergence Quality in Open Innovation Crowdsourcing: A Cognitive Load Perspective

    Xusen Cheng, Shixuan Fu, Triparna de Vreede, Gert‐Jan de Vreede, Isabella Seeber, Ronald Maier, Barbara Weber · 2020 · Journal of Management Information Systems

    Open innovation crowdsourcing generates many ideas but struggles to identify quality ones for development. This study tested how different types of cognitive load affect idea convergence quality using laboratory experiments. Germane cognitive load—mental effort directly supporting the task—improved convergence quality and satisfaction, while intrinsic and extraneous cognitive loads reduced satisfaction. Knowledge self-efficacy, goal clarity, and need for cognition strengthened these positive effects, offering practical guidance for designing crowdsourcing tasks.

  • Understanding the diffusion and adoption of digital finance innovation in emerging economies: M-Pesa money mobile transfer service in Kenya

    Ann Kingiri, Xiaolan Fu · 2019 · Innovation and Development

    M-Pesa's rapid adoption in Kenya demonstrates how digital financial innovations succeed in emerging economies. The study applies technological innovation systems theory to explain M-Pesa's growth, finding that local adaptation, coordination, learning, and localized capabilities drive diffusion. The research reveals that standard innovation frameworks miss critical factors specific to emerging markets, and recommends policies to stimulate digital financial innovation across Africa.

  • Open innovation in the public sector: creating public value through civic hackathons

    Qianli Yuan, Mila Gascó‐Hernández · 2019 · Public Management Review

    Civic hackathons across the United States generate three main outcomes: digital prototypes, public engagement, and government awareness of open data. Public engagement and relationship building prove more valuable than technical prototypes. These open innovation initiatives enhance public value through better outcomes, democratic accountability, and procedural legitimacy, though their impact remains limited by early adoption stages and low external participation rates.

  • Diffusion of Marketization Innovation with Administrative Centralization in a Multilevel System: Evidence from China

    Xufeng Zhu, Youlang Zhang · 2018 · Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory

    This study examines how China's hierarchical government structure affects local adoption of marketization reforms. The researchers find that while central and provincial government policies each independently encourage cities to adopt pro-business innovations, their combined effect creates competition rather than cooperation. Analysis of administrative licensing centers across Chinese cities from 1997 to 2012 confirms this pattern, showing that vertical power structures shape how innovations diffuse through multilevel governance systems.

  • When do states disrupt industries? Electric cars and the politics of innovation

    Jonas Meckling, Jonas Nahm · 2018 · Review of International Political Economy

    States successfully drive technological change in mature industries when political competition among interest groups and agencies allows policymakers to build coalitions supporting new technologies, rather than relying on bureaucratic autonomy alone. Comparing Germany and the United States, the authors show that Germany's consensus-based coordination between government and incumbent automakers resulted in weak electric vehicle policy, while the United States' competitive political environment enabled strong intervention that disrupted the auto sector despite industry opposition.

  • Applying social innovation theory to examine how community co-designed health services develop: using a case study approach and mixed methods

    Jane Farmer, Karen Carlisle, Virginia Dickson‐Swift, Simon Teasdale, Amanda Kenny, Judy Taylor, Felicity Croker, Karen Marini, Mark Gussy · 2018 · BMC Health Services Research

    Community co-designed health services in rural Australia emerge when local participants combine contextual knowledge with external facilitation, but require manager and policymaker support to sustain. Social innovation theory effectively explains how grassroots innovations develop through three stages: growth, development, and diffusion. Political relationships and compatibility with existing health systems determine whether innovations survive beyond pilot phases.

  • Outsourcing creativity: An abductive study of open innovation using corporate accelerators

    Nancy Richter, Paul Jackson, Thomas A. Schildhauer · 2017 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Corporate accelerators bring startups together with established companies to share innovation and funding. This study examines how these programs actually work by analyzing their strategy, resources, roles, and structure. The research reveals the characteristics and mechanisms of corporate accelerators as an open innovation model, filling a gap in empirical understanding of why companies use them and what they expect to gain.

  • Not too close, not too far: testing the Goldilocks principle of ‘optimal’ distance in innovation networks

    Rune Dahl Fitjar, Franz Huber, Andrés Rodríguez‐Pose · 2016 · Industry and Innovation

    This paper tests whether firms innovate best when collaborating with partners at moderate distances across non-geographical dimensions like cognitive and organizational proximity. Analyzing 542 Norwegian firms, the researchers find that the most innovative companies partner with others at medium proximity levels, not too close and not too far. Geographical distance can be offset by proximity in other dimensions, enabling innovation despite physical separation.

  • Absorptive capacity and knowledge management in small and medium enterprises

    Roberto Grandinetti · 2016 · Knowledge Management Research & Practice

    Small and medium enterprises need to access external knowledge through relationships, but research has not adequately examined how these relationships support knowledge management. This paper develops a framework using absorptive capacity to explain how SMEs manage external knowledge. It applies this framework to understand how new ventures build capabilities during startup and how knowledge flows within geographical clusters.

  • Openness in innovation and business models: lessons from the newspaper industry

    Anna B. Holm, Franziska Günzel, John P. Ulhøi · 2013 · International Journal of Technology Management

    This paper examines how open business models affect the newspaper industry in Denmark. Using interviews with major media companies and data from 2002-2011, the authors show that internet technology disrupted traditional newspaper business models. They argue that openness in business models is more complex than existing literature suggests, with different implications for business viability than previously reported.

  • Open innovation in SMEs: How can small companies and start-ups benefit from open innovation strategies?

    Wim Vanhaverbeke, Ine Vermeersch, Stijn De Zutter · 2012 · Document Server@UHasselt (UHasselt)

    Small and medium-sized enterprises and start-ups can leverage open innovation strategies to access external knowledge, resources, and partnerships that enhance their competitive advantage. By collaborating beyond organizational boundaries, SMEs overcome resource constraints and accelerate innovation cycles, enabling them to compete more effectively in dynamic markets.

  • Developing innovation capability through learning networks

    John Bessant, Allen Alexander, George Tsekouras, Howard Rush, Richard Lamming · 2012 · Journal of Economic Geography

    Learning networks significantly enhance innovation capability in organizations. The paper examines how firms develop and strengthen their capacity to innovate by participating in collaborative learning networks. These networks facilitate knowledge exchange, skill development, and capability building across participating organizations, enabling them to generate and implement innovations more effectively than isolated competitors.

  • Venture team human capital and absorptive capacity in high technology new ventures

    James C. Hayton, Shaker A. Zahra · 2005 · International Journal of Technology Management

    High-technology startups use acquisitions and joint ventures to acquire new knowledge as existing knowledge becomes obsolete. This study of 340 U.S. high-tech ventures finds that the diversity of skills and experience on the top management team strengthens how well these ventures learn from venturing activities and convert that learning into innovation and financial performance. However, the overall level of management team experience alone does not matter.

  • Green innovation networks: A research agenda

    Lisa Melander, Ala Arvidsson · 2022 · Journal of Cleaner Production

    Green innovations emerge from organizational collaborations, yet little research examines the networks driving them. This literature review of 63 papers identifies green innovations across products, services, processes, business models, and marketing. The authors map different actor types, network structures, and engagement motivations. They propose three research priorities: horizontal collaborations among peers, cross-sectoral partnerships including public-private arrangements, and the role of users as active network participants in developing green innovations.

  • Big data analytics capabilities and MSME innovation and performance: A double mediation model of digital platform and network capabilities

    Sabeen Hussain Bhatti, Adeel Ahmed, Alberto Ferraris, Wan Mohd Hirwani Wan Hussain, Samuel Fosso Wamba · 2022 · Annals of Operations Research

    Big data analytics capabilities directly improve financial performance in small and medium manufacturing enterprises by strengthening their digital platform and network capabilities. Network capabilities mediate the relationship between analytics and both supply chain innovation and financial performance, while digital platforms specifically enhance supply chain innovation. These findings demonstrate how data analytics drives MSME performance through interconnected digital and networking infrastructure.

  • 3D Printing of Thermoplastic Elastomers: Role of the Chemical Composition and Printing Parameters in the Production of Parts with Controlled Energy Absorption and Damping Capacity

    Marina León-Calero, Sara Catherine Reyburn Valés, Ángel Marcos‐Fernández, Juan Rodríguez‐Hernández · 2021 · Polymers

    This paper investigates how chemical composition and 3D printing parameters affect thermoplastic elastomer parts. Researchers tested different infill densities and patterns to measure energy absorption and damping capacity. They found that a honeycomb infill pattern at 50% density produced optimal performance for both energy absorption and damping properties.

  • Aligning firm's value system and open innovation: a new framework of business process management beyond the business model innovation

    Bisan Abdulkader, Domitilla Magni, Valentina Cillo, Armando Papa, Roberto Micera · 2020 · Business Process Management Journal

    This paper develops a framework integrating open innovation principles with business process management to improve how firms create and capture value. The authors connect strategic value systems with operational processes, showing how firms can align their internal value creation with external innovation ecosystems. The framework bridges the gap between strategy and operations literature, offering a comprehensive approach to managing value co-creation beyond traditional business model innovation.

  • MOOCs, disruptive innovation and the future of higher education: A conceptual analysis

    Ahmed A. Al-Imarah, Robin Shields · 2018 · Innovations in Education and Teaching International

    This paper examines whether MOOCs truly constitute disruptive innovation in higher education. By comparing MOOC characteristics against established criteria for disruptive innovation across performance, benefits, and market dimensions, the authors find that MOOCs do not fully meet the definition of disruptive innovation. Instead, MOOCs function as sustaining innovation, creating new educational markets for learners traditionally underserved by universities.

  • Novel Negative Poisson’s Ratio Lattice Structures with Enhanced Stiffness and Energy Absorption Capacity

    Zeyao Chen, Zhe Wang, Shiwei Zhou, Jianwang Shao, Xian Wu · 2018 · Materials

    This paper develops three new lattice structures with negative Poisson's ratio by modifying a re-entrant design with embedded ribs. The novel lattices significantly increase stiffness, strength, and energy absorption capacity compared to standard negative Poisson's ratio materials. Researchers validated the designs through simulation and physical prototypes made via additive manufacturing, confirming the structures perform as predicted and show promise for engineering applications.

  • The impact of coopetition-based open innovation on performance in nonprofit sports clubs

    Felix Wemmer, Eike Emrich, Joerg Koenigstorfer · 2016 · European Sport Management Quarterly

    Nonprofit sports clubs in Germany that collaborate with competitors (coopetition) and adopt external knowledge improve their organizational performance. The study shows this happens through a two-step process: clubs first use outside knowledge, then implement organizational innovations like new services and business models. Both steps boost financial stability and membership growth.

  • Business Model for the University-industry Collaboration in Open Innovation

    Larisa Ivaşcu, Bianca Cirjaliu, Anca Drăghici · 2016 · Procedia Economics and Finance

    Universities and industrial companies can collaborate effectively through a business model framework that leverages each partner's strengths. Companies lack certain competencies for developing competitive products, while universities provide research capabilities to solve complex problems. The study identifies how Romanian universities and industries currently collaborate and demonstrates significant potential for implementing open innovation practices to create added value.

  • Towards building internal social network architecture that drives innovation: a social exchange theory perspective

    Gospel Onyema Oparaocha · 2016 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Organizations spread across multiple locations can drive innovation by deliberately building internal social networks that encourage employee interactions and knowledge sharing. The paper argues that social capital and relationship-building should be prioritized alongside formal organizational structures. By fostering both strong bonds within teams and bridges across departments, companies can improve collaboration, knowledge flow, and innovation capacity in dispersed workforces.

  • GE's Ecomagination Challenge: An Experiment in Open Innovation

    Henry Chesbrough · 2012 · California Management Review

    GE's ecomagination Challenge used open innovation to solicit green energy ideas from external entrepreneurs and startups, investing $140 million across 23 ventures by 2011. The case examines whether this approach delivered sufficient returns relative to GE's massive energy business, and considers how the company should measure success and structure future open innovation efforts to generate meaningful commercial outcomes.

  • How venture capital became a component of the US National System of Innovation

    Martín Kenney · 2011 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    Venture capital emerged as a key institution within the US national innovation system through a combination of government policies, technological trajectories in information and biomedical industries, and regional concentration. The paper traces how VC became integrated into the broader innovation ecosystem, showing that neither government action alone nor market forces alone explain its rise, but rather their interaction shaped this institutional development.

  • OPEN INNOVATION, GENERATIVITY AND THE SUPPLIER AS PEER: THE CASE OF IPHONE AND ANDROID

    Björn Remneland Wikhamn, Jan Ljungberg, Magnus Bergquist, Jonas Kuschel · 2011 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    This paper examines how suppliers in open innovation networks shift from passive contractors to active creative peers. Using iPhone and Android as case studies, the authors argue that generative capacity—not mere openness—drives platform wealth creation. Both platforms achieve generativity through different balances of openness and control, demonstrating that suppliers contribute most effectively when platforms enable creative participation alongside strategic governance.

  • Research Networks and Inventors' Mobility as Drivers of Innovation: Evidence from Europe

    Ernest Miguélez, Rosina Moreno · 2011 · Regional Studies

    This paper examines how inventor mobility and research collaboration networks drive regional innovation across Europe. Using spatial econometric methods, the authors find that when inventors move within regions, innovation increases significantly. However, the relationship between research network characteristics and innovation is less straightforward. The study accounts for geographic spillovers and spatial dependencies in innovation patterns.

  • Six sigma, absorptive capacity and organisational learning orientation

    Leopoldo Gutiérrez, Óscar F. Bustinza, Vanesa Barrales‐Molina · 2011 · International Journal of Production Research

    Six sigma quality management practices strengthen firms' absorptive capacity—their ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new knowledge. The study of 237 European firms, including 58 using six sigma, shows that six sigma teamwork and process management directly boost absorptive capacity, which in turn enhances organizational learning. These findings explain why six sigma implementation drives competitive advantage and organizational performance.

  • Firms' open innovation policies, laboratories' external collaborations, and laboratories' R&amp;D performance

    Kazuhiro Asakawa, Hiroshi Nakamura, Naohiro Sawada · 2010 · R and D Management

    This study analyzes 203 laboratories in Japanese firms to measure how open innovation policies at the firm and laboratory levels affect R&D performance. The research finds that firm-level open innovation policies significantly boost laboratory collaborations with universities and businesses, which in turn improves R&D performance. The impact varies depending on the type of R&D work being conducted, offering insights for managing research and development effectively.

  • A new case of fish‐eating in Japanese macaques: implications for social constraints on the diffusion of feeding innovation

    Jean‐Baptiste Leca, Noëlle Gunst, Kunio Watanabe, Michael A. Huffman · 2007 · American Journal of Primatology

    Japanese macaques on Koshima island discovered and consumed a new fish species, with 16 individuals feeding in turns. Social factors shaped access to the food: spatial position determined rank order, dominance controlled monopolization duration, and kinship influenced tolerance among nearby feeders. The behavior persisted along maternal lineages, demonstrating how social structure constrains the spread of feeding innovations in wild primate groups.

  • Innovation and Innovators Inside Government: From Institutions to Networks

    Mark Considine, Jenny M. Lewis · 2007 · Governance

    This study examines how innovation happens within government by analyzing 947 politicians and bureaucrats across 11 Australian municipalities. The researchers found that innovation inside government depends less on formal job positions and more on informal networks and relationships. Using social network analysis, they show that access to advice and strategic information networks among senior officials significantly determines who becomes an innovator within government institutions.

  • Original equipment manufacturers (OEM) manufacturing strategy for network innovation agility: the case of Taiwanese manufacturing networks

    Bor‐Shyh Lin · 2004 · International Journal of Production Research

    Taiwanese original equipment manufacturers can pursue two distinct strategies—dedicated OEM service or own-brand products—both enabling innovation agility in global networks. Dedicated OEM suppliers should prioritize manufacturing flexibility and modular product design, while own-brand manufacturers need strong cross-functional integration. Market orientation proves essential for both approaches to succeed in collaborative innovation networks.

  • From Technopoles to Regional Innovation Systems: The Evolution of Localised Technology Development Policy

    Philip Cooke · 2001

    This paper traces how governments worldwide adopted policies to build high-technology industry clusters, inspired by Silicon Valley's success in the 1970s-80s. It examines the shift from early technopole initiatives—modeled on Stanford's science park—toward regional innovation systems approaches. The work documents how Stanford's model, pioneered by Frederick Terman, spawned semiconductor companies like Intel and Fairchild, then influenced subsequent government strategies for promoting localized technology development.

  • Exploring the role of organizational creativity and open innovation in enhancing SMEs performance

    Augustina Asih Rumanti, Afrin Fauzya Rizana, Fandi Achmad · 2023 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This study examines how organizational creativity and open innovation affect small and medium enterprise performance in Indonesia. Using data from 206 SMEs, the research found that both organizational creativity and open innovation significantly improve business performance. The study defines organizational creativity as combining individual creativity, group creativity, internal environment, and knowledge creation—a broader framework than previous research. The findings counter the perception that research and development is too costly, demonstrating direct performance benefits.

  • A data-driven robust optimization in viable supply chain network design by considering Open Innovation and Blockchain Technology

    Reza Lotfi, Reza Hazrati, Sina Aghakhani, Mohamad Afshar, Mohsen Amra, Sadia Samar Ali · 2023 · Journal of Cleaner Production

    This paper develops a supply chain network design model that integrates open innovation and blockchain technology to improve resilience and sustainability. Using robust optimization and risk management techniques, the model minimizes costs while reducing CO2 emissions and energy consumption. The authors demonstrate that adding open innovation and blockchain platforms reduces costs by 0.2% and enhances overall supply chain performance against disruptions.

  • The differential effects of potential and realized absorptive capacity on imitation and innovation strategies, and its impact on sustained competitive advantage

    Mohammad Algarni, Murad Ali, Antonio L. Leal‐Rodríguez, Gema Albort-Morant · 2023 · Journal of Business Research

    This study examines how firms' ability to absorb external knowledge—both potential and realized absorptive capacity—influences their choice between imitation and innovation strategies. Using survey data from 211 managers and structural equation modeling, the authors find that imitation and innovation are complementary strategies rather than opposing ones. Organizations that effectively absorb external knowledge can leverage both strategies together to achieve sustained competitive advantage.

  • Business Model, Open Innovation, and Sustainability in Car Sharing Industry—Comparing Three Economies

    JinHyo Joseph Yun, Xiaofei Zhao, Jinxi Wu, John C. Yi, KyungBae Park, Wooyoung Jung · 2020 · Sustainability

    Car-sharing companies Uber, DiDi Chuxing, and KakaoT adopt different business models shaped by open innovation strategies and interactions with government, taxi industries, public transit, and automakers. The study finds business models are dynamic rather than fixed, and open innovation approaches directly determine how these firms structure revenue, responsibility, and system operations across the United States, China, and South Korea.

  • Smart City 4.0 from the Perspective of Open Innovation

    Yeji Yun, Minhwa Lee · 2019 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Smart cities can solve urban problems and improve quality of life by leveraging Industry 4.0 technologies and open innovation platforms. The paper argues that cities function as platforms where connectivity and innovation drive economic value creation. Through digital twins, cloud computing, and citizen participation via mobile devices, cities self-organize like complex adaptive systems. The authors propose a self-organizing city model based on a Smart City Tech-Socio framework to guide implementation strategies.

  • Knowledge Management, Knowledge Creation, and Open Innovation in Icelandic SMEs

    Elsa Grimsdottir, Ingi Rúnar Eðvarðsson · 2018 · SAGE Open

    Two Icelandic SMEs—a software company and a food producer—manage knowledge and innovation differently. The software company uses inside-out open innovation, engaging customers late in development. The food company uses outside-in innovation, involving customers and suppliers early. Both treat knowledge creation as a learning process, confirming that high-tech firms favor internal-to-external strategies while low-tech firms rely on external input from the start.

  • Green Governance: New Perspective from Open Innovation

    Weian Li, Jian Xu, Minna Zheng · 2018 · Sustainability

    This paper proposes a green governance framework that uses open innovation to balance economic development with environmental protection. The framework involves cooperation among enterprises, governments, social organizations, the public, and nature. It examines how open innovation activities can address resource and environmental externalities while coordinating economic and environmental values. The authors suggest countries and regions can adapt this framework to suit their environmental capacity and enterprises can use it to develop sustainable strategies.

  • Political Entrepreneurialism: Reflections of a Civil Servant on the Role of Political Institutions in Technology Innovation and Diffusion in Kenya

    Elijah Bitange Ndemo · 2015 · Stability International Journal of Security and Development

    Kenya's ICT sector achieved global prominence through political institutions that tolerated risk and partnered with private companies. A senior civil servant applied leadership theory to drive innovation and technology diffusion across education, health, agriculture, and financial services. The paper explains why Kenya outpaced neighboring countries and identifies political stability and corruption control as critical to sustaining this success.

  • Insights for orchestrating innovation ecosystems: the case of EIT ICT Labs and data-driven network visualisations

    Kaisa Still, Jukka Huhtamäki, Martha G. Russell, Neil Rubens · 2014 · International Journal of Technology Management

    This paper demonstrates how data-driven network visualization and social network analysis can help orchestrate innovation ecosystems. Using EIT ICT Labs as a case study, the authors reveal key actors, connections, and characteristics within Europe's ICT innovation ecosystem. Their framework enables decision-makers to develop shared vision and strategically guide ecosystem transformation through continuous visual and quantitative analysis.

  • The ‘KIBS Engine’ of Regional Innovation Systems: Empirical Evidence from European Regions

    Nicoletta Corrocher, Lucia Cusmano · 2012 · Regional Studies

    Knowledge-intensive business services (KIBS) drive regional innovation across Europe. The study maps how KIBS and manufacturing co-evolve in European regions, revealing that KIBS presence defines high-performing innovation systems, while their absence marks weak performers. Some core manufacturing regions follow a distinct path, transforming into knowledge-oriented service-manufacturing complexes rather than adopting traditional KIBS-dependent models.

  • The evolution and performance of biotechnology regional systems of innovation

    Jorge Niosi, Marc Banik · 2005 · Cambridge Journal of Economics

    Biotechnology regions develop as complex systems beginning with university research and knowledge spillovers, then progressing toward regional technology markets. Universities establish intellectual property and technology transfer offices to sell knowledge, while venture capital firms add biotechnology portfolios. The study of 90 Canadian biotechnology companies finds that firms in regional agglomerations grow faster than isolated ones, and university spin-offs outperform independent start-ups.

  • The role of research in regional innovation systems: new models meeting knowledge economy demands

    Philip Cooke · 2004 · International Journal of Technology Management

    Regional innovation systems are expanding across national economies, with over 100 empirical studies and 100 EU regional strategies implemented in the past decade. However, globalization pressures favor metropolitan areas over peripheral regions. New ground-up approaches emerging in Europe reveal how science, research, and innovation interconnect to build genuine competitiveness and address innovation deficits in lagging regions.

  • The impact of clean energy consumption, green innovation, and technological diffusion on environmental sustainability: New evidence from load capacity curve hypothesis for 10 European Union countries

    Mücahit Aydın, Tunahan Değirmenci · 2023 · Sustainable Development

    This study analyzes how clean energy consumption, green innovation, and technological diffusion affect environmental sustainability across ten European Union countries from 1990 to 2018. Using the load capacity curve hypothesis framework, researchers found that green innovation and technological diffusion significantly support environmental sustainability, with the hypothesis validated for Denmark, France, Portugal, and Spain. The findings demonstrate that these factors are critical for promoting environmentally friendly practices.

  • Economic, Functional, and Social Factors Influencing Electric Vehicles’ Adoption: An Empirical Study Based on the Diffusion of Innovation Theory

    Zhengwei Xia, Dongming Wu, Langlang Zhang · 2022 · Sustainability

    This study identifies factors driving electric vehicle adoption using diffusion of innovation theory. Survey data from 375 respondents reveals that perceived compatibility, complexity, and relative advantage predict EV adoption. Economic factors like subsidies and price risk, functional factors like intelligent features and sustainability concerns, and social factors like status and reputation significantly influence these perceptions. The findings help explain why EV market penetration lags despite environmental benefits.

  • The fall of the innovation empire and its possible rise through open science

    E. Richard Gold · 2021 · Research Policy

    The innovation system's effectiveness is declining because research costs rise exponentially while researcher productivity falls, resulting in flat innovation output. Three factors drive this decline: growing scientific complexity, misaligned incentives, and fragmented knowledge. Open science partnerships—public-private collaborations using open access publications, shared data and materials, and minimal intellectual property restrictions—can reverse this trend by improving system efficiency.

  • Industry 4.0 transition: a systematic literature review combining the absorptive capacity theory and the data–information–knowledge hierarchy

    Lorenzo Ardito, Roberto Cerchione, Erica Mazzola, Elisabetta Raguseo · 2021 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This systematic literature review examines Industry 4.0 digital transformation through a knowledge management lens, using absorptive capacity theory and the data-information-knowledge hierarchy. Analyzing 150 papers, the authors find that big data analytics receives the most research attention across all phases of knowledge acquisition and use, while internet of things technology is explored primarily for data collection. Cybersecurity and smart manufacturing remain understudied despite their relevance to digital transitions.

  • INITIATING OPEN INNOVATION COLLABORATIONS BETWEEN INCUMBENTS AND STARTUPS: HOW CAN DAVID AND GOLIATH GET ALONG?

    Julia Katharina de Groote, Julia Backmann · 2019 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    This study examines how large established firms select startup partners for open innovation collaborations. Using qualitative research with perspectives from both incumbents and startups plus external experts, the authors develop a process model showing how partner selection works in these asymmetric partnerships. The research addresses a gap in understanding how open innovation collaborations actually get initiated, beyond just their success factors.

  • Broad Search, Deep Search, and the Absorptive Capacity Performance of Family and Nonfamily Firm R&amp;D

    Jasper Brinkerink · 2018 · Family Business Review

    Family firms and nonfamily firms learn differently from their R&D investments. Family influence strengthens the ability to convert R&D into exploitative innovations through deep external search, but weakens the ability to develop exploratory innovations through broad external search. Analysis of 346 Dutch manufacturing firms confirms this pattern.

  • Varieties of responsibility: two problems of responsible innovation

    Ibo van de Poel, Martin Sand · 2018 · Synthese

    This paper examines what responsibilities innovators actually bear toward society and stakeholders. The authors identify two core problems: first, innovation involves many agents and unpredictable causal chains, making it hard to assign responsibility fairly; second, backward-looking blame for failures can discourage forward-looking learning. They resolve these tensions by distinguishing between holding innovators responsible and their willingness to take responsibility, and by clarifying that responsibility applies to both innovation processes and outcomes. Accountability and virtue-based responsibility matter most.

  • Intellectual Property Norms in Online Communities: How User-Organized Intellectual Property Regulation Supports Innovation

    Julia Bauer, Nikolaus Franke, Philipp Tuertscher · 2016 · Information Systems Research

    User-organized intellectual property norms in online communities like Threadless enable innovation by providing legal certainty and protecting creators' work without formal law enforcement. The study identifies an integrated system of established norms that regulate IP use, fostering cooperation and cumulative innovation in anonymous, large-scale communities. These norms-based systems compensate for formal IP law's ineffectiveness online and offer practical guidance for managing crowdsourcing platforms.

  • Information systems absorptive capacity for environmentally driven IS‐enabled transformation

    Vanessa Cooper, Alemayehu Molla · 2016 · Information Systems Journal

    Organizations can leverage information systems to address environmental sustainability by developing IS-environmental absorptive capacity—the ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply environmental knowledge through IS. The study identifies that sustainable IS triggers, knowledge exposure, and prior experience build this capacity, which then drives environmentally sustainable IS adoption and improves cost savings, operational performance, and organizational reputation. Survey and case study evidence confirm the model.

  • A Holistic Model of Building Innovation Ecosystems

    Ricardo J. Rabelo, Péter Bernus · 2015 · IFAC-PapersOnLine

    This paper systematizes the lifecycle processes required to build innovation ecosystems. The authors review existing knowledge and identify key factors that influence how these ecosystems evolve over time. They highlight open questions and suggest future research directions for understanding ecosystem development.

  • Disruptive Innovation … in Reverse: Adding a Geographical Dimension to Disruptive Innovation Theory

    Simone Corsi, Alberto Di Minin · 2013 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    This paper integrates disruptive innovation theory with reverse innovation to explain how emerging economies generate new products and technological solutions. The authors propose a geographical framework for categorizing disruptive innovation, showing that innovations originating in developing regions can challenge established markets globally. The work expands innovation theory by recognizing emerging economies as legitimate sources of disruption rather than mere adopters.

  • The combined influence of top and middle management leadership styles on absorptive capacity

    Peter Y. T. Sun, Marc H. Anderson · 2011 · Management Learning

    This study examines how leadership styles of top and middle managers together influence organizational absorptive capacity—the ability to learn and apply new knowledge. The research finds that different management style combinations work best for different learning types: exploratory learning requires both levels to use transformational leadership, transformative learning works when top management uses transformational and middle management uses transactional styles, and exploitative learning succeeds when both use transactional styles. Organizational context attributes also affect how well these leadership combinations perform.

  • Networking and innovation in SMEs: evidence from Guangdong Province, China

    XU Zong-ling, Jia-Li Lin, Danming Lin · 2008 · Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development

    This study examines how business network structures affect innovation in small and medium-sized enterprises. Using survey data from 92 packaging and printing firms in Guangdong Province, China, the researchers found that network density, reciprocity, and multiplicity positively correlate with firms' innovative capabilities. SMEs can boost innovation by strategically understanding and leveraging their business network structures.

  • MNC KNOWLEDGE TRANSFER, SUBSIDIARY ABSORPTIVE CAPACITY AND HRM.

    Dana Minbaeva, Torben Pedersen, Ingmar Björkman, Carl F. Fey · 2002 · Academy of Management Proceedings

    This study of 169 multinational corporation subsidiaries in the USA, Russia, and Finland shows that human resource management practices strengthen subsidiaries' ability to absorb and apply knowledge from parent companies. The research identifies absorptive capacity as having two components—employee ability and motivation—and demonstrates that when both dimensions work together, knowledge transfer from other parts of the corporation becomes significantly more effective.

  • The Impact of Absorptive Capacity on Innovation: The Mediating Role of Organizational Learning

    Rafael Sancho-Zamora, Felipe Hernández‐Perlines, Isidro Peña García‐Pardo, Santiago Gutiérrez-Broncano · 2022 · International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health

    This study examines how absorptive capacity drives innovation in small and medium-sized Spanish companies, revealing that organizational learning acts as a critical mediator in this relationship. Using structural equation modeling on 306 company surveys, the research shows that absorptive capacity translates into actual innovation primarily when learning capability is actively engaged. The findings help organizations understand how to manage knowledge more effectively to boost innovation performance.

  • On the nexus of innovation, trade openness, financial development and economic growth in European countries: New perspective from a GMM panel VAR approach

    Kais Mtar, Walid Belazreg · 2021 · International Journal of Finance & Economics

    This study analyzes relationships between innovation, trade openness, financial development, and economic growth across 11 European countries from 2001 to 2016. The research finds that economic growth drives financial development, and trade drives growth, but innovation and trade both show negative relationships with growth. The authors recommend stronger financial regulation, country-specific innovation policies, improved institutional quality, and targeted incentives for local companies to maximize benefits from trade openness.

  • Cross-national knowledge transfer, absorptive capacity, and total factor productivity: the intermediary effect test of international technology spillover

    Haichao Yu, Jianqing Zhang, Minqi Zhang, Fei Fan · 2021 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Cross-national knowledge transfer improves total factor productivity across China's provinces by strengthening absorptive capacity through foreign direct investment, trade, and technology spillovers. Domestic infrastructure, R&D investment, human capital, and economic openness enhance a region's ability to absorb and use international knowledge. Import trade generates the strongest spillover effects linking knowledge transfer to productivity gains.

  • Regional innovation systems: what can we learn from 25 years of scientific achievements?

    Cristina Fernandes, Luí­s Farinha, João J. Ferreira, Björn Asheim, Roel Rutten · 2020 · Regional Studies

    This paper reviews 25 years of research on regional innovation systems, identifying four main clusters in the literature: regional knowledge systems, institutional systems, research and development systems, and network systems. The authors map different theoretical approaches to regional innovation systems using bibliometric analysis, providing a foundation for policymakers and researchers to design new territorial innovation policies and guide future research directions.

  • The impact of open-border organization culture and employees’ knowledge, attitudes, and rewards with regards to open innovation: an empirical study

    Deemah Alassaf, Marina Dabić, Dara Shifrer, Tuğrul Daim · 2020 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Organizations with open-border cultures are significantly more likely to adopt open innovation practices. Employee knowledge and rewards act as key mediators strengthening this relationship. The study analyzed 528 employees across 28 industrial sectors in 37 European countries, finding that organizational openness directly increases open innovation adoption, while employee knowledge and reward systems amplify this effect.

  • Achieving enhanced electromagnetic shielding and absorption capacity of cellulose-derived carbon aerogels <i>via</i> tuning the carbonization temperature

    Tiantian Bai, Yan Guo, Hu Liu, Gang Song, Dianbo Zhang, Yaming Wang, Liwei Mi, Zhanhu Guo, Chuntai Liu, Changyu Shen · 2020 · Journal of Materials Chemistry C

    Researchers developed cellulose-derived carbon aerogels with improved electromagnetic shielding and absorption properties by adjusting carbonization temperature during manufacturing. The simple temperature-tuning approach enhances the material's ability to block and absorb electromagnetic radiation, offering practical applications in shielding technology.

  • Innovating Pedagogy 2019: Open University Innovation Report 7

    Rebecca Ferguson, Tim Coughlan, Kjetil Egelandsdal, Mark Gaved, Christothea Herodotou, Garron Hillaire, Derek C. Jones, Iestyn Jowers, Agnes Kukulska‐Hulme, Patrick McAndrew, Kamila Misiejuk, Ness, Johanna, Bart Rienties, Eileen Scanlon, Mike Sharples, Barbara Wasson, Martin Weller, Denise Whitelock · 2019 · Open Research Online (The Open University)

    This report identifies ten emerging pedagogical innovations already in use but not yet widely adopted in education systems. The innovations address teaching, learning, and assessment for interactive environments. The report aims to guide teachers and policymakers in implementing these approaches effectively to improve educational outcomes.

  • Key settings for successful Open Innovation Arena

    Ashwin Sivam, Teresa Dieguez, Luı́s Pinto Ferreira, F.J.G. Silva · 2019 · Journal of Computational Design and Engineering

    This paper identifies the key conditions for establishing successful open innovation arenas within organizations. Through a survey of 25 researchers at a Portuguese engineering institute, the authors find that culture, leadership, and strategy are the primary drivers enabling firms to access external knowledge and collaborate effectively. Culture emerges as the most critical factor, followed by resources, processes, and measurement systems that support open innovation practices.

  • Open Service Innovation: The Role of Intermediary Capabilities

    Krithika Randhawa, Ralf Wilden, Siegfried P. Gudergan · 2018 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Intermediaries with digital service platforms develop three key capabilities—technological, marketing, and co-creation—to help clients innovate their services. Co-creation capabilities act as a higher-order capability that shapes and improves how technological and marketing capabilities work together. These intermediaries enable clients to overcome internal barriers and successfully pursue open service innovation within their service ecosystems.

  • The Influence of Entrepreneurship and Social Networks on Economic Growth—From a Sustainable Innovation Perspective

    Fengwen Chen, Long-Wang Fu, Kai Wang, Sang‐Bing Tsai, Ching-Hsia Su · 2018 · Sustainability

    Entrepreneurship and social networks both significantly drive regional economic growth in China, with effects varying by geography. Eastern regions benefit most from entrepreneurship, while central regions gain more from social networking. The study analyzed 31 Chinese provinces from 2007–2016 using dynamic panel methods, finding that entrepreneurship's impact strengthens when combined with social networks. Policymakers should tailor entrepreneurship support to regional conditions and leverage social networks to maximize economic efficiency.

  • Under What Conditions Do School Districts Learn From External Partners? The Role of Absorptive Capacity

    Caitlin C. Farrell, Cynthia E. Coburn, Seenae Chong · 2018 · American Educational Research Journal

    Two departments in an urban school district worked with the same external partner on improvement efforts, but only one successfully integrated the partner's ideas into policies and routines. The difference stemmed from organizational conditions that foster absorptive capacity—the ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply external knowledge—and the quality of interactions between departments and their partners.

  • Implementing Responsible Research and Innovation Practices in SMEs: Insights into Drivers and Barriers from the Austrian Medical Device Sector

    Alexander Auer, Katharina Jarmai · 2017 · Sustainability

    Austrian medical device SMEs largely lack awareness of Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) as a formal concept, yet many already practice elements of it. The paper identifies drivers and barriers to RRI implementation in small firms, showing that SMEs can build on existing responsible practices to develop more comprehensive RRI approaches tailored to their organizational contexts and constraints.

  • How Environmental Innovations Emerge and Proliferate in Supply Networks: A Complex Adaptive Systems Perspective

    Anand Nair, Tingting Yan, Young K. Ro, Adegoke Oke, Todd H. Chiles, Su‐Yol Lee · 2015 · Journal of Supply Chain Management

    Environmental innovations in supply networks emerge through self-organizing processes that cross organizational boundaries, according to this qualitative study of two firms. The research shows that once innovations enter the network, they spread through decentralized coordination rather than top-down control by dominant firms. The authors develop a process model explaining how environmental innovations come into being and proliferate across supply networks over time.

  • Elementary Classroom Teachers’ Adoption of Physical Activity Promotion in the Context of a Statewide Policy: An Innovation Diffusion and Socio-Ecologic Perspective

    Collin A. Webster, Peter Caputi, Melanie Perreault, Rob Doan, Panayiotis Doutis, R. Glenn Weaver · 2013 · Journal of Teaching in Physical Education

    A study of 201 elementary teachers in South Carolina examined how they adopted physical activity promotion in classrooms following a state policy mandate. Teachers with greater policy awareness and perceived school support were more likely to adopt the practice. The adoption also depended on teachers viewing the activity as compatible, simple, and observable, and on their general innovativeness. The findings identify key factors that influence whether teachers implement policy-driven physical activity initiatives.

  • Evolution, roots and influence of the literature on National Systems of Innovation: a bibliometric account

    Aurora A.C. Teixeira · 2013 · Cambridge Journal of Economics

    This bibliometric analysis traces the National Systems of Innovation literature from its roots in innovation economics and science policy research through its evolution over 20 years. The field shows irregular publication patterns and lacks a unified analytical framework. While NSI research concentrates in the United Kingdom, Denmark, and the United States, its influence spreads globally across economics, geography, environmental studies, and business disciplines, with citations from scholars worldwide particularly in Latin America and Asia.

  • Leveraging Open Innovation Using Intermediary Networks

    Corey Billington, Rhoda Davidson · 2012 · Production and Operations Management

    Open innovation intermediary networks like InnoCentive connect firms seeking solutions with external knowledge holders through one-off transactions. The paper shows that companies successfully source codified and uncodified knowledge through these platforms by applying procurement and design engineering processes to create organizational learning routines. These routines enable effective knowledge transfer and competitive advantage despite theoretical challenges in knowledge search and transfer.

  • OPENNESS IN PRODUCT AND PROCESS INNOVATION

    Fang Huang, John Rice · 2012 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    Open innovation benefits both product and process innovation in Australian firms, but external information sources show diminishing returns over time. Internal and external knowledge complement each other primarily for new products and services rather than process innovation. Investment in absorptive capacity yields declining marginal returns for process innovation but not for product innovation.

  • Managing knowledge within networked innovation

    Katri Valkokari, Jaakko Paasi, Tuija Rantala · 2012 · Knowledge Management Research & Practice

    Firms succeed in networked innovation by adopting strategic knowledge management practices. The paper identifies two types of innovation networks: those exchanging explicit knowledge and intellectual property, and those co-creating new knowledge and opportunities. Success requires firms to understand their partners' business models and strategic motivations, enabling effective knowledge management across collaborative relationships.

  • Enabling knowledge creation through outsiders: towards a push model of open innovation

    Sebastian Spaeth, Matthias Stuermer, Georg von Krogh · 2010 · International Journal of Technology Management

    This paper introduces a push model of open innovation where external individuals and organizations voluntarily create and contribute knowledge to firms' projects. Analyzing the Eclipse Development Platform, the authors find that outsiders invest as much effort as the founding firm. They identify four enabling conditions: preemptive generosity, continuous commitment, adaptive governance, and low entry barriers that facilitate this external knowledge creation and contribution.

  • Open innovation models adopted in practice: an extensive study in Italy

    Valentina Lazzarotti, Raffaella Manzini, Luisa Pellegrini · 2010 · Measuring Business Excellence

    Italian manufacturing companies adopt open innovation in four distinct models, varying by how many external partners they collaborate with and how many innovation process phases they open to outsiders. The study identifies 'open and closed innovators,' 'integrated collaborators,' and 'specialized collaborators,' showing that openness is not a binary choice but a spectrum companies calibrate to their specific contexts and performance goals.

  • Industry Convergence and Its Implications for the Front End of Innovation: A Problem of Absorptive Capacity

    Stefanie Bröring, Jens Leker · 2007 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    When industries converge, companies struggle with idea generation and selection because they must integrate knowledge from different sectors. This study analyzed 54 R&D projects to understand how firms innovate during convergence. The research reveals that companies use different approaches to manage convergence innovation, and firms must develop absorptive capacity on both market and technological dimensions to succeed.

  • The Importance of Public Research Institutes in Innovative Networks-Empirical Results from the Metropolitan Innovation Systems Barcelona, Stockholm and Vienna

    Javier Revilla Diez · 2000 · European Planning Studies

    Public research institutes play a smaller role in supporting business innovation than regional innovation theory suggests. Analysis of three European metropolitan areas—Barcelona, Stockholm, and Vienna—using the Regional Innovation Survey reveals that while research institutes are considered important for innovation networks, firms actually rely on them less than conceptual models predict.

  • How does smart technology, artificial intelligence, automation, robotics, and algorithms (STAARA) awareness affect hotel employees’ career perceptions? A disruptive innovation theory perspective

    Xingtai Zhang, Hongyan Jin · 2023 · Journal of Hospitality Marketing & Management

    Hotel employees who perceive smart technology and AI negatively report higher job insecurity and desire to leave. Career progression opportunities reduce this effect. The study shows that employees with strong advancement prospects feel less threatened by automation, regardless of their views on the technology. Career development emerges as a practical strategy to help workers adapt to technological disruption in hospitality.

  • The role of digital business transformation in frugal innovation and SMEs’ resilience in emerging markets

    Khaled Saleh Al-Omoush, Carlos Lassala Navarré, Samuel Ribeiro‐Navarrete · 2023 · International Journal of Emerging Markets

    Digital business transformation significantly strengthens frugal innovation and SME resilience in emerging markets. Organizational learning drives all three factors. The study surveyed 214 SME owners and managers, finding that companies must develop dynamic capabilities in digital transformation, frugal innovation, and organizational learning to survive and thrive in emerging market conditions.

  • To walk in beauty: Sustainable leadership, frugal innovation and environmental performance

    Qaisar Iqbal, Noor Hazlina Ahmad, Zeyun Li, Yongmei Li · 2021 · Managerial and Decision Economics

    This study examines how sustainable leadership affects environmental performance in large Pakistani manufacturing firms, with frugal innovation playing a mediating role. Researchers surveyed 500 employees and found that frugal innovation partially explains the relationship between sustainable leadership and improved environmental outcomes. The findings suggest that leaders adopting sustainable practices and resource-efficient innovation strategies can enhance their firms' environmental performance.

  • The impact of knowledge management on performance in nonprofit sports clubs: the mediating role of attitude toward innovation, open innovation, and innovativeness

    Vahid Delshab, Mathieu Winand, Saeed Sadeghi Boroujerdi, Larena Hoeber, Abed Mahmoudian · 2020 · European Sport Management Quarterly

    Knowledge management directly improves performance in nonprofit sports clubs and indirectly boosts it by fostering positive attitudes toward innovation and open innovation practices. Clubs that systematically develop and share knowledge—from both internal and external sources—enhance their ability to adopt external ideas, build innovation-friendly cultures, and ultimately innovate more effectively and perform better organizationally.

  • Exploring Innovation Ecosystem from the Perspective of Sustainability: Towards a Conceptual Framework

    Zheng Liu, Victoria Stephens · 2019 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This paper develops a conceptual framework connecting innovation and sustainability across three levels: individual firms, supply chains, and broader ecosystems. The authors argue that achieving sustainable innovation requires involving multiple stakeholders—customers, partners, government, and universities—working together systematically. The framework emerges from literature review and case studies, identifying how different actors can collaborate to embed sustainability into innovation processes.

  • Jack of All, Master of Some: Information Network and Innovation in Crowdsourcing Communities

    Elina H. Hwang, Param Vir Singh, Linda Argote · 2019 · Information Systems Research

    Firms that operate both customer support and innovation crowdsourcing communities gain significant advantages. Participants who engage in customer support communities accumulate knowledge about customer needs and solutions, which they then apply to generate higher-quality, more novel and feasible ideas in innovation communities. Companies can identify high-potential innovators by tracking their customer support activities and strategically mobilize them for innovation tasks.

  • Local governance innovation in China: experimentation, diffusion, and defiance

    Xuelian Chen · 2016 · Journal of Chinese Governance

    This paper examines how local governments in China innovate through experimentation, adoption, and resistance to new governance approaches. The author analyzes the mechanisms by which innovative governance practices emerge at the local level, spread to other regions, and sometimes challenge or circumvent higher-level policies. The research reveals patterns in how Chinese localities develop and implement governance innovations.

  • When do firms undertake open, collaborative activities? Introduction to the special section on open innovation and open business models

    Christopher L. Tucci, Henry Chesbrough, Frank T. Piller, Joel West · 2016 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    This introductory article frames the intellectual context of the World Open Innovation Conference, summarizing four leading papers on open innovation and open business models. The authors synthesize conference submissions and sessions to establish a research agenda for understanding when and why firms engage in collaborative, open innovation activities.

  • Organising for reverse innovation in Western MNCs: the role of frugal product innovation capabilities

    Marco Zeschky, Bastian Widenmayer, Oliver Gassmann · 2014 · International Journal of Technology Management

    Western multinational companies in healthcare and electronics develop reverse innovations—products first adopted in developing countries—by locating design and development in resource-constrained subsidiaries. The study of four companies shows that frugal product innovation capabilities, not headquarters location, determine success in reverse innovation. Building these capabilities in subsidiaries operating under resource constraints proves critical for generating innovations that work in developing markets.

  • Start-up absorptive capacity: Does the owner’s human and social capital matter?

    Jonas Debrulle, Johan Maes, Luc Sels · 2013 · International Small Business Journal Researching Entrepreneurship

    Owner human and social capital significantly influence how new ventures absorb external information. Analysis of 199 Flemish start-ups shows that owner experience and bridging social capital boost absorptive capacity. Management experience helps in dynamic environments but hinders performance in stable ones. The effect of owner human capital decreases as environmental turbulence increases.

  • Networking Democracy? Social Media Innovations And Participatory Politics

    Brian D. Loader, Dan Mercea · 2011 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    Social media platforms offer new possibilities for democratic participation through open, collaborative networking, but evidence suggests a more cautious view is warranted. The paper examines claims about social media's capacity to strengthen participatory democracy, acknowledging both its potential to disrupt traditional power structures and its limitations in delivering genuine democratic renewal.

  • Knowledge Ecologies and Ecosystems? An Empirically Grounded Reflection on Recent Developments in Innovation Systems Theory

    Theo Papaioannou, David Wield, Joanna Chataway · 2009 · Environment and Planning C Government and Policy

    This paper critiques the shift from innovation systems theory toward knowledge ecology and ecosystem frameworks. Using Cambridge's biotech sector as evidence, the authors argue these biological metaphors create conceptual problems including reductionism and functionalism. They contend that understanding innovation requires grounding analysis in historical socioeconomic development and the social division of labor, rather than applying abstract ecological concepts.

  • Prospects for Developing Absorptive Capacity Through Internal Information Provision

    Andrew A. King, Michael Lenox · 2004 · SSRN Electronic Journal

    Managers can build organizational absorptive capacity by distributing knowledge internally to employees who might adopt new practices. The effectiveness of this information provision depends on what employees already know from other sources. Prior experience with related practices strengthens the impact of managerial information, while knowledge from previous adopters weakens it. This clarifies when absorptive capacity creates lasting competitive advantage.

  • Clinical Team Functioning and IT Innovation: A Study of the Diffusion of a Point-of-care Online Evidence System

    A. Sophie Gosling · 2003 · Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association

    Clinical team functioning significantly affects whether healthcare teams effectively use online evidence systems to improve patient care, though it doesn't determine initial awareness or adoption. Small teams showed greater awareness of the system than large teams. The study of 180 clinicians across three Australian hospitals demonstrates that team climate matters most at the implementation stage of innovation diffusion, supporting Rogers' diffusion theory.

  • "The Golden Thread of Innovation' and Northern Ireland's Evolving Regional Innovation System

    Philip Cooke, Stephen Roper, Peter Wylie · 2003 · Regional Studies

    Northern Ireland's innovation performance improved with rising business R&D spending, but many firms remain underperformers. Three categories of innovative firms developed strong systemic interactions with a venture capital-led support infrastructure that flexibly meets growth needs of local innovators. This private sector model sets a standard that public agencies should adopt in their regional innovation strategies.

  • Innovation and users: virtual reality in the construction sector

    Jennifer Whyte · 2003 · Construction Management and Economics

    Construction firms act as users of virtual reality technology developed outside their sector, shaping how the technology evolves through their practical needs. A study of 11 construction organizations found that project characteristics—particularly project size and design reuse—drive different technological requirements for virtual reality use. These divergent user needs, communicated to suppliers, generate distinct solutions tailored to different project types.

  • The Third Generation of Community Policing: Moving Through Innovation, Diffusion, and Institutionalization

    Willard M. Oliver · 2000 · Police Quarterly

    This paper traces community policing's evolution through three distinct generations: innovation, diffusion, and institutionalization. The author argues that community policing has transformed significantly since the late 1970s, and understanding this progression through these three stages clarifies the concept's development and helps predict its future direction in contemporary policing practice.

  • Consumer Behavior in Clothing Industry and Its Relationship with Open Innovation Dynamics during the COVID-19 Pandemic

    Ardvin Kester S. Ong, Maria Cleofas, Yogi Tri Prasetyo, Thanatorn Chuenyindee, Michael Nayat Young, John Francis T. Diaz, Reny Nadlifatin, Anak Agung Ngurah Perwira Redi · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This study examined how Filipino consumers' clothing purchases changed during COVID-19. Using surveys of 457 respondents, researchers found that marketing mix strategies—including advertisements, promotions, and sales—most strongly influenced actual purchase behavior. COVID-19 severity and consumer self-efficacy also shaped purchasing decisions. The findings show that innovation in marketing approaches and health safety measures drove clothing sales during the pandemic.

  • Ecosystem effectuation: creating new value through open innovation during a pandemic

    Agnieszka Radziwon, Marcel Bogers, Henry Chesbrough, Timo Minssen · 2021 · R and D Management

    During the COVID-19 pandemic, AirAsia transformed its grounded airline operations by building an open innovation ecosystem rather than pursuing incremental improvements. The company created new value by reconfiguring its business model based on available resources and capabilities, introducing the concept of ecosystem effectuation. This case demonstrates how organizations facing financial distress can use radical ambidexterity and open innovation to survive and generate opportunities.

  • Absorptive capacity, marketing capabilities, and innovation commercialisation in Nigeria

    Stephen Kehinde Medase, Laura Barasa · 2019 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Nigerian manufacturing and service firms that invest in absorptive capacity—through openness to external knowledge and formal training—and develop marketing capabilities for new products commercialize innovations more successfully. The study reveals that learning capacity and marketing skills directly drive innovation performance, suggesting government policies should support both knowledge absorption and marketing innovation to help firms capture value from their innovations.

  • Aligning sustainability assessment with responsible research and innovation: Towards a framework for Constructive Sustainability Assessment

    Nicholas E. Matthews, Laurence Stamford, Philip Shapira · 2019 · Sustainable Production and Consumption

    This paper develops a Constructive Sustainability Assessment framework that combines life-cycle thinking with responsible research and innovation principles to evaluate emerging technologies. The framework uses four design principles—transdisciplinarity, opening-up, exploring uncertainty, and anticipation—and a three-step process involving stakeholder collaboration, sustainability evaluation, and deliberative interpretation. The approach enables scientists, engineers, and policymakers to govern emerging technologies toward sustainability outcomes.

  • Benefits and costs of open innovation: the BeCO framework

    Marco Greco, Michele Grimaldi, Livio Cricelli · 2018 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This study examines whether the benefits of open innovation outweigh its costs for small and medium manufacturing enterprises. The authors developed a framework identifying twelve propositions about benefits and costs of inbound and outbound open innovation. Testing this framework on 96 firms, they found that most companies experience the identified benefits and costs, but surprisingly few suffer from not-invented-here syndrome or loss of competitive advantage.

  • Open innovation based knowledge management implementation: a mediating role of knowledge management design

    Ing‐Long Wu, Yaping Hu · 2018 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Open innovation drives successful knowledge management implementation in organizations. The study shows that open innovation processes significantly influence how knowledge management systems should be designed, which in turn determines implementation success. Knowledge management processes reinforce each other through interaction effects. Organizations must adapt their knowledge management design based on their chosen open innovation approach to achieve effective knowledge management outcomes.

  • Evaluating the adoption of evidence-based practice using Rogers’s diffusion of innovation theory: a model testing study

    Mohammad Mehdi Mohammadi, Roghayeh Poursaberi, Mohammad Reza Salahshoor · 2017 · Health Promotion Perspectives

    This study applies Rogers's diffusion of innovation theory to understand evidence-based practice adoption in healthcare settings. The research identifies that attitude toward innovation has the strongest influence on adoption, alongside individual innovation capacity, knowledge, and perceived attributes of the practices themselves. The findings provide guidance for designing training programs that effectively promote evidence-based practice adoption.

  • Responsible Innovation: A Complementary View from Industry with Proposals for Bridging Different Perspectives

    Marc Dreyer, Luc Chefneux, Anne Goldberg, Joachim von Heimburg, Norberto Patrignani, Monica Schofield, Chris Shilling · 2017 · Sustainability

    Industry leaders argue that academic research on Responsible Research and Innovation fails to influence industrial practice because concepts and tools don't align with how companies actually operate. The authors propose bridging the gap between academic RRI frameworks and industry innovation processes by integrating related fields like corporate social responsibility, ethical leadership, and sustainable investment. They call for clearer terminology and methodologies that guide industrial innovation toward better societal outcomes.

  • Public support for innovation and the openness of firms’ innovation activities

    Marcelo Cano‐Kollmann, Robert D. Hamilton, Ram Mudambi · 2016 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    Public support for innovation increases firms' openness to external collaboration and open innovation practices across 5,000+ European firms. However, this effect weakens for already-innovative firms, suggesting potential crowding-out. Non-financial support—institutions and policies—proves more effective than monetary subsidies at fostering open innovation, offering budget-constrained policymakers a cost-effective alternative.

  • Inbound and Outbound Open Innovation: Organization and Performances

    Francesca Michelino, Mauro Caputo, Antonello Cammarano, Emilia Lamberti · 2014 · Journal of technology management & innovation

    This study examines how open innovation practices relate to company characteristics, R&D organization, and financial performance in 126 major bio-pharmaceutical firms from 2008-2012. Small and young companies adopt open innovation most frequently. Inbound practices (acquiring external knowledge) substitute for internal R&D and show an inverted-U relationship with performance, while outbound practices (licensing out technology) complement internal R&D but correlate with declining financial performance.

  • <scp>CAP</scp> Reform and Innovation: The Role of Learning and Innovation Networks

    Gianluca Brunori, Dominique Barjolle, Anne‐Charlotte Dockes, Simone Helmle, Julie Ingram, Laurens Klerkx, Heidrun Moschitz, Gusztáv Nemes, Tālis Tīsenkopfs · 2013 · EuroChoices

    European agricultural innovation requires networks connecting farmers, experts, businesses, and knowledge institutions to develop sustainable practices. The paper proposes Learning and Innovation Networks for Sustainable Agriculture (LINSA) as policy mechanisms that enable knowledge sharing and collaborative problem-solving across the rural economy. These networks can help agriculture adapt to future environmental and economic constraints while advancing sustainability goals.

  • Efficiency and effectiveness between open and closed innovation: empirical evidence in South Korean manufacturers

    Young-Im Bae, Hyunjoon Chang · 2012 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This study compares open and closed innovation approaches in South Korean manufacturers, introducing new performance measures called efficiency and effectiveness. The research finds that firms using open innovation—acquiring technology and knowledge from external sources—demonstrate significantly higher efficiency and effectiveness than closed innovation firms. The findings demonstrate that external knowledge acquisition positively impacts firm performance.

  • Communication channels, innovation tasks and NPD project outcomes in innovation‐driven horizontal networks

    Adegoke Oke, Moronke Idiagbon‐Oke · 2010 · Journal of Operations Management

    This study examines how communication channels affect new product development in inter-organizational networks. Analyzing 93 innovation-driven horizontal networks with 372 respondents, the researchers found that tasks requiring less analysis use richer communication channels, which in turn strengthen network ties and reduce development time. Communication channel richness partially mediates the relationship between task complexity and project outcomes.

  • Overcoming barriers to innovation in SMEs in China: A perspective based cooperation network

    Xuemei Xie, Saixing Zeng, C. M. Tam · 2010 · Innovation

    Chinese manufacturing SMEs face significant innovation barriers, with lack of technical experts being the primary obstacle. Customer relationships emerge as the most valuable cooperation partners for innovation. Tax incentives are the most effective policy support. The research shows SMEs struggle with innovation success and require tailored policies addressing both internal constraints and firm characteristics like size and ownership structure.

  • Innovation Diffusion Modeling in the Construction Industry

    Serdar Kale, David Arditi · 2009 · Journal of Construction Engineering and Management

    This study examines how technological and administrative innovations spread through Turkey's construction industry using a flexible diffusion model. The research tracks adoption of CAD technology in architectural design and ISO 9000 certification in precast concrete firms. Internal influence—firms copying peers—drives adoption more than external factors like marketing. The strength of internal influence changes over time differently for each innovation type, offering construction firms practical insights into how imitation shapes technology adoption.

  • MANAGING WITHIN DISTRIBUTED INNOVATION NETWORKS

    Lawrence Dooley, David O’Sullivan · 2007 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    Effective innovation requires management across organizational networks involving suppliers, customers, and partners. This paper identifies relational capabilities needed for distributed innovation management—where multiple organizations collaborate to co-design, co-produce, and co-service customer needs. The authors present a framework and tools supporting innovation from individual employees to network level, illustrated through a case study of six biotechnology organizations working together.

  • Modeling diffusion of innovations in a social network

    X. Guardiola, Albert Dı́az-Guilera, Conrad J. Pérez, Àlex Arenas, Mateu Llas · 2002 · Physical review. E, Statistical physics, plasmas, fluids, and related interdisciplinary topics

    This paper presents a mathematical model showing how innovations spread through social networks when people must weigh upgrade benefits against costs. Agents decide whether to improve their technology level based on local information and economic trade-offs. The model identifies a critical threshold where technological adoption follows power-law patterns, and this threshold maximizes long-term technological growth across the network.

  • Optimizing Integrated‐Loss Capacities via Asymmetric Electronic Environments for Highly Efficient Electromagnetic Wave Absorption

    Panbo Liu, Shuyun Zheng, Zizhuang He, Chang Qu, Leqian Zhang, Bo Ouyang, Fan Wu, Jie Kong · 2024 · Small

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It describes materials science research on electromagnetic wave absorption using metal-organic framework derivatives with embedded zinc atoms, cobalt nanoclusters, and structural defects. The work focuses on optimizing electronic environments to improve polarization loss mechanisms for absorbing electromagnetic waves, achieving high absorption bandwidth through interfacial engineering.

  • Digitalizing business models in hospitality ecosystems: toward data-driven innovation

    Orlando Troisi, Anna Visvizi, Mara Grimaldi · 2023 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Hospitality businesses must adopt data-driven business models to innovate and create value in digital ecosystems. This study interviewed managers at hotels, bed-and-breakfasts, and guesthouses to identify how they use data strategically. The research reveals that strategy is central to enabling data-driven innovation in hospitality, and develops a framework applicable to other service industries and small-to-medium enterprises seeking to leverage data for competitive advantage.

  • How does IT capability affect open innovation performance? The mediating effect of absorptive capacity

    Suming Wu, Xiuhao Ding, Ruihong Liu, Hui Gao · 2019 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    This study examines how information technology capability drives open innovation performance in Chinese firms. Using survey data from 232 companies, the researchers found that both internal and external IT capabilities boost open innovation performance. Absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new knowledge—mediates this relationship. The findings suggest Chinese businesses should strengthen the connection between IT investment, knowledge absorption, and innovation outcomes.

  • Towards regional responsible research and innovation? Integrating RRI and RIS3 in European innovation policy

    Rune Dahl Fitjar, Paul Benneworth, Björn Asheim · 2019 · Science and Public Policy

    This paper proposes integrating two European Union innovation policy frameworks—Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) and Research and Innovation Strategies for Smart Specialisation (RIS3)—at the regional level. The authors identify tensions between the approaches: RIS3 emphasizes place-based strategies but lacks RRI's attention to diverse stakeholder values, while RRI lacks geographical specificity. The paper argues that combining both frameworks' strengths is necessary to address Europe's innovation challenges.

  • Open data for open innovation: managing absorptive capacity in SMEs

    Franz Huber, Thomas Wainwright, Francesco Rentocchini · 2018 · R and D Management

    Small and medium enterprises struggle to use open data for innovation because they lack specific capabilities to acquire, process, and apply it effectively. The study identifies core factors that shape how SMEs handle open data and finds that without developing these unique capabilities, most SMEs cannot successfully leverage open data for digital innovation, explaining why adoption remains limited.

  • Frugal or Fair? The Unfulfilled Promises of Frugal Innovation

    Mario Pansera · 2018 · Technology Innovation Management Review

    Frugal innovation has gained widespread attention among academics, practitioners, and corporations over the past two decades. This paper examines whether frugal innovation actually delivers on its promises, questioning the gap between the concept's popularity and its real-world outcomes in addressing development challenges and sustainability.

  • Fostering Scaleup Ecosystems for Regional Economic Growth (<i>Innovations Case Narrative</i>: Manizales-Mas and Scale Up Milwaukee)

    Daniel J. Isenberg, Vincent Onyemah · 2016 · Innovations Technology Governance Globalization

    This paper examines how regions can build scaleup ecosystems to drive economic growth. Using case studies from Manizales, Colombia and Milwaukee, USA, the authors analyze strategies for fostering entrepreneurship and scaling businesses as alternatives to traditional economic development approaches like direct investment attraction and cluster development. The work demonstrates practical methods for creating regional conditions that support growing ventures.

  • Improving technology transfer through national systems of innovation: climate relevant innovation-system builders (CRIBs)

    David Ockwell, Rob Byrne · 2015 · Climate Policy

    National systems of innovation can more effectively transfer climate technologies to developing countries than existing UNFCCC mechanisms. The authors propose establishing Climate Relevant Innovation-System Builders (CRIBs)—institutions that nurture climate-relevant innovation systems and build technological capabilities in developing nations. This approach, grounded in innovation studies and socio-technical transition literature, offers a transformative policy mechanism for climate-compatible technological change and development.

  • Charting the Innovation Ecosystem

    MaryAnne M. Gobble · 2015 · Research-Technology Management

    Innovation ecosystems represent a fundamental shift in how we understand innovation, moving beyond simpler network and cluster models. Unlike networks with predictable relationships, ecosystems are complex adaptive systems where the same inputs produce different outputs and behavior emerges unpredictably. Strong innovation ecosystems combine dynamic collaboration, trust, and co-creation of value around shared technologies, translating knowledge into increased value while resisting disruption.

  • DataONE: Data Observation Network for Earth Preserving Data and Enabling Innovation in the Biological and Environmental Sciences

    William K. Michener, Dave Vieglais, Todd Vision, John Kunze, Patricia Cruse, Greg Janée · 2011 · D-Lib Magazine

    DataONE is a federated data network that preserves environmental and biological data while enabling scientific innovation. The system improves data access through secure storage, user-friendly discovery and analysis tools, and community engagement across science, library, and policy sectors. The paper describes DataONE's architecture, data management procedures, and EZID service for managing long-term digital identifiers.

  • An Actor-Network Theory Analysis of Policy Innovation for Smoke-Free Places: Understanding Change in Complex Systems

    David Young, Ron Borland, Ken Coghill · 2010 · American Journal of Public Health

    This paper uses actor-network theory to analyze how jurisdictions successfully implement smoke-free indoor regulations as a tobacco control policy. The authors identify key attributes that distinguish jurisdictions that adopted this innovation from those that have not, and extract lessons about overcoming systemic barriers to solving complex transnational public health problems like tobacco control, food distribution, and climate change.

  • The use of a masticatory robot to analyze the shock absorption capacity of different restorative materials for prosthetic implants: a preliminary report.

    Enrico Conserva, María Menini, Tiziano Tealdo, Marco Giorgio Bevilacqua, Giambattista Ravera, Francisco Pera, Paolo Pera · 2009 · PubMed

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It reports a laboratory study using a masticatory robot to test how different dental crown materials (composite resins versus ceramic) transmit chewing forces to dental implants. The researchers found that composite crowns absorb shock better than ceramic crowns, transmitting significantly lower forces to the implant bone.

  • Strategic Alliance Networks and Innovation: A Deterministic and Voluntaristic View Combined

    Victor Gilsing, Charmianne Lemmens, Geert Duysters · 2007 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This paper reviews literature on strategic technology alliances and interfirm collaboration in high-tech sectors. It contrasts two perspectives: a structuralist view emphasizing how network embeddedness constrains firms, and a voluntaristic view showing how firms actively shape networks to achieve strategic goals. The authors argue the voluntaristic approach better explains network dynamics and change, addressing a major gap in existing research.

  • Diffusion of Innovations as a Theoretical Framework for Telecenters

    Raul Roman · 2003 · Information Technologies and International Development

    This paper applies diffusion of innovations theory to understand how rural telecenters—information and communication centers in developing countries—spread and are adopted by local communities. The author examines three key aspects: how people perceive telecenter innovations, how communication drives their adoption, and what consequences result from using them. The framework provides researchers and practitioners with a theoretical foundation for studying telecenter diffusion in rural areas.

  • Is digitalization a source of innovation? Exploring the role of digital diffusion in SME innovation performance

    Sohaib S. Hassan, Konrad Meisner, Kevin Krause, Levan Bzhalava, Petra Moog · 2023 · Small Business Economics

    Digital adoption significantly boosts innovation performance in small and medium-sized enterprises. The study of 1,100 German SMEs found that higher digital diffusion directly increases innovation output. Absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to learn and apply new knowledge—moderates this effect for product innovation specifically, but not for other innovation types. Digital tools act as a catalyst for SME innovation.

  • Exploring blockchain adoption intentions in the supply chain: perspectives from innovation diffusion and institutional theory

    Janet L. Hartley, William J. Sawaya, David Dobrzykowski · 2021 · International Journal of Physical Distribution & Logistics Management

    Supply chain managers are more likely to adopt blockchain technology when government regulations mandate product origin tracking, organizations use modern cloud systems, and engage third-party consultants. The study finds that normative pressures, perceived advantages, compatibility with existing systems, and manageable complexity drive active blockchain adoption. These conditions identify which supply chain networks are ready for blockchain implementation.

  • The Triple Helix Model and the Future of Innovation: A Reflection on the Triple Helix Research Agenda

    Yuzhuo Cai, Marcelo Amaral · 2021 · Triple Helix Journal

    The Triple Helix model explains how academia, industry, and government interact to drive innovation and economic growth in knowledge-based economies. This paper reflects on the model's core concepts and boundary conditions, asking whether it applies universally or only under specific circumstances. The authors examine the model's usefulness for understanding innovation dynamics in changing societies and identify key concepts embedded within Triple Helix research.

  • Building Responsible Innovation in International Organizations through Intrapreneurship

    Tina C. Ambos, Katherine Tatarinov · 2021 · Journal of Management Studies

    International organizations like the UN struggle to innovate despite their mandate for responsible innovation. This study examines eight intrapreneurial initiatives in socially oriented organizations, finding that initiatives originating in country offices scale through two pathways: organic country-by-country expansion or strategic headquarters-driven scaling. Both approaches manage tensions differently to build competence, align structures, and extend organizational mission. Intrapreneurship enables digital transformation and develops organizational capacity for responsible innovation.

  • Evolving a Value Chain to an Open Innovation Ecosystem: Cognitive Engagement of Stakeholders in Customizing Medical Implants

    Krithika Randhawa, Joel West, Katrina Skellern, Emmanuel Josserand · 2020 · California Management Review

    A medical device firm transformed its traditional value chain into an open innovation ecosystem to customize orthopedic implants using 3D printing. The company used cognitive artifacts—shared visual and conceptual tools—to help diverse stakeholders develop common understanding and collaborate effectively. This approach enabled the firm to pursue mass customization while avoiding suboptimal local strategies and managing the constraints that external partnerships can impose on innovation strategy.

  • Evaluating the Determinants of EU Funds Absorption across Old and New Member States – the Role of Administrative Capacity and Political Governance

    Cristian Încalțărău, Gabriela Carmen Pascariu, Neculai‐Cristian Surubaru · 2019 · JCMS Journal of Common Market Studies

    This study examines how administrative capacity and political governance affect EU structural and cohesion fund absorption across member states from 2007 to 2015. Government effectiveness and corruption control significantly boosted fund absorption, particularly in newer member states that faced lower absorption rates than older EU members. The financial crisis reduced absorption capacity. The authors recommend strengthening administrative systems and combating corruption in new member states and lagging regions to improve fund utilization.

  • How journalists innovate in the newsroom. Proposing a model of the diffusion of innovations in media outlets

    José Alberto García Avilés, Miguel Carvajal Prieto, Félix Arias, Alicia de Lara González · 2018 · The Journal of Media Innovations

    Spanish journalists leading newsroom innovation describe how media outlets drive change through innovations in content production, internal organization, distribution, and commercialization. The study identifies key factors that shape how innovations are adopted and implemented in newsrooms, then proposes a model explaining how media innovations spread across the industry.

  • Catalyzing capacity: absorptive, adaptive, and generative leadership

    Elizabeth A. Castillo, Mai P. Trinh · 2018 · Journal of Organizational Change Management

    This paper proposes a leadership framework for organizations operating in volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous conditions. Leaders who develop three capacities—absorptive, adaptive, and generative—can build organizations that continuously adjust to changing environments. The framework emphasizes diversity, learning, reflection, and humility over traditional command-and-control approaches, offering practical steps for leaders to transform their organizations.

  • The virtues of variety in regional innovation systems and entrepreneurial ecosystems

    Philip Cooke · 2016 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Regional innovation systems and entrepreneurial ecosystems drive growth through diverse, interconnected approaches rather than linear models. The paper examines how cooperative policy frameworks in South Korea, Scandinavia, Germany, and France foster regional innovation better than market-driven approaches. Variety in ecosystem design generates sustainable economic growth and entrepreneurial success at the regional level, outperforming individualistic growth theories.

  • Acceptance Process: The Missing Link between UTAUT and Diffusion of Innovation Theory

    Achilles Kiwanuka · 2015 · American Journal of Information Systems

    This paper argues that the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology (UTAUT) lacks a critical component: the actual adoption process that technologies go through. While UTAUT incorporates factors from Diffusion of Innovation theory, it omits the stages and progression of how technologies actually get adopted. The author contends that including adoption processes in UTAUT would improve predictions of technology acceptance and calls for future research to account for the environment and context surrounding technology use.

  • Direct and mediated ties to universities: “Scientific” absorptive capacity and innovation performance of pharmaceutical firms

    René Belderbos, Victor Gilsing, Shinya Suzuki · 2015 · Strategic Organization

    Pharmaceutical firms access university knowledge through direct collaborations or indirect ties via biotech intermediaries. The study finds that firms with strong internal scientific capacity benefit more from direct university partnerships, while firms with weaker capacity perform better using biotech brokers—unless those brokers connect to top universities. Success depends on matching a firm's research organization to its knowledge-sourcing strategy.

  • R&amp;D EFFICIENCY AND THE NATIONAL INNOVATION SYSTEM: AN INTERNATIONAL COMPARISON USING THE DISTANCE FUNCTION APPROACH

    Jin‐Li Hu, Chih‐Hai Yang, C.S. Chen · 2011 · Bulletin of Economic Research

    This study measures research and development efficiency across 24 countries from 1998 to 2005 using advanced statistical methods. The analysis shows that R&D spending and workforce generate patents, publications, and licensing revenues at different rates across nations. Countries with stronger intellectual property protections, better business-to-business cooperation, stronger university-industry links, concentrated R&D facilities, and active government R&D involvement achieve significantly higher R&D efficiency.

  • Knowledge Sourcing and Innovation in “Thick” and “Thin” Regional Innovation Systems—Comparing ICT Firms in Two Austrian Regions

    Franz Tödtling, Lukas Lengauer, Christoph Höglinger · 2011 · European Planning Studies

    ICT firms in Vienna's dense metropolitan innovation system rely heavily on local knowledge sources from universities and research organizations, while firms in Salzburg's smaller regional system depend more on distant knowledge links with diverse partners. The study shows that regional innovation system characteristics—density and institutional setting—fundamentally shape how companies source knowledge for innovation.

  • Dynamic structures of control and generativity in digital ecosystem service innovation: the cases of the Apple and Google mobile app stores

    Ben Eaton, Silvia Elaluf-Calderwood, Carsten Sørensen, Youngjin Yoo · 2011 · London School of Economics and Political Science Research Online (London School of Economics and Political Science)

    This paper analyzes how Apple and Google's mobile app stores manage service innovation through digital ecosystems. Using narrative analysis of web articles, the authors identify core generative and controlling actions that structure innovation within these platforms. They reveal how stakeholders interact to drive service innovation and show that successful ecosystem strategies balance control mechanisms with generative capacity to enable competitive advantage.

  • Building Constructive Innovation Networks: Role of Relationship Management

    Robyn Keast, Keith D. Hampson · 2007 · Journal of Construction Engineering and Management

    This case study examines how the Cooperative Research Centre for Construction Innovation manages relationships across multiple organizations to drive innovation. The research finds that relational governance—based on trust and cooperation rather than contracts—is essential for these networks, though supplemented by other governance approaches. The authors develop a relationship management framework and identify key lessons for designing and operating interorganizational innovation networks effectively.

  • DiffuNET: The impact of network structure on diffusion of innovation

    Ben Shaw‐Ching Liu, Ravindranath Madhavan, Devanathan Sudharshan · 2005 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    This paper develops a model linking network structure to innovation diffusion rates. The researchers show that specific network properties—such as centralization—directly influence how quickly innovations spread through populations via innovation and imitation. By redesigning network structures strategically, managers can accelerate product adoption and diffusion. The model integrates previously separate diffusion research traditions and allows practitioners to predict diffusion potential from measurable network characteristics.

  • Doctors on-line: using diffusion of innovations theory to understand internet use.

    Fiona Chew, William D. Grant, Rohit Tote · 2004 · PubMed

    Family physicians in a northeastern U.S. metropolitan area adopt internet use for medical information when they have time to learn and observe its benefits firsthand. Diffusion of innovations theory predicts adoption patterns: physicians need protected time to develop skills and experience usefulness before internet searching becomes routine. Continuing medical education focused on internet skills could increase adoption, while demographic factors like gender or training recency do not affect adoption rates.

  • National innovation systems and the achievement of sustainable development goals: Effect of knowledge-based dynamic capability

    Xing Li, Ting Wu, Hongjuan Zhang, Deyan Yang · 2023 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    Knowledge-based dynamic capabilities in national innovation systems positively impact sustainable development goal achievement across 130 countries. The effect varies by economic development stage, with both direct and indirect pathways. A country's development level moderates the relationship between these capabilities and SDG outcomes, revealing that innovation capacity translates differently into sustainable progress depending on economic context.

  • Sustainable leadership and heterogeneous knowledge sharing: the model for frugal innovation

    Qaisar Iqbal, Katarzyna Piwowar‐Sulej · 2023 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Sustainable leadership drives frugal innovation in Pakistani small businesses by enabling both internal and external knowledge sharing across diverse sources. The study analyzed 263 SME participants and found that leaders promoting sustainability encourage employees and external partners to exchange heterogeneous knowledge, which then facilitates resource-constrained innovation. Knowledge sharing acts as the mechanism connecting leadership style to frugal innovation outcomes.

  • Technological Disruptions in Restaurant Services: Impact of Innovations and Delivery Services

    Mahmood Hasan Khan · 2020 · Journal of Hospitality & Tourism Research

    This study examines how food delivery innovations have disrupted restaurant services over the past two decades. The research shows that restaurant delivery service terminology has become as common as fast food service since 2014. The author develops a model showing how technological innovations reshape restaurant service hierarchies and identifies major disruptions including changes in industry classification, increased distance between providers and customers, and potential service quality impacts. The work outlines both opportunities and challenges from these technological shifts.

  • The design and testing of a tool for developing responsible innovation in start-up enterprises

    Thomas B. Long, Vincent Blok, Steven Dorrestijn, Phil Macnaghten · 2019 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper develops and tests a tool designed to help startup enterprises integrate responsible innovation practices into their operations. The researchers tracked the tool's effectiveness across 12 sustainability-focused startups in agriculture, food, and energy sectors. The tool enables innovators to systematically identify socio-ethical issues through experiential learning cycles. The study demonstrates that completing full learning cycles allows the tool to successfully embed responsible innovation principles into real-world competitive business settings.

  • Beyond Education: The Role of Research Universities in Innovation Ecosystems

    Paola Rücker Schaeffer, Bruno Brandão Fischer, Sérgio Robles Reis de Queiroz · 2018 · Foresight-Russia

    Research universities drive innovation ecosystems in Brazil's São Paulo state, generating patents, software, and knowledge-intensive startups. The study finds universities' effects are geographically localized to cities rather than broader regions. While human capital formation matters, research excellence at major institutions proves more influential. Policymakers face challenges: peripheral areas gain little from proximity to successful hubs, and building innovation ecosystems requires long-term investment in high-quality universities rather than short-term interventions.

  • The effect of network structure on radical innovation in living labs

    Seppo Leminen, Anna‐Greta Nyström, Mika Westerlund, Mika J. Kortelainen · 2016 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    Living labs with a distributed multiplex network structure generate radical innovations, while distributed and centralized structures produce incremental innovations. The study analyzed 24 living labs across four countries and found that radical innovation also depends on the driving actor and strategic objectives. A provider- or utilizer-driven living lab combined with distributed multiplex networks and clear future-oriented goals offers the best conditions for radical innovation.

  • The influences of knowledge loss and knowledge retention mechanisms on the absorptive capacity and performance of a MIS department

    Tung‐Ching Lin, Christina Ling-hsing Chang, Wen‐Chin Tsai · 2016 · Management Decision

    Knowledge loss damages MIS department performance by reducing absorptive capacity. The study surveyed 191 Taiwanese IT personnel and found that information systems and human resource management practices effectively mitigate knowledge loss. Organizations must invest in knowledge management mechanisms to retain competitive advantages, especially given high employee turnover and rapid technological change.

  • Media Innovations, User Innovations, Societal Innovations

    Axel Bruns · 2014 · The Journal of Media Innovations

    Media innovations involve changes in both technology and practices, driven by audiences, users, professionals, and providers. User participation in content creation increasingly shapes media and society together. Understanding media innovation requires examining how changes ripple across interconnected media systems and social structures, recognizing that media innovations are inseparable from broader societal transformations.

  • Corporate Philanthropy, Research Networks, and Collaborative Innovation

    Fred Bereskin, Terry L. Campbell, Po‐Hsuan Hsu · 2014 · Financial Management

    Corporate direct giving to research activities increases innovation output and impact. Firms use philanthropy strategically to build research networks and collaborative partnerships that produce more influential and original innovations. Direct giving proves especially valuable for opaque firms and in competitive industries, revealing that philanthropy serves as a tool for expanding innovation networks beyond firm boundaries.

  • Framework of open innovation in SMEs in an emerging economy: firm characteristics, network openness, and network information

    Xiaobao Peng, Song Wei, Yuzhen Duan · 2013 · International Journal of Technology Management

    This study examines open innovation practices among small and medium enterprises in China using survey data from 420 firms. The research shows that firm characteristics like innovation capacity and barriers, combined with network openness and information flow, significantly influence how Chinese SMEs engage in open innovation. The findings demonstrate that open innovation represents a viable strategy for emerging market SMEs seeking to overcome resource constraints.

  • An empirical study of firm’s absorptive capacity dimensions, supplier involvement and new product development performance

    Saeed Najafi-Tavani, Hossein Sharifi, Sohrab Soleimanof, Manoochehr Najmi · 2013 · International Journal of Production Research

    This study examines how manufacturing firms develop new products by analyzing the role of supplier involvement and absorptive capacity—the organization's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply external knowledge. Using data from 161 firms, the research finds that absorptive capacity dimensions have varying effects on both financial and non-financial new product performance, and that absorptive capacity moderates how supplier involvement influences outcomes.

  • Introduction: Small Business and Networked Innovation: Organizational and Managerial Challenges

    Massimo G. Colombo, Keld Laursen, Mats Magnusson, Cristina Rossi‐Lamastra · 2012 · Journal of Small Business Management

    Small and medium-sized enterprises face distinct organizational and managerial challenges when participating in networked innovation. This introduction to a special issue outlines these challenges and synthesizes findings from included articles that advance understanding of how smaller firms navigate collaborative innovation ecosystems and manage the complexities of working across organizational boundaries.

  • An international comparison of R&amp;D efficiency of multiple innovative outputs: The role of the national innovation system

    Chiang-Ping Chen, Jin‐Li Hu, Chih-Hai Yang · 2011 · Innovation

    This paper compares R&D efficiency across nations using data envelopment analysis, measuring outputs in patents, royalties, and journal publications. Countries show similar efficiency in patents and royalties but differ significantly in publications. The study finds that R&D intensity, intellectual property protection, knowledge stock, and human capital all boost efficiency. Private sector R&D drives patent and royalty performance, while higher education R&D strengthens publication outcomes.

  • Paradoxical tensions in open innovation networks

    Sirkka L. Järvenpää, Alina Wernick · 2011 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Open innovation networks in Finland exhibit paradoxical tensions that managers must actively navigate. The study found that these networks—involving companies, universities, and government agencies—face internal and external complexities beyond those seen in single-organization innovation efforts. Managers who employ diverse behavioral approaches to handle these tensions achieve greater innovation outcomes. The research reveals that paradox management deserves explicit attention in open innovation strategy.

  • User Involvement in Innovation Processes : Strategies and Limitations from a Socio-Technical Perspective

    Harald Rohracher · 2005

    This paper examines how users participate in innovation processes and identifies the strategic approaches and constraints involved from a socio-technical viewpoint. The author analyzes different strategies for involving users in developing new technologies and products, while highlighting the practical and theoretical limitations that affect meaningful user engagement in innovation.

  • Green growth as a determinant of ecological footprint: Do ICT diffusion, environmental innovation, and natural resources matter?

    Ali Hassan, Juan Yang, Ahmed Usman, Ahmer Bilal, Sana Ullah · 2023 · PLoS ONE

    Green growth, ICT adoption, and environmental innovation reduce ecological footprint in both emerging and developed economies over the long term. Natural resources increase ecological footprint in emerging economies but decrease it in developed ones. The study analyzes 14 countries using advanced econometric methods and recommends policy interventions to leverage green growth and innovation for environmental sustainability.

  • Adaptive Legal Frameworks and Economic Dynamics in Emerging Tech-nologies: Navigating the Intersection for Responsible Innovation

    Lyytinen Lescrauwaet, Hekkert Wagner, C. Y. YOON, Sovacool Shukla · 2022 · Law and Economics

    This paper examines how legal frameworks must adapt to regulate emerging technologies like AI, blockchain, and biotechnology responsibly. The authors argue that effective regulation requires flexibility, interdisciplinary collaboration, and balance between stability and innovation incentives. They recommend building corporate responsibility cultures, educating policymakers, and aligning technological progress with ethical standards to enable responsible innovation.

  • From Responsible Research and Innovation to responsibility by design

    Bernd Carsten Stahl, Simisola Akintoye, Lise Bitsch, Berit Bringedal, Damian Eke, Michele Farisco, Karin Grasenick, Manuel Guerrero, William Knight, Tonii Leach, Sven Nyholm, George Ogoh, Achim Rosemann, Arleen Salles, Julia Trattnig, Inga Ulnicane · 2021 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper examines how Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) can create lasting impact beyond funded projects. Drawing on eight years implementing RRI in the Human Brain Project, the authors propose 'responsibility by design'—embedding ethical considerations directly into research outcomes and infrastructure so responsibility becomes inherent rather than temporary.

  • Social labs as an inclusive methodology to implement and study social change: the case of responsible research and innovation

    Job Timmermans, Vincent Blok, Róbert Braun, R. Wesselink, Rasmus Øjvind Nielsen · 2020 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper proposes a social lab methodology to implement and study responsible research and innovation (RRI) in practice. The methodology combines agility and real-world focus with action research and experiential learning, enabling parallel investigation and promotion of RRI while addressing the circular challenge of needing evidence to establish practices that don't yet exist widely.

  • Methodologic Innovation in Creating Clinical Practice Guidelines: Insights From the 2018 Society of Critical Care Medicine Pain, Agitation/Sedation, Delirium, Immobility, and Sleep Disruption Guideline Effort

    John W. Devlin, Yoanna Skrobik, Bram Rochwerg, Mark Nunnally, Dale M. Needham, Céline Gélinas, Pratik P. Pandharipande, Arjen J. C. Slooter, Paula L. Watson, Gerald L. Weinhouse, Michelle E. Kho, John Centofanti, Carrie Price, Lori Harmon, Cheryl Misak, Pamela Flood, Waleed Alhazzani · 2018 · Critical Care Medicine

    This paper describes methodological innovations used to develop clinical practice guidelines for critical care patients. The authors involved critical illness survivors throughout the guideline development process, expanded evidence assessment methods, and systematically identified evidence gaps. Their approach combined expert panels, patient perspectives, qualitative analysis, and structured voting to create recommendations that reflect both clinical evidence and patient values.

  • Moderating effect of absorptive capacity on the entrepreneurial orientation of international performance of family businesses

    Felipe Hernández‐Perlines · 2018 · Journal of Family Business Management

    Family businesses with stronger entrepreneurial orientation achieve better international performance. Absorptive capacity—the ability to acquire and apply new knowledge—strengthens this relationship. The study of 218 family firms shows that improving international results requires developing entrepreneurial orientation while building the firm's capacity to absorb and use external knowledge effectively.

  • Exploring the Relationships of Green Perceived Value, the Diffusion of Innovations, and the Technology Acceptance Model of Green Transportation

    Shang-Yu Chen, Chung‐Cheng Lu · 2016 · Transportation Journal

    This study examines what drives people to use green transportation by testing how perceived value, usefulness, and ease of use affect adoption intentions. Using structural equation modeling, the research finds that perceived usefulness is the strongest predictor of green transportation adoption, while ease of use has a weaker effect. Perceived value alone doesn't directly influence adoption but works through perceived usefulness. The analysis shows early majority adopters dominate green transportation uptake, suggesting governments should emphasize usefulness and value to increase public adoption.

  • Innovation in service ecosystems

    Kotaiba Abdul Aal, Laura Di Pietro, Bo Edvardsson, Maria Francesca Renzi, Roberta Guglielmetti Mugion · 2016 · Journal of service management

    This paper examines how values resonance drives innovation in service ecosystems by integrating brands, service systems, and experience spaces. Through a case study using narrative analysis, the authors identify four key lessons showing that shared values enable service innovation, strengthen brand integration, facilitate resource integration across system boundaries, and support value co-creation through coherent servicescapes.

  • Knowledge Spillovers, Absorptive Capacities and the Impact of FDI on Economic Growth: Empirical Evidence from Transition Economies

    Sabina Silajdzic, Eldin Mehić · 2015 · Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences

    Foreign direct investment boosts economic growth in transition economies primarily through knowledge spillovers rather than capital alone. The study finds that countries with higher government and business R&D spending capture greater growth benefits from FDI. The research demonstrates that FDI targeting manufacturing sectors and focused on knowledge and efficiency gains produces stronger economic outcomes than other investment types.

  • The Driving Forces of Subsidiary Absorptive Capacity

    Stephanie Christine Schleimer, Torben Pedersen · 2012 · Journal of Management Studies

    This study examines how multinational corporations strengthen their subsidiaries' ability to absorb and implement marketing strategies. The research shows that subsidiaries operate within two competing environments—the MNC network and their local host country market. MNCs can enhance subsidiary competitiveness by creating organizational mechanisms that build absorptive capacity. Analysis of 213 subsidiaries reveals specific structures that enable effective strategy adoption in dynamic markets.

  • Innovation and collaboration in traditional food chain networks

    Xavier Gellynck, Bianka Kühne · 2008 · Journal on Chain and Network Science

    Small and medium-sized enterprises in traditional food sectors across Italy, Hungary, and Belgium prioritize product innovation over organizational innovation. Collaboration among chain network members—suppliers, manufacturers, and customers—strengthens firms' innovation capabilities, though collaboration intensity varies by position in the network. The study identifies collaboration as a key driver of innovation competence in traditional food SMEs.

  • Catching up in the global wine industry: innovation systems, cluster knowledge networks and firm-level capabilities in Italy and Chile

    Martin Bell, Elisa Giuliani · 2007 · International Journal of Technology and Globalisation

    Wine producers in Italian and Chilean clusters learn technology differently based on their knowledge resources and network positions. Strong geographic proximity alone doesn't create effective knowledge networks. Knowledge transfer from research institutions to firms succeeds only when firms occupy gatekeeper and broker roles within their clusters. Policy should strengthen these internal network connections rather than assuming proximity automatically generates innovation.

  • Role of Absorptive Capacity, Digital Capability, Agility, and Resilience in Supply Chain Innovation Performance

    Safinaz H. Abourokbah, Reem M. Mashat, Mohammad Asif Salam · 2023 · Sustainability

    This study examines how absorptive capacity drives supply chain innovation performance in Saudi Arabian firms through digital capability, agility, and resilience. Using structural equation modeling on 116 companies, the researchers found that absorptive capacity significantly strengthens digital capability, agility, and resilience, which in turn improve innovation performance. The findings show that agility and resilience partially mediate the relationship between absorptive capacity and supply chain innovation outcomes.

  • Researching ecosystems in innovation contexts

    Erkko Autio, Llewellyn D W Thomas · 2021 · Innovation & Management Review

    The paper clarifies the concept of 'innovation ecosystem' by reviewing how scholars use the term across different contexts. The authors identify three basic types of ecosystems, all centered on producing coherent system-level outputs. They provide a framework to distinguish between different ecosystem types, reducing conceptual confusion and enabling clearer communication among researchers studying innovation.

  • Web mining for innovation ecosystem mapping: a framework and a large-scale pilot study

    Jan Kinne, Janna Axenbeck · 2020 · Scientometrics

    This paper develops a web mining framework to map innovation ecosystems by analyzing firm websites at scale. Testing on 2.4 million German firms, the authors extract innovation-related information from websites to identify products, services, and business cooperation. They find systematic biases: larger, older, urban, and patenting firms are overrepresented because they maintain more sophisticated websites, while low broadband availability excludes some firms entirely. The framework successfully maps Berlin's artificial intelligence sector and demonstrates web mining as a cost-effective alternative to traditional innovation surveys.

  • Differential Innovativeness Outcomes of User and Employee Participation in an Online User Innovation Community

    Jie Yan, Dorothy E. Leidner, Hind Benbya · 2018 · Journal of Management Information Systems

    This study examines how employees and external users contribute differently to online innovation communities. Using data from Salesforce's IdeaExchange platform, the researchers found that employees who access diverse, well-documented user ideas generate and promote more ideas themselves. Critically, ideas contributed by employees get implemented at higher rates than those from external users alone, suggesting employees play a vital but underexamined role in converting community input into actual innovation.

  • Open innovation search in manufacturing firms: the role of organizational slack and absorptive capacity

    Yueqi Wang, Bin Guo, Yanjie Yin · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This study examines how organizational slack influences manufacturing firms' openness to external innovation search. Using ten years of data from 298 U.S. manufacturers, the researchers found that absorbed slack discourages open innovation search, while unabsorbed slack encourages it. Absorptive capacity moderates this relationship, reducing the negative effect of absorbed slack. The findings apply across both high-tech and low-tech firms of varying sizes.

  • SME innovation and learning: the role of networks and crisis events

    Mark N. K. Saunders, Stacy W. Gray, Harshita Goregaokar · 2013 · European journal of training and development

    Small and medium enterprises learn and innovate primarily through informal networks, mentoring, and coaching rather than formal training. Innovative SMEs show stronger commitment to learning, embrace shared organizational vision, and learn effectively from crisis events through reflection. Access to external mentors and informal networks significantly supports SME innovation and learning.

  • Using Diffusion of Innovations Framework to Explain Communal Computing Facilities Adoption Among the Urban Poor

    Wallace Chigona, Paul S. Licker · 2008 · Information Technologies and International Development

    This study applies Rogers' diffusion of innovations theory to explain why urban poor communities in Cape Town, South Africa adopt communal computing facilities like telecenters. The researchers analyzed existing data and found that all five perceived attributes of innovation—relative advantage, compatibility, complexity, trialability, and observability—influence adoption decisions. The framework successfully explains adoption patterns and reveals consequences for both users and host institutions.

  • Iron Deficiency in Cyanobacteria Causes Monomerization of Photosystem I Trimers and Reduces the Capacity for State Transitions and the Effective Absorption Cross Section of Photosystem I in Vivo

    Alexander G. Ivanov, Marianna Król, Dmitry Sveshnikov, Eva Selstam, Stefan Sandström, M Koochek, Youn‐Il Park, Sergej Vasil’ev, Doug Bruce, Gunnar Öquist, Norman P. A. Hüner · 2006 · PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

    Iron deficiency in cyanobacteria triggers production of CP43' protein, which forms rings around photosystem I. Contrary to laboratory predictions, this does not increase PSI's light absorption capacity in living cells. Instead, iron stress causes PSI trimers to break apart into monomers, reduces the cell's ability to balance energy between photosystems, and lowers levels of key electron transport proteins. CP43' functions primarily as a protective mechanism against photodamage rather than enhancing light capture.

  • Supply Chain Management Open Innovation: Virtual Integration in the Network Logistics System

    В. В. Щербаков, Galina Silkina · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Modern supply chains require virtual integration through digital platforms to meet customer demands under Industry 4.0. Traditional supply chain management cannot identify individual customer needs effectively. The authors argue that logistics platforms act as virtual system integrators, enabling scalable partner networks that reduce costs and increase competitiveness. They analyze global best practices to show how platform business models create this integration in the digital economy.

  • Studying disruptive events: Innovations in behaviour, opportunities for lower carbon transport policy?

    Greg Marsden, Jillian Anable, Tim Chatterton, Iain Docherty, James Faulconbridge, Lesley Murray, Helen Roby, Jeremy Shires · 2020 · Transport Policy

    Transport policy assumes travel patterns are fixed, leading to over-reliance on technological solutions like electric vehicles. This paper examines how people actually adapt mobility during disruptive events, revealing greater capacity for behavior change than policy recognizes. The authors argue that broadening interventions beyond technology to address when and how mobility matters for daily activities could reduce travel demand and carbon emissions more effectively.

  • Social Entrepreneurship Education as an Innovation Hub for Building an Entrepreneurial Ecosystem: The Case of the KAIST Social Entrepreneurship MBA Program

    Moon Gyu Kim, Ji‐Hwan Lee, Taewoo Roh, Hosung Son · 2020 · Sustainability

    Social entrepreneurship education programs function as innovation hubs that build entrepreneurial ecosystems by cultivating entrepreneurs' ability to connect diverse stakeholders. The authors propose a framework emphasizing internal connectivity among program members and external connectivity with universities, firms, government, civil society, and environmental entities. Analysis of a Korean MBA program identifies isolated entities needing stronger interaction to achieve social entrepreneurship education's goals.

  • Effects of high-performance work systems (HPWSs) on intellectual capital, organizational ambidexterity and knowledge absorptive capacity: evidence from the hotel industry

    Mert Gürlek · 2020 · Journal of Hospitality Marketing & Management

    High-performance work systems in hotels strengthen intellectual capital, which in turn enables organizational ambidexterity and knowledge absorptive capacity. The study surveyed senior managers at four and five-star hotels and found intellectual capital fully mediates the relationship between work systems and these organizational capabilities. This addresses a gap in hospitality research by establishing how HR practices drive innovation capacity.

  • Decision-makers’ underestimation of user innovation

    Philip Bradonjic, Nikolaus Franke, Christian Lüthje · 2019 · Research Policy

    Managers and policymakers dramatically underestimate how much innovation comes from users. While research shows users generate 54% of valuable innovations across nine industries, decision-makers estimate only 22%. Academic textbooks and business media rarely mention user innovation, explaining this gap. The authors propose that this misperception leads to poor resource allocation and reduced innovation performance in companies and societies.

  • Evolving Absorptive Capacity: The Mediating Role of Systematic Knowledge Management

    Marina Dabić, Ernest Vlačić, Usha Ramanathan, Carolyn P. Egri · 2019 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    Absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to acquire and use external knowledge—drives innovation more effectively when supported by systematic knowledge management practices. The study of 127 manufacturing and technology firms in Croatia found that firms with stronger knowledge acquisition and transformation capabilities can build better knowledge management systems, which then produce higher innovation output. This explains why knowledge management alone sometimes fails to boost innovation.

  • Organizational Learning of Absorptive Capacity and Innovation: Does Leadership Matter?

    Tamer K. Darwish, Jing Zeng, Mohammad Rezaei Zadeh, Washika Haak‐Saheem · 2018 · European Management Review

    This study examines how leadership styles affect the relationship between organizational learning and innovation. Using survey data from the United Arab Emirates, the researchers found that transformational leadership strengthens the connection between exploratory learning and innovation, while transactional leadership does not enhance the link between internal learning and innovation. The findings explain why some firms convert external knowledge into strategic innovations more effectively than others.

  • Is There a Doctor in the House? Expert Product Users, Organizational Roles, and Innovation

    Riitta Katila, Sruthi Thatchenkery, Michael Quinn Christensen, Stefanos Zenios · 2017 · Academy of Management Journal

    Surgeon-inventors and board members strengthen innovation in surgical instrument startups, but surgeon-executives often block it. The study of 231 ventures over 25 years shows expert users excel at generating diverse solutions but struggle with selecting the right ones for organizational strategy. Expertise backfires when organizational roles mismatch with expert capabilities, revealing how external dependencies shape young firm innovation.

  • What are the most promising conduits for foreign knowledge inflows? innovation networks in the Chinese pharmaceutical industry

    Alessandra Perri, Vittoria Giada Scalera, Ram Mudambi · 2017 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    This study examines how Chinese pharmaceutical companies access foreign knowledge through innovation networks. The research finds that while multinational enterprises facilitate some knowledge transfer, research institutions like universities and research centers from advanced economies play a more critical role. Individual researchers from these institutions create networks that connect China to global knowledge sources more effectively than organizational MNE channels.

  • Distance to Customers, Absorptive Capacity, and Innovation in High‐Tech Firms: The Dark Face of Geographical Proximity

    Manuela Presutti, Cristina Boari, Antonio Majocchi, Xavier Molina-Morales · 2017 · Journal of Small Business Management

    This study of 158 high-tech firms in Italy finds that geographical proximity to customers does not drive innovation as commonly assumed. Instead, relational proximity to key customers works together with a firm's absorptive capacity to boost innovation. The research challenges the prevailing view that being physically close to customers automatically enhances innovative performance.

  • Introduction: knowledge generation and innovation diffusion in the global automotive industry--change and stability during turbulent times

    Anja Schulze, John Paul MacDuffie, Florian Taübe · 2015 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    This introduction examines how automotive firms generate knowledge and diffuse innovations while navigating globalization, regulation, and technological change. The papers analyze both transformations and continuities in the industry, particularly how Original Equipment Manufacturers maintain control over product architecture and supply chains despite pressures from electronics, communication, and drivetrain advances. The collection explores why some innovative practices evolve while others persist.

  • Twitter’s diffusion in sports journalism: Role models, laggards and followers of the social media innovation

    Peter English · 2014 · New Media & Society

    Sports journalists at major news organizations in Australia, India, and the United Kingdom adopted Twitter at different rates and for different reasons. The study used interviews and article analysis to show when and why journalists embraced the platform, and how much Twitter content appeared in sports coverage. Twitter adoption brought benefits to individual journalists and their organizations, with patterns that apply to other countries experiencing similar diffusion.

  • An empirical investigation of the National Innovation System (NIS) using Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA) and the TOBIT model

    Munshi Naser İbne Afzal · 2014 · International Review of Applied Economics

    This paper measures national innovation system efficiency across 20 emerging and developed countries using DEA Bootstrap analysis. The study identifies which countries perform as innovation leaders by converting inputs into outputs efficiently. For underperforming countries, the research identifies three key factors that could improve innovation efficiency: secondary school enrollment, working-age labor force participation, and business sector credit expansion.

  • Smart innovation policy: How network position and project composition affect the diversity of an emerging technology

    Frank J. van Rijnsoever, Jesse van den Berg, J. Koch, Marko P. Hekkert · 2014 · Research Policy

    Government subsidies for collaborative innovation projects shape technological diversity in emerging technologies. This study of Dutch biogas energy innovation reveals that projects sharing many actors reduce diversity, while projects with diverse actor types increase it. Larger project consortia decrease diversity. These findings suggest policymakers can design smarter innovation programs by strategically managing network connections and project composition to foster technological diversity and avoid technological lock-in.

  • Use of Social Media in Inbound Open Innovation: Building Capabilities for Absorptive Capacity

    Ward Ooms, John Bell, R.A.W. Kok · 2014 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Social media use in open innovation strengthens companies' ability to absorb external knowledge. Case studies of two large high-tech firms show that social media enables transparent, multi-directional interactions that build four key capabilities: connectedness, socialization tactics, cross-functionality, and receptivity. Social media acts as a boundary-spanning tool that helps companies access and integrate external ideas more effectively.

  • Technology as system innovation: a key informant interview study of the application of the diffusion of innovation model to telecare

    Paul Sugarhood, Joseph Wherton, Rob Procter, Sue Hinder, Trisha Greenhalgh · 2013 · Disability and Rehabilitation Assistive Technology

    This study examined factors influencing adoption and use of telecare technologies through interviews with 16 key participants from organizations developing and providing these services. The research found that successful telecare implementation depends on complex interactions between technology features, individual adopters, organizational readiness, and implementation processes. Critical barriers included user system complexity, insufficient ongoing support after initial adoption, and weak connections between technology designers and end users. Telecare succeeds only when treated as a coordinated system involving multiple stakeholders, not merely as a technology.

  • Special Topic Forum On Innovation In Business Networks From A Supply Chain Perspective: Current Status and Opportunities for Future Research

    Jan Stentoft, Antony Paulraj · 2013 · Journal of Supply Chain Management

    This editorial identifies a significant gap between how businesses value innovation in supply chain networks and the limited academic research addressing this intersection. The authors assess current research status, highlight key issues, and propose a future research agenda while acknowledging the challenges scholars will face in pursuing these directions.

  • Imports and TFP at the firm level: the role of absorptive capacity

    Patricia Augier, Olivier Cadot, Marion Dovis · 2013 · Canadian Journal of Economics/Revue canadienne d économique

    This paper examines how importing intermediate goods and capital equipment affects firm productivity in Spain between 1991 and 2002. The researchers find that importing boosts total factor productivity, but only for firms with sufficient absorptive capacity—measured by their proportion of skilled workers. Firms lacking skilled labor see minimal productivity gains from imports.

  • User innovation and the market

    Fred Gault · 2012 · Science and Public Policy

    This paper argues that official innovation statistics should include consumers who modify or develop products for their own use and share that knowledge freely. Current OECD definitions exclude consumer user innovation while focusing on market-based innovation. The author proposes redefining innovation to capture this activity, discusses policy implications for both consumer and firm innovation, and outlines how public sector measurement would change.

  • Regional Innovation Systems and Knowledge-Sourcing Activities in Traditional Industries—Evidence from the Vienna Food Sector

    Michaela Trippl · 2011 · Environment and Planning A Economy and Space

    This study examines how food companies in Vienna source knowledge for innovation, combining formal scientific learning with practical experience-based learning. The research finds that innovative food firms selectively integrate into the regional innovation system, drawing on both local scientific knowledge and knowledge networks outside the region. The spatial pattern of knowledge links reflects the relative importance of these two learning modes in traditional industries.

  • Lead-User Research for Breakthrough Innovation

    Ivy Eisenberg · 2011 · Research-Technology Management

    Lead-user research identifies customers whose needs and preferences lead the market, rather than typical users. These lead users modify products creatively to solve their problems. The paper reviews how this systematic method, developed in the late 1990s, has evolved and been adapted using online tools and communities. Lessons from over 20 projects show how companies can capture innovations from these advanced users to develop breakthrough products and services.

  • Intermediaries in Regional Innovation Systems: High-Technology Enterprise Survey from Northern Finland

    Tommi Inkinen, Katri Suorsa · 2010 · European Planning Studies

    Intermediaries in Finland's northern innovation system provide critical support to high-technology firms, with funding services emerging as their most valuable function. A survey of 168 companies shows that TEKES, the national technology funding agency, ranks as the most important public organization for private sector product development. Growth-focused companies investing heavily in R&D and product innovation benefit most from intermediary support.

  • Open science: policy implications for the evolving phenomenon of user-led scientific innovation

    Victoria Stodden · 2010 · Journal of Science Communication

    Non-scientists increasingly contribute to scientific research through citizen science projects, but legal barriers and access restrictions limit participation. The paper argues that open science policies—including the Reproducible Research Standard that makes publications, code, and data freely accessible—enable broader public engagement in research. Open dissemination models are reshaping how scientists share work and collaborate, blurring traditional distinctions between professional and lay contributors and requiring new approaches to peer review and recognition.

  • State Building through Reputation Building: Coalitions of Esteem and Program Innovation in the National Postal System, 1883–1913

    Daniel Carpenter · 2000 · Studies in American Political Development

    The Post Office Department shaped American state development from 1883 to 1913 by building institutional reputation through coalitions of support. As the largest employer in peacetime America, the POD extended federal reach across the nation, enabling newspaper distribution and political communication. The department drove administrative reform by addressing patronage, corruption, and monopolies while expanding services including banking, roads, air transport, and telegraph management.

  • Measurement of Social Networks for Innovation within Community Disaster Resilience

    Joanna Wilkin, Eloise M. Biggs, Andrew J. Tatem · 2019 · Sustainability

    Social networks are critical for community disaster resilience, but measuring their impact has lacked standardized methods. This paper reviews empirical studies from the Global South using social network analysis to quantify social capital in disaster risk reduction. The authors find that robust social network analysis methodologies are emerging, enabling better cross-study comparison. They argue that mapping local social networks is essential for effective disaster preparedness policy, and recommend social network analysis as a core methodology for future resilience research and planning.

  • The Unexplored Contribution of Responsible Innovation in Health to Sustainable Development Goals

    Pascale Lehoux, Hudson Silva, Renata Pozelli Sabio, Federico Roncarolo · 2018 · Sustainability

    Responsible Innovation in Health represents an emerging approach that addresses multiple Sustainable Development Goals beyond health alone. The study identified 105 health innovations, mostly from non-profits and universities, with 47% originating in the United States and targeting Africa, Central/South America, and South Asia. These innovations addressed newborn care, mobility issues, infectious diseases, and healthcare access. Most aligned with goals on reducing inequalities and partnerships, while fewer addressed economic development or environmental sustainability. The innovations combined entrepreneurship with social impact to tackle health determinants.

  • Is disruption theory wearing new clothes or just naked? Analyzing recent critiques of disruptive innovation theory

    Michael Weeks · 2015 · Innovation

    This paper examines Jill Lepore's critique of Clayton Christensen's disruptive innovation theory. The author identifies three root causes underlying Lepore's criticisms: the theory lacks a precise definition of disruption, fails to maintain consistent units of analysis, and inadequately accounts for managerial agency. The paper proposes solutions to address these methodological problems and suggests how future research on disruptive innovation can advance.

  • External knowledge acquisition and innovation: the role of supply chain network-oriented flexibility and organisational awareness

    Ying Liao, Erika Marsillac · 2015 · International Journal of Production Research

    This study examines how companies acquire external knowledge and convert it into product innovation through flexible supply chain networks. The research finds that supply chain flexibility and information sharing structures mediate the relationship between external knowledge and innovation capability. Organizational awareness—employees' understanding and knowledge—strengthens firms' ability to leverage external knowledge and supply chain capabilities to improve product innovation and overall performance.

  • The Triple Helix model for innovation: a holistic exploration of barriers and enablers

    Azley Abd Razak, Gareth White · 2015 · International Journal of Business Performance and Supply Chain Modelling

    The Triple Helix model brings together academia, industry, and government to drive innovation and economic development. This paper identifies the key barriers and enablers that affect whether this collaborative approach actually works in practice. The authors examine what factors help or hinder the model's implementation across different economies, emphasizing that successful collaboration requires all three actors to work toward shared long-term goals.

  • Diffusion of Surgical Innovations, Patient Safety, and Minimally Invasive Radical Prostatectomy

    J. Kellogg Parsons, Karen Messer, Kerrin Palazzi, Sean P. Stroup, David C. Chang · 2014 · JAMA Surgery

    Minimally invasive radical prostatectomy using the da Vinci robot spread rapidly across U.S. hospitals starting in 2006, but early adoption was associated with worse patient safety outcomes compared to open surgery. Patients undergoing the new procedure in 2005–2007 faced double the risk of safety incidents. The study shows that surgical innovations diffuse without adequate safeguards, exposing patients to harm during the learning phase.

  • Analysing organisational context: case studies on the contribution of absorptive capacity theory to understanding inter-organisational variation in performance improvement

    Gill Harvey, Pauline Jas, Kieran Walshe · 2014 · BMJ Quality & Safety

    This study examines how organizational context affects quality improvement in healthcare using absorptive capacity theory. Three UK NHS organizations with performance problems were studied through interviews with managers and external improvement teams. The organization with the highest absorptive capacity—strong strategic priorities, effective information management, and learning orientation—achieved the fastest and most comprehensive improvements. Internal characteristics enabled better engagement with external knowledge and support, even in challenging environments. Lower absorptive capacity delayed improvement efforts.

  • The Geography and Structure of Global Innovation Networks: A Knowledge Base Perspective

    Ju Liu, Cristina Chamináde, Björn Asheim · 2013 · European Planning Studies

    This paper examines how global innovation networks are structured and organized geographically across two multinational companies in different industries. Using social network analysis, the authors identify two distinct organizational models: globally-organized and locally-organized networks. The study shows that a company's knowledge base fundamentally shapes both where its innovation network spreads and how it is internally organized.

  • Understanding absorptive capacity in Malaysian small and medium sized (SME) construction companies

    Ernawati Mustafa Kamal, Roger Flanagan · 2012 · Journal of Engineering Design and Technology

    Malaysian construction SMEs in rural areas struggle to absorb and implement new knowledge and technology. This study identifies nine key factors influencing their absorptive capacity: cost, supply availability, demand, infrastructure, policies, labour readiness, workforce motivation, communication channels, and organizational culture. The findings apply broadly to SMEs in other developing countries facing similar innovation barriers.

  • Enhancing Innovation Capacity in SMEs through Early Network Relationships

    Frances Jørgensen, John P. Ulhøi · 2010 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Small firms develop innovation capacity through early network relationships that combine characteristics of both weak and strong ties. A longitudinal case study of a mobile-commerce startup shows that networks formed during the firm's earliest stages proved critical for sustained innovation. The research challenges traditional network theory's weak-strong tie distinction and recommends that entrepreneurs prioritize building strong relationships from the outset of network formation.

  • The Application and Adaptation of a Diffusion of Innovation Framework for Information Systems Research in NHS General Medical Practice

    David Wainwright, Teresa Waring · 2007 · Journal of Information Technology

    This paper adapts the diffusion of innovation framework to study how healthcare organizations adopt information systems. The authors analyzed four existing DOI studies and applied their modified framework to examine ICT adoption across general medical practices in northern England. They found that professional cultures and organizational power structures significantly constrain how innovations are perceived and implemented in healthcare settings.

  • Global network configuration for innovation: a study of international fibre innovation

    Helen Perks, Richard Jeffery · 2006 · R and D Management

    This study examines how firms configure innovation networks in the global fibre industry. The research identifies three types of network configurations and shows that successful innovation depends on firms recognizing where innovation value exists across dispersed networks and developing capabilities to access it. Firms struggle with this because they remain embedded in their own knowledge bases and established relationships.

  • Learning from users for radical innovation

    Christopher Lettl, Cornelius Herstatt, Hans Georg Gemuenden · 2004 · WU Research

    Companies need radical innovations to stay competitive, not just incremental improvements. This study examined five medical technology projects—including robots and navigation systems—to identify which users contribute most effectively to radical innovation development. The researchers found that users with high motivation, openness to new technology, diverse skills, and supportive environments substantially advanced innovation. Manufacturers who adopted these users' ideas and prototypes significantly improved their radical innovation capabilities, suggesting firms should systematically identify and engage such users as a learning mechanism.

  • Disruptive innovation from the perspective of innovation diffusion theory

    Jonathan Ho · 2021 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This paper examines disruptive innovation through the lens of innovation diffusion theory, focusing on how different adopter categories influence whether innovations successfully disrupt incumbent markets. The authors analyze both high-end and low-end disruptive innovations, arguing that crossing the critical gap between early niche markets and mainstream adoption depends on relative advantage and adopter group characteristics. Case studies of disk drives and computers demonstrate this framework.

  • Effect of network embeddedness on innovation performance of small and medium-sized enterprises

    Courage Simon Kofi Dogbe, Hongyun Tian, Wisdom Wise Kwabla Pomegbe, Sampson Ato Sarsah, Charles Oduro Acheampong Otoo · 2020 · Journal of strategy and management

    Network embeddedness significantly boosts innovation performance in small and medium-sized enterprises. SMEs that combine strong network connections with openness to innovation achieve substantially better innovation outcomes than those relying on networks alone. The study of 388 Ghanaian SMEs shows that organizational structures emphasizing trust and collaborative openness enable effective knowledge transfer and innovation.

  • Tackling COVID-19 through Responsible AI Innovation: Five Steps in the Right Direction

    David Leslie · 2020 · Harvard Data Science Review

    AI and machine learning innovations can help combat COVID-19 across biomedical, epidemiological, and socioeconomic challenges, but raise serious ethical concerns around data sharing, surveillance, privacy, and bias. The author proposes five steps for responsible AI innovation: open research, accountable processes, equitable design, democratic governance, and public trust. These practices enable faster global response while protecting civil liberties and preventing harm to vulnerable populations.

  • Network centrality and innovation performance: the role of formal and informal institutions in emerging economies

    Haifeng Wang, Yapu Zhao, Beilei Dang, Pengfei Han, Xin Shi · 2019 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    Network centrality affects innovation performance differently depending on institutional context. In Chinese entrepreneurial firms, strong market institutions boost the positive effect of network centrality on innovation, while strong social cohesion weakens it. The combination matters most: firms gain maximum innovation benefits from central networks when markets are competitive and social ties are loose.

  • Importance of innovation and flexibility in configuring supply network sustainability

    Surajit Bag, Shivam Gupta, Arnesh Telukdarie · 2018 · Benchmarking An International Journal

    This study examines how organizational culture, green supplier development, supplier relationships, flexibility, and innovation affect supply network sustainability in South African manufacturing firms. The research finds that organizational culture strengthens supplier relationships and drives innovation and flexibility. Institutional pressures from government regulations amplify the link between innovation and sustainable supply networks, particularly when firms adopt eco-friendly practices and collaborate with specialist suppliers.

  • Knowledge exchanges in innovation networks: evidences from an Italian aerospace cluster

    Fernando G. Alberti, Emanuele Pizzurno · 2015 · Competitiveness Review An International Business Journal incorporating Journal of Global Competitiveness

    This study examines how firms, universities, and research centers in an Italian aerospace cluster exchange different types of knowledge to drive innovation. The researchers found that technological knowledge flows openly among all cluster actors, while market and managerial knowledge exchanges are more selective. Different organizations play distinct roles in these knowledge networks, suggesting that innovation emerges from combining multiple knowledge types through heterogeneous collaborations.

  • Smart Development of Innovation Ecosystem

    Giedrius Jucevičius, Kristina Grumadaitė · 2014 · Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences

    This paper applies complexity theory to innovation ecosystem development, treating ecosystems as complex adaptive systems. The authors argue that smart ecosystem development requires combining top-down and bottom-up management approaches, using mechanisms like pattern formation, sense-making, simple rule-setting, attractor modification, and niche mobilization to maintain productive disequilibrium.

  • The<scp>S</scp>wedish system of innovation: Regional synergies in a knowledge‐based economy

    Loet Leydesdorff, Øivind Strand · 2013 · Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology

    Sweden's innovation system is highly centralized, with three metropolitan regions—Stockholm, Gothenburg, and Malmö/Lund—generating nearly half of all regional synergy. Using firm-level data and a triple helix framework, the authors measure how geographical, technological, and organizational dimensions interact to create knowledge synergies. The analysis reveals Sweden operates as a hierarchically organized system rather than a distributed regional network.

  • Firm R&amp;D, Absorptive Capacity and Learning by Exporting: Firm‐level Evidence from China

    Mi Dai, Miaojie Yu · 2013 · World Economy

    Chinese manufacturing firms that invested in R&D before exporting gained significant and sustained productivity improvements from exporting, while firms without prior R&D saw minimal gains. The productivity boost from exporting grew stronger with more years of pre-export R&D investment. This demonstrates that absorptive capacity built through R&D enables firms to learn effectively from international trade.

  • Absorptive capacity from foreign direct investment in Spanish manufacturing firms

    Pedro Sánchez‐Sellero, Jorge Rosell Martínez, José Manuel García‐Vázquez · 2013 · International Business Review

    This paper examines what determines a firm's ability to absorb knowledge from foreign direct investment in Spanish manufacturing. The researchers find that firm behavior, capabilities, and structure—including R&D activities, innovation organization, external partnerships, human capital quality, management type, and business complexity—all drive absorptive capacity. The study shows how different approaches to innovation activities mediate this capability.

  • From single firm to network-based business model innovation

    Peter Lindgren, Yariv Taran, Harry Boer · 2010 · International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Innovation Management

    This paper examines how companies develop network-based business models by studying three networks. The research reveals that network partners have different business models and success criteria, making it difficult to align their value equations during innovation. Partners also face varying demands to change their individual business models depending on how the network is constructed. Understanding these differences is critical for successfully moving network-based innovations from concept to market.

  • Absorptive Capacity and Social Capital in Regional Innovation Systems: The Case of the Lahti Region in Finland

    Anne Kallio, Vesa Harmaakorpi, Timo Pihkala · 2009 · Urban Studies

    This study examines how absorptive capacity and social capital function in regional innovation systems, using the Lahti region in Finland as a case study. The research identifies three forms of social capital—organisational bonding, regional bridging, and personal creative—and categorizes actors into three interaction behavior groups: Missionaries, House Mice, and Passive Resistance. The findings show that social relationships and human interaction significantly influence how actors navigate structural gaps in innovation systems.

  • Voluntary adopters versus forced adopters: integrating the diffusion of innovation theory and the technology acceptance model to study intra-organizational adoption

    Yuqiong Zhou · 2008 · New Media & Society

    This study examines how Chinese journalists adopted internet technology in their organizations, distinguishing between voluntary and forced adoption. Voluntary adopters—typically young, male journalists who saw the internet's advantages and ease of use—were driven by diffusion of innovation factors. Forced adopters—high-ranking journalists in large, tech-forward organizations—adopted because they believed it improved job performance. The research integrates two theoretical frameworks to explain different adoption pathways within organizations.

  • Innovation in disruptive regulatory environments

    Alan Pilkington, Romano Dyerson · 2006 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    This paper examines how regulatory environments shape innovation in the automotive industry, focusing on electric vehicle development in response to US zero-emission standards. The authors analyze patent data and case evidence to show that disruptive innovations require market protection to succeed, and that regulations demanding radical technological change face significant implementation barriers. The paper presents a framework linking regulatory types to the technological capabilities they require.

  • Framework to study the social innovation networks

    Vesa Taatila, Jyrki Suomala, Reijo Siltala, Soili Keskinen · 2006 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    This paper develops a framework for studying how social networks influence economic innovation within organizations. The authors clarify what economic innovation means, identify key questions for researching innovation processes, and propose methods for collecting data about innovations. They argue that understanding innovation requires combining social and psychological factors with organizational material aspects, offering a holistic approach to studying how innovations actually develop.

  • Utilization of social science knowledge in science policy: Systems of Innovation, Triple Helix and VINNOVA

    Merle Jacob · 2006 · Social Science Information

    This paper examines how Swedish innovation policy agency VINNOVA uses academic theories—Systems of Innovation and Triple Helix—in its policy statements. The analysis shows these academic narratives actively shape policy discourse beyond merely legitimating decisions. Despite criticism of linear knowledge transfer models, understanding how academic knowledge actually influences policy remains valuable for analyzing the science-policy relationship.

  • Gross Morphology and Absorption Capacity of Cell-Fibers from the Fibrous Vascular System of Loofah (Luffa cylindrica)

    Kheir Eddine Bal, Youcef Bal, Abdelaziz Lallam · 2004 · Textile Research Journal

    This paper examines how loofah plant fibers absorb liquids based on their microscopic structure. Researchers tested raw fibers and chemically treated fibers using water and salt solutions. They found that loofah's natural spongy structure, made of bundled cells with small channels, enables strong liquid absorption—up to 22.6 grams of liquid per gram of fiber. Chemical treatment with formaldehyde further improved absorption capacity.

  • How incumbents realize disruptive circular innovation ‐ Overcoming the innovator's dilemma for a circular economy

    Marianne Kuhlmann, Catharina R. Bening, Volker H. Hoffmann · 2022 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Established companies struggle to adopt circular economy innovations because these threaten their existing profitable linear business models. This paper analyzes how incumbents can overcome this dilemma using disruptive innovation theory. Two case studies show that creating separate organizational units helps implement circular innovations, but success requires clear strategy, strategic partnerships, supportive culture, and relevant competencies.

  • Probability-Guaranteed Distributed Filtering for Nonlinear Systems With Innovation Constraints Over Sensor Networks

    Lifeng Ma, Zidong Wang, Yun Chen, Xiaojian Yi · 2021 · IEEE Transactions on Control of Network Systems

    This paper develops a distributed filtering algorithm for nonlinear systems across sensor networks. The method uses innovation constraints with adaptive thresholds to handle abnormal data during transmission. The algorithm keeps estimation errors within specified bounds with guaranteed probability while meeting disturbance attenuation requirements. The authors derive conditions for the filter's existence and provide optimization methods to find optimal filtering parameters.

  • A comprehensive appraisal of responsible research and innovation: From roots to leaves

    Martijn Wiarda, Geerten van de Kaa, Emad Yaghmaei, Neelke Doorn · 2021 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This paper analyzes the academic field of Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) and Responsible Innovation (RI) through keyword, collaboration, and reference analysis. The authors identify shared research topics and knowledge bases between these two concepts, tracing their intellectual development over time. They conclude that RRI and RI have matured into a cumulative, interconnected research area with growing scholarly consensus and interconnection, similar to established research fields.

  • Policy Innovation Adoption Across the Diffusion Life Course

    Daniel J. Mallinson · 2020 · Policy Studies Journal

    This study analyzes 566 policies adopted between 1960 and 2016 to understand how states adopt policy innovations across different stages of the diffusion process. The research finds that adoption drivers shift over time: neighboring state adoptions influence early adopters, while ideological learning consistently matters throughout. Less professionalized states adopt later, and wealthier, larger states increasingly drive adoption as policies spread. The findings reveal that predictors of policy adoption vary significantly across the diffusion life course.

  • Research on the Regional Differences and Influencing Factors of the Innovation Efficiency of China’s High-Tech Industries: Based on a Shared Inputs Two-Stage Network DEA

    Huangxin Chen, Hang Lin, Wenjie Zou · 2020 · Sustainability

    This study measures innovation efficiency across China's high-tech industries in 29 provinces from 1999 to 2018 using a two-stage network DEA model. Eastern coastal provinces show significantly higher innovation efficiency than central and western regions. Government support, R&D investment intensity, industry clustering, economic openness, and modern service sector development all influence innovation efficiency levels.

  • Integrating Innovation Diffusion Theory and the Technology Acceptance Model: The adoption of blockchain technology from business managers’ perspective

    Antonio T. F. Lou, Eldon Y. Li · 2017 · Journal of the Association for Information Systems

    This paper develops a unified model combining Innovation Diffusion Theory and the Technology Acceptance Model to understand why business managers adopt blockchain technology. The researchers examine factors influencing managers' intention to continue using blockchain in financial and commercial applications, moving beyond single-theory approaches to provide a more comprehensive explanation of blockchain adoption decisions.

  • Absorptive capacity and firm performance: an integrative framework of benefits and downsides

    Ulrich Lichtenthaler · 2016 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This paper examines how absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to acquire and use external knowledge—affects financial performance. While absorptive capacity drives innovation and learning, the paper argues it also creates costs and organizational rigidity that can harm performance. The authors propose an inverted U-shaped relationship: moderate absorptive capacity optimizes performance, but excessive capacity generates diminishing returns through increased complexity and reduced internal innovation.

  • The impact of internationalization on innovation at countries’ level: the role of absorptive capacity

    Andrea Filippetti, Marion Frenz, Grazia Ietto‐Gillies · 2016 · Cambridge Journal of Economics

    This study examines how internationalization affects innovation across 40 countries, measuring innovation through patent applications. Outward foreign direct investment boosts patenting, with stronger effects in countries possessing high absorptive capacity, though returns diminish. Inward FDI harms innovation in low-capacity countries by displacing local activities. Countries with weak absorptive capacity benefit from both imports and exports for innovation performance.

  • Innovation in the Green Economy: An Extension of the Regional Innovation System Model?

    Karen Chapple, Cynthia Kroll, T. William Lester, Sergio Montero · 2010 · Economic Development Quarterly

    Green innovation in California varies significantly by sector and doesn't automatically drive growth. Environmentally pressured firms innovate processes most, while new green companies target local markets. Traditional firms benefit from innovation, but emerging green firms need local network support and additional resources to commercialize new products and reach markets.

  • Constructing innovative users and user-inclusive innovation communities

    Eva Heiskanen, Sampsa Hyysalo, Tanja Kotro, Petteri Repo · 2010 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    User involvement in innovation requires more than applying standard methods. The paper examines four case studies to show that effective user-inclusive innovation communities take varied forms. User contribution to innovation isn't an inherent user trait but results from how companies foster interaction and respond to user initiatives. Success depends on managing knowledge sharing, using mediating artifacts, and aligning divergent interests between users and producers.

  • The Diffusion of Management Innovations: The Possibilities and Limitations of Memetics

    Joseph O’Mahoney · 2007 · Journal of Management Studies

    This paper applies memetics theory to explain how management innovations spread through organizations as evolutionary processes. Using case studies of Business Process Reengineering (BPR) implementation, the author shows that innovations replicate, mutate, and get selected in ways that function like evolutionary algorithms. The analysis reveals how innovations drive their own replication and why high failure rates in BPR can paradoxically increase the innovation's chances of spreading.

  • The Role of Universities in the Regional Innovation Systems of the North East of England and Scania, Sweden: Providing Missing Links?

    Lars Coenen · 2007 · Environment and Planning C Government and Policy

    Universities play different roles in regional innovation systems depending on local economic conditions. This study compares the North East of England and Scania, Sweden, showing that universities contribute to regional development through varied institutional arrangements rather than a single entrepreneurial model. The specific constellation of university involvement depends on the particular innovation challenges each region faces.

  • Forms of host‐country national learning for enhanced MNC absorptive capacity

    Charles M. Vance, Yongsun Paik · 2005 · Journal of Managerial Psychology

    This study identifies twelve forms of learning that host-country nationals in multinational corporation subsidiaries need to improve knowledge absorption and transfer. Through interviews with managers across three organizational levels, the researchers found that effective learning areas include language skills, cross-cultural awareness, technical management, and understanding MNC strategy and culture. These learning forms enhance the corporation's ability to generate and distribute knowledge globally.

  • THE TRIPLE HELIX MODEL AND THE STUDY OF KNOWLEDGE-BASED INNOVATION SYSTEMS

    Loet Leydesdorff · 2005

    The paper examines how universities, industries, and governments interact to shape knowledge-based innovation systems. It argues that understanding these systems requires analyzing how each sector makes strategic decisions—industries deciding on R&D investment, universities competing in regional and global markets, and governments balancing industrial and science-technology policies. The author proposes combining evolutionary economics with sociological reflexivity to better understand how these overlapping communications reshape innovation systems.

  • Japan's national innovation system: current status and problems

    Akira Gotō · 2000 · Oxford Review of Economic Policy

    Japan's national innovation system drove competitiveness in the 1980s but weakened during the 1990s. The paper examines how an aging population threatens future economic growth and argues that productivity gains through technological progress are essential. It analyzes industry, universities, and government sectors within Japan's innovation system and proposes reforms to restore competitiveness.

  • Last Mile Innovation: The Case of the Locker Alliance Network

    Guodong Lyu, Chung‐Piaw Teo · 2022 · Manufacturing & Service Operations Management

    Singapore's government proposed a Locker Alliance network of public lockers in residential areas to improve parcel delivery efficiency. Using data analytics and facility location modeling, researchers found that optimal locker placement should not focus solely on high-volume delivery areas, but instead serve residential neighborhoods. A 250-meter coverage distance emerged as appropriate for Singapore's network, enabling better utilization despite lacking complete customer transit data.

  • Research on the influence of network embeddedness on innovation performance: Evidence from China's listed firms

    Boxu Yang, Xing-guang Li, Kou Kou · 2022 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    Network embeddedness significantly influences innovation performance in Chinese listed firms. Structural embeddedness has a positive effect on innovation, while relational embeddedness shows an inverted U-shaped relationship. Technological diversification mediates these effects. State-owned enterprises depend less on network resources than private firms but benefit more from structural embeddedness.

  • Achieving superior performance in international markets: the roles of organizational agility and absorptive capacity

    Hyo Eun Cho, Insik Jeong, Eunmi Kim, Jinwan Cho · 2022 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    Korean export companies with high organizational agility achieve superior performance in global markets during Industry 4.0 transformation. The study of 228 exporters shows that realized absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to apply acquired knowledge—strengthens this relationship, while potential absorptive capacity has no significant moderating effect. Agility and knowledge application together drive international competitiveness.

  • 3D‐Printed Soft and Hard Meta‐Structures with Supreme Energy Absorption and Dissipation Capacities in Cyclic Loading Conditions

    Armin Yousefi, Saman Jolaiy, Mohammadreza Lalegani Dezaki, Ali Zolfagharian, Ahmad Serjouei, Mahdi Bodaghi · 2022 · Advanced Engineering Materials

    Researchers developed 3D-printed auxetic meta-structures using soft and hard polymers to absorb and dissipate energy under repeated loading. They tested thermoplastic polyurethane and polyamide designs inspired by snowflake geometry, using multi-jet fusion printing. Both materials showed strong energy absorption with large recoverable deformations and high dissipation capacity. Computational models accurately predicted experimental results. The structures could enable lightweight, energy-absorbing components for drones and UAVs.

  • The Novelty of Innovation: Competition, Disruption, and Antitrust Policy

    Steven Callander, Niko Matouschek · 2021 · Management Science

    This paper develops a model showing that new entrants pursue more novel innovations than incumbents, but are less likely to disrupt established firms. When incumbents can acquire entrants after innovation, the threat of acquisition reduces innovation novelty because entrants optimize for acquisition value rather than bold innovation. The findings suggest strict antitrust enforcement encourages entrepreneurial firms to innovate more boldly.

  • Restructuring existing value networks to diffuse sustainable innovations in food packaging

    Outi Keränen, Hanna Komulainen, Tuula Lehtimäki, Pauliina Ulkuniemi · 2020 · Industrial Marketing Management

    Sustainable food packaging innovations struggle to reach markets because existing industry networks resist change. This study examines how value networks must restructure to enable diffusion of sustainable packaging made from agro-food waste. The research identifies necessary changes across firm, network, and macro levels: recognizing opportunities, integrating new actors and resources, building new relationships, creating supportive regulations, and stimulating market demand. Adopting sustainable packaging requires fundamental reorganization of entire value networks, not just product innovation.

  • RRI legacies: co-creation for responsible, equitable and fair innovation in Horizon Europe

    Douglas K. R. Robinson, Angela Simone, Marzia Mazzonetto · 2020 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    The paper argues that Horizon Europe's shift from research-focused H2020 to innovation-centered funding requires Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) to evolve. The authors contend that co-creation—particularly fair and equitable approaches—should anchor new policy initiatives like Missions and Open Innovation 2.0. They position co-creation as a bridge connecting open science principles with open innovation practices, embedding responsible innovation methods throughout the funding framework.

  • How social capital affects innovation in a cultural network

    Federica Ceci, Francesca Masciarelli, Simone Poledrini · 2019 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Bonding and bridging social capital play distinct roles in innovation within cultural networks of firms. Bridging social capital—open relationships across distant sources—enables idea experimentation and combination, while bonding social capital—tight emotional ties—better supports implementing innovations. Both dimensions work together throughout the innovation process, with each contributing uniquely at different stages.

  • Enhancing competitive advantage in Hong Kong higher education: Linking knowledge sharing, absorptive capacity and innovation capability

    Man Fung Lo, Feng Tian · 2019 · Higher Education Quarterly

    This study examines how knowledge sharing drives competitive advantage in Hong Kong's higher education sector. Research with 166 academics reveals that knowledge sharing strengthens absorptive capacity, which then enhances innovation capability, ultimately boosting competitive advantage. The findings suggest university leaders should prioritize knowledge-sharing strategies and policies to improve institutional competitiveness.

  • Teacher education and the GERM: policy entrepreneurship, disruptive innovation and the rhetorics of reform

    Viv Ellis, Sarah Steadman, Tom Are Trippestad · 2018 · Educational Review

    This paper analyzes how the Institute for Teaching in England, influenced by global education reform movements, rhetorically constructs teacher education as a failing system and positions itself as a disruptive innovator offering practice-based solutions. The authors examine the organization's policy entrepreneurship and neo-liberal framing, concluding that despite sophisticated presentation, its arguments rely on fallacies rather than sound reasoning about complex educational problems.

  • Regional Innovation Cluster for Small and Medium Enterprises (SME): A Triple Helix Concept

    Sri Herliana · 2015 · Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences

    Regional innovation clusters strengthen small and medium enterprises by fostering collaboration between academia, industry, and government—a triple helix approach. These clusters form part of broader regional innovation systems that support national economic growth. Government programs promoting cluster development enhance SME competitiveness and contribute significantly to the economy.

  • Organisational culture and cloud computing: coping with a disruptive innovation

    Nabil Sultan, Sylvia van de Bunt‐Kokhuis · 2012 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Cloud computing represents a disruptive innovation that fundamentally changes how organizations deliver and consume computing services. The paper applies Christensen's disruptive innovation theory to cloud computing, examining how this shift requires organizations to transform their operational cultures and service delivery models to adapt to flexible cost structures, scalability, and efficiency gains.

  • Leveraging micro‐ and macro‐structures of embeddedness in alliance networks for exploratory innovation in biotechnology

    Anastasios G. Karamanos · 2011 · R and D Management

    This study examines how alliance network structures affect exploratory innovation in biotechnology firms. Using patent data from 455 biotech companies and 2,933 alliances between 1986–1999, the research finds that firms achieving high exploratory innovation have short indirect connections to many other firms within their own alliance portfolios, while operating in dense industry networks centered around key hub firms. These effects follow curvilinear patterns.

  • Information and communication technology innovations: radical and disruptive?

    Michael Latzer · 2009 · New Media & Society

    This paper examines how well disruption theory and other innovation classifications explain ICT innovations in communications. The author reviews multiple innovation frameworks and finds that while internet and wireless technologies show frequent disruptive changes, the disruption concept has limited applicability in the converged communications sector. Different analysts reach contradictory conclusions because they make different analytical choices, and findings from single firms cannot be reliably generalized.

  • The formation of international innovation networks in the multinational corporation: an evolutionary perspective

    Ivo Zander · 2002 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    This paper examines how multinational corporations develop international innovation networks by studying ABB's historical growth. The author argues that existing frameworks overlook how a company's specific history and past events shape its ability to integrate knowledge across global operations. Understanding the actual processes behind network formation matters as much as analyzing the final structure.

  • Innovation ecosystems and national talent competitiveness: A country-based comparison using fsQCA

    Yangjie Huang, Kexin Li, Ping Li · 2023 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This study examines how innovation ecosystems drive national talent competitiveness across 33 countries. The research identifies e-government efficiency as a necessary condition for high talent competitiveness and reveals three distinct ecosystem types that generate competitive talent pools: business investment-driven, e-government-led, and R&D-driven models. The findings show asymmetric relationships between ecosystems producing high versus low talent competitiveness.

  • Neo-Triple Helix Model of Innovation Ecosystems: Integrating Triple, Quadruple and Quintuple Helix Models

    Yuzhuo Cai · 2022 · Triple Helix Journal

    This paper proposes an integrated neo-Triple Helix model that combines Triple, Quadruple, and Quintuple Helix frameworks to explain innovation ecosystems. The model operates at two levels: university-industry-government interactions at the innovation dynamics level, and the relationship between innovation dynamics, social structures, and the natural environment at the system level. The framework uses neo-institutional and neo-evolutionary perspectives to explain how these elements interact and evolve together.

  • Innovation Ecosystem Research: Emerging Trends and Future Research

    Yanzhang Gu, Longying Hu, Hongjin Zhang, Chenxuan Hou · 2021 · Sustainability

    This systematic review of 136 innovation ecosystem studies identifies five major research streams: technology innovation, platform innovation ecosystems, regional development, conceptualization and theory, and entrepreneurship. The authors map the intellectual structure of innovation ecosystem research, revealing fragmented knowledge across these areas. They provide targeted recommendations for future research directions to advance the field beyond its current conceptual gaps.

  • Learning to do responsible innovation in industry: six lessons

    Ibo van de Poel, Lotte Asveld, Steven M. Flipse, Pim Klaassen, Zenlin Kwee, Maria Maia, Elvio Mantovani, Christopher Nathan, Andrea Porcari, Emad Yaghmaei · 2020 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    Companies can adopt responsible research and innovation (RRI) practices, but require strategic shifts in approach. The authors distill six lessons from engaging industrial partners: prioritize stakeholder engagement, expand assessment methods, emphasize values, experiment iteratively, track progress, and pursue shared value creation. These findings apply to both industrial RRI implementation and broader RRI development.

  • Synthesizing an implementation framework for responsible research and innovation

    Aafke Fraaije, Steven M. Flipse · 2019 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper synthesizes existing frameworks for Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) into a practical implementation guide. The authors reviewed policy papers, EU projects, and academic literature from 2011-2016 to identify common RRI principles and develop a unified framework that researchers and engineers can actually use. The framework clarifies what RRI means in practice and identifies common pitfalls to avoid, helping move RRI from abstract concept to tangible application.

  • Efficiency of National Innovation Systems – Poland and Bulgaria in The Context of the Global Innovation Index

    Barbara Jankowska, Anna Matysek-Jędrych, Katarzyna Mroczek‐Dąbrowska · 2017 · Comparative Economic Research Central and Eastern Europe

    This paper examines how national innovation systems convert innovation inputs into outputs across countries. Using the Global Innovation Index data from 228 countries, the authors find that Poland and Bulgaria fail to follow the expected pattern where higher innovation investment produces higher innovation output. Through detailed comparison of these two cases, the paper investigates why their national innovation systems underperform relative to their resource investments.

  • Comparison of the shock absorption capacities of different mouthguards

    Melina Simonetta Bochnig, Min‐Jung Oh, Theresa Nagel, Fred Ziegler, Paul‐Georg Jost‐Brinkmann · 2017 · Dental Traumatology

    This study is not about rural innovation. It examines the protective qualities of different mouthguard designs through laboratory testing, measuring how various materials and thicknesses reduce tooth deflection and impact acceleration during collisions. The researchers found that thicker mouthguards with reinforced inserts and air spaces provided the best protection, with soft materials offering slightly better performance at lower impacts but degrading more at higher energies.

  • Social Innovation and Human Development—How the Capabilities Approach and Social Innovation Theory Mutually Support Each Other

    Jürgen Howaldt, Michael Schwarz · 2017 · Journal of Human Development and Capabilities

    Social innovations address major social challenges by creating new configurations of social practices that drive social change. The paper grounds social innovation in social theory, examining how it emerges from different actors and cultural contexts. It demonstrates that social innovation and human development concepts mutually reinforce each other, with social practices serving as the mechanism through which innovations generate meaningful social change.

  • The relationship between innovation network and innovation capability: a social network perspective

    Chun‐Yao Tseng, Sheng-cheng Lin, Da-Chang Pai, Chi-Wei Tung · 2016 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This study examines how a firm's position within innovation networks affects its innovation capability in the semiconductor industry. Using social network analysis, the researchers found that firms occupying central positions in networks and operating in denser networks develop stronger innovation capabilities. However, firms with tighter connections within isolated sub-clusters show weaker innovation capability, suggesting that broader network reach matters more than local clustering.

  • Absorptive Capacity and Ambidexterity in R&amp;D: Linking Technology Alliance Diversity and Firm Innovation

    Abel Lucena, Stephen Roper · 2016 · European Management Review

    Spanish manufacturing firms benefit from diverse technology alliances by leveraging their absorptive capacity and R&D ambidexterity. These internal capabilities act as mediating mechanisms that enable firms to combine knowledge from multiple alliance partners and translate it into innovation. The study demonstrates that firms with stronger knowledge-combining abilities gain greater innovation returns from their alliance portfolios.

  • Students’ Satisfaction and Achievement and Absorption Capacity in Higher Education

    Nabil El-Hilali, Sara Al-Jaber, Lina Hussein · 2015 · Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences

    This study of 146 business diploma students in Kuwait identifies factors driving student satisfaction and learning outcomes. College reputation, academic programs, and teaching methods directly influence satisfaction. Student participation, satisfaction, teaching quality, and program design shape achievement and absorption capacity. Tangible service quality elements matter most to students. Higher-performing students report greater satisfaction. The findings matter for institutions and employers recruiting graduates.

  • Living Labs for User-Driven Innovation: A Process Reference Model

    Javier García Guzmán, Álvaro Fernández Del Carpio, Ricardo Colomo‐Palacios, Manuel Velasco de Diego · 2013 · Research-Technology Management

    Living labs bring together software companies, researchers, and users to co-create and test new products and services. The authors studied six living labs to develop a process reference model that outlines effective practices for managing collaboration within these innovation environments. The model helps living labs implement efficient management strategies to maximize benefits for all participants.

  • Orchestrating Smart Business Network dynamics for innovation

    Javier Busquets · 2010 · European Journal of Information Systems

    This paper introduces orchestrating smart business networks as a managerial function that drives innovation by shaping network structure and dynamics. Using commitment and dynamic capabilities, managers can guide networks toward innovation by controlling structural changes, network boundaries, and digital platforms. The author tests this framework through a case study examining centripetal and centrifugal forces within networks.

  • Absorptive Capacity in R&amp;D Project Teams: A Conceptualization and Empirical Test

    Louise A. Nemanich, Robert T. Keller, Dusya Vera, Wynne W. Chin · 2010 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    This study develops and tests a multidimensional model of absorptive capacity in R&D project teams using data from 100 innovations. The research finds that teams' ability to evaluate external knowledge directly supports their capacity to assimilate it. Both individual and collective assimilation—particularly reaching shared understanding—matter for applying external knowledge. Prior knowledge reduces the benefit of individual assimilation, while team autonomy strengthens it. The findings clarify how different dimensions of absorptive capacity operate at individual and collective levels.

  • Social acceptance of green hydrogen in Germany: building trust through responsible innovation

    Johann Jakob Häußermann, Moritz Julian Maier, Thea C. Kirsch, Simone Kaiser, Martina Schraudner · 2023 · Energy Sustainability and Society

    Germans show low knowledge but high openness toward green hydrogen as a renewable energy technology. Trust in science, government, institutions, and media—shaped by regional values—drives acceptance. Participatory workshops and repeated positive engagement experiences strengthen support. The study recommends treating green hydrogen adoption as responsible innovation, building trust structurally to avoid conflicts like those surrounding wind energy.

  • Innovation systems for technology diffusion: An analytical framework and two case studies

    Alvar Palm · 2022 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This paper develops a diffusion innovation system framework that analyzes technology adoption by examining institutions, infrastructure, and supply-side dynamics together. Applied to Swedish renewable energy cases—solar photovoltaics and wind power—the framework shows how these factors co-develop over time through feedback loops that either support or hinder diffusion. The approach identifies specific barriers that policy and business strategy could address.

  • Reading the road: challenges and opportunities on the path to responsible innovation in quantum computing

    Carolyn Ten Holter, Philip Inglesant, Marina Jirotka · 2021 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Quantum computing researchers embedded in the UK's quantum programme studied how responsible innovation practices can be integrated into technology development. The team found significant challenges in embedding responsible innovation approaches and fostering dialogue between innovators and society. The authors recommend that policymakers, researchers, and industry prioritize societal considerations alongside commercial interests to ensure quantum technologies develop in ways that serve public needs and maintain public trust.

  • Superstar Cities and Left-Behind Places: Disruptive Innovation, Labor Demand, and Interregional Inequality

    Thomas Kemeny, Michael Storper · 2020 · London School of Economics and Political Science Research Online (London School of Economics and Political Science)

    The paper explains why economic inequality between U.S. regions increased after 1980, reversing decades of convergence. The authors argue that disruptive technologies concentrate demand for skilled workers in certain places initially, then eventually spread that demand elsewhere. Labor supply follows these shifts, creating cycles of regional concentration and dispersal. This theory accounts for observed patterns of rising and falling interregional inequality over time.

  • The Role of Venture Capital Investment in Startups’ Sustainable Growth and Performance: Focusing on Absorptive Capacity and Venture Capitalists’ Reputation

    Ji-Hye Jeong, Juhee Kim, Hanei Son, Daeil Nam · 2020 · Sustainability

    Venture capital investment at early stages significantly improves startup growth and performance, particularly when startups possess high potential absorptive capacity. The study analyzed 363 listed firms from 2000 to 2007 and found that initial-stage VC funding creates stronger sustainable growth than later-stage investment. Realized absorptive capacity showed no moderating effect, but potential absorptive capacity strengthened the relationship between early VC investment and firm performance.

  • Effect of entrepreneurial orientation on radical innovation performance among manufacturing SMEs: the mediating role of absorptive capacity

    Sampson Ato Sarsah, Hongyun Tian, Courage Simon Kofi Dogbe, Bylon Abeeku Bamfo, Wisdom Wise Kwabla Pomegbe · 2020 · Journal of strategy and management

    Manufacturing SMEs in Ghana that combine entrepreneurial orientation with strong absorptive capacity—the ability to acquire and apply new knowledge—achieve significantly better radical innovation performance. The study shows that both potential absorptive capacity (acquiring knowledge) and realized absorptive capacity (applying knowledge) mediate this relationship, with balance between the two capacities producing the strongest innovation outcomes.

  • Disruptive technology and disruptive innovation: ignore at your peril!

    Debashis Majumdar, Pradipta Kumar Banerji, Satyajit Chakrabarti · 2018 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This paper examines disruptive technologies reshaping industries worldwide, including digitalization, artificial intelligence, robotics, 3D printing, and renewable energy. These innovations will transform manufacturing, construction, energy systems, education, and retail. The authors warn that while new skills emerge, widespread job displacement will create significant socio-economic and political challenges.

  • Technology convergence capability and firm innovation in the manufacturing sector: an approach based on patent network analysis

    Keungoui Kim, Sungdo Jung, Junseok Hwang · 2018 · R and D Management

    This study measures how manufacturing firms develop technology convergence capabilities—the ability to combine different technologies—using patent network analysis. The researchers analyzed the top 30 firms across four manufacturing industries and found that firms with high connectivity in their patent networks produce more patents overall, but fewer convergent innovations. Conversely, firms that bridge different technology areas generate more convergent innovations. The findings suggest firms must balance depth in similar technologies with breadth across different technology domains to effectively pursue convergence innovation.

  • Experiments in interdisciplinarity: Responsible research and innovation and the public good

    Ana María Delgado, Heidrun Åm · 2018 · PLoS Biology

    European responsible research and innovation (RRI) policy requires scientists, engineers, and social science scholars to collaborate early in research projects to serve the public good. The authors argue that interdisciplinary collaboration between natural scientists and humanities scholars faces real challenges, and that RRI's meaning and implementation must be determined through experimental coresearch rather than assumed in advance.

  • Enabling Ecosystems for Social Enterprises and Social Innovation: A Capability Approach Perspective

    Mario Biggeri, Enrico Testi, Marco Bellucci · 2017 · Journal of Human Development and Capabilities

    Social enterprises can solve social problems innovatively, but their success depends on supportive ecosystems. This study analyzed data from 164 stakeholder interviews, 850 social enterprises across 11 EU countries, and behavioral experiments to identify what enables social innovation. The authors recommend policymakers adopt integrated, multi-disciplinary approaches to create ecosystems that help social enterprises develop and innovate effectively.

  • Soaking It Up: Absorptive Capacity in Interorganizational New Product Development Teams

    Julia Backmann, Martin Hoegl, John Cordery · 2015 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This study measures absorptive capacity—the ability to acquire, assimilate, and exploit knowledge—at the team level in interorganizational product development. Analyzing 98 teams across organizations, the researchers found that work-style similarity and moderate knowledge complementarity between partner teams strengthen absorptive capacity, while social similarity does not. Teams with higher absorptive capacity produced more innovative products, demonstrating that knowledge absorption at the team level directly drives innovation outcomes.

  • The Role of Absorptive Capacity in Acquisition Knowledge Transfer

    Paulina Junni, Riikka M. Sarala · 2013 · Thunderbird International Business Review

    This study examines how absorptive capacity—the ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new knowledge—affects knowledge transfer during company acquisitions. The researchers identify key factors that strengthen absorptive capacity: reducing cultural differences between nations, minimizing employee withdrawal, improving communication during integration, and establishing effective knowledge processing systems. Testing their model on Finnish acquisitions, they demonstrate that absorptive capacity significantly determines whether acquired companies successfully transfer knowledge to their new owners.

  • Organizing the Innovation Process: Complementarities in Innovation Networking

    James H. Love, Stephen Roper · 2009 · Industry and Innovation

    This paper examines how manufacturing plants in the UK and Germany use external networks across different stages of innovation. German firms show stronger complementarities between external networking activities, while UK firms tend to substitute external networks across stages. The findings reveal that optimal innovation strategies differ between countries and that the relationship between internal and external knowledge sources is more complex than previously understood.

  • The Anchor Tenant Hypothesis: Exploring the Role of Large, Local, R&D-Intensive Firms in Regional Innovation Systems

    Ajay Agrawal, Iain Cockburn · 2007 · SSRN Electronic Journal

    Large, R&D-intensive firms acting as anchor tenants strengthen regional innovation systems by improving how local universities' research translates into commercial innovation. The authors examined three technology areas and found that regions with such anchor firms convert academic research into local industrial R&D more effectively than regions without them, despite similar university research presence across regions.

  • The Diffusion of Medical Innovations: Can Figurational Sociology Contribute?

    Sue Dopson · 2005 · Organization Studies

    This paper argues that figurational sociology, developed by Norbert Elias, provides a robust theoretical framework for understanding innovation and change. The author demonstrates how Elias's emphasis on long-term unplanned processes helps explain complex change management, using evidence-based medicine adoption in clinical practice as a case study. The approach offers insights for policymakers managing innovation implementation.

  • The Effect of New Product Radicality and Scope on the Extent and Speed of Innovation Diffusion

    Hochang B. Lee · 2003 · Journal of Management

    This study examines how two characteristics of new products—radicality and scope—influence how widely and quickly innovations spread across markets. Using data from 82 product innovations across three industries over sixteen years, the research finds that more radical innovations achieve broader adoption and spread faster, while broader-scope innovations spread faster. The findings apply institutional and bandwagon theories to explain why specific product features drive diffusion rates.

  • Green intellectual capital and green business strategy: The role of green absorptive capacity

    Saira Begum, Muhammad Ashfaq, Kaveh Asiaei, Khuram Shahzad · 2023 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Green intellectual capital drives manufacturing firms to adopt green business strategies, with this effect mediated by green absorptive capacity and moderated by corporate environmental ethics. Research on 268 Pakistani manufacturing workers shows that organizations with stronger green knowledge and learning capabilities implement more environmentally responsible business practices, regardless of industry type. Knowledge-based resources and environmental regulations emerge as key drivers of green strategy adoption.

  • Towards innovation performance of SMEs: investigating the role of digital platforms, innovation culture and frugal innovation in emerging economies

    Amira Khattak, Mosab I. Tabash, Zahid Yousaf, Magdalena Rãdulescu, Abdelmohsen A. Nassani, Mohamed Haffar · 2021 · Journal of Entrepreneurship in Emerging Economies

    Digital platforms directly boost innovation performance in small and medium enterprises in emerging economies, while innovation culture mediates this relationship. Frugal innovation moderates the link between innovation culture and performance. The study surveyed 387 managers at Pakistani SMEs and found that businesses adopting digital platforms and fostering innovation culture achieve better innovation outcomes, critical for competing in dynamic emerging markets.

  • The evolution of knowledge-intensive innovation ecosystems: co-evolving entrepreneurial activity and innovation policy in the West Swedish maritime system

    Ethan Gifford, Maureen McKelvey, Rögnvaldur J. Sæmundsson · 2020 · Industry and Innovation

    This paper examines how innovation ecosystems emerge by studying Sweden's West Swedish maritime cluster. The authors argue that sustainable innovation requires both top-down policy exploration by government and bottom-up entrepreneurial activity. They find that knowledge-intensive entrepreneurship combined with experimental policymaking and new collaborative approaches drive progress toward innovation-led sustainable development.

  • Collaborative innovation and human-machine networks

    Rainer Kattel, Veiko Lember, Piret Tõnurist · 2019 · Public Management Review

    Digital technology shapes how public organizations collaborate and innovate. Through case studies of cross-sector coordination, the authors show that technology is not neutral—it actively determines who participates, how they interact, and what outcomes emerge. Technology can either enable or obstruct effective collaboration depending on how it structures human-machine interactions.

  • Synergy in Knowledge-Based Innovation Systems at National and Regional Levels: The Triple-Helix Model and the Fourth Industrial Revolution

    Loet Leydesdorff · 2018 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    The paper argues that knowledge-based innovation systems operate through dynamic expectations that can be tested and refined. The Triple-Helix model provides a framework to measure synergy between institutions and assess how well innovation systems generate options and reduce uncertainty. The Fourth Industrial Revolution represents a shift toward model-based innovation, and the author demonstrates how to empirically evaluate whether technological revolutions are occurring using information-theoretic measures of redundancy.

  • Managing Innovation Paradox in the Sustainable Innovation Ecosystem: A Case Study of Ambidextrous Capability in a Focal Firm

    Delin Zeng, Jingbo Hu, Taohua Ouyang · 2017 · Sustainability

    A Chinese aerospace company balances competing innovation demands—profit versus breakthrough discoveries, tight versus loose organizational structures, and discipline versus passion-driven work—by developing ambidextrous capabilities across internal departments and external partners. The firm manages these tensions through dual innovation units, strengthened internal-external ties, and shared value creation, demonstrating how focal firms navigate paradoxes within sustainable innovation ecosystems.

  • Intervening role of realized absorptive capacity in organizational culture–open innovation relationship

    M. Muzamil Naqshbandi, Yehia Kamel · 2017 · Journal of General Management

    This study examines how organizational culture types influence open innovation adoption in UAE companies. Integrative cultures positively support open innovation, while hierarchical cultures inhibit it. The research shows that realized absorptive capacity—an organization's ability to use acquired knowledge—mediates these relationships. The findings help managers understand which cultural conditions enable successful open innovation initiatives.

  • Innovative products and services with environmental benefits: design of search strategies for external knowledge and absorptive capacity

    Caroline Mothe, Uyen T. Nguyen-Thi, Ángela Triguero · 2017 · Journal of Environmental Planning and Management

    French firms pursuing environmental innovations use different external knowledge strategies depending on their goals. Acquiring machinery and equipment drives eco-process innovations, while external R&D partnerships specifically support eco-product development. Collaborative R&D sharing advances both types of environmental innovation. Market-based information sources consistently support all environmental innovation efforts.

  • Connecting corporations and communities: Towards a theory of social inclusive open innovation

    Anil K. Gupta, Anamika Dey, Gurdeep Singh · 2017 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    The paper argues that existing institutions fail to address persistent social needs and unmet challenges. It proposes that corporations must adopt open innovation approaches that blend grassroots ideas with corporate expertise in reciprocal and respectful ways. The authors contend that socio-ecological systems recognizing and rewarding innovation can respond quickly to emerging challenges, and that appropriate manufacturing and supply chain design must integrate with open innovation ecosystems to create jobs, build skills, and generate entrepreneurial opportunities.

  • Trustworthiness and Responsible Research and Innovation: The Case of the Bio-Economy

    Lotte Asveld, Jurgen Ganzevles, Patrícia Osseweijer · 2015 · Journal of Agricultural and Environmental Ethics

    Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) can advance sustainable bio-economy development in the Netherlands and Europe by building trust among value-chain actors. The paper argues that RRI creates conditions for trustworthiness through personal relationships, third-party guarantors, institutions, and value communication. These mechanisms help address public concerns about sensitive issues like genetic modification, enabling wider adoption of biomass-based technologies across socially complex innovation trajectories.

  • Responsible innovation in the light of moral responsibility

    Sophie Pellé, Bernard Reber · 2015 · Journal on Chain and Network Science

    This paper examines moral responsibility within responsible innovation frameworks, particularly in supply chains and innovation networks. The authors critique responsible innovation advocates for underdeveloping the concept's normative foundations and neglecting corporate social responsibility approaches. They map ten philosophical meanings of responsibility—distinguishing negative from positive conceptions—and explore how these meanings apply practically to supply chains and innovation networks.

  • Do Regions Make a Difference? Regional Innovation Systems and Global Innovation Networks in the ICT Industry

    Cristina Chamináde, Monica Plechero · 2014 · European Planning Studies

    Regional innovation systems shape how firms access global innovation networks in the ICT industry. The study compares European, Chinese, and Indian regions using firm surveys and case studies. Regions with weaker organizational and institutional thickness actually participate more in global networks, suggesting global connections compensate for local innovation system deficiencies.

  • Development of small and medium-sized enterprise horizontal innovation networks: UK agri-food sector study

    Maura McAdam, Rodney McAdam, Adele Dunn, Clare McCall · 2014 · International Small Business Journal Researching Entrepreneurship

    Small and medium-sized bakery businesses in the UK agri-food sector formed a horizontal innovation network to share resources and develop new products together. Over 27 months, researchers tracked how this network evolved through three distinct stages. The study shows that competing businesses can overcome rivalries through collaboration, using shared knowledge and social connections to increase competitiveness and drive joint innovation.

  • Exploring Social Network Dynamics Driving Knowledge Management for Innovation

    Claire Gubbins, Lawrence Dooley · 2013 · Journal of Management Inquiry

    Knowledge management drives innovation, but the process remains complex and poorly understood. This paper examines how social networks facilitate knowledge management for innovation by studying three university-industry partnerships. The research tracks how structural, relational, and cognitive social capital evolve across different innovation phases, identifying which network characteristics matter most at each stage.

  • Ranking National Innovation Systems According to their technical Efficiency

    Monica Matei, Anamaria Aldea · 2012 · Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences

    This study measures and compares the technical efficiency of national innovation systems across EU27 member states plus Croatia, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, and Turkey. Using data from the 2011 Innovation Union Scoreboard database and data envelopment analysis, the researchers ranked countries by innovation system performance. The analysis reveals how efficiently different nations convert innovation inputs into outputs.

  • The role of a firm's absorptive capacity and the technology transfer process in clusters: How effective are technology centres in low-tech clusters?

    José-Luis Hervás-Oliver, José Albors Garrigós, Blanca de-Miguel, Antonio Hidalgo Nuchera · 2012 · Entrepreneurship and Regional Development

    Small and medium-sized firms in low-tech manufacturing clusters access technology centres and research institutes based on their absorptive capacity—their internal resources and ability to learn. The study of 80 firms found that knowledge-intensive sectors use research infrastructure more effectively, while less knowledge-intensive sectors rely instead on supplier relationships. Technology centres alone cannot drive innovation; firms must actively seek out and engage with available knowledge sources.

  • User-driven innovation? Challenges of user involvement in future technology analysis

    Katrien De Moor, Katrien Berte, Lieven De Marez, Wout Joseph, Tom Deryckere, Luc Martens · 2010 · Science and Public Policy

    Companies increasingly adopt user-driven innovation strategies in information and communications technologies, placing users at the center of product development. This paper identifies two critical challenges: maintaining continuous user involvement and integrating user knowledge into interdisciplinary development processes. The authors demonstrate solutions through the ROMAS project, which tested future mobile applications in a living lab setting with systematic user participation.

  • Knowledge Acquisition, Absorptive Capacity, And Innovation Capability: An Empirical Study Of Taiwan'S Knowledge-Intensive Industries

    Shu-Hsien Liao, Chi‐Chuan Wu, Da-Chian Hu, Guang An. Tsuei · 2009 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    This study examines how knowledge acquisition and absorptive capacity drive innovation in Taiwan's finance and manufacturing sectors. Using survey data from 362 companies, the researchers found that absorptive capacity acts as a mediator between knowledge acquisition and innovation capability. Knowledge acquisition directly strengthens absorptive capacity, which then enables firms to innovate more effectively.

  • Web Mash-ups and Patchwork Prototyping: User-driven technological innovation with Web 2.0 and Open Source Software

    Ingbert R. Floyd, Matt Jones, Dinesh Rathi, Michael B. Twidale · 2007

    Users and non-programmers are driving technological innovation by combining open-source software components and web APIs to create functional prototypes and solutions. This mashup approach applies traditional software development techniques in novel ways, enabling creative problem-solving by people without formal programming expertise and reshaping how technology gets designed and produced.

  • Network of Collaborations for Innovation: The Case of Biotechnology

    Vittorio Chiesa, Giovanni Toletti · 2004 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Biotechnology firms developing new drugs and agricultural products increasingly rely on collaborations to navigate product development and commercialization. This study of 27 organizations examines how inter-institutional partnerships differ across various stages of introducing biotech products to market, comparing collaboration patterns between pharmaceutical and agricultural sectors.

  • Innovation and heterogeneous knowledge in managerial contact networks

    Simon Rodan · 2002 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Managers innovate more effectively when they interact with colleagues who possess diverse knowledge, but only when their local networks are sparse. The study of 106 high-tech managers shows that knowledge diversity alone doesn't guarantee innovation—managers need both exposure to heterogeneous knowledge and enough local autonomy to synthesize new ideas. Sparse networks provide the independence required to develop and implement innovations.

  • Knowlege networks for innovation in small Scottish software firms

    Simon Collinson · 2000 · Entrepreneurship and Regional Development

    Small Scottish software companies rely on regional knowledge networks and clusters of complementary expertise to innovate and grow. The study reveals how learning through sociotechnical networks drives firm development, and shows that Scotland's infrastructure supports indigenous software ventures despite competition from foreign multinationals. Policy efforts to create a 'silicon glen' effect must account for these localized knowledge dynamics.

  • The adoption of big data analytics in Jordanian SMEs: An extended technology organization environment framework with diffusion of innovation and perceived usefulness

    Najah Al-shanableh, Mazen Alzyoud, Saleh Al-Omar, Yousef Kilani, Eman Nashnush, Sulieman Ibraheem Shelash Al-Hawary, Ala’a M. Al-Momani · 2024 · International Journal of Data and Network Science

    Jordanian small and medium enterprises face barriers to adopting big data analytics despite recognizing its benefits. This study combined two innovation frameworks to identify factors driving adoption among 388 managers. Relative advantage, compatibility, low complexity, top management support, competitive pressure, and security all increased perceived usefulness, which directly boosted adoption rates. The findings provide guidance for SMEs pursuing digital transformation.

  • Start-up collaboration units as knowledge brokers in Corporate Innovation Ecosystems: A study in the automotive industry

    Vincenzo Corvello, Alberto Michele Felicetti, Annika Steiber, Sverker Alänge · 2023 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    Start-up collaboration units within large automotive companies act as knowledge brokers between established firms and startups. The study identifies key barriers to knowledge exchange—including mismatched interpretations and conflicting expectations—and reveals six strategies SCUs use to improve collaboration: building networks, integrating communication, eliciting knowledge, orchestrating dialogue, encouraging creative thinking, and increasing organizational agility.

  • From the Dark Side of Industry 4.0 to Society 5.0: Looking “Beyond the Box” to Developing Human-Centric Innovation Ecosystems

    Elias G. Carayannis, Rossella Canestrino, Pierpaolo Magliocca · 2023 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    The paper argues that Industry 4.0's purely technology-focused approach has created problems, and proposes moving toward Society 5.0, which balances technology with human needs, sustainability, and resilience. Using the Quintuple Helix Model, the authors provide a framework showing how government, universities, industry, civil society, and the environment can work together to build innovation ecosystems that serve both business and society while addressing pandemic and climate challenges.

  • Green innovation peer effects in common institutional ownership networks

    Xiaohui Wu, Yumin Li, Chong Feng · 2022 · Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental Management

    Chinese firms imitate their peers' green innovation decisions when they share common institutional investors. The study finds two mechanisms drive this: institutional investors sharing information about green innovation, and competitive pressure between firms with shared investors. Firms with tight finances and lower risk tolerance imitate more, preferring peers in similar industries with matching ownership structures. This peer-driven imitation improves firm value, suggesting it reflects genuine strategic adoption rather than hollow mimicry.

  • Knowledge management process as a mediator between collaborative culture and frugal innovation: the moderating role of perceived organizational support

    Muhammad Usman Shehzad, Jianhua Zhang, Sajjad Alam, Ziao Cao, Fredrick Ahenkora Boamah, Mubashir Ahmad · 2022 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    Collaborative culture in Pakistani manufacturing and service firms drives frugal innovation through knowledge management processes. Knowledge management partially mediates the relationship between collaborative culture and two types of frugal innovation—functional improvements and cost reduction—but not ecosystem innovation. Perceived organizational support strengthens the effect of collaborative culture on knowledge management and functional innovation, while weakening its effect on cost reduction and ecosystem innovation.

  • Orchestrating innovation networks: Alignment and orchestration profile approach

    Pia Hurmelinna‐Laukkanen, Kristian Möller, Satu Nätti · 2021 · Journal of Business Research

    This paper develops an orchestration profile approach for managing inter-organizational innovation networks. The authors identify three generic orchestration profiles—translative, transformative, and transcending—that align management practices with different network types and value-creation logics. These profiles provide practical guidance for managers designing effective orchestration strategies across diverse innovation networks.

  • Exploring regional innovation ecosystems: an empirical study in China

    Ke Rong, Yong Lin, J. Yu, Y. Zhang, Agnieszka Radziwon · 2020 · Industry and Innovation

    This study examines regional innovation ecosystems in China through three case studies, developing a 4C framework covering construct, cooperation, configuration, and capability. The research shows that organizations coevolve within ecosystems, and that complementarity-based collaboration within and between regional ecosystems—supported by government—strengthens national innovation capacity. The framework helps redistribute roles, coordinate resources, and identify partnership opportunities.

  • Dual Networking: How Collaborators Network in Their Quest for Innovation

    Anne L. J. Ter Wal, Paola Criscuolo, Bill McEvily, Ammon Salter · 2020 · Administrative Science Quarterly

    Organizations divide innovation work between specialist and generalist roles. This study finds that collaborating pairs perform better when they network within the same groups but connect to different individuals, rather than splitting into entirely separate networks. This dual networking approach enables partners to interpret information from multiple angles, influence stakeholders more effectively, and champion ideas more successfully than pure divide-and-conquer strategies.

  • Applying open innovation strategies in the context of a regional innovation ecosystem: The case of Janssen Pharmaceuticals

    Joanna Robaczewska, Wim Vanhaverbeke, Annika Lorenz · 2019 · Global Transitions

    Janssen Pharmaceuticals in Belgium actively shaped a regional innovation ecosystem around its R&D center by opening firm boundaries, sharing infrastructure, mobilizing funding, and influencing policy to attract external talent and expertise. The company moved beyond traditional open innovation to strategically embed itself in a regional environment, creating a world-class research hub. This approach integrates open innovation, innovation ecosystems, and regional economics theories.

  • Network Centrality and Open Innovation: A Social Network Analysis of an SME Manufacturing Cluster

    Judith Woods, Brendan Galbraith, Nola Hewitt‐Dundas · 2019 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    Small and medium-sized manufacturers in an Irish cluster benefit from their position within innovation networks. Firms occupying central network positions—connected to more cluster members—show greater innovation activity in product development. Firm size, absorptive capacity, and managerial orientation determine a firm's network position. Despite knowledge-sharing concerns, networking activity correlates positively with innovation performance in low-technology manufacturing.

  • Supply chain agility: a mediator for absorptive capacity

    Angel Martı́nez Sánchez, Fernando Lahoz-Leo · 2018 · Baltic Journal of Management

    This study examines how supply chain agility mediates the relationship between absorptive capacity and firm performance. Using data from 231 Spanish firms, the authors find that supply chain agility does indeed mediate this relationship. Firms with more agile supply chains benefit more from their investments in absorptive capacity when improving overall performance.

  • Linking Transformational Leadership, Absorptive Capacity, and Corporate Entrepreneurship

    Imran Shafique, Masood Nawaz Kalyar · 2018 · Administrative Sciences

    Transformational leadership directly boosts corporate entrepreneurship in Pakistani small and medium enterprises, and also works indirectly through absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to recognize and use external knowledge. The study tested five entrepreneurship dimensions: innovation, new business venturing, self-renewal, proactivity, and risk-taking. Firms should hire transformational leaders and invest in absorptive capacity to strengthen entrepreneurial activities.

  • The contrasting effects of active and passive cooperation on innovation and productivity: Evidence from British local innovation networks

    Emanuele Giovannetti, Claudio A. Piga · 2017 · International Journal of Production Economics

    This study examines how different types of cooperation affect innovation and productivity in British firms. Active cooperation with suppliers and customers boosts innovation and productivity, while active cooperation among competitors actually reduces innovation rates. Passive knowledge spillovers from competitors' activities benefit firms. The findings suggest innovation policies should encourage cooperation within supply chains while discouraging direct competitor collaboration to maximize system-wide productivity gains.

  • Building a middle-range theory of Transformative Social Innovation; theoretical pitfalls and methodological responses

    Alexander Haxeltine, Bonno Pel, Université libre de Bruxelles, Julia M. Wittmayer, Adina Dumitru, René Kemp, Flor Avelino · 2017 · European Public & Social Innovation Review

    This paper develops middle-range theory for transformative social innovation by identifying three theoretical pitfalls and proposing solutions centered on social relations and innovation processes. The authors use iterative cycles between case study research and analysis to build theory that provides practical insights into how social innovation drives transformative change. They emphasize maintaining reflexivity throughout theory development.

  • Emotional attachment and multidimensional self-efficacy: extension of innovation diffusion theory in the context of eBook reader

    Mehwish Waheed, Kiran Kaur, NoorUl Ain, Shamsudeen Ademola Sanni · 2015 · Behaviour and Information Technology

    This study extends innovation diffusion theory by incorporating emotional attachment and self-efficacy to explain eBook reader adoption. Research with university students found that relative advantage, trialability, observability, and both human-assisted and individual self-efficacy drive adoption intention. Emotional attachment to paper books, however, weakens the link between positive attitudes toward eBooks and actual adoption. The framework helps managers understand behavioral and emotional barriers when launching new technologies.

  • Sustainable Innovation: A Competitive Advantage for Innovation Ecosystems

    Kaisa Oksanen, Antti Hautamäki · 2015 · Technology Innovation Management Review

    National and regional innovation systems face pressure to adapt as economies shift from manufacturing to services and socio-technical changes reshape innovation landscapes. The paper argues that sustainable innovation provides a competitive advantage for innovation ecosystems, helping countries, regions, and cities navigate structural economic changes and meet demands of the global competitive environment.

  • Network centrality, organizational innovation, and performance: A meta‐analysis

    Haifeng Wang, Zhao Jie, Yuan Li, Chuanjia Li · 2015 · Canadian Journal of Administrative Sciences / Revue Canadienne des Sciences de l Administration

    Network centrality—an organization's position within its network—drives both innovation and performance across 15,860 organizations in 40 studies. Small organizations gain stronger innovation benefits from central network positions, while large organizations see stronger performance gains. Organizations in developed institutional environments and knowledge-intensive industries benefit most from network centrality.

  • Experiment Earth: responsible innovation in geoengineering

    Stilgoe, J · 2015 · Choice Reviews Online

    This book examines geoengineering experiments and their implications for responsible science and innovation. Through three years of sociological research with scientists on major geoengineering projects, the author analyzes the politics of experimentation and argues that scientists must reconsider their responsibilities in shaping future outcomes. The work provides a framework for understanding science's role in contemporary society.

  • Characteristics of Nasal-Associated Lymphoid Tissue (NALT) and Nasal Absorption Capacity in Chicken

    Haihong Kang, Mengfei Yan, Qinghua Yu, Qian Yang · 2013 · PLoS ONE

    This paper examines the structure and function of nasal-associated lymphoid tissue (NALT) in chickens and their capacity to absorb antigens through the nasal mucosa. Researchers found NALT concentrated in specific nasal cavity locations and demonstrated that chicken nasal tissue can absorb various particles and inactivated avian influenza virus. Absorption increased when combined with sodium cholate or CpG DNA. These findings support development of more effective intranasal vaccines for poultry.

  • A Qualitative Application of the Diffusion of Innovations Theory to Examine Determinants of Guideline Adherence Among Physical Therapists

    Janneke Harting, Geert M. Rutten, Steven TJ Rutten, Stef Kremers · 2009 · Physical Therapy

    Physical therapists in the Netherlands rarely adopt evidence-based guidelines for low back pain after they are disseminated. This study used focus group interviews and Rogers' Diffusion of Innovations Theory to understand why. Therapists had unfavorable views about how guidelines were shared but provided little information about their adoption decisions. The theory proved useful for structuring the research and revealed that guideline implementation remained incomplete among practitioners.

  • Networks and innovation in European construction: benefits from inter-organisational cooperation in a fragmented industry

    Marcela Miozzo, Paul M. Dewick · 2004 · International Journal of Technology Management

    Construction industries across five European countries show varying performance levels. The research reveals that stronger inter-organisational networks—particularly between contractors, subcontractors, material suppliers, government, universities, architects, clients, and international partners—correlate with better industry performance. Cooperation networks drive innovation in this fragmented sector.

  • Innovation, Diffusion, and Institutional Change

    William H. Redmond · 2003 · Journal of Economic Issues

    This paper examines how technological innovation drives institutional change by connecting diffusion theory with institutional economics. Rather than focusing solely on inventors and technological supply, the author argues for a demand-side perspective that explains why communities accept or reject innovations. The paper reconciles diffusion theory with institutional analysis to better understand how new technologies become embedded in social structures and institutions.

  • Global drug diffusion and innovation with the medicines patent pool

    Lucy Xiaolu Wang · 2022 · Journal of Health Economics

    The Medicines Patent Pool, a joint licensing platform for patented drugs, significantly increases generic drug supply in developing countries, especially those with stronger patent protection. The pool enables generic firms worldwide to license drug bundles affordably for sales in designated developing nations. Analysis of licensing contracts, procurement data, clinical trials, and drug approvals shows the pool also generates modest increases in clinical trials and new drug approvals, primarily from non-pool firms.

  • Strategic orientations and responsible innovation in SMEs: The moderating effects of environmental turbulence

    Xiue Zhang, Xinyu Teng, Yuan Le, Yijing Li · 2022 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    This study examines how strategic orientations drive responsible innovation in Chinese SMEs under different environmental conditions. Using data from 194 firms, the researchers found that digital and environmental orientations both boost responsible innovation, with environmental orientation having stronger effects. Market and technological turbulence strengthen the link between digital orientation and responsible innovation, but weaken the link between environmental orientation and responsible innovation.

  • Transformative governance of innovation ecosystems

    Тотти Коннола, Ville Eloranta, Taija Turunen, Ahti Salo · 2021 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This paper examines how governance structures shape innovation ecosystems and their transformative capacity. The authors analyze funding mechanisms and institutional frameworks that support innovation development, drawing on Finnish and European research programs. They identify governance approaches that enable ecosystems to adapt and create value across multiple sectors and stakeholder groups.

  • Toward an Evolutionary and Sustainability Perspective of the Innovation Ecosystem: Revisiting the Panarchy Model

    James Boyer · 2020 · Sustainability

    This paper applies the Panarchy model to innovation ecosystems, arguing that they evolve through four phases: exploitation, conservation, decline, and reorganization. The framework shows how innovation ecosystems avoid technology lock-in and rigidity by balancing exploitative and generative functions. This evolutionary perspective helps policymakers and practitioners understand how ecosystems build resilience and competitiveness when facing major disruptions.

  • Responsible Innovation for Sustainable Development Goals in Business: An Agenda for Cooperative Firms

    Oier Imaz Alias, Andoni Eizagirre Eizagirre · 2020 · Sustainability

    Responsible Innovation can help cooperative firms and social and solidarity economy businesses implement Sustainable Development Goals. The paper finds that these firms benefit from responsible innovation through business model transformation and contribute to SDGs by enabling partnerships and innovation. Cooperatives extend SDG implementation beyond their traditional principles to become key enablers of sustainable development across business sectors.

  • Strategic marketing approaches for the diffusion of innovation in highly regulated industrial markets: the value of market access

    Francesco Schiavone, Michele Simoni · 2019 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    Two multinational healthcare companies in Italy overcame regulatory barriers to product diffusion by adopting three strategic approaches: conducting educational activities with opinion leaders and patient associations, simulating innovation impacts on the healthcare system, and establishing dedicated market access units. These strategies enabled firms to achieve regulatory compliance while promoting new product adoption in highly regulated markets.

  • Agglomeration, absorptive capacity and knowledge governance: implications for public–private firm innovation in China

    Anthony Howell · 2019 · Regional Studies

    Private enterprises in China innovate more efficiently than state-owned enterprises, even when both possess similar absorptive capacity. Local spillovers from related industries boost innovation, particularly for firms with strong learning abilities. The research shows that absorptive capacity alone doesn't guarantee successful knowledge integration; private firms' superior governance procedures enable them to leverage external knowledge more effectively than state-owned counterparts.

  • Frugal innovation in developed markets – Adaption of a criteria-based evaluation model

    Thomas Winkler, Anita Ulz, Wolfgang Knöbl, Hans Lercher · 2019 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    This paper develops an evaluation model to assess why frugal innovations succeed or fail in developed markets. The authors adapt existing criteria for frugal innovation and introduce the concept of "second-degree frugal innovation" to distinguish developed-market frugal products from those in developing markets. Through three case studies, they demonstrate that frugal innovation success depends heavily on market context, with differences in usability, quality, and pricing. The model provides practitioners with tools like value analysis to optimize frugal product development.

  • How ability, motivation and opportunity influence travel agents performance: the moderating role of absorptive capacity

    Ahmed Mohamed Elbaz, Gomaa Agag, Nasser Alhamar Alkathiri · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This study examines how travel agents' manager competencies—ability, motivation, and opportunity-seeking—influence knowledge transfer and employee performance in Egypt. The research finds that all three competencies positively affect knowledge received by employees, with absorptive capacity moderating these relationships. Employees with greater absorptive capacity better convert received knowledge into improved travel agent performance, suggesting that developing employee capacity to absorb and apply external knowledge strengthens organizational competitiveness.

  • Emerging Lessons From Regional and State Innovation in Value‐Based Payment Reform: Balancing Collaboration and Disruptive Innovation

    Douglas A. Conrad, David Grembowski, Susan E. Hernandez, Bernard W. K. Lau, Miriam Marcus‐Smith · 2014 · Milbank Quarterly

    Value-based payment reform projects across six U.S. states succeeded when multistakeholder coalitions had trusted leadership, external funding, and supportive regulatory environments. Key barriers included incompatible information systems, competing stakeholder priorities, and misalignment between payment models and care delivery. Successful reform required an honest broker to convene stakeholders, change management expertise, and community health infrastructure alongside pressure from payers and providers.

  • Industry Platforms and Ecosystem Innovation

    Annabelle Gawer, Michael A. Cusumano · 2013 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This paper distinguishes between internal platforms (company-specific product foundations) and external platforms (industry-wide foundations for ecosystem innovation). The authors analyze how platform leaders like Intel manage innovation, competition, and technological change. They identify design principles, economic factors, and strategic practices that enable effective platform leadership and ecosystem development across diverse industries.

  • State and development of innovation networks

    Christoph Dilk, Ronald Gleich, Andreas Wald, Jaideep Motwani · 2008 · Management Decision

    Innovation networks are increasingly important in the European automotive industry, enabling companies to access technologies flexibly, strengthen customer relationships, and retain suppliers. A study of 39 networks across large manufacturers and small suppliers found these networks perform well overall, though management practices have room for improvement. The research identifies key formation and governance patterns that could enhance network effectiveness.

  • SIMULATING KNOWLEDGE-GENERATION AND DISTRIBUTION PROCESSES IN INNOVATION COLLABORATIONS AND NETWORKS

    Andreas Pyka, Nigel Gilbert, Petra Ahrweiler · 2007 · Cybernetics & Systems

    This paper presents an agent-based simulation model that represents how knowledge generation and distribution work in innovation networks. The model captures heterogeneous agents with different knowledge stocks, uncertainty, learning from experience and collaboration, and the effects of failure. The simulation demonstrates that artificial innovation networks exhibit characteristics matching real innovation networks in knowledge-intensive industries, revealing dynamics that traditional economic models cannot capture.

  • The diffusion of environmental policy innovations: cornerstones of an analytical framework

    Kerstin Tews · 2005 · European Environment

    This paper develops a conceptual framework for understanding how environmental policy innovations spread across countries. The author argues that policy diffusion results from interactions between international forces, national factors, and the characteristics of specific policies. The framework bridges comparative policy analysis and international relations by explaining how countries adopt similar policies even without binding agreements, providing guidance for empirical research on policy innovation diffusion.

  • Exploration, Exploitation and Co-evolution in Innovation Networks

    Victor Gilsing · 2003 · Data Archiving and Networked Services (DANS)

    This study examines how sectoral innovation systems co-evolve by analyzing the relationships between institutional environments, firm networks, and learning regimes. Using multimedia and pharmaceutical biotechnology sectors in the Netherlands as case studies from the late 1980s to early 2000s, the research identifies a general co-evolutionary pattern while showing that how this pattern manifests in network structures and coordination mechanisms depends on each sector's specific institutional setup.

  • The role of absorptive capacity and big data analytics in strategic purchasing and supply chain management decisions

    Pier Paolo Patrucco, Giacomo Marzi, Daniel Trabucchi · 2023 · Technovation

    Big data analytics adoption in purchasing and supply chain management remains slow despite widespread use elsewhere. A survey of 222 supply chain managers found that a company's absorptive capacity—its ability to explore, assimilate, and transform information—determines whether big data analytics improves strategic decision-making. Only well-resourced companies fully benefit; applying analytics to routine operational tasks yields limited gains.

  • From ego‐systems to open innovation ecosystems: A process model of inter‐firm openness

    M. A. Alam, David Rooney, Murray Taylor · 2022 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This study identifies how firms transition from closed innovation systems to open ecosystems through four distinct phases: realization, socialization, strategic alignment, and two-way openness. Based on 54 interviews with Australian business park managers, the research shows that phase transitions begin spontaneously but grow more complex as openness increases. Interdependence, social exchange, and trust drive successful ecosystem development.

  • Resource constrained innovation in a technology intensive sector: Frugal medical devices from manufacturing firms in South Africa

    Sanghamitra Chakravarty · 2021 · Technovation

    South African manufacturing firms develop frugal medical devices by building advanced internal capabilities and forging knowledge collaborations to overcome resource constraints and institutional gaps. These firms design affordable, functional devices through bottom-up collaborative processes that address local health challenges while reducing costs in design, engineering, and manufacturing. State support and global non-profits play critical roles in scaling these innovations for public health impact.

  • Strategic renewal of SMEs: the impact of social capital, strategic agility and absorptive capacity

    Samar Hayat Khan, Abdul Majid, Muhammad Yasir · 2020 · Management Decision

    Social capital drives strategic renewal in Pakistani manufacturing SMEs through strategic agility, with absorptive capacity amplifying this effect. The study surveyed 519 leaders across 123 firms in agricultural machinery, automobiles, pharmaceuticals, electrical equipment, IT, and garments. Results show social capital directly improves strategic renewal, strategic agility mediates this relationship, and absorptive capacity strengthens the overall pathway.

  • The global connectivity of regional innovation systems in Italy: a core–periphery perspective

    Alexander Berman, Alba Marino, Ram Mudambi · 2019 · Regional Studies

    This study examines how Italian regional innovation systems connect to global knowledge sources. The research finds that foreign companies and entities drive Italy's access to global innovation networks, while Italian firms show weak outward connections. Foreign investment and presence in Italian regions, rather than Italian firms reaching outward, explains the country's growing integration into global innovation systems.

  • Enriching innovation ecosystems: The role of government in a university science park

    Sunny Li Sun, Yanli Zhang, Yuhua Cao, Jielin Dong, John Cantwell · 2019 · Global Transitions

    This case study of a Chinese science park shows how local government acts as an 'ecosystem enricher' by fostering connections between universities, industry, and other innovation stakeholders. The government's top-down approach successfully drove university-industry partnerships, but the researchers identify gaps in priority-setting, collaboration frameworks, and intermediary support. They argue that innovation ecosystems need hybrid governance combining top-down direction with bottom-up policies.

  • Network Embeddedness and Innovation: Evidence From the Alternative Energy Field

    Yan Yan, Jingjing Zhang, Jiancheng Guan · 2019 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    This study examines how network embeddedness affects innovation outcomes in a large U.S. energy company. Using 16 years of patent data from 1,561 inventors, the researchers find that relational and structural embeddedness both strengthen exploitative innovation but show inverted U-shaped relationships with exploratory innovation. The overall network structure matters significantly. The findings suggest innovators should adjust their network embeddedness levels strategically depending on the type of innovation they pursue.

  • Makers and clusters. Knowledge leaks in open innovation networks

    Jessica D. Giusti, Fernando G. Alberti, Federica Belfanti · 2018 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    This study examines how knowledge flows through open innovation networks involving makers in an Italian high-tech cluster. Using social network analysis, the researchers found that unintended knowledge leaks occur within these maker ecosystems. The findings reveal previously unstudied patterns of knowledge exchange in innovation networks, with implications for understanding how information spreads beyond formal channels in collaborative innovation environments.

  • Responsible innovation in human germline gene editing: Background document to the recommendations of ESHG and ESHRE

    Guido de Wert, Björn Heindryckx, Guido Pennings, Angus Clarke, Ursula Eichenlaub-Ritter, Carla van El, Francesca Forzano, Mariëtte Goddijn, Heidi Howard, Dragica Radojković, Emmanuelle Rial‐Sebbag, Wybo Dondorp, Basil C. Tarlatzis, Martina C. Cornel, On behalf of the European Society of Human Genetics and the European Society of Human Reproduction and Embryology · 2018 · European Journal of Human Genetics

    This paper examines responsible innovation in human germline gene editing across Europe. The authors review scientific developments, legal regulations, and ethical considerations for gene editing in basic research, pre-clinical work, and clinical applications. They argue that deontological objections to gene editing lack conviction, while consequentialist concerns about safety require further research. The paper supports adapting regulations to technological progress while addressing ethical and societal concerns.

  • Responsible innovation as a critique of technology assessment

    Harro van Lente, Tsjalling Swierstra, Pierre‐Benoît Joly · 2017 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper examines how responsible research and innovation (RRI) relates to technology assessment (TA). While both approaches share similar goals and practices, the authors argue that RRI functions as a critique of TA rather than simply building on it. The paper explores this alternative interpretation of their relationship, particularly in the context of EU policy frameworks like Horizon 2020.

  • The Effect of Technological Innovation Capabilities and Absorptive Capacity on Firm Innovativeness: A Conceptual Framework

    Hüseyin İnce, Salih Zeki İMAMOĞLU, Hülya Türkcan · 2016 · Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences

    Firms need technological innovation capabilities and absorptive capacity to survive in changing markets. This paper develops a conceptual framework showing how these two factors drive firm innovativeness and competitive advantage. Technological innovation capabilities enable rapid response to change and new strategies, while absorptive capacity helps firms use external knowledge effectively. The authors propose a model linking these capabilities to innovativeness through literature review.

  • X‐ray Absorption Spectroscopy Investigation of Lithium‐Rich, Cobalt‐Poor Layered‐Oxide Cathode Material with High Capacity

    Daniel Buchholz, Jie Li, Stefano Passerini, Giuliana Aquilanti, Diandian Wang, Marco Giorgetti · 2014 · ChemElectroChem

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It presents a materials science study investigating lithium-rich cathode materials for batteries using X-ray spectroscopy. The research examines electrochemical processes in a specific cobalt-poor oxide compound, identifying the roles of manganese, nickel, cobalt, and oxygen during charging cycles. The findings reveal unexpected partial reduction of cobalt and nickel during initial activation.

  • Advancing the practice of online psychotherapy: An application of Rogers' diffusion of innovations theory.

    Travis I. Lovejoy, Petya Demireva, Jessica L Grayson, John R. McNamara · 2009 · Psychotherapy

    This paper applies Rogers' diffusion of innovations theory to understand why psychologists adopt or reject online therapy. The authors identify nine barriers to adoption, including concerns about dehumanizing therapy, startup costs, licensing issues, ethical guidelines, and professional reputation. They propose theory-based strategies to accelerate adoption of online therapy among clinical psychologists.

  • SIMULATING KNOWLEDGE DYNAMICS IN INNOVATION NETWORKS (SKIN)

    Petra Ahrweiler, Andreas Pyka, Nigel Gilbert · 2004

    This paper presents SIMKIN, an agent-based simulation model that represents how innovation occurs in knowledge-based industries. The model features heterogeneous agents with different knowledge stocks who interact through markets and knowledge exchange. It captures uncertainty, learning from experience and collaboration, agent failure, and historical change. The simulation allows researchers to explore dynamic innovation processes in complex systems.

  • Innovation networks in the advanced medical equipment industry: supporting regional digital health systems from a local–national perspective

    Feng Hu, Huijie Yang, Liping Qiu, Xiaoping Wang, Zhimin Ren, Shaobin Wei, Haiyan Zhou, Yufeng Chen, Hao Hu · 2025 · Frontiers in Public Health

    This study maps innovation networks in China's advanced medical equipment industry using patent data from 2005–2024. The national network shows sparse, core-periphery structure dominated by Beijing and Shanghai, with weak participation from central and western regions. The Yangtze River Delta region, by contrast, has built a denser polycentric network with Shanghai, Nanjing, and Suzhou as hubs. Economic development, technological capability, and government policy drive network formation, with infrastructure as a key enabler.

  • Paradoxes of implementing digital manufacturing systems: A longitudinal study of digital innovation projects for disruptive change

    Lukas Moschko, Vera Blažević, Frank T. Piller · 2023 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Digital manufacturing technologies promise operational efficiency and business model transformation, yet many established companies achieve only incremental improvements. A longitudinal study of eight manufacturing firms identifies three key tensions blocking success: integrating physical and digital assets, innovating within existing operations, and coordinating internal and external stakeholders. These conflicting forces pull digital projects away from ambitious goals, explaining why digitization remains difficult for established firms.

  • Mechanical metamaterials made of freestanding quasi-BCC nanolattices of gold and copper with ultra-high energy absorption capacity

    Hongwei Cheng, Xiaoxia Zhu, Xiaowei Cheng, Pengzhan Cai, Jie Liu, Huijun Yao, Ling Zhang, Jinglai Duan · 2023 · Nature Communications

    Researchers created mechanical metamaterials using gold and copper nanolattices with a quasi-body-centered-cubic structure that absorb energy exceptionally well. The high energy absorption comes from combining the metals' natural strength and plasticity with size-reduction effects and the lattice architecture. Because these nanolattices can be scaled up to practical sizes affordably, they show promise for heat transfer, electrical conduction, and catalysis applications.

  • Exploring the determinants of adoption of Unified Payment Interface (UPI) in India: A study based on diffusion of innovation theory

    Fahad, Mohammad Shahid · 2022 · Digital Business

    This study examines why Indian customers adopt the Unified Payment Interface (UPI) mobile payment system using diffusion of innovation theory. The research finds that perceived relative advantage, low complexity, and observability significantly drive users' intention to adopt UPI. Higher usage intention and satisfaction also increase customers' likelihood to recommend UPI to others. The findings reveal key factors that influence both adoption and word-of-mouth promotion of the payment platform.

  • Green Innovation Sustainability: How Green Market Orientation and Absorptive Capacity Matter?

    Yueping Du, Huanhuan Wang · 2022 · Sustainability

    This study examines how green market orientation and absorptive capacity drive green innovation in manufacturing firms. Using survey data from 262 Chinese firms, the authors find that green market orientation boosts only green product innovation, while absorptive capacity improves both product and process innovation. The two factors interact positively to enhance both innovation types. The research reveals differential effects of internal capabilities on different forms of green innovation.

  • ZnO/ZnS heterostructure with enhanced interfacial lithium absorption for robust and large-capacity energy storage

    Chenlong Dong, Xilin Zhang, Wujie Dong, Xueyu Lin, Yuan Cheng, Yufeng Tang, Siwei Zhao, Guobao Li, Fuqiang Huang · 2022 · Energy & Environmental Science

    Researchers developed a zinc oxide and zinc sulfide heterostructure anode material that improves lithium absorption at the interface between the two materials. This design increases energy storage capacity in batteries by combining metal oxides with sulfides, offering a more robust solution for large-capacity energy storage applications.

  • Knowledge innovation network externalities in the Guangdong–Hong Kong–Macao Greater Bay Area: borrowing size or agglomeration shadow?

    Wenyi Yang, Fei Fan, Xueli Wang, Haichao Yu · 2021 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    The Guangdong–Hong Kong–Macao Greater Bay Area shows unequal knowledge innovation networks where Guangzhou and Hong Kong dominate, with Shenzhen emerging as a secondary hub after 2012. Smaller cities remain peripheral and fail to benefit from core city innovation, trapped instead in their shadow. Institutional and cultural differences between cities block cooperation more than distance does. The study reveals negative network externalities, recommending the region reduce spatial disparities and restructure its innovation network.

  • Virtual user communities contributing to upscaling innovations in transitions: The case of electric vehicles

    Toon Meelen, Bernhard Truffer, Tim Schwanen · 2019 · Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions

    Virtual communities of electric vehicle users contribute significantly to scaling up EV adoption by enabling knowledge exchange across distances. The authors studied a large online EV community using internet ethnography and identified how virtual communities foster technology upscaling through distinctive participation mechanisms. These communities play an important role in promoting electric vehicle use beyond early technology development phases.

  • The role of business networks for innovation

    Christina Öberg · 2018 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    Business networks—interconnected companies linked by social and economic ties—shape innovation in two ways: innovations emerge from partner interactions, and innovations must fit within or reshape existing network patterns. This paper categorizes how different network characteristics produce incremental, radical, or disruptive innovations, and how each innovation type affects the network itself. Six case studies reveal that innovation type directly correlates with network role and consequences, filling a gap in research that typically ignores how innovations restructure business networks.

  • Absorptive capacity and business performance

    Xue‐Yuan Liu, Haiyun Zhao, Xiande Zhao · 2018 · Industrial Management & Data Systems

    A study of 278 Chinese manufacturing firms shows that absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to acquire and use new knowledge—improves business performance through three pathways: directly, and indirectly through innovation and mass customization capabilities. Mass customization proved a stronger mediator than innovation alone, suggesting firms should prioritize both knowledge absorption and the ability to customize production at scale.

  • A study of factors influencing disruptive innovation in Chinese SMEs

    Jin Chen, Zhaohui Zhu, Yun-Ting Zhang · 2017 · Asian Journal of Technology Innovation

    Chinese SMEs face constraints from limited funding, size, and experience, yet disruptive innovation offers them a path to compete with larger firms. This study identifies distinct factors driving two types of disruption: high-end disruption depends on government support, external knowledge, strategic backing, and strong R&D capabilities, while low-end disruption relies on venture capital partnerships, external knowledge, R&D strength, and entrepreneurial innovation drive.

  • The social dynamics of heterogeneous innovation ecosystems

    Jan-Peter Ferdinand, Uli Meyer · 2017 · International Journal of Engineering Business Management

    This paper develops a framework for analyzing innovation ecosystems that goes beyond focusing on single organizations. It examines how communities and firms interact through distributed innovation, showing how different levels of openness shape ecosystem dynamics. The authors apply their framework to two cases—the RepRap 3D printer and ARA modular smartphone—demonstrating how openness differences affect community-firm relationships and ecosystem functions.

  • The business ecosystem concept in innovation policy context: building a conceptual framework

    Satu Rinkinen, Vesa Harmaakorpi · 2017 · Innovation The European Journal of Social Science Research

    This conceptual paper examines the business ecosystem concept within innovation policy, comparing it to three established policy approaches. The ecosystem concept distinguishes itself through its focus on innovation and its self-organizing, self-renewing characteristics. The authors establish a framework for future empirical research on how business ecosystems can inform innovation policy.

  • The effect of organizational structure on absorptive capacity in single and dual learning modes

    Murad Ali, İmran Ali, Khalid A. Al-Maimani, Kichan Park · 2017 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    This paper examines how organizational structure influences absorptive capacity—an organization's ability to acquire and use new knowledge—in both single and dual learning modes. Through literature review, the authors identify structural design characteristics that enhance absorptive capacity and propose contingency models linking organizational structure to knowledge absorption across initiation and implementation stages. The work advances theory by treating absorptive capacity as an independent variable and focusing on behavioral dimensions.

  • Knowledge transfer from business schools to business organizations: the roles absorptive capacity, learning motivation, acquired knowledge and job autonomy

    Nguyen Dinh Tho · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    In-service business students in Vietnam serve as channels for knowledge transfer from business schools to organizations. The study finds that learning motivation directly drives both knowledge acquisition and transfer, while absorptive capacity only affects knowledge acquisition. Acquired knowledge itself determines successful transfer. Job autonomy moderates the relationship between acquired knowledge and transfer outcomes. These factors collectively shape how organizational knowledge flows through trained employees.

  • Family firm performance: The influence of entrepreneurial orientation and absorptive capacity

    Felipe Hernández‐Perlines, Juan Moreno‐García, Benito Yáñez‐Araque · 2017 · Psychology and Marketing

    This study examines how entrepreneurial orientation affects family firm performance in Spain, finding that absorptive capacity—the ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new knowledge—mediates this relationship. The research shows that family firms cannot improve performance through entrepreneurial orientation alone; they must develop absorptive capacity to translate entrepreneurial efforts into actual business results.

  • Innovation for a steady state: a case for responsible stagnation

    Stevienna de Saille, Fabien Medvecky · 2016 · Economy and Society

    This paper argues that responsible innovation frameworks should explicitly consider 'responsible stagnation'—deliberately slowing or halting innovation in certain sectors. Drawing on ecological economics, the authors challenge the growth-driven paradigm and contend that managing resource consumption and development pace in over-productive or risky sectors represents a legitimate form of responsible innovation, not its failure.

  • The diffusion of grassroots innovations for sustainability in Italy and <scp>G</scp>reat <scp>B</scp>ritain: an exploratory spatial data analysis

    Giuseppe Feola, Anisa Butt · 2015 · Geographical Journal

    Grassroots sustainability networks spread unevenly across space and time. Transition Towns and Solidarity Purchasing Groups diffused differently in Great Britain and Italy, with similar patterns only in central Italy. The research reveals that spatial structure matters for grassroots innovation diffusion, challenging assumptions about their universal momentum and highlighting the importance of institutional context, cross-movement collaboration, and geographic proximity.

  • What contextual factors shape ‘innovation in innovation’? Integration of insights from the Triple Helix and the institutional logics perspective

    Yuzhuo Cai · 2015 · Social Science Information

    The Triple Helix model of university-industry-government collaboration shapes innovation systems globally, but one-size-fits-all approaches fail. This paper integrates institutional logics with Triple Helix theory to explain how different national contexts produce varying innovation system configurations. The author identifies seven institutional logics that influence Triple Helix interactions and argues that institutional settings enable but don't determine outcomes—innovation policies and key actors ultimately decide Triple Helix development. The framework helps policymakers, especially in developing countries, design context-appropriate innovation strategies.

  • Social network analysis in innovation research: using a mixed methods approach to analyze social innovations

    Nina Kolleck · 2013 · European Journal of Futures Research

    Social networks drive innovation diffusion and social change by enabling learning, problem-solving, and idea sharing among actors. This paper demonstrates how mixed-methods social network analysis can reveal how networks foster innovation by connecting resources and knowledge. The author applies this approach to five education networks focused on sustainable development, showing practical implementation of SNA for studying innovation processes.

  • Festival Innovation: Complex and Dynamic Network Interaction

    Mia Larson · 2009 · Scandinavian Journal of Hospitality and Tourism

    Festival innovation emerges through complex, dynamic networks of multiple actors with diverse interests rather than isolated efforts. Swedish case studies reveal that innovation occurs unpredictably through new partnerships and improvisation, resisting formal planning. Some innovations eventually become institutionalized in partnership routines. Festival organizers must strategically understand their networks and leverage partner contributions to drive successful innovation.

  • Beyond Regulation: Risk Pricing and Responsible Innovation

    Richard Owen, David Baxter, Trevor Maynard, Michael H. Depledge · 2009 · Environmental Science & Technology

    The insurance industry can drive responsible technological innovation by pricing risk appropriately, offering an alternative to traditional regulation. The authors argue that insurers' financial incentives to assess and manage emerging technological risks create powerful mechanisms for encouraging safer innovation practices without relying solely on government oversight.

  • Intestinal Morphology, Epithelial Cell Proliferation, and Absorptive Capacity in Neonatal Calves Fed Milk-Born Insulin-Like Growth Factor-I or a Colostrum Extract

    B. Roffler, A. Fäh, S.N. Sauter, H.M. Hammon, Peter Gallmann, Г. Брем, J.W. Blum · 2003 · Journal of Dairy Science

    This study examined how insulin-like growth factor-I (IGF-I) affects intestinal development in newborn calves. Feeding calves supraphysiological amounts of human IGF-I from transgenic rabbit milk produced no effects. However, feeding a bovine colostrum extract containing physiological IGF-I levels increased intestinal villus size and epithelial cell proliferation, though it temporarily reduced absorptive capacity.

  • How firms realign to tackle the grand challenge of climate change: An innovation ecosystems perspective

    Lukas Falcke, Ann‐Kristin Zobel, Stephen Comello · 2023 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This study examines how established electric utilities and clean-tech startups collaborate in innovation ecosystems to address climate change. Analyzing 10 utilities and 57 startups across pilot projects, the researchers identify three ecosystem configurations that drive climate impact: incumbent-led digital platforms, device complementors that enable customers, and new orchestrators. These configurations succeed by improving resource efficiency, enhancing infrastructure flexibility, and enabling better information sharing.

  • The role of supply chain resilience and absorptive capacity in the relationship between marketing–supply chain management alignment and firm performance: a moderated-mediation analysis

    Mohammad Asif Salam, Saleh Bajaba · 2022 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    This study examines how aligning marketing and supply chain management processes improves firm performance in Saudi Arabian consumer goods companies. The research finds that this alignment strengthens supply chain resilience, which then boosts performance. Absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to learn and apply new knowledge—can substitute for resilience when it's weak. The findings suggest companies should invest in absorptive capacity alongside supply chain alignment to handle future uncertainties.

  • The role of regional innovation systems in mission-oriented innovation policy: exploring the problem-solution space in electrification of maritime transport

    Markus M. Bugge, Allan Dahl Andersen, Markus Steén · 2021 · European Planning Studies

    This paper examines how regional innovation systems contribute to mission-oriented innovation policy by studying ferry electrification in Western Norway. The research finds that transformative change succeeded because it created new regional economic opportunities while leveraging existing regional resources, actors, and institutions. The mission benefited from low technological uncertainty, multi-level coordination among actors, and strategic modification of established regional structures and regulations.

  • A structural analysis approach to identify technology innovation and evolution path: a case of m-payment technology ecosystem

    Vimal Kumar, Kuei‐Kuei Lai, Yu‐Hsin Chang, Priyanka C. Bhatt, Fang-Pei Su · 2020 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This paper analyzes how mobile payment technology has evolved by examining patent citation networks and identifying key innovation trajectories. The researchers map the m-payment ecosystem and identify three main categories: mobile financial transaction systems, payee mobile device payment selection systems, and e-wallet services. The structural analysis approach reveals the systematic patterns through which m-payment technology has developed and provides a method for tracking technological evolution in innovation ecosystems.

  • The Impact of Local Government Policy on Innovation Ecosystem in Knowledge Resource Scarce Region: Case Study of Changzhou, China

    Lei Ma, Zheng Liu, Xiaojing Huang, Tao Li · 2019 · Science Technology and Society

    This case study of Changzhou, China examines how local government policies shaped innovation ecosystem development from 2001 to 2015 in a region with limited universities and research institutes. The authors map policy changes across ecosystem formation stages and identify key interactions between government, universities, industry, and research institutions. They propose a framework highlighting critical policy areas for innovation promotion in knowledge-scarce regions.

  • Toward A Theory on the Reproduction of Social Innovations in Subsistence Marketplaces

    Laurel Steinfield, Diane Holt · 2019 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Social innovations often fail to spread in subsistence contexts despite their potential to address poverty. This paper develops a theory explaining how social innovations get reproduced in sub-Saharan Africa by examining what innovation attributes and actor capacities enable duplication. The authors identify three reproduction archetypes—mimetic, facilitated, and complex—based on the resource and knowledge requirements of innovations versus the capabilities of subsistence users and intermediaries. The framework reveals when users can independently reproduce innovations, when they need external support, and when innovations exceed local capacity.

  • A conceptual model of frugal innovation: is environmental munificence a missing link?

    Rayees Farooq · 2017 · International Journal of Innovation Science

    This paper proposes a conceptual model explaining frugal innovation and its connection to value creation. The author examines how frugal innovation—creating effective solutions with minimal resources—generates value for organizations and customers. The model identifies environmental munificence, the availability of resources in the business environment, as a potentially critical factor linking frugal innovation practices to successful value creation outcomes.

  • Perspective: The Green Innovation Value Chain: A Tool for Evaluating the Diffusion Prospects of Green Products

    Erik L. Olson · 2013 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    Green products often fail to replace conventional alternatives at scale despite promotion for climate and sustainability benefits. This paper introduces the green innovation value chain framework to assess financial viability across manufacturers, distributors, consumers, environment, and government. Analysis of hybrid vehicles reveals they remain financially unattractive compared to conventional cars across the entire value chain.

  • Analysis of open innovation communities from the perspective of social network analysis

    María del Rocío Martínez Torres · 2013 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This paper analyzes online open innovation communities using social network analysis to understand how members participate and contribute ideas. The research measures correlations between different participation types and examines how collective intelligence evaluation methods can identify the most valuable user-generated ideas. The findings help organizations and community managers efficiently evaluate large volumes of ideas shared in online innovation platforms.

  • Understanding the early stages of the innovation diffusion process: awareness, influence and communication networks

    Graeme D. Larsen · 2011 · Construction Management and Economics

    This paper examines how awareness and influence shape early-stage innovation adoption in the UK construction sector. Using social network analysis on data from chartered professionals and a case study organization, the research reveals that awareness and influence networks vary significantly across actors. The findings demonstrate that social network analysis effectively maps how innovations spread through professional networks and identifies key influencers, providing a framework for understanding adoption patterns in construction.

  • Regional Innovation Systems: The Case of Angling Tourism

    Anne‐Mette Hjalager · 2010 · Tourism Geographies

    The Sea Trout Funen initiative in Denmark demonstrates how regional innovation systems work in tourism. Starting in 1989, collaboration between government, anglers, businesses, and educational institutions produced innovations in tourist products, environmental protection, and workforce development. The case shows that innovation systems theory applies to tourism and that stable multi-sector partnerships generate tangible benefits and adapt successfully to external changes.

  • Tribal mattering spaces: Social-networking sites, celebrity affiliations, and tribal innovations

    Kathy Hamilton, Paul Hewer · 2010 · Journal of Marketing Management

    This paper examines how social-networking sites create tribal communities around celebrity brands. The authors analyze online fan groups to understand how members develop shared identities, interact creatively, and critique marketing practices. They identify tribal innovations that emerge from the sense of belonging and togetherness within these emotional communities.

  • The use of social network analysis in innovation studies: Mapping actors and technologies

    Tessa van der Valk, G. Gijsbers · 2010 · Innovation

    Social network analysis remains underused in innovation policy and management. This paper identifies three research themes where SNA creates value: collaboration networks, communication networks, and technology networks. The authors examine how applying SNA to these themes generates insights for policy development and organizational management, and outline directions for future research.

  • Exploring Factors Influencing Incumbents' Response to Disruptive Innovation

    Christian Sandström, Mats Magnusson, Jan Jörnmark · 2009 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    This case study of Hasselblad examines how incumbent firm characteristics shape responses to disruptive innovation. The company's limited resources and niche positioning in professional cameras constrained its ability to experiment with digital technology without damaging its brand. Hasselblad pursued collaborations and hybrid products but ultimately survived the shift from analog to digital through acquisitions. The paper argues that incumbent characteristics significantly influence how firms navigate disruptive threats, and that medium-sized premium firms can survive through strategic partnerships and acquisitions.

  • Diffusion of Regional Innovation Capabilities: Evidence from Italian Patent Data

    Francesco Quatraro · 2008 · Regional Studies

    Innovation capabilities spread faster in late-industrializing Italian regions than in early-industrializing ones, driven by learning dynamics within expanding propulsive sectors. The study uses patent data to track how manufacturing innovation diffuses regionally, showing that research and development investment and complementary economic structural changes accelerate this diffusion process.

  • Aid allocation to fragile states: Absorptive capacity constraints

    Simon Feeny, Mark McGillivray · 2008 · Journal of International Development

    This paper examines aid effectiveness in fragile states, finding that some countries can absorb more aid than they receive while others receive more than they can efficiently use. The authors analyze absorptive capacity constraints based on per capita income growth and provide policy recommendations for improving aid allocation to fragile states.

  • How research policy changes can affect the organization and productivity of public research institutes: An analysis within the italian national system of innovation

    Mario Coccia, Secondo Rolfo · 2007 · Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis Research and Practice

    Italy reorganized public research institutes through mergers and consolidation between 1999 and 2003 to boost efficiency and knowledge transfer. The policy backfired: larger merged institutes became less productive due to bureaucratic overhead, while smaller institutes remained more productive. The study shows that consolidation created scale diseconomies rather than the intended efficiency gains.

  • Regions, Absorptive Capacity and Strategic Coupling with High-Tech TNCs

    Jan Vang, Björn Asheim · 2006 · Science Technology and Society

    Developing countries can build successful high-tech regions by adopting a regional innovation systems approach that enables strategic partnerships with multinational corporations. The authors argue that regional innovation systems theory effectively links regions to high-tech industries and provide policy guidance. Case studies from Bangalore's IT sector in India and Shanghai's high-tech sector in China demonstrate how this framework helps developing regions attract and integrate with global technology companies.

  • How incremental innovation becomes disruptive: the case of technology convergence

    Fredrik Hacklin, V. Raurich, Christian Marxt · 2005

    This paper challenges the static distinction between incremental and disruptive innovation by showing how convergence of multiple well-established technologies can create disruptive effects. Using mobile telecommunications operators as a case study, the authors demonstrate that incremental improvements across separate technologies can combine to produce market disruption. They argue that understanding this convergence mechanism helps firms manage strategy and technology planning in uncertain environments where disruptive change emerges.

  • Ambidextrous Organizations. A Multiple-Level Study of Absorptive Capacity, Exploratory and Exploitative Innovation and Performance

    Justin J.P. Jansen · 2001 · Data Archiving and Networked Services (DANS)

    Organizations that balance exploration and exploitation—pursuing both new innovations and refining existing ones—achieve better performance in dynamic environments. The study finds that successful ambidextrous organizations separate exploratory and exploitative activities into different units. Different organizational units need distinct capabilities to absorb knowledge and drive their respective innovation types.

  • The influence of persuasion, training and experience on user perceptions and acceptance of IT innovation

    Weidong Xia, Gwanhoo Lee · 2000 · Journal of the Association for Information Systems

    User adoption of IT innovations depends on beliefs and attitudes shaped by three key factors: persuasion, training, and direct experience. A longitudinal study found that persuasion strongly influences initial perceptions and adoption intentions, training helps users develop realistic expectations, and hands-on experience substantially changes perceptions and adoption decisions over time. Organizations should strategically manage these three factors to improve IT adoption.

  • Impact of organizational learning on sustainable firm performance: Intervening effect of organizational networking and innovation

    Phoungphaynome Inthavong, Khaliq Ur Rehman, Khansa Masood, Zeeshan Shaukat, Anna Hnydiuk-Stefan, Samrat Ray · 2023 · Heliyon

    This study examines how organizational learning drives sustainable performance in small and medium manufacturing enterprises in Laos. Using surveys of 710 SME owners and structural equation modeling, the researchers found that organizational learning directly improves performance, while organizational networking and innovation act as intervening mechanisms. The results show that innovation alone doesn't guarantee better performance—it must be informed by strong information networks and learning processes.

  • Measuring green innovation through total quality management and corporate social responsibility within SMEs: green theory under the lens

    Tamoor Azam, Wang Song-jiang, Khalid Jamil, Sobia Naseem, Muhammad Mohsin · 2022 · The TQM Journal

    This study examines how total quality management (TQM) practices drive green innovation in small and medium-sized manufacturing enterprises in Pakistan. The research finds that TQM significantly improves both green product and process innovation. Corporate social responsibility partially mediates this relationship, meaning CSR practices strengthen the link between TQM and green innovation outcomes. The findings provide manufacturing SMEs with a roadmap for reducing waste and improving innovation through integrated TQM and CSR strategies.

  • Fixing Technology with Society: The Coproduction of Democratic Deficits and Responsible Innovation at the OECD and the European Commission

    Nina Frahm, Tess Doezema, Sebastian Pfotenhauer · 2021 · Science Technology & Human Values

    This paper examines how the OECD and European Commission have promoted 'Responsible Innovation' frameworks globally. The authors argue these institutions use a 'democratic deficit' narrative—claiming insufficient public participation in innovation governance—to justify their authority over innovation policy. This approach frames societal engagement as essential to technological adoption while reinforcing market-liberal governance structures.

  • Mapping Europe’s institutional landscape for forest ecosystem service provision, innovations and governance

    Eeva Primmer, Liisa Varumo, Torsten Krause, Francesco Orsi, Davide Geneletti, Sara Brogaard, Ewert J. Aukes, Marco Ciolli, Carol M. Grossmann, Mónica Hernández‐Morcillo, Jutta Kister, Tatiana Kluvánková, Lasse Loft, Carolin Maier, Claas Meyer, Christian Schleyer, Martin Špaček, Carsten Mann · 2020 · Ecosystem Services

    This paper analyzes European forest policies across national strategies on forests, biodiversity, and bioeconomy to map how institutions govern ecosystem service provision. The researchers found that policies focus heavily on wood and bioenergy value chains, while neglecting non-wood products, cultural heritage, and recreation. Regulating ecosystem services lack sufficient policy attention and innovation support, despite forests' prominence in sustainability agendas. The institutional landscape shows significant gaps where new governance mechanisms and innovations could better promote ecosystem service provision.

  • External knowledge search and firms’ incremental innovation capability: the joint moderating effect of technological proximity and network embeddedness

    Xiaoxiao Shi, Zuolong Zheng, Qingpu Zhang, Huakang Liang · 2020 · Management Decision

    External knowledge search strengthens firms' incremental innovation capability, especially when firms share similar technology with their partners and occupy central positions in innovation networks. The study analyzed patents in the unmanned aerial vehicle industry from 2004 to 2018, finding that technological proximity and network embeddedness jointly amplify how external knowledge collaboration drives incremental innovation.

  • Open social innovation dynamics and impact: exploratory study of a fab lab network

    Thierry Rayna, Ludmila Striukova · 2019 · R and D Management

    Open social innovation through fab labs and makerspaces in Eastern Europe enables rapid local adaptation and social impact. A study of 170 fab labs in the CMIT network found that despite identical initial funding and rules, an open approach produced three distinct types—Education, Industry, and Residential—each tailored to local needs. This decentralized strategy delivered measurable social impact within years, outperforming top-down approaches. The research identifies key challenges social entrepreneurs face and proposes sustainability strategies.

  • Online consulting in general practice: making the move from disruptive innovation to mainstream service

    Martin Marshall, Robina Shah, Helen Stokes-Lampard · 2018 · BMJ

    Online consulting in general practice represents a shift from experimental innovation to standard healthcare delivery. The authors argue that rigorous evaluation of these services is essential to maximize their benefits while minimizing potential risks, enabling the transition from disruptive innovation to mainstream adoption in primary care.

  • Institutional pressure and the implementation of corporate environment practices: examining the mediating role of absorptive capacity

    Shubham Shubham, Parikshit Charan, L. S. Murty · 2018 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Firms facing similar environmental regulations respond differently based on their absorptive capacity—their ability to acquire and use environmental knowledge. This study of Indian textile and apparel companies shows that absorptive capacity mediates between institutional pressure and actual implementation of environmental practices. Managers must develop internal capabilities to acquire and exploit external environmental knowledge to effectively respond to sustainability demands.

  • Business Models for Open Data Ecosystem: Challenges and Motivations for Entrepreneurship and Innovation

    Fotis Kitsios, Nikolaos Papachristos, Maria Kamariotou · 2017

    Open data ecosystems bring together data providers, consumers, and service creators to develop new business opportunities. This study interviewed six ecosystem actors to understand their motivations, relationships, and business model needs. Actors recognize significant potential in open data but identify barriers preventing win-win conditions for all participants. The research reveals both strong motivations for engagement and critical obstacles requiring resolution to enable sustainable open data businesses.

  • Accelerating Innovation that Enhances Resource Recovery in the Wastewater Sector: Advancing a National Testbed Network

    James R. Mihelcic, Zhiyong Jason Ren, Pablo K. Cornejo, Aaron Fisher, A. J. Simon, Seth W. Snyder, Qiong Zhang, Diego Rosso, Tyler M. Huggins, William J. Cooper, Jeff Moeller, Bob Rose, B.L. Schottel, Jason Turgeon · 2017 · Environmental Science & Technology

    The paper proposes creating a national testbed network to accelerate innovation in wastewater treatment and resource recovery. This virtual network connects physical testing facilities, researchers, investors, technology providers, utilities, and regulators to speed adoption of new technologies and processes. The authors identify key challenges and opportunities for building sustainable water infrastructure through coordinated innovation efforts.

  • Diffusion Dynamics of Sustainable Innovation - Insights on Diffusion Patterns Based on the Analysis of 100 Sustainable Product and Service Innovations

    Klaus Fichter, Jens Clausen · 2016 · Journal of Innovation Management

    This study analyzes 100 sustainable product and service innovations to understand what drives their market adoption. The researchers identified five distinct diffusion patterns, each shaped by different factors, actors, and institutional conditions. The findings show that sustainable innovations follow varied adoption paths, and understanding these differences helps explain why some innovations succeed while others fail.

  • Disruptive Innovation: Implementation of Electronic Consultations in a Veterans Affairs Health Care System

    Gouri Gupte, Varsha G. Vimalananda, Steven R. Simon, Katerina DeVito, Justice Clark, Jay D. Orlander · 2016 · JMIR Medical Informatics

    A Veterans Affairs health system implemented electronic consultations enabling clinicians to request specialist input through the electronic health record without requiring patient visits. Between 2012 and 2013, over 7,000 e-consults were used, with nurse practitioners requesting them more frequently than physicians. Beyond initial diagnostic purposes, clinicians creatively adapted e-consults for scheduling and documentation. Requesting providers found the system highly useful, though specialists worried about workload increases.

  • Organizational learning, absorptive capacity, imitation and innovation

    Zhihong Song · 2015 · Chinese Management Studies

    This study examines how Chinese firms transition from imitation to innovation by analyzing relationships among organizational learning, absorptive capacity, imitation, and innovation. Using survey data from 115 Beijing firms, the research finds that organizational learning and absorptive capacity both directly boost innovation. Imitation strengthens absorptive capacity, which then mediates the path from imitation to innovation. Absorptive capacity emerges as critical for firms moving beyond copying to genuine innovation.

  • Measuring triple‐helix synergy in the <scp>R</scp>ussian innovation systems at regional, provincial, and national levels

    Loet Leydesdorff, Evgeniy Perevodchikov, Alexander Uvarov · 2014 · Journal of the Association for Information Science and Technology

    This paper measures innovation system synergy across Russian regions by analyzing half a million firms' data on size, technological knowledge, and location. Knowledge concentrates heavily in Moscow and Saint Petersburg. High-tech manufacturing disrupts regional coordination rather than enhancing it. Knowledge-intensive services, often state-affiliated, strengthen synergy in most federal districts and administrative centers, but Russia's economy remains largely non-knowledge-based outside Moscow.

  • Governance of new product development and perceptions of responsible innovation in the financial sector: insights from an ethnographic case study

    Keren Asante, Richard Owen, Glenn Williamson · 2014 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    An ethnographic study of a global asset management company reveals that new product development follows a structured stage-gating governance model involving multiple internal and external actors. The company frames responsible innovation primarily through client needs and risk management—operational, legal, regulatory, and reputational. Staff perceive a cautious organizational culture that minimizes destructive outcomes. The stage-gating architecture provides a mechanism for embedding broader responsible innovation concepts.

  • The democratizing effects of frugal innovation

    Hanna Nari Kahle, Anna Dubiel, Holger Ernst, Jaideep Prabhu · 2013 · Journal of Indian Business Research

    Frugal innovation in livelihood, education, infrastructure, and distribution networks strengthens democratization and state-building in countries with large base-of-pyramid populations. The paper argues that creating inclusive markets through low-cost innovations drives socio-economic development, which reinforces democratic institutions and government capacity. Multinational corporations can advance democratization by profitably serving poor populations.

  • Coordination in innovation‐generating business networks – the case of Finnish Mobile TV development

    Paavo Ritala, Pia Hurmelinna‐Laukkanen, Satu Nätti · 2012 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    This study examines how coordination mechanisms evolve in innovation-generating business networks through a case study of Finnish Mobile TV development. The research finds that successful network coordination combines two distinct approaches: orchestration, which builds vision and social capital in early phases, and management, which coordinates activities closer to commercialization. The findings show how these mechanisms shift as networks develop.

  • The role of relative absorptive capacity in improving suppliers' operational performance

    Haithem Nagati, Claudia Rebolledo · 2012 · International Journal of Operations & Production Management

    This study examines how suppliers' absorptive capacity affects their operational performance in customer-supplier relationships. Using data from 218 Canadian manufacturers, the researchers found that knowledge-sharing routines between customers and suppliers drive knowledge transfer, which then improves supplier performance. Surprisingly, overlapping knowledge bases did not significantly influence knowledge transfer, suggesting the mechanism works differently than expected.

  • Determinants of user adoption of web ''Automatic Teller Machines': an integrated model of 'Transaction Cost Theory' and 'Innovation Diffusion Theory'

    Yi‐Shun Wang, Shun‐Cheng Wu, Hsin‐Hui Lin, Yu-Min Wang, Ting-Rong He · 2011 · Service Industries Journal

    Banks in Taiwan implemented Web automatic teller machines as an alternative to traditional Internet banking. This study identifies five key factors driving user adoption: perceived relative advantage, perceived complexity, perceived compatibility, perceived uncertainty, and perceived transaction frequency. The research combines innovation diffusion theory and transaction cost theory to explain why users of traditional Internet banking don't automatically adopt Web ATMs.

  • Social capital, internationalization and absorptive capacity: The electronics and ICT cluster of the Basque Country

    Jesús María Valdaliso Gago, Aitziber Elola, Mari José Aranguren, Santiago M. López García · 2011 · Entrepreneurship and Regional Development

    Social capital and internationalization strengthen how electronics and ICT clusters absorb and use external knowledge. The Basque Country's successful high-tech cluster demonstrates that social capital builds internal knowledge connections between firms, while internationalization creates external knowledge linkages. Together, these factors increase a cluster's absorptive capacity and sustain long-term growth in mature industrial regions.

  • Networks, Propinquity, and Innovation in Knowledge-intensive Industries

    Kjersten Bunker Whittington, Jason Owen‐Smith, Walter W. Powell · 2009 · Administrative Science Quarterly

    Geographic proximity and network position jointly influence innovation in biotechnology firms. The study analyzed U.S. life science patents from 1988–1999 and found that regional clustering and network centrality have complementary but interdependent effects on patenting. Firms benefit from local connections to other biotech companies and universities, but this advantage depends on their global network ties. Regional agglomeration shapes how information flows through networks and determines the innovation impact of network centrality.

  • From regional innovation systems to local innovation systems: Evidence from Italian industrial districts

    Alessandro Muscio · 2006 · European Planning Studies

    Italian industrial districts function as independent local innovation systems rather than simply components of larger regional systems. The paper argues that districts' specific socio-economic characteristics create distinct innovation patterns that regional frameworks cannot fully explain. In Lombardy, multiple autonomous local innovation systems operate within the broader regional structure, demonstrating that innovation processes operate at multiple nested levels.

  • Organizational Learning, Diffusion of Innovation, and International Collaboration in Telemedicine

    David Robinson, Grant T. Savage, Kim Sydow Campbell · 2003 · Health Care Management Review

    This paper examines how telemedicine practices spread across organizations and what organizations learn from adopting telemedicine. The authors identify competing forces that influence this diffusion process and propose five sets of propositions explaining how telemedicine collaboration generates learning effects and shapes institutional development. The work addresses implications for building telemedicine networks.

  • Innovation, Networks and Plant Location: Some Evidence for Ireland

    Stephen Roper · 2001 · Regional Studies

    Networks significantly influence whether plants innovate and the success of their innovations across Irish regions. The study examined four area types—urban, urban-periphery, rural, and second centres—and found no evidence supporting the urban hierarchy model of innovation. This suggests Ireland's regional dispersal policies had minimal impact on innovation outcomes, though network-based development strategies show promise.

  • Autonomous Vehicles Acceptance: A Perceived Risk Extension of Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology and Diffusion of Innovation, Evidence from Tehran, Iran

    Iman Farzin, Amir Reza Mamdoohi, Francesco Ciari · 2022 · International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction

    This study examines what factors influence people's acceptance of autonomous vehicles in Tehran, Iran by combining three theoretical frameworks: technology acceptance theory, innovation diffusion theory, and perceived risk. Survey data from 641 residents shows that performance expectations and effort expectations drive acceptance most strongly, while perceived risk reduces it. Trialability and observability of the technology have modest positive effects on acceptance.

  • Knowledge management systems usage: application of diffusion of innovation theory

    Mohammad Khaleel Okour, Chin Wei Chong, Fadi Abdel Muniem Abdel Fattah · 2021 · Global Knowledge Memory and Communication

    This study examines how technological factors influence knowledge management system usage among decision makers in Jordanian banks. Using diffusion of innovation theory, researchers surveyed 341 bank employees and found that relative advantage, system complexity, and knowledge quality significantly affect KMS adoption, while system compatibility does not. The findings show that knowledge quality correlates with technological factors and that banks must prioritize information quality alongside system quality to maximize KMS investment returns.

  • Embedding responsible innovation within synthetic biology research and innovation: insights from a UK multi-disciplinary research centre

    Mario Pansera, Richard Owen, Darian Meacham, Vivienne Kuh · 2020 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    A UK synthetic biology research centre embedded responsible innovation practices into its operations from 2014 to 2019, moving beyond public engagement to include anticipation, reflexivity, and deliberation. The centre struggled to measure how these interventions changed scientists' daily practices and research outcomes. Success required strong leadership, institutional support, openness to change, and robust impact measurement mechanisms.

  • THE ROLE OF ENTREPRENEURIAL LEADERSHIP AND CONFIGURING CORE INNOVATION CAPABILITIES TO ENHANCE INNOVATION PERFORMANCE IN A DISRUPTIVE ENVIRONMENT

    Indra Utoyo, Avanti Fontana, Aryana Satrya · 2019 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    Entrepreneurial leadership drives innovation performance in disrupted industries by shaping innovation strategy, while configuring core innovation capabilities—balancing exploration of new opportunities with exploitation of existing strengths—enhances performance during implementation. The study of Indonesia's telecommunications and banking sectors shows that entrepreneurial leadership and culture work together symbiotically, and firms should avoid collaborative innovation approaches that risk triggering core rigidities.

  • Building Networks to Harness Innovation Synergies: Towards an Open Systems Approach to Sustainable Development

    Rajah Rasiah · 2019 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Open innovation networks enable individuals, firms, and organizations to share knowledge across boundaries and drive sustainable development. The paper proposes an open systems model with institutional support that accelerates knowledge flows, expands participation among diverse socioeconomic agents, and promotes environmental greening and social equity. Examples show how farms, businesses, and organizations can connect with critical knowledge nodes to participate actively in innovation networks.

  • How Institutions Influence SME Innovation and Networking Practices: The Case of Vietnamese Agribusiness

    Thai Thi Minh, Carsten Nico Hjortsø · 2015 · Journal of Small Business Management

    Vietnamese agribusiness SMEs operate within institutional constraints that discourage long-term investment and innovation. Instead of developing new products, firms pursue cost-control strategies. Social norms drive reliance on friendship-based networks that limit knowledge sharing and business effectiveness. Institutional pressures prevent SMEs from balancing exploration and exploitation. The study demonstrates how institutional frameworks in emerging economies shape innovation behavior.

  • The Evolving University: Disruptive Change and Institutional Innovation

    Paul Baker, Keith R. Bujak, Rich DeMillo · 2012 · Procedia Computer Science

    Universities face mounting pressure to drive social and cultural advancement while adapting their core mission. The paper argues that higher education institutions must experiment with inclusive delivery modes, validate new curriculum approaches, develop platforms with relevant applications, and create analytical tools using broad datasets. Future universities will require fundamentally different institutional arrangements and new collaborative methods for presenting specialized knowledge.

  • The Effects of Absorptive Capacity and Decision Speed on Organizational Innovation: A Study of Organizational Structure as an Antecedent Variable

    Shin Tien Chen, Bao Guang Chang · 2012 · Contemporary Management Research

    Organizational structure directly shapes innovation outcomes. Formalization increases absorptive capacity and drives innovation, but slows decision-making. Centralization reduces absorptive capacity and innovation without affecting decision speed. The study analyzed 260 enterprises using structural equation modeling to reveal how formalization and centralization influence innovation through distinct pathways of organizational capacity and decision velocity.

  • Public procurement of innovations, diffusion and endogenous institutions

    Max Rolfstam, Wendy Phillips, Elmer Bakker · 2011 · International Journal of Public Sector Management

    Public procurement is an important innovation policy tool, but diffusion of procured innovations within organizations is often overlooked. This case study identifies internal institutional barriers that prevent innovations from spreading throughout public agencies after procurement. The authors show that redesigning these internal institutions is critical for successful diffusion, and argue that understanding public procurement requires attention to informal institutional coordination, not just formal procurement processes.

  • The Adoption of Automatic Teller Machines in Nigeria: An Application of the Theory of Diffusion of Innovation

    Wole Michael Olatokun, Louisa Joyce Igbinedion · 2009 · Issues in Informing Science and Information Technology

    This paper applies diffusion of innovation theory to examine how automatic teller machines were adopted across Nigeria. The study analyzes the factors and patterns influencing ATM adoption in the Nigerian banking sector, using established innovation diffusion frameworks to understand technology uptake in a developing country context.

  • Failed policies but institutional innovation through “layering” and “diffusion” in Spanish central administration

    Salvador Parrado · 2008 · International Journal of Public Sector Management

    Spanish central administration agencies achieved significant managerial innovation through incremental institutional changes—layering and diffusion—despite failed large-scale public administration reforms. Tax, social security, and property registry agencies became more managerial within a public-law-dominated state by accumulating small modifications rather than radical restructuring. These mechanisms explain how modest changes produce substantial organizational transformation.

  • The Role of Action Research in the Investigation and Diffusion of Innovations in Health Care: The PRIDE Project

    Heather Waterman, Martin Marshall, Jenny Noble, Helen Davies, Kieran Walshe, Rod Sheaff, Glyn Elwyn · 2007 · Qualitative Health Research

    Action research effectively investigates and spreads healthcare innovations, particularly when adaptations are needed for different settings. The authors analyze a UK project to show that action research combines research with practical implementation and development, making it valuable for studying how innovations diffuse through health systems. However, the method remains underutilized in innovation research despite its strengths as a whole-systems approach.

  • From technology transfer to the emergence of a triple helix culture: the experience of Algeria in innovation and technological capability development

    Mohammed Saad, Girma Zawdie · 2005 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Algeria's post-independence industrialization relied heavily on technology transfer and central planning, but this approach failed to build genuine innovation capacity. The paper argues that developing countries must shift toward a triple helix model where universities, industry, government, and non-governmental organizations collaborate to foster innovation culture. Bureaucratic fragmentation and institutional barriers have blocked technological capability development. Policy reforms must prioritize building national innovation systems and enabling triple helix partnerships over passive technology transfer.

  • Driving business performance through intellectual capital, absorptive capacity, and innovation: The mediating influence of environmental compliance and innovation

    Binh Thi Thanh Truong, Phuong V. Nguyen · 2023 · Asia Pacific Management Review

    This study examines how intellectual capital drives business performance in Vietnamese companies through knowledge absorptive capacity and innovation. Surveying 206 managers across industries, the research finds that intellectual capital strengthens absorptive capacity, which boosts performance when paired with innovation. Environmental compliance and innovation partially mediate this relationship. Managers should prioritize absorptive capacity and innovation capabilities while maintaining environmental standards to leverage intellectual capital and improve business outcomes.

  • Knowledge management in offshoring innovation by SMEs: role of internal knowledge creation capability, absorptive capacity and formal knowledge-sharing routines

    Ahmad Khraishi, Antony Paulraj, Fahian Anisul Huq, Chandrasekararao Seepana · 2022 · Supply Chain Management An International Journal

    This study examines how small and medium-sized enterprises manage knowledge when innovating through offshore supplier relationships. The research finds that internal knowledge creation strengthens a firm's ability to absorb external knowledge, which then improves innovation performance. Surprisingly, formal knowledge-sharing routines actually weaken this relationship, suggesting that SMEs benefit more from flexible, informal knowledge exchange with offshore partners than rigid procedures.

  • Exploring the Research Regarding Frugal Innovation and Business Sustainability through Bibliometric Analysis

    Adriana Dima, Alexandru-Mihai Bugheanu, Ruxandra Dinulescu, Ana-Mădălina Potcovaru, Constanta Alice Stefanescu, Irinel Marin · 2022 · Sustainability

    This bibliometric analysis examines 2,072 scientific documents on frugal innovation and business sustainability using Web of Science data and science mapping software. The research identifies growing international interest in how frugal innovation contributes to sustainable business practices and consumer behavior. The USA, Germany, England, the Netherlands, and India lead research activity, with European scholars most prominent. The analysis maps the field's intellectual structure, highlights key journals and authors, and identifies emerging research directions.

  • Systematic literature review paper: the regional innovation system-university-science park nexus

    Thunyanun Theera-Nattapong, David Pickernell, Chris Simms · 2021 · The Journal of Technology Transfer

    Universities play nine distinct dynamic roles within regional innovation systems and science parks, operating across three relationship types: resource sharing with the RIS, brokerage between RIS and science parks, and commercialization with science parks. These roles span knowledge co-creation, acting as conduits, and relationship building, encompassing activities from networking and research collaboration to startup creation and technology transfer. University engagement directly affects science park innovation performance.

  • Experimental networks for business model innovation: A way for incumbents to navigate sustainability transitions?

    Mats Engwall, Matti Kaulio, Emrah Karakaya, Maxim Miterev, Daniel Berlin · 2021 · Technovation

    Incumbent firms struggle to innovate business models during sustainability transitions due to unclear pathways forward. This paper examines three case studies of emerging technology projects and shows how cross-industry networks operating on limited timescales help organizations collaboratively explore new business models for major socio-technical changes. The research introduces the concept of experimental networks as a mechanism enabling incumbents to actively shape sustainability transitions through interorganizational collaboration.

  • Challenges and Opportunities for Technology Transfer Networks in the Context of Open Innovation: Russian Experience

    Nadezhda Shmeleva, Leyla Gamidullaeva, Tatyana Tolstykh, Denis Lazarenko · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This paper examines Russia's technology transfer networks through the lens of open innovation and ecosystem approaches. Universities serve as knowledge integrators connecting innovation actors across sectors. The authors synthesize concepts of open innovation, networks, and ecosystems to propose a prospective national technology transfer model for Russia that supports cross-sectoral collaboration and interdisciplinary innovation.

  • Does absorptive capacity moderate the relationship between entrepreneurial orientation and supply chain resilience?

    Majid Mapkhot Goaill, Mohammed A. Al‐Hakimi · 2021 · Cogent Business & Management

    This study examines how absorptive capacity strengthens the link between entrepreneurial orientation and supply chain resilience in small and medium enterprises. Using data from 171 Yemeni manufacturing firms, the researchers found that entrepreneurial orientation directly improves supply chain resilience, and this effect becomes stronger when firms develop greater absorptive capacity. The findings suggest Yemeni SME managers should invest in building their firms' ability to acquire and apply new knowledge to maximize the benefits of entrepreneurial practices.

  • In search of the frugal innovation strategy

    Leandro Lima Santos, Felipe Mendes Borini, Moacir de Miranda Oliveira Júnior · 2020 · Review of International Business and Strategy

    This paper systematically reviews frugal innovation literature to establish it as a coherent business strategy for resource-constrained environments. Through co-citation analysis and systematic review of 42 papers, the authors clarify the scattered concept, define boundaries between frugal innovation and related approaches, and develop a framework with four strategic positions. They propose testable assumptions and explain when and how companies can apply frugal innovation strategy.

  • Developing the Transformative Capacity of Social Innovation through Learning: A Conceptual Framework and Research Agenda for the Roles of Network Leadership

    Tim Strasser, Joop de Kraker, René Kemp · 2019 · Sustainability

    This paper develops a conceptual framework for understanding how learning processes and network leadership build transformative capacity in social innovation. The authors extend Transformative Social Innovation theory by defining transformative change across three institutional dimensions—depth, width, and length—and explain how different types of learning support this change. They outline network leadership roles in facilitating learning across multiple levels and propose a research agenda for empirically testing these relationships in sustainability contexts.

  • Lowering in water absorption capacity and mechanical degradation of sisal/epoxy composite by sodium bicarbonate treatment and PLA coating

    Parul Sahu, M. K. Gupta · 2019 · Polymer Composites

    Researchers treated sisal fibers with sodium bicarbonate and coated them with polylactic acid to create stronger, water-resistant biocomposites. The treated and coated sisal-epoxy composites absorbed 30% less water than untreated versions and showed minimal mechanical degradation when exposed to moisture, maintaining superior tensile strength, flexural strength, and hardness compared to conventional sisal composites.

  • Innovating with Limited Resources: The Antecedents and Consequences of Frugal Innovation

    Quan Cai, Ying Ying, Yang Liu, Weiping Wu · 2019 · Sustainability

    Frugal innovation—developing affordable solutions with limited resources—drives performance improvements for firms in emerging markets. The study identifies two types: cost innovation and affordable value innovation. Firms facing institutional, technological, and market constraints generate more frugal innovations when they possess strong institutional leverage and bricolage capabilities. Dysfunctional competition also spurs frugal innovation. These findings show how resource-constrained emerging-market firms can compete effectively through resourceful product development.

  • Social innovations in the German energy transition: an attempt to use the heuristics of the multi-level perspective of transitions to analyze the diffusion process of social innovations

    Rick Hölsgens, Stephanie Lübke, Marco Hasselkuß · 2018 · Energy Sustainability and Society

    This paper examines whether the multi-level perspective framework, commonly used to analyze technological transitions, can explain how social innovations spread in Germany's energy transition. The authors studied five social innovation projects in North Rhine-Westphalia and found that the framework works only for transformative social innovations that challenge existing systems, not for incremental improvements. The multi-level perspective proves useful for understanding diffusion barriers and drivers when social innovations compete with or reshape established regimes.

  • On the geography of emerging industry technological networks: the breadth and depth of patented innovations

    Snehal Awate, Ram Mudambi · 2017 · Journal of Economic Geography

    This study maps the global wind turbine industry's patent network to show how geographic locations contribute to technological innovation. The research reveals that locations cluster around core technologies like electricity and aerodynamics, with their patent activities determining their importance to the industry. The analysis demonstrates how existing knowledge at a location influences its position in the global network and how new entrants gain central roles in the industry's innovation ecosystem.

  • Cross-border regional innovation systems: conceptual backgrounds, empirical evidence and policy implications

    Teemu Makkonen, Stephan Rohde · 2016 · European Planning Studies

    Cross-border regional innovation systems (CBRIS) have been developed as a theoretical framework for analyzing innovation across borders, but empirical research lags far behind. The authors identify a significant gap between conceptual advances and actual evidence, showing that policy recommendations rest on weak empirical foundations. They call for rigorous empirical validation of CBRIS theory and evaluation of how border-region policies based on this framework actually perform in practice.

  • Oops, I did it again! Knowledge leaks in open innovation networks with start-ups

    Fernando G. Alberti, Emanuele Pizzurno · 2016 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Start-ups in open innovation networks experience unintended knowledge leaks when collaborating with larger, unequal partners. Using social network analysis and case studies in an Italian aerospace cluster, the authors demonstrate that knowledge flows—both intentional and accidental—occur across different knowledge types. The research warns managers and policymakers that start-ups' eagerness to participate may expose them to knowledge loss, while also showing how open innovation benefits from diverse collaborations.

  • Regional conditions and innovation in Russia: the impact of foreign direct investment and absorptive capacity

    Natalya Smith, Ekaterina Thomas · 2016 · Regional Studies

    This study examines how foreign direct investment and absorptive capacity drive regional innovation across Russia from 1997 to 2011, using patent applications and new technology development as measures. The research finds that FDI significantly boosts innovation in Russian regions. Regions with higher human capital benefit more from FDI spillovers, though human capital alone negatively affects innovation when absorptive capacity is included in the analysis.

  • Responsible innovation for decent nonliberal peoples: a dilemma?

    Pak‐Hang Wong · 2016 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper argues that responsible innovation frameworks are grounded in liberal democratic values, which limits their applicability in nonliberal contexts. The author identifies a fundamental dilemma: responsible innovation as currently conceived cannot adequately address innovation challenges in societies that don't share liberal democratic assumptions. The paper calls for rethinking responsible innovation's normative foundations to accommodate diverse political and cultural perspectives beyond Western frameworks.

  • New development: Eight and a half propositions to stimulate frugal innovation

    Jean Hartley · 2014 · Public Money & Management

    The paper presents eight and a half propositions for stimulating frugal innovation in public services. Based on research findings, these propositions challenge conventional innovation wisdom and aim to provoke policymakers, managers, and academics into rethinking how organizations can innovate with limited resources.

  • Moocs: Disruptive Innovation and the Future of Higher Education

    James T. Flynn · 2013 · Christian Education Journal Research on Educational Ministry

    Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) exemplify disruptive innovation in higher education. The paper traces MOOC origins and explains their rapid growth in digital education. While MOOCs may not persist in current forms, examining the problems they address reveals forces reshaping higher education and offers educators opportunities to actively influence the field's future direction.

  • Managing Sustainable Innovation with a User Community Toolkit: The Case of the Video Game<i><scp>T</scp>rackmania</i>

    Guy Parmentier, Romain Gandia · 2013 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    A video game company used a toolkit connected to its user community to sustain innovation over time. The toolkit enabled users to create content and participate in value creation, acting as a boundary management tool between the firm and community. The study identifies four approaches for managing sustainable innovation through user toolkits, showing that structured community participation drives long-term innovation capacity beyond short-term collaboration benefits.

  • Institutional Conditions and Innovation Systems: On the Impact of Regional Policy on Firms in Different Sectors

    Jerker Moodysson, Elena Zukauskaite · 2012 · Regional Studies

    Regional policies succeed or fail based on whether firms internalize and adopt them in their innovation practices. This study examines how institutions shape innovation activities across life science, media, and food sectors in Scania, Sweden. The research shows that effective regional policy doesn't just create external incentives—it must influence how organizations and individuals actually interact and organize their innovation work together.

  • Competing pressures of risk and absorptive capacity potential on commitment and information sharing in global supply chains

    Vicky Arnold, Tanya Benford, Clark Hampton, Steve G. Sutton · 2010 · European Journal of Information Systems

    Organizations participating in global supply chains face competing pressures when deciding whether to commit to and share information with partners. This study surveyed 207 organizations about their offshore outsourcing relationships and found that perceived business risk from supply chain partners strongly reduces commitment and information sharing, while partners' absorptive capacity strongly increases both. Commitment acts as a partial mediator between these factors and information sharing. Geographic and cultural location had no significant effect on these relationships.

  • National culture, regulation and country interaction effects on the association of environmental management systems with environmentally beneficial innovation

    Marcus Wagner · 2009 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Environmental management systems boost process innovations in firms, but this effect varies significantly by country. The study of nine European nations reveals that national culture and regulatory frameworks moderate whether firms implementing these systems actually develop environmental innovations. Management systems show no consistent link to product innovations across countries.

  • The diffusion of electronic service delivery innovations in dutch E-policing: The case of digital warning systems

    Evelien Korteland, Victor Bekkers · 2008 · Public Management Review

    Dutch police forces adopted SMS-alert digital warning systems at different rates based on how they interpreted the innovation's value. The study reveals that police organizations attached functional meanings (operational efficiency), political meanings (strategic advantage), and institutional meanings (organizational fit) to the technology. Diffusion policies and strategies significantly influenced adoption patterns, a factor often overlooked in innovation research.

  • Exploring the Antecedents of Potential Absorptive Capacity and Its Impact on Innovation Performance

    Andréa Fosfuri, Josep A. Tribó · 2008 · LA Referencia (Red Federada de Repositorios Institucionales de Publicaciones Científicas)

    This study examines what builds a firm's potential absorptive capacity—the ability to identify and assimilate external knowledge. Using data from 2,464 Spanish innovative firms, the authors find that R&D cooperation, external knowledge acquisition, and experience with knowledge search are key drivers. Firms invest more in building this capacity during major internal changes. The research shows that potential absorptive capacity creates competitive advantage in innovation when firms have strong internal knowledge flows.

  • The Development and Diffusion of Radical Technological Innovation: The Role of Bus Demonstration Projects in Commercializing Fuel Cell Technology

    Paul Harborne, Chris Hendry, James Brown · 2007 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Governments in North America, Europe, and Japan have funded demonstration projects to commercialize fuel cell bus technology as part of climate change strategies. This paper examines how various stakeholders—government agencies, automotive developers, and industry players—interact through these projects. The authors find that demonstration projects play a crucial role in technology adoption, but conflicting objectives among industry participants and complex government-developer relationships significantly hinder progress toward widespread commercialization.

  • The Internationalization of SMES in Emerging Economies: Institional Embeddedness and Absorptive Capacities

    Hong Zhu, Michael A. Hitt, László Tihanyi · 2006 · Journals @ Middle Tennessee State University (Middle Tennessee State University)

    Small and medium-sized enterprises in emerging economies pursue internationalization through different strategies based on their type. Incumbent SMEs leverage embedded networks with local governments and business groups to expand internationally. Entrepreneurial startups develop capabilities by learning from foreign firms and continuously identifying new opportunities in foreign markets. Both approaches enable SMEs to build knowledge and compete successfully in international markets.

  • Disruptive innovation and circularity in start‐ups: A path to sustainable development

    Simone Sehnem, Taís Provensi, Tiago Hennemann Hilario da Silva, Susana Carla Farias Pereira · 2021 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Brazilian start-ups are implementing disruptive innovations that advance circular economy principles in their business models. Through interviews with 50 start-up leaders, researchers found that these companies are partially adopting circular resource initiatives—including data management, supply chain partnerships, digitization, and new market opportunities—that support sustainable development. The study reveals varying adoption levels across market segments and identifies pathways for accelerating circular economy integration.

  • Development of a method for determining oil absorption capacity in pulse flours and protein materials

    Ning Wang, Lisa Maximiuk, Dora Fenn, Michael T. Nickerson, Anfu Hou · 2020 · Cereal Chemistry

    Researchers developed an improved laboratory method for measuring oil absorption capacity in pulse and soybean flours and protein products. The new method addresses problems with conventional testing by using a lower sample-to-oil ratio, reduced centrifugal force, and a filter paper apparatus to prevent material loss. The simplified procedure produces reliable, reproducible results and enables faster testing of multiple samples while accurately distinguishing between different pulse and soybean ingredients.

  • Improving Green Market Orientation, Green Supply Chain Relationship Quality, and Green Absorptive Capacity to Enhance Green Competitive Advantage in the Green Supply Chain

    Yu-Hsien Lin, Nisha Kulangara, Krista Foster, Jennifer Shang · 2020 · Sustainability

    This study examines how green market orientation, supply chain relationship quality, and absorptive capacity drive competitive advantage in green supply chains. The research finds that green market orientation significantly influences competitive advantage, but this effect operates entirely through supply chain relationship quality and absorptive capacity as mediators. Employee culture emphasizing environmental responsibility emerges as a critical driver of competitive success in green supply chains.

  • Frugal innovation enablers: a comprehensive framework

    Marjan Niroumand, Arash Shahin, Amirreza Naghsh, Hamid Reza Peikari · 2020 · International Journal of Innovation Science

    This paper identifies fourteen key enablers of frugal innovation in small and medium-sized enterprises through literature review, expert interviews, and survey analysis of 200 employees and managers in Iran's home appliance manufacturing sector. The enablers include world-class design, human and social aspects, marketing, knowledge, prototyping, cultural and environmental considerations, brand creation, cost-cutting business models, and local R&D. The framework helps managers evaluate and develop capabilities for implementing frugal innovation.

  • Universities in the National Innovation Systems: Emerging Innovation Landscapes in Asia-Pacific

    Venni V. Krishna · 2019 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Universities across Asia-Pacific play increasingly central roles in national innovation systems, though their contributions vary significantly by country. While Southeast Asian universities and India focus primarily on teaching and workforce development, countries like Singapore, China, Taiwan, and Japan have transformed universities into entrepreneurial institutions through innovation policies, technology transfer offices, and science parks. Australia and New Zealand have successfully commercialized research alongside exporting higher education services regionally.

  • Regional innovation systems: Systematic literature review and recommendations for future research

    Ricardo M. Pino, Ana María Ortega · 2018 · Cogent Business & Management

    This systematic literature review examines academic research on Regional Innovation Systems from 1997 to 2017. The authors analyze how RIS is defined across top-ranked journals, identify its key components, and establish methods for measuring RIS performance. They reveal knowledge gaps in the field and propose directions for future research on how innovation operates within regional contexts.

  • Knowledge processing and ecosystem co-creation for process innovation: Managing joint knowledge processing in process innovation projects

    David Sjödin · 2018 · International Entrepreneurship and Management Journal

    Firms pursuing process innovation must manage knowledge sharing across ecosystems of suppliers and customers. This study of nine industrial firms identifies three technological challenges—complexity, novelty, and customization—that create knowledge-processing demands. The research shows that joint problem-solving, open communication, and end-user involvement enable ecosystem partners to navigate these demands successfully. Procurement strategies that emphasize contracting and relationship development facilitate effective knowledge processing across partners.

  • Orchestration Roles to Facilitate Networked Innovation in a Healthcare Ecosystem

    Minna Pikkarainen, Mari Ervasti, Pia Hurmelinna‐Laukkanen, Satu Nätti · 2017 · Technology Innovation Management Review

    Healthcare systems need innovation to address rising costs and digitalization demands. This paper identifies orchestration roles that facilitate networked innovation within healthcare ecosystems. The authors examine how different actors coordinate to develop more effective, cost-efficient care models and personalized healthcare solutions through connected health technologies.

  • Subsistence over symbolism: the role of transnational municipal networks on cities’ climate policy innovation and adoption

    Kaveh Rashidi, Anthony Patt · 2017 · Mitigation and Adaptation Strategies for Global Change

    City governments that join transnational municipal networks adopt significantly more climate mitigation policies than those outside such networks. The study analyzed global data on urban environmental policy adoption and found network membership matters, with differences between networks suggesting that tailored services drive results. Networks enable cities to adopt climate policies independently when international commitments lack local enforcement, while considering co-benefits optimizes global climate strategies.

  • Redefining the Relationship between Intellectual Capital and Innovation: The Mediating Role of Absorptive Capacity

    Alessandra Cassol, Cláudio Reis Gonçalo, Roberto Lima Ruas · 2016 · BAR - Brazilian Administration Review

    This case study of a Brazilian paper and cardboard company demonstrates that absorptive capacity—the ability to assimilate new technologies, leverage internal knowledge, benchmark practices, and register patents—mediates the relationship between intellectual capital and innovation. The research shows that absorptive capacity strengthens how intellectual capital drives innovation, making it a critical mechanism for firms developing new products and processes.

  • Construction innovation diffusion in the Russian Federation

    Emiliya Suprun, Rodney A. Stewart · 2015 · Construction Innovation

    The Russian construction industry lags in innovation adoption due to financial constraints and poor legislation. A survey of 52 industry experts identified economic difficulties and regulatory barriers as the primary obstacles to innovation diffusion. The study recommends financial incentives, legislative reform, and alternative procurement methods as key strategies to accelerate innovation adoption across building and infrastructure sectors.

  • Managing BYOD: how do organizations incorporate user-driven IT innovations?

    Aurélie Leclercq‐Vandelannoitte · 2015 · Information Technology and People

    Organizations respond to employees bringing personal devices to work through three distinct strategies: induction, normalization, and regulation. These responses shape how companies incorporate employee-driven IT innovations into their operations. The study reveals that reversed adoption patterns—where employees drive technology use rather than organizations—create significant organizational change opportunities if managed strategically.

  • Living Labs as Open Innovation Networks - Networks, Roles and Innovation Outcomes

    Seppo Leminen · 2015 · Aaltodoc (Aalto University)

    Living labs organize innovation by bringing together users and stakeholders in real-life environments to address socio-economic and technological challenges. This study identifies seven stakeholder roles and four role patterns in living labs, showing that successful collaboration and innovation outcomes occur without strict management objectives. Network structures—centralized, decentralized, and distributed—support different innovation types. The research provides frameworks for managers to understand and develop open innovation networks.

  • The Global Research-and-Development Network and Its Effect on Innovation

    Changsu Kim, Jong‐Hun Park · 2010 · Journal of International Marketing

    This study examines how pharmaceutical firms' position in global research-and-development networks affects innovation impact. The research finds that a firm's scientific knowledge intensity enhances innovation when combined with strong network resources. International gatekeepers bridging U.S., Japanese, and European firms strengthen this relationship. The study demonstrates that innovation succeeds when internal research capability and external network connections work together.

  • Organization-wide adoption of computerized provider order entry systems: a study based on diffusion of innovations theory

    Bahlol Rahimi, Toomas Timpka, Vivian Vimarlund, Srinivas Uppugunduri, Mikael Svensson · 2009 · BMC Medical Informatics and Decision Making

    Computerized provider order entry systems were adopted unevenly across healthcare staff. Nurses reported better experiences and perceived greater advantages than physicians, who found the systems poorly adapted to their work and wanted to return to paper-based methods. The study reveals that successful adoption requires designs offering substantial additional benefits beyond error reduction, continuous user feedback collection, and better communication about system advantages to healthcare workers.

  • The Evolution of National Innovation Systems

    John Groenewegen, Marianne van der Steen · 2006 · Journal of Economic Issues

    This paper examines how national innovation systems develop and change over time. The authors analyze the institutional structures and evolutionary processes that shape how countries generate, adopt, and diffuse innovations across their economies. The work provides a framework for understanding why innovation systems differ between nations and how they adapt to new economic conditions.

  • Examining the Diffusion of Innovations from a Dynamic, Differential-Effects Perspective: A Longitudinal Study on AI Adoption Among Employees

    Shan Xu, Kerk F. Kee, Wenbo Li, Masahiro Yamamoto, Rachel E. Riggs · 2023 · Communication Research

    This study tracks how employees adopt AI in workplaces over time, finding that job security concerns drive increasingly negative attitudes toward AI. Relative advantage, compatibility, and observability strengthen positive attitudes, while ease of use and trialability have no significant effect. The impact of these factors varies by group: trialability only helps those already positive about AI, while observability and threat concerns matter more to skeptics.

  • The impact of network orientation and entrepreneurial orientation on startup innovation and performance in emerging economies: The moderating role of strategic flexibility

    Mohammad Daradkeh, Wathiq Mansoor · 2023 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    In emerging economies, entrepreneurial orientation drives startup performance more than network orientation, particularly in early stages. Exploratory and exploitative innovation mediate these relationships differently: exploitative innovation matters most initially, while exploratory innovation becomes critical during growth. Strategic flexibility strengthens how entrepreneurial orientation and innovation types affect performance. The study surveyed 273 startups and reveals that startups benefit from balancing different innovation approaches as they mature.

  • Digitalization and network capability as enablers of business model innovation and sustainability performance: The moderating effect of environmental dynamism

    Ying Li, Li Cui, Lin Wu, Paul Benjamin Lowry, Ajay Kumar, Kim Hua Tan · 2023 · Journal of Information Technology

    Chinese manufacturing firms can improve economic and environmental performance through digitalization and network capabilities, which work together to enable business model innovation. Environmental dynamism acts as both a barrier and enabler depending on the type of innovation pursued. The study surveyed 255 firms and found that network capability mediates digitalization's effects, while business model innovation mediates the path to sustainability outcomes.

  • Green creativity, responsible innovation, and product innovation performance: A study of entrepreneurial firms in an emerging economy

    Samuel Adomako, Nguyen Phong Nguyen · 2023 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Green creativity drives product innovation performance in entrepreneurial firms through responsible innovation practices. A study of 273 Vietnamese firms shows that firms committing more resources to environmental innovation strengthen this relationship. Responsible innovation mediates the effect of green creativity on product innovation outcomes, demonstrating how environmental commitment translates creative ideas into market performance.

  • Innovation Diffusion Processes: Concepts, Models, and Predictions

    Mariangela Guidolin, Piero Manfredi · 2022 · Annual Review of Statistics and Its Application

    This paper reviews mathematical models of how innovations spread through societies, integrating marketing and epidemiological approaches. The authors examine barriers to diffusion, the role of word-of-mouth communication, and how policy interventions can promote beneficial innovations while preventing harmful ones. They use deterministic models based on differential equations to analyze critical innovations essential for human progress.

  • Digital revolution for the agroecological transition of food systems: A responsible research and innovation perspective

    Véronique Bellon-Maurel, Évelyne Lutton, Pierre Bisquert, Ludovic Brossard, Stéphanie Chambaron, Pierre Labarthe, Philippe Lagacherie, François Martignac, Jérôme Molénat, Nicolas Parisey, Sébastien Picault, Isabelle Piot‐Lepetit, Isabelle Veissier · 2022 · Agricultural Systems

    Digital technologies in agriculture have focused on precision farming for large-scale conventional systems. This paper argues that digital agriculture can instead accelerate agroecological transitions by redirecting research toward new data sources, processing methods, and connectivity. Using responsible research and innovation principles, an interdisciplinary team developed a research agenda prioritizing digitalization that empowers farmers, manages territories as commons, and supports local food systems while addressing tensions between rationalization and farming diversity.

  • Disruptive technological innovations in construction field and fourth industrial revolution intervention in the achievement of the sustainable development goal 9

    Amusan Lekan, Clinton Aigbavboa, Ogunbayo Babatunde, Fagbenle Olabosipo, Adediran Christiana · 2020 · International Journal of Construction Management

    This study examines how disruptive technologies and fourth industrial revolution innovations can help the construction industry achieve sustainable development goals. Researchers surveyed 50 construction professionals about awareness, barriers, and success factors for adopting disruptive technologies. The findings show that disruptive innovation is essential for technological progress in construction and propose deployment strategies for sustainable building practices aligned with development objectives.

  • Urban robotics and responsible urban innovation

    Michael Nagenborg · 2018 · Ethics and Information Technology

    This paper examines how robots can be responsibly integrated into urban environments. The author argues for designing robots that preserve desirable qualities of city life and proposes that urban robotics should address city-specific challenges through participatory approaches involving stakeholders. The paper suggests architects, urban designers, and planners must collaborate to address spatial issues created by robots in cities.

  • Staging aesthetic disruption through design methods for service innovation

    Katarina Wetter‐Edman, Josina Vink, Johan Blomkvist · 2017 · Design Studies

    Design methods trigger service innovation by creating aesthetic disruption—sensory experiences that challenge participants' assumptions and destabilize their habitual behaviors. The paper argues that bodily experience, not just cognitive processes, drives meaningful change. By staging these disruptions through design methods, organizations can help actors break free from existing institutional constraints and generate genuine service innovation.

  • Evolutionary Economics, Responsible Innovation and Demand: Making a Case for the Role of Consumers

    Michael P. Schlaile, Matthias Mueller, Michael Schramm, Andreas Pyka · 2017 · Philosophy of Management

    This paper argues that consumer behavior fundamentally shapes responsible innovation. Using evolutionary economics and an agent-based model, the authors show that consumers' diverse preferences and limited rationality drive how innovations spread and whether they become responsible. The model represents products across multiple characteristics beyond price and quality, revealing that consumer heterogeneity directly influences which innovations succeed in markets.

  • User voice and complaints as drivers of innovation in public services

    Richard Simmons, Carol Brennan · 2016 · Public Management Review

    User complaints and feedback drive innovation in public services when properly harnessed. The paper develops a framework showing how user voice prompts service improvements and identifies critical success factors for turning consumer knowledge into effective innovation. Six real-world examples demonstrate that while user input offers valuable insights for better service delivery, organizations often fail to fully develop these mechanisms.

  • Frugal innovation, sustainable innovation, reverse innovation: why do they look alike? Why are they different?

    Christian Le Bas · 2016 · Journal of Innovation Economics & Management

    This paper compares three types of innovation: frugal, sustainable, and reverse innovation. The author argues these are distinct concepts with different objectives, firm strategies, and macroeconomic effects. Frugal innovation represents a new technological paradigm, sustainable innovation directs efforts toward social and environmental needs, and reverse innovation reflects shifting global knowledge flows. The paper consolidates fragmented literature on these innovation types.

  • Incentivizing biodiversity conservation in artisanal fishing communities through territorial user rights and business model innovation

    Stefan Gelcich, C. Josh Donlan · 2015 · Conservation Biology

    The authors designed a market-based program in Chile that gives artisanal fishers territorial user rights and financial incentives to establish no-take marine areas. The program commodifies biodiversity benefits created by fishers' conservation actions, using simple transactional infrastructure that can scale while remaining attractive to investors. Success requires matching supply, infrastructure, and demand components to local social-ecological conditions, potentially generating significant marine conservation gains.

  • Understanding the Multi-Dimensional Nature of Absorptive Capacity

    Joshua J. Daspit, Derrick E. D’Souza · 2013 · Journal of managerial issues

    This paper clarifies absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply external knowledge—by establishing it consists of four distinct capabilities: acquisition, assimilation, transformation, and exploitation. The authors demonstrate these capabilities work sequentially, each building on the previous one, and that this four-factor model directly improves firm performance. The findings resolve conflicting definitions in prior research and give managers a clearer framework for leveraging knowledge to gain competitive advantage.

  • Making Decisions on Innovation: Meetings or Networks?

    John K. Christiansen, Claus J. Varnes · 2007 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    This paper challenges the traditional view that innovation decisions happen in formal gate and portfolio meetings. Through two case studies, the authors show that actual decision-making occurs through informal networks of negotiations and micro-decisions among project managers, team members, and other actors. Official meetings function as checkpoints where approvals are sought rather than decisions made. Mandatory templates and documents serve as boundary objects that create new control points in the innovation process.

  • Innovation systems and local productive arrangements: New strategies to promote the generation, acquisition and diffusion of knowledge

    2005 · Innovation

    The paper argues that less developed countries face mismatches between old analytical frameworks and the emerging knowledge economy. It proposes innovation systems and local productive arrangements as better conceptual tools for understanding how knowledge and innovation spread in development contexts. These frameworks emphasize learning, local tacit knowledge, agent interaction, and power dynamics. The paper recommends policies that mobilize local productive systems while coordinating across local, regional, national, and supranational levels.

  • Cooperation, Networks and Institutions in Regional Innovation Systems

    Dirk Fornahl, Thomas Brenner · 2003 · SSRN Electronic Journal

    This book examines how cooperation, networks, and institutions shape regional innovation systems. Using examples of clusters at various development stages, the authors demonstrate that these factors are critical to how local innovation systems emerge and develop over time.

  • The dynamic contribution of innovation ecosystems to schumpeterian firms: A multi-level analysis

    David B. Audretsch, Maksim Belitski, Maribel Guerrero · 2022 · Journal of Business Research

    This study examines how proximity to innovation ecosystem agents affects Schumpeterian firms' innovation performance. Using firm-level data from 2002–2014 covering 3,074 observations, the authors apply knowledge spillover theory to show that geographical closeness to ecosystem agents drives innovation outcomes. The research clarifies how firm size moderates these effects and identifies specific mechanisms through which knowledge spillovers enhance firm performance.

  • The Risk of Dissolution of Sustainable Innovation Ecosystems in Times of Crisis: The Electric Vehicle during the COVID-19 Pandemic

    Manel Arribas-Ibar, Petra A. Nylund, Alexander Brem · 2021 · Sustainability

    The paper examines how the electric vehicle ecosystem evolved during the COVID-19 pandemic and identifies factors that enable ecosystem growth despite crises. The authors argue that disruptions like pandemics can create opportunities for sustainable innovations to break through by shifting established behavioral patterns. They assess whether the EV sector capitalized on pandemic-driven changes to accelerate the transition from internal combustion engines to green mobility.

  • The role of internal and external sources of knowledge on frugal innovation: moderating role of innovation capabilities

    Abdullah Fahad AlMulhim‎ · 2021 · International Journal of Innovation Science

    Internal and external knowledge sources significantly drive frugal innovation in small and medium enterprises. Innovation capabilities strengthen this relationship. The study surveyed 288 Saudi Arabian SMEs using structural equation modeling, finding that firms combining diverse knowledge sources with strong innovation capabilities achieve greater frugal innovation outcomes.

  • Exploring Mission-Oriented Innovation Ecosystems for Sustainability: Towards a Literature-Based Typology

    Malte Jütting · 2020 · Sustainability

    This paper develops a typology of mission-oriented innovation ecosystems designed to address sustainability challenges. By analyzing literature and using bibliometric methods, the author finds that ecosystems vary significantly depending on their mission type, with differences in which actors participate and their roles throughout innovation processes. The research emphasizes the state's critical role in driving system-level transformations, the necessity of civil society participation, and the need for research organizations to adapt to new requirements.

  • Bricolage as capability for frugal innovation in emerging markets in times of crisis

    Leandro Lima Santos, Felipe Mendes Borini, Moacir de Miranda Oliveira, Dennys Eduardo Rossetto, Roberto Carlos Bernardes · 2020 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Brazilian companies develop frugal innovations more effectively during crises when they possess bricolage capability—the ability to creatively combine available resources in unconventional ways. This study of 215 Brazilian firms confirms that bricolage is a required managerial capability for emerging market companies to innovate under resource constraints. The research identifies bricolage skills as essential for managers seeking to drive frugal innovation during economic downturns.

  • Planning, Land and Housing in the Digital Data Revolution/The Politics of Digital Transformations of Housing/Digital Innovations, PropTech and Housing – the View from Melbourne/Digital Housing and Renters: Disrupting the Australian Rental Bond System and Tenant Advocacy/Prospects for an Intelligent Planning System/What are the Prospects for a Politically Intelligent Planning System?

    Libby Porter, Desiree Fields, Ani Landau-Ward, Dallas Rogers, Jathan Sadowski, Sophia Maalsen, Rob Kitchin, Oliver Dawkins, Gareth W. Young, Lisa K. Bates · 2019 · Planning Theory & Practice

    Digital planning systems promise to predict urban development outcomes, but housing data gaps systematically undercount vulnerable populations. The author's research in Portland, Oregon reveals that despite regional modeling capacity, comprehensive rental housing data remains unavailable due to political and market barriers, not technical limitations. This prevents planners from accurately forecasting displacement risks when transit investments reshape neighborhoods.

  • The effect of enterprise social networks use on exploitative and exploratory innovations

    Sarra Berraies · 2019 · Journal of Intellectual Capital

    Enterprise social networks boost both exploitative and exploratory innovation in Tunisian ICT firms, but through different mechanisms. Human capital mediates the link to exploitative innovation, while human and social capital together mediate the link to exploratory innovation. The study reveals how internal social networks strengthen intellectual capital dimensions that drive different innovation types.

  • Higher education institutions, private sector and government collaboration for innovation within the framework of the Triple Helix Model

    Wanjiru Gachie · 2019 · African Journal of Science Technology Innovation and Development

    This research examines collaboration between universities, industry, and government under the Triple Helix Model for innovation. The study identifies weaknesses in existing partnerships and proposes a new framework to strengthen these relationships. Key recommendations include clarifying government's role, improving research commercialization, and ensuring network actors possess adequate knowledge to adapt the model to changing needs.

  • Managerial Social Networks and Innovation: A Meta‐Analysis of Bonding and Bridging Effects across Institutional Environments

    Priscilla Sarai Kraft, Andreas Bausch · 2018 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This meta-analysis of 88 studies across 26 countries examines how managerial social networks drive innovation. The research finds that institutional context determines which network type works best: cohesive networks boost innovation in weak institutions and collectivistic cultures, while diverse networks are more effective in strong institutions and individualistic cultures. Managers should align their network strategy to their institutional environment.

  • Circular Economy in the Triple Helix of Innovation Systems

    Markku Anttonen, Minna Lammi, Juri Mykkänen, Petteri Repo · 2018 · Sustainability

    This paper examines how industry, government, and universities conceptualize circular economy within innovation systems. Using natural language processing, the authors find that while each sector has distinct priorities—industry focuses on global business opportunities, government on waste-related policies and economic growth, and universities on production and environmental issues—they share limited consensus around materials, products, and creating resources from waste. This consensus space, the authors argue, can drive systemic innovation if strengthened across all three sectors.

  • Measuring the diffusion of an innovation: A citation analysis

    Yujia Zhai, Ying Ding, Wang Fang · 2017 · Journal of the Association for Information Science and Technology

    This paper develops a method for tracking how innovations spread across research fields using citation analysis and topic modeling. The authors identify five stages of innovation diffusion: testing, implementation, improvement, extending, and fading. They demonstrate that when innovations like Latent Dirichlet Allocation move between research areas, adoption patterns cluster among fields with similar interests, revealing how interdisciplinary knowledge transfer actually occurs.

  • Toward Efficient CO<sub>2</sub> Capture Solvent Design by Analyzing the Effect of Chain Lengths and Amino Types to the Absorption Capacity, Bicarbonate/Carbamate, and Cyclic Capacity

    Rui Zhang, Qi Yang, Zhiwu Liang, Graeme Puxty, Roger J. Mulder, Joanna E. Cosgriff, Hai Yu, Xin Yang, Ying Xue · 2017 · Energy & Fuels

    This paper investigates how molecular structure of amine solvents affects CO2 capture efficiency. Researchers tested six diamines with varying chain lengths and amino groups, comparing them to standard monoamines. Results show that extending the carbon chain from C2 to C3 and adding substituents to nitrogen atoms both increase CO2 absorption capacity, bicarbonate formation, and desorption performance, offering guidance for designing more energy-efficient industrial CO2 capture solvents.

  • Managing Innovation Ecosystems to Create and Capture Value in ICT Industries

    Jarkko Pellikka, Timo Ali-Vehmas · 2016 · Technology Innovation Management Review

    Organizations seeking growth through innovation must understand innovation dynamics, develop clear strategies, and design effective processes. Success requires managing innovation ecosystems and collaborating with external partners. The paper examines how companies—both large and small—can create and capture value by orchestrating their innovation environments strategically.

  • Growth, digestive and absorptive capacity and antioxidant status in intestine and hepatopancreas of sub-adult grass carp Ctenopharyngodonidella fed graded levels of dietary threonine

    Yang Hong, Wei‐Dan Jiang, Sheng‐Yao Kuang, Kai Hu, Ling Tang, Yang Liu, Jun Jiang, Yong‐An Zhang, Xiao‐Qiu Zhou, Lin Feng · 2015 · Journal of Animal Science and Biotechnology/Journal of animal science and biotechnology

    This study examined how dietary threonine levels affect grass carp growth and health. Researchers found that optimal threonine supplementation significantly improved weight gain, feed efficiency, and digestive enzyme activity. The treatment also reduced oxidative stress markers and enhanced antioxidant defenses in the intestine and liver. The results establish that grass carp require approximately 11.6 grams of threonine per kilogram of diet for optimal growth.

  • Modelling innovation support systems for regional development – analysis of cluster structures in innovation in Portugal

    Eric Vaz, Teresa de Noronha, Purificación Vicente‐Galindo, Peter Nijkamp · 2014 · Entrepreneurship and Regional Development

    This paper analyzes innovation support systems across three Portuguese regions by mapping institutional innovation profiles and regional clustering patterns. Using principal coordinates analysis and Logistic Biplot methods, the authors created a typology of innovation structures showing that institutional profiles and regional innovation patterns are region-specific. The findings demonstrate significant differences in how regions organize their innovation support, offering practical tools for policymakers and businesses to understand and design regional innovation systems.

  • Big Bang Disruption: Strategy in the Age of Devastating Innovation

    Irene J. Petrick · 2014 · Research-Technology Management

    This paper reviews a book arguing that digital technologies enable rapid market disruption through products that are simultaneously better and cheaper than existing solutions. Successful companies often fail to recognize these disruptions because they apply outdated strategic logic. The authors identify exponential technologies like mobile devices and cloud computing as drivers of disruption, replacing traditional bell-curve adoption patterns with rapid shark-fin curves that compress industry lifecycles and reward speed over incumbency.

  • Links between Successful Innovation Diffusion and Stakeholder Engagement

    Kristian Widén, Stefan Olander, Brian Atkin · 2013 · Journal of Management in Engineering

    Stakeholder engagement significantly affects whether innovations succeed and spread. The authors studied 19 construction innovation projects and found that structured, planned engagement with key stakeholders before implementation is essential for successful innovation diffusion. Without systematic stakeholder involvement and clear communication strategies, innovation efforts face unpredictable obstacles and higher failure rates.

  • Openness, Absorptive Capacity, and Regional Innovation in China

    Chih‐Hai Yang, Hui‐Lin Lin · 2012 · Environment and Planning A Economy and Space

    This study examines how openness to trade and foreign investment drives regional innovation across Chinese provinces from 1997 to 2007. The research finds that trade openness and foreign direct investment significantly boost innovation, while technology imports only help coastal regions. Human capital strengthens a region's ability to absorb external knowledge and benefit from spillover effects. Absorptive capacity emerges as crucial for translating openness into actual innovation gains.

  • Community Networks and Sustainable Livelihoods in Tourism: The Role of Entrepreneurial Innovation

    Jithendran Kokkranikal, Alison Morrison · 2011 · Tourism Planning & Development

    Entrepreneurial innovation in small tourism businesses creates sustainable livelihoods and community networks in rural areas. A case study of an eco-heritage resort in Kerala, India demonstrates how innovative tourism enterprises generate local jobs, economic linkages, and livelihood diversification while involving local stakeholders more effectively. Community-based tourism networks offer a sustainable development strategy that benefits disadvantaged communities through private-community partnerships.

  • No‐tillage farming: co‐creation of innovation through network building

    Flurina Schneider, David Steiger, Thomas Ledermann, P. S. Fry, Stephan Rist · 2010 · Land Degradation and Development

    No-tillage farming development in Switzerland involves complex networks of farmers, experts, scientists, and equipment working together to create innovation. Despite economic and environmental benefits, no-tillage spreads slowly because it requires radical transformations in farm equipment, work practices, institutional arrangements, and farmers' professional identities. Policy works best as a mediator facilitating these reciprocal translations rather than imposing top-down directives.

  • Conditional Approval and Approval Under Exceptional Circumstances as Regulatory Instruments for Stimulating Responsible Drug Innovation in Europe

    Wouter Boon, Ellen H.M. Moors, Albert Meijer, Huub Schellekens · 2010 · Clinical Pharmacology & Therapeutics

    The European Union introduced conditional approvals and exceptional circumstances pathways to enable faster drug access while managing safety risks. This study found neither pathway accelerates overall approval timelines, though conditional approvals shorten clinical development. Exceptional circumstances approvals require less data but don't compromise drug safety. Both instruments successfully balance innovation speed with public safety demands.

  • The impact of market size and users’ sophistication on innovation: the patterns of demand

    Marco Guerzoni · 2009 · Economics of Innovation and New Technology

    This paper develops a theoretical model showing how demand drives innovation through two key factors: market size and user sophistication. The author argues that these conditions create firm incentives to innovate and proposes a taxonomy of industries based on these demand characteristics. The work provides analytical foundations for demand-pull innovation theory.

  • The role of universities in the evolution of the Triple Helix culture of innovation network: The case of Malaysia

    Azley Abd Razak, Mohammed Saad · 2007 · International Journal of Technology Management and Sustainable Development

    Malaysian universities operate primarily within statist and laissez-faire variants of the Triple Helix model, with government as the dominant actor. Universities have attempted to strengthen relationships with industry and government, but face obstacles in commercialization and internal procedures needed to transition toward a hybrid Triple Helix culture that balances all three sectors.

  • The first business computer: a case study in user-driven innovation

    F. Land · 2000 · IEEE Annals of the History of Computing

    In 1949, J. Lyons & Co., a British catering and food-manufacturing company, deployed the world's first business computer application. The company designed and built its own computer specifically for business data processing. This case study examines why Lyons was uniquely positioned to pioneer this innovation and traces how their effort launched the information revolution.

  • Innovations and stepwise evolution of CBFs/DREB1s and their regulatory networks in angiosperms

    Yuqi Nie, Liangyu Guo, Fuqiang Cui, Yirong Shen, Xiaoxue Ye, Deyin Deng, Shuo Wang, Jianhua Zhu, Wenwu Wu · 2022 · Journal of Integrative Plant Biology

    This paper traces the evolutionary origin of CBF/DREB1 genes, which regulate cold tolerance in flowering plants. The researchers found that CBF/DREB1 evolved from tandem duplication of an ancestral DREB III gene, then split into two clades through whole genome duplication. Only one clade developed cold sensitivity. Gene duplications accelerated during the Cretaceous-Paleogene boundary and Ice Age, when global temperatures dropped. These duplications rewired regulatory networks that enabled plants to survive colder climates.

  • Global buyer–supplier networks and innovation: The role of technological distance and technological breadth

    Shubhobrata Palit, Manpreet Hora, Soumen Ghosh · 2022 · Journal of Operations Management

    Firms that source from global suppliers with diverse technological capabilities innovate more effectively, but only when technological distance between buyer and supplier remains manageable. The study analyzes 246 firms and their supplier networks, finding that broad supplier knowledge boosts innovation while excessive technological gaps hinder it. Global sourcing itself improves innovation, though this benefit diminishes when suppliers operate in distant technological domains.

  • Indirect innovation management by platform ecosystem governance and positioning: Toward collective ambidexterity in the ecosystems

    Yuki Inoue · 2021 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This study examines how platform ecosystem governance and positioning strategies indirectly influence complementary product innovation. Using data from 9,780 Japanese video game software titles, the research finds that increased openness and distinctiveness both encourage radical innovation. However, sales performance peaks when openness is moderate and distinctiveness is appropriately calibrated. The findings show that balanced governance strategies enable platforms to achieve ambidexterity—supporting both incremental and radical innovation simultaneously while maximizing commercial success.

  • Pursuing Frugal Innovation for Sustainability at the Grassroots Level

    Mokter Hossain, Jarkko Levänen, Marleen Wierenga · 2021 · Management and Organization Review

    Frugal innovation offers firms a practical approach to sustainability while serving underserved customers in developing countries. Three case studies from India show how frugal innovation creates new business models that address economic, social, and environmental challenges simultaneously. The paper argues that firms should adopt frugal innovation strategies to tackle pressing societal problems while promoting sustainability.

  • Responsible Leadership Competencies in leaders around the world: Assessing stakeholder engagement, ethics and values, systems thinking and innovation competencies in leaders around the world

    Katrin Muff, Coralie Delacoste, Thomas Dyllick · 2021 · Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental Management

    This study assesses responsible leadership competencies across 9,566 participants in 122 countries, measuring stakeholder engagement, ethics, systems thinking, and innovation. Self-awareness emerges as central to responsible leadership. Higher education correlates with better performance, and African region participants outperform others. Surprisingly, sustainability affinity doesn't improve scores, and executives show no improvement after leadership courses, while undergraduate students do.

  • A Nexus among Strategic Orientation, Social Network, Knowledge Sharing, Organizational Innovation, and MSMEs Performance

    Muafi Muafi · 2020 · Journal of Asian Finance Economics and Business

    This study examines how resource orientation, market orientation, social networks, and knowledge sharing drive organizational innovation in small and medium enterprises, which in turn improves business performance. Research with batik MSMEs in Central Java, Indonesia shows that strategic practices, social connections, and knowledge exchange significantly boost innovation. The findings provide a comprehensive model for understanding what factors enable organizational innovation and enhance MSME performance.

  • A retrospective analysis of responsible innovation for low-technology innovation in the Global South

    Sarah Hartley, Carmen McLeod, Mike Clifford, Sarah Jewitt, Charlotte Ray · 2019 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    Low-technology innovation in the Global South receives insufficient attention despite its potential to address global challenges. This retrospective analysis examines how researchers applied responsible innovation frameworks to low-technology projects in development contexts. The study finds that responsible innovation can facilitate stakeholder engagement and reflection, but remains difficult to implement in practice. A key barrier emerges: deficit-based public engagement models undermine inclusive participation. Notably, low-technology innovators face the same engagement challenges as high-technology developers when attempting to give end-users meaningful input into innovations that affect them.

  • The impact of social networks on SMEs’ innovation potential

    Alexandra Ioanid, Dana Corina Deselnicu, Gheorghe Militaru · 2018 · Procedia Manufacturing

    Social networks change how businesses operate, but their role in innovation remains understudied. This exploratory study examines whether Romanian SMEs recognize that social media interactions with customers, suppliers, and academics boost innovation potential. The research finds that Romanian businesses primarily use social networks for marketing rather than deliberately engaging external parties in innovation processes.

  • The effect of IT ambidexterity and cloud computing absorptive capacity on competitive advantage

    Younghoon Chang, Siew Fan Wong, Uchenna Cyril Eze, Hwansoo Lee · 2018 · Industrial Management & Data Systems

    Firms adopting cloud computing gain competitive advantage by balancing conflicting IT capabilities—flexibility and control—through organizational ambidexterity. The study surveyed 165 IT executives and found that cloud absorptive capacity, strengthened by this dual governance structure, drives knowledge accumulation and business performance. Companies should treat cloud adoption as strategic to remain competitive.

  • A critical hermeneutic reflection on the paradigm-level assumptions underlying responsible innovation

    Job Timmermans, Vincent Blok · 2018 · Synthese

    This paper examines the underlying assumptions in responsible innovation theory by analyzing paradigm-level beliefs across different RI frameworks. The authors identify how current RI approaches implicitly carry ontological and axiological assumptions that distance them from the dominant techno-economic innovation paradigm. They argue that implementing responsible innovation requires awareness of these deep-level paradigmatic barriers and enablers to achieve meaningful change in research and innovation practices.

  • Determinants of Service Innovation in Academic Libraries through the Lens of Disruptive Innovation

    Shea-Tinn Yeh, Zhiping Walter · 2016 · College & Research Libraries

    Academic libraries face disruption from digital technologies and must innovate their services to remain relevant. The paper applies the Resources-Processes-Values framework to recommend that library administrators lead innovation efforts, build supportive cultures, reward innovation, create autonomous innovation teams, and partner with users and other institutions to develop new services that respond to technological change.

  • Diffusion of Innovations in Dynamic Networks

    Charlotte C. Greenan · 2014 · Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Series A (Statistics in Society)

    This paper develops a statistical model that simultaneously tracks how social networks evolve and how innovations spread through them. The model treats network changes and adoption decisions as interdependent processes, using a proportional hazards framework. The authors test their approach on adolescent cannabis use patterns and validate it through simulations.

  • Social Capital and Effective Innovation in Industrial Districts: Dual Effect of Absorptive Capacity

    Gloria Parra‐Requena, María José Ruiz‐Ortega, Pedro Manuel García Villaverde · 2013 · Industry and Innovation

    This study examines how firms in Spanish footwear industrial districts convert social capital into effective innovation. The research finds that absorptive capacity—specifically the ability to identify and combine external knowledge—moderates this relationship. Firms with strong identification capabilities better acquire novel knowledge from external networks, while combinative capabilities strengthen that knowledge into successful innovations.

  • Millennials and the adoption of new technologies in libraries through the diffusion of innovations process

    Heidi Blackburn · 2011 · Library Hi Tech

    Millennials drive technology adoption in libraries by acting as change agents and early adopters. While libraries suggest new technologies as solutions to problems, adoption lags behind other sectors. Millennials use specific communication channels to shift employee attitudes toward new tools. Understanding technology adoption through diffusion theory rather than focusing on individual tools helps explain the broader paradigm shift in how libraries embrace innovation.

  • Organizing Inter- and Intra-Firm Networks: What is the Impact on Innovation Performance?

    Massimo G. Colombo, Keld Laursen, Mats Magnusson, Cristina Rossi‐Lamastra · 2011 · Industry and Innovation

    This paper examines how firms organize their internal and external networks to improve innovation performance. The authors analyze the structural arrangements of inter-firm collaborations and intra-firm knowledge flows, demonstrating that network organization significantly affects a firm's ability to innovate. The findings show that deliberate network structuring enhances innovation outcomes by facilitating knowledge exchange and reducing coordination costs.

  • RFID as a Disruptive Innovation

    Vlad Krotov, Iris Junglas · 2008 · Journal of theoretical and applied electronic commerce research

    This paper analyzes RFID technology adoption through innovation theory, using Walmart's supply chain implementation as a case study. The authors argue that while Walmart treated RFID as an incremental improvement, the technology actually has disruptive potential across business and society. They propose two frameworks—object-oriented and visionary approaches—to help researchers and practitioners recognize and develop RFID's transformative applications beyond current narrow implementations.

  • With or Without Clusters: Facilitating Innovation through a Differentiated and Combined Network Approach

    Evert‐Jan Visser, Oedzge Atzema · 2008 · European Planning Studies

    European regions need not rely on cluster policies to drive innovation. Instead, a differentiated network approach combining global pipelines, local buzz, and standalone firm strategies proves more efficient, especially in non-cluster regions. Private and semi-public brokers mediate between these strategies, requiring region-specific knowledge of sectors, institutions, and culture. Public policy should recruit brokers, fund startups, and monitor performance within decentralized, multi-level innovation systems tailored to local conditions.

  • Absorptive capacity and interpretation system's impact when ‘going green’: an empirical study of ford, volvo cars and toyota

    Mats Williander · 2006 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Three automotive companies—Ford, Volvo, and Toyota—developed greener cars with lower fuel consumption. The study found that companies with an 'enacting' approach to environmental interpretation, actively shaping market demand, succeeded better than those with a 'discovering' approach that passively responded to existing demand. Companies using discovery mode needed to combine engineering expertise with consumer psychology insights to profitably market environmental benefits.

  • Italy and European spatial policies: polycentrism, urban networks and local innovation practices1

    Francesca Governa, Carlo Salone · 2005 · European Planning Studies

    Italian spatial policies increasingly adopt European principles of polycentrism and networking to organize urban and territorial development. The paper examines how these concepts translate from European policy frameworks into Italian practice, analyzing operational examples of network-based approaches. It distinguishes between different meanings of networking—from relationships between cities to local collective action mechanisms—and assesses their empirical and political relevance for Italian territorial organization.

  • Emergence of global manufacturing virtual networks and establishment of new manufacturing infrastructure for faster innovation and firm growth

    Yongjiang Shi, Michael Gregory · 2005 · Production Planning & Control

    Global manufacturing virtual networks (GMVN) represent a new manufacturing architecture that integrates developing countries' firms into global supply chains through collaborative infrastructure and ICT support. Case studies across electronics, biotechnology, appliances, and apparel sectors show how GMVN enables faster innovation and firm growth by allowing complementary roles in fragmented markets and supporting new manufacturing configurations.

  • Factors for innovation ecosystem frameworks: Comprehensive organizational aspects for evolution

    José da Silva Rabelo Neto, Cláudia Figueiredo, Bárbara Coelho Gabriel, Robertt Valente · 2024 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    This paper identifies organizational factors essential for developing innovation ecosystems beyond just scientific and technological elements. The authors review literature to isolate key factors including organizational actors, funding mechanisms, governance, human capital, and regional culture. They argue that regions must understand their own inherent factors rather than copying external models, and that effective ecosystem evolution requires attention to collaboration, relationships, and social behavioral aspects alongside institutional structures.

  • Investigation of the energy absorption capacity of foam-filled 3D-printed glass fiber reinforced thermoplastic auxetic honeycomb structures

    Amin Farrokhabadi, Hossein Veisi, Hussain Gharehbaghi, John Montesano, Amir Hossein Behravesh, Seyyed Kaveh Hedayati · 2022 · Mechanics of Advanced Materials and Structures

    This paper examines how foam-filled 3D-printed glass fiber reinforced auxetic honeycomb structures absorb energy under compression. Researchers tested both hollow and foam-filled lattice structures, finding that foam increased energy absorption by 20% for PLA and 70% for PA materials. They validated results through finite element analysis and developed a theoretical model to predict failure behavior, showing that adjusting strut angles affects both load capacity and the structure's auxetic properties.

  • Responsible innovation with digital platforms: Cases in India and Canada

    Suchit Ahuja, Yolande E. Chan, Rashmi Krishnamurthy · 2022 · Information Systems Journal

    This study examines two digital platforms in India and Canada that serve marginalized communities by addressing grand challenges like education, healthcare, and livelihood access. The platforms orchestrate ecosystems involving marginalized individuals, government agencies, and other entities to deliver physical, digital, and societal solutions. The research demonstrates how responsible innovation principles—anticipation, reflexivity, inclusion, and responsiveness—operate through digital platforms to generate simultaneous economic and social value for vulnerable populations.

  • Responsible innovation and ethical corporate behavior in the Asian fashion industry: A systematic literature review and avenues ahead

    Assunta Di Vaio, Rohail Hassan, Gabriella D’Amore, Riccardo Tiscini · 2022 · Asia Pacific Journal of Management

    Fashion companies have moved manufacturing to Asia to cut costs but face pressure for sustainability and transparency. This systematic review of 114 papers examines how responsible innovation and ethical corporate behavior connect in the fashion industry. The research finds that while brands attempt to adopt responsible innovation across supply chains, misalignment between corporate ethics and local cultural values blocks progress toward sustainable business models and UN development goals.

  • A Conceptual Framework for Developing of Regional Innovation Ecosystems

    Iryna Pidorycheva, Hanna Shevtsova, Valentina Antonyuk, Nataliia Shvets, Hanna Pchelynska · 2020 · European Journal of Sustainable Development

    This paper develops a conceptual framework for regional innovation ecosystems in Ukraine and the EU, defining key dimensions including ecosystem goals, actors, environment, and relationships. The authors identify innovation hotspots concentrated in three EU macro-clusters and propose using Ukraine's existing regional research centers as institutional support tools. They recommend establishing regional innovation councils at NUTS 2 level to coordinate ecosystem development.

  • Modified 2016 American College of Rheumatology Fibromyalgia Criteria, the Analgesic, Anesthetic, and Addiction Clinical Trial Translations Innovations Opportunities and Networks–American Pain Society Pain Taxonomy, and the Prevalence of Fibromyalgia

    Winfried Häuser, Elmar Brähler, Jacob N. Ablin, Frederick Wolfe · 2020 · Arthritis Care & Research

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It reports on fibromyalgia prevalence in the German general population using two diagnostic criteria sets, finding that AAPT criteria identify 73% more cases than the 2016 ACR criteria, though with lower symptom severity. The study compares diagnostic accuracy and clinical characteristics between the two approaches.

  • How Firm Performs Under Stakeholder Pressure: Unpacking the Role of Absorptive Capacity and Innovation Capability

    Sanjay Kumar Singh, Manlio Del Giudice, Melita Nicotra, Fabio Fiano · 2020 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    Stakeholder pressure drives small and medium-sized enterprises to develop absorptive capacity—the ability to learn and integrate new knowledge—which in turn builds innovation capability. The study of 291 manufacturing SMEs shows that absorptive capacity mediates how stakeholder pressure influences innovation capability, and innovation capability mediates how absorptive capacity affects firm performance. This chain demonstrates that managing external pressure through learning capacity directly improves business outcomes.

  • Digital platforms and responsible innovation: expanding value sensitive design to overcome ontological uncertainty

    Mark de Reuver, Aimee van Wynsberghe, Marijn Janssen, Ibo van de Poel · 2020 · Ethics and Information Technology

    Digital platforms create unpredictable value impacts that traditional design methods cannot anticipate. The authors expand value sensitive design to handle ontological uncertainty—situations where even complete information cannot predict how users will actually employ platforms. They propose extending design across a platform's entire lifecycle, adding reflexive learning about which values matter, and introducing moral sandboxing and prototyping tools to navigate this uncertainty.

  • Technological Frames and User Innovation

    Charles Kiene, Jialun Aaron Jiang, Benjamin Mako Hill · 2019 · Proceedings of the ACM on Human-Computer Interaction

    Online community moderators on Reddit who migrated to Discord faced scaling and design challenges. They responded by creating custom scripts and bots using Discord's API to modify the platform and replicate Reddit's functionality. End-user programming enabled these communities to innovate solutions to unanticipated design problems, transforming new platforms to match their existing expectations and workflows.

  • Mapping Innovation: A Playbook for Navigating a Disruptive Age.

    Nicole Radziwill · 2018 · Quality Management Journal

    This playbook provides practical guidance for navigating innovation in disruptive times. Radziwill offers a structured approach to mapping and managing innovation processes, helping organizations understand and respond to rapid change. The work combines innovation strategy with quality management principles to support decision-making in uncertain environments.

  • The role of marketing capabilities, absorptive capacity, and innovation performance

    Juliana Conceição Noschang da Costa, Shirlei Miranda Camargo, Ana Maria Machado Toaldo, Simone Regina Didonet · 2018 · Marketing Intelligence & Planning

    This study examines how absorptive capacity influences organizational performance in Brazilian manufacturing firms. The research finds that absorptive capacity does not directly affect performance. Instead, marketing capabilities—including innovative capability and new product development—and innovation performance fully mediate this relationship. Managers should invest in absorptive capacity and marketing capabilities to improve competitive performance.

  • Social Dynamics Shaping the Diffusion of Sustainable Aquaculture Innovations in the Solomon Islands

    Jessica Blythe, Reuben Sulu, Daykin Harohau, Rebecca Weeks, Anne‐Maree Schwarz, David J. Mills, Michael J. Phillips · 2017 · Sustainability

    Small-scale tilapia farming spread unevenly across rural Solomon Islands. Wealthier, older farmers with diverse income sources adopted it first. Opinion leaders promoted adoption but couldn't teach the technical knowledge needed for success. The research shows that sustainable aquaculture innovations require attention to poor households and the social institutions that shape farming decisions, not just technology transfer.

  • Grassroots Social Innovation for Human Development: An Analysis of Alternative Food Networks in the City of Valencia (Spain)

    Victoria Pellicer-Sifres, Sergio Belda‐Miquel, Aurora López-Fogués, Alejandra Boni Aristizábal · 2017 · Journal of Human Development and Capabilities

    This paper examines organic food buying groups in Valencia, Spain, to understand how grassroots social innovation contributes to human development. The authors combine social innovation, grassroots innovation, and capability approach frameworks to create a new analytical model. Their analysis identifies key elements that bottom-up food initiatives must include—such as agent involvement, clear purposes, enabling drivers, and inclusive processes—to effectively advance human development and social transformation.

  • Global Lessons In Frugal Innovation To Improve Health Care Delivery In The United States

    Yasser Bhatti, Andrea Taylor, Matthew Harris, Hester Wadge, Erin Escobar, Matt Prime, Hannah Patel, Alexander W Carter, Greg Parston, Ara Darzi, Krishna Udayakumar · 2017 · Health Affairs

    This study identifies five successful low-cost healthcare innovations from global contexts and examines how they could improve US healthcare delivery. The researchers find common themes across these frugal innovations and outline critical factors for adapting them to American settings. They highlight existing US trends—shifting care to community settings, alternative payment models, and expanded use of community health workers—that create opportunities for implementing these globally-sourced innovations.

  • Generating Democratic Legitimacy through Deliberative Innovations: The Role of Embeddedness and Disruptiveness

    Didier Caluwaerts, Min Reuchamps · 2016 · Representation

    Deliberative innovations—structured public participation events—can strengthen democratic legitimacy only when properly embedded in existing institutions. This study compares four deliberative events across Europe and Canada, finding that institutional integration significantly affects legitimacy outcomes, while a deliberative process's disruptive potential has no bearing on its legitimacy claims.

  • Regional Horizontal Networks within the SME Agri-Food Sector: An Innovation and Social Network Perspective

    Maura McAdam, Rodney McAdam, Adele Dunn, Clare McCall · 2015 · Regional Studies

    Regional horizontal networks of small and medium-sized agri-food businesses develop innovative capability through distinct life cycle stages, each requiring different strategies for knowledge exchange. The study of 11 regional networks within the Slow Food Network reveals that successful innovation depends on balancing exploratory and exploitative learning approaches as network dynamics shift over time.

  • Symmetric Assumptions in the Theory of Disruptive Innovation: Theoretical and Managerial Implications

    Christian Sandström, Henrik Berglund, Mats Magnusson · 2014 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    This paper critiques disruptive innovation theory for making asymmetric assumptions about firms. It argues that while the theory explains why established companies fail to adopt new technologies, it treats incumbent firms as internally diverse but assumes environmental firms are homogeneous. The authors propose a more symmetric theoretical framework that recognizes both incumbents and their environment contain heterogeneous actors, and that firms can actively shape their environment rather than merely respond to it.

  • Absorptive capacity and network orchestration in innovation communities – promoting service innovation

    Satu Nätti, Pia Hurmelinna‐Laukkanen, Wesley J. Johnston · 2014 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    Service innovation increasingly happens in loosely coupled networks called innovation communities. This paper shows that orchestrating these communities requires discrete guidance tailored to services' unique characteristics. The research identifies how orchestration mechanisms and contingency factors together build absorptive capacity—the network's ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply new knowledge—enabling service innovation. Managing networks demands rethinking traditional innovation management approaches.

  • Internet computing as a disruptive information technology innovation: the role of strong order effects1

    Jessica Luo Carlo, Kalle Lyytinen, Gregory M. Rose · 2010 · Information Systems Journal

    A survey of 121 software firms reveals how companies adopt internet computing innovations in a specific sequence: base innovations first, then service innovations, then process innovations. The study shows that the amount and radicalness of base innovations directly drive service innovations, which then influence process innovations. Software organizations should recognize that radical innovations are interconnected and adopt flexible strategies that account for these dependencies.

  • TRANSFORMING ECOSYSTEM RELATIONSHIPS IN DIGITAL INNOVATION

    Lisen Selander, Ola Henfridsson, Fredrik Svahn · 2010 · Journal of the Association for Information Systems

    This paper examines how firms transform their innovation ecosystem relationships to adopt open innovation models. Using Sony Ericsson's eight-year effort to increase external contributions in mobile device development, the authors identify five value competitions where the company's ambitions clashed with platform owners, operators, and competitors. The research shows that ecosystem transformation involves inherent tensions between competing values, and these tensions actually drive the formation of new ecosystem relationships.

  • Horizontal and Vertical Networks for Innovation in the Traditional Food Sector

    Xavier Gellynck, Bianka Kühne · 2010 · International journal on food system dynamics

    Innovation in traditional food sectors occurs through networks rather than individual firms. This study examined vertical networks (same supply chain) and horizontal networks (competing firms) across Belgium, Hungary, and Italy in beer, cheese, ham, sausage, and paprika production. Both network types exist but face challenges: vertical networks struggle with trust issues despite quality schemes, while horizontal networks work better with producer consortiums but suffer from competition. Firms innovate mainly in packaging and form, not core products. Successful small firms use networks to share knowledge, information, and resources, overcoming barriers like lack of trust, skills, and financial resources.

  • National innovation systems a proposed framework for developing countries

    Aymen Kayal · 2008 · International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Innovation Management

    National innovation systems drive long-term economic development, but developing countries struggle to build the necessary infrastructure. This paper examines how newly industrialized economies successfully developed their innovation systems and proposes a conceptual framework that developing countries can adopt to manage technological innovation more systematically.

  • Comparative capacities of the pig colon and duodenum for luminal iron absorption

    François Blachier, P. Vaugelade, Véronique Robert, Bertille Kibangou, François Canonne‐Hergaux, Serge Delpal, F. Bureau, Hervé M. Blottière, Dominique Bouglé · 2007 · Canadian Journal of Physiology and Pharmacology

    This study compared iron absorption capacity between the small intestine (duodenum) and large intestine (colon) using a pig model. The colon absorbed only about 14% as much iron as the duodenum, despite expressing iron-transport proteins. Colonocytes showed lower accumulation of iron and reduced expression of absorption-related proteins compared to duodenal cells, though they remained capable of transferring iron to blood.

  • Innovation in chains and networks

    S.W.F. Omta · 2002 · Journal on Chain and Network Science

    This editorial outlines a theoretical framework for studying innovation within supply chains and networks. The author proposes building an international collaborative research center at Wageningen to advance understanding of how innovation occurs across interconnected organizations and systems, inviting research groups worldwide to participate in cooperative investigations.

  • How to unleash frugal innovation through internet of things and artificial intelligence: Moderating role of entrepreneurial knowledge and future challenges

    Weiwei Qin · 2024 · Technological Forecasting and Social Change

    IoT and artificial intelligence both significantly predict frugal innovation in China, according to analysis of 779 responses. Entrepreneurial knowledge moderates this relationship, meaning business skills help organizations effectively adopt these technologies for affordable, simple solutions. The study recommends that managers incorporate both IoT and AI capabilities while developing entrepreneurial competencies to compete in technology-driven markets.

  • The Making of Responsible Innovation and Technology: An Overview and Framework

    Wenda Li, Tan Yiğitcanlar, Will N. Browne, Alireza Nili · 2023 · Smart Cities

    This paper reviews responsible innovation and technology (RIT) concepts to establish how digital advancement can serve both economic and social goals. The authors identify key RIT characteristics: technological outcomes must be acceptable, accessible, trustworthy, and well-governed while aligning with societal values. They develop a conceptual framework for implementing RIT that governments, companies, and researchers can use to address challenges from technological progress while protecting community well-being.

  • The effects of entrepreneurial ecosystems, knowledge management capabilities, and knowledge spillovers on international open innovation

    João J. Ferreira, Cristina Fernandes, Pedro Mota Veiga, Lawrence Dooley · 2022 · R and D Management

    This study analyzes how entrepreneurial ecosystems, knowledge management capabilities, and knowledge spillovers influence international open innovation collaborations. Using data from nearly 99,000 firms across 15 EU countries, the research finds that knowledge spillovers directly boost open innovation engagement. Knowledge management capabilities mediate this relationship, while entrepreneurial ecosystems strengthen the link between firm capabilities and innovation outcomes. Strong ecosystems enhance firms' knowledge management and foster spillovers within their networks.

  • Constraint-Based Thinking: A Structured Approach for Developing Frugal Innovations

    Nivedita Agarwal, Julia Oehler, Alexander Brem · 2021 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    This paper introduces constraint-based thinking as a structured method for developing frugal innovations. The approach systematically identifies constraints, analyzes their root causes, maps causes to product features, and develops minimal viable products. Using medical device industry cases, the authors show how constraints become opportunities for innovation, providing a practical framework companies and researchers can use to create frugal solutions.

  • Can we learn from hidden mistakes? Self-fulfilling prophecy and responsible neuroprognostic innovation

    Mayli Mertens, Owen C. King, Michel J. A. M. van Putten, Marianne Boenink · 2021 · Journal of Medical Ethics

    When doctors predict poor outcomes for comatose patients and withdraw life support based on that prediction, they create a self-fulfilling prophecy that prevents learning. The patient dies regardless, so doctors cannot determine if their original prediction was correct or incorrect. This epistemic problem allows false positives to persist undetected in prognostic tests, distorting research on new neuroprognostication techniques and amplifying bias toward early treatment withdrawal. The authors propose guidelines to help researchers mitigate these learning obstacles and develop more responsible innovations.

  • Collaborative Innovation for Sustainable Construction: The Case of an Industrial Construction Project Network

    Ruixue Zhang, Zeyu Wang, Yuyan Tang, Yuanxin Zhang · 2020 · IEEE Access

    This paper examines how multiple organizations collaborate to drive innovation in sustainable construction. Using social network analysis of a Chinese industrial construction project, the researchers identified key actors and structural patterns that enable inter-organizational collaboration. The study reveals which factors influence successful collaboration and how network structures replace traditional hierarchies to improve innovation performance and construction efficiency.

  • Evolution and structure of technological systems - An innovation output network

    Josef Taalbi · 2020 · Research Policy

    This study maps how innovations spread across Swedish industries from 1970 to 2013, revealing that supply-and-use networks predict 30% of innovation patterns. The innovation network forms hierarchical structures with industry hubs creating tightly connected communities. Historical technological linkages and proximity strongly shape which industries innovate together, more so than skill or knowledge similarities alone. Innovations emerge from synergistic communities driven by technological requirements and imbalances rather than simple economic interdependencies.

  • Developing process and product innovation through internal and external knowledge sources in manufacturing Malaysian firms: the role of absorptive capacity

    T. Ramayah, Pedro Soto‐Acosta, Khoo Kah Kheng, Imran Mahmud · 2020 · Business Process Management Journal

    Manufacturing firms in Malaysia improve their innovation performance by developing absorptive capacity—the ability to acquire, disseminate, and use knowledge. The study finds that a firm's own experience strongly builds absorptive capacity, while external R&D partnerships show mixed results. Absorptive capacity itself strongly predicts whether firms successfully innovate in products and processes.

  • Innovation diffusion theory and customers’ behavioral intention for Islamic credit card

    Dariyoush Jamshidi, Fazlollah Kazemi · 2019 · Journal of Islamic marketing

    This paper examines what drives customers to adopt Islamic credit cards using innovation diffusion theory and theory of reasoned action. Analysis of 762 bank customers reveals that relative advantage, compatibility, customer awareness, satisfaction, and attitude are the strongest predictors of intention to use Islamic credit cards. The combined theoretical framework effectively explains adoption of this Islamic banking service.

  • Digital innovation evaluation: user perceptions of innovation readiness, digital confidence, innovation adoption, user experience and behaviour change

    Tim Benson · 2019 · BMJ Health & Care Informatics

    This paper develops short user-reported measures to assess healthcare innovation adoption by evaluating user perceptions of capability, opportunity, and motivation for behavior change. The measures map onto existing frameworks for understanding why health innovations succeed or fail at scale. These tools help predict whether digital health innovations will spread successfully across health systems.

  • Research on Financial Technology Innovation and Application Based on 5G Network

    Man‐Wen Tian, Lukun Wang, Shu-Rong Yan, Xiao‐Xiao Tian, Zhengqiao Liu, Joel J. P. C. Rodrigues · 2019 · IEEE Access

    5G technology enables financial institutions to innovate services through faster, more secure transactions and real-time mobile trading. The paper examines how 5G networks support fintech applications including backbone network evolution, drone-based facility inspection, and cash transport monitoring. These capabilities reduce financial sector risks, increase productivity, and improve customer satisfaction while strengthening transaction security.

  • Responsible innovation as empowering ways of knowing

    Govert Valkenburg, Annapurna Mamidipudi, Poonam Pandey, Wiebe E. Bijker · 2019 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper examines responsible innovation through a case study of biogasification projects in rural India. The authors argue that inclusion in innovation governance often overlooks fundamental issues of how different groups know and understand the world. They show that exclusion happens when local communities lose control over their own knowledge and their ways of understanding are dismissed as outdated. The paper calls for responsible innovation to prioritize empowering communities' own ways of knowing.

  • Managing Strategic Partnerships with Universities in Innovation Ecosystems: A Research Agenda

    Giovanni Schiuma, Daniela Carlucci · 2018 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    This paper proposes a research framework for university-company partnerships in innovation ecosystems. It identifies four key dimensions: entrepreneurial learning network dynamics, university organizational structures supporting innovation, company capacity for successful partnerships, and tools for designing and assessing collaborative initiatives. The framework helps explain how strategic partnerships develop entrepreneurial and innovative capabilities in both academic and business organizations.

  • Evaluating the Collaborative Ecosystem for an Innovation-Driven Economy: A Systems Analysis and Case Study of Science Parks

    Min-Ren Yan, Kuo-Ming Chien, Lin-Ya Hong, Tai-Ning Yang · 2018 · Sustainability

    This paper analyzes Taiwan's science parks as drivers of innovation-driven economic growth. Using systems thinking and causal loop analysis, the authors examine how government-academia-industry collaboration shapes innovation ecosystems. They evaluate the economic impact and employment effects of science parks over time, assess R&D performance, and identify policy lessons. The study demonstrates that strategic science park policies significantly contribute to sustainable development and high-technology industrial growth.

  • Innovation ecosystems: a meta-synthesis

    Marcos Ferasso, Adriana Roseli Wünsch Takahashi, Fernando Antônio Prado Gimenez · 2018 · International Journal of Innovation Science

    This metasynthesis synthesizes six qualitative case studies to build a unified theory of innovation ecosystems. The authors find that no conceptual consensus exists on the term, but identify core elements: organic, dynamic interrelationships between organizations that enable faster creation of innovative products. They propose a framework integrating global-local perspectives, showing how companies interact with dispersed strategic partners across industry dynamics and multiple organizational levels to produce innovations.

  • Fabrication of Functional Polyurethane/Rare Earth Nanocomposite Membranes by Electrospinning and Its VOCs Absorption Capacity from Air

    Jun Cong Ge, Nag Jung Choi · 2017 · Nanomaterials

    Researchers created polyurethane membranes embedded with rare earth nanoparticles using electrospinning technology to remove volatile organic compounds from air. Membranes containing 50% rare earth powder showed the strongest performance, absorbing VOCs three times better than pure polyurethane. The material effectively captured styrene, xylene, toluene, benzene, and chloroform, making it a promising solution for air pollution control.

  • Disruptive innovation, stranded assets and forecasting: the rise and rise of renewable energy

    Jemma Green, Peter Newman · 2016 · Journal of Sustainable Finance & Investment

    Renewable energy combined with battery storage exhibits the three defining features of disruptive innovation: it occupies an expanding niche, grows exponentially, and creates stranded assets in fossil fuel infrastructure. The paper forecasts that renewable energy with storage will exceed current capacity projections and could meet 100% of global energy demand by 2050 under various scenarios, fundamentally transforming energy systems over the next three decades.

  • Knowledge Processes, Absorptive Capacity and Innovation: A Mediation Analysis

    Ví­tor Costa, Samuel Monteiro · 2016 · Knowledge and Process Management

    Knowledge creation and absorptive capacity mediate how companies convert external knowledge into innovation. The study of 111 industrial organizations found that internal knowledge sharing drives innovation primarily through knowledge creation, while external knowledge acquisition strengthens absorptive capacity and internal sharing. Absorptive capacity itself does not directly boost innovation. Companies should prioritize creating environments where employees share ideas and develop solutions together.

  • The Mediating Effect of Absorptive Capacity and Relational Capital in Alliance Learning of SMEs

    So-Jin Yoo, Olukemi O. Sawyerr, Wee Liang Tan · 2016 · Journal of Small Business Management

    Small businesses need partnerships with complementary resources to grow. This study examines how learning intent, absorptive capacity, and relational capital work together to shape what innovative SMEs learn through business alliances. The research shows how these factors interact to influence both technological and non-technological learning outcomes in collaborative relationships.

  • Responsible research and innovation: a productive model for the future of medical innovation

    Olivier Demers‐Payette, Pascale Lehoux, Geneviève Daudelin · 2016 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper examines how responsible research and innovation (RRI) applies to healthcare by conducting focus groups in Montreal with patients, clinicians, engineers, designers, and innovation managers. The researchers use these discussions about technological solutions to healthcare challenges to develop a more detailed understanding of RRI's four dimensions: anticipation, reflexivity, inclusion, and responsiveness. The work shows how responsibility in medical innovation requires balancing perspectives across different stakeholder groups.

  • Explorative Versus Exploitative Business Model Change: The Cognitive Antecedents of Firm‐Level Responses to Disruptive Innovation

    Oleksiy Osiyevskyy, Jim Dewald · 2015 · Strategic Entrepreneurship Journal

    Incumbent firms respond to disruptive business model innovations through two strategies: exploring new disruptive models or exploiting existing ones. The study identifies cognitive drivers of each approach. Opportunity perception and perceived threats drive explorative adoption, while critical threats and industry tenure discourage it. Risk experience increases both strategies. These findings reveal how managers' perceptions shape strategic responses to disruption.

  • If It Takes a Village to Foster Innovation, Success Depends on the Neighbors: The Effects of Global and Ego Networks on New Product Launches

    Eric Fang, Jongkuk Lee, Robert W. Palmatier, Shunping Han · 2015 · Journal of Marketing Research

    This study examines how a firm's position within industry networks affects new product launches. Using alliance data from consumer packaged goods companies between 1990 and 2010, the researchers found that central network positions boost incremental product launches but harm breakthrough innovations. However, firms with dense, diverse direct partnerships and strong R&D capabilities can overcome this trade-off, using their network position to improve incremental products while protecting breakthrough innovations.

  • From<scp>TV</scp>Personality to Fans and Beyond: Indexical Bleaching and the Diffusion of a Media Innovation

    Lauren Squires · 2014 · Journal of Linguistic Anthropology

    This paper examines how a media phrase popularized by a television personality spreads beyond its original audience. The phrase 'lady pond' circulates from Bravo viewers to broader Twitter users while maintaining its form and meaning. However, it loses its connection to its media source through a process called indexical bleaching, where the phrase becomes detached from its original context, enabling wider adoption and diffusion.

  • Government policy change and evolution of regional innovation systems in China: evidence from strategic emerging industries in Shenzhen

    Chun Yang · 2014 · Environment and Planning C Government and Policy

    China shifted innovation policy from relying on foreign technology spillover to promoting indigenous innovation and domestic firms. The government designated seven strategic emerging industries to drive technological upgrading after the 2008 financial crisis. This study examines how foreign and domestic firms adapted their innovation strategies in Shenzhen's LED industry, finding that the local government eventually abandoned its LED development plan after four years, revealing how institutional changes reshape regional innovation systems.

  • The preferences of users of electronic medical records in hospitals: quantifying the relative importance of barriers and facilitators of an innovation

    Marjolijn HL Struik, Ferry Koster, Albertine J. Schuit, Rutger Nugteren, Jorien Veldwijk, Mattijs Lambooij · 2014 · Implementation Science

    Hospital nurses and physicians prioritize different features when adopting electronic medical records. Both groups value flexible interfaces most highly, but nurses prioritize departmental support and performance feedback, while physicians prioritize decision support functionality. Current EMR systems inadequately meet user needs, suggesting hospitals should tailor implementation strategies to different professional groups and involve users earlier in system design.

  • How internal users contribute to corporate product innovation: the case of embedded users

    Tim Schweisfurth, Cornelius Herstatt · 2014 · R and D Management

    Embedded users—employees who also use their company's products—contribute significantly to corporate innovation by bridging internal and external knowledge. Drawing on interviews across 23 firms, the study shows these employees deploy use knowledge, solution knowledge, and organizational knowledge alongside social capital throughout ideation, development, and marketing phases. Embedded users generate ideas, absorb external information, set specifications, conduct testing, and act as opinion leaders, effectively spanning organizational boundaries to bring customer needs into product development.

  • Co-innovation in networks of resources — A case study in the Chinese exhibition industry

    Bonnie Dawson, Louise Young, Chenglin Tu, Feng Chongyi · 2014 · Industrial Marketing Management

    Partners in a Chinese exhibition industry joint venture achieved market success through co-innovation, strategically combining their resources to develop a growing trade show. This collaborative innovation process enabled the partners to exploit opportunities in a rapidly changing industry, building evolving capabilities that sustained competitive advantage. The study demonstrates how resource co-mingling creates value that motivates continued cooperation and business expansion.

  • Open innovation, networking, and business model dynamics: the two sides

    Brigitte Gay · 2014 · Journal of Innovation and Entrepreneurship

    Business models must be dynamic and network-focused to survive in competitive markets. Small innovative companies face distinct challenges because their business models are embedded within those of larger partners. This study examines how large pharmaceutical companies and venture capital firms structure networked business models that shape the opportunities and constraints facing small biotech companies in open innovation partnerships.

  • The diffusion of innovations theory as a theoretical framework in Library and Information Science research

    Mabel K. Minishi-Majanja, Joseph Kiplang’at · 2013 · South African Journal of Libraries and Information Science

    Kenyan agricultural research and extension organizations adopted diverse ICT tools—both digital and traditional—to improve information sharing among researchers, extension workers, and farmers. While these technologies addressed various communication needs, their expansion faced significant constraints requiring coordinated intervention from agricultural and ICT stakeholders and government support.

  • Network resources and the innovation performance

    Suli Zheng, Huiping Li, Xiaobo Wu · 2013 · Management Decision

    Network resources significantly drive innovation performance in firms participating in global production networks. The study distinguishes between accessed resources (external) and embedded resources (internal), showing both directly improve innovation performance. Technological capability and bargaining power mediate these effects. Chinese firms that strategically form and utilize network resources gain competitive advantage.

  • The Growth of Knowledge-Intensive Business Services: Innovation, Markets and Networks

    Robert Huggins · 2011 · European Planning Studies

    Knowledge-intensive business services (KIBS) are growing as firms increasingly outsource specialized expertise to maintain competitiveness. Interview data from London and Helsinki shows KIBS firms create new channels for global knowledge flow, yet regions remain central to innovation systems. Regional knowledge bases continue to anchor KIBS networks despite globalization trends.

  • Anchor tenants and regional innovation systems: the aircraft industry

    Jorge Niosi, Majlinda Zhegu · 2010 · International Journal of Technology Management

    Large innovative firms, universities, and research institutions act as anchor tenants that generate knowledge spillovers in their regions, spurring new company formation and attracting additional businesses. These anchor tenants drive regional innovation system development, but their emergence depends on pre-existing favorable conditions specific to each industry. The paper uses the aircraft industry to demonstrate how anchor dynamics shape regional economic evolution.

  • USER-INVOLVEMENT AND OPEN INNOVATION: THE CASE OF DECISION-MAKER OPENNESS

    Kristina Risom Jespersen · 2010 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    Decision-maker openness determines whether companies can truly implement open innovation through user involvement in product development. The cognitive distance between decision-makers and users creates barriers to adopting novel user inputs. The research shows that when decision-makers remain closed-minded, open innovation fails to materialize, even when users are available as external resources. Successful innovation requires decision-makers to act as boundary spanners who embrace cognitively distant user perspectives.

  • Regional innovation, entrepreneurship and talent systems

    Philip Cooke · 2007 · International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Innovation Management

    Regional innovation systems have evolved unpredictably since the 1990s, with global economic shifts destabilizing them more than national factors. This paper argues that entrepreneurship and talent formation have been overlooked in understanding how regional systems develop. The author categorizes regional innovation system evolution based on the strength of these two variables, showing they are critical to system robustness.

  • KNOWLEDGE INFRASTRUCTURE, INNOVATION DYNAMICS, AND KNOWLEDGE CREATION/DIFFUSION/ACCUMULATION PROCESSES

    Abdelillah Hamdouch, Frank Moulaert · 2006 · Innovation The European Journal of Social Science Research

    This paper examines how knowledge infrastructure and institutional arrangements shape innovation and knowledge creation across Europe's knowledge-based economy. The authors analyze the roles of various agents, their interactions, and how institutional and spatial configurations influence innovation dynamics. They develop an analytical framework showing how institutions, strategies, and spatial scales interact to structure and deploy knowledge infrastructure for economic and social value creation.

  • A diffusion of innovations model of physician order entry.

    Joan S. Ash, Jason A. Lyman, Jim Carpenter, Lara Fournier · 2001 · PubMed

    This study applies diffusion of innovations theory to understand physician order entry (POE) adoption in hospitals. Researchers conducted qualitative analysis across multiple hospital sites, identifying four key theme areas: organizational issues, clinical and professional concerns, technology implementation challenges, and information organization problems. The findings show POE is a complex innovation requiring customizable, integrated systems with strong user involvement, organizational support, and collaborative trust to succeed.

  • Impact of innovation strategy, absorptive capacity, and open innovation on SME performance: A Chilean case study

    Omar Carrasco-Carvajal, Domingo García-Pérez-de-Lema, Mauricio Castillo‐Vergara · 2023 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Absorptive capacity significantly influences how Chilean manufacturing SMEs adopt open innovation practices and develop innovation strategies. Innovation strategy fully mediates the relationship between absorptive capacity and inbound open innovation, while partially mediating the relationship with outbound open innovation. Open innovation practices directly improve SME performance. The findings offer guidance for policymakers and managers seeking to enhance competitiveness through strategic innovation.

  • Innovation adoption in inter-organizational healthcare networks – the role of artificial intelligence

    Chiara Cannavale, Anna Esempio Tammaro, Daniele Leone, Francesco Schiavone · 2022 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    This paper examines how artificial intelligence adoption improves buyer-supplier relationships in healthcare networks. AI reduces information asymmetry by providing real-time access to supplier data, pricing, inventory, and delivery status. The authors position AI as both a technology tool and an innovation strategy that strengthens vertical alliances and cooperation across the healthcare supply chain, enabling better operational transparency and performance outcomes.

  • Open innovation ecosystems of restaurants: geographical economics of successful restaurants from three cities

    JinHyo Joseph Yun, KyungBae Park, Giovanna Del Gaudio, Valentina Della Corte · 2020 · European Planning Studies

    Small restaurants succeed by adopting open innovation strategies across ingredients, recipes, and service delivery. The study of successful restaurants in Naples and South Korea shows that restaurants cannot rely on closed innovation alone. Instead, they must strategically open at least some aspects of their operations—whether sourcing ingredients, sharing recipes, or collaborating on service—to maintain competitive advantage and generate additional revenue streams.

  • Evaluation of Circular and Integration Potentials of Innovation Ecosystems for Industrial Sustainability

    Tatyana Tolstykh, Nadezhda Shmeleva, Leyla Gamidullaeva · 2020 · Sustainability

    This paper develops methods to assess industrial ecosystem potential by examining circular economy and symbiotic integration principles. The authors analyze two real industrial ecosystems—Kalundborg Symbiosis and Baltic Industrial Symbiosis—to evaluate their circular and integration capabilities. They find that Kalundborg achieves productive but incomplete circularity. The framework helps policymakers and stakeholders understand how industrial symbiosis reduces environmental problems and advances sustainable development.

  • Evaluation of Farm Fresh Food Boxes: A Hybrid Alternative Food Network Market Innovation

    Marilyn Sitaker, Jane Kolodinsky, Weiwei Wang, Lisa Chase, Julia Van Soelen Kim, Diane Smith, Hans Estrin, Zoe van Vlaanderen, Lauren Greco · 2020 · Sustainability

    Researchers evaluated Farm Fresh Food Boxes, a market innovation combining CSA-style produce with rural retail distribution across Vermont, Washington, and California. The model expanded farmer markets and improved rural food access, though profits remained modest. Consumers valued the fresh local produce and convenience, while farmers and retailers appreciated brand development and customer base expansion despite added labor demands. The innovation addressed rural food deserts and supply chain vulnerabilities.

  • The Moderating Role of Top‐Down Supports in Horizontal Innovation Diffusion

    Youlang Zhang, Xufeng Zhu · 2019 · Public Administration Review

    This study examines how government support policies affect the spread of administrative innovations across municipalities. Using data from China's one-stop government centers between 1997 and 2012, the authors find that strong central and provincial policy signals actually reduce the influence of neighboring cities' adoption decisions. Top-down government support substitutes for horizontal peer pressure rather than complementing it, suggesting different diffusion mechanisms compete for influence on local innovation adoption.

  • Relationship between R&amp;D grants, R&amp;D investment, and innovation performance: The moderating effect of absorptive capacity

    Hailun Zhu, Shuliang Zhao, Asad Abbas · 2019 · Journal of Public Affairs

    Government R&D grants and private investment both boost regional innovation performance in China, but grants can crowd out private investment. A region's absorptive capacity—its ability to acquire and use knowledge—strengthens the link between R&D spending and innovation results, yet weakens the grant-to-innovation relationship. China should improve institutions and talent flow to enhance innovation efficiency.

  • Recognition of innovation and diffusion of welfare policy: Alleviating urban poverty in Chinese cities during fiscal recentralization

    Xufeng Zhu, Hui Zhao · 2018 · Governance

    Local Chinese governments adopted innovative welfare policies to attract central government attention and secure fiscal transfers during fiscal recentralization after 1994. Cities with higher fiscal dependency innovated more strategically. Once the central government recognized and endorsed an innovation, further adoption lost its competitive advantage because cities could no longer distinguish themselves through novelty. The study traces this dynamic through China's Urban Minimum Living Standard Assistance system for poverty alleviation.

  • What Fosters Individual-Level Absorptive Capacity in MNCs? An Extended Motivation–Ability–Opportunity Framework

    H. Emre Yildiz, Adis Murtic, Udo Zander, Anders Richtnér · 2018 · Management International Review

    This study examines what drives individual employees in multinational corporations to absorb new knowledge. Using data from 648 workers, the researchers found that intrinsic motivation and overall ability are the strongest predictors of absorptive capacity, while extrinsic motivation has no significant effect. International assignments to distant countries can harm knowledge absorption unless employees are open to new experiences, in which case such assignments become beneficial for capability development.

  • Diffusion of innovation among Malaysian manufacturing SMEs

    Abdullah Al Mamun · 2017 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Malaysian manufacturing SMEs adopt innovations based on perceived advantages, compatibility, and complexity, alongside their strategic orientation and organizational capacity. The study of 360 firms shows that these factors significantly influence product, process, and service innovation adoption and business performance. Policymakers should design support systems providing innovation information, cost-benefit analyses, and guidance on adoption processes tailored to SMEs' limited resources.

  • Creative industry in supporting economy growth in Indonesia: Perspective of regional innovation system

    A R T Hidayat, Anugerah Yuka Asmara · 2017 · IOP Conference Series Earth and Environmental Science

    Indonesia's government has promoted creative industries as a key economic driver since 2009, establishing a dedicated agency to develop this sector. This paper examines creative industries through a regional innovation systems lens, finding that creative industries and innovation are conceptually interconnected and together support national economic growth by shifting the economy from manufacturing-based to knowledge and intellectual asset-based models.

  • Necessitated absorptive capacity and metaroutines in international technology transfer: A new model

    Patrick van der Heiden, Christine Pohl, Shuhaimi Mansor, J.L. van Genderen · 2016 · Journal of Engineering and Technology Management

    International technology transfer to developing nations requires firms to absorb advanced knowledge effectively. This paper identifies organizational routines as key drivers of absorptive capacity—the ability to recognize, assimilate, and apply external knowledge. The authors propose the Necessitated Absorptive Capacity model, which treats absorptive capacity as a dynamic organizational capability shaped by metaroutines, advancing both theoretical understanding and practical application of how firms in developing countries successfully adopt foreign technology.

  • Towards an alignment of activities, aspirations and stakeholders for responsible innovation

    Rider W. Foley, Michael J. Bernstein, Arnim Wiek · 2016 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This paper addresses how to govern technological innovation responsibly by proposing a framework that aligns innovation activities, stakeholder aspirations, and governance dimensions. The authors integrate sustainability principles with responsible innovation concepts—anticipation, reflexivity, inclusion, and responsiveness—to answer how innovation should proceed responsibly. A nanotechnology case study demonstrates the framework's practical application for government agencies, industry, and stakeholders managing innovation governance.

  • Diffusion in the Face of Failure: The Evolution of a Management Innovation

    Harry Scarbrough, Maxine Robertson, Jacky Swan · 2015 · British Journal of Management

    This paper examines how management innovations spread globally despite widespread implementation failures. Comparing resource planning (RP) and total quality management, the authors show that RP succeeded through continuous evolution into variants like ERP, while total quality management experienced boom-and-bust cycles. RP's success stemmed from how field-level actors framed it discursively, the innovation's technical properties, and organizational adaptation. Embedding RP in software enabled differentiation between field-level success and organizational failures, sustaining global diffusion.

  • Knowledge sharing and firm performance: the role of social networking site and innovation capability

    Rendi Hartono, Margaret L. Sheng · 2015 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    Social networking sites enable firms to share knowledge and improve performance when combined with strong innovation capabilities. Product development capability paired with SNS use enhances knowledge sharing, while operational capability paired with SNS use drives incremental innovation and firm performance. The study shows how firms leverage digital platforms strategically to navigate market turbulence and compete effectively.

  • The role of organizational and social capital in the firm’s absorptive capacity

    Amal Aribi, Olivier Dupouët · 2015 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    This study examines how firms absorb and use new knowledge differently depending on their innovation goals. Researchers interviewed 23 people across three French industrial firms and found that companies pursuing incremental innovations rely more on social capital and informal networks, while those pursuing radical innovations depend more on formal organizational structures. The type of innovation a firm pursues fundamentally shapes how it acquires and processes external knowledge.

  • Indicators for promoting and monitoring responsible research and innovation: report from the expert group on policy indicators for responsible research and innovation

    Roger Strand, Jack Spaapen, Martín W. Bauer, Ela Hogan, Gemma Revuelta, Sigrid Stagl · 2015 · London School of Economics and Political Science Research Online (London School of Economics and Political Science)

    This paper presents indicators developed by an expert group to measure and promote responsible research and innovation across policy contexts. The indicators provide frameworks for monitoring how research and innovation activities align with societal values and address public concerns, enabling policymakers to track progress toward more accountable and socially beneficial innovation systems.

  • Innovation and Destination Governance in Denmark: Tourism, Policy Networks and Spatial Development

    Henrik Halkier · 2013 · European Planning Studies

    Danish tourist destinations lost market share over a decade despite continued reliance on traditional marketing strategies. The paper argues that innovation-oriented destination development policies were slow to adopt because tourism policy networks prioritized short-term sectoral and local interests over renewal of tourist experiences. Recent governance reforms only marginally improved prospects for more innovative destination strategies.

  • Regional innovation policy and public-private partnership: The case of Triple Helix Arenas in Western Sweden

    Hans Fogelberg, Stefan Thorpenberg · 2012 · Science and Public Policy

    Two Swedish regional innovation organizations called 'Arenas' were designed to bring together industry, universities, and government based on Triple Helix theory. The study found that these partnerships struggled to maintain stable collaboration because the different actors had conflicting interests, creating unresolved tensions that undermined the intended cooperation model.

  • Understanding organisational development, sustainability, and diffusion of innovations within hospitals participating in a multilevel quality collaborative

    Michel Dückers, Cordula Wagner, Leti van Bodegom‐Vos, Peter Groenewegen · 2011 · Implementation Science

    Dutch hospitals participating in a multilevel quality collaborative developed systematic approaches to sustain and spread quality improvements. The program combined leadership training, quality-improvement teams, and internal coordination to build quality-management systems focused on patient safety and logistics. Hospitals used plan-do-study-act cycles, performance agreements, and monitoring to embed changes across organizational units and maintain improvements over time.

  • Determination of Absorption Rate and Capacity of CO<sub>2</sub> in Ionic Liquids at Atmospheric Pressure by Thermogravimetric Analysis

    Yu Chen, Jin Han, Tao Wang, Tiancheng Mu · 2011 · Energy & Fuels

    This paper develops a thermogravimetric analysis method to measure CO2 absorption in ionic liquids and tests 11 different ionic liquids varying in chemical composition. The researchers find that ionic liquids with acetate anions absorb CO2 most effectively, showing both high absorption capacity and fast absorption rates. Initial absorption rate within 10 minutes can reliably predict total absorption capacity, offering a practical screening tool for identifying promising CO2 capture materials.

  • Social innovation and community development: Concepts, theories and challenges

    Frank Moulaert · 2010

    This book examines how urban communities experiencing social exclusion have responded through social innovation. It documents specific local communities and the socially innovative strategies they deployed to address exclusion dynamics, offering insights into community-driven approaches to development and social change.

  • Successful Diffusion and Adoption of Innovation as a Means to Increase Competitiveness of Enterprises

    Jūratė Banytė, Rūta Salickaitė · 2008 · Engineering Economics

    Innovation increases enterprise competitiveness through the interaction of scientific research, technology development, and market needs. The paper synthesizes research showing that successful innovation adoption and diffusion depend on integrating these three elements. This framework applies across theoretical and practical contexts for improving business performance.

  • Challenging the triple helix model of regional innovation systems: A venture-centric model

    Malin Brännback, Alan L. Carsrud, Norris Krueger, Jennie Elfving · 2008 · International Journal of Technoentrepreneurship

    This paper critiques the triple helix model of regional innovation systems for excluding entrepreneurs and innovators. Through interviews, the authors find that government, university, and industry actors lack integration, and that entrepreneurs and researchers feel excluded from policy frameworks. They propose an alternative bottom-up double helix model centered on entrepreneurs as drivers of innovation, rather than treating innovation as a top-down process controlled by institutions.

  • Developing new products in a network with efficiency and innovation

    A. H. I. Lee, H. H. Chen, Yuang Tong · 2008 · International Journal of Production Research

    Firms developing new products must cooperate with strategic partners in networks, but differences in leadership, management, and culture create communication barriers and slow responses. This paper develops a supermatrix analytic network process model with sensitivity analysis to select the most appropriate product development mix, then applies a balanced scorecard using ANP to demonstrate effectiveness in executing the development process.

  • Canadian Science, Technology and Innovation Policy: The Product of Regional Networking?

    Mónica Salazar Villanea, Adam Holbrook · 2007 · Regional Studies

    Canadian science, technology, and innovation policy operates through regional networks despite federal funding and policy formulation. The federal government deliberately structures STI programmes to promote network creation across provinces and regions, emphasizing economic development and industrial cluster formation. This networked approach effectively regionalizes policy implementation across Canada's federal system.

  • The Upgrading of Multinational Regional Innovation Networks in China

    Yun Chung Chen · 2007 · Asia Pacific Business Review

    Multinational corporations have increasingly moved advanced innovation activities to China since 1995, contradicting theories that predict developing economies only handle routine work. By studying Motorola and Microsoft's regional innovation networks in China, this paper shows that innovation upgrading happens through interaction between MNC subsidiary research centers and local institutions, not through hierarchical global structures.

  • Fostering innovation through learning from digital business ecosystem: A dynamic capability perspective

    Anjar Priyono, Anas Hidayat · 2023 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Small and medium-sized enterprises participating in digital business ecosystems develop innovation capabilities through iterative learning and external resource leverage. The study identifies three key capabilities: detecting market changes, accessing external resources, and adapting to evolving conditions. SMEs gain competitive advantage by using ecosystem insights to predict customer preferences and drive product innovation, though over-reliance on external partners poses risks.

  • Impact of absorptive capacity on project success through mediating role of strategic agility: Project complexity as a moderator

    Mário Nuno Mata, José Moleiro Martins, Pedro Leite Inácio · 2023 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    This study examines how absorptive capacity—the ability to acquire and apply new knowledge—influences project success in Portuguese IT companies. The research finds that both potential and realized absorptive capacity directly improve project outcomes and also work indirectly through strategic agility. Project complexity strengthens the link between potential absorptive capacity and strategic agility but does not affect the realized absorptive capacity relationship.

  • Strategic green marketing orientation and environmental sustainability in sub-Saharan Africa: Does green absorptive capacity moderate? Evidence from Tanzania

    Ismail Juma Ismail, David Amani, Ismail Abdi Changalima · 2023 · Heliyon

    Manufacturing enterprises in Tanzania that adopt strategic green marketing orientation significantly improve their environmental sustainability practices. The study finds that green absorptive capacity—the ability to recognize and apply environmental knowledge—strengthens this relationship. These findings demonstrate that integrating environmental considerations into business strategy and building capacity to absorb green innovations drives measurable sustainability improvements in manufacturing.

  • Mediation-moderation model of green absorptive capacity and green entrepreneurship orientation for corporate environmental performance

    Lahcene Makhloufi, Farouk Djermani, Tang Meirun · 2023 · Management of Environmental Quality An International Journal

    Chinese manufacturing firms improve environmental performance by developing green absorptive capacity—the ability to convert environmental knowledge into practical application. The study shows that green absorptive capacity strengthens managerial environmental concern and green innovation performance, which then enhance environmental outcomes. Green entrepreneurship orientation helps exploit eco-friendly opportunities but only when green absorptive capacity bridges the gap between environmental awareness and business strategy.

  • Adoption of Sustainability Innovations and Environmental Opinion Leadership: A Way to Foster Environmental Sustainability through Diffusion of Innovation Theory

    Ali Junaid Khan, Waseem Ul Hameed, Jawad Iqbal, Ashfaq Ahmad Shah, Muhammad Atiq Ur Rehman Tariq, Saira Ahmed · 2022 · Sustainability

    This study examines how Pakistani hospitals can adopt sustainability innovations by leveraging environmental opinion leadership. Using survey data from hospital employees, the research identifies five key factors that drive adoption: trialability, innovativeness, compatibility, simplicity, and relative advantage. The findings provide practical guidance for improving environmental sustainability in Pakistan's hospital sector.

  • Frugal innovation and sustainability outcomes: findings from a systematic literature review

    Valentina De Marchi, María Alejandra Pineda-Escobar, Rachel Howell, Michelle Verheij, Peter Knorringa · 2022 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    This systematic review of 130 empirical studies examines how frugal innovation drives sustainability outcomes. The authors find that frugal innovation's potential to improve social, environmental, and economic conditions depends on who develops it—whether large firms, small firms, or non-profit actors, and whether they are foreign or local. Collaboration across innovation stages proves critical. The review identifies gaps in understanding when and where frugal innovation most effectively produces sustainability benefits.

  • Inter-Organizational Trust on Financial Performance: Proposing Innovation as a Mediating Variable to Sustain in a Disruptive Era

    Judit Oláh, Yusmar Ardhi Hidayat, Zdzisława Dacko-Pikiewicz, Morshadul Hasan, József Popp · 2021 · Sustainability

    Hungarian ICT companies that build trust with business partners innovate more effectively and achieve better financial performance. The study of 100 micro, small, and medium-sized ICT firms shows that innovation acts as the mechanism linking inter-organizational trust to improved financial outcomes. Trust drives innovation, which then drives profitability in the disruptive technology sector.

  • How to save the world during a pandemic event. A case study of frugal innovation

    Massimiliano Vesci, Rosangela Feola, Roberto Parente, Navi Radjou · 2021 · R and D Management

    Digital makers applied frugal innovation principles to develop rapid COVID-19 solutions during the pandemic. The study examines how these makers combined resource-efficient innovation, agile methods, and open innovation strategies to address urgent local health problems. Results show this approach effectively produced practical solutions with potential for global scaling, demonstrating frugal innovation's value in responding to unexpected crises.

  • The Imperative of Responsible Innovation in Reproductive Medicine

    Sebastiaan Mastenbroek, Guido de Wert, Eli Y. Adashi · 2021 · New England Journal of Medicine

    This article examines the lack of evidence supporting widespread use of preimplantation genetic testing for aneuploidy in reproductive medicine. The authors use this case to highlight a broader problem: reproductive medicine adopts new technologies without sufficient data demonstrating their safety and effectiveness. They argue for more responsible innovation practices that require robust evidence before clinical implementation.

  • The effect of process tailoring on software project performance: The role of team absorptive capacity and its knowledge‐based enablers

    Jung‐Chieh Lee, I‐Chia Chou, Chung‐Yang Chen · 2020 · Information Systems Journal

    This study examines how software teams tailor development processes to fit specific project needs and how this affects project success. The research finds that team experience, communication quality, and trust build absorptive capacity—the ability to learn and apply new knowledge—which then improves how teams conduct process tailoring and ultimately enhances project performance. The findings provide guidance for managing software development teams.

  • Genotype network intersections promote evolutionary innovation

    Devin P. Bendixsen, James Collet, Bjørn Østman, Eric J. Hayden · 2019 · PLoS Biology

    This paper investigates how evolutionary innovations emerge by studying genotype networks—the sets of genetic variants producing identical traits. Using high-throughput sequencing of catalytic RNA molecules, researchers found that innovations occur where two different genotype networks overlap. Multiple genetic sequences can perform both functions at these intersections. Neutral evolution periods allow populations to explore genotype networks more broadly, accelerating adaptation to new functions. The findings suggest natural evolutionary innovations may arise through overlapping genetic networks.

  • The entrepreneur in the regional innovation system. A comparative study for high- and low-income regions

    José Fernández‐Serrano, Juan A. Martínez-Román, Isidoro Romero · 2018 · Entrepreneurship and Regional Development

    This study examines how entrepreneur characteristics influence firm innovation across Spanish regions with different income levels. Entrepreneurs' trust and growth ambition affect innovation differently depending on regional development. Low-income regions face human capital and infrastructure barriers, while high-income regions struggle with legal and financial systems. The findings show policymakers must tailor innovation strategies to regional contexts rather than applying uniform approaches.

  • Open innovation and knowledge for fostering business ecosystems

    João J. Ferreira, Aurora A.C. Teixeira · 2018 · Journal of Innovation & Knowledge

    This special issue examines how open innovation and knowledge sharing drive business ecosystem development. Ten papers use different theoretical approaches and methods to explore how organizations collaborate and exchange knowledge to build stronger, more interconnected business environments that foster growth and competitiveness.

  • Networking towards sustainable tourism: innovations between green growth and degrowth strategies

    Sabine Panzer-Krause · 2018 · Regional Studies

    This study examines a rural Irish tourism network using network analysis, categorizing businesses by their sustainability ideology from green growth to degrowth approaches. The research shows that sustainability networks help rural areas pursue change, but achieving genuine shifts away from conventional business practices requires degrowth strategists to play central roles in communication and collaborative activities.

  • Enriching individual absorptive capacity

    Amy Wei Tian, Christine Soo · 2018 · Personnel Review

    This study examines how individual employees develop absorptive capacity—the ability to learn and apply new knowledge. Using survey data from 125 supervisor-employee pairs, the authors find that organizational commitment to learning and intrinsic motivation both strengthen employees' potential absorptive capacity. Realized absorptive capacity then mediates the relationship between potential capacity and employee creativity, which directly improves job performance.

  • New Concepts for New Dynamics: Generating Theory for the Study of Religious Innovation and Social Change

    Gerardo Martí · 2017 · Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion

    The Emerging Church movement demonstrates how religious innovation occurs through institutional entrepreneurship. Emerging Christians deconstruct and reframe mainstream Christian beliefs and practices while creating new organizational forms to legitimize their alternative approaches. This collective innovation operates through diffuse networks across geographic spaces and social groups, showing how religious change emerges not from isolated individuals but through coordinated action responding to broader societal conditions.

  • Understanding the multiple factors governing social learning and the diffusion of innovations

    Lucy M. Aplin · 2016 · Current Opinion in Behavioral Sciences

    This paper examines how animals learn from social interactions and how innovations spread through populations via social learning. The author reviews evidence from wild animals and identifies key conditions enabling social learning: sensitive developmental periods, difficulty obtaining personal information, and situations where social information outperforms individual learning. The research demonstrates that social learning mechanisms allow animal populations to adapt behaviorally to environmental changes through innovation diffusion.

  • User innovation in public service broadcasts: creating public value by media entrepreneurship

    Datis Khajeheian, Reza Tadayoni · 2016 · International Journal of Technology Transfer and Commercialisation

    Public service broadcasters can indirectly foster media entrepreneurship by creating demand for external creative sources, though they hesitate to outsource directly to small media entrepreneurs due to quality concerns. Instead, large media companies act as intermediaries, connecting broadcaster demand with independent media entrepreneurs and their user-generated innovations, turning audience creativity into professional content.

  • Resource-based co-innovation through platform ecosystem: experiences of mobile payment innovation in China

    Junying Zhong, Marko Nieminen · 2015 · Journal of strategy and management

    Chinese mobile payment providers—Alipay, Bestpay, and UnionPay—successfully innovated through inter-organizational co-innovation within platform ecosystems. Companies leveraged their superior resources and capabilities to achieve competitive advantage in a coopetitive environment where firms both cooperate and compete. The RISE model shows how strategic resource matching and ecosystem architecture enable win-win service innovation outcomes.

  • The effect of human capital and networks on knowledge and innovation in SMEs

    Salvatore Farace, Fernanda Mazzotta · 2015 · Journal of Innovation Economics & Management

    Human capital and internal networks significantly boost innovation in small and medium manufacturing firms. A survey of 462 firms in Southern Italy found that entrepreneur and worker education, plus firm-internal networks, increase both the likelihood and intensity of innovation. External production chain networks also matter, but internal human capital drives innovation most strongly in traditional manufacturing sectors.

  • Twitter as Disruptive Innovation in Sport Communication

    Ann Pegoraro · 2014 · Communication & Sport

    This paper argues that Twitter functions as a disruptive innovation in sport communication by shifting from traditional one-to-many television consumption to many-to-many participatory models. Users themselves defined how the platform would be used for sport engagement. The author calls for comprehensive theoretical analysis of Twitter's role in sport, noting that existing research often applies older media frameworks rather than developing new theory suited to this platform's unique characteristics.

  • Knowledge-Intensive Business Services (KIBS) Use and User Innovation: High-Order Services, Geographic Hierarchies and Internet Use in Quebec's Manufacturing Sector

    Richard Shearmur, David Doloreux · 2014 · Regional Studies

    Geographic proximity to knowledge-intensive business services (KIBS) does not improve innovation performance in Quebec's manufacturing sector. Firms seeking innovation-related services travel farther to access specialized KIBS suppliers located in central urban areas, regardless of distance. Innovators actively seek out the best service providers rather than relying on nearby options, creating a geographic hierarchy where innovation-focused KIBS concentrate in major centers.

  • Rekindling network protocol innovation with user-level stacks

    Michio Honda, Felipe Huici, Costin Raiciu, João Taveira Araújo, Luigi Rizzo · 2014 · ACM SIGCOMM Computer Communication Review

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It addresses network protocol design and implementation in computing systems, specifically proposing user-level protocol stacks to accelerate innovation in internet transport protocols. The work presents MultiStack, a system enabling faster deployment of new network protocols and extensions without waiting for widespread adoption of kernel-level changes.

  • Multi-parameter models of innovation diffusion on complex networks

    McCullen, NJ, Rucklidge, AM, Bale, CSE, Foxon, TJ, Gale, WF · 2012 · White Rose Research Online (University of Leeds, The University of Sheffield, University of York)

    This paper develops a mathematical model to understand how innovations spread through populations via peer influence. Using household energy efficiency adoption as a case study, the model represents people as network nodes whose decision to adopt depends on personal preference, neighbors' choices, and broader social trends. The researchers test the model on different network structures and provide analytical methods to predict adoption rates, showing how network topology affects innovation diffusion patterns.

  • Absorptive Capacity at the Individual Level: Linking Creativity to Innovation in Academia

    Nancy Da Silva, Ashley Davis · 2011 · Review of higher education/˜The œreview of higher education

    This paper applies absorptive capacity theory to individual academics, showing how creativity and innovation connect at the personal level. The authors develop a framework predicting research scholarship among university faculty, extending absorptive capacity analysis from organizational and country levels down to individual performance in academic settings.

  • Development of Singlet Oxygen Absorption Capacity (SOAC) Assay Method. 2. Measurements of the SOAC Values for Carotenoids and Food Extracts

    Koichi Aizawa, Yuko Iwasaki, Aya Ouchi, Takahiro Inakuma, Shin‐ichi Nagaoka, Junji Terao, Kazuo Mukai · 2011 · Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry

    This paper develops and applies a singlet oxygen absorption capacity (SOAC) assay to measure antioxidant properties of carotenoids and vegetable extracts. Researchers tested eight carotenoid types and extracts from red paprika, carrot, and tomato, determining reaction rate constants and SOAC values. They found that the total antioxidant activity of vegetable extracts directly correlates to the combined contributions of individual carotenoids present, validated through HPLC analysis.

  • Giving up Linearity : Absorptive Capacity and Performance

    Malte Brettel, Greta Greve, Tessa Christina Flatten · 2011 · RWTH Publications (RWTH Aachen)

    This paper challenges the assumption that absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to identify, assimilate, and exploit external knowledge—has a linear relationship with performance. The authors argue that previous research has overlooked curvilinear relationships, where absorptive capacity may initially improve performance but then decline after reaching an optimal point. They contend that assuming linearity has led firms to misallocate resources and miss opportunities for better performance outcomes.

  • Digital transformation and social change: Leadership strategies for responsible innovation

    Filomena Buonocore, María Carmela Annosi, Davide de Gennaro, Filomena Riemma · 2024 · Journal of Engineering and Technology Management

    Italian startup managers employ continuous learning, agile business models, and stakeholder engagement to navigate digital transformation while addressing ethical concerns. The study identifies key challenges including rapid technological change, scalability, and ethical considerations. Leaders emphasize collaborative partnerships and responsible innovation practices to balance technological advancement with societal impact, with emerging trends pointing toward tech-driven social enterprises and decentralized systems.

  • Regional innovation systems in tourism: The role of collaboration and competition

    Simone Luongo, Fabiana Sepe, Giovanna Del Gaudio · 2023 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Regional innovation systems in tourism thrive through collaboration and competition among companies. The paper develops a theoretical framework combining dynamic capabilities, relational view, and resource-based theory to explain how social capital and relational assets drive innovation. Using Campania Region as a case study, it shows that co-creation of innovation and strategic plans across regional stakeholders—supported by digital transition and modernized infrastructure—builds sustainable, innovative tourism systems.

  • Decentralized clinical trials in the trial innovation network: Value, strategies, and lessons learned

    Daniel F. Hanley, Gordon R. Bernard, Consuelo H. Wilkins, Harry P. Selker, Jamie P. Dwyer, Jay B. Dean, Daniel K. Benjamin, Sarah E. Dunsmore, Salina P. Waddy, Kenneth L. Wiley, Marisha E. Palm, W. Andrew Mould, Daniel E. Ford, Jeri Burr, Jacqueline Huvane, Karen Lane, Lori Poole, Terri Edwards, Nan Kennedy, Leslie R. Boone, Jasmine Bell, Emily S. Serdoz, Loretta M. Byrne, Paul A. Harris · 2023 · Journal of Clinical and Translational Science

    The Trial Innovation Network evaluated decentralized clinical trial approaches across over 400 studies, finding that remote tools like electronic consent, social media recruitment, and remote interventions improve efficiency and reduce participation barriers. Some elements work well, while remote recruitment and monitoring need refinement. Hybrid trials combining remote and in-person methods offer promise for increasing urban-rural diversity, though ensuring equitable access to technology and building trust with marginalized communities remain critical challenges.

  • Innovation ecosystem strategies of industrial firms: A multilayered approach to alignment and strategic positioning

    Klaasjan Visscher, Katrin Hahn, Kornelia Konrad · 2021 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Industrial firms in Germany and the Netherlands use two-layer innovation ecosystem strategies to manage innovation processes. Companies operate an open explorative layer to identify opportunities and a semi-closed exploitative layer to develop them into customer value. The study reveals how firms align partners and activities across these layers, create synergies between them, manage resulting tensions, and develop strategic positioning within ecosystems.

  • Slow Innovation: the need for reflexivity in Responsible Innovation (RI)

    Marc Steen · 2021 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This essay argues that Responsible Innovation should embrace slowness and reflexivity rather than prioritizing speed and efficiency. The author draws on personal project experiences to advocate for making time for difficult questions, vulnerable moments, and uncertainty in innovation processes. This approach supports more human-centered outcomes, including in artificial intelligence development.

  • Regional innovation system research trends: toward knowledge management and entrepreneurial ecosystems

    Pedro López-Rubio, Norat Roig‐Tierno, Alicia Mas‐Tur · 2020 · International Journal of Quality Innovation

    This bibliometric analysis of regional innovation system research identifies three major research trends: innovation systems studies from the 1990s, knowledge management research from the 2000s onward, and entrepreneurial ecosystems research in recent years. The study examines Web of Science publications through 2017, revealing that knowledge, innovation, clusters, policy, networks, and R&D are central concepts in RIS research. The field has grown substantially, attracting attention from scientists, policymakers, and international organizations.

  • Open innovation, network embeddedness and incremental innovation capability

    Shaojie Han, Yibo Lyu, Ji Ruonan, Yuqing Zhu, Jingqin Su, Lining Bao · 2020 · Management Decision

    This study examines how a firm's position within innovation networks affects its ability to make incremental improvements. Using patent data from 54 smartphone companies, the researchers found that being deeply embedded in a tightly-knit network actually reduces incremental innovation, while having strong personal relationships within networks boosts it. Open innovation practices amplify both effects. The findings suggest firms should strategically position themselves in networks and adopt open innovation to enhance their innovation capabilities.

  • Responsible leadership and triple-bottom-line performance—do corporate reputation and innovation mediate this relationship?

    Muzhar Javed, Hafiz Yasir Ali, Muhammad Asrar‐ul‐Haq, Moazzam Ali, Syed Ali Ashiq Kirmani · 2020 · Leadership & Organization Development Journal

    Responsible leadership directly improves social, economic, and environmental performance in organizations. Innovation mediates this relationship across all three performance dimensions. Corporate reputation mediates the relationship for social and economic performance but not environmental performance. The study surveyed Pakistani managers and used structural equation modeling to test these connections.

  • Regional Innovation Systems as Complex Adaptive Systems: The Case of Lagging European Regions

    Cristina Ponsiglione, Ivana Quinto, Giuseppe Zollo · 2018 · Sustainability

    This paper develops a computational model called CARIS to understand how regional innovation systems in lagging European regions can become self-sustaining. The research identifies exploration capacity, cooperation propensity, and actor competencies as key drivers of innovation performance. The authors recommend policymakers invest in R&D, support public-private partnerships, strengthen universities, and increase researcher employment to improve regional innovation outcomes.

  • UK higher education institutions’ technology-enhanced learning strategies from the perspective of disruptive innovation

    Michael Flavin, Valentina Quintero · 2018 · Research in Learning Technology

    UK universities publish technology-enhanced learning strategies, but most focus on sustaining and efficiency innovations rather than disruptive innovation. Analysis of 44 institutional strategies reveals a misalignment between what universities plan and how students and lecturers actually use technology in practice.

  • A framework of disruptive sustainable innovation: an example of the Finnish food system

    Anna Kuokkanen, Ville Uusitalo, Katariina Koistinen · 2018 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This paper develops a framework for understanding disruptive sustainable innovation by combining insights from socio-technical transition research and management literature. Using four Finnish food system companies as case studies, the authors show how disruptive innovation operates across production and consumption practices, involving both producer-entrepreneurs and citizen-consumers. The framework addresses gaps in existing literature by examining business model innovation and user practices alongside technological change.

  • Potential and Pitfalls of Frugal Innovation in the Water Sector: Insights from Tanzania to Global Value Chains

    Anne Hyvärinen, Marko Keskinen, Olli Varis · 2016 · Sustainability

    Frugal innovations—affordable, stripped-down solutions—offer promise for addressing water challenges in developing regions like Tanzania. However, the study finds significant pitfalls: these innovations struggle to scale and lack institutional support. Water's critical role across natural and human systems, combined with complex global supply chains, creates barriers to sustainability impact. Success requires understanding entire value chains and their water dependencies.

  • Open Innovation Ecosystem - Makerspaces within an Agile Innovation Process

    Annette Isabel Böhmer, A. Beckmann, Udo Lindemann · 2015 · mediaTUM – the media and publications repository of the Technical University Munich (Technical University Munich)

    Open Innovation Ecosystems and makerspaces enable large enterprises to accelerate idea development by breaking down rigid organizational structures and hierarchies. The paper proposes integrating agile frameworks into innovation processes, with makerspaces facilitating cross-functional networking and rapid prototyping. The authors argue this approach helps companies implement new ideas faster and more flexibly than traditional methods.

  • Network externalities and the perception of innovation characteristics: mobile banking

    Soo Yeong Ewe, Sheau Fen Yap, Christina Kwai Choi Lee · 2015 · Marketing Intelligence & Planning

    This study examines how network externalities—the value users gain from more users and complementary services—influence adoption of mobile banking. The research finds that more users and available services make mobile banking seem easier to use and more compatible with people's lifestyles, increasing adoption intention. Technology anxiety did not affect these relationships. Banks can boost adoption by offering diverse complementary services.

  • Entrepreneurs’ Assessments of Early International Entry: The Role of Foreign Social Ties, Venture Absorptive Capacity, and Generalized Trust in Others

    Anne Domurath, Holger Patzelt · 2015 · Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice

    Entrepreneurs' decisions to enter foreign markets depend on their social ties abroad, their venture's ability to absorb new knowledge, and their trust in others. The study analyzed 4,352 international entry assessments from 136 entrepreneurs and found that these three factors interact significantly to shape how entrepreneurs evaluate opportunities for early international expansion.

  • Does open innovation apply to China? Exploring the contingent role of external knowledge sources and internal absorptive capacity in Chinese large firms and SMEs

    Fang Huang, John Rice, Nigel Martin · 2015 · Journal of Management & Organization

    Open innovation strategies work differently in China than in developed economies. Small and medium enterprises benefit most from inter-firm networking, while large firms gain advantages from university partnerships when they have strong internal capacity to absorb external knowledge. Weak domestic research expertise and limited absorptive capacity constrain Chinese firms from adopting open innovation effectively. Chinese firms should focus on building internal capabilities rather than copying the closed-to-open innovation path followed by developed countries.

  • National characteristics: innovation systems from the process efficiency perspective

    John S. Liu, Wen‐Min Lu, Mei Hsiu‐Ching Ho · 2014 · R and D Management

    This study analyzes innovation systems across 40 countries by treating them as two-stage processes: knowledge production and commercialization. Using data envelopment analysis, researchers identified efficiency levels and ranked countries by their strengths in each stage. The analysis reveals that no country excels equally at both stages, and categorizes nations into nine distinct groups based on their innovation characteristics. The findings offer policymakers benchmarks for improvement and examples of best practices to learn from.

  • Disruptive Innovation vs Disruptive Technology: The Disruptive Potential of the Value Propositions of 3D Printing Technology Startups

    Finn Hahn, Søren Jensen, Stoyan Tanev · 2014 · Technology Innovation Management Review

    This paper examines 3D printing technology startups and their potential to disrupt manufacturing through additive production methods. Rather than traditional subtractive or molding approaches, 3D printing builds products layer-by-layer using digital controls. The authors analyze whether these startups represent genuinely disruptive innovation or merely disruptive technology, evaluating their value propositions and market impact.

  • Farmer innovation diffusion via network building: a case of winter greenhouse diffusion in China

    Bin Wu, Liyan Zhang · 2013 · Agriculture and Human Values

    Winter greenhouse technology diffused successfully across China through collaborative networks between farmers, government, and other stakeholders. The study identifies three network levels—informal farmer networks, farmer-led networks, and government-facilitated networks—as essential to innovation diffusion. Building mutual trust and enabling farmer leadership within these networks proved crucial for successful technology adoption and spread.

  • A study of innovation diffusion through link sharing on stack overflow

    Carlos Hervás-Gómez, Brendan Cleary, Leif Singer · 2013

    This study examines how software developers discover and adopt innovations like tools and frameworks by analyzing link sharing on Stack Overflow. The researchers find that link sharing occurs frequently on the platform, making Stack Overflow a significant channel for spreading software development innovations. They show Stack Overflow functions as part of a larger network of interconnected online resources that developers use to find and evaluate new tools.

  • The structural, relational and cognitive configuration of innovation networks between SMEs and public research organisations

    Barbara Masiello, Francesco Izzo, Cristina Canoro · 2013 · International Small Business Journal Researching Entrepreneurship

    This study examines how small firms and public research organizations collaborate in innovation networks. The researchers analyzed twelve case studies to understand network structure, relationships, and shared knowledge. They found that successful partnerships evolve together through different governance stages, face risks when trust becomes stagnant, and require overlapping knowledge bases and common language to function effectively.

  • Creating a Taxonomy for Mobile Commerce Innovations Using Social Network and Cluster Analyses

    Lara Khansa, Christopher W. Zobel, Guillermo Goicochea · 2012 · International Journal of Electronic Commerce

    This paper analyzes over 2,300 mobile commerce patent applications using social network and cluster analysis to identify focal innovation areas and create a taxonomy of m-commerce innovations. The analysis reveals that consumer empowerment and co-creation drive mobile commerce service development, showing how customers shape new offerings in this rapidly growing sector.

  • The Role of Organizational Affiliations and Research Networks in the Diffusion of Breast Cancer Treatment Innovation

    William R. Carpenter, Katherine E. Reeder‐Hayes, John Bainbridge, Anne-Marie Meyer, Keith D. Amos, Bryan J. Weiner, Paul A. Godley · 2011 · Medical Care

    Patients treated at hospitals affiliated with cancer research networks received innovative breast cancer treatment (sentinel lymph node biopsy) at significantly higher rates than those at unaffiliated hospitals. Hospital teaching status and surgical volume did not affect adoption rates. The findings support using research networks to accelerate translation of medical innovations into community practice.

  • Innovations in a relational context: Mechanisms to connect learning processes of absorptive capacity

    Desirée Knoppen, María Jesús Sáenz, David Johnston · 2011 · Management Learning

    Companies build competitive advantage through relationships with other firms. This study examines how learning mechanisms within customer-supplier relationships create absorptive capacity and drive innovation. The research identifies that structural mechanisms alone are insufficient; cultural, psychological, and policy mechanisms also shape how firms learn and absorb knowledge across relationships. The findings provide propositions for understanding absorptive capacity development in relational contexts.

  • The Role of Finance and Corporate Governance in National Systems of Innovation

    Andrew Tylecote · 2007 · Organization Studies

    Corporate governance and finance systems shape how firms innovate within countries. Different industries demand different financial and governance structures to support innovation effectively. The paper explains why some countries gain technological advantages by matching their finance and governance systems to their industries' specific innovation needs.

  • ANTICIPATING DISRUPTIVE INNOVATION The key to avoiding the negative effects of disruptive technologies is to focus on what is happening with customer and operational needs.

    Jay Paap, Ralph Katz · 2004 · Research-Technology Management

    Leading firms across industries consistently fail to maintain market dominance when facing disruptive technological change, despite their past success. The paper argues this pattern is not inevitable. Organizations must simultaneously manage sustaining innovations that protect current business models and disruptive innovations that enable future competitiveness. Success requires building internally contradictory structures and cultures that foster both efficiency and experimentation, though this remains organizationally difficult.

  • Innovation and Strategy: Risk and Choice in Shaping User-Centered Libraries

    Kathryn J. Deiss · 2004 · Illinois Digital Environment for Access to Learning and Scholarship (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)

    Libraries succeed by creating customer-centered services through innovation and strategy. The paper argues that strategy and innovation are essential tools for organizational success, with strategy enabling effective innovation decisions. Library leaders must continuously develop value-added services, strategically evaluate innovations, and deliver them to users. The paper reviews innovation and strategy theories applied to nonprofit library organizations and proposes approaches for creating both.

  • Nordic SMEs and Regional Innovation Systems

    Björn Asheim, Lars Coenen, Martin Henning · 2003 · Lund University Publications (Lund University)

    Nordic small and medium enterprises compete globally through innovation rather than cost-cutting, given their high wage levels. The paper examines how regional innovation systems support SME competitiveness in the Nordic countries, arguing that innovation capacity is essential for these firms to maintain economic viability in an increasingly globalized market.

  • Collaborative innovation, strategic agility, &amp; absorptive capacity adoption in SMEs: the moderating effects of customer knowledge management capability

    Mário Nuno Mata, José Moleiro Martins, Pedro Leite Inácio · 2024 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Collaborative innovation significantly improves financial performance in Portuguese IT firms. Strategic agility and absorptive capacity both mediate this relationship. Customer knowledge management capability strengthens the link between collaborative innovation and strategic agility, but does not moderate the absorptive capacity pathway. The study shows that combining customer-oriented strategies with innovation helps firms navigate complex, unpredictable situations.

  • Responsible leadership, organizational ethical culture, strategic posture, and green innovation

    Muhammad Waheed Akhtar, Thomas N. Garavan, Muzhar Javed, Chunhui Huo, Muhammad Junaid, Khalid Hussain · 2023 · Service Industries Journal

    Responsible leadership in service organizations drives green innovation, with organizational ethical culture acting as the mechanism through which this influence operates. A progressive strategic posture strengthens this relationship. The study surveyed 168 hospitality employees across three waves and found that leaders signaling responsibility through ethical organizational culture encourage green innovation more effectively when the firm pursues progressive strategies.

  • Frugal innovation in the midst of societal and operational pressures

    Jarkko Levänen, Mokter Hossain, Marleen Wierenga · 2022 · Journal of Cleaner Production

    Frugal innovation—developing solutions under resource and societal constraints—delivers sustainable outcomes primarily through business model design rather than technological sophistication. The authors establish a framework linking frugal innovation to sustainable business models, analyzing three firms to show that sustainability results depend on how companies integrate societal concerns with operational activities across their business model elements.

  • An open innovation approach to co-produce scientific knowledge: an examination of citizen science in the healthcare ecosystem

    Maria Vincenza Ciasullo, Maria Rosaria Carli, Weng Marc Lim, Rocco Palumbo · 2021 · European Journal of Innovation Management

    Citizen science—where lay people participate in research—can drive innovation in healthcare by enabling large-scale data collection, educating the public, and co-creating value with scientists. The authors examined citizen science projects tackling COVID-19 and found that engaging non-experts as data collectors and analysts strengthens healthcare ecosystems. They argue policymakers must support lay participation in scientific research to address major health challenges.

  • Water Absorption Capacity Determines the Functionality of Vital Gluten Related to Specific Bread Volume

    Marina Schopf, Katharina Anne Scherf · 2021 · Foods

    Vital gluten supplements weak wheat flour in baking, but different samples produce inconsistent bread volumes despite identical recipes. This study tested ten vital gluten samples and found that protein composition and chemical structure did not explain performance differences. Instead, each sample's water absorption capacity determined its optimal functionality and final bread volume, with different samples requiring different water levels to achieve peak results.

  • A synthesized framework for the formation of startups’ innovation ecosystem

    Hamed Ojaghi, Mehdi Mohammadi, Hamid Reza Yazdani · 2019 · Journal of Science and Technology Policy Management

    This systematic literature review synthesizes research on startup innovation ecosystems from 2008-2018 to develop a new framework. The authors identify key actors—incubators, financial suppliers, accelerators, universities, and companies—and map their interactions through structures, infrastructures, and networks. They classify startup innovation processes into three mechanisms: genesis, growth, and development. The framework helps policymakers understand startup requirements and design effective innovation policies.

  • From knowledge sharing to quality performance: The role of absorptive capacity, ambidexterity and innovation capability in creative industry

    Pebi Kurniawan, Wiwi Hartati, Sari Laelatul Qodriah, Badawi Badawi · 2019 · Management Science Letters

    Knowledge sharing drives absorptive capacity and ambidexterity in creative industry firms, which together strengthen innovation capability and ultimately improve quality performance. A mixed-methods study of 150 creative industry entrepreneurs in Indonesia found positive relationships across this chain: knowledge sharing boosts both absorptive capacity and ambidexterity, which enhance innovation capability, which increases company quality performance.

  • Toward a Theory of Activist‐Driven Responsible Innovation: How Activists Pressure Firms to Adopt More Responsible Practices

    Theodore L. Waldron, Chad Navis, Elizabeth P. Karam, Gideon D. Markman · 2019 · Journal of Management Studies

    Activists pressure firms to adopt responsible innovation through strategic use of claims that create pressure beyond simple information sharing. This study examines four activist organizations across six campaigns, developing a theory of how activists drive companies toward socially and environmentally responsible practices. The research shows that activist characteristics and firm features shape whether pressure campaigns succeed in creating socioenvironmental value.

  • International handbook on responsible innovation. A global resource

    Robert Frodeman · 2019 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    This handbook provides a comprehensive global overview of responsible innovation as a field of study and practice. It synthesizes current knowledge about how innovation can be developed and implemented in ways that consider ethical, social, and environmental impacts across diverse contexts worldwide.

  • Is point-of-care ultrasound disruptive innovation? Formulating why POCUS is different from conventional comprehensive ultrasound

    Jesper Weile, Jacob Brix, Anders Broens Moellekaer · 2018 · Critical Ultrasound Journal

    Point-of-care ultrasound (PoCUS) represents disruptive innovation in medical imaging, fundamentally different from conventional comprehensive ultrasound. The authors apply disruptive innovation theory to show how PoCUS challenges established ultrasound specialties by offering faster, accessible imaging in emergency and critical care settings. They argue stakeholders must recognize these differences to collaborate effectively and optimize patient care across both approaches.

  • Emerging issues on business innovation ecosystems: the role of information and communication technologies (ICTs) for knowledge management (KM) and innovation within and among enterprises

    Pedro Soto‐Acosta, Manlio Del Giudice, Veronica Scuotto · 2018 · Baltic Journal of Management

    Information and communication technologies function as digital platforms enabling businesses to exchange information and knowledge within innovation ecosystems. ICTs support knowledge management and foster innovation across and within enterprises by creating networked infrastructure systems where distinct business agents collaborate and share resources.

  • Analysing the diffusion and adoption of renewable energy technologies in Africa: The functions of innovation systems perspective

    Aschalew Tigabu · 2017 · African Journal of Science Technology Innovation and Development

    Renewable energy technologies remain poorly adopted across Africa despite their potential to address energy poverty and environmental challenges. This paper argues that previous research focused too narrowly on user-level factors and neglected institutional context. The author proposes using the Technological Innovation System framework to understand how institutions enable or hinder renewable energy diffusion, and provides a framework for evaluating institutional performance to guide African policymakers.

  • Organizational forgetting, absorptive capacity, and innovation performance

    Dujuan Huang, Song Chen, Gupeng Zhang, Jiangfeng Ye · 2017 · Management Decision

    Organizational forgetting—deliberately discarding outdated knowledge—improves innovation performance in companies, but only when paired with absorptive capacity to learn new information. This effect strengthens in turbulent business environments. The study surveyed 320 Chinese firms and found that forgetting alone doesn't boost innovation; companies must actively absorb new knowledge to benefit from shedding old practices.

  • The influence of knowledge absorptive capacity on shared value creation in social enterprises

    Vanessa Campos Climent, Joan Ramón Sanchís Palacio · 2017 · Journal of Knowledge Management

    Social enterprises that absorb and apply knowledge effectively create more shared value—combining economic and social benefits. The study tested 127 social enterprises in France and Spain, finding that knowledge absorptive capacity directly strengthens both economic and social value creation. Social value creation acts as a mechanism through which knowledge capacity drives economic gains, demonstrating that social enterprises generate profit by prioritizing social and environmental outcomes.

  • The Encroachment Speed of Potentially Disruptive Innovations with Indirect Network Externalities: The Case of E‐Readers

    Mark E. Parry, Tomoko Kawakami · 2016 · Journal of Product Innovation Management

    This paper examines why e-readers adopted more slowly in Japan than the United States after 2010. Through interviews with industry leaders and document review, the authors identify three sources of slower adoption: organizational factors within publishing companies, technology factors including competing formats, and environmental factors such as regulations limiting e-book supply and pricing. The research shows that publishing industry insiders in Japan misinterpreted earlier e-reader performance and faced constraints from interdependent value networks.

  • KNOWLEDGE INFLOWS FROM MARKET- AND SCIENCE-BASED ACTORS, ABSORPTIVE CAPACITY, INNOVATION AND PERFORMANCE — A STUDY OF SMEs

    Graciela Corral de Zubielqui, Janice Jones, Laurence Lester · 2016 · International Journal of Innovation Management

    This study examines how small and medium-sized enterprises absorb external knowledge and convert it into innovation and business performance. Using data from 838 Australian SMEs, the researchers found that knowledge from market-based sources (like customers and competitors) directly boosts innovation, while knowledge from science-based sources (like universities) works indirectly by first building the firm's absorptive capacity. Both pathways ultimately improve firm performance through innovation.

  • Unravelling the link between technological M&amp;A and innovation performance using the concept of relative absorptive capacity

    Gil S. Jo, Gunno Park, Jina Kang · 2016 · Asian Journal of Technology Innovation

    This study examines how acquiring firms create innovation through technological mergers and acquisitions by analyzing 212 biopharmaceutical M&A cases from 1993 to 2007. The research finds that acquiring smaller firms with moderately similar technology produces better innovation outcomes. The study emphasizes that the relationship between the acquiring and acquired firm—including technological similarity and digestibility—determines how well knowledge gets absorbed and converted into new innovations.

  • Diffusion of innovations theory applied to global tobacco control treaty ratification

    Thomas W. Valente, Stephanie R. Dyal, Kar‐Hai Chu, Heather Wipfli, Kayo Fujimoto · 2015 · Social Science & Medicine

    This study examines how countries decide to ratify the Framework Convention for Tobacco Control by analyzing network effects among tobacco control advocates on an online forum. The researchers found that communication between countries on GLOBALink predicted when nations ratified the treaty, with influential countries playing a key role. Network effects changed over time, with external pressure mattering less as more countries adopted the treaty.

  • Determinants of National Innovation Systems: Policy implications for developing countries

    Frank L. Bartels, Hinrich Voss, Suman Lederer, Christopher Bachtrog · 2012 · Innovation

    This study examines how knowledge institutions, governments, and businesses shape national innovation systems in 46 developed and emerging economies. The researchers find that market forces dominate innovation outcomes, while institutional structures around knowledge management and government-business relations also matter significantly. The analysis suggests developing countries should prioritize creating institutional environments that support market mechanisms to strengthen their innovation systems and economic growth.

  • University–industry linkages and absorptive capacity: an empirical analysis of China's manufacturing industry

    Stefan Brehm, Nannan Lundin · 2012 · Economics of Innovation and New Technology

    Universities contribute to innovation in China's manufacturing sector, but their impact depends on the type of research performed and whether companies invest in absorptive capacity—the ability to acquire, assimilate, transform, and exploit external knowledge. The study of 20,000 firms across 31 provinces from 1998 to 2004 confirms that companies benefit most from university knowledge when they develop complementary internal capabilities.

  • Disruptive innovation and spatial inequality

    Thomas Kemeny, Sergio Petralia, Michael Storper · 2022 · Regional Studies

    Disruptive innovations cluster geographically during industrial revolutions but disperse in other periods, according to analysis of US patents from 1920 to 2010. The locations capturing the most disruptive innovation shift substantially across industrial revolutions. Disruptive innovation significantly influences spatial patterns of economic output and income inequality across US regions.

  • Dynamic capabilities for transitioning from product platform ecosystem to innovation platform ecosystem

    Kazem Haki, Michael Blaschke, Stephan Aier, Robert Winter, David Tilson · 2022 · European Journal of Information Systems

    Incumbent firms face disruption from platform-native competitors and must transition from product platforms to innovation platforms. This study identifies four dynamic capabilities required for this transition: resource curation, ecosystem preservation, resource reconfiguration, and ecosystem diversification. The findings emerge from analyzing perspectives of platform owners, partners, and end-users in enterprise software ecosystems.

  • How Responsible Innovation Builds Business Network Resilience to Achieve Sustainable Performance During Global Outbreaks: An Extended Resource-Based View

    Xuemei Xie, Yonghui Wu, Cristina Blanco González‐Tejero · 2022 · IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management

    Responsible innovation strengthens business network resilience, which in turn improves firms' sustainable performance during crises like COVID-19. A study of 422 Chinese manufacturing firms found that absorptive capacity and social media adoption enhance these relationships. The research demonstrates that firms adopting responsible innovation practices become more resilient and better positioned to maintain sustainable operations when facing global disruptions.

  • User-centered requirements engineering to manage the fuzzy front-end of open innovation in e-health: A study on support systems for seniors’ physical activity

    Maria Ehn, Mattias Derneborg, Åsa Revenäs, Antonio Cicchetti · 2021 · International Journal of Medical Informatics

    This study applies user-centered requirements engineering methods to manage the early stages of developing an e-health system supporting seniors' physical activity. Researchers conducted interviews with three user groups and used workshops with multidisciplinary teams to elicit, analyze, and prioritize requirements. The resulting Concept of Operations document successfully guided stakeholder recruitment and collaboration in the subsequent open innovation development process, demonstrating that involving users early produces systems meeting real-world complexity.

  • Practising innovation in the healthcare ecosystem: the agency of third-party actors

    Tiziana Russo Spena, Mele Cristina · 2019 · Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing

    Third-party actors in digital healthcare ecosystems drive innovation by brokering connections between multiple stakeholders, mediating between different practices, and coalescing resources across networks. These intermediaries challenge established healthcare practices and enable new service co-creation opportunities by connecting diverse actors, institutions, and resources in ways that reshape how healthcare services are delivered.

  • International networking in dynamic internationalization capability: the moderating role of absorptive capacity

    Michael Yao‐Ping Peng, Ku-Ho Lin · 2019 · Total Quality Management & Business Excellence

    Small and medium-sized manufacturing firms that build international networks strengthen their dynamic internationalization capability and improve international performance. Absorptive capacity—a firm's ability to acquire and apply knowledge—enhances this relationship. The study of 211 firms shows that combining international exploration and exploitation strategies creates competitive advantage in global markets.

  • Combined Influence of Absorptive Capacity and Corporate Entrepreneurship on Performance

    M.a Magdalena Jiménez-Barrionuevo, Luis Miguel Molina Fernández, Victor Jesús García Morales · 2019 · Sustainability

    This study examines how absorptive capacity and corporate entrepreneurship together affect organizational performance in Spanish firms. The research finds that proactiveness drives innovativeness, which both strengthen a company's ability to absorb and apply new knowledge. Realized absorptive capacity then enables new business ventures and organizational renewal. Proactiveness and new business venturing directly improve performance, while companies must develop both potential and realized absorptive capacities simultaneously to succeed in corporate entrepreneurial projects.

  • Innovating via building absorptive capacity: Interactive effects of top management support of learning, employee learning orientation and decentralization structure

    Chenwei Li, Li‐Yun Sun, Yuntao Dong · 2018 · Creativity and Innovation Management

    Manufacturing firms build absorptive capacity and improve innovation through top management support for learning and employee learning orientation. Decentralized decision-making structures strengthen how management support translates into absorptive capacity and innovation, but organizational structure does not similarly affect the relationship between employee learning orientation and innovation outcomes.

  • Effect of fiber loading on mechanical and water absorption capacity of Polylactic acid/Polyhydroxybutyrate-co-hydroxyhexanoate/Kenaf composite

    N I Ismail, Z. A. Mohd Ishak · 2018 · IOP Conference Series Materials Science and Engineering

    Researchers blended polylactic acid with polyhydroxybutyrate-co-hydroxyhexanoate and reinforced it with kenaf fiber at varying levels. Tensile strength and stiffness improved as fiber content increased from 10 to 40 percent. Water absorption rose with both fiber content and exposure time. The biodegradable composite shows promise for automotive and other applications seeking alternatives to petroleum-based plastics.

  • Responsible research and innovation indicators for science education assessment: how to measure the impact?

    María Heras, Isabel Ruíz-Mallén · 2017 · International Journal of Science Education

    This paper develops a framework for assessing responsible research and innovation (RRI) in science education. The authors identify 86 key indicators that measure RRI values, competences, and learning outcomes in science education practice. They argue that RRI-focused assessment can better capture metacognitive skills, emotional dimensions, and procedural learning, helping students develop the knowledge and citizenship skills needed to address complex societal challenges.

  • The frequency of end-user innovation: A re-estimation of extant findings

    Nikolaus Franke, Florian Schirg, Kathrin Reinsberger · 2016 · Research Policy

    This study re-estimates how often consumers innovate by comparing two data collection methods. Telephone interviews found 10.8% of people innovate, but personal interviews revealed 39.7%—showing previous research significantly underestimated user innovation. Using this correction factor across six countries, the authors demonstrate that consumer innovation is a widespread phenomenon policymakers and businesses should recognize and support.

  • Frugal Innovation and Knowledge Transferability

    Peter Altmann, Robert Engberg · 2016 · Research-Technology Management

    Western firms typically partner with emerging market companies to develop frugal innovations, assuming local partners better understand local needs. This paper argues for an alternative: high-tech firms can conduct breakthrough R&D at home while focusing on emerging market requirements. Three case studies from a Swedish medical device manufacturer demonstrate how home-based R&D successfully reconceptualizes core products for emerging markets and identifies conditions that make this approach effective.

  • Managing systemic and disruptive innovation: lessons from the Renault Zero Emission Initiative

    Félix Von Pechmann, Christophe Midler, Rémi Maniak, Florence Charue‐Duboc · 2015 · Industrial and Corporate Change

    Managing systemic and disruptive innovations requires specific strategies. This study of Renault's electric vehicle development program identifies three effective management approaches: creating autonomous units that bridge organizational silos, building a portfolio of locally viable systems rather than one-size-fits-all solutions, and managing multiple technology platforms concurrently. These levers help companies deploy innovations that fundamentally challenge existing technologies and customer expectations.

  • Teams’ innovation: getting there through knowledge sharing and absorptive capacity

    Carla Curado, Mírian Oliveira, Antônio Carlos Gastaud Maçada, Felipe Nodari · 2015 · Knowledge Management Research & Practice

    Knowledge sharing among team members drives innovation, but only when teams have strong absorptive capacity to process and apply that knowledge. The study tested this relationship across multiple Portuguese industries using 141 employees in organizational teams. Team tenure matters: longer-established teams share more knowledge than newer ones. Organizational size, geographic concentration, and gender had no significant effect on innovation outcomes.

  • Foreword: responsible innovation in the private sector

    Victor Scholten, Vincent Blok · 2015 · Journal on Chain and Network Science

    Responsible Innovation is a governance framework that makes innovators and society mutually accountable for research and technology development. It emerged from public concerns about government-funded research in controversial fields like nanotechnology, genomics, and alternative energy. The concept emphasizes transparent processes ensuring innovations are ethically acceptable, sustainable, and socially desirable before reaching the market.

  • Responsible Innovation

    Bernd Carsten Stahl, M. Jirotka, Grace Eden, J. Timmermans, M. Hartswood · 2014 · ITNOW

    The paper argues that developers of tools and products must consider ethical dimensions in their work. The authors emphasize that responsible innovation requires integrating ethical considerations into the development process from the outset, rather than treating ethics as an afterthought. This framework applies broadly to technology and product development across sectors.

  • Diffusion of innovation in systematic review methodology: Why is study selection not yet assisted by automation?

    JM Thomas · 2013 · OA Evidence-Based Medicine

    Systematic reviews in evidence-based medicine face a growing problem: reviewers manually assess thousands of titles and abstracts. Automation could solve this, but adoption remains slow despite proven effectiveness since 2006. Using Rogers' Diffusion of Innovations framework, the paper identifies barriers: automation lacks demonstrated advantage in challenging areas like public health, lacks established procedures, appears complex to deploy, and conflicts with existing systematic review practices. Collaboration between reviewers and computer scientists is needed to develop compatible, clearly advantageous solutions.

  • Using the Diffusion of Innovation Theory to Explain the Degree of English Teachers’ Adoption of Interactive Whiteboards in the Modern Systems School in Jordan: A Case Study

    Mustafa Jwaifell, Al-Mothana M. Gasaymeh · 2013 · Contemporary Educational Technology

    English teachers in a Jordanian school adopted interactive whiteboards based on five key factors: perceived relative advantage, compatibility with existing practices, ease of use, ability to trial the technology, and observability of results. Teachers who used interactive whiteboards regularly shifted from traditional teaching methods to dialogue-based, open-source, and collaborative group work. The study recommends enhanced training workshops to support technology integration.

  • Greening logistics and its impact on environmental performance: an absorptive capacity perspective

    Ahmad Abareshi, Alemayehu Molla · 2013 · International Journal of Logistics Research and Applications

    Australian logistics and transport operators improve environmental performance by building absorptive capacity—the ability to acquire, assimilate, transform, and exploit green logistics knowledge. The study of 279 firms shows that enhancing knowledge exploitation through operational changes and new practices reduces CO2 emissions, fuel consumption, and environmental compliance costs. Firms must systematically integrate environmental information across channels to achieve greener logistics.

  • Designing the Organization for User Innovation

    Peter Keinz, Christoph Hienerth, Christopher Lettl · 2012 · Journal of Organization Design

    Organizations are shifting from internal, producer-driven innovation toward user-centered and open innovation models. This paper identifies major user innovation strategies and explains how each one requires different organizational design choices. The authors propose that successful innovation increasingly depends on building symbiotic ecosystems where producers and users collaborate, fundamentally reshaping how companies structure themselves.

  • Absorptive and desorptive capacity‐related practices at the network level – the case of<scp>SEMATECH</scp>

    Gordon Müller‐Seitz · 2011 · R and D Management

    This paper examines how interorganizational networks absorb and use external knowledge, moving beyond traditional firm-level analysis. Using SEMATECH, a global semiconductor manufacturing consortium, the author identifies three key practices—congregating, roadmapping, and offering access—that enable networks to collectively acquire, integrate, and leverage knowledge from outside sources while coordinating internal knowledge activities.

  • The diffusion of technological and management accounting innovation: Malaysian evidence

    Malcolm Smith, Zaharah Abdullah, Rafizan Abdul Razak · 2008 · Asian Review of Accounting

    Malaysian industrial companies show minimal adoption of innovative management accounting tools, even among large firms, with financial accounting dominating management control practices. The study applies the Akira development model, arguing it better suits developing Southeast Asian countries with lower automation levels than Western frameworks.

  • India’s National Innovation System: Key Elements and Corporate Perspectives

    Cornelius Herstatt, Rajnish Tiwari, Stephan Buse · 2008 · SSRN Electronic Journal

    India has emerged as a major R&D hub for multinational corporations, driven by skilled labor from elite institutions, market potential from its growing population, and government investment in research institutions and education. While India's mathematics and science education ranks 11th globally, the country faces infrastructure challenges and labor shortages. Government initiatives, including massive investments in the Eleventh Five Year Plan, aim to strengthen India's national innovation system and resolve these constraints.

  • Everett Rogers' Diffusion of Innovations Theory: Its Utility and Value in Public Health

    Stephen F Moseley · 2004 · Journal of Health Communication

    Rogers' Diffusion of Innovations theory has evolved from linear communication models to interactive frameworks where participants jointly create understanding of new ideas and practices. The theory has proven valuable across applied fields including international development, family planning, nutrition education, and substance abuse prevention, demonstrating its utility for understanding how innovations spread through populations.

  • Modified calcium carbonate coatings with rapid absorption and extensive liquid uptake capacity

    Cathy J. Ridgway, Patrick A.C. Gane, Joachim Schoelkopf · 2004 · Colloids and Surfaces A Physicochemical and Engineering Aspects

    This paper is not about rural innovation. It describes the development of modified calcium carbonate coatings with enhanced liquid absorption properties for digital printing applications. The researchers engineered new pigment morphologies with dual-scale pore networks that absorb liquids 10 times faster than conventional calcium carbonate, using mercury porosimetry and electron microscopy to characterize the structures.

  • Les facteurs de diffusion des innovations managériales en comptabilité et contrôle de gestion : une étude comparative

    Simon Alcouffe, Nicolas Berland, Yves Levant · 2003 · Comptabilité - Contrôle - Audit

    This comparative study examines what factors influence the spread of managerial innovations in accounting and management control. By analyzing the diffusion of three innovations—ABC costing, budgetary control, and the Georges Perrin method—in France, the authors identify that different categories of actors, communication channels, and contextual variables all significantly impact how these innovations spread across organizations.

  • The adoption and diffusion of interorganizational system standards and process innovations

    Michael J. Shaw, Matthew Nelson · 2003

    This paper examines how interorganizational system standards and process innovations spread across industries. The authors surveyed 102 firms across 10 industrial groups to identify what drives adoption of modern IOS technologies like XML and SOAP. They found that technological, organizational, and environmental factors—plus the role of standards development organizations—significantly influence whether companies implement these systems. The research bridges older EDI-focused studies with current web-based interorganizational solutions.

  • R&D and Technology Spillovers via FDI: Innovation and Absorptive Capacity

    Yuko Kinoshita · 2000 · RePEc: Research Papers in Economics

    This study examines how R&D and foreign direct investment affect firm productivity in Czech manufacturing. The research finds that R&D's learning effect matters far more than innovation for productivity growth. Technology spillovers from foreign partners occur only in specific sectors like electrical machinery and radio & TV, where foreign firms actively invest in R&D. No general spillover benefits reach local firms from foreign joint ventures.

  • Profiting from innovation when digital business ecosystems emerge: A control point perspective

    René Bohnsack, Michael Rennings, Carolin Block, Stefanie Bröring · 2024 · Research Policy

    Digital transformation shifts how companies profit from innovation in emerging ecosystems. The paper examines smart farming through a control points framework, showing that value capture depends on who owns strategic, technical, generic, and institutional control points in layered digital architectures. Incumbents, new entrants, and diversifying firms compete in a seesaw pattern to establish bargaining positions. The findings help firms optimize ecosystem strategies and guide policymakers in supporting institutional development.

  • Research trends in innovation ecosystem and circular economy

    T. A. Alka, Raghu Raman, M. Suresh · 2024 · Discover Sustainability

    This bibliometric analysis of 2,981 Scopus documents reveals research trends linking innovation ecosystems and circular economy. Five key research clusters emerge: circular economy for eco-innovation, circular business models in the bioeconomy, renewable energy and sustainable development goals, green innovation through entrepreneurship, and AI in Industry 4.0. The study identifies significant gaps in understanding how innovation ecosystems and circular economy interact, and highlights opportunities in industrial symbiosis and energy transition.

  • Radical innovations as supply chain disruptions? A paradox between change and stability

    Canan Kocabasoglu‐Hillmer, Sinéad Roden, Evelyne Vanpoucke, Byung‐Gak Son, Marianne W. Lewis · 2023 · Journal of Supply Chain Management

    Radical innovations in products and processes create paradoxical tensions in supply chains, particularly between the need for change and the need for stability. The paper uses case illustrations to examine how these tensions emerge upstream after radical innovation and proposes paradox theory as a framework for understanding and managing them. It identifies supply chain management as an underexplored area for paradox research and calls for future studies on post-innovation tensions.

  • Digital organizational culture and absorptive capacity as precursors to supply chain resilience and sustainable performance

    Rubén Michael Rodríguez‐González, Antonia Madrid Guijarro, Gonzalo Maldonado Guzmán · 2023 · Journal of Cleaner Production

    This study examines how digital organizational culture and absorptive capacity strengthen supply chain resilience and sustainable performance in Mexican manufacturing firms. Using data from 304 companies, the research finds that digital culture directly improves both dynamic capabilities and business performance, while also indirectly boosting sustainability through enhanced absorptive capacity and supply chain resilience. The findings help manufacturers build resilience against disruptions like pandemics.

  • Exploring consumer mobile payment innovations: An investigation into the relationship between coping theory factors, individual motivations, social influence and word of mouth

    Irfan Hameed, Umair Akram, Yamna Khan, Naveed R. Khan, Imran Hameed · 2023 · Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services

    This study examines how tourists adopt mobile payment systems by combining coping theory and social influence concepts. Perceived value, threat, controllability, and social influence all drive tourists' intention to use mobile payments. The research finds that tourists who intend to use these systems recommend them to others, with innovativeness moderating this word-of-mouth effect. Results suggest travel operators and banks can boost adoption by understanding these psychological and social factors.

  • Managing innovation ecosystems around Big Science Organizations

    Jason Li‐Ying, Wolfgang Sofka, Philipp Tuertscher · 2022 · Technovation

    Big Science Organizations are massive research institutions addressing complex scientific challenges through large networks of suppliers, collaborators, and partners. These organizations function as influential innovation ecosystems with permeable boundaries enabling technology transfer, knowledge sharing, and business creation. The paper introduces a special issue examining innovation and entrepreneurship around BSOs, providing a comprehensive overview of how these institutions drive innovation across science, government, and business sectors.

  • Gaming innovation ecosystem: actors, roles and co-innovation processes

    Patrycja Klimas, Wojciech Czakon · 2022 · Review of Managerial Science

    This study examines Poland's gaming innovation ecosystem to understand how different actors contribute to co-innovation. Researchers conducted interviews and observations over three years and identified 21 types of actors playing four distinct roles: direct value creation, supporting value creation, encouraging entrepreneurship, and leadership. The co-innovation process unfolds across five stages from discovery through dissemination, with actors varying their engagement intensity at each phase.

  • An evaluation of the effectiveness of innovation ecosystems in facilitating the adoption of sustainable entrepreneurship

    Dana Bakry, Tuğrul Daim, Marina Dabić, Birol A. Yeşilada · 2022 · Journal of Small Business Management

    This paper develops a hierarchical decision model framework to assess how innovation ecosystems support sustainable entrepreneurship adoption. The researchers identify policies and strategies that drive innovation across entrepreneurial ecosystems and propose a comprehensive measurement model to guide policymakers in strengthening ecosystem effectiveness and accelerating sustainable business innovation.

  • Assessing E-Health adoption readiness using diffusion of innovation theory and the role mediated by each adopter's category in a Mauritian context

    Manish Putteeraj, Nandhini Bhungee, Jhoti Somanah, Numrata Moty · 2021 · International Health

    Healthcare workers in a Mauritian hospital show strong readiness to adopt E-Health technology, driven by desires for modernized management, improved efficiency, and faster results. Using diffusion of innovation theory, the study confirms that five key dimensions—relative advantage, compatibility, complexity, trialability, and observability—predict E-Health adoption. Physicians and nursing managers emerge as crucial influencers whose endorsement significantly affects whether colleagues recommend the technology.

  • Catching-up national innovations systems (NIS) in China and post-catching-up NIS in Korea and Taiwan: verifying the detour hypothesis and policy implications

    Jong-Ho Lee, Keun Lee · 2021 · Innovation and Development

    This study examines how China, South Korea, and Taiwan developed their innovation systems during economic catch-up. China currently specializes in short-cycle technologies, while South Korea and Taiwan have shifted toward long-cycle technologies. The research confirms the 'detour hypothesis': latecomer economies first focus on short-cycle sectors to drive growth, then transition to more complex long-cycle sectors as they mature. Economic growth correlates with these technological shifts at each development stage.

  • Effect of Modified Fe<sub>3</sub>O<sub>4</sub> Magnetic NPs on the Absorption Capacity of CO<sub>2</sub> in Water, Wettability Alteration of Carbonate Rock Surface, and Water–Oil Interfacial Tension for Oilfield Applications

    Mohammad Javad Zandahvifard, Abbas Elhambakhsh, Mohammad Noor Ghasemi, Feridun Esmaeilzadeh, Rafat Parsaei, Peyman Keshavarz, Xiaopo Wang · 2021 · Industrial & Engineering Chemistry Research

    Modified iron oxide nanoparticles coated with polymers enhance carbon dioxide absorption in water and reduce interfacial tension between oil and carbonated water. These improvements increase the effectiveness of carbonated water for enhanced oil recovery in reservoirs. The polymer-coated nanoparticles also improve water-wetting properties on carbonate rock surfaces, making them promising for oilfield applications.

  • Board interlocks, absorptive capacity, and environmental performance

    Jing Lu, Fereshteh Mahmoudian, Dongning Yu, Jamal A. Nazari, Irene M. Herremans · 2021 · Business Strategy and the Environment

    Firms with diverse board interlocks—connections to multiple companies, across industries, and to top performers—achieve better environmental performance. However, this benefit depends on absorptive capacity: companies must invest in research and development to actually use the knowledge gained through these board connections. The study shows that R&D intensity moderates how effectively board interlocks translate into environmental improvements.

  • Reshaping Higher Educational Institutions through Frugal Open Innovation

    Jayamalathi Jayabalan, Magiswary Dorasamy, Murali Raman · 2021 · Journal of Open Innovation Technology Market and Complexity

    Private higher education institutions face financial stress and competitive pressure. This study finds that these institutions can achieve frugal open innovation by leveraging intangible assets like intellectual capital and IT capabilities rather than relying solely on tangible assets. The research identifies five main challenges—structural, operational, financial, social, and technological—and proposes that sales and operating planning can address them, enabling universities to integrate better with industry and communities while improving operational efficiency.

  • From ‘Publish or Perish’ to Societal Impact: Organizational Repurposing Towards Responsible Innovation through Creating a Medical Platform

    Madeleine Rauch, Shahzad Ansari · 2021 · Journal of Management Studies

    An academic research project studying user innovation shifted its core purpose to become Patient Innovation, a nonprofit medical platform providing global access to solutions for rare and chronic diseases. The transformation occurred through moral emotions, serendipitous inspiration, and socially conscious participants who reframed their mission from publishing research to creating societal impact. The authors develop a model showing how organizational purpose can drift spontaneously when actors feel morally motivated to serve collective goals over self-interest.

  • Reconceptualising responsible research and innovation from a Global South perspective

    Kutoma Wakunuma, Fábio de Castro, Tilimbe Jiya, Edurne A. Iñigo, Vincent Blok, Vincent Bryce · 2021 · Journal of Responsible Innovation

    Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) has been developed primarily in wealthy northern countries with little consideration of how it operates in the Global South. This paper examines RRI practices across three countries—the Netherlands, Malawi, and Brazil—and finds that while some activities are comparable, important differences exist in motivations and structures. The authors propose a new theoretical framework that accounts for these regional differences, positioning RRI as a continuum rather than a fixed concept.

  • Financial Technology and Disruptive Innovation in Business

    Muhammad Anshari, Mohammad Nabil Almunawar, Masairol Masri · 2020 · International Journal of Asian Business and Information Management

    Financial technology (FinTech) expands banking services to underserved populations through non-traditional providers, disrupting traditional financial sectors. This study examines Indonesian FinTech companies, analyzing their characteristics through text mining and comparing them against global competitors. The research finds that local FinTech organizations can compete effectively with international players by offering automated, user-friendly, efficient, and transparent financial products.

  • Social innovation, sustainability and the governance of protected areas: revealing theory as it plays out in practice in Costa Rica

    Karina Castro-Arce, Constanza Parra, Frank Vanclay · 2019 · Journal of Environmental Planning and Management

    This paper examines how social innovation drives adaptive governance in Costa Rica's Juan Castro Blanco National Water Park. Local community mobilization sparked social innovation that produced three key outcomes: satisfied stakeholder interests, effective governance arrangements, and community empowerment. The socially-innovative approach to park management improved both environmental sustainability and social-ecological outcomes across multiple levels.

  • Technology in the Age of Innovation: Responsible Innovation as a New Subdomain Within the Philosophy of Technology

    Lucien von Schomberg, Vincent Blok · 2019 · Philosophy & Technology

    This paper examines responsible innovation frameworks through a philosophical lens, arguing that current RI approaches fail to question the technological nature of innovation itself. The authors contend that innovation is presupposed as inherently technological within a techno-economic paradigm, which actually constrains rather than enables responsible steering of innovation outcomes. They conclude that RI frameworks are themselves shaped by the very paradigm they attempt to direct.

  • The potential contribution of disruptive low-carbon innovations to 1.5 °C climate mitigation

    Charlie Wilson, Hazel Pettifor, Emma Cassar, Laurie Kerr, M. Wilson · 2018 · Energy Efficiency

    This paper identifies 99 disruptive low-carbon innovations across mobility, food, buildings, and energy sectors that could reduce emissions and help limit warming to 1.5°C. Examples include car clubs, mobility-as-a-service, prefabricated retrofits, and urban farming. Using expert surveys and UK population scaling analysis, the authors demonstrate that consumer-facing innovations offering alternative value propositions can meaningfully contribute to climate mitigation targets.

  • National Innovation Systems of the South, Innovation and Economic Development Policies: A Multidimensional Approach

    Vanessa Casadella, Dimitri Uzunidis · 2017 · Journal of Innovation Economics & Management

    This paper reexamines the National Innovation System concept for developing countries, arguing that existing literature focuses too narrowly on technology policy without adequately addressing innovation capacity, innovation policy design, and economic development. The authors analyze how innovation policies function in developing nations, their governance structures, and the conditions that enable or hinder economic development within globalized growth contexts.

  • Innovation and its diffusion: process, actors and actions

    Rosa Caiazza, Tiziana Volpe · 2016 · Technology Analysis and Strategic Management

    This paper systematizes research on innovation diffusion by organizing factors into three categories: process, actors, and actions. It identifies phases of how innovations spread between organizations, clarifies the roles of innovators, adopters, and intermediaries, and recommends policy actions to support diffusion. The framework synthesizes two decades of fragmented research into a coherent structure.

  • National innovation systems in developing countries: Barriers to university–industry collaboration in Egypt

    Ahmed Attia · 2015 · International Journal of Technology Management and Sustainable Development

    This study examines Egypt's national innovation system and identifies barriers and drivers to university-industry collaboration. Researchers surveyed 162 companies in industrial areas and free zones around Cairo and Alexandria, testing four hypotheses about what prevents or enables partnerships between universities and businesses. The analysis confirmed all four hypotheses, revealing specific obstacles and facilitators to collaboration in Egypt's innovation ecosystem.

  • Relational capital for shared vision in innovation ecosystems

    Martha G. Russell, Jukka Huhtamäki, Kaisa Still, Neil Rubens, Rahul C. Basole · 2015 · Triple Helix Journal

    This paper examines relationship networks in three metropolitan innovation ecosystems—Austin, Minneapolis, and Paris—using Triple Helix framework and network analysis. The authors measure relational capital through network metrics and visualizations, revealing distinct patterns that structure business activity at startup, growth, and enterprise levels. They demonstrate that data-driven indicators of relational capital can guide network orchestration, inform policy decisions, and build shared vision across spatially defined business ecosystems.

  • The Role of a Local Industry Association as a Catalyst for Building an Innovation Ecosystem: An Experiment in the State of Ceara in Brazil

    Dafna Schwartz, Raphael Bar‐El · 2015 · Innovation

    An industrial association in Brazil's Ceara state successfully catalyzed innovation ecosystem development where government alone failed. The federation of industries' UNIEMPRE program increased actor awareness, shared knowledge, strengthened firm capabilities, built regional innovation capacity, and created sustainable long-term change through five key mechanisms.

  • The role of education and training in absorptive capacity of international technology transfer in the aerospace sector

    Patrick van der Heiden, Christine Pohl, Shuhaimi Mansor, J.L. van Genderen · 2015 · Progress in Aerospace Sciences

    Education and training programs are essential for building absorptive capacity in newly industrialized countries seeking to adopt aerospace technology from abroad. The paper identifies seven key aspects of education and training that policymakers should coordinate to strengthen technology transfer. Tailored training for specific groups and stakeholders enhances a nation's ability to absorb and apply imported aerospace knowledge and technology effectively.

  • On the theory of social innovations: Tarde's neglected contribution to the development of a sociological innovation theory

    Jürgen Howaldt, Ralf Kopp, Michael Schwarz · 2015 · Social Science Open Access Repository (GESIS – Leibniz Institute for the Social Sciences)

    This paper develops a theoretical framework for social innovation by drawing on Gabriel Tarde's social theory, particularly his concepts of invention and imitation. The authors argue that social innovation functions as a specific mechanism of social change and propose that society itself should be understood as a site of innovation. Their work contributes to building an integrated theory of innovation applicable to analyzing and directing social transformation.

  • Professional Learning Communities and the Diffusion of Pedagogical Innovation in the Chinese Education System

    Tanja Sargent · 2014 · Comparative Education Review

    Pedagogical innovations spread unevenly across China's education system following curriculum reforms. This study finds that teacher professional learning communities—where educators frequently interact and observe each other—successfully diffuse innovative teaching ideas despite teachers' doubts about reform viability. External networks connecting designated teacher opinion leaders further accelerate innovation spread through schools.

  • Analyzing the Influence of Diffusion of Innovation Attributes on Lecturers’ Attitude Towards Information and Communication Technologies

    Tšoenyo Julia Ntemana, Wole Michael Olatokun · 2012 · Human Technology

    This study examined how five innovation attributes—relative advantage, complexity, compatibility, trialability, and observability—influence lecturers' attitudes toward using information and communication technologies. Surveying 213 lecturers at the National University of Lesotho, researchers found that relative advantage, complexity, and observability positively shaped ICT adoption attitudes, with observability having the strongest effect. The findings suggest universities should provide training and deploy user-friendly technologies to increase ICT use.

  • Trends in Pancreatic Pathology Practice Before and After Implementation of Endoscopic Ultrasound-Guided Fine-Needle Aspiration: An Example of Disruptive Innovation Effect?

    Isam A. Eltoum, Evans A. Alston, Janie Roberson · 2012 · Archives of Pathology & Laboratory Medicine

    This paper is about medical pathology practice, not rural innovation. It examines how endoscopic ultrasound-guided fine-needle aspiration changed pancreatic disease diagnosis in a hospital laboratory over 20 years, showing the technique improved diagnostic accuracy and reduced the need for tissue biopsies. The work has no connection to rural innovation, agricultural technology, or rural development.

  • Responsible research and innovation in information systems

    Bernd Carsten Stahl · 2012 · European Journal of Information Systems

    This paper examines responsible research and innovation within information systems, arguing that the field's diverse approaches require careful consideration of ethical and social dimensions in how IS research and innovation are conducted and applied. The work addresses the need for IS scholars to engage with responsibility frameworks that go beyond technical solutions.

  • Using renewable energy for rural connectivity and distance education in Latin America

    C. Hanley, M. P. Ross, Robert W. Foster, Luis Estrada, Gabriela Cisneros, C. Rovero, Lourdes Camarena Ojinaga, André R. Verani · 2003

    Renewable energy technologies, particularly photovoltaic systems, enable rural connectivity and distance education services across Latin America, especially in isolated communities without grid electricity. Sandia National Laboratories and partners support this expansion through capacity building and technology development, focusing on Mexico and Central America with funding from USAID and the US Department of Energy.

  • Training Rural Educators in Kentucky through Distance Learning: Impact with Follow-up Data

    Jennifer Grisham-Brown, Belva C. Collins · 2002 · Rural Special Education Quarterly

    The TREK-DL project delivered distance education courses in special education to rural Kentucky graduate students since 1989. Surveys showed students were satisfied with course content and delivery formats, though technology issues occurred. Graduates implemented best practices for children with disabilities in their work and shared these practices with colleagues, creating systemic changes at their employment sites.

  • Spatial embeddedness in indigenous rural entrepreneurship: a systematic literature review

    Mauro Vivaldini, Victor Silva Corrêa · 2025 · Journal of Enterprising Communities People and Places in the Global Economy

    Indigenous entrepreneurs succeed by building strong internal ties within their close social networks while simultaneously creating external connections across different networks. The paper reviews 14 years of research and finds that spatial embeddedness—how location shapes entrepreneurial networks—remains largely unexplored in indigenous entrepreneurship literature. The authors argue that understanding entrepreneurs as spatially embedded agents offers new insights for indigenous rural business development.

  • Widening the Digital Divide: The mediating role of Intelligent Tutoring Systems in the relationship between rurality, socioeducational advantage, and mathematics learning outcomes

    Brody Hannan, Rebecca Eynon · 2025 · Computers & Education

    An analysis of 66,451 Australian high school students shows that intelligent tutoring systems in mathematics amplify rather than reduce educational inequality. Students from affluent urban schools use the platform more extensively and achieve better outcomes, while rural and disadvantaged students benefit less. The technology mediates existing disparities, creating a Matthew Effect where privileged students gain disproportionate advantages, widening rather than narrowing achievement gaps.

  • Trigeneration based on the pyrolysis of rural waste in India: Environmental impact, economic feasibility and business model innovation

    Simon Ascher, Jillian Gordon, Ivano Bongiovanni, Ian Watson, Kristinn Hermannsson, Steven A. Gillespie, Supravat Sarangi, Bauyrzhan Biakhmetov, Preeti Chaturvedi Bhargava, Thallada Bhaskar, Bhavya B. Krishna, Ashok Pandey, Siming You · 2024 · The Science of The Total Environment

    This study evaluates trigeneration systems powered by rural waste pyrolysis in India, combining environmental and economic analysis with business model innovation. Researchers surveyed villagers to understand actual feedstock prices, then used cost-benefit analysis and life cycle assessment to design two novel business models. The proposed models achieve up to 90% economic profitability with benefit-cost ratios of 1.35–1.75, offering viable pathways for rural bioenergy production in developing countries.

  • Responding to domestic and family violence in resource-constrained contexts: a case study on rural policing innovations in Melanesia

    Danielle Watson, Sara N. Amin, Amanda L. Robinson · 2024 · Policing An International Journal

    Police in four Melanesian countries innovate to address domestic and family violence in resource-constrained rural areas. The study finds that effective responses require stronger partnerships across sectors, increased police presence, and integration of indigenous strategies. Current efforts struggle with limited resources, low prioritization, and cultural barriers to gender reform.

  • Broadband and rural development: Impacts of the U.S. Department of Agriculture Broadband Initiatives Program on saving and creating jobs

    Anil Rupasingha, John Pender, Ryan Williams · 2024 · Economic Inquiry

    The USDA's Broadband Initiatives Program reduced employment losses in rural areas compared to non-program regions, with stronger effects in metropolitan counties and service sectors. Businesses in program areas showed better survival rates than those outside the program, though impacts varied by location, business type, and industry.

  • How does the development of rural broadband in China affect agricultural total factor productivity? Evidence from agriculture-related loans

    Ying Li · 2024 · Frontiers in Sustainable Food Systems

    Rural broadband development in China significantly increases agricultural total factor productivity, primarily by expanding access to farm-related loans. The productivity gains concentrate in central regions and areas with higher rural incomes. The effect only materializes once broadband infrastructure reaches a critical threshold, suggesting that digital transformation requires sufficient infrastructure investment before financial benefits emerge.

  • The Obstacles of Women Entrepreneurship on Empowerment in Rural Communities KwaZulu Natal, South Africa

    Kansilembo Aliamutu, Msizi Mkhize · 2024 · Indonesian Journal of Innovation and Applied Sciences (IJIAS)

    Women entrepreneurs in rural KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa face three main barriers to business expansion: limited access to finance, lack of formal education, and inadequate infrastructure. The study surveyed 250 female business owners and found these obstacles are surmountable through targeted interventions including alternative financing mechanisms, focused training programs, and infrastructure development. Removing these barriers could empower women entrepreneurs and reduce rural poverty.

  • The spatial interplay between productive and destructive entrepreneurship: do institutions meet expectations in rural areas?

    David Urbano, Sebastián Aparicio, Juan Carlos Muñoz, Diego Martinez-Moya · 2024 · Entrepreneurship and Regional Development

    In rural Colombia, destructive entrepreneurship (coca cultivation) and productive entrepreneurship (coffee cultivation) directly displace each other. Despite the presence of coffee-supportive institutions like extensionists, these institutions fail to prevent destructive entrepreneurship from crowding out productive activities. The study reveals that institutional support alone is insufficient to control this substitution effect in weak institutional environments.

  • Defence innovation ecosystems and rural economic development: pathways to sustainable growth and military adaptation

    Jānis Kondrāts, Jeļena Pundure, Inga Jēkabsone · 2025 · Research for Rural Development/Research for Rural Development (Online)

    Latvia is integrating rural regions into its defence innovation ecosystem to strengthen military capabilities and economic development. The study finds that while government investment and policy frameworks exist—including test sites in Latgale and dual-use technology grants—rural participation remains limited by infrastructure gaps, weak SME involvement, and unequal funding distribution. The authors recommend targeted policies to boost rural innovation capacity while aligning with NATO and EU standards.

  • EMPOWERING INDIGENOUS COMMUNITIES THROUGH SOCIAL INNOVATION: A CASE STUDY OF ECOTOURISM HOMESTAYS IN SABAH

    ANG KEAN HUA, SABRI SULAIMAN, NORITA JUBIT · 2025 · Quantum Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities

    Ecotourism homestays in Sabah represent Indigenous-led social innovation that empowers communities by redistributing ownership, knowledge systems, and decision-making power. Community-driven co-creation processes strengthen social networks, local leadership, and livelihoods across governance, economic, cultural, and environmental domains. However, the study warns that ecotourism alone cannot sustain empowerment without equitable governance, ethical frameworks, and recognition of Indigenous sovereignty. Only fully community-led models meaningfully redistribute benefits; external dominance risks reproducing inequality.

  • Innovation in Community-Based Participatory Research (CBPR) Education: A Summer Institute on Indigenous and Critical Methodologies

    Victoria Sánchez, Nina Wallerstein, Christina Alaniz, Lorenda Belone, Elizabeth Dickson, Tassy Parker, Shannon Sanchez‐Youngman · 2025 · Pedagogy in Health Promotion

    The University of New Mexico developed a summer institute teaching community-based participatory research (CBPR) using indigenous and critical methodologies grounded in Freirean pedagogy. The curriculum organizes CBPR around four domains: context, partnering processes, intervention/research, and outcomes. Since 2010, over 620 participants including students, faculty, community members, and practitioners completed the institute, gaining practical skills to apply CBPR principles in academic and community settings.

  • REVITALIZING EDUCATION FOR SUSTAINABILITY: EXPLORING SOCIAL INNOVATION AND INDIGENOUS KNOWLEDGE IN MODERN PEDAGOGY

    Sudeep Sahoo, Sima Maity, Surajit Roy · 2025 · ˜The œSocial Science Review a Multidisciplinary Journal.

    This paper argues that education systems should integrate indigenous knowledge and social innovation to prepare learners for sustainability challenges. The authors demonstrate how indigenous wisdom can be incorporated into modern pedagogy to catalyze sustainable development solutions. They call for reconstructing conventional educational delivery models to embrace community cultural values and environmental sustainability alongside academic achievement.

  • Integrating Gender and Indigenous Knowledge in Sub-Saharan African Animal Agriculture: Pathways to Climate Resilience and Food Security

    Never Assan · 2025 · International Journal of Research and Innovation in Social Science

    Climate change in Sub-Saharan African animal agriculture worsens gender disparities and erodes indigenous knowledge systems. A systematic review finds that empowering women and integrating indigenous knowledge systems significantly strengthen communities' ability to adapt to climate impacts and achieve food security. Policymakers should adopt gender-responsive strategies that incorporate indigenous knowledge.

  • Bridging knowledge systems synergies gaps and drivers of Indigenous and scientific knowledge integration for sustainable agriculture in Ethiopia

    Senait Kehali Tesfaye, Sinkie Alemu Kebede, Getasew Daru Tariku, Abebaw Abebe Getahun, Tarekegn Derbib Biza, Birhanu Gebeyehu Abebaw · 2025 · Discover Sustainability

    Ethiopian farmers rarely integrate indigenous knowledge with scientific agriculture, despite potential benefits. The study of 197 farmers found that social networks, belief in indigenous knowledge, contact with agricultural extension agents, and religious participation all strengthen integration. Formal education actually discourages it by emphasizing only modern science. The researchers recommend revitalizing extension services and creating community platforms that combine both knowledge systems into agricultural policy.

  • Predicting microfinance inclusion and survival of microenterprises in rural Uganda: testing the mediating role of ethical financial behavior of poor young women owners

    George Okello Candiya Bongomin, Frederick Semukono, Joseph Baleke Yiga Lubega, Rebecca Balinda · 2025 · International Journal of Ethics and Systems

    Ethical financial behavior fully mediates the relationship between microfinance access and survival of poor young women's microenterprises in rural Uganda. The study finds that microfinance inclusion and ethical financial behavior together explain 62% of enterprise survival variation. Financial education and business mentorship programs can improve loan repayment discipline and access to future credit among rural women entrepreneurs.

  • Assessing Digital Financial Literacy and Its adoption in Microfinance Services Among Rural Women

    Sayali S Nene, Sachin V Acharekar · 2025 · Cureus Journal of Business and Economics.

    Rural women possess moderate digital financial literacy but show surprisingly low adoption of digital microfinance platforms despite knowing about them. Trust, confidence, and security concerns—not lack of knowledge—drive this gap. The study recommends confidence-building measures and digital training programs to increase rural women's use of digital financial services and microfinance transactions.

  • Implementation of Islamic Microfinance through Marketing Strategy for Financing Rural Communities in Cirebon Region

    Toto Sukarnoto, Heru Cahyono, Agus Karjuni, Mohamad Anwar, Majdy Kasheem · 2025 · Ecopreneur Jurnal Program Studi Ekonomi Syariah

    Islamic microfinance institutions in Indonesia's Cirebon region successfully serve rural communities through targeted marketing strategies. The study finds that sharia-based microfinance improves access to capital for female entrepreneurs, increases business sales, and reduces poverty and unemployment. The approach emphasizes justice and social welfare while facing challenges including limited capital, low financial literacy, and regulatory gaps.

  • Microfinance as a Catalyst for Poverty Reduction: Assessing Credit Access, Entrepreneurship, and Income Resilience in Marginalized Rural Economies

    Muhammad Mujahid Iqbal, Manzoor Ahmed, Fayaz Hassan Khoso, Hesan Zahid · 2025 · Review Journal of Social Psychology & Social Works

    Microfinance institutions provide crucial financial access to low-income rural households in marginalized areas. This study of 400 microfinance participants in southern Punjab, Pakistan shows that credit access directly improves entrepreneurial performance and financial stability. The effect strengthens significantly when combined with financial skills training and social network support. Microfinance enables business creation, income resilience, and poverty reduction at scale, with policy recommendations for sustaining long-term program benefits.

  • Synergistic Development of Digital Inclusive Finance and Rural E-Commerce—Research on Mechanisms, Challenges and Optimization Paths

    晨 王 · 2025 · E-Commerce Letters

    Digital inclusive finance and rural e-commerce reinforce each other in China's rural development. Digital finance expands service reach, cuts costs, and strengthens risk management for rural e-commerce, while e-commerce provides financial institutions with customer bases and risk data. The paper identifies barriers including insufficient financial supply, technology gaps, weak logistics, and regional imbalances. Solutions include strengthening financial systems, improving technology infrastructure, enhancing rural logistics, building rural brands, and fostering multi-stakeholder collaboration.

  • An Empirical Test of the Impact of Sci-Tech Finance Development on Rural Industrial Convergence

    Guosong Wu, Yuanyuan Wang, Sheng Yao · 2025 · SAGE Open

    Science and technology finance significantly boosts rural industrial integration in China, with stronger long-term effects than short-term impacts. However, its contribution to industrial convergence remains modest, indicating substantial room for improvement. The study recommends expanding science and technology finance supply, increasing rural demand-side adoption, strengthening infrastructure platforms, and improving policy support mechanisms.

  • Research on the Mechanism and Development Path of Green Finance Enabling Rural Revitalization under the Goal of "Double Carbon"

    Siyu Yin, Jinqian Zhai, Mengru Li, Tingting Fu · 2025 · Frontiers in Science and Engineering

    Green finance, particularly carbon finance instruments, can drive rural revitalization by promoting industrial development, improving rural governance, and creating sustainable environments. The paper identifies barriers in current green financial markets and proposes developing carbon financial derivatives linked to forest projects as a mechanism to achieve rural revitalization goals while meeting carbon reduction targets.

  • Financing Climate Resilience: NABARD’s Role in Sustainable Rural Development in India

    Sudharson CHHETRI · 2025 · International Journal For Multidisciplinary Research

    NABARD, India's agricultural development bank and Green Climate Fund implementing entity, mobilizes climate finance to strengthen rural resilience. The paper examines NABARD's funding mechanisms and projects addressing climate adaptation and mitigation in Indian agriculture, which faces threats from monsoon dependence, low irrigation, fragmented farms, and weak infrastructure. These initiatives support sustainable rural development and environmental sustainability.

  • Rural Broadband Architecture For Efficient Service Delivery

    Sandeep Agrawal, Abhishek Thakur, A. Paventhan, Shruthi Koratagere Anantha Kumar, Kanwar Pal Singh, Phalguni Mathur · 2024

    Rural broadband connectivity transforms lives in developing countries by enabling education, healthcare, agriculture, banking, and disaster preparedness. Existing siloed architectures have failed to bridge the digital divide. This paper proposes a novel broadband service delivery architecture that leverages existing infrastructure, supports multiple technologies, includes a common service layer, and deploys a lightweight rural digital marketplace. The platform targets widespread ICT adoption across rural populations while respecting economic and social diversity.

  • Mobile Health and Chronic Care: Using GIScience to Assess Health Care Accessibility among Broadband Subscribers in Nebraska’s Micropolitan and Rural Areas

    Paul Burger, Justin L. Vrooman, Angela Hollman, H. Jason Combs · 2024 · Papers in Applied Geography

    This study uses geographic information systems to analyze how broadband internet access affects rural and micropolitan residents' ability to reach healthcare providers for chronic conditions. Researchers compared travel times to medical facilities for broadband customers in Nebraska, revealing differences between rural and micropolitan areas. The findings show how internet speed variations influence who can actually use mobile health services, demonstrating GIScience's practical value for addressing rural healthcare access problems.

  • High speed broadband and the employment quality of rural migrant workers in China

    Qing Wang, Yingjun Wu, Yilin Zhang · 2024 · Economic and Political Studies

    High-speed broadband expansion in China improved employment quality for rural migrant workers by increasing wages, reducing overtime, and boosting job stability. The effect operated primarily through enabling remote work flexibility. Younger, female, and more educated workers experienced larger gains. The policy shift toward faster internet and lower rates around 2015 drove measurable improvements in working conditions across multiple dimensions.

  • Planning for Rural Broadband

    Billie Ventimiglia, Dennis J. Smith, Marcia A. Mardis · 2024 · Journal of Information Policy

    Rural broadband expansion programs receive insufficient uptake because communities lack awareness and planning capacity. This study examines university-community partnerships in two Florida counties that successfully facilitated broadband planning discussions. The researchers identify how local partnerships mobilized community resources and planning practices, then recommend strategies for replicating community-based broadband planning approaches in other rural areas.

  • Innovations of Rural Areas as a Necessity of Green Economy and Sustainable Development

    Katica Radosavljević, Simona Roxana Pătărlăgeanu, Branko Mihailović, Mirela Mitrašević · 2024 · Proceedings of the ... International Conference on Business Excellence

    Rural innovation in Serbia requires applying green economy principles to increase agricultural competitiveness and ensure sustainable development. The paper examines plum production as a case study, revealing unstable market placement and declining rural populations. Serbia's EU accession demands alignment with environmental standards. Success depends on state support, institutional frameworks, farmer training, advisory services, and promotion of innovation through shorter marketing channels and knowledge exchange.

  • Innovation as a factor in successful rural development

    Svetlana Golovina, Ekaterina Abilova, С. А. Головихин, Alfiya Kuznetsova · 2024 · BIO Web of Conferences

    Agricultural development in rural areas requires technological, social, and organizational innovations to ensure food security and deliver essential services. The study identifies digital innovation, climate adaptation, and community engagement as critical for rural prosperity amid geopolitical and environmental challenges. All three innovation types—technological, social, and organizational—prove essential for sustainable rural development and local management.

  • Local Economic Resilience: A Qualitative Study of Development Innovation in Rural Areas

    Imran Tajuddin, Hastuti Mulang · 2024 · Golden Ratio of Social Science and Education

    This qualitative study examines how rural areas build economic resilience through development innovation. The research shows that rural communities strengthen their economies by adopting sustainable practices, leveraging digital technologies, and fostering community-based innovation. Local adaptation strategies and government support play key roles in helping rural areas respond to global economic trends and create new opportunities for business growth.

  • The Role of Islamic Values in Sustainable Development Innovation to Support the SDGs in Rural Communities

    Adam Hafidz Al Fajar, Hidayatus Sholichah, Mudfainna Mudfainna, Rizka Anisa Rahma, Izza Agitsna · 2024 · Jurnal Paradigma

    Islamic principles, particularly Maqasid Syariah, offer a framework for sustainable development in rural communities that addresses poverty, inequality, and climate action. The study finds that Islamic values like social justice and environmental stewardship, combined with mechanisms such as zakat and waqf, can advance the Sustainable Development Goals. Integrating these religious values into development policy creates more inclusive and equitable rural development outcomes.

  • “Does Digital Education Bridge the Urban-Rural Divide in STEM Education in China? Analyzing Accessibility, Engagement, and Outcomes”

    Jiayi Shi · 2024 · Interdisciplinary Humanities and Communication Studies

    Digital education platforms have expanded STEM access in rural China, but significant gaps persist. Rural students face obstacles including undertrained teachers, limited resources, and weak community support despite improved infrastructure. The paper argues that targeted interventions—better teacher training, stronger parental engagement, and customized programs—are essential to close the urban-rural education divide and improve both immediate learning outcomes and long-term educational aspirations.

  • Analysing the Digital Divide Factors: Evidence of a Rural-urban Comparison from an Indian District

    Adrija Chaudhuri · 2024 · Journal of Scientific Research and Reports

    This study identifies factors causing digital inequality between rural and urban areas in Alipurduar district, India. Network connectivity, English language deficiency, and gender emerged as the strongest barriers to technology access. Rural areas, particularly in hilly and forested regions, face significantly greater digital divides than urban centers. The research recommends improving network infrastructure, building digital literacy skills, and promoting English language education to reduce rural-urban and gender gaps in technology access.

  • The Fourth Industrial Revolution: Overcoming Digital Divides in Zimbabwean Rural Learning Ecologies

    Nowell Chidakwa, Fumane Portia Khanare · 2024 · Futurity Education

    This study examines how Fourth Industrial Revolution technologies can reduce digital divides and improve educational access in rural Zimbabwe. The research finds that while 4IR methods like e-learning offer benefits including better information access, distance learning, and personalized instruction, rural students face technical, practical, and psychological barriers that harm academic performance. The authors recommend infrastructure investment, teacher training, curriculum changes, and public-private partnerships to help rural areas leverage 4IR technologies effectively.

  • Analysis of China's Policy on Bridging Urban-rural Digital Divide Based on the Mixed-Scanning Model

    Chulan Zhang · 2024 · Journal of Education Humanities and Social Sciences

    China's policies addressing the urban-rural digital divide show gaps in coverage and effectiveness. Using the Mixed-Scanning model, this analysis identifies that STEM education and rural internet training can bridge educational divides, while farmers need support finding digital roles in the big data economy. The government must address technical barriers and gender gaps through combined governance involving government, market, and citizens. AI technology offers promise for closing the cognitive divide.

  • Bridging The Digital Divide: A Comprehensive Analysis Of ICT Infrastructure In Rural Schools Of Jharkhand, India

    Namita Singh, S. B. Singh, Birendra Goswami, Sanjay Kumar, Bhavesh Kumar · 2024

    Rural schools in Jharkhand, India lack adequate ICT infrastructure and resources. The study surveyed schools across the region using surveys, interviews, and observations, finding significant gaps in technology access and use. These deficiencies prevent effective digital learning in elementary education. The authors recommend targeted interventions to bridge the digital divide and provide practical policy recommendations for improving ICT adoption in rural schools.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide: The XGain Knowledge Facilitation Tool for Rural Connectivity

    August Betzler, Anargyros J. Roumeliotis, Adrián Pino, Panayiotis Klitou, Vasilis Kotsikoris, Anna Pouliou, Damianos Michailidis, Ioannis Neokosmidis, Theodoros Rokkas, Hatem Chouchane, Annabel Oosterwijk, Evangelos Kosmatos, Pau Pamplona, Pamela Bartar, Gorazd Weiss · 2024

    The XGain Knowledge Facilitation Tool helps rural communities bridge the digital divide by providing decision-making support for digital infrastructure deployment. The tool integrates socio-environmental and techno-economic assessments with business model proposals, enabling rural stakeholders to make informed choices about telecommunications technologies. This approach addresses rural connectivity challenges and promotes resilience and competitiveness in digital transformation.

  • Innovation of Cultural Education Mode in Agricultural Higher Vocational Schools from the Perspective of Rural Revitalization

    Yingchao Ge · 2024 · Transactions on Social Science Education and Humanities Research

    Agricultural higher vocational schools in China should redesign cultural education to support rural revitalization. The paper proposes a new model combining local characteristics, agricultural culture, industrial culture, and social culture. This approach improves students' cultural literacy and vocational skills while strengthening talent pipelines for rural development and agricultural advancement.

  • Innovation in addressing depression and anxiety symptoms in rural Honduran communities: a cross-sectional pilot study

    Richard Brito, Carlos Ortíz, Michelle Flohr Rozanski, Michelle Martinez, Zoë Rushetsky, A. Arana, Joyce Pineda Ordoñez, Charles Fleischer, Parker North, Fatimah Sherbeny · 2024 · Innovare Revista de ciencia y tecnología

    This pilot study applied validated depression and anxiety assessment tools for the first time in rural Honduras, surveying 21 residents of Ojojona. Nearly half the participants showed depression (47.7%) and anxiety (47.6%), with 29% experiencing both conditions. The findings reveal high mental health disorder prevalence in rural Honduras and highlight the need for improved healthcare access and research capacity in these communities.

  • Place-Based Collaborative Action as a Means of Delivering Goods and Services in Rural Areas of Developed Economies

    Bill Slee, Jonathan Hopkins · 2024 · World

    Rural communities in developed economies deliver goods and services through household, community, and third-sector provision alongside market and state actors. The paper identifies three types of place-based collaborative action, driven by different motivations. Using Scotland as a case study, it demonstrates that community-led initiatives in land management, renewable energy, and social care can succeed when supported by effective public policy, challenging assumptions that such efforts cannot overcome class-based constraints.

  • Enhancing Energy Access in Rural Indonesia: A Holistic Assessment of a 1 kW Portable Power Generator Based on Proton-Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells (PEMFCs)

    Handrea Bernando Tambunan, Reynolds Widhiyanurrochmansyach, Sabastian Pranindityo, Jayan Sentanuhady · 2024 · Designs

    Researchers designed a portable 1 kW hydrogen fuel cell system for rural Indonesian households. The device uses proton-exchange membrane fuel cell technology to convert hydrogen into electricity, producing only water vapor as emissions. The final design achieved 1132 W peak power with 48.66% efficiency and includes selected auxiliary components like converters and inverters, offering a clean, sustainable power solution for off-grid rural areas.

  • Transforming Energy Access: The Role of Micro Solar Dome in Providing Clean Energy Lighting in Rural India

    R Karthik, Ramya Ranjan Behera, Uday Shankar, Priyadarshi Patnaik, Rudra P. Pradhan · 2024 · Nature Environment and Pollution Technology

    Micro Solar Dome technology deployed across eight Indian states provides clean lighting to marginalized rural communities, replacing kerosene use. The intervention improved household illumination, safety, children's study time, and evening economic activities. Education and awareness programs significantly influenced adoption rates. Small-scale solar off-grid solutions effectively enhance well-being and empower disadvantaged communities in rural areas.

  • Inclusion of Namibian rural communities in green energy access and use: Requirements elicitation or community-based-co-design?

    Chris Muashekele, Kasper Rodil, Heike Winschiers‐Theophilus, Alphons Kahuhu Koruhama · 2024 · Development Southern Africa

    This paper compares two approaches—requirements elicitation and community-based co-design—for advancing green energy access in an off-grid rural Namibian community. The authors find that both methods have limitations and argue for a more elevated, provocative approach that enables innovative and unorthodox energy solutions tailored to rural African contexts, moving beyond standard energy access projects.

  • An Investigation of Renewable Energy Solutions for Off-Grid Sustainable Housing in Rural Nigeria

    Hyginus Unegbu, Danjuma Saleh Yawas, Bashar Dan-asabe, A. A. Alabi · 2024 · Journal of Sustainable Construction

    Solar photovoltaic systems are the most widely adopted renewable energy technology in rural Nigerian off-grid housing, significantly improving health, economic activity, and education. Income, education level, and awareness strongly predict adoption, with awareness mediating the relationship between socioeconomic factors and technology uptake. The study recommends comprehensive policies, community engagement, capacity building, and financial support to scale renewable energy adoption and maximize its benefits.

  • Feasibility Study on an Off-Grid Solar-Hydro Hybrid System for Rural Electrification in Ranau Sabah Malaysia using HOMER

    Megat Muhammad, Mohamad Zul Hilmey Makmud, Aedah Abd Rahman, Hafizal Mohamad, Tuan A. Z. Rahman · 2024

    This study evaluates the technical and economic feasibility of an off-grid solar-hydro hybrid microgrid system for rural electrification in Ranau, Sabah, Malaysia. Using HOMER Pro software, researchers assessed site conditions, load requirements, and system design incorporating solar panels, hydropower, batteries, and inverters. The analysis demonstrates that a self-sustaining hybrid system can reliably meet community energy needs in remote areas with limited grid access.

  • Hybrid power system options for off-grid rural electrification in northwestern region of Nigeria

    Boluwaji Moses Olomiyesan, O.D. Oyedum · 2024 · Academia green energy.

    This study evaluates off-grid hybrid power systems for rural electrification in northwestern Nigeria. Researchers modeled and compared solar-wind-diesel hybrid systems and standalone diesel generators for two locations using optimization software. Results show that a PV-wind-diesel hybrid system meets electricity demand most cost-effectively, with lower energy costs than Nigeria's grid tariff. The authors recommend adopting this hybrid approach to support rural education, healthcare, and economic development.

  • IoT-Based Smart Management of Off-Grid Photovoltaic Systems in Rural and Remote Settings

    Ishimwe Viviane, Mirco Mongilli, Eraste Rukundo, Guido Matrella, Paolo Ciampolini · 2024

    This paper presents an IoT-based system for managing off-grid solar photovoltaic installations in rural and remote areas. The system enables remote monitoring and control of solar systems to prevent faults and improve energy efficiency. Researchers designed and tested a proof-of-concept demonstration system with both field-distributed and cloud-based components, developed through a European capacity-building project involving four Rwandan universities.

  • Willingness to pay for solar off-grid lighting in rural India

    Pleasa Serin Abraham, Haripriya Gundimeda, Jayendran Venkateshwaran, Chetan Singh Solanki · 2024 · Asian Development Policy Review

    Rural Indian households increase their willingness to pay for solar off-grid lighting products after using solar study lamps. The study surveyed 663 households and found that exposure to solar technology boosts confidence and adoption intent. Key factors driving willingness to pay include current kerosene spending, electricity reliability, household assets, awareness of kerosene health risks, and solar product specifications.

  • Indigenous Innovators: Creating Collaborative Student-Engineer Innovation Teams between Tribal Colleges and Research Institutions

    Nicholas Bittner, Rebecca Kennedy, Elizabeth Parton · 2024

    A tribal college and research university in North Dakota collaborated on a biomedical engineering project to design a running prosthetic limb. The tribal college provided advanced manufacturing capabilities and indigenous problem-solving approaches, while the university contributed innovation-based learning and computational resources. The partnership successfully combined indigenous ways of knowing with modern engineering tools, demonstrating how cross-institutional collaboration between tribal and research institutions strengthens student innovation teams and produces practical solutions.

  • Indigenous Language Revitalization and Preservation in Canada: Strategies and Innovations

    Wei Jia · 2024 · International Journal of Languages Literature and Linguistics

    Indigenous languages in Canada face endangerment due to historical assimilation policies and residential schools. This paper examines current revitalization initiatives, government programs, and legislation supporting Indigenous language preservation. The author argues that new strategies using digital technologies and internet platforms can make language revitalization resources more accessible and effective across Canada.

  • Enterprises’ response strategies towards a mission-oriented innovation initiative – a reflection on China’s indigenous innovation

    Xielin Liu, Peipei Yang, Si Zhang · 2024 · Asian Journal of Technology Innovation

    Chinese enterprises adopt distinct response strategies to government-led mission-oriented innovation initiatives. The study examines how firms engage with indigenous innovation policies, revealing differentiated approaches based on firm characteristics and sectoral contexts. Enterprises balance compliance with policy objectives against competitive pressures, demonstrating varied levels of commitment to state-directed innovation goals.

  • Pedagogical Innovations in Community-Based Inclusive Education: Integrating Intergenerational Learning in the Context of the Sociology of Indigenous Communities

    Hikmat · 2024 · International Journal of Religion

    This systematic literature review examines how intergenerational learning within community-based inclusive education strengthens social and cultural relationships in indigenous communities. The findings show that integrating traditional knowledge with pedagogical innovations improves educational quality, bridges educational gaps, and increases community participation. The approach addresses social inclusion challenges while preserving cultural heritage and traditional values in indigenous societies.

  • INNOVATION IN INDIGENOUS TOURISM: LESSONS FROM EN OORU TRIBAL HERITAGE VILLAGE, WAYANAD, KERALA

    Vipin Chandran K P, V Vimal · 2024 · International Journal of Research -GRANTHAALAYAH

    The En Ooru tribal heritage village in Kerala demonstrates how indigenous tourism preserves tribal culture while generating economic benefits. The project successfully combines preserved indigenous architecture, customs, and traditions with visitor attractions, drawing significant tourism revenue to the local economy. Government collaboration between Kerala's Tourism and Scheduled Tribe Development departments proved essential to the project's success, showing that institutional partnerships effectively support both cultural preservation and tribal community development.

  • Harnessing the Experience of Research and Indigenous Knowledge for Sustainable Agricultural Transformation in Arunachal Pradesh, India

    B. Srishailam, Utso Bhattacharyya, A. Kirankumar Singh, Amit Kumar, Vikas Vikas · 2024 · Journal of Scientific Research and Reports

    Indigenous farming practices in Arunachal Pradesh, India—including botanical extracts, organic materials, and Vetiver grass barriers—effectively manage soil nutrients and prevent erosion while reducing artificial input costs. Integrating these traditional knowledge systems with modern agricultural research, supported by India's plant protection laws, improves farmer livelihoods, environmental health, and cultural preservation. This model offers a sustainable agricultural transformation pathway for the region and beyond.

  • An investigation of Agriculture Knowledge Sharing through Indigenous Communication Systems: Insights from Ethnic Communities

    Bidyut P. Gogoi, M. N. Ansari, Birendra Kumar, Yasa Sirilakshmi, T Ashwini, Dipankar Saikia · 2024 · Asian Journal of Agricultural Extension Economics & Sociology

    Indigenous communication systems—including folk songs, rituals, proverbs, and riddles—effectively transmit agricultural knowledge among four ethnic communities in Assam, India. These traditional methods preserve seasonal farming practices and ecological wisdom better than modern communication alone. Integrating indigenous practices with modern extension systems strengthens rural agricultural communication and supports sustainable livelihoods.

  • The Impact of Microfinance on Poverty Alleviation in Rural Communities

    Blessings Kerry · 2024 · International Journal of Developing Country Studies

    Microfinance in rural communities generates positive economic impacts by funding income-generating activities, raising household incomes, and empowering marginalized groups, particularly women. Group lending models build trust and cooperation among borrowers. However, microfinance alone cannot address structural barriers like poor infrastructure, education, and healthcare. Sustainable poverty alleviation requires integrating microfinance with broader rural development strategies, stronger regulation, and multi-stakeholder collaboration.

  • The Impact of Microfinance on Rural Women's Lives and Local Development

    SURAJ SHRESTHA · 2024 · INTERANTIONAL JOURNAL OF SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH IN ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT

    Microfinance in India enables rural women to overcome financial barriers and pursue self-employment through Self-Help Groups, which build entrepreneurial skills and community solidarity. The programs improve household economic stability, health outcomes, and women's decision-making power while stimulating local economic growth and raising living standards. Tailored microfinance with ethical practices drives sustainable rural development and women's empowerment.

  • Impact of Microfinance on Rural Development through Joint Liability Groups

    Krishna M.B, P Balasubramanian · 2024 · International Journal of Religion

    Microfinance through Joint Liability Groups significantly drives rural development in Kerala, India. The study surveyed 385 beneficiaries and found that microfinance explains 99.6% of rural development outcomes. Five factors—social development, economic development, financial development, employment generation, and financial inclusion—mediate this impact. Microfinance breaks down barriers to formal finance, enabling economic empowerment for excluded populations.

  • Self-Employed Versus Paid-Employed: What are the Different Preferences for Microfinance? Experimental Evidence From Rural China

    Zhao Ding, Xinyi Fan, Jing‐ye Zhang · 2024 · SAGE Open

    Self-employed rural Chinese households show different preferences for microfinance than paid employees. Non-agricultural self-employment increases comfort with microfinance products, while agricultural self-employment decreases it. The study uses experimental choice data and advanced statistical modeling to reveal that employment type shapes how rural people evaluate microfinance attributes, suggesting microfinance design should account for these distinct preference patterns.

  • Impact of microfinance on entrepreneurship development and business growth of rural women entrepreneurs in Uttar Pradesh

    Adil Raees, Varun Kumar · 2024 · International Journal of Research in Finance and Management

    Microfinance programs in Uttar Pradesh significantly enable rural women to start and grow businesses, providing access to financial resources and fostering entrepreneurial aspirations. The study combined surveys and interviews with women entrepreneurs to show that tailored microfinance interventions—including financial literacy, skill development, and market linkages—drive socio-economic empowerment and sustainable development in rural communities.

  • Enhancing SME Performance Through Microfinance: Insights from Rural Nepal

    Bharat Singh Thapa, Neema Pandey, Durga Datt Pathak · 2024 · Nepalese Journal of Insurance and Social Security

    Microfinance services significantly improve small and medium enterprise performance in rural Nepal. A study of 385 microfinance clients in Rupandehi district found that microloans, savings services, and skill training directly increased SME profitability, sales growth, and employment creation. Integrated microfinance programs, particularly savings and training components, strengthen business sustainability and financial stability.

  • Rural Financial Landscape in Bangladesh: Who is More Convenient for Rural Enterprises—Banks or Microfinance Institutions?

    Azim Uddin Mahmud, Antoni F. Tulla i Pujol · 2024 · Asia-Pacific Journal of Rural Development

    Rural enterprises in Bangladesh rely more on microfinance institutions than banks for credit and savings, despite preferring banks. MFIs reach remote areas more effectively through accessible lending methods, but face funding constraints. Banks remain distant and their officials' attitudes create barriers to rural access. Both institutions offer poorly designed products that fail to serve diverse rural needs adequately.

  • Transforming Rural Economies: The Socioeconomic Impact of Microfinance in Kailali District, Nepal

    Dharma Dev Bhatta · 2024 · Journal of Durgalaxmi

    Microfinance in Nepal's Kailali district improves rural incomes, asset ownership, food security, and children's education, according to a survey of 150 beneficiaries and interviews with participants. However, impacts vary by loan type, location, and occupation. Some borrowers face over-indebtedness and repayment difficulties. The results inform microfinance policy design for Nepal and comparable developing regions.

  • Empirical Study on the Development of Digital Inclusive Finance on Narrowing the Consumption Gap between Urban and Rural Areas--Taking Shanxi Province as an Example

    Yaxin Gao · 2024 · Journal of Economics and Public Finance

    Digital financial inclusion in Shanxi Province narrowed the urban-rural consumption gap between 2011 and 2020 by lowering barriers to financial access. However, uneven regional development created disparities in effectiveness, with southern areas benefiting more than northern regions. Broader financial service coverage reduced consumption gaps more effectively than deeper usage, while increased digitization paradoxically widened gaps by creating a digital divide.

  • Topic Analysis of the Relationship between Green Finance, Rural Green Development Level and Rural Residents' income: Based on The Empirical Study of Chengdu-Chongqing Economic Circle

    Liwen Zhang · 2024 · Journal of management and social development.

    Green finance significantly boosts rural residents' income in China's Chengdu-Chongqing region, with strongest effects on operational income, followed by wages and transfers. Urban green development levels don't adequately reflect rural conditions. The study recommends governments strengthen rural green finance to balance economic growth with environmental protection and ensure rural communities benefit from green development.

  • Digital Finance Helps “Five-in-one” Rural Revitalization Development

    Weipeng Zhu · 2024 · Advances in Politics and Economics

    Digital finance can drive rural revitalization across five dimensions: industrial prosperity, ecological livability, cultural development, governance effectiveness, and living standards. The paper analyzes China's rural challenges and demonstrates how digital finance mechanisms support integrated rural development, offering practical recommendations for policymakers addressing the country's agricultural and rural areas.

  • Research on the Impact Mechanism of Green Finance on Rural Revitalization from the Perspective of Digital Economy Development Level

    <p>Shengran Fu<sup>1</sup>, Shenghao Deng<sup>2</sup></p> · 2024 · Academic Journal of Business & Management

    Green finance and digital economy development both substantially accelerate rural revitalization in China, according to analysis of provincial data from 2012 to 2020. Regional disparities in these dimensions narrowed over time. Increased rural cultural and recreational spending also correlates with rural development gains. The study recommends policymakers prioritize digital green finance initiatives to support rural revitalization and achieve common prosperity.

  • Research on the Impact of Digital Inclusive Finance on Rural Economic Development

    Zhewei Wang · 2024 · Highlights in Business Economics and Management

    Digital inclusive finance in rural China shows a strong negative correlation with primary industry value added, according to fixed effects modeling. The paper argues that despite digital technology's potential to improve financial service efficiency and accessibility, current implementation has not boosted agricultural economic output. The authors recommend governments coordinate digital and financial development simultaneously to build comprehensive rural economic systems.

  • Features of Funding Rural Communities and Territories Development Financed by EU Common Budget

    Yuliia Moroz, L. Romanchuk, Iryna Abramova · 2024 · Society and Security

    EU budgetary policy funds rural development through structural funds and national budgets, addressing challenges like demographic decline, poor infrastructure, unemployment, and limited services. The paper argues that integrated approaches combining European and local cooperation, efficient resource use, infrastructure investment, and innovation support create conditions for sustainable rural development and improved quality of life.

  • The Multilateral Development Banks and Rural Climate Finance: Adaptation, Mitigation, and Resilience

    Adrian Robert Bazbauers · 2024 · The Journal of Environment & Development

    Multilateral development banks emphasize climate adaptation and mitigation in their governance documents as essential for equitable outcomes and poverty reduction. However, analysis of 140 governance documents and 284 lending operations reveals they predominantly finance climate resilience projects that focus on reducing agricultural and rural income vulnerability to climate change rather than pursuing transformative adaptation or mitigation strategies.

  • Research on the Mechanism and Effects of Digital Inclusive Finance in Promoting the Development of Rural Revitalization: Based on Spatial Spillover Effects

    Qi Zheng, Jianhua Zhu, Xinyi Li · 2024 · Economic society and humanities.

    Digital inclusive finance significantly promotes rural revitalization in China, both directly and indirectly through agricultural technological innovation. The effect varies by region, with strong impacts in eastern and western areas but weaker effects in central regions. Digital inclusive finance also generates positive spatial spillover effects that benefit neighboring areas' rural development.

  • Opportunities and Countermeasures for the Development of Rural Cross-border E-commerce Under the Context of Digital Inclusive Finance

    Pinger WANG, Mengqi HAN, Jiahong YIN, Weixin WANG · 2024 · Theory and Practice of Social Science

    Digital inclusive finance expands financial services to rural areas while reducing costs, creating opportunities for cross-border e-commerce development in China. The paper identifies how these financial innovations support rural e-commerce growth and related industries. It recommends strategies for governments, financial institutions, and rural enterprises to strengthen cross-border e-commerce expansion.

  • Research on the current situation of rural poverty alleviation and future development innovation in the era of big data

    Yujie Yang, Tingting Li, Hongyu Zhu · 2023 · Industrial Engineering and Innovation Management

    Big data technology can accelerate rural poverty alleviation by improving agricultural production, increasing sales, and reducing costs. The paper argues that integrating big data with agriculture—by introducing market information, improved planting methods, and talent to rural areas—offers an effective pathway for rural development and poverty reduction.

  • A Smart Innovation Development of Agriculture Based Irrigation Systems for Rural Heritages

    Beemkumar Nagappan, T. Ramachandran · 2023

    Smart irrigation systems are critical for rural agriculture, delivering water reliably and preventing soil erosion while improving crop yields. However, these systems face challenges including high installation and maintenance costs, water loss, and over-irrigation risks. The paper recommends farmers adopt water conservation practices like drip irrigation and water recycling, research efficient systems suited to local conditions, and monitor systems carefully to address problems.

  • ENABLING INNOVATION IN RURAL DEVELOPMENT TO ACHIEVE SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS

    Klemens Katterbauer, Laurent Cleenewerck de Kiev, Cheng Boon YAP · 2023 · Management of Sustainable Development

    Rural development requires innovation to achieve sustainable development goals, but rural areas face resource constraints that limit their capacity for change. The paper proposes a three-dimensional model combining pro-social technological innovation policy, rural innovation governance, and dynamic networks connecting rural and urban innovation systems. Frugal, inclusive, and social innovation types suit rural contexts better than traditional approaches. Examples from China demonstrate how rural areas can leverage urban technologies, networks, and resources to create new economic growth engines.

  • Agricultural Chambers in the Process of Transfer of Knowledge and Innovations for the Development of Agriculture and Rural Areas in Poland

    Anna Kasprzyk, Alina Walenia, Dariusz Kusz, Bożena Kusz · 2023 · Agriculture

    Agricultural chambers in Poland function as part of the EU's Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation System, facilitating technology and knowledge transfer to farms. Research across Polish regions shows these chambers significantly influenced EU Rural Development Program fund absorption. However, Polish chambers prove less effective at driving agricultural development than counterparts in other EU countries. The study recommends chambers strengthen their roles in policy formation, income stabilization, information dissemination, and farmer advocacy.

  • Study on the Strategy of “Double Innovation” Education in Universities to Serve Rural Development in the Context of Rural Revitalization

    Hui Wang, Fengxiang Jiang · 2023 · The Educational Review USA

    Chinese universities must redesign innovation and entrepreneurship education to develop talent for rural revitalization. The paper argues that a comprehensive system with four key drivers—treated as mechanism guarantees—enables higher education institutions to produce innovative entrepreneurs who can support China's rural development strategy.

  • Research on the Innovation of Institutional Mechanisms for Urban-Rural Integration Development in Henan Province in the Context of New Urbanization

    J. F. Gu · 2023 · Applied Mathematics and Nonlinear Sciences

    This paper evaluates urban-rural integration development in Henan Province, China during 2010–2020 using an indicator system and entropy weighting method. The analysis shows the integration index rose from 0.15 to 0.86, with strong coupling between new urbanization and rural-urban development systems. The authors recommend institutional innovations tailored to local conditions that integrate production and urbanization to improve coordinated growth efficiency.

  • The Digital Divide and Gender Disparity: A Study of Rural Students in the Republic ofMoldova

    Alina Bărbuță, Cosmin Ghețău · 2023 · International Journal of Advanced Studies in Sexology

    A study of 1,526 rural middle school students in Moldova found that gender gaps in digital skills are narrowing. Boys and girls showed equal competence in navigation, communication, and problem-solving. However, girls significantly outperformed boys in digital content creation and online safety, with boys showing concerning vulnerabilities to digital threats. The research reveals a complex, evolving picture of gender and digital inequality in rural Moldova.

  • Enhancing the local workforce outcomes for rural LICs: what is the role of the local health service in leading innovation in medical education?

    Wayne Champion, Hamish Eske, Sharon Frahn, James G. McLeod, Andrew Olesnicky, Caroline Phegan, Corina Sims, Paul Worley · 2023 · Rural and Remote Health

    A rural health service in South Australia created the Riverland Academy of Clinical Excellence to train its own medical workforce, increasing local doctors by over 20% in one year. By offering extended training contracts and a complete pathway from medical school through advanced practice in the region, the health service successfully recruited junior doctors and specialists committed to rural practice, demonstrating that local health services can lead medical education innovation to address rural workforce shortages.

  • A FRAMEWORK FOR GOVERNMENT POLICY, ENTREPRENEURIAL LEADERSHIP, AND MANAGEMENT INNOVATION THAT EFFECT TO THE SUCCESS OF SMES IN CHINA'S RURAL COMMUNITIES

    Junzhao Liu, Jiraphorn Sawasdiruk · 2023

    This paper develops a framework showing how government policy, entrepreneurial leadership, and management innovation work together to drive success for small and medium-sized enterprises in rural China. The analysis identifies how these three factors interact and provides recommendations for policymakers and business owners to improve rural SME performance and support sustainable economic development in rural communities.

  • Place-based generosity during the pandemic: Innovative rural philanthropic organizations’ responses to COVID-19 and (re-)building resilient rural communities in Canada

    Brady Reid, Alex Petric, Katherine Levett, Emma Squires · 2023 · Local Development & Society

    Rural philanthropic organizations in Canada adapted their operations during COVID-19 to address emerging community vulnerabilities. Interviews with leaders across Atlantic Canada, Ontario, and British Columbia reveal that these place-based organizations pivoted services and developed innovative strategies to meet changing rural needs. The findings highlight their commitment to building resilient communities and offer insights for strengthening philanthropic sustainability and rural recovery policy.

  • Study on the Design of Rural Homestays Based on the Memory Place Theory: Take Weipo Village of Luoyang as an Example

    Linfeng Li, Lin Lin · 2023

    This paper examines how to design rural homestays in Weipo Village, Luoyang, using memory place theory and local cultural symbols. The authors extract traditional decorative patterns from the region and integrate them with modern design to create culturally distinctive spaces. The approach improves living conditions and service quality while preserving Central Plains cultural heritage, offering a model for developing culturally characteristic rural homestays.

  • Challenges Regarding Access to Higher Education among Rural Women in Punjab Pakistan: Impact &amp; Implication

    Sumera Tul Hasan, Ghulam Murtaza, Tahira Shamshad, Muhammad Imran · 2023 · Pakistan Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences

    Rural women in Punjab, Pakistan face significant barriers to higher education. The study of 384 participants found that household income, family size, and distance to educational institutions directly limit access. Families with greater financial resources enable daughters to pursue higher education, while larger families struggle to allocate resources for girls' schooling. Distance from home to institutions creates additional obstacles. The research calls for targeted policies and interventions to improve educational access for rural women.

  • Motives and Challenges for Participating in Open and Distance Learning in Higher Education in Tanzania: A Case of Rural Women

    Lulu Simon Mahai · 2023

    Rural women in Tanzania pursue higher education through open and distance learning primarily to improve their socio-economic status and advance their careers through promotions and better employment opportunities. They face significant barriers including poor infrastructure, limited financial resources, socio-cultural constraints, and inadequate learning materials. The study identifies rural infrastructure development as critical to enabling greater participation of women in higher education.

  • Techno-economic feasibility of photovoltaic, BESS, diesel and hybrid electrification for off-grid rural systems in Algeria

    Salvatore Fabozzi, Giovanna Adinolfi, Maria Valenti, Giorgio Graditi, S. De Iuliis · 2023

    This paper evaluates hybrid energy systems combining photovoltaic panels, battery storage, and diesel generators for three off-grid rural communities in Algeria. The authors optimize system sizing to minimize fossil fuel consumption and costs, then model hourly performance across seasons and calculate investment payback periods. Sensitivity analysis shows how diesel price fluctuations affect economic viability of the hybrid approach.

  • Integrated Management Framework for Performance Challenges in Rural Off-Grid Microgrids: Addressing Deterioration in Electrification Systems

    Tinton Dwi Atmaja, Dalila Mat Said, Sevia Mahdaliza Idrus, Ahmad Fudholi, Ahmad Rajani, Dian Andriani, Rudi Darussalam · 2023 · Evergreen

    Rural off-grid microgrids in developing countries face early failure due to interconnected financial, community, and technical challenges. This study develops a management framework identifying how funding gaps and poor stakeholder communication cascade into component deterioration and power system degradation. The framework helps operators and managers systematically address these deterioration risks during microgrid operation.

  • Assessing the feasibility of off-grid photovoltaic systems for rural electrification

    Murat İspir, Muharrem Hilmi Aksoy · 2023 · International Journal of Energy Applications and Technologies

    Researchers modeled an off-grid photovoltaic system for a rural residence in Konya, Turkey, designed to meet daily energy consumption of 39,974 Wh. A 9.45 kWp system with optimized angles fulfilled 90.8% of annual energy requirements. Summer production exceeded demand and fully charged batteries, while winter production fell short. The system demonstrates technical feasibility for rural electrification in areas without grid access, though seasonal variations significantly affect performance.

  • A mixed-methods study on the determinants of solar home systems utilization in rural, off-grid Nigeria

    Haliru Audu, Ahmed Adamu, Olajide Oladipo · 2023 · Journal of Global Economics and Business

    This study examines what drives rural Nigerian households to adopt solar home systems in off-grid areas. Using surveys of 400 households and interviews, researchers found that higher income and education increase adoption, while gender creates disparities. Surprisingly, satisfaction with current energy sources reduces interest in solar systems. Households farther from the electrical grid show stronger willingness to pay for solar. The findings suggest policymakers need tailored strategies addressing household differences to boost solar adoption.

  • Techno-Economic Modeling and Analysis of Off-Grid Microgrids for Rural Electrification in China

    Yingqi Liang, Can Berk Saner, Jialun Zhong, Yuxiao Wang, Yilin Liu, Zhouwei Zhong · 2023

    This paper develops a techno-economic model for off-grid microgrids using renewable energy to electrify remote rural areas in China. The authors model microgrid system structures, generation units, economic costs, and rural electricity consumption patterns including household and agricultural use. They apply the model to three Chinese villages, using Markov chain Monte Carlo methods to simulate renewable energy output, and recommend suitable generation technologies and capacities based on village characteristics and local policies.

  • Life cycle cost of mobility electrification with renewable energy in an off-grid rural area: The Karya Jadi village case in Indonesia

    Andante Hadi Pandyaswargo, Alan Dwi Wibowo, Meilinda Fitriani Nur Maghfiroh, Hiroshi Onoda · 2023 · AIP conference proceedings

    In an off-grid Indonesian village, solar photovoltaic systems installed by government programs failed after three years due to battery deterioration, leaving functional panels underutilized during daylight hours. This study demonstrates that electric motorbikes charged by existing PV systems can generate significant financial savings compared to gasoline motorbikes, which are expensive in remote areas due to transportation costs. The analysis uses life cycle cost methodology to show how electrifying rural transportation can extend the economic viability of renewable energy infrastructure.

  • Cultural values and innovation in indigenous entrepreneurship: a case study from Indonesia

    Fikri Zul Fahmi, Nabilla Dina Adharina · 2023 · International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Small Business

    Cultural values shape innovation in indigenous hand weaving enterprises in Lombok, Indonesia. Strong community integration and social capital facilitate knowledge transfer and collective learning, promoting innovation. However, tradition-focused values and past-time orientation limit market expansion and future-oriented change. These same values enable entrepreneurs to respond effectively to current market trends, creating a tension between adaptive and transformative innovation.

  • Multiperspective Pedagogy Innovation in Indigenous History to Enhance Happiness Historical Consciousness of Secondary School Students in the Cultural Diversity Area of Thailand

    Charin Mangkhang, Nitikorn Kaewpanya, Monton Onwanna · 2023 · Journal of Curriculum and Teaching

    Researchers developed and tested the MITH Model, a multiperspective pedagogy innovation for teaching indigenous history to secondary students in culturally diverse areas of Thailand. The model combines motivation, independent learning, task-based learning, and holistic approaches through hybrid e-learning. Students who participated showed significantly higher levels of happiness historical consciousness and developed greater awareness of social issues, positioning them as engaged future citizens.

  • From technology transfer to indigenous innovation in China

    William Lazonick, Yin Li · 2023 · Entreprises et histoire

    China's development since 1978 combined government investment in human capital and infrastructure with foreign technology learning to build indigenous innovation capacity. The paper identifies three main pathways: joint ventures with foreign multinationals, global value chains, and repatriation of advanced technologies. It demonstrates successful indigenous innovation in computing, automotive, and communications sectors, showing how Chinese firms leveraged foreign learning to compete globally.

  • PROMOTION AND PRESERVATION OF EU AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS FROM INDIGENOUS SPECIES AND ITS TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDGE

    Alexander Wirsig, Romanus Lenz · 2023 · Agriculture & Food

    The paper examines how intellectual property rights can protect local livestock breeds, plant varieties, and traditional knowledge associated with them in EU agriculture. Preserving these indigenous agricultural resources and their cultural practices requires legal mechanisms to control access and ensure communities benefit from their use.

  • Identification Of Different Indigenous Technical Knowledge Application In Agriculture And Allied Sector In Some Selected Areas Of West Bengal

    Sahely Kanthal, Suman Garai · 2023 · Journal of Survey in Fisheries Sciences

    This study documents indigenous technical knowledge in agriculture, animal husbandry, and allied sectors across three blocks in West Bengal's Birbhum district. Researchers interviewed 90 respondents from nine villages and catalogued traditional practices spanning seed germination to post-harvest management, animal health, traditional implements, and medicinal plants. The findings show farmers value these environment-friendly, cost-effective, location-specific methods passed down through generations. Integrating indigenous knowledge with scientific approaches can create sustainable, locally applicable agricultural technologies.

  • “Empowering Rural Bihar: The Role of Microfinance In Economic Development”

    Avinash Kumar · 2023

    Microfinance institutions in rural Bihar provide crucial financial services to underbanked populations, enabling small-scale entrepreneurs—particularly women—to start and expand businesses. The study finds that microloans increase household income, employment, and economic resilience. The research recommends policy interventions to scale microfinance initiatives and integrate them with other development programs to drive inclusive growth.

  • Role of Microfinance and Self Help Groups in Rural Women Empowerment – A Study of Two Sub district under Mahisagar District, Gujarat

    DR HARIGOPAL AGRAWAL - · 2023 · International Journal For Multidisciplinary Research

    Microfinance and self-help groups in rural Gujarat empower women economically and socially. The study examined 150 women across 20 self-help groups in two sub-districts of Mahisagar district. Linking SHGs with banks enables poor households to access credit at lower costs with higher repayment rates. Women gain productive surplus funds, expand operations, and improve household welfare through increased economic participation and financial inclusion.

  • Loyalty of rural microfinance borrowers: International evidence

    Md Aslam Mia · 2023 · Bulletin of Economic Research

    Rural microfinance borrowers demonstrate loyalty to their service providers, as measured by retention rates, according to analysis of 1,101 microfinance institutions worldwide from 2010–2018. However, loyalty levels vary depending on the analytical methods, geographic subsamples, and measurement approaches used. Customer retention is critical for microfinance institution sustainability and performance.

  • Digital Divide in Rural Education in Chinese Schools: Exploring Issues and Opportunities

    Qiaoqiao Kong, Lili Yang · 2026 · European Journal of Education

    This study examined digital inequality in two rural Chinese schools, surveying 250 students and 50 teachers. Researchers implemented strategies to boost digital literacy and measured outcomes using specialized scales. Both students and teachers showed significant improvements in digital skills, particularly in educational and infrastructure domains. The findings provide evidence for policymakers developing targeted interventions to reduce the digital divide in rural education.

  • Examining the Impact of Digital Divide on Rural Multidimensional Poverty: Evidence From China

    Xiaohong Pu, Chunjie Huang, Sichang He · 2026 · Review of Development Economics

    China's rural households face persistent multidimensional poverty despite income poverty reduction, worsened by digital inequality. Using household survey data from 2016–2018, the study finds that the digital divide significantly increases rural multidimensional poverty risk, with effects varying by internet use, access mode, region, and household head age. The digital divide constrains non-agricultural employment, weakens social networks, and reduces credit access—three key pathways linking digital exclusion to poverty.

  • Bridging the gap or widening the divide? Municipal decision-makers’ perceptions of healthcare digitalization in shrinking rural regions

    Annamari Kiviaho, Johannes Einolander · 2026 · Heliyon

    Municipal decision-makers in shrinking rural Finnish regions view healthcare digitalization as a potential solution for aging populations, but worry it may deepen inequality rather than improve access. The study examines whether digital healthcare actually bridges gaps or widens divides in rural communities, considering both local accessibility and broader regional development impacts.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide: Exploring ICT Applications for Inclusive Education of Pupils with Special Educational Needs in Rural Zambia

    Tricent Milimo, Kenneth Kapalu Muzata, Francis Simui · 2026 · Journal of arts, humanities and social science.

    A qualitative study in rural Zambia examined how ICTs support inclusive education for pupils with special educational needs. Researchers found that diverse technologies—from radios to assistive devices—enhance lesson delivery and personalized learning when integrated into classrooms. However, uneven implementation persists due to infrastructure gaps, inadequate teacher training, and misaligned curriculum policies. Realizing ICT's potential requires systemic reforms addressing digital inequality and teacher capacity.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide through E-Governance: An Empirical Study of Rural Inclusion and Service Accessibility in Madhya Pradesh, India

    Ankit Singh Bisen, Dr. D. D. Bedia · 2026 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    This study examines why rural people in Madhya Pradesh, India fail to use government digital services despite infrastructure investment. Using surveys of 360 rural residents, researchers found that digital literacy, institutional trust, and service quality—not just internet access—determine whether people adopt e-governance platforms. The study concludes that solving rural digital exclusion requires skills training, local support, and trust-building alongside technology deployment.

  • The usage divide of digital health technology in age-friendly home modifications: an ethnographic study among older adults in rural China

    Hong Zhang, Shuang Liang, Lin Wu, Yixin Wang, Lan Luo, Bin Peng, Xue Xiong, Liyu Chen, Qianying Jia, Tao Dai, Yuan Jia, Lily Dongxia Xiao, Liu Ren, Xiaoli Zhang, Jun Shen · 2026 · Frontiers in Public Health

    Rural older adults in China face significant barriers to using digital health technologies for home modifications, even when access is available. The study identifies obstacles including difficulty forming stable technology habits, challenges adapting to system updates, and cumulative frustration from repeated failures. These barriers explain why technological access alone fails to translate into genuine empowerment, highlighting the gap between availability and effective use in rural aging populations.

  • Digital Divide and Gender Disparities in Educational Technology Access Among Rural Tamil Nadu Households: A Multi-theoretical Analysis

    Elamurugan Balasundaram, A. Gajendran, Kannan A. S., Daniel Santhosh Raj, Krishna Sudheer A. · 2026 · International Journal of Rural Management

    This study of 378 rural Tamil Nadu households found stark gender disparities in educational technology access: 68% of boys but only 35% of girls had access. Female gender reduced access odds by 79% even after controlling for other factors. The research identified four mechanisms perpetuating inequality: gendered risk perceptions, time constraints from domestic chores, strategic resource allocation favoring boys, and gendered technology identity. Maternal education emerged as the strongest protective factor. The authors recommend multilevel interventions addressing infrastructure, school programs, maternal schooling, and household attitudes.

  • The impact of the three-level digital divide on the mental health of rural residents: A study from China

    Yi Ding, Yunhui Ai · 2026 · PLoS ONE

    Rural residents in China experience three interconnected digital divides—unequal access to internet, insufficient usage skills, and limited perceived utility—that harm mental health through distinct mechanisms. Access gaps reduce fairness perceptions, usage gaps lower perceived social class, and utility gaps diminish both social class and economic status assessments. Education and regional location moderate these effects, with impacts varying across social groups.

  • Implementation Realities of NEP 2020: Infrastructural Gaps, Teacher Shortages, and the Digital Divide in Rural India

    Charandas Yuvraj Kamble · 2026 · RESEARCH HUB International Multidisciplinary Research Journal

    India's National Education Policy 2020 aims to transform education through technology and flexibility, but rural implementation faces severe obstacles. The study finds that only 57% of rural schools have working computers, 54% have internet access, and 35% have smart classrooms. Teacher shortages exceed 846,000 positions nationwide, concentrated in rural areas. While 7 million teachers received digital training, they struggle to integrate it into teaching. Without fixing these infrastructure and staffing gaps, the policy will worsen rural-urban educational inequality.

  • A Review on Digital Divide and Its Impact on Physiotherapy Delivery in Rural Settings

    Bhawana Gupta, Vidushi Singh, Mansi Mbmaurya · 2026 · Archives of Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation

    Digital physiotherapy effectively delivers care to underserved populations, but rural areas face severe disparities. Poor network coverage, device affordability, low education levels, and limited awareness of telerehabilitation prevent rural residents from accessing digital health services. This review synthesizes literature on the digital divide's impact on rural physiotherapy delivery, identifies key barriers and research gaps, and recommends changes to clinical practice, research, and policy to ensure equitable access.

  • Learning with Surrounding Heritage: Education, Innovation and Rural Empowerment Along European Pilgrimage Routes

    María José Andrade Suárez, Silvia González Soutelo, Laura García-Juan, Miguel Gomez-Heras, Estefanía López-Salas · 2026 · Heritage

    Heritage education along European pilgrimage routes drives rural development by addressing digital skills and tourism management gaps. The study across seven European countries reveals that inclusive, place-based learning strengthens local identity and community resilience. Pilgrimage routes function as learning landscapes that promote cultural sustainability and reduce territorial disparities through heritage-led tourism innovation.

  • Sustainable Agricultural Education and Career Aspirations: (Re)engaging Cambodia’s Rural Youth in Agricultural Innovation

    Samantha Lindgren, Ghaida S. Alrawashdeh · 2026 · Journal of Education for Sustainable Development

    Rural high school students in Cambodia who participated in sustainable agricultural education programs focusing on farming innovations showed increased interest in agricultural careers. The study found that exposure to modern, innovative approaches to farming—including sustainable mechanization—made students view agriculture as a viable career path and recognize education's importance in the sector, countering global trends of youth leaving farming.

  • Low-Cost Innovation Models for Delivering STEM Education in Rural Sabah

    Connie Shin@Cassy Ompok Lee Bih Ni · 2026 · Open MIND

    This study identifies low-cost innovation models that successfully deliver STEM education in rural Sabah despite geographical isolation and limited infrastructure. The research examines modular STEM kits, offline digital platforms, blended learning, and locally contextualized instruction. Key success factors include teacher training, community partnerships, low-bandwidth technology use, and culturally responsive teaching. Cost-effective, context-sensitive approaches significantly improve STEM access and learning outcomes when supported by sustainable policies and collaborative implementation.

  • Reimagining community health nursing: a qualitative participatory action research study of nurse-led primary healthcare innovation in rural Saudi Arabia

    Faihan F. Alshaibany, Bader M. Almutairy, Waleed M Alshehri, Abdulaziz M. Alodhailah, Thurayya Eid · 2026 · BMC Nursing

    Nurses in rural Saudi Arabia drive primary healthcare innovation through locally grounded, relationship-centered changes. Using participatory action research with 12 rural nurses, the study identified four themes: frontline leadership, co-creating solutions with communities, adapting to rural constraints, and organizational support. Nurses implemented ten practice innovations targeting care continuity and efficiency. Sustainability succeeded when innovations were simple and embedded into routine workflows. The findings show nurses as key agents for equitable rural healthcare transformation.

  • Evaluating Integrated Care Innovations: NICHE Anchor Institute’s Impact on Overcoming Constraints in Tackling Health Equity in Rural Coastal Communities

    Johnny Yuen, Jonathan Webster, Joanne Odell, Sally Hardy · 2026 · International Journal of Integrated Care

    The NICHE Anchor Institute in Norfolk and Waveney, England, developed integrated care models to address health disparities in rural coastal communities facing workforce shortages and isolation. Using participatory evaluation methods with over 50 healthcare professionals and community groups, the institute improved service delivery accessibility, strengthened workforce resilience through leadership training, and built community ownership of healthcare solutions. Early evidence shows improved return on investment and workforce retention, offering a scalable model for addressing health inequalities in rural areas.

  • Enhancing Resilience and Sustainability of Renewable Energy Microgrids in Rural Africa from an Interdisciplinary Design Perspective: Driven by Community Engagement and Technological Innovation

    Yohannes Seyoum Gebreslasie, Tsegay Teklay Gebrelibanos · 2026 · BIG D

    This study develops an interdisciplinary framework combining social science, engineering, and environmental methods to design resilient renewable energy microgrids for rural Africa. Testing the approach in Tanzania, researchers found that strong community engagement significantly improves social acceptance and operational efficiency, while modular energy storage solutions enhance system resilience during extreme conditions. The framework provides practical guidance for sustainable microgrid implementation across rural African regions.

  • Analysis Of Risk Factors For Adolescent Pregnancy And Innovations In Community-Based Prevention Interventions In Rural Areas

    Benedika Mardewi Iswari, Lidia Hastuti, Lilis Lestari, Suriadi Jais, Haryanto Haryanto · 2026 · International Journal Of Humanities Education and Social Sciences (IJHESS)

    Teenage pregnancy in rural Indonesia and Southeast Asia stems from low reproductive health literacy, poverty, and conservative cultural norms. A systematic review of 12 studies found that community-based prevention interventions involving families, community leaders, and schools prove most effective. Participatory approaches grounded in local values outperform top-down programs. Cross-sectoral collaboration offers the strongest strategy for reducing adolescent pregnancy rates in rural areas.

  • Beyond Replication: Rural EFL Teachers’ Sense Making of Place‐Based Pedagogy in China

    Delin Kong · 2026 · International Journal of Applied Linguistics

    Rural English teachers in China adapt place-based pedagogy to their local contexts rather than copying Western models. They navigate tensions between national policies, test-focused schools, and community needs by connecting English learning to rural identity, moral education, and community development. Teacher agency emerges as crucial for translating global pedagogical ideas into locally meaningful practices that address educational equity.

  • Roots and reach: Place-Based processes for polycentric governance in rural South Africa

    Anthony St Leger Fry · 2026 · Journal of Rural Studies

    Civil society organisations in rural South Africa's former homelands enable polycentric governance and systemic change through nine interconnected place-based processes. Research with seven established organisations reveals a core trajectory from focused effort to credibility-building to learning, amplified by feedback loops and shaped by tensions between autonomy and embeddedness. The study demonstrates these organisations function as crucial nodes for rural agency and innovation, requiring sustained investment.

  • Place as a microcosm: Community-based citizenship education approaches among schools and rural low-density communities

    Nicolas Martins da Silva, Sofia Marques da Silva · 2026 · Educar

    This study examines how rural schools in Portugal's border regions teach citizenship through community-based approaches. Researchers analyzed 29 schools' educational projects, interviewed teachers, and surveyed students. Schools led diverse initiatives engaging local communities to promote well-being and cultural values. The findings show how schools, stakeholders, and young people collaborate to strengthen community well-being and social cohesion through place-based citizenship education.

  • Localising the Sustainable Development Goals. A Place‐Based Analysis of Sustainable Development in Rural and Urban Areas

    Lucas Teótimo Frutos Olmedo, Paul Holloway, John F. Barimo, Mary O'Shaughnessy · 2026 · Sustainable Development

    This paper creates a Sustainable Development Index for rural and urban areas in Ireland using 33 indicators across 13 SDGs. Using high-resolution geographic data and GIS analysis, the authors find that rural areas near cities show the strongest sustainable development outcomes, while remote rural areas and major cities perform worse. The research demonstrates that examining rural-urban connections matters for achieving the SDGs and supports using geographic methods to design targeted, place-based policies.

  • Place-Based Economic Development as a Strategy for Rural Revitalization: An Assessment of Saskatchewan’s Policy Environment and the OECD’s New Rural Paradigm (1990—2024)

    Esther Awotwe · 2026 · University Library (University of Saskatchewan)

    Saskatchewan's rural policy from 1990 to 2024 lacks a coherent place-based development strategy despite its potential for revitalizing struggling communities. The province relies on sector-specific, market-driven approaches managed through municipal revenue funds rather than integrated place-based policies aligned with OECD frameworks. Political considerations and failure to separate rural policy from other sectors have undermined effective rural revitalization efforts.

  • If you build it who will come? Widening access through a place-based Rural Training Stream to address local medical workforce shortages

    Lara Fuller, J.F.W. Deakin, Laura Gray, Matthew McGrail · 2026 · BMC Medical Education

    Deakin University's Rural Training Stream for medical education, expanded in 2024 to an end-to-end program allowing students to remain in rural communities, successfully increased enrollment from rural areas in Western Victoria from 5% to 28% of medical students. The program attracted mature-aged women and health professionals returning to study. This place-based approach addresses rural medical workforce shortages by embedding students in their communities during training.

  • Symbolic Production and Emotional Conflict in Rural Tourism from the Perspective of Media Sense of Place: A Computational Communication Analysis Based on Ctrip Tourist Reviews

    Yuchen Zhou · 2026 · Social Sciences and Humanities

    Rural tourism drives economic development in China, but tourists' perceptions are shaped by digital media rather than physical experience. Analysis of 12,000 online reviews reveals that positive sentiment centers on mediated natural landscapes and cultural symbols, while negative sentiment reflects concerns about commercialization destroying authentic place identity. The study identifies a fundamental conflict between tourists' desire for authenticity and the modernization demands of rural destinations.

  • The Role of Leadership Styles in Fostering Teacher Collaboration and Educational Innovation: A Comprehensive Review of Urban and Rural School Contexts

    Reena Murali · 2026 · Open MIND

    This review examines how different leadership styles affect teacher collaboration and innovation in both urban and rural schools. The authors synthesize research on transformational, distributed, and situational leadership approaches, finding that while leadership research is extensive, gaps remain in understanding context-responsive practices that work across urban-rural divides. The review identifies key contextual factors affecting leadership effectiveness and proposes research directions to support equitable educational outcomes.

  • Democratizing Access to Science and Technology in Rural Schools: Educational Innovation through Remote Laboratories. The R3 Project.

    Verónica Canivell Castillo, Javier García Zubía, Jordi Cuadros, Marcelo Leslabay, Cristina Giménez, Nora Gallastegui, Giovanna Lani, Ander Herrero · 2026 · Afinidad

    The R3 Project uses remote laboratory technology to bring hands-on science and engineering education to rural schools, eliminating the need for expensive physical infrastructure. Developed by University of Deusto researchers and LabsLand, the platform lets students conduct real experiments online. Results show the approach increases student motivation and learning while reducing educational gaps between rural and urban schools, promoting STEM interest and educational equity.

  • Shadow education in rural Kazakhstan: patterns and implications for access to higher education

    Anas Hajar, Mehmet Karakuş · 2026 · Research Papers in Education

    In rural Kazakhstan, 41% of Grade 11 students pay for private tutoring to prepare for university entrance exams, despite financial hardship. Face-to-face tutoring dominates, though online options help overcome distance. Female students report greater confidence, but lower-income families experience financial strain and stress. The study calls for quality regulations and state-funded tutoring programs to ensure equitable access to higher education across rural and urban areas.

  • Bridging the Divide: A Comparative Assessment of Two English Distance Learning Programs in Rural Bangladesh

    Dil Nusrat, Latisha Asmaak Shafie, Hafizah Binti Hajimia, Md. Kamrul Hasan · 2026 · International Journal of Learning Teaching and Educational Research

    Two English distance learning programs in rural Bangladesh effectively engage secondary students, with motivation and anxiety explaining 24% of program effectiveness. Higher motivation strongly predicts better outcomes, while higher anxiety predicts worse outcomes. The findings apply Krashen's affective filter hypothesis and cognitive multimedia learning theory to distance education, offering guidance for EFL educators and policymakers designing programs that bridge digital divides in developing nations.

  • Digital Inequality and Socio-Cultural Barriers in Distance Learning in Kazakhstan: Urban-Rural Perspectives

    Albina Sariyeva, Azhar Zholdubayeva, Ainura Kurmanaliyeva, Elmira Gerfanova · 2026 · Journal of Culture and Values in Education

    Rural students in Kazakhstan experienced significantly lower digital access and satisfaction with distance learning during COVID-19 compared to urban peers. However, rural students with reliable internet, personal devices, and adequate study spaces achieved satisfaction levels matching urban students. Socio-cultural barriers including academic integrity concerns and isolation diminished when institutional support improved. The study recommends broadband expansion, device provision, multilingual platforms, and community engagement to ensure equitable digital education.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide: A Framework for Sustainable Distance Learning in Rural Uganda

    Patricia Namyalo, Julius Kato Mubiru · 2026 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    Rural Uganda faces severe barriers to distance learning, including unreliable electricity and high data costs. The study of 150 teachers and education officers across three districts found that sustainable solutions require low-tech approaches like radio instruction and USB distribution rather than internet-dependent platforms. Effective rural distance education demands hybrid delivery models, teacher training for low-connectivity settings, and public-private partnerships to reduce data costs.

  • Linking energy service access and human capabilities to assess energy justice in the rural Sahel

    Moussa Ka, Théo Chamarande, Maud Loireau, Ababacar Ndiaye, Benjamin Pillot · 2026 · Scientific Reports

    Energy infrastructure in rural Senegal reaches some communities but leaves others behind, including semi-nomadic and low-income populations. The authors show that expanding energy access alone doesn't guarantee equitable benefits—local energy service access and end-use equipment matter equally. New energy services sometimes create social tensions over resource management. Energy policies must account for population diversity and unintended consequences across sectors.

  • Harmonizing Solar Energy Access and Affordability in Nigeria: The Role of Policy and Energy Management in Rural Electrification

    Muhammad Mubarak Abdulkarim, Abdul-Jalal Babakano, Dolapo Popoola, Shehu Sani Gaddafi · 2026 · SustainE

    This study examines how policy and energy management can improve solar energy access and affordability in rural Nigeria. Using case studies in Abuja, Kaduna, and the University of Abuja, the researchers assess current strategies for deploying decentralized solar systems, optimizing energy efficiency, and financing renewable energy. They compare approaches from India, Egypt, China, and Germany to identify deployment solutions and propose policy reforms that expand rural electrification while reducing emissions.

  • The Impact of Mini-Grids on Rural Energy-Access Indicators in Developing Countries: A Systematic Review

    Ibanga Effiong, Gabrial Anandarajah, Olivier Dessens · 2026 · Energies

    Mini-grids expand rural electrification in developing countries, but service quality varies widely. This systematic review of 22 studies (2005–2025) finds that electrification rates improve frequently, but availability ranges from 5 to 24 hours daily with demand-capacity mismatches common. Affordability is well-documented but varies by location. Reliability and power quality remain poorly measured. Mini-grids deliver real benefits, but inconsistent metrics and short monitoring periods limit evidence quality.

  • Reframing Electricity Access in Rural Latin America: An Energy Justice Analysis

    Alonso Alegre Bravo · 2026 · eCommons (Cornell University)

    This paper analyzes electricity access in rural Latin America through an energy justice lens. The author examines how power systems are distributed and who benefits from energy infrastructure, revealing inequities in rural electrification. The work reframes electricity access beyond simple availability metrics to address fairness, participation, and control over energy resources in rural communities.

  • Design of an Off-Grid Biogas/PV Hybrid Energy System to Meet the Electricity Needs of Rural Areas

    Buğrahan Balıdede, Zeki Demir Eroğlu, Onur Doğan · 2026

    Researchers designed an off-grid hybrid energy system combining solar panels, biogas, and battery storage for a rural Turkish village. Using HOMER software, they compared lithium-ion and lead-acid batteries for storing energy. Both battery types met the village's electricity needs, but lithium-ion systems proved more economical long-term despite higher upfront costs, due to lower maintenance expenses and longer lifespan.

  • Modeling and Simulation of an Off-Grid Hybrid Microgrid System: A Case Study of a Kavalur Rural Social Community

    K. Karunanithi, S. Ramesh, S. P. Raja, S. Saravanan · 2026 · IEEE Systems Man and Cybernetics Magazine

    Researchers designed a hybrid microgrid system for Kavalur, a rural community in Tamil Nadu, India, combining solar, wind, diesel, and battery storage. Using HOMER Pro software, they optimized the system for cost and reliability, finding that a configuration with 80% PV derating and 50-meter hub height achieved the lowest net present cost of $340,287 and energy cost of $0.247 per unit, meeting the area's electricity needs sustainably.

  • Optimizing Off-Grid Solar Photovoltaic Systems for Rural Communities: A Case Study of Ketane Village, Lesotho

    K Sithole · 2026 · International Journal of Apllied Mathematics

    This paper designs and optimizes an off-grid solar photovoltaic system for Ketane village in Lesotho, a remote community without grid access. Using HOMER Pro software, researchers sized an 84.15 kW solar array with 28.8 kWh battery storage to meet local energy demand. Financial analysis shows the system is technically feasible and economically viable, with sensitivity testing confirming robustness. The optimized design provides a replicable model for rural electrification across Southern Africa.

  • SunVolt: A Sustainable Solar-Powered Battery Charger In Rural Off-Grid Communities

    Rodolfo L. Rabia, Ashley Nicole L. Tizon, Arvey Faith B. Paquibot, Ritchen G. Ibañez, Samuel P. Tabuena, Regine R. Ruallo · 2026 · Open MIND

    Researchers designed and tested SunVolt, a solar-powered battery charging system for rural off-grid communities. The system uses Arduino microcontroller technology to manage solar panels, batteries, and sensors that monitor energy conversion in real time. Testing showed SunVolt effectively stores solar energy, prevents overcharging, and reliably supports household and agricultural activities while reducing dependence on fossil fuels and expensive grid electricity.

  • Modeling the Performance of Glass-Cover-Free Parabolic Trough Collector Prototypes for Solar Water Disinfection in Rural Off-Grid Communities

    Fernando Aricapa, Jorge L. Gallego, Alejandro Silva-Cortés, Claudia Díaz-Mendoza, Jorgelina Pasqualino · 2026 · Physchem

    Researchers developed a numerical model to optimize glass-free parabolic trough collectors for solar water disinfection in rural off-grid communities. Testing the design in Colombia's Caribbean region, they found that compact collectors can reach temperatures above 70°C and effectively kill pathogens quickly. The model identifies which design features—rim angle, focal length, optical properties—matter most for performance, providing a practical tool for communities to build and adapt low-cost water treatment systems locally.

  • Design and optimization of an energy storage system for off-grid rural communities

    Zain Ul Abddin Soomro, Shoaib Ahmed Khatri, Nayyar Hussain Mirjat, Abdul Hannan Memon, Mohammad Aslam Uqaili, Laveet Kumar · 2026 · International Journal of Renewable Energy Development

    This paper designs and optimizes an off-grid microgrid system for rural Pakistan using solar energy combined with three energy storage technologies: lithium-ion batteries, sodium-ion batteries, and hydrogen storage. Using HOMER Pro simulation, the researchers find that sodium-ion batteries deliver the best economic performance, achieving the lowest net present cost and levelized cost of energy while maintaining 100% renewable energy fraction. Sensitivity analysis confirms the system's robustness against uncertain parameters.

  • Scenario-Based Optimization of Hybrid Renewable Energy Mixes for Off-Grid Rural Electrification in Laguna, Philippines

    Jose Mari Lit, Takaaki Furubayashi · 2026 · Energies

    This paper optimizes hybrid renewable energy systems combining biomass, solar, and wind power for off-grid rural electrification in Laguna Province, Philippines. The analysis shows that adding biomass generators to hybrid systems reduces carbon emissions by 17% and cuts operation costs by 9.4% over seven years. Battery backup systems further improve economic and environmental performance. The findings support decentralized, community-based renewable energy solutions for rural electrification.

  • Hybrid Renewable Energy Systems (HRES) for Off-Grid Rural Electrification: A Comprehensive Review of Components, Optimisation, and Real-World Applications

    Navya Gupta, Dharsh Gujar, Khadija Bhanpurwala, Nilesh Balki, Sunil Bhil · 2026 · Indian Journal of Science and Technology

    Hybrid renewable energy systems combining solar, wind, and biomass with storage technologies improve rural electrification in off-grid areas. Recent systems achieve 30-40% higher reliability, 10-25% lower costs, and 40-60% emission reductions compared to diesel alternatives. Key barriers include high upfront capital costs, battery degradation, and financing challenges. AI-based controls, hybrid battery-hydrogen storage, and digital twin technology enable better system optimization and predictive maintenance for scalable rural energy access.

  • Techno-Economic Assessment of an Off-Grid Hybrid Renewable Energy System with Green Hydrogen Storage System for a Rural Primary Healthcare Centre in Abuja

    Oluseyi David Adewumi, Ayodele S. O. Ogunjuyigbe, Orisowubo Tamunopekerebia, Olubusola Rebecca Adewumi · 2026 · Engineering headway

    This study designs an off-grid hybrid renewable energy system combining wind, solar, and green hydrogen storage to power a rural primary healthcare centre in Abuja, Nigeria, where 40% of centres lack electricity access. The system meets all electrical demands over 25 years with a levelized cost of $2.53 per kilowatt-hour and minimal unmet load, using excess renewable energy to produce hydrogen for backup power during low resource periods.

  • Cybersecurity Vulnerabilities in Off-Grid Solar Systems: Implications for Energy Equity in Rural Communities

    Melody Famil Rasoulian, Ann‐Perry Witmer · 2026

    Off-grid solar systems in rural communities contain cybersecurity vulnerabilities that threaten energy equity by undermining accessibility, affordability, and reliability. The paper identifies specific vulnerable components and attack types, then argues that effective security solutions must be tailored to each community's unique context rather than applied universally. Context-appropriate approaches are essential to protect energy justice in rural electrification programs.

  • Reimagining rural transit: model-based insights into demand-responsive transportation

    Nina Thomsen, Gernot Liedtke · 2026 · Transportation

    Demand-responsive transportation (DRT) can reduce rural car dependency and improve service quality in low-density regions. A model of a German rural area shows DRT achieving 14% modal share, with stronger uptake in peripheral zones. While DRT increases overall road traffic slightly by shifting from other transit modes, it remains economically viable at roughly double current transit fares and significantly improves accessibility in areas with poor traditional public transit.

  • Modeling the Demand for Demand Responsive Transit Service in Shrinking Rural Areas

    Hyunmyung Kim, Myung-Sik Do, Jindong Kang, Jun Lee, Chang-Hyeon Joh, Seheon Kim · 2026 · Transportation Research Record Journal of the Transportation Research Board

    Demand responsive transit (DRT) offers a flexible alternative to traditional transit in shrinking rural areas. Using survey data from South Korea, the study finds that younger people, higher-income households, and tech-savvy residents are more likely to adopt DRT. However, residents in severely declining areas show lower adoption rates. Service efficiency, cost, and travel time significantly influence mode choice. The research recommends targeted service design, infrastructure improvements, and financial incentives to make DRT viable in rural regions.

  • Rural Farmers’ Perceptions and Utilization of Agricultural Indigenous Knowledge in Farming Practices in Delta State, Nigeria

    N. E. Belonwu, H. Moseri · 2026 · Journal of Agricultural Sciences – Sri Lanka

    Rural farmers in Delta State, Nigeria possess substantial indigenous agricultural knowledge and view it positively, with some practices proving more effective than others. Farmers' socio-economic characteristics correlate with their attitudes toward using indigenous knowledge. The study demonstrates that preserving and promoting these traditional practices can enhance agricultural development and benefit broader communities.

  • Reviving indigenous farming knowledge in an input-intensive agriculture system: evidence from Eastern Uttar Pradesh

    Sarita Mishra, Roopa H. S., Jay Prakash Bhatt · 2026 · Frontiers in Sustainable Food Systems

    In Eastern Uttar Pradesh, India, indigenous farming practices like organic manuring and intercropping are disappearing among smallholder farmers. A survey of 1,768 farmers found that while 60% still use organic fertilizer, most apply it incorrectly, reducing effectiveness and harming soil health. Farmers rely heavily on chemical inputs and monocropping instead. The study recommends farmer training, community awareness programs, and extension services to revive traditional practices and restore soil fertility.

  • Science in the Language of the Land: Indigenous Communication of Agricultural and Environmental Knowledge

    Allyn Thon Rabi, Meliza Alo · 2026 · Journal of interdisciplinary perspectives

    The Kalagan indigenous community in the Philippines communicates agricultural and environmental knowledge through oral traditions, symbolic rituals, intergenerational teaching, and practical demonstrations. These culturally rooted practices effectively transmit scientific concepts about weather, soil fertility, biodiversity, and climate adaptation. The study argues that integrating indigenous knowledge systems into formal education and policy strengthens sustainability, cultural continuity, and environmental stewardship.

  • Representation of Indigenous Agriculture Knowledge and Practices in the Zimbabwe Secondary School Agriculture Curriculum: Prospects and Opportunities for Inclusion

    Constantino Pedzisai · 2026 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    Zimbabwe's secondary school agriculture curriculum largely excludes Indigenous agricultural knowledge and practices, reflecting Western knowledge dominance. The study proposes integrating Indigenous approaches through participatory curriculum development involving teachers, lecturers, extension officers, and farmers. This inclusion would make agriculture education contextually relevant, support sustainable practices, and preserve local heritage while addressing curriculum gaps.

  • Women's Contribution to Indian Agriculture through Indigenous Knowledge Systems: Practices, and Impact on Sustainable Rural Development

    Md Fakhruddin Ansari, Mukesh Yadav, Dr. Abhijit Das · 2026 · Loreto College Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences

    Women drive Indian agriculture through indigenous knowledge systems, managing seed preservation, organic farming, and water conservation while maintaining ecological balance. Despite their critical role in food production and biodiversity protection, women face barriers in resource access, education, and decision-making. The paper calls for policy interventions to recognize and mainstream women's traditional knowledge, empower them with resources, and strengthen their participation in agricultural decisions to build sustainable, resilient farming systems.

  • INDIGENOUS KNOWLEDGE AND PRACTICES (IKPs) AS RESPONSE TO AGRICULTURAL RISKS OF IP FARMERS IN BAAO, CAMARINES SUR

    Jinky E. Bisenio, Emerson L. Bergonio · 2026 · International Journal of Research Publications

    Indigenous farmers in Baao, Camarines Sur use traditional knowledge and practices to manage agricultural risks including climate variability, pests, and soil degradation. The study surveyed 179 Indigenous People farmers and found that rice farmers demonstrated the highest risk awareness, while corn, vegetable, and root crop farmers showed varying knowledge levels. Environmental observations and traditional rituals proved effective in building farm resilience and maintaining sustainable indigenous farming systems.

  • Indigenous Knowledge of the Hmong People in Lai Chau, Vietnam: Sustainable Agricultural Adaptation and Climate Resilience

    Le Thi Dan Dung, Bui Tien Hanh · 2026 · Journal of Ethnobiology

    Hmong farmers in Lai Chau, Vietnam use a dynamic indigenous knowledge system combining ecological observation, cosmological reasoning, and social autonomy to adapt agriculture and build climate resilience. Their practices—flexible planting calendars, crop diversification, and ecological management—sustain food security and community wellbeing. The study argues that effective climate adaptation for indigenous peoples requires protecting their knowledge systems, cultural continuity, and agroecological practices.

  • Indigenous Knowledge and Agriculture: A Study on Terrace Cultivation Practices Among Angami Nagas

    Ketekhoto Neihu, Yamsani Srikanth · 2026 · Millennial Asia

    The Angami Nagas of Nagaland have developed sophisticated terrace farming systems for paddy cultivation on steep mountain slopes. Their agricultural practices embed indigenous knowledge within cultural and environmental contexts, proving both ecologically adaptive and culturally resilient. The study demonstrates that preserving these traditional systems is essential for long-term food security and environmental stewardship, as their sustainability depends on the integration of ecological practices with community life.

  • Digital finance development enhances the expenditures for household energy products in rural China

    Xingguang Li · 2026 · Discover Sustainability

    Digital finance development in rural China significantly increases household spending on traditional energy products and electricity. The study analyzes 30 provinces from 2011 to 2020 and finds that digital finance boosts energy expenditures primarily by raising family income levels. These findings support sustainable energy transitions and rural development.

  • Institutional Finance and Its Role in The Development of Agribusiness Enterprises: A Study of Bengaluru Rural District, Karnataka

    Mohan Kumar D · 2026 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    Institutional finance is critical for agribusiness enterprises in rural areas to adopt modern technology and improve productivity. This study of Bengaluru Rural District found that while institutional financial institutions address agribusiness funding needs, procedural delays, collateral requirements, and lack of awareness hinder efficient credit use. The research recommends improving financial literacy, streamlining loan processes, and providing institutional support.

  • LEVERAGING GREEN FINANCING FOR SUSTAINABLE RURAL DEVELOPMENT IN AFRICA

    Shadreck Nhorito, Manhando Tendai · 2026 · Multifinance

    Green financing in rural Africa faces significant barriers including policy uncertainty, regulatory instability, and financial-sector constraints that limit awareness and accessibility for rural enterprises. The study identifies that successful green financing requires policy clarity, alignment with global climate architecture, and inclusive programs integrating skills development, small businesses, and gender inclusion to improve rural welfare and support sustainable development.

  • Financing Specialized Property Development in Rural Southwestern Nigeria: A Source Analysis

    Ellen Waithira Karuga, Peter P. Kithae, Domeniter Naomi Kathula · 2026 · Journal of Global Economy Business and Finance

    This study examines financing sources for specialized property developments in rural southwestern Nigeria. Researchers surveyed three states and found that property owners primarily fund these distinctive, custom-built projects through commercial banks, followed by merchant banks, mortgage institutions, and insurance companies. Owners consistently contribute personal equity throughout development lifecycles. Most borrowed funds come as long-term loans, giving owners adequate repayment periods.

  • Empowering Rural Revitalization and Development Through Digital Finance Using the Deep Temporal Model and the Internet of Things

    Zhaozhi Zhang · 2026 · International Journal of Information Technologies and Systems Approach

    This paper demonstrates that deep temporal models integrated with internet of things technology can improve rural development through digital finance. The proposed model outperforms traditional forecasting approaches, achieving high accuracy with lower computational costs. The authors argue this technology effectively addresses rural development challenges and provides a practical framework for rural revitalization using digital finance solutions.

  • Cooperative Finance and Sustainable Development Goals: The Contribution of PACCS to Inclusive Rural Development in Tamil Nadu

    Dr K. Ravichandran G. Vigneshwaran · 2026 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    Primary Agricultural Cooperative Credit Societies in Tamil Nadu provide short-term loans, Kisan Credit Cards, and Self-Help Group financing that improve rural credit access and strengthen livelihoods. These cooperatives reduce poverty, enhance food security, promote gender equality, create employment, and reduce inequalities through transparent governance and mandatory audits. The study confirms that cooperative societies function as effective grassroots institutions driving sustainable rural development.

  • Role Co-operative Movement in Economic Development and Rural Finance in India

    Ajay Dagadu Kate · 2026 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    India's cooperative movement drives rural economic development by enabling rural women's empowerment and providing large-scale finance to farming communities. Cooperatives bring people from different sectors together to start businesses with shared capital, creating employment and raising living standards. In western Maharashtra, cooperatives and rural finance have generated substantial employment and investment growth in agricultural and farming sectors.

  • Satellite promises: An open-source investigation and footprint analysis of SGDC-1’s quest in delivering broadband to public rural schools in Brazil

    Iago Bojczuk · 2025 · Convergence The International Journal of Research into New Media Technologies

    Brazil launched the SGDC-1 satellite in 2017 to deliver broadband to rural public schools. This study analyzes government documents, news coverage, and satellite footprint maps to reveal how the project functions both as infrastructure and as a political narrative. The satellite serves underserved rural populations but faces challenges from public-private partnerships, militarization, and outage risks. The authors call for stronger civic oversight and new policies to ensure the project's long-term viability.

  • Assessing the Impact of China's Broadband Village Pilot Project on the Consumption Patterns of Rural Households

    Dan Liu, Jia You, Michael Vardanyan, Zhiyang Shen · 2025 · Journal of Agricultural Economics

    China's Broadband Village pilot project in western regions increased rural household spending on both essential and non-essential goods, boosting consumption and economic growth. The effect was stronger among younger consumers and liquidity-constrained households, and depended on households' attention to information. The findings support expanding internet-based sales infrastructure while accounting for local socio-economic conditions.

  • Changing Connectivity into Capability: The Quality of Broadband, Sensing, and Digital Change in Rural Retail Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises

    Amit Vitthal Gogawale · 2025 · Advanced International Journal for Research

    Rural retail small and medium-sized enterprises with better broadband quality and sensing capability achieve greater digital transformation intensity, which improves their business performance. A survey of 742 firms confirmed that broadband quality and sensing capability directly drive digital change, which in turn enhances firm-level performance. Rural retailers currently lag in digital adoption, but improving connectivity and data sensing capacity enables meaningful business improvements.

  • How is RuralGoing Digital? Using Community-BasedResearch to Understand Rural Broadband Use

    Wayne Kelly, Meghan Wrathall · 2025 · Proceedings of the Canadian Rural Revitalization Foundation

    Rural Manitoba communities used community-based research to examine how they currently use broadband and digital technologies, and to identify future applications. The research shows that digital technologies can help rural areas overcome distance and density challenges, but communities must align technology adoption with their own development plans. Community-led research proved effective for exploring both current digital use and local opportunities.

  • Innovation Mode of Rural Agricultural Product Branding in Fengxian District, Shanghai Under the Concept of Sustainable Development

    Jianan Zhou, Pisit Puntien · 2025 · Journal of Lifestyle and SDGs Review

    Rural agricultural product branding in Shanghai's Fengxian District faces weak market awareness and intense regional competition. The study finds that emphasizing ecological and green attributes, combined with strong visual identity system design, effectively drives brand innovation and market expansion. Integrating multimedia promotion and communication strategies can strengthen brand influence and support sustainable rural economic development.

  • Achieving Sustainable Development Goals Through Trunthung Music: From Rural Heritage to Urban Innovation in Indonesia

    Fajry Sub’haan Syah Sinaga, Sunarto Sunarto, Udi Utomo, Syahrul Syah Sinaga, Suparjo Suparjo, Agus Cahyono · 2025 · Journal of Lifestyle and SDGs Review

    This study examines how Trunthung music, a traditional Indonesian art form, transforms as it moves from rural to urban contexts. Rural communities use the music as a social activity rooted in local resources, while urban settings have made it more professional and income-focused. The research shows traditional music can adapt to modern demands while preserving cultural identity, contributing to sustainable communities and social cohesion across different environments.

  • Designing and Explaining the Development Model of Palm Conversion and Complementary Industries with an Innovation Approach in Creating Rural Women's Entrepreneurship in Kerman Province

    Neda Baniasadi, Somayeh Naghavi · 2025 · Special publication.

    Rural women in Kerman Province, Iran can become entrepreneurs through date processing and complementary industries using innovation approaches. The study identifies key factors driving this entrepreneurship: system efficiency and innovation, marketing ability, and economic incentives. These elements significantly influence women's capacity to create employment, increase family income, and access global markets. Supporting rural women entrepreneurs requires financial backing, education, and business team formation to reduce urban migration and achieve sustainable rural development.

  • Exploring the Development of Agricultural Innovation and Entrepreneurship Talent in Guangxi under the Rural Revitalization Strategy

    仁焕 李 · 2025 · Advances in Education

    Guangxi's agricultural talent development faces critical challenges including brain drain, structural imbalances, and weak training systems. The paper proposes solutions through improved talent cultivation frameworks, better recruitment policies, stronger incentive mechanisms, and closer industry-university-research partnerships to support rural revitalization.

  • Research on Agricultural Economic Management Innovation and Sustainable Development Paths in Rural Areas under the Rural Revitalization Strategy

    Hezuo Chu · 2025 · World Economy and Management research

    Rural areas face critical challenges transitioning from traditional to modern, high-quality agricultural economies. This paper identifies core obstacles—labor migration, slow technology adoption, and narrow industry structures—and analyzes how agricultural economic management drives improvements in production efficiency, market expansion, and sustainability. The authors propose implementation pathways through institutional innovation, technological advancement, and industry integration to address rural development bottlenecks and support rural revitalization.

  • The economic effects and model innovation of rural e-commerce development in the rural revitalization strategy

    G Y Zhang · 2025 · World Economy and Management research

    Rural e-commerce drives economic growth through integrated 'industry plus e-commerce' models, as demonstrated in Cao County. The sector faces critical barriers: inadequate logistics, talent shortages, and low agricultural product standardization. The paper recommends infrastructure investment, logistics optimization, workforce development, product standardization, and business model innovation to enable sustainable rural e-commerce growth and support rural revitalization.

  • Does Industrial Integration Development Drive Rural Innovation? An Empirical Study under the Perspective of Rural-urban Linkage

    <p>Qing Yang<sup>1</sup>, Xiaohan Ma<sup>1</sup>, Liping Jiang<sup>2</sup></p> · 2025 · Academic Journal of Business & Management

    Industrial integration at the county level significantly drives rural innovation in China, according to analysis of 1,837 counties from 2014 to 2021. The mechanism works primarily through increased labor mobility between sectors. The effect is strongest in eastern and central regions but absent in western regions. These findings support county-level industrial integration as a strategy for rural revitalization.

  • AI-Empowered Cultural Tourism Development: Innovation Paths and Strategies for Rural Revitalization

    <p>Wan Hailu<sup>1,2</sup>, Li Yang<sup>1</sup>, Wang Yaning<sup>1</sup>, Wang Chao<sup>1</sup></p> · 2025 · The Frontiers of Society Science and Technology

    AI integration with cultural tourism drives rural revitalization by creating smart platforms, diverse tourism products, and digital infrastructure. The approach enhances visitor experiences, supports modern agriculture, improves governance, and preserves intangible cultural heritage through AI-powered talent training. This model generates new economic productivity and enables sustainable rural development.

  • Rural Innovations in Action: Implementing Sustainable Development Goals at the Village Level

    Ferry Khusnul Mubarok, Akhmad Syakir Kurnia · 2025 · International Journal of Islamic Finance and Sustainable Development

    This study examines how village governments in Central Java, Indonesia allocate and manage funds to support sustainable development goals. Researchers analyzed planning, implementation, and accountability processes across villages using a decision-making framework. Priority programmes focused on economic recovery, health, education, and poverty reduction. The findings show that villages can better align financial management with national and global sustainability targets by following core principles of humanity, justice, and equity.

  • Research on the Innovation of Rural Food Tourism Development Model from the Perspective of Big Data: A Case Study of Guizhou Province

    Li Fei · 2025 · Scientific and Social Research

    Digital technologies are transforming rural food tourism in Guizhou Province. The paper proposes a new development model centered on big data, cloud computing, and Internet of Things technologies to modernize rural food tourism. This approach reshapes how food tourism operates on both supply and demand sides, enabling digital transformation and higher-quality rural development.

  • From Rural Underdevelopment to Innovation: The Strategic Role of Skilled Labor in the South-East Development Region of Romania

    Daniela Lavinia Balasan, Dragoş Horia Buhociu · 2025 · Journal of Agriculture and Rural Development Studies.

    Romania's South-East Development Region struggles with rural skilled labor shortages and uneven human resource development across its six counties. Constanța and Galați have stronger educational infrastructure and labor market connections, while Tulcea and Vrancea lag in vocational training and youth employment. The region underperforms compared to Romania's Centre Region, which has successfully implemented dual education and public-private partnerships. The paper identifies factors affecting skilled labor availability and proposes strategic directions for balanced regional development.

  • High Quality Development of County-Level Rural E-Commerce: Exploration of Collaborative Innovation Path in Pingyi County

    谱 葛 · 2025 · E-Commerce Letters

    Pingyi County in Shandong Province developed high-quality rural e-commerce by combining characteristic industrial clusters with e-commerce public services through collaborative innovation. Government policy and funding, enterprise-led product innovation, and social organization support created deep synergy. The county faces challenges in technological innovation, logistics costs, talent shortages, and supply chain coordination. Solutions include dedicated R&D funding, cold chain logistics expansion, school-enterprise partnerships, and data-sharing platforms to strengthen multi-stakeholder collaboration.

  • Research on the Impact of Rural E-Commerce Development on Rural Innovation and Entrepreneurship

    靖 欧 · 2025 · E-Commerce Letters

    Rural e-commerce significantly promotes rural innovation and entrepreneurship by narrowing the urban-rural income gap, creating more favorable economic conditions for rural business development. The effect is strongest in western counties with higher innovation levels and developed industrial structures. The study recommends strengthening agricultural innovation and rural scientific services in economically underdeveloped areas.

  • Rural-Urban Digital Divide Discourse: Exploring the Efficacy of Game-Based Learning in Early Childhood Development in Zimbabwe

    Christopher Zishiri, Leo T. Mataruka, Gladman Jekese, Emilda Rumbidzai Machiridza · 2025 · International Journal of Research and Innovation in Social Science

    Game-based learning improves early childhood development in Zimbabwe, but effectiveness depends on internet access. Urban centers with connectivity benefit from modern educational games, while rural areas with poor connectivity struggle. The study recommends low-cost offline games for rural schools to bridge the digital divide and enhance child development outcomes in internet-constrained settings.

  • From the "digital divide" to the "digital inclusion": the dilemma and breakthrough of the digital transformation of rural education

    Lin Yang · 2025 · Educational Research and Practice

    Rural education in China faces a shift from physical access gaps to intelligent application gaps in digital transformation. Research across 18 counties reveals three core problems: smart classrooms used only for display, teachers lacking digital competency, and students unable to apply technology creatively. The study proposes a four-part ecosystem approach combining infrastructure upgrades, localized digital literacy training in local languages, community-based resource systems, and supportive policies. Pilot programs show 40% gains in teacher efficiency and 34% improvement in student cultural identity.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide: The Transformative Role of AI-Driven Infrastructure in Rural Connectivity

    Ajay Averineni · 2025 · European Journal of Computer Science and Information Technology

    Artificial intelligence and cloud-native technologies can bridge the digital divide by optimizing rural network infrastructure, reducing costs, and enabling remote management. AI-driven solutions including network optimization, predictive analytics, and edge computing improve connectivity for telemedicine and online education. Telecommunications providers have demonstrated practical success with these innovations, though regulatory frameworks and collaborative models remain necessary for sustainable rural digital inclusion.

  • Rural and Non Rural Digital Divide: Impact on Health Communication of Chitradurga District, Karnataka

    Manjunath MO, Shivakumar Kanasogi · 2025 · International Journal of Novel Research and Development

    This study examines how digital access gaps between rural and urban areas affect health communication in Chitradurga District, Karnataka. Using surveys and interviews, researchers found that rural residents have less internet access and are less likely to use online health information. Factors including sex, education, age, income, and internet availability significantly influence whether people seek health information online.

  • IMPACT OF DIGITAL DIVIDE ON HEALTHCARE ACCESS AND HEALTH OUTCOMES IN RURAL POPULATIONS

    Muhammad Israr, Khan Bilal Akbar Hayat Khan Niazi, Ayesha Khan, Aftab Ahmed Kandhro, Muhammad Zeeshan Ahmed, Farhan Muhammad Qureshi, S. Mehboob · 2025 · Insights-Journal of Life and Social Sciences

    Rural populations in Pakistan face severe digital health disparities that directly harm health outcomes. The study found that 72.5% had primary education or less, 39.2% owned smartphones, and only 28.3% had home internet access. Participants with higher digital literacy reported significantly better health scores. Digital exclusion, dependency on others for access, and preference for face-to-face care emerged as major barriers. Bridging this divide requires integrated efforts in infrastructure, education, and policy reform.

  • From “Digital Divide” to “Digital Inclusion”: Rural E-Commerce Participation Paths and Support Measures

    梦桔 周 · 2025 · E-Commerce Letters

    Rural e-commerce in China faces technological exclusion, cultural disconnection, and unequal benefits. This study identifies three practical pathways: adapting technology through cultural adjustment, activating local social networks to modernize traditional resources, and creating localized value. Collaborative governance involving government, enterprises, and communities provides culturally sensitive solutions to bridge the digital divide and reshape rural economies.

  • Digital divide: Impact of technology on rural entrepreneurship development in India

    Soumyashree N Hegde · 2025 · International Journal of Science and Research Archive

    Rural entrepreneurs in Karnataka, India gain significant marketing advantages through digital platforms and ICT access. A survey of 100 rural entrepreneurs across three districts—Dharwad, Uttarkannada, and Haveri—combined with ten in-depth interviews, reveals that digitization improves marketing capacity and business reach. The digital divide remains a critical barrier, with technology access directly enabling rural business effectiveness.

  • Digital Divide between Urban and Rural Population? State Wide Mobile Network Quality Assessment for Bavaria, Germany

    Frank Loh, Flavian Raithel, Anika Seufert, Claus Heller, Robert Fröhler, Stefan Wunderer, Tobias Hoßfeld · 2025

    Researchers analyzed over 225 million mobile network measurements across Bavaria to assess whether 5G deployment reduces the digital divide between urban and rural areas. They measured throughput, latency, jitter, and packet loss across different network generations and providers. The study maps these performance metrics to population distribution to identify whether rural areas experience consistently lower Quality of Experience than urban regions.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide: Determinants of Technology Adoption Among Rural MSMEs

    Roopa Temkar. V Suma. D · 2025 · Journal of Informatics Education and Research

    Rural micro, small, and medium-sized businesses face barriers to adopting digital technology. This study surveyed 327 MSME owners to identify adoption drivers: perceived usefulness, government support, trust, and financial assistance. Perceived usefulness emerged as the strongest predictor of adoption, while government support had the least influence. Trust and financial aid also significantly affect technology uptake. The findings emphasize that rural MSMEs need targeted financial incentives, trust-building efforts, and government interventions to accelerate digital transformation.

  • Spatial differentials in higher education access across rural and urban areas of major states of India

    Tusar Kanti Samanta, Jayanta Sen · 2026 · Journal of Education Society & Sustainable Practice

    This study analyzes higher education access across rural and urban areas in major Indian states using National Sample Survey data. The researchers find that while higher education access has expanded significantly over time, substantial regional disparities persist. Southern states demonstrate better access with smaller rural-urban gaps, while eastern states show greater sectoral variations. Spatial inequalities within states remain pronounced, indicating that targeted policy interventions are essential to achieve equitable higher education expansion.

  • The Impact of Digital Divide on Women: A Rural Community Case

    Ramadile Moletsane · 2025 · Procedia Computer Science

    Women in rural communities face significant barriers to economic development and gender equality due to limited access to information and communications technology. This qualitative case study found that inadequate internet connectivity, limited access, and high data costs are the primary obstacles preventing rural women from participating in digital opportunities. The research recommends governments and businesses invest in rural digital infrastructure by providing free Wi-Fi to enable socioeconomic growth and empowerment.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide: Reimagining e-governance for empowering Rural India

    Aryan Raj · 2025 · International Journal of Law Justice and Jurisprudence

    This paper analyzes how Indian rape laws have evolved from the Indian Penal Code to the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, examining changes in definitions, procedures, and judicial interpretation. It documents how legislation responded to public pressure and feminist advocacy following high-profile cases, but argues that despite modernizations in punishment and procedure, significant gaps remain—including the marital rape exception, low conviction rates, and weak enforcement that prevent survivors from accessing justice.

  • The Digital Divide and Rural Education — A Study Based on CFPS Data

    Keqiang Dai · 2025 · International Theory and Practice in Humanities and Social Sciences

    Internet access alone does not reduce educational inequality between rural and urban China. Rural students lack guidance in using digital tools effectively, causing them to spend less time studying and learn less efficiently online. The digital divide's negative impact on academic performance is strongest in central and western regions and among younger students. Social stratification, not technology, drives persistent educational gaps.

  • Role of NGO-Led Digital Literacy Initiatives in Reducing the Urban–Rural Digital Divide

    Sarajit Ankura · 2025 · Jharkhand Journal of Development and Management Studies

    NGO-led digital literacy programs in India are effectively reducing the urban-rural digital divide by delivering tailored training through mobile labs and women-led enterprises. The research shows that community ownership, customized curricula, and public-private partnerships significantly improve digital competency among marginalized rural populations. The author recommends integrating these grassroots NGO innovations into national policy frameworks to achieve sustainable digital inclusion across India.

  • Bridging the digital divide for empowerment of rural women entrepreneurs in Tumkur District: An empirical study

    Gopala KN · 2025 · International Journal of Research in Finance and Management

    Digital access gaps severely limit rural women entrepreneurs in India, with only 25% having internet access versus 49% of men. Social organizations, training programs, and government initiatives significantly improve digital literacy and entrepreneurial outcomes by expanding market access, financial services, and business networks. Despite persistent infrastructure, cost, and cultural barriers, targeted digital inclusion strategies drive business performance and socio-economic empowerment, requiring customized policies and community support for sustainable rural development.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide in Rural Peru: A Mixed-Methods Analysis of Educational Technology Access, Infrastructure Barriers, and Teacher Preparedness in Andean Communities

    Romero-Flores Robert Antonio, Gomez-Quispe Hugo Yosef, Castillo-Suaquita Fredy Aparicio, Farah Diba Yasmin, Mamani-Rodrigo Wilson, Sucasaire-Monroy Wildo, Calli-Olvea Javier, Ccari-Sucasaca Alfredo · 2025 · Journal of Posthumanism

    Rural Peru faces severe barriers to digital education, including poor internet infrastructure, geographic isolation, and teacher unpreparedness. Teachers lack ICT skills and receive no government training in technology integration. The study examines pandemic impacts on educational access in Andean communities, finding that distance, poverty, and infrastructure gaps perpetuate educational inequality despite some university subsidies and government connectivity initiatives.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide: A Mixed-Methods Evaluation of the Efficacy, Accessibility, and Impact of Web-Based Mental Health First Aid Training for Community Health Volunteers (Kader) in Rural Indonesia

    Zahra Amir, Ni Made Nova Indriyani, Iis Sugandhi, Husin Sastranagara, Muhammad Rusli, Wisnu Wardhana Putra · 2025 · Indonesian Community Empowerment Journal

    A web-based Mental Health First Aid training program significantly improved mental health knowledge and reduced stigmatizing attitudes among 165 community health volunteers (Kader) across rural Indonesian provinces. The platform achieved excellent usability ratings and participants reported feeling digitally empowered with practical skills. The intervention successfully bridges geographical and educational barriers, demonstrating that scalable digital training effectively strengthens community-based mental health services in low-resource settings.

  • The Digital Divide in Post-Pandemic Education: Perceptions of Urban and Rural EFL Teachers in Indonesia

    Muhammad Sood, Nizarrahmadi Nizarrahmadi, Muhammad Yassin, Dita Septiana · 2025 · IJEMS Indonesian Journal of Education and Mathematical Science

    This study examines how English teachers in Indonesia perceived the shift to online education during COVID-19, comparing urban and rural experiences. Urban teachers grew frustrated with engagement and pedagogy, while rural teachers faced severe barriers including poor internet access, limited devices, and low digital literacy. The research shows that one-size-fits-all technology policies fail in Indonesia's diverse landscape and calls for context-specific infrastructure investment.

  • 'It's like another world': Intra-Rural Digital Divides and Public Libraries as Rural Assets

    Rebecca M. Jonas · 2025 · Proceedings of the ACM on Human-Computer Interaction

    Rural areas contain hidden digital divides within themselves that persist even as rural-urban gaps close. Ethnographic research in rural Appalachia reveals how intra-rural digital inequity operates across multiple dimensions. Public libraries emerge as key assets for addressing these internal divides and advancing digital equity within rural communities.

  • A SOCIOLOGICAL STUDY ON DIGITAL DIVIDE: A COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS BETWEEN SELECTED URBAN AND RURAL AREAS IN TAMIL NADU, INDIA

    S.T. Akilan · 2025 · EPRA International Journal of Research & Development (IJRD)

    This study compares digital access and practices between urban and rural areas in Tamil Nadu, India. The research reveals that socio-economic inequality drives a significant digital divide affecting both regions. While urban areas have integrated digital technology into business, education, and governance, rural areas lag behind in digitalization. The digital divide also exists within cities, separating under-resourced neighborhoods from affluent areas. Unequal access limits rural populations' opportunities for digital education and economic participation.

  • ANALYZING THE DIGITAL DIVIDE IN SCIENCE EDUCATION: A BIBLIOMETRICS STUDY OF RURAL STUDENTS

    Siti Hasmah Amat Baking, Sabariah Sharif, Wan Azani Mustafa · 2025 · International Journal of Modern Education

    Rural students face persistent barriers to quality science education due to digital divides in infrastructure and pedagogical support. This bibliometric analysis of 655 publications from 2010–2025 reveals steady growth in research, with spikes during COVID-19. Studies concentrate in North America, Asia, and Europe with limited international collaboration. Key research gaps include teacher training, mobile learning, and gendered digital access in rural contexts.

  • Bridging the Digital Financial Divide: Trust Formation and Fintech Adoption Intentions in Rural Vietnam

    Tuan Minh Hoang, Vu Hiep Hoang · 2025 · Journal of Economics Finance and Management Studies

    This study examines how rural Vietnamese consumers form trust in fintech services and decide to adopt them. Using surveys of 486 rural consumers across six provinces, the researchers found that perceived usefulness and social influence drive trust formation, while institutional support strengthens the link between trust and adoption. Strong institutional backing can offset weak technological confidence. The research identifies four different pathways to high adoption, showing that multiple combinations of factors achieve the same outcome in collectivist societies.

  • Bridging the Rural Digital Divide: Machine-Learning-Driven Predictive Modeling of Digital Literacy Program Outcomes

    Divya R Krishnan, Sandarbh Yadav, Pritha Biswas, Md Shaik Amzad Basha, L. Prathiba · 2025

    This study uses machine learning models to predict outcomes of digital literacy programs in rural education settings. Researchers tested multiple regression approaches from linear regression to advanced ensemble methods like XGBoost and Stacking, evaluating their accuracy using MSE and R-squared metrics. Ensemble techniques with multiple features performed best, and the findings suggest machine learning can help design customized digital education solutions for rural communities.

  • Bridging the digital divide: analyzing educational inequality in technology access between urban and rural schools in China

    Ying Bi, Zulkarnain A. Hatta · 2025 · Perspectives of science and education

    This study examined how technological self-efficacy, chatbot acceptance, and task-technology fit affect student academic performance in Chinese schools. Using data from 302 students, researchers found that technological self-efficacy alone did not directly improve performance, but technology use in learning mediated this relationship. Both chatbot acceptance and task-technology fit significantly moderated the effects, suggesting that aligning technology with educational tasks and building student confidence in technology use improves learning outcomes.

  • Bridging digital divides for sustainable futures: Evaluating the environmental and socio-economic impacts of financial inclusion among rural women

    S Saranya, K. S. Chandrasekar · 2025 · International Journal of Research in Management

    Digital financial inclusion—through mobile banking, fintech, and microcredit—strengthens rural women's entrepreneurship, income, and decision-making power while supporting sustainable livelihoods. However, gaps in digital literacy, infrastructure, and institutional support limit progress. The study proposes that combining financial inclusion with digital literacy training and sustainability policies can empower rural women and bridge socio-economic and environmental divides.

  • Bridging the digital divide: Determinants of mobile payment adoption and continuance intention in rural retail contexts

    Pooja ., Sushil Chauhan · 2025 · Asian Journal of Management and Commerce

    Green innovation significantly increases firm value in Indonesian mining and energy companies, with profitability amplifying this effect. Environmental costs alone do not meaningfully impact firm value, and profitability cannot moderate their relationship. The findings suggest companies should prioritize transparent green innovation strategies aligned with profitability to enhance shareholder value, as stakeholders do not yet view environmental spending as a long-term strategic investment.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide: The Role of Female Principals in Advancing 4IR in Rural South African Education

    Thembi Busisiwe Nkosi, Zvisinei Moyo, Professor · 2025 · SHILAP Revista de lepidopterología

    Women principals in rural South African primary schools are driving Fourth Industrial Revolution adoption despite significant constraints. They integrate digital tools into teaching, learning, and administration—using e-learning platforms, smart boards, and management systems like SA-SAMS. These leaders build partnerships with teachers, parents, and community stakeholders, foster innovation cultures, and pursue continuous professional development to upskill staff in digital competencies.

  • Bridging the Rural–Urban Digital Divide in Education through ICT Interventions

    Dr. Vinod Kumar Kanvaria, Archana Yadav · 2025 · Scriptora International Journal of Research and Innovation (SIJRI)

    ICT interventions can reduce rural-urban educational disparities by addressing infrastructure gaps, teacher training, and curriculum adaptation. The study finds that e-learning platforms, mobile apps, and digital literacy programs improve learning outcomes and attendance in rural schools. Success requires government-NGO-corporate collaboration, community engagement, and strategies to overcome connectivity and cost barriers. Closing the digital divide demands policy support and socioeducational commitment, not just technology.

  • Digital Divide Among Marginalized Rural Communities in Developing Countries: Strategies and Practices to Reduce the ‘Proxy Use of ICTs’ for Rural e-Governance

    Patnaik, Pramod K., Dixit, Gaurav, Kumar, Ajay, Papadopoulos, Thanos · 2025 · Kent Academic Repository (University of Kent)

    Marginalized rural communities in developing countries rely on intermediaries to access e-governance services because they lack direct ICT skills. This study identifies strategies and practices that enable direct ICT use among these populations. The research reveals that software designed for easy setup, digital inclusion for insurance services, improved interface design, and targeted awareness campaigns reduce dependence on proxy intermediaries and advance digital inclusion.

  • Reproduction and breakthrough of the digital divide: a study on the fairness paradox of online education in rural adult education

    Xingyue Gong · 2025 · Journal of Education and Educational Policy Studies

    Online education in rural China reproduces educational inequality rather than reducing it, despite technological inclusibility. Digital capital—a new form of cultural capital—reinforces existing social structures. The study identifies three paradoxes: technology inclusiveness versus resource adaptability, facility coverage versus usage effectiveness, and policy promotion versus internal motivation. The digital divide extends beyond access to skills and cognition. Solutions require adaptive intervention and systematic restructuring through content localization, community networks, collaborative governance, and competency-based evaluation.

  • The “Double-Edged Sword” Effect of Digital Technology: How Does the Digital Divide Influence Rural Income Differentiation?

    Jingkai Yan · 2025 · Advances in Economics and Management Research

    Digital technology widens income gaps within rural areas rather than reducing them, according to analysis of Chinese provincial data. The digital divide exacerbates rural income differentiation, particularly in eastern regions. E-commerce participation acts as a key mechanism—areas with poor digital access see lower e-commerce engagement, which amplifies income inequality. The study recommends eastern regions share digital benefits more broadly while western areas need better digital infrastructure and skills training.

  • Mobile Digital Laboratories for Inclusive Science Learning: Bridging the Rural–Urban Divide in Ogbadibo LGA of Benue State, Nigeria

    Joseph, John · 2025 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    Mobile digital laboratories significantly improved science learning outcomes for junior secondary students in rural Nigeria compared to conventional teaching methods. The study tested 400 students in Benue State using a quasi-experimental design and found that hands-on digital laboratory experiences produced higher achievement scores. Mobile technology can democratize science education and reduce rural-urban learning disparities in underserved regions.

  • Rural Development: Using Digital Technologies to Bridge the Urban-Rural Divide, Promote Economic Opportunities, and Support Sustainable Livelihoods

    Prof. A. Chandraiah · 2025 · International Journal of Research in Social Sciences and Humanities

    Digital technologies including broadband, mobile applications, e-commerce, and precision farming can bridge the urban-rural divide by reducing transaction costs, expanding market access, and decentralizing knowledge and finance. The paper argues that targeted digital interventions reverse traditional urban bias and create economic opportunities and sustainable livelihoods in rural areas.

  • Understanding the digital divide: Contributing factors and their negative effects on rural students’ academic performance

    Vedrana Vodopivec · 2025 · SHILAP Revista de lepidopterología

    Rural students face significant academic disadvantages due to limited digital technology access. The digital divide reduces classroom participation, lowers achievement, and reinforces existing educational inequalities. The paper recommends governments and school leaders invest in technological infrastructure, provide teacher training, distribute devices equitably, and build digital literacy skills to close this gap.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide: A Case Study of Virtual Mentoring in Zimbabwean Rural Secondary Schools

    Rosemary Madzore, Themba Ralph Mkhize · 2025 · Journal of Education and Learning Technology

    Virtual mentoring can improve teacher professional development and retention in rural Zimbabwe despite significant digital infrastructure gaps. The study found that while national policies promote digital inclusion, rural schools face barriers including limited electricity and internet access, plus gender-based digital exclusion. Teachers nonetheless viewed virtual mentoring as valuable for their growth, suggesting targeted investment in rural ICT infrastructure and digital literacy training could enable equitable access to professional support.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide: Community-Engaged Strategies for Implementing Technology in Rural Adult Day Centers

    Tina Sadarangani · 2025 · Innovation in Aging

    CareMobi, a mobile health app, was implemented in rural adult day centers to improve communication between staff and family caregivers of people with dementia. Community-engaged strategies—including collaborative design, staff training, and iterative adaptation—successfully addressed digital literacy gaps, infrastructure limits, and trust-building challenges. The app improved information-sharing and early identification of health changes, demonstrating that intentional engagement with frontline staff and caregivers enables sustainable technology adoption in under-resourced rural settings.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide: Developing Tech Support for Rural Veterans to Improve Telehealth Access

    Elizabeth Marfeo, Elizabeth S. Chamberlin, Steven D. Shirk, Victoria Ngo, Maria Venegas, Cathy Cruise, Lauren R. Moo · 2025 · Innovation in Aging

    Rural older Veterans face barriers to telehealth due to limited digital skills and poor infrastructure. The T-COACH program trains community volunteers to provide in-home technology education, helping Veterans access telehealth appointments. Implementation challenges include recruiting skilled rural volunteers, transportation constraints, and regulatory compliance. Success requires partnerships with local organizations, adequate resources, and sustainable funding to scale this approach.

  • Digital Divide And Educational Media Use In Nigerian Teacher Training; A Mixed-methods Study Of Urban Vs Rural Institutions

    Eke Ogbu Eke, Ogechi Joy Azubuike · 2025 · Eduphoria.

    This study compares digital media access and use among teacher educators in urban versus rural Nigerian institutions. Urban teachers report significantly better broadband access and digital skills than rural counterparts, who rely on low-bandwidth tools like WhatsApp due to connectivity constraints. The research identifies infrastructure gaps, affordability barriers, and inadequate digital literacy training as key drivers of regional inequality. The authors recommend targeted investments in infrastructure, subsidized devices, and peer-learning networks to achieve equitable digital integration in teacher training.

  • Bridging the digital divide: ICT empowerment of rural women in Karnataka toward 2030 SDGs

    K Preetham · 2025 · Multidisciplinary Reviews

    ICT adoption empowers rural women in Karnataka across education, healthcare, and entrepreneurship, advancing gender equality and reduced inequalities. The study of 100 rural women across four revenue divisions found that digital tools improve socioeconomic outcomes, but infrastructure gaps, low digital literacy, and cultural barriers limit uptake. Policymakers and NGOs must prioritize region-specific digital literacy programs and gender-sensitive policies to maximize ICT benefits for rural women.

  • Bridging the Digital Divide: An Empirical Study on Digital Payment Adoption among Rural Retailers in Tiruchirapalli

    M. Mahalakshmi, E. Dhowbika Begum · 2025 · International Journal of Innovative Research in Science Engineering and Technology

    Rural retailers in Tiruchirapalli, India show strong intention to adopt digital payments when they expect performance benefits, have reliable infrastructure, and perceive good value. However, perceived risk and lack of awareness significantly block adoption. The study identifies digital illiteracy, poor internet connectivity, and fraud fears as major barriers, while highlighting opportunities for increased sales and better business records. Success requires improved infrastructure, financial literacy programs, and user-friendly systems.

  • The Role of Mobile Phones in Bridging the Digital Divide for Economic Empowerment of Rural Women in Nepal

    Guman Singh Khattri, Zhao Zipeng · 2025 · Contemporary Social Sciences

    Mobile phones improve rural women's financial autonomy and decision-making in Nepal, but technology alone doesn't ensure empowerment. Patriarchal norms, low digital literacy, and poor infrastructure limit their potential. The study argues that women need agency, resources, and social support to use technology meaningfully. Gender-sensitive literacy programs and inclusive policies are essential for sustainable empowerment.

  • Revisiting the Digital Divide: Mobile Technology and the Economic Empowerment of Rural Women in Sindhupalchowk, Nepal

    Guman Singh Khattri, Zhao Zipeng · 2025 · Journal of National Development

    Mobile phones increase rural women's communication, financial access, and income opportunities in Nepal, but structural inequalities, patriarchal norms, and digital illiteracy limit full empowerment. The study argues empowerment results from social processes, not technology alone. Effective progress requires gender-sensitive digital inclusion strategies, literacy programs, and community-based initiatives tailored to local contexts.

  • Digital Platforms, the Digital Divide, and Women’s Empowerment: A Rural–Urban Comparative Study of Digital Financial Inclusion

    Elina Kanungo, Madhusmita Jena, Devika Agarwal · 2025 · International Journal of Advanced Research in Commerce Management & Social Science

    Digital financial inclusion programs in India reach both rural and urban women, but with stark differences. Rural women in Odisha districts depend on family members to access services and face security concerns and access restrictions, limiting their independent use. Urban women use digital financial products more independently. The study reveals that trans women remain almost entirely excluded, showing that digital pathways alone cannot overcome structural barriers without targeted, gender-inclusive policies.

  • Digital Divide and Educational Inequality: A Post-Pandemic Study of Online Learning in Rural and Urban Pakistan

    Aisha Sami · 2025 · Journal of Social Science Perspectives

    Rural students in Pakistan face severe digital divides compared to urban peers, with less access to technology, internet connectivity, and learning devices. This gap directly harms their academic engagement, performance, and psychological well-being. The study of 400 students reveals rural learners experience higher stress and greater educational disruption. Bridging this divide requires infrastructure improvements, inclusive digital policies, and gender-sensitive interventions to ensure equitable education outcomes.

  • Technology Acceptance and the Digital Divide: A Comparative study of an Urban and a Rural College in Sikkim

    Saurav Sharon, Saurav Pradhan · 2025 · RESEARCH REVIEW International Journal of Multidisciplinary

    Rural college students in Sikkim accept and use educational technology less readily than urban peers due to structural barriers, not just attitude differences. Poor internet connectivity, unreliable electricity, and low digital literacy create a digital divide that the Technology Acceptance Model alone cannot explain. The study combines technology acceptance theory with digital divide analysis to show how access gaps and skill deficits shape technology adoption in education.

  • Can EdTech Bridge the Educational Divide? A Study of Digital Learning in Rural Chinese Schools

    Zheng Wenjuan · 2025 · Peta International Journal of Social Science and Humanity.

    Educational technology has potential to reduce China's urban-rural education gap, but faces significant obstacles. National initiatives like Smart Education of China have made progress, yet infrastructure deficiencies, inadequate teacher preparation, and low student engagement persist. The paper recommends context-sensitive policies and sustained investment to make EdTech interventions more effective and inclusive in rural schools.

  • Digital Divides and Productive Development in Rural Women: A Systematic Analysis

    José Eduardo Ramos-Marquez, Martha Jiménez-García · 2025 · ECORFAN Journal Republic of Paraguay

    A systematic review of 29 scientific documents reveals that digital technologies—particularly smartphones, mobile internet, and e-commerce platforms—significantly empower rural women entrepreneurs when paired with digital literacy training. The analysis identifies three critical barriers and opportunities: digital literacy gaps limiting entrepreneurship and health access, community resource constraints, and mobile technology's transformative impact on economic development. Strategic digital adoption plans strengthen cooperative marketing, collective economies, and overall quality of life for rural women.

  • Effects of Digitalization on Cybersecurity of U.S Hospitals: The Roles of Urban-Rural Divide and Religious-Secular Mission

    Lirong Lu, Hüseyi̇n Tanriverdi̇ · 2025 · Journal of the Association for Information Systems

    Hospital digitalization reduces cybersecurity breach risk, but the relationship is complex. Breach likelihood initially rises as hospitals digitalize, peaks at moderate levels, then declines at high digitalization. Urban and secular hospitals show higher peak risks and delayed improvements. Religious hospitals experience lower peak risks, particularly in rural areas. The findings show that governance and security investments must be sequenced strategically alongside digital maturity.

  • Digital Divide Is Not A Rural Issue: A Qualitative Analysis From The Students' & Local People's Perspectives In An Indian Metropolitan City

    Aakash Das · 2025 · Open MIND

    This study examines the digital divide within an Indian metropolitan city, comparing affluent and under-resourced urban areas in Kolkata. Through qualitative interviews with 100 residents, the research reveals significant gaps in digital access and usage between these two segments, driven by socio-cultural and socio-economic factors. The findings show that digital inequality exists not just between rural and urban areas, but within cities themselves, and suggest the need for more inclusive strategies to bridge these metropolitan divides.

  • Challenges and Opportunities in Rural Education: Bridging Gaps Through Innovation

    Madhvi Bagla - · 2025 · International Journal For Multidisciplinary Research

    Rural education in India faces systemic barriers including poor infrastructure, teacher shortages, and high dropout rates, particularly among girls. This study examines socio-economic and cultural factors limiting educational equity and evaluates existing programs like Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan and Digital India. The research identifies EdTech and community-based models as promising solutions for bridging resource gaps and improving accessibility, proposing scalable approaches to infrastructure, teacher retention, and digital learning in resource-constrained rural settings.

  • Implementing Smart Classroom Innovations to Enhance Elementary Education Quality in Rural Areas with a Case Study of SD Negeri 173637 Narumonda

    T.J. Marpaung, Asima Manurung, Erwin Erwin · 2025 · ABDIMAS TALENTA Jurnal Pengabdian Kepada Masyarakat

    A smart classroom initiative at a rural elementary school in North Sumatra introduced digital tools, interactive teaching methods, and teacher training to improve education quality. Despite initial low technological resources and limited teacher digital skills, the program increased student engagement and teacher confidence. The project demonstrates that community-institutional collaboration can effectively address rural educational disparities and provides a scalable model aligned with sustainable development goals.

  • Path Design for Entrepreneurship and Innovation Education in Ethnic Regions to Serve Rural Revitalization

    清华 邱 · 2025 · Advances in Education

    Entrepreneurship and innovation education can drive rural revitalization in China's ethnic regions. The paper designs pathways for integrating such education into rural development strategies, grounding the approach in government policies, cultural foundations, and the interdependence of agriculture and industrial development. Implementation requires addressing significant challenges but offers substantial value for economic growth and social stability in ethnic minority areas.

  • Innovations and practices in the classroom for rural aesthetic education in the perspective of school integration

    Boli Wang, Wen Fei · 2025 · International Journal of Educational Research and Development

    Rural schools face resource constraints and professionalization challenges in aesthetic education. This paper advocates integrating aesthetic practices across science, mathematics, and social disciplines to improve student development. The authors analyzed out-of-school resources and student needs in rural areas, then proposed innovative strategies for curriculum design and project-based learning. A case study in Xinyang village demonstrated positive results from this integrated approach.

  • Advancing Gender-Responsive AI in Higher Education: A Participatory Rural Appraisal of Traditional and Modern Food Processing Innovations in Uganda

    Wilberforce Okongo, Wilson Okaka · 2025 · East African Journal of Interdisciplinary Studies

    This study examines how gender-responsive AI in higher education can advance sustainable food systems in Uganda by bridging traditional and modern food processing practices. Research reveals that rural women, who dominate traditional food systems, face barriers to accessing AI-driven innovations due to socio-economic disparities, limited digital literacy, and poor infrastructure. The authors propose universities embed gender-responsive AI into participatory curricula, develop culturally relevant low-cost tools, and establish cross-sector partnerships to create inclusive technologies that amplify women's expertise while integrating modern efficiencies toward achieving food security and gender equality.

  • Research on the Innovation and Entrepreneurship Education Model of Local Agricultural Colleges under the Background of Rural Revitalization: A Case Study of Anhui Agricultural University

    Weiwei Wang, Zhiping Zhang, Mengjie Wu, Tiancai Han · 2025 · International Education Forum

    Anhui Agricultural University developed an innovation and entrepreneurship education model combining five-level platforms, four-dimensional systems, and three-party collaboration to train agricultural talent for rural revitalization. The model addresses key gaps in agricultural education through maker spaces, industry partnerships, and competition-driven learning, effectively connecting classroom instruction to practical agricultural modernization needs.

  • Sustainable Agriculture Development in Rural Regions: The Combination of Green Innovation, Green Supply Chains, and Farmer Education

    Aneela Qadir, Li Guangming, Muhammad Arshad, Huiqin Zhao, Wang Haiyan · 2025 · Sustainable Development

    Green innovation, digital technology, and farmer education work together to advance sustainable agriculture in rural areas. A study of 466 farmers in China found that green innovation adoption and efficient green supply chains reduce resource use and emissions. Farmer education strengthens these effects by enhancing how farmers use technology. The research shows these elements form an integrated system that policymakers can coordinate to support rural development aligned with sustainable development goals.

  • The gratification paradox: Teacher innovation in urban and rural anti-corruption education

    Oktavianus Lintong, Erryl Davy Lumintang, Abdul Haris Kai · 2025 · Integritas Jurnal Antikorupsi

    Indonesian teachers implementing anti-corruption education face different barriers in urban versus rural areas. Urban educators struggle with environmental constraints while rural educators lack resources, each developing distinct innovations. The study reveals a paradox: teachers understand gratification intellectually but deny practicing it, reflecting tension between legal norms and cultural gift-giving traditions. Cognitive-only education fails; context-sensitive policies and ethics-focused teaching methods are needed.

  • Community Based Tourism Product Innovation and Economic Sustainability for Rural Community Wellbeing, A Case of Tourism Cooperatives in Musanze District Rwanda

    Wale Sammie Chombo, Orach-Meza Faustino L, Mwirumubi Richard · 2025 · International Journal of Research and Innovation in Social Science

    Community-based tourism entrepreneurs in Rwanda's Musanze District innovate their tourism products to achieve economic sustainability and improve rural wellbeing. The study finds that community empowerment practices stimulate innovation in redesigning competitive and profitable tourism offerings. When tourists consume these products, rural communities generate income that enhances wellbeing. The research recommends that government, park managers, and stakeholders create platforms for collaboration and information sharing to support these enterprises.

  • Achachay App: a community-driven innovation for flood data collection in urban and rural areas

    Ariana Deyaneira Jiménez-Narváez, Jonathan Javier Loor-Duque, Diego Josue Andrade-Pelaez, Manuel Eugenio Morocho-Cayamcela, Raisa Torres-Ramírez · 2025 · IET conference proceedings.

    Achachay App is a mobile application that enables communities to report real-time flood events with photos, videos, and location data. Researchers analyze these crowdsourced reports to understand flood patterns and identify flood-prone areas. Piloted in Ecuador, the app successfully mapped flood risks and secondary water flows, providing policymakers with data to design disaster prevention strategies and support sustainable development.

  • AI and Automation in Rural and Community-Centric Broadcasting: Innovation, Ethics, and Sustainability

    Dr Tejaswini Devakumar · 2025 · International Scientific Journal of Engineering and Management

    AI and automation can improve rural and community broadcasting by bridging information gaps and enhancing efficiency, but only with careful ethical implementation. The paper examines how AI tools like content generation and audience analytics serve rural broadcasters while addressing risks including algorithmic bias, surveillance, and erosion of local editorial control. Success requires community-centered design, ethical guidelines, language inclusivity, and infrastructure investment to protect indigenous voices and strengthen local storytelling.

  • Rural electromobility: innovation for transportation in indigenous and rural communities

    Hortensia Eliseo-Dantés, Gloria Pérez-Garmendia, David Antonio García-Reyes, Beatriz García-Jerónimo · 2025 · ECORFAN Journal Spain

    Rural electromobility using light electric vehicles like tricycles and motorcycles can reduce transportation gaps in indigenous and rural communities in southeastern Mexico. The study of three states found that despite financing and maintenance challenges, electric vehicles offer emissions reductions, cost savings, and improved service access. Success requires participatory design, local technical training, and coordination with academic institutions.

  • Enhancing Health Care Access in Rural and Remote Communities: An Environmental Scan of Virtual Health Innovations in British Columbia

    Brian Martin, Alison James, C. Madeline Mitchell, Nelly D. Oelke, Anurag Singh, Femke Hoekstra · 2025 · Health Reform Observer - Observatoire des Réformes de Santé

    British Columbia has implemented 70 virtual health innovations in rural and remote communities over the past decade, including Real Time Virtual Support pathways for emergency and maternity care. These initiatives operate largely in isolation across regions. The paper argues that stronger partnerships among policymakers, health authorities, researchers, industry, and communities are essential to integrate these efforts and improve healthcare access and equity in underserved areas.

  • Primary Care Rural and Frontier Clinical Trials Innovation Center (PRaCTICe): Co-designing research with communities

    Brittany Badicke, NithyaPriya Ramalingam, Caitlin Dickinson, Jennifer Coury, Allison Cole, Sebastian T. Tong, Melinda M. Davis · 2025

    PRaCTICe is a research initiative that engages rural primary care clinics and communities in co-designing studies aligned with local health priorities. The program uses regional engagement specialists, community needs assessments, listening sessions, and an advisory board to build lasting research infrastructure across rural networks in the Pacific Northwest. Year 1 results show successful clinic-specialist relationships, identified research needs, and community-prioritized health topics.

  • Participatory health innovation for stunting prevention: A multi-strategy community engagement model in rural Indonesia

    Idha Kusumawati, Hanni Prihhastuti Puspitasari, Pratiwi Soesilawati, Zamrotul Izzah, Lailatul Fitria, Firmansyah Ardian Ramadhani, Subhan Rullyansyah, Yusuf Alif Pratama, Charlyna Veronika Puspitasari Pattymahu, Fahmi Haitsami Ibnu Gamar · 2025 · World Journal of Advanced Research and Reviews

    In rural East Java, Indonesia, researchers implemented participatory health innovation activities to prevent stunting through community engagement. Three strategies—a herbal garden food competition, a gamified board game for mothers and children, and anemia education for adolescent girls—generated creative local solutions and increased health awareness. Participants demonstrated ownership and sustained engagement, showing that culturally-rooted, community-led approaches outperform top-down nutrition interventions.

  • Community Empowerment and Green Innovation: Enhancing Women’s Capacity through Herbal Product Development in Rural Bali

    Made Setini, AA Media Martadiani, Dewa Ayu Niti Widari, Made Mulyadi · 2025 · International Journal of Innovative Research in Multidisciplinary Education

    Women in a rural Balinese village received training in producing herbal beverages from local ingredients, designing packaging, and marketing via social media. Participants successfully developed three herbal drink products meeting hygiene standards and built digital marketing skills using Instagram, TikTok, and WhatsApp. The program increased women's confidence and entrepreneurial capacity while supporting health, gender equality, and sustainable consumption goals.

  • Empowering rural communities through corncob-based feed innovation for sustainable agriculture in special purpose forest area (KHDTK) Ngrawoh Village, Blora, Central Java, Indonesia

    Yogi Sidik Prasojo, Bambang Suwignyo, Widiyatno Widiyatno, Bayu Prasetyo, Mustafa Kamal, Ghulam Miftahussalam, Rohmat Pujipurnomo, Diafan Kurnia Jati, Purwondo · 2025 · IOP Conference Series Earth and Environmental Science

    A rural community in Central Java, Indonesia developed WanaFeed, a livestock feed product from processed corncob waste, addressing both environmental degradation and expensive feed costs. Supported by foundations and universities, the initiative established a production facility, trained farmers, and implemented digital marketing. Within two years, the program converted 70% of village corncob waste into feed, produced over 12 tons monthly, reduced feed costs, created jobs, and improved sustainable waste management practices.

  • Design for rural innovation through university community services

    Agus S. Ekomadyo, Annas T. Maulana · 2025 · Temes de disseny

    Universities can sustain rural innovation through community service projects by building expanded networks of human and non-human actors rather than simply transferring knowledge. The paper analyzes rural market design projects using Actor-Network Theory, showing that innovation adoption happens through dynamic interactions among multiple stakeholders, and that long-term success requires ongoing network expansion and learning spaces beyond initial project implementation.

  • Innovations in Rural Aging: Community-Based Approaches to Support Older Adults

    Heather Fuller · 2025 · Innovation in Aging

    Rural communities face distinct aging challenges requiring tailored solutions. This symposium presents five community-based interventions across U.S. regions: Indigenous healing methods improved care for Native American elders in South Dakota; culturally appropriate family solutions addressed caregiving gaps for Latinx families in New Mexico; low-tech healthcare tools supported rural Veterans with vision loss in Florida/Georgia; intergenerational programming promoted healthy aging in Oklahoma; and flexible community programs enhanced independence and quality of life for older adults in North Dakota. Community-informed approaches prove effective for rural aging.

  • Community-Centred Sericulture Innovation for Strengthening Rural Development and Home-Based Self-Employment

    Laxmi V. Ambhorkar · 2025 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    This research develops community-driven sericulture models that integrate mulberry cultivation, silkworm rearing, and silk-based enterprises to generate rural employment and household income. The study examines how home-based sericulture with low-cost technologies, eco-friendly practices, and zero-waste approaches can empower women, reduce seasonal migration, and strengthen rural livelihoods through cooperative marketing and digital sales platforms.

  • Innovation-investment mechanisms for stimulating small business in rural communities

    Denys Solomko · 2025 · Ukrainian Journal of Applied Economics and Technology

    This paper examines how artificial intelligence and digital technologies drive innovation in rural small business development. It analyzes AI's benefits for research efficiency and data processing while addressing risks like academic integrity violations and algorithmic bias. The authors argue that responsible AI implementation requires clear institutional policies and ethical guidelines to balance technological innovation with maintaining credibility in research and education.

  • Local Waste Management Innovation in Encouraging Behavioral Change in Rural Communities

    Ayu Herzanita, Azaria Andreas, Laela Chairani · 2025 · International Journal of Community Service Learning

    This study implemented a waste management innovation project in rural communities, combining construction of disposal facilities with educational activities. Results show that providing adequate infrastructure alongside community education effectively increased awareness of proper waste disposal and cleanliness practices. The combination of physical facilities and socialization activities successfully fostered behavioral change toward sustainable waste management in rural areas.

  • Bridging Tradition and Innovation: Indigenous Knowledge, Technology, and Rural Development under State Governance in Sabah, Malaysia

    Lee Bih Ni · 2025 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    This study examines how indigenous knowledge and technology adoption shape rural development in Sabah, Malaysia under state governance. Researchers surveyed 150 rural households across three districts and interviewed community leaders and elders to understand technology use, agricultural productivity, and socio-economic outcomes. The findings reveal how traditional practices like tangaa farming knowledge integrate with modern innovation to drive community development.

  • Place-Based Approach to Rural Development: Ethiopia in Context

    Melkamu Tadesse Wazza, Seife Ayele, Berhanu Kuma · 2025 · Economies

    This study analyzes rural development in Ethiopia using panel data from 2018/19 and 2021/22, applying a place-based framework that accounts for unique socioeconomic features shaped by human and institutional interactions. The research finds that both rurality and entrepreneurial ecosystems significantly affect rural development outcomes. The findings challenge Ethiopia's policy approach, which relies too heavily on geographic factors while ignoring the complex socio-spatial formations that actually drive rural development.

  • Place-Based Diminished Returns of Parental Education on Adolescents’ Inhalant Use in Rural Areas

    Shervin Assari, Hossein Zare · 2025 · Trends journal of sciences research

    Higher parental education typically protects adolescents from inhalant use, but this benefit disappears in rural areas. Using national survey data of 12th graders, the study finds that rural youth from highly educated families face disproportionately high inhalant use risk compared to urban and suburban peers. Geographic marginalization—limited jobs and recreation—undermines the protective effects of parental socioeconomic resources in rural settings.

  • Academic Aspirations of 12th Grade Students in the United States: Place-Based Diminished Returns of Parental Education in Rural Areas

    Gandom Assari, Shervin Assari, Hossein Zare · 2025 · Open Journal of Educational Research

    Higher parental education increases adolescents' aspirations for advanced education, but this benefit is significantly weaker in rural areas than urban or suburban settings. Rural students experience diminished returns on their parents' educational advantages, facing a dual disadvantage of lower socioeconomic resources and reduced benefits from those resources. Policymakers must implement targeted interventions to equalize educational opportunities across geographic contexts.

  • Formation mechanism and configuration pathways of rural tourism destination residents’ subjective well-being: Based on the mediation effect of host-guest interaction and the moderating effect of place attachment

    ZHANG Jiaqian, Tang Chengcai, GAN Shu · 2025 · 地理科学进展

    Rural residents' well-being in tourism destinations depends on how they perceive tourism's impacts. Positive perceptions directly boost well-being, while negative perceptions reduce it. Host-guest interactions partially mediate both effects. Place attachment moderates these relationships differently: it weakens the positive perception effect but strengthens the negative perception effect. The strongest well-being outcomes occur when residents experience high positive impact perceptions combined with strong place attachment.

  • Investigating high-risk rural regions for potentially preventable hospitalisations: a method for place-based primary healthcare planning

    Susan O’Neill, Steve Begg, Evelien Spelten, Nerida Hyett · 2025 · Australian Journal of Primary Health

    Rural communities face higher rates of preventable hospitalizations due to limited primary healthcare access. This paper develops a six-step method to identify high-risk regions and improve local healthcare pathways. The method examines service gaps, provider experiences, and patient journeys to recommend targeted interventions. Applied to ear, nose, and throat conditions in Australia, it provides a replicable framework for health agencies to plan equitable primary care services.

  • Exploring How Rural Teachers’ Place Identity Relates to Place-Based Curriculum Implementation

    Aysegul Akturk, Laura Zangori, Laura Cole, Caiden Webb, Rebekah Snyder · 2025 · Proceedings.

    Rural teachers' sense of connection to their local place shapes how they implement place-based education. Teachers who felt strongly connected to their community viewed local resources as valuable teaching tools, while those with weaker place identity saw the same resources as obstacles. The study of 17 rural teachers shows that personal place experiences directly influence whether educators can effectively use their surroundings for instruction.

  • Reflections on rural spatial construction based on place identity: A case study of spatial reconstruction in Xiaoshi village, Pengzhou

    Yueming Gu, Yadi Liu, Ye Li · 2025 · Journal of Chinese Architecture and Urbanism

    Rural areas in China lose local distinctiveness and community identity during urbanization. This study examines how place identity—encompassing cultural significance, economic functions, and spatial imagery—can be reconstructed through integrated approaches. Using Xiaoshi village as a case study, the authors show that reshaping public spaces, innovating industrial models, and expressing local character through coordinated spatial, economic, and cultural activation effectively rebuilds place identity and stimulates rural revitalization.

  • Abstract C098: Analysis of disparities in access to modern cancer therapies based on the place of residence (rural/urban) of participants

    Izabela Gudewicz, Renata Zaucha · 2025 · Cancer Epidemiology Biomarkers & Prevention

    A Polish study of 148 cancer patients in clinical trials found that rural residents made up only 28% of participants compared to 72% from urban areas. Rural men over 64 participated significantly less often than their urban counterparts. The researchers attribute this disparity to limited mobility, transportation challenges, and lower awareness of trial opportunities in rural communities. They recommend targeted education, expanded local research infrastructure, and logistical support to ensure equitable access to cancer treatments.

  • Navigating Rural: Place-Based Transit Solutions for Rural Canada | Parcourir Le Milieu Rural: Des Solutions de Transport en Commun en Milieu Rural Canadien

    Sarah‐Patricia Breen, Mark Trueman, Courtney Sutherland, Laurel Halleran · 2025 · Proceedings of the Canadian Rural Revitalization Foundation

    Rural Canada faces significant transportation challenges due to low population density and geographic dispersion. This paper examines place-based transit solutions tailored to rural communities' specific needs and contexts. The authors analyze how customized transportation approaches can improve mobility and connectivity in rural areas, supporting economic development and quality of life while accounting for local conditions and resources.

  • Functional Index–Based Central-Place Hierarchy and Typology for Rural Spatial Strategies - Evidence from Three Counties in Jeollanam-do, Korea -

    한국농어촌공사 차장, 조경학 박사, Young-Tae Kim · 2025 · Journal of the Korean Institute of Rural Architecture

    This study maps service imbalances across rural settlements in three South Korean counties using a functional index measuring ten life services: childcare, education, healthcare, welfare, culture, sports, administration, transport, commerce, and recreation. The analysis reveals severe concentration, with top-ranked centers controlling 41–54% of total service capacity while half of rural units rank lowest. Three service factors explain most variation, with population strongly linked to infrastructure and welfare but not culture. The authors propose tailored strategies for different settlement types to rebalance service provision and sustain rural populations.

  • Additional file 3 of Exploring recruitment strategies for place-based research in rural areas of Australia: a comparative case study analysis

    Schumacher, Tracy L., Jansson, Anna K., Kocanda, Lucy, May, Jennifer, Brown, Leanne J., Collins, Clare E. · 2025 · Figshare

    This supplementary material supports a comparative case study examining recruitment strategies for place-based research in rural Australian communities. The document provides detailed methodological information and comparative analysis of approaches used to engage rural participants in research studies, offering practical insights for researchers conducting fieldwork in geographically dispersed populations.

  • Additional file 5 of Exploring recruitment strategies for place-based research in rural areas of Australia: a comparative case study analysis

    Schumacher, Tracy L., Jansson, Anna K., Kocanda, Lucy, May, Jennifer, Brown, Leanne J., Collins, Clare E. · 2025 · Figshare

    This supplementary material supports a comparative case study examining recruitment strategies for conducting place-based research in rural Australian communities. The work identifies effective approaches for engaging rural participants in research studies, addressing the practical challenges researchers face when working in geographically dispersed populations.

  • Additional file 4 of Exploring recruitment strategies for place-based research in rural areas of Australia: a comparative case study analysis

    Schumacher, Tracy L., Jansson, Anna K., Kocanda, Lucy, May, Jennifer, Brown, Leanne J., Collins, Clare E. · 2025 · Figshare

    This supplementary material supports a comparative case study examining recruitment strategies for place-based research in rural Australian communities. The work identifies effective approaches for engaging rural participants in research studies, addressing the practical challenges of conducting fieldwork in geographically dispersed populations.

  • Additional file 2 of Exploring recruitment strategies for place-based research in rural areas of Australia: a comparative case study analysis

    Schumacher, Tracy L., Jansson, Anna K., Kocanda, Lucy, May, Jennifer, Brown, Leanne J., Collins, Clare E. · 2025 · Figshare

    This supplementary material supports a comparative case study examining recruitment strategies for place-based research in rural Australian communities. The work identifies effective approaches for engaging rural participants in research studies, addressing the practical challenges of conducting fieldwork in geographically dispersed populations.

  • Additional file 1 of Exploring recruitment strategies for place-based research in rural areas of Australia: a comparative case study analysis

    Schumacher, Tracy L., Jansson, Anna K., Kocanda, Lucy, May, Jennifer, Brown, Leanne J., Collins, Clare E. · 2025 · Figshare

    This paper examines recruitment strategies for conducting place-based research in rural Australian communities. The authors compare different approaches across case studies to identify effective methods for engaging rural participants in research projects. The findings provide practical guidance for researchers working in remote and regional areas where recruitment presents unique challenges.

  • Place-Based Rural Development: A Role for Complex Adaptive Assemblages?

    J Willett (21908600) · 2025 · Figshare

    Rural development programs often improve measurable indicators without making residents feel their lives have actually improved. Using ethnographic research in Cornwall and Southwest Virginia, this paper develops the concept of complex adaptive region assemblages to explain this gap. The author finds that revitalization systems work better when they strengthen connections between local residents and help them navigate their communities more effectively.

  • Learning in place: the creation of a community-based Rural Training Stream to grow a local health professional workforce in Western Victoria

    Lara Fuller (15798947), Jessica Beattie (13075239), Matthew Mcgrail (22577051), Vincent Versace (13099134), Gary Rogers (505210) · 2025 · Figshare

    This paper describes the development of a community-based Rural Training Stream in Western Victoria designed to train health professionals locally. The program aims to grow the regional health workforce by enabling students to learn and work within their own communities, addressing rural healthcare workforce shortages through place-based education and training initiatives.

  • “Do you know what's underneath your feet?”: Underground landscapes & place‐based risk perceptions of proposed shale gas sites in rural British communities

    SS Ryder (21966644), JA Dickie (21966647), P Devine‐Wright (21966650) · 2025 · Figshare

    Rural communities in the United Kingdom perceive risks from proposed shale gas exploration through deep, place-based knowledge rooted in generations of connection to their local landscapes, including underground features. Residents' understanding of subsurface geology shapes their concerns about how extraction threatens the distinctiveness of their places. The study shows that effective risk management for underground energy projects must incorporate local, place-based knowledge alongside technical assessments.

  • Improving teacher retention in rural Alaska: an experiential place-based model

    Jester, Timothy · 2025 · SHILAP Revista de lepidopterología

    A partnership between the University of Alaska, Bristol Bay Foundation, and four rural school districts created a place-based experiential learning program to retain teachers in Alaska's Bristol Bay region. The program achieved a 95% teacher retention rate, far exceeding the regional average of 66%. The model connects educators with local culture and community, offering a replicable approach for rural districts facing persistent teacher turnover.

  • Place-based rural development: building capacities, multi-actor collaborations and making sense of the local ‘place’

    Claudia De Fuentes, David Doloreux, Stephen Quilley · 2025 · Journal of Rural Studies

    Place-based rural development succeeds when local actors collaborate and deliberately build capacity to connect external knowledge with local circumstances. A case study of Nova Scotia's wine industry shows how multi-actor collaboration and intentional interventions created a new industry from scratch in a region lacking initial endogenous capacity. The findings demonstrate that rural regions can develop entirely new industries through strategic knowledge recombination and coordinated capacity building.

  • Stormwater Management Challenges in Rural Coastal Maine: Identifying Place-Based Solutions by Studying Current Practices

    Alisha Shrestha, Tora Johnson, Shaleen Jain, Jessica Jansujwicz · 2025 · Maine policy review

    Rural coastal Maine communities face severe stormwater management challenges exposed by catastrophic 2023-2024 storms. Town officials lack formal data collection systems, mapping infrastructure, and adequate budgets, forcing reactive rather than proactive decision-making. The study identifies solutions including voluntary education, inter-town collaboration, culvert inventories, and system mapping to strengthen climate resilience and prevent costly infrastructure failures.

  • Place-Based Strategies for Economic Resilience in Rural Northern Maine

    Kristen Henry, Jay D. Kamm, Jared Tapley, Jon Gulliver · 2025 · Maine policy review

    Rural communities in northern Maine have adapted standard development tools to address their unique challenges following the closure of Loring Air Force Base. The research examines five interconnected development areas: housing and land use, broadband connectivity, industry recruitment, downtown revitalization, and adaptive tourism. Transportation emerges as a fundamental constraint shaping all development opportunities in these extremely rural contexts.

  • Rural Teachers’ Experiences with a Place-Based Gifted Curriculum

    Michelle Rasheed, Rachelle Kuehl, Amy Price Azano, Carolyn M. Callahan · 2025 · Theory & Practice in Rural Education

    Rural teachers implementing a place-based language arts curriculum for gifted students in an Appalachian school district faced significant barriers that prevented full curriculum delivery. The study of 16 elementary teachers across eight schools found that existing rural school challenges—including resource constraints and structural limitations—reduced student access to the gifted program. The findings highlight how rural context directly shapes curriculum implementation and student opportunity.

  • Place-Based Arts Education for Rural Revitalization: A Case of the “She” Ethnic Minority Theater in Ningde, China

    Hao Lin, Metta Sirisuk · 2025 · Shanlax International Journal of Education

    A theater in Ningde, China dedicated to She ethnic minority culture functions as a place-based learning space that teaches traditional music, dance, and rituals. The theater strengthens community identity, enables intergenerational knowledge transfer, and boosts local tourism. Place-based arts education effectively bridges formal schooling with community learning while preserving cultural heritage and supporting rural revitalization.

  • Innovation and inclusion in multigrade settings: A case study in a secondary rural school in Catalonia

    Laura Domingo Peñafiel, Laura Farré-Riera, Núria Carrete-Marín, Núria Simó-Gil · 2025 · International Journal of Educational Research

    A rural secondary school in Catalonia implements pedagogical renewal through multigrade classrooms using active methodologies, democratic structures, and ICT integration. The study identifies how the school achieves educational innovation and social inclusion through personalized learning, reflective teaching, and community engagement. The research confirms alignment between the school's innovative discourse and actual classroom practices that promote inclusion.

  • ADAPTIVE LEADERSHIP AND HYBRID LEARNING IN REDUCING EDUCATIONAL EXCLUSION: A STUDY OF SERVICE INNOVATION FOR OUT-OF-SCHOOL CHILDREN IN RURAL INDONESIA

    Caridah Caridah, Tri Joko Raharjo, Suwito Eko Pramono, Arief Yulianto · 2025 · Lex localis - Journal of Local Self-Government

    Adaptive leadership combined with hybrid learning models can reduce educational exclusion for out-of-school children in rural Indonesia. The study examines how responsive leadership and service innovation expand educational access in Brebes Regency, where geographic, economic, and cultural barriers prevent enrollment. The research proposes a scalable framework connecting leadership adaptability, service innovation, and technology-enhanced learning to create culturally relevant, inclusive education systems for marginalized learners.

  • Pathways to Higher Education: Expanding College and Career Access for Rural Youth

    Kelsey Romney, Celina Wille, María Burgos, Ryan Benally · 2025 · Outcomes and Impact Quarterly

    Utah State University Extension hosted a two-day event that brought 31 rural youth from two Utah counties to three campuses for immersive tours and workshops. Participants gained increased confidence about college, learned more about financial aid, and developed stronger interest in careers. The program successfully improved youth understanding of higher education pathways and their confidence in preparing for postsecondary education.

  • RURAL DEVELOPMENT THROUGH ACCESS, EQUITY, AND CURRICULUM TRANSFORMATION IN SOUTH AFRICAN HIGHER EDUCATION FOR THE FOURTH INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION

    Dr T Mdlungu · 2025 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    South Africa's higher education system excludes rural students through inadequate schooling, poor digital infrastructure, and limited financial support. Fourth Industrial Revolution technologies worsen these inequalities unless policies prioritize equity. The paper proposes universities serve as rural innovation hubs and recommends embedding bursaries, rural campuses, entrepreneurial curricula, and community partnerships to transform higher education and advance rural development.

  • Policies of Access to Higher Education: Perspectives and Experiences of Rural Youth from Orobó-Valença/BA

    Carolina Santos Menezes · 2025 · LA Referencia (Red Federada de Repositorios Institucionales de Publicaciones Científicas)

    This study examines how higher education access policies affect rural youth in Orobó-Valença, Brazil. Researchers surveyed and interviewed young people from this farming community who entered higher education. They found that improvements in basic education directly increased young people's success in continuing to university compared to previous generations. Brazil's recent policies expanding public universities and access programs have boosted public higher education enrollment in the region, though most rural youth still attend private institutions.

  • Socioeconomic Inequalities and Access to Higher Education: A Comparative Analysis of Urban and Rural Communities

    Dr. Mahesh N. Deshpande · 2025 · Contemporary Thought and Society International Journal

    Rural students face multiple barriers to higher education including financial constraints, limited academic support, inadequate infrastructure, and weak career guidance, while urban students benefit from stronger academic ecosystems but face rising costs and competition. The study recommends integrated policies focusing on equitable funding, digital inclusion, mentorship programs, and need-based scholarships to address these persistent socioeconomic inequalities.

  • Access under Constraint: Barriers Shaping Female Participation in Higher Education in Rural Balochistan

    Shahzadi Sattar, Nazia Mushtaq, Amna Mushtaq, Ayesha Sajid Taga · 2025 · Review of Applied Management and Social Sciences

    This study identifies major barriers preventing rural female students in Balochistan, Pakistan from accessing higher education. Economic constraints, lack of institutional support, socio-cultural barriers, early marriage, and harassment significantly discourage enrollment and continuation. The research surveyed 239 female students across rural colleges and universities, finding that targeted policies addressing financial assistance, institutional support, cultural awareness, transportation, and anti-harassment measures are essential to improve educational access and gender equality.

  • Distance English Language Learning: The Experiences and Perceptions of Jordanian Students from Rural Areas

    Baderaddin Yassin, Omar Al-Smadi, Radzuwan Ab Rashid, Raed Al-Ramahi · 2025 · Educational Process International Journal

    Jordanian rural students using web-based English learning experienced both benefits and challenges. They valued flexibility, autonomy, and access to online resources like VR and gamified applications, which supported their reading and writing. However, they faced barriers including limited speaking practice, weak live interaction, technical difficulties, and reduced motivation. The study recommends adding technical support, immersive technologies, and gamification to strengthen synchronous learning and engagement.

  • A multi-objective optimization method based on internal search algorithm for wind energy access to rural microgrid power supply grid architecture

    Pengchao Wang, Xianzhen Meng, Hongtao Wang, Xin Yuan, Yong Wang · 2025 · Journal of Physics Conference Series

    This paper develops a multi-objective optimization method using an internal search algorithm to improve rural microgrid power supply architecture that integrates wind energy. The approach outperforms conventional methods by better handling dynamic power fluctuations and delivers superior optimization across economic and operational metrics. The method enhances power supply quality and reduces operational risk in rural microgrids.

  • Assessing the Economic Effects of Energy Access Inequalities between Rural and Urban Areas in Egypt Based on the Random Forest Algorithm

    Abdelsamiea Tahsin Abdelsamiea, Hasan Amin Mohamed Mahmoud, Mohamed F. Abd El-Aal · 2025 · International Journal of Energy Economics and Policy

    Rural electricity access drives industrial growth in Egypt far more than urban access, according to machine learning analysis. The study found that rural electrification increases industrial sector growth by 85%, compared to 15% from urban electrification. Both rural and urban electricity access show positive relationships with industrial expansion, but rural access proves critical for supporting small-scale manufacturing projects and broader economic development across Egypt.

  • Off-Grid Energy Access Solution for Rural and Underserved Regions

    Huang Jiachang Brian, Ang Chuan Eng Sean, Lim Yew Kiat Marcus, Wong Kai Xiong, Dharani Kolantla, Shadab Murshid, Sanjib Kumar Panda · 2025

    Researchers designed and evaluated a photovoltaic off-grid power system for a rural Nigerian village of 100 households. Using HOMER PRO optimization and MATLAB simulations, they calculated the levelized cost of electricity at $0.3305/kWh over 20 years. The PV-battery microgrid costs slightly more than conventional alternatives but delivers environmental benefits and technical feasibility for remote electrification in high-irradiance regions.

  • Rural Energy Access and Agricultural Productivity in South Africa

    Opeyemi Nathaniel Oladunjoye, Mpho Chaka · 2025 · International Journal of Energy Economics and Policy

    South Africa expanded electricity access from 34% in 1991 to 85% in 2018, but rural areas lagged behind urban areas. Using a Cobb-Douglas production function, this study examined how rural energy access affects agricultural productivity. The findings show that rural energy access surprisingly had a negative influence on agricultural productivity, while urban energy access promoted it. Labor participation, capital investment, and rainfall emerged as stronger drivers of agricultural productivity.

  • Evaluating The Influence Of Solar Energy Access On Household Income And Employment Opportunities In Rural Khandwa

    Seema Sharma, Nikita Nagori, Mr. Shivam Engla · 2025 · International Journal of Environmental Sciences

    Solar energy access in rural Khandwa, India significantly increases household income and creates employment opportunities. A study of 300 households found that adopting decentralized solar systems boosts entrepreneurship and diversifies livelihoods. However, maintenance costs, financing barriers, and low awareness limit adoption. The researchers recommend stronger policy support and local solar business programs to expand sustainable energy access.

  • A case study of selected rural communities' knowledge of the law and their rights regarding their access to water, energy and food in South Africa

    Willemien Du Plessis · 2025 · Law Democracy & Development

    Rural South African households lack knowledge of their constitutional rights to water, energy, and food access. A survey of 1,184 households across three rural areas reveals that despite legal frameworks requiring local governments to provide these services, most residents depend solely on social security grants and remain unaware of their entitlements. The research shows significant gaps between constitutional protections and their practical implementation in rural communities.

  • Leveraging Microfinance for Solar Energy Access: Policy and Practice in Rural Areas for Sustainable Development of Marginalized Rural Communities

    Mohan Gautam, Rudra P. Pradhan · 2025

    Rural communities in South Asia lack reliable electricity access, hindering development. Microfinance institutions can bridge this gap by funding household solar systems, which provide clean energy while reducing poverty and emissions. The paper argues that combining microfinance with solar technology empowers marginalized populations—particularly women—through affordable financing, enabling sustainable rural electrification and progress toward UN sustainable development goals.

  • Novel Dynamic Inverter Control Mechanism for Reliable Solar-PV Energy Access in Weak Rural Grids

    Gajendra Singh Chawda, Wencong Su, Mengqi Wang · 2025

    Researchers developed a decentralized solar photovoltaic system for low-income rural communities with weak electrical grids. The 5 kW system uses novel control mechanisms to track maximum power output under changing sunlight and stabilize voltage during grid disturbances. It meets power quality standards and achieves over 96% efficiency, reducing dependence on diesel generators and centralized grids while providing reliable electricity for households and agriculture.

  • ENHANCING RURAL ENERGY ACCESS IN NIGERIA THROUGH SOLAR MICROGRID: A CASE OF MGBERE-CLAN IBAA RIVERS STATE

    Esobinenwu, Chizindu Stanley · 2025 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    A hybrid solar-diesel microgrid system in rural Nigeria outperforms diesel-only power generation for a 380 kWh daily load. The hybrid configuration with 250 kW solar panels and battery storage meets 67% of demand through solar, reduces diesel consumption by 75%, cuts CO₂ emissions by 67%, and lowers electricity costs from $0.159 to $0.152 per kWh while maintaining reliable power supply.

  • Energy-Efficient 5G Integrated Access and Backhaul Open RAN-Based Fixed Wireless Access Provisioning in Rural Areas

    Anselme Ndikumana, Kim Thịnh Nguyễn, Mohamed Cheriet · 2025 · IEEE Transactions on Green Communications and Networking

    This paper proposes an energy-efficient 5G wireless access system for rural areas using Open RAN technology and renewable energy sources. The authors develop an optimization model that combines communication and energy systems to minimize energy consumption while maximizing network performance. Results demonstrate that integrating renewable energy with Open RAN-based fixed wireless access significantly improves both network and energy efficiency in rural broadband deployment.

  • The hybrid renewable energy community approach (HyRECA): Synergising electricity access with bush encroachment mitigation in rural Southern Africa

    Stuart Daniel James, Markus Killinger, Chiedza Ngonidzashe Mutanga, Romain Pirard, Mario Einax, Matthias Huber, Tobias Bader · 2025 · Renewable and Sustainable Energy Transition

    Hybrid renewable energy systems using encroacher bush biomass can provide affordable electricity to rural off-grid communities in Southern Africa while simultaneously addressing bush encroachment. Off-grid PV/biomass/battery systems achieve the lowest costs and zero emissions, though grid-connected systems dominate where cheap electricity exists. Over 70% of households can afford medium-power appliances. Sustainable biomass harvesting could electrify 1.35 million people across Botswana, Namibia, and South Africa using less than 1% of encroached land.

  • Access to electricity and development in rural Senegal : the case of solar energy in the Kolda-Vélingara-Médina Yoro Foulah (KVM) concession

    Mariama Sarr · 2025 · theses.fr (ABES)

    Rural Senegal faces severe electricity access challenges, with over 4 million people lacking power despite strong solar potential. This study examines solar electrification efforts in the Kolda-Vélingara-Médina Yoro Foulah region through national and local analysis. Findings reveal that the Senegalese rural electrification agency (ASER) struggles with coordination among multiple actors, creating governance fragmentation that undermines project success. While households adopt solar solutions, they lack sustained, equitable implementation. The research argues for territorial, inclusive approaches that prioritize social appropriation over market logic to achieve universal electricity access by 2030.

  • Sistema fotovoltaico off-grid com baterias em zona rural – estudo de caso

    Fernando Carvalho Assunção da Silva, Fernando Nunes Belchior, Marcelo Nunes Fonseca · 2025 · OBSERVATÓRIO DE LA ECONOMÍA LATINOAMERICANA

    Rural producers in Goiás, Brazil face significant losses from power outages that spoil stored food and kill livestock. This case study compares three energy systems for a rural property: grid electricity with backup generator, grid with off-grid solar, and grid with off-grid solar plus batteries. Financial analysis using NPV, IRR, and levelized cost of electricity shows that solar with battery storage delivers the best long-term viability despite requiring nine times higher initial investment than traditional grid-plus-generator systems.

  • Feasibility Study of Off-Grid Rural Electrification in Iraq: A Case Study of the AL-Teeb Area

    Husam A. Salim, Jabbar R. Rashed · 2025 · Iraqi Journal for Electrical And Electronic Engineering

    This study evaluates off-grid electrification options for the Al-Teeb area in eastern Iraq, which lacks grid connection despite economic importance. Researchers modeled three hybrid energy scenarios combining photovoltaics, wind turbines, diesel generators, batteries, and converters. A hybrid system using all five components proved most cost-effective, with a levelized cost of energy of $0.155/kWh and net present cost of $14.2 million. The optimal configuration requires 1,215 solar panels, 59 wind turbines, 13 generators, and 3,138 batteries.

  • Techno-Economics Analysis of an Off-Grid Hybrid Power System for Rural Areas in Nigeria

    Michael I. Ekpoh, Smith Orode Otuagoma, E.U. Ubeku, Ogheneakpobo Jonathan Eyenubo · 2025 · Journal Of Engineering Research Innovation And Scientific Development

    This study evaluates off-grid hybrid power systems for rural Nigeria, comparing thermal generation alone against solar-hybrid alternatives in Delta State. The hybrid system reduced costs from ₦54.9 billion to ₦30.9 billion while cutting emissions by 30%, though at higher per-unit energy costs than thermal alone due to gas subsidies. The authors recommend government-industry collaboration and funding mechanisms to deploy hybrid systems in underserved rural communities.

  • Performance Optimization of Biomass-Fuelled Thermoelectric Cookstoves for Off-Grid Rural Electrification

    Lankesh Kumar. K · 2025 · International Scientific Journal of Engineering and Management

    Researchers designed and optimized a portable biomass-fueled cookstove that generates electricity through thermoelectric technology. Testing various heat sink designs and adding phase-change material insulation, the stove produced 3-7 volts of direct current sufficient to power LED lights and communication devices. The system offers reliable off-grid electricity for remote and disaster-prone rural areas lacking grid infrastructure.

  • Scenario Analysis of Electricity Demand Growth with Rural Electrification for the Evaluation of the Reliability and Sustainability of an off‐Grid Microgrid System: A Case Study in Lao <scp>PDR</scp> †

    Anouluck Norasing, Naoya Abe · 2025 · IEEJ Transactions on Electrical and Electronic Engineering

    This study identifies factors driving electricity demand growth in rural Laos to design reliable off-grid microgrids. Researchers surveyed communities and found that age and income level directly influence appliance ownership and energy consumption. The team developed three demand scenarios—low, medium, and high—and determined optimal microgrid component combinations for each. The low-growth scenario provides a practical baseline for rural electrification, helping policymakers prevent system failures after implementation.

  • TECHNO-ECONOMIC FEASIBILITY AND OPTIMIZATION OF OFF-GRID HYBRID RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS FOR RURAL ELECTRIFICATION IN ETHIOPIA

    Dr. Kalkidan Tesfaye, Dr. Lars Neumann · 2025 · International Journal of Renewable Green and Sustainable Energy

    This study evaluates hybrid renewable energy systems combining solar, wind, and battery storage for powering remote rural areas in Ethiopia. Using computer modeling, researchers tested different system configurations and found that optimized solar-wind-battery combinations significantly reduce electricity costs, emissions, and fossil fuel dependence. The findings support Ethiopia's rural electrification goals and offer a practical framework for deploying clean energy in underserved regions.

  • Development of a solar photovoltaic-biogas hybrid microgrid for off-grid rural communities in Uganda

    Emmanuel Wokulira Miyingo, David Sunday Tusubira, Roseline Akol, Sheila Mugala, Davis Kayiza Kawooya · 2025 · SAIEE Africa Research Journal

    Rural Uganda lacks electricity access for over 80% of inhabitants, forcing reliance on biomass and primitive stoves while generating substantial agricultural waste. This study designed and piloted a solar photovoltaic-biogas hybrid microgrid combining abundant solar resources with animal waste. Financial analysis proved the hybrid system viable with positive returns, while solar alone was not. A pilot serving seven users launched successfully in April 2024 with enthusiastic community response, demonstrating the system's potential to simultaneously address energy poverty and waste management across off-grid Ugandan communities.

  • PV + Battery Storage System Design for Off-Grid Rural Homesteads in Navajo-Based Indigenous Communities

    Anthony P. Nicholson, Amit Munshi · 2025

    This paper describes the design of an off-grid solar and battery storage system for Navajo Nation homesteads in the southwestern United States. The system—1.6 kW photovoltaic array with 10.2 kWh battery storage—was developed through direct community input to ensure cultural alignment. Implementation delivers energy sovereignty, resilience, cost savings from improved water and food access, and workforce development opportunities for indigenous families.

  • Simulation, Optimization, and Techno-Economic Assessment of 100% Off-Grid Hybrid Renewable Energy Systems for Rural Electrification in Eastern Morocco

    Noure Elhouda Choukri, Samir Touili, Abdellatif Azzaoui, Ahmed Alami Merrouni · 2025 · Processes

    Researchers designed and optimized 15 hybrid renewable energy systems for a rural village in eastern Morocco using solar, wind, and concentrated solar power technologies. A photovoltaic system with battery storage proved most cost-effective, delivering electricity at 0.184 USD/kWh while reducing CO2 emissions by 81.7 tons annually. The study demonstrates that hybrid renewable systems can reliably and economically provide 100% of electricity demand for remote Moroccan communities.

  • Off-Grid Lighting System for Rural Communities Using Renewable Energy, IoT, and Recyclable Materials

    Oluwatimilehin Folarin, Mary Ogunyemi, Gods’Favour Omoare · 2025

    Researchers developed an off-grid lighting system for rural Nigerian homes using recycled plastic bottles, solar panels, and LED bulbs powered by lithium-ion batteries. The system provides natural daytime lighting through water-filled bottles and electric lighting at night for up to 10 hours, reducing energy consumption by 80% compared to traditional bulbs. Pilot testing demonstrates the solution can serve over 600,000 households in South-West Nigeria, offering a scalable, affordable alternative to fossil fuel-dependent lighting.

  • Viable System Model for Off-Grid Solar-Powered Electricity Operation in Indonesian Rural Communities

    Irvan Hermala · 2025

    This study applies the Viable System Model to improve off-grid solar electricity systems in rural Indonesia through the 'Berbagi Listrik' program. Training residents, forming management committees, and using decentralized governance significantly enhanced system functionality and durability. The research demonstrates that VSM principles—decentralization, adaptability, and community engagement—effectively address operational and maintenance challenges in remote electrification projects.

  • Development of a Water Impulse Turbine for Pico-Hydro Energy Generation in Off-Grid Rural Areas

    Ahmad Aiman Johaimi, Khairul Anwar Ibrahim, Mohd Farriz Basar, Nurul Ashikin Mohd Rais, Kamaruzzaman Sopian · 2025 · Journal of Power and Energy Engineering

    Researchers designed and tested a water impulse turbine for pico-hydro power generation in off-grid rural areas. The Pelton turbine operates under ultra-low head conditions using flowing streams and rivers. Testing with varying pipe sizes, bucket configurations, and flow rates showed the system achieved maximum efficiency of 88.14% at 89.8 RPM. Pico-hydro offers a low-cost, clean alternative to expensive grid extension in remote forested regions.

  • INTEGRAÇÃO DE UM SISTEMA FOTOVOLTAICO OFF-GRID NA ESCOLA MUNICIPAL SANTO ANTÔNIO NA ZONA RURAL DE MANAUS

    Roryon Renzo Alves Oliveira, Érika Cristina Nogueira Marques Pinheiro · 2025 · Revista fisio&terapia.

    This study designs and tests an off-grid photovoltaic system for a rural school near Manaus, Brazil, powered by diesel generators. The researchers surveyed the school's electrical load, designed a solar system with batteries and controls, built a prototype, and modeled performance. Results show the solar system can reduce diesel emissions and operating costs while improving daytime power reliability, providing evidence for implementing renewable energy in isolated Amazonian schools.

  • Evaluating an Off-Grid PV-Battery Hybrid System with Starlink Monitoring in Rural Malaysia

    Mohammad Hadi Ghasemi, Kushsairy Kadir, Mohammad Miqdad Abdul Aziz, Suhairi Rizuan Che Ahmad, Zurin Zuraida Abu Baharin, Mohd Akram Dandu · 2025

    Researchers implemented and evaluated a 5.5 kW solar-battery hybrid system in rural Malaysia, using Starlink satellite internet for remote monitoring. HOMER Pro simulations predicted higher energy output than actual measurements achieved, revealing gaps between idealized models and real-world performance caused by factors like localized solar radiation variations. The system proved technically feasible with a 25-year net present cost of 80,066 MYR, demonstrating that IoT-enhanced monitoring improves renewable energy optimization in remote communities.

  • Techno-Economics Analysis of Off-Grid Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Systems in Remote Areas in Indonesia for Rural Village Electrification: Case Study of Pantar Island

    Airin Marsaulina Hutabarat, Rinaldy Dalimi, Rudy Setiabudy, Budi Sudiarto · 2025 · Journal of Physics Conference Series

    This study evaluates off-grid solar photovoltaic systems for electrifying remote villages in Indonesia, comparing diesel generators against various solar configurations using cost and emissions analysis. Solar PV with battery storage proved most economical at $0.35/kWh, roughly one-quarter the cost of diesel-only systems at $1.20/kWh, while also reducing carbon emissions significantly. The findings demonstrate that renewable energy offers a viable, cost-effective alternative to diesel power in Indonesia's isolated areas.

  • Energy survey and MATLAB/Simulink Simulation of 24VDC lighting systems for off-grid rural houses in Papua New Guinea

    Sylvester Tirones, Yue Hu · 2025 · Engineering Science & Technology Journal

    This paper designs and simulates a 24V DC lighting system for off-grid rural households in Papua New Guinea using solar PV and battery storage with a DC-DC boost converter. Testing shows the system maintains stable 24V output with 92% peak efficiency and successfully handles varying battery voltage and load changes. Lighting dominates evening demand (78%, 6pm-11pm). The authors provide a practical reference design and component-sizing guidance for deploying solar-based electrification in PNG's rural areas.

  • Powering tomorrow’s farms: A roadmap for hydrogen energy systems in off-grid rural agricultural decarbonization

    Jacobo Puga Sanchez, Saeed Manshadi · 2025 · Energy Reports

    This paper develops a practical roadmap for implementing hydrogen energy systems on off-grid farms to reduce agricultural emissions. It compares hydrogen systems against renewable energy and diesel alternatives, examines costs and logistics of hydrogen transport, analyzes power electronics integration, explores hydrogen use in farm vehicles, and proposes a simplified system design to help farmers adopt the technology. The work targets researchers, engineers, and policymakers working on sustainable agriculture.

  • Integrated Off-Grid Resource Sharing and Energy Network Optimisation for Several Co-Located Rural Communities in Namibia

    Kemi Jegede, Adeniyi J. Isafiade, Michael Short · 2025 · SHILAP Revista de lepidopterología

    This paper develops an optimization model for off-grid hybrid power systems serving multiple rural communities in Namibia. The system combines solar, batteries, diesel generators, and biomass resources (animal dung, crop residue, fuel wood) to generate reliable electricity. When seven communities share resources and excess energy, the integrated network reduces costs by 61.6% and carbon emissions by 73.6% compared to individual community systems.

  • Off the Grid: Rural Identity, Environmentalism, and Renewable Energy Policy in Rural New England

    Grassi, Joseph A · 2025 · Digital Commons - Colby (Colby College)

    Rural New England residents with strong environmental values still oppose renewable energy development and land-use regulation at higher rates than urban counterparts. The study of 1,400 residents reveals that rural identity itself predicts lower policy support, even among environmentalists. Place attachment combined with resentment toward cultural displacement drives opposition. Opposition stems not from economic concerns alone, but from symbolic factors: identity, belonging, and desire for local autonomy.

  • Grid extension vs. off-grid systems in rural Areas: Methodologies, tools, and criteria for decision-making

    César Y. Acevedo-Arenas, Julian E. Guerrero-Macias, Yecid A. Muñoz-Maldonado, Johan S. Amado-Alvarado, Johann F. Petit-Suárez · 2025 · Utilities Policy

    This scoping review of 136 studies examines how decision-makers choose between grid extension and off-grid systems for rural electrification in developing countries. The authors find that current methodologies treat these options separately despite their coexistence in real planning scenarios. Existing frameworks fail to integrate technical, economic, social, environmental, and institutional dimensions comprehensively, and lack unified indicators for meaningful comparison. The review calls for more integrated decision-making tools that address the complexity of electrification choices in grid-adjacent rural areas.

  • Building a CNN Based Pest Detection System for Off Grid Hydroponic Farming in Rural South Africa

    Yusra Adnan, Taryn Wilson, Sarina Till · 2025

    Researchers developed an AI-powered pest detection system for off-grid hydroponic farming in rural South Africa. Using a convolutional neural network trained on common pests like spider mites and aphids, the system runs locally on a Raspberry Pi without internet connectivity. The technology successfully automates pest detection in resource-constrained settings, reducing manual crop inspections and improving food security for subsistence farmers facing climate challenges and limited agricultural resources.

  • Enabling Sustainable Rural Power: Off-Grid Solar PV as a Diesel Alternative in Tumbang Manjul

    Fransisca Dini Ariyanti, Pramudianto Adi Wardana, Rachmad Hushein Rifa’i Al’Aziz · 2025 · IOP Conference Series Earth and Environmental Science

    This study evaluates a 1,000 kWp standalone solar PV system for the isolated Indonesian region of Tumbang Manjul as a replacement for diesel power generation. The system is technically feasible given strong local solar resources and financially viable, with an electricity cost of IDR 2,014/kWh—far below the current diesel cost of IDR 5,714/kWh. Risk management and project scheduling frameworks ensure structured implementation, while the project reduces annual CO2 emissions by 2,253 tons and advances multiple sustainable development goals.

  • Cost–Benefit and Performance Outlook for Off-Grid Solar Solutions in Rural South Cianjur

    Aryo De Wibowo Muhammad Sidik, Nur Hasan Kurniawan, Sitti Hikmawatty, Erwin Rasyid, Denny Suriandhi, Purwanto, Sudar Fauzi, Aang Rahmatulla · 2025

    Off-grid solar power systems offer a viable solution for rural electrification in South Cianjur, Indonesia. Using HOMER Pro modeling, researchers analyzed technical configurations and economic metrics including net present cost, levelized electricity cost, payback period, and return on investment. The analysis confirms that off-grid solar is both sustainable and affordable for remote communities, despite interest rate impacts, and demonstrates potential for scaling to other underserved regions.

  • The Value of Off-Grid Renewable Electricity’s Non-Market Benefits in Rural Sumba, Indonesia

    Hafidz Wibisono, Jon C. Lovett, Cheng Wen, Siti Suryani, Muhammad Galang Ramadhan Al Tumus · 2025 · Energies

    Off-grid renewable energy systems in remote areas face sustainability challenges due to limited local technical and financial capacity. This study of a community-managed micro-hydro plant in Indonesia identifies and values non-market social benefits—such as improved health, education, and quality of life—that households receive from electricity access. Using interviews and willingness-to-pay surveys, researchers found these social benefits justify investment even when direct economic returns are weak, arguing that project evaluations should include social value alongside financial metrics.

  • Lcoe Reduction in African Off-Grid Rural Microgrids: a Systematic Approach Using Dsm and Innovative Bchp Integration

    Zahra Esfahani, Alireza Derakhshan, Shwetha Ramprasad · 2025

    This paper presents a framework for designing cost-effective off-grid microgrids in rural Africa by combining demand-side management, consumer clustering, and biomass-based combined heat and power systems. The approach reduces electricity costs while enabling microgrid expansion to serve more customers. By strategically applying energy management to productive uses while protecting household consumption, the method maintains affordability and reliability as systems grow, offering practical guidance for rural electrification projects.

  • Optimal Sizing of PV Water Pumping System for Off-grid Rural Communities

    Basma Abulkheir, Eid Gouda, A. A. Hegazi, Amir Abdel Menaem · 2025 · MEJ Mansoura Engineering Journal

    This paper develops an optimization method for sizing photovoltaic water pumping systems in off-grid rural communities. Using a particle swarm optimization algorithm, researchers determined the optimal configuration of solar panels and water storage tanks for a village in Egypt's Western Desert. The results show that adding a storage tank dramatically reduces water supply failures while keeping costs reasonable, making the system practical for rural areas lacking electricity infrastructure.

  • Financial, Infrastructural, and Institutional Barriers to Renewable Energy Adoption in Nigeria’s Off-Grid Rural Communities: Policy Implications and Strategic Solutions

    AGBEYINKA YINKA IBRAHIM · 2025 · Pakistan Journal of Life and Social Sciences (PJLSS)

    Financial constraints and poor infrastructure significantly block renewable energy adoption in Nigeria's off-grid rural communities, while policy clarity and community participation drive it forward. The study finds that targeted financing, infrastructure investment, capacity building, and coherent regulatory frameworks are essential to accelerate rural energy transitions and achieve energy equity across Nigeria.

  • Optimal Design of Rural Off-Grid Power Systems in Japan with Green hydrogen Production and Sales

    Takuto Ohsawa · 2025

    This paper develops an optimization model for designing 100% renewable off-grid power systems in rural Japan that produce and sell green hydrogen. Using a case study in Hokkaido, the authors show that selling surplus hydrogen—even at zero price—reduces energy costs compared to self-consumption-only designs by lowering required storage capacity. The findings demonstrate that infrequent sales via vehicle transport remain economically viable, offering practical guidance for rural communities pursuing energy independence.

  • Village-Scale Off-Grid Solar Microgrids: Advancing Rural Electrification Through Distributed Generation and Storage

    Marcellin Jay C. Panes · 2025

    This paper designs and evaluates village-scale solar microgrids using distributed generation and storage to provide reliable electricity to rural communities. The system achieves 96.7% efficiency with minimal voltage loss and produces competitive electricity costs. The technology delivers measurable socio-economic benefits including improved healthcare, education, and livelihood opportunities, offering a practical solution for rural electrification.

  • Methodological Framework for Panel-Data Estimation of Off-Grid System Adoption in Rwandan Rural Communities, 2021–2026

    Jean Paul Nkurunziza, Jean de Dieu Uwimana, Claudine Uwera, Marie Aimee Mukamana · 2025 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    This paper presents a methodological framework for analyzing off-grid energy system adoption in rural Rwanda using panel data from 2021–2026. The authors develop a random-effects probit model to estimate adoption determinants across agricultural households surveyed biennially. Simulation exercises suggest seasonal agricultural income significantly increases adoption likelihood. The framework addresses limitations of cross-sectional studies by capturing temporal dynamics and household-level heterogeneity in technology adoption decisions.

  • Comparative Methodologies for Off-Grid Energy System Diagnostics: A Quasi-Experimental Cost-Effectiveness Analysis in Rural Ghana

    Kwame Kumi Asare, Ama Mensah, Kofi Ankomah · 2025 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    Remote monitoring diagnostics for off-grid solar systems in rural Ghana detected 34% more critical failures per pound spent than technician-led checks, while community-led reporting produced unreliable data despite lower costs. The study compared three diagnostic approaches across 45 communities using quasi-experimental methods. Remote monitoring proved most cost-effective for identifying major faults, though policymakers should combine it with simplified community feedback for comprehensive system assessment.

  • Methodological Evaluation of Off-Grid Photovoltaic Systems in South Africa: A Panel-Data Estimation of Efficiency Gains in Rural Agriculture

    Thandeka Nkosi · 2025 · Zenodo (CERN European Organization for Nuclear Research)

    Off-grid solar photovoltaic systems significantly boost technical efficiency in South African smallholder farming by 18.2 percentage points. Using panel-data econometric methods with stochastic frontier analysis, the study isolates the causal effect of PV adoption on farm productivity, finding the largest gains in irrigation and post-harvest processing. The research demonstrates that off-grid solar functions as a capital-enhancing input and recommends integrating targeted PV subsidies into agricultural support programs.

  • Dynamic Capability a Strategic Management Perspective for Creating Rural Off-Grid Base of Pyramid Energy Market in India

    Suman Lahiri, Meeta Dasgupta, S.K. Tapasvi · 2025 · International Journal of Business Innovation and Research

    This paper applies dynamic capability theory to develop off-grid energy solutions for low-income rural markets in India. The authors examine how strategic management approaches enable companies to create and deliver energy innovations to underserved populations in remote areas, addressing both market opportunity and energy access challenges in rural India.

  • PERCEIVED SOCIO-ECONOMIC SPILL-OVER EFFECTS OF TRANSIT RURAL ROADS DEVELOPMENT ON RURAL FARM HOUSEHOLDS IN MAKURDI LGA IN BENUE STATE NIGERIA

    CHANCHA Terhemba Ephraim, ALI Ayuba, TYO Evelyn Doofan · 2025 · International Journal of Agriculture Environment and Bioresearch

    Rural road development in Nigeria's Makurdi Local Government Area generates significant socio-economic benefits for farm households, including improved transport linkages, increased farmer income, and enhanced quality of life. Farmers ranked improved mobility as the top benefit, followed by income increases and economic wellbeing gains. However, corruption emerged as the primary constraint limiting road development effectiveness. The study recommends increased government budgets and stronger monitoring mechanisms to prevent fund misappropriation.

  • Intentional transit practice through a nearby hospital for remote area emergencies provides earlier primary care than helicopter emergency medical services alone in rural emergencies: a single-center, observational study

    Katsutoshi Saito, Tomohiro Abe, Rina Tanohata, Takehiko Nagano, Hidenobu Ochiai · 2025 · Journal of Rural Medicine

    In rural Japan, transporting serious patients to a nearby hospital while simultaneously requesting helicopter emergency services reduces the time before patients receive initial medical care compared to waiting for helicopter arrival alone. However, this practice delays final arrival at specialized facilities and increases helicopter waiting times. The approach helps direct patients to appropriate specialized centers based on diagnostic findings at the transit hospital.

  • A Cross-Sectional Study on the Public Perception of Autonomous Demand-Responsive Transits (ADRTs) in Rural Towns: Insights from South-East Queensland

    Shenura Jayatilleke, Ashish Bhaskar, Jonathan M. Bunker · 2025 · Smart Cities

    This study surveyed public perception of autonomous demand-responsive transit systems in rural South-East Queensland towns. Respondents saw greatest potential for university campuses and 24/7 operations, but mobility-disadvantaged groups—disabled people, seniors, and school children—showed less support. Demographic factors significantly shaped attitudes toward implementation. The authors recommend tailored ADRT services designed for specific population groups rather than one-size-fits-all approaches.

  • Beyond the City Limits: Analysis of Federal Funding of Public Transit in Rural Canada

    Sarah‐Patricia Breen, Ryan Gibson, Hannah Main · 2025 · Canadian Public Policy

    Canada's Rural Transit Solutions Fund has shifted federal funding patterns and increased transit accessibility in some rural areas, but significant gaps persist. Smaller, remote, and Indigenous communities still face disparities in accessing federal support. The fund is changing who receives funding and where money flows, yet it has not fully aligned with rural transportation needs across the country.

  • RURAL VS. URBAN TRAVEL BEHAVIOR: A COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF MOBILITY PATTERNS IN THE IZMIR URBAN RAIL MASS TRANSIT SYSTEM (IZBAN)

    Ahmet Karakurt · 2025 · Konya Journal of Engineering Sciences

    This study compares travel behavior between rural and urban residents using the Izmir Urban Rail Transit System in Turkey. Analysis of 606 surveys reveals urban travelers enjoy shorter trips and better public transit access, while rural travelers depend on private vehicles and travel longer distances. Socio-economic factors like income significantly influence travel patterns. The findings highlight distinct mobility challenges in each setting and provide evidence for designing equitable, sustainable transportation policies.

  • Michigan&amp;#8217;s Rural Transit Enterprises and Their Attributes

    Utpal Dutta, Xiaohui Zhong · 2025 · Current Urban Studies

    Michigan's 57 rural transit agencies operate 5.6 million trips annually across 37,000 square miles, but face significant technology and connectivity barriers. A 2024 survey reassessed technology readiness levels among these agencies, examined rider demographics, funding mechanisms, and voter support. The study recommends strategic communication, technology adaptation, and user-centered design improvements, including a statewide Mobility-as-a-Service platform to enhance rural transit accessibility and efficiency.

  • The Correlation Between Aging Population and Public Transit-Based Medical Accessibility in Rural Areas - Focusing on Rural Townships in Seobuk-gu, Cheonan -

    남서울대학교 건축학과 조교수, Eui-Hyun Hwang · 2025 · Journal of the Korean Institute of Rural Architecture

    In South Korea's aging rural townships, this study compared medical accessibility by car versus public transit. Cars reached most hospitals within 60 minutes, but public transit served only 1-2 facilities in the optimal timeframe. Strong correlations emerged between elderly population growth and access to multiple hospitals via public transit, though not with travel speed alone. The findings show that offering diverse transit routes to multiple medical facilities matters more than speed for elderly populations in rural areas.

  • Optimization of Transit Route and Frequency for Integrated Urban–Rural Transit Network

    Yao Liu, Guangmin Wang, Shihui Jia · 2025 · Journal of Advanced Transportation

    This paper develops a mathematical model to optimize integrated urban-rural bus transit networks by simultaneously adjusting routes and frequencies. The model minimizes both passenger costs and operator costs. Testing shows integrated networks reduce transfers and passenger travel time compared to separate urban and rural systems, though operating costs significantly influence outcomes. The approach provides trade-offs between passenger convenience and operator efficiency.

  • Advancing Rural Mobility: Identifying Operational Determinants for Effective Autonomous Road-Based Transit

    Shenura Jayatilleke, Ashish Bhaskar, Jonathan M. Bunker · 2025 · Smart Cities

    Autonomous public transport can address rural mobility challenges by offering flexible, cost-effective options. A survey of 273 residents in South-East Queensland reveals that different vehicle types serve distinct purposes: small shuttles work best for leisure trips, minibuses improve first-mile and last-mile connectivity, and standard buses suit high-capacity school transport. Hybrid systems combining autonomous and conventional buses outperform full automation, while autonomous taxis raise equity concerns. Integration with mobility platforms enhances service delivery for special events.

  • Kupuna transit hub – the case for the Waianae transit station: Addressing wellbeing, access, and mobility in rural areas of Oahu

    Ramos, Joshua · 2025 · ScholarSpace (University of Hawaii at Manoa)

    This paper examines a proposed transit hub in Waianae, a rural area of Oahu, Hawaii. The project addresses transportation access and mobility challenges in rural communities while promoting wellbeing for kupuna (Hawaiian elders). The transit station design aims to improve connectivity and quality of life for residents in underserved rural areas.

  • Regional Transit Authority Efforts to Support COA Transportation in Rural Areas in Massachusetts

    Taylor Jansen, Shayna Gleason, Nina M. Silverstein, Caitlin Coyle, Scott Rich · 2025 · Innovation in Aging

    A regional transit authority in Massachusetts deployed trip-booking software to improve transportation for older adults and people with disabilities across rural and urban areas. Dispatchers and directors valued automated rider information and digital reporting, though some technical issues persisted. Trip data showed modest increases in essential trips, but riders wanted more social and recreational options. Coordination across towns remains difficult due to varying COA operations and policies.

  • INTEGRATING INDIGENOUS KNOWLEDGE SYSTEMS INTO ADVANCED MATHEMATICAL FORMULA DEVELOPMENT: A FRAMEWORK FOR CURRICULUM INNOVATION IN SOUTHERN AFRICA

    Stephen Kelvin Sata · 2025 · Multidisciplinary journal of engineering and technology.

    This research develops a framework for integrating Indigenous Knowledge Systems into advanced mathematics curriculum in Southern Africa. The author proposes cataloguing Indigenous mathematical knowledge, embedding it into modern mathematical contexts, and co-designing curriculum with Indigenous communities and educators. The framework addresses implementation barriers including resource scarcity, undervalued Indigenous knowledge, and inadequate teacher preparation. Integration of Indigenous approaches increases student participation, enhances learning diversity, and enables solving global problems through combined traditional and contemporary mathematical systems.

  • Harnessing Sarawak’s Indigenous resources: innovations in product development

    Hun Pin Chua, David Nicholas, A.R. Zuraida · 2025 · Food Research

    Sarawak's tropical rainforests contain over 100 indigenous fruits, vegetables, herbs, and spices with significant untapped economic potential. MARDI Sarawak developed value-added products from resources like dabai, terung asam, and wild pepper—including herbal drinks, condiments, and premixed powders—to generate sustainable income for rural communities. The paper demonstrates how strategic product development from indigenous crops can drive economic growth in the agri-food sector.

  • Developing Teaching ASEAN Indigenous Wisdom with Handmade Material Innovation the Create Equitable Learning Ecosystems to Promote Global Citizenship of Students in Special Economic Zone, Northern Thailand

    Charin Mangkhang, Nitikorn Kaewpanya, Nitpaporn Rujiwattanakul, Oatsawin Thipthep, Kuljira Nenbumrung, Teewasu Suktanatawepaisarn, Suhai Jaisang, Weerada Song · 2025 · Journal of Practical Studies in Education

    Researchers in Northern Thailand developed trilingual handmade teaching materials incorporating ASEAN indigenous wisdom to teach ethnic Iu Mien students. The materials covered topics like local foods and animals, integrated into five lesson plans on community environment. Teachers and administrators identified strong need for native-language learning resources in border communities. Students who used these materials demonstrated the highest levels of global citizenship.

  • Bridging tradition and innovation: strengthening food system resilience through Indigenous Guardian partnerships and knowledge sharing in the Sierra Nevada and British Columbia

    Nina M. Fontana, Brenden Mercer, Brian Wallace, Rebecca Allen · 2025 · Frontiers in Sustainable Food Systems

    Indigenous communities in California's Sierra Nevada and British Columbia strengthen food system resilience by combining traditional knowledge with modern tools. Through Guardian programs and participatory mapping, these communities restore stewardship of lands and waters while reclaiming data sovereignty. Elders transmit Indigenous knowledge through oral traditions and hands-on practice, enabling climate adaptation and food sovereignty. The study demonstrates that integrating Indigenous governance with emerging technologies creates resilient, culturally-grounded food systems.

  • The framework of building indigenous technological innovation capabilities: A conceptual study focused on Saudi Arabia

    Mohammad A. Algarni, Murad Ali, Syed Asad Abbas Bokhari, Mareyi Algarny, Bander Alrebeay · 2025 · Knowledge Management & E-Learning An International Journal

    This paper develops a four-stage model for building indigenous technological innovation capabilities in developing countries, with focus on Saudi Arabia. The model progresses through technology initiation, imitation, improvement, and innovation stages. The authors identify environmental factors and key actors influencing this process and analyze how the framework applies to Saudi Arabian firms and the broader Middle Eastern context.

  • Correction: Bridging tradition and innovation: strengthening food system resilience through Indigenous Guardian partnerships and knowledge sharing in the Sierra Nevada and British Columbia

    Frontiers Production Office · 2025 · Frontiers in Sustainable Food Systems

    Indigenous Guardian partnerships in California's Sierra Nevada and British Columbia integrate traditional Indigenous knowledge—particularly cultural burning practices—with modern technologies to strengthen food system resilience and wildfire preparedness. The paper demonstrates that Indigenous-led stewardship enhances ecosystem restoration, community safety, and climate adaptation while advancing food sovereignty and supporting Indigenous land governance and cultural continuity.

  • Smart and Sustainable Economic and Indigenous Farming: Modern Innovation With Traditional Wisdom Bridged

    Moabi Saul Kompi, John Nyetanyane · 2025

    Smallholder farmers in sub-Saharan Africa face severe climate impacts on rainfed agriculture. This paper evaluates smart technologies that combine indigenous knowledge with modern approaches, finding that indigenous knowledge can be quantified and integrated with scientific methods. The authors argue this integration strengthens farmer resilience and food security decision-making, though current early warning systems often neglect traditional practices.

  • Review Conservation Strategy and Innovation of Indigenous Indonesian Orchids for Sustainable Practice

    Latifa Nuraini, Fransicus Arifin · 2025 · Biotropika Journal of Tropical Biology

    Indigenous Indonesian orchids face extinction from habitat loss, overexploitation, and climate change. This bibliometric review of 355 articles from 2018–2024 identifies research trends in orchid conservation and innovation, revealing three main themes: biodiversity protection, propagation technology, and ecotourism. The analysis shows 72 countries and 162 institutions contributed to this research, indicating substantial global interest and untapped potential for future conservation work.

  • Africa's Indigenous Automotive Innovation: A Focus on Innoson Vehicle Manufacturing and the Future of Electric Vehicle Marketing

    Nnamdi O. Madichie, Anayo D. Nkamnebe · 2025 · Journal of Sustainable Marketing

    Indigenous African automotive manufacturers like Nigeria's Innoson Vehicle Manufacturing are driving electric vehicle innovation despite infrastructure and cost challenges. The study shows that entrepreneurship, local systems, and government policies shape industry growth. Success requires aligned policies, education, and industrial strategies to build sustainable, globally competitive enterprises.

  • Integrating Indigenous Knowledge and Scientific Innovation: Sociological Perspectives on Climate Adaptation in India

    Manash Chatterjee · 2025 · International Journal of Social Science Research (IJSSR)

    Indigenous communities in India possess centuries of ecological knowledge crucial for climate adaptation. This study examines how indigenous knowledge systems integrate with scientific innovation in agriculture, watershed management, and biodiversity conservation. The research identifies power imbalances and marginalization of indigenous voices in adaptation planning, advocating for inclusive frameworks that equally value traditional and scientific approaches to build more equitable climate policies.

  • Entrepreneurial Culture of Technology Innovation and Customer Satisfaction of Indigenous Oilfield Services Companies in Selected South-South States, Nigeria

    David Ihochukwu Enwere, Ihuoma Pauline Asiabaka, J. I. Ogolo, Kelechi Enyinna Ugwu, Patricia Onyinyechi Onyechere · 2025 · International Journal of Latest Technology in Engineering Management & Applied Science

    Indigenous oilfield services companies in Nigeria's South-South region that adopt entrepreneurial cultures of technology innovation achieve significantly higher customer satisfaction. The study surveyed 328 companies from a population of 1,827 registered firms and found a strong positive relationship between technology innovation practices and customer satisfaction outcomes in the oil services sector.

  • The southern initiative: How indigenous values inspire social innovation and impact

    Xiaoliang Niu, Jason Paul Mika, Chellie Spiller, Jarrod Haar, Matthew Rout, John Reid, Tāne Karamaina · 2025 · Journal of Management & Organization

    The Southern Initiative, a unit within Auckland Council, demonstrates how Māori values transform public sector management and drive social innovation. The organization uses indigenous principles like mana (prestige) and whānau-centered design alongside distributed leadership to co-create place-based solutions that improve community wellbeing. This case study shows that embedding indigenous values into bureaucratic structures produces systemic change, social justice outcomes, and community resilience.

  • Infusing Indigenous Knowledge Systems (IKSs)in Technology Education: A Case of Food Processing and Preservation in a Rural Agricultural-based Economy

    Joel Timire, Bekithemba Dube · 2025 · Journal of Education and Learning Technology

    Indigenous knowledge systems are absent from South African technology education curricula, particularly regarding food processing and preservation. This omission disconnects rural learners from their heritage and practical skills for food security. The study found that integrating indigenous knowledge broadens educational experiences and enables development of appropriate technologies. Community resource persons can effectively deliver this content, and the authors recommend curriculum inclusion to empower rural agricultural communities.

  • Integrating indigenous knowledge in modern agriculture: Challenges and opportunities

    K T Tarun, R. Thamizh Vendan, C. Raja Rajeswari · 2025 · Plant Science Today

    Indigenous agricultural practices developed over millennia offer sustainable, low-cost solutions to modern farming challenges like climate change and food insecurity. These traditional techniques are environmentally friendly and community-centered, but face extinction without documentation and scientific validation. The paper argues that integrating indigenous knowledge with contemporary agriculture requires collaboration between research institutions, NGOs, and policymakers to revive and disseminate these practices, creating resilient farming systems that preserve biodiversity and ensure food security.

  • An Analytical Study of the Relationship between Farmer Characteristics and the Use of Indigenous Technical Knowledge in Agriculture

    Ayush Patel, Richa Sachan, Sneha Singh, H. C. Singh, Shani Kumar Singh · 2025 · Asian Journal of Agricultural Extension Economics & Sociology

    This study examined how farmer characteristics relate to indigenous technical knowledge use in agriculture. Researchers surveyed 120 farmers in India and found that age, sex, occupation, and mass media exposure significantly influenced farmers' adoption of traditional agricultural practices. Farmers aged 35–41 with primary education and medium media exposure showed the strongest engagement with indigenous knowledge, which the authors argue enhances agricultural resilience and community-led innovation.

  • Adaptability of Artificial Intelligence to Indigenous Knowledge of Agricultural Practices by Local Farmers in North Central, Nigeria

    S. A. Busari, H. S. Banuso, Abdulrauf Tosho · 2025 · International Journal of Natural Science and Engineering

    Local farmers in North Central Nigeria hold positive attitudes toward artificial intelligence in agriculture, but successful adoption requires culturally sensitive approaches that respect indigenous knowledge systems. The study recommends collaborative design involving technologists, anthropologists, and farmers, with government support for farmer participation in AI implementation and ongoing monitoring to ensure solutions align with local values and enhance rather than replace traditional practices.

  • An investigation into the depiction of Indigenous Technical Knowledge (I.T.K.) related to agricultural practices in the Kesla block of Narmadapuram district, Madhya Pradesh

    Vaishnavi Dubey, Govinda Bihare, Lokesh Pratap Narayan Chandel · 2025 · International Journal of Agriculture Extension and Social Development

    This study surveyed farmers in Kesla block, Madhya Pradesh, India to assess their knowledge and adoption of indigenous agricultural technologies. Most farmers (37.78%) had medium knowledge of these practices, while 32.22% had low knowledge and 30% had high knowledge. Adoption patterns mirrored knowledge levels, with 36.67% showing overall adoption, 34.44% low adoption, and 30% high adoption of indigenous crop production techniques.

  • Knowledge of the tribal farmers on indigenous agricultural practices in paddy cultivation in the Pachaimalai hills of Tiruchirappalli district in Tamil Nadu

    Murugan Mukilan, Dipak Kumar Bose · 2025 · International Journal of Agriculture Extension and Social Development

    Tribal farmers in Tamil Nadu's Pachaimalai hills use indigenous agricultural practices for paddy cultivation that prove low-cost, reliable, and effective. The study documents their traditional knowledge of seed germination, storage, and pest management, including use of a traditional container called 'kudhir' to protect stored grain. These practices address disease management without synthetic fertilizers and pesticides, offering sustainable alternatives to contemporary agricultural technologies.

  • Gender Equality, Indigenous Knowledge Systems and Resilient Smallholder Agriculture for a Changing Climate: A Path to Sustainable Rural Development in Africa

    Never Assan · 2025 · International Journal of Life Science and Agriculture Research

    This study develops an intersectionality framework for African rural development that connects gender equality, indigenous knowledge systems, climate resilience, and smallholder farming. The research identifies gender inequality, climate change, low farm productivity, and food insecurity as interconnected barriers to rural development. The framework emphasizes that addressing these challenges together through gender-inclusive and culturally grounded approaches drives sustainable rural development and climate resilience in Africa.

  • Study on Relevance of Indigenous Technical Knowledge of North East India in Sustainable Agriculture

    Anushmita Baruah Anushmita Baruah, Himangshu Parasar · 2025

    Indigenous technical knowledge systems in Northeast India offer proven sustainable agriculture practices including traditional cropping patterns, soil conservation, pest management, and seed preservation. These methods promote ecological balance, climate resilience, and low-cost farming. However, commercialization, generational knowledge loss, and lack of scientific validation prevent wider adoption. The research recommends integrating and documenting indigenous knowledge alongside modern agricultural practices.

  • Indigenous knowledge for sustainable agriculture development: banana ripening methodologies from South Africa

    Beata Kilonzo, John B. O. Ogola, Ishmael Obaeko Iwara · 2025 · Insights into Regional Development

    South African small-scale banana farmers use traditional Indigenous ripening methods involving natural materials like ashes, cow dung, and local leaves. These practices enhance food security and livelihoods while remaining undocumented in scientific literature. The study identifies why farmers maintain these techniques: they are affordable, accessible, and environmentally friendly. The research calls for documenting and integrating this knowledge into educational programs to preserve cultural heritage and improve farmer livelihoods.

  • Harnessing Indigenous Knowledge for Sustainable Agriculture in Maharashtra, India

    Abhijeet Sarje, Hemlata Saini, U. S. S. Lekha, Devraj Jevlya, Silevizo Seyie · 2025 · Journal of Scientific Research and Reports

    Indigenous knowledge systems in Maharashtra, India offer practical solutions for sustainable agriculture and environmental management. The paper documents traditional practices for soil and water conservation, pest control, and climate resilience that local communities developed through generations of experience. These knowledge systems address soil fertility, biodiversity, water management, and animal health, providing actionable insights for community-based agricultural development.

  • Indigenous Knowledge of Soil Fertility and Agricultural Practices in Mopa Muro LGA, Kogi State, Nigeria

    Ayodeji Bolade Ogunkolu, Samuel Ademu, Zahira Ohuwa Ova, Moses Oguche Salifu · 2025 · African Journal of Agricultural Science and Food Research

    Rural farmers in Nigeria's Mopa Muro LGA rely heavily on indigenous soil fertility practices—organic manure, bush fallowing, and crop rotation—transmitted through oral tradition across generations. Most farmers face land scarcity, youth migration, and climate variability. However, 69% willingly combine traditional methods with modern inputs like improved seeds and chemical fertilizers. Education and age significantly influence adoption patterns. The study urges policy support and youth engagement to preserve these knowledge systems while integrating modern techniques.

  • Exploring Indigenous Knowledge Systems in Sustainable Agricultural Extension Practices

    Dance Tangkesalu · 2025 · Formosa Journal of Science and Technology

    Local knowledge systems significantly enhance sustainable agricultural extension practices. Traditional practices like season-based planting, soil management, and water conservation remain effective for production sustainability. Integrating indigenous wisdom into extension learning materials improves adoption rates and agribusiness outcomes. Combining local knowledge with modern extension approaches creates more effective, participatory, and context-appropriate agricultural extension models.

  • Climate change adaptation strategies among rural communities: Examining indigenous knowledge systems and modern agricultural techniques for sustainable food security

    Lambert Ekene Anyanwu, Olorunsomo Olaosebikan Felix, Ike Walter Ejike, Isdore Onyewuchi Anyanwu · 2025 · World Journal of Advanced Research and Reviews

    Rural communities adapt to climate change by combining indigenous knowledge systems with modern agricultural techniques. The study examines how traditional weather forecasting, crop diversification, and community resource management work alongside scientific advances. A synergistic approach integrating both indigenous practices and modern agriculture proves most effective for achieving sustainable food security and resilient livelihoods in rural areas facing environmental change.

  • Contribution of the indigenous agricultural knowledge for local economic development in the Limpopo province: A case of indigenous liquified manure

    Thizwilondi Madima · 2025 · International Journal of Business Ecosystem and Strategy (2687-2293)

    Small-scale farmers in South Africa's Limpopo province rely on artificial farming despite having indigenous agricultural knowledge. This study examined indigenous liquified manure practices in Vuwani rural communities, interviewing 18 participants including farmers, traditional leaders, and agricultural experts. The research found that indigenous liquified manure significantly increases indigenous crop yields, enabling economic sustainability for communities and creating entrepreneurial opportunities for local job creation.

  • Indigenous Knowledge and Climate Resilience in Lao Agriculture

    Chittana Phompila, Daovone Phonemanichane, Vongphet Sihapanya · 2025 · Journal of Geoscience and Environment Protection

    Indigenous knowledge systems in Northern Laos provide effective strategies for seasonal climate adaptation through bio-indicator prediction, nature-based farming techniques, and climate-tolerant crops. However, farmers lack confidence in these traditional methods for responding to extreme events like flash floods. The study reveals a critical gap between long-term adaptation capacity and short-term disaster response, leading researchers to recommend integrating indigenous knowledge with modern science through co-created early warning systems.

  • Tobacco Use, Experiences and Knowledge Among Indigenous Mexican Agricultural Workers

    Alison K. Herrmann, Genevieve Flores-Haro, Barbara Berman, Alison M. Elliott, Maritza Lopez, L. Cindy Chang, Norma Gonzalez, Catherine M. Crespi, Micheal K. Ong, Arcenio J. López, Roshan Bastani · 2025 · Journal of Immigrant and Minority Health

    Indigenous Mexican agricultural workers in the United States show high tobacco use and secondhand smoke exposure, with significant knowledge gaps about tobacco's health risks. Recent immigrants speaking only Indigenous languages need prevention programs most, while longer-term residents with Spanish proficiency need cessation resources. Current tobacco control programs rarely reach this population, creating an urgent need for culturally and linguistically tailored interventions.

  • International journal of agriculture extension and social development indigenous technical knowledge for water conservation: A review

    Riya Kumari, Mandeep Sharma, Sukhdeep Kaur Manshahia · 2025 · International Journal of Agriculture Extension and Social Development

    Indigenous water conservation techniques like stepwells, tanks, and qanats offer proven, low-cost solutions to global water scarcity. Developed through generations of local adaptation, these traditional systems harvest rainwater, manage groundwater, and support agriculture in arid regions while strengthening community resilience. The paper argues that integrating indigenous knowledge with modern approaches can address current water crises and ensure sustainable resource management.

  • Climate Smart Disaster Risk Reduction: Indigenous Knowledge Practiced for Agriculture Sector in Coastal Bangladesh

    Md. Faisal, Milton Kumar Saha, A. K. M Abdul Ahad Biswas · 2025 · International Journal of Disaster Risk Management

    Coastal Bangladesh communities have developed indigenous agricultural practices over generations to survive recurring climate disasters. This study documented traditional methods in Dashmina Upazila, including crop selection by weather observation, raised farming, fruit tree planting, arum cultivation, ridge-furrow farming, seed storage in mud pitchers, and livestock management on platforms. These low-cost practices build agricultural resilience and should be integrated into disaster risk reduction and development planning.

  • Applying indigenous knowledge in agricultural livelihood models in A Ngo commune, A Luoi district

    Le Phuc Chi Lang · 2025 · Journal of Science and Education

    Indigenous knowledge systems among Ta Oi and Pa Co ethnic minorities in Vietnam's A Ngo commune enable sustainable agricultural livelihoods. The study identifies five viable models—beef cattle, organic pig farming, vegetable cultivation, traditional tree crops, and medicinal plants—that integrate local ecological and cultural practices. These approaches increase household income, conserve natural resources, and preserve indigenous culture in mountainous rural areas.

  • Research on the influence effect and optimization strategy of digital inclusive finance on urban and rural integrated development under the power of new quality productivity

    Qi Zhao, Shiyou Guo, Zhouyang Wu, Junnan Shi · 2025 · Economics & Business Management

    Digital inclusive finance significantly boosts urban-rural integration in China, with a positive effect coefficient of 0.427. The mechanism works partly through new quality productivity, which mediates 38.6% of this relationship. Digital financial products improve how rural areas access finance and optimize resource allocation between urban and rural regions, supporting integrated development and shared prosperity.

  • Research on the Development of Digital Inclusive finance and Rural Industry Integration from the Perspective of Rural Revitalization

    Chang Liu · 2025 · Frontiers in Business Economics and Management

    Digital inclusive finance platforms can accelerate rural revitalization in China by enabling integrated primary, secondary, and tertiary industries. The paper examines how the 'red credit e-loan' platform addresses financing barriers for rural enterprises in Dongzhi County, Anhui Province, helping farmers move beyond traditional agriculture to build complete agricultural value chains and retain profits locally.

  • Sustainable Micro-Finance and Rural Development Green Investing

    2025 · Journal on Innovations in Teaching and Learning

    Microfinance serves as a development tool with significant potential and notable risks for low-income populations. The research shows microfinance can advance gender empowerment, financial inclusion, and climate adaptation, but requires responsible lending, regulatory oversight, and equity-focused implementation to avoid entrench inequality. Success depends on integrating health education, financial literacy, and crisis preparedness while addressing informal sector needs and institutional sustainability challenges.

  • Research on the Challenges and Strategies of Green Finance to Help the Development of Rural E-Commerce

    旋 季 · 2025 · E-Commerce Letters

    Green finance is essential for rural revitalization and e-commerce development in China. The paper identifies three main barriers: insufficient innovation in financial products, incomplete support mechanisms for rural green finance, and lack of skilled professionals. It proposes targeted strategies to integrate green finance with rural e-commerce, enabling sustainable economic growth in agricultural regions.